Iffany O: Issued FOR 100% CD 05/03/2019 Chadstone Melbourne, Australia

Tiffany&Co.
ISSUED FOR 100% CD 200 FIFTH AVENUE
Tiffany&Co.
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
TEL: 646 428 5500
05/03/2019
DESIGN ARCHITECT
RECEIVED 06.05.2019 D S & F Architect, PC

CHADSTONE MELBOURNE, AUSTRALIA Architecture [ Interiors | Space Planning
121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
PROJECT INFORMATION DRAWING INDEX PTID

LEVEL 6, 61 MARKET STREET, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES,
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: -1-61 2 8289 5700 Fax: -1-61 2 9289 3745
MEP ENGINEER
BUILDING ADDRESS: 1341 DANDENONG ROAD, CHADSTONE VIC 3148
MALVERN EAST, VICTORIA, AUSTRALIA
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
05/03/2019 ISSUED FOR 100% CD GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU
BLOCK NUMBER: -- 04/05/2019 ISSUED FOR 90% CD 05/03/2019 ISSUED FOR 100% CD SET
LOT NUMBER: 0043, 0045 03/08/2019 ISSUED FOR 50% CD 04/5/2019 ISSUED FOR 90% CD SET LIGHTING DESIGNER
02/08/2019 ISSUED FOR 100% SD 03/08/2019 ISSUED FOR 50% CD SET
OCCUPANCY TYPE: MERCANTILE SCHVMNGMAMMERMMHS .=
ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 335 WEST 38TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10018
WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHTING.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
CONSTRUCTION TYPE: -- DWG. ARCHITECTURAL DWG. MECHANICAL
BUILDING AREA: -- TO.OO COVER/DRAWING INDEX MO.OO MECHANICAL SERVICES LEGEND AND NOTES
BUILDING HEIGHT A0.01 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE Ml.04 MECHANICAL SERVICES GROUND LEVEL HVAC LAYOUT PERMANENT STORE
BUILDING STORIES
--
~
A0.02 ABBREVIATIONS AND GRAPHIC SYMBOLS M1.05DM MECHANICAL SERVICES GROUND LEVEL DEMOLITION LAYOUT PERMANENT STORE ^^viriNiITY
FIRE PROTECTION: --
A0.03 NOTES M2.00
M2.01
MECHANICAL SERVICES DETAILS
PROPOSED SHOPFRONT, TENANCY STRUCTURAL DESIGN AND SERVICES DESIGN DESIGN APPROVAL 1
ZONING: --
A0.21
A0.22
BARRICADE ELEVATIONS & SECTIONS
M2.02
M3.00
MECHANICAL SERVICES SCHEDULES SUBJECT TO SEPARATE LESSOR REVIEW AND NOT CAPTURED AS PART OF THIS DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DA 1
PROJECT DESCRIPTION: TENANT INTERIOR FIT-OUT & INTERIOR FACADE WORK A0.23
D1.01
DEMOLITION PLAN
M4.00
M4.01
MECHANICAL SERVICES SPECIFICATIONS
MECHANICAL SERVICES SPECIFICATIONS DESIGN APPROVAL CENTRE: CHADSTONE
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO.
D1.02 DEMOLITION PLAN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
D1.03 DEMOLITION PLAN
A1.21 MILLWORK, FIXTURES AND FURNITURE PLAN RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliver!
APPLICABLE CODES A1.41 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue
A1.51 FLOOR FINISH PLAN DWG. ELECTRICAL
BUILDING CODE: - A1.61 POWER & COMMUNICATIONS PLAN E0.02 ELECTRICAL SERVICES LEGEND & NOTES LESSOR DESIGN APPROVAL IS ISSUED SUBJECT TO NOMINATED CONDITIONS OF Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the
ELECTRICAL CODE: A1.71 SECURITY PLAN E0.03 ELECTRICAL SERVICES LEGEND & NOTES
MECHANICAL CODE:
-
E1.00DM ELECTRICAL SERVICES DEMOLITION CEILING LIGHTING PLAN APPROVALS TO BE ADDRESSED Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria cointained in the
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelin es.
- A2.10 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS E1.01 ELECTRICAL SERVICES CEILING LIGHTING PLAN
PLUMBING CODE: - A2.11 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS E1.10DM ELECTRICAL SERVICES WALL & FLOOR DEMOLITION LIGHTING PLAN DURING FITOUT OR SUBMITTED FOR SEPARATE LESSOR APPROVAL INCLUDING THE This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped appro\/ed drawings
A2.12 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS El.11 ELECTRICAL SERVICES WALL & FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submiti;ed prior to
FIRE CODE:
A2.13 STOREFRONT SECTIONS E1.20DM ELECTRICAL SERVICES DEMOLITION POWER PLAN FOLLOWING; commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to
A2.14 STOREFRONT SECTIONS E1.21 ELECTRICAL SERVICES POWER PLAN PERMANENT STORE
ENERGY CODE: - the Retail Design Manager for additional approval.
A2.15 STOREFRONT SECTIONS E1.31 ELECTRICAL SERVICES HVAC POWER PLAN
ACCESSIBILITY CODE: - E1.40DM ELECTRICAL SERVICES DEMOLITION SECURITY & LOW VOLTAGE PLAN & Description By Check
E1.41 ELECTRICAL SERVICES SECURITY & LOW VOLTAGE PLAN • LESSOR SCOPE OF WORKS ARE STRICTLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH LEASE 01 11/02/2018
FINAL SD
DSF DSF
A3.00 FRONT OF HOUSE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

A3.01
A3.02
FRONT OF HOUSE
FRONT OF HOUSE
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
E2.01 ELECTRICAL SERVICES LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE AGREEMENT 12/21/2018
PRELIM SD
DSF DSF
E2.02 ELECTRICAL SERVICES LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE

RETAIL INFORMATION
A3.03 FRONT OF HOUSE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS E2.03
E2.04
ELECTRICAL SERVICES
ELECTRICAL SERVICES
LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
• TENANT'S SHOPFITTER TO CHECK/ VERIFY ALL EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS 02/08/2019
100% SD
DSF DSF
MERCHANDISE COUNT: 123 [PADS] A3.08

A3.09
FRONT OF HOUSE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
E2.05
E2.12
ELECTRICAL SERVICES
ELECTRICAL SERVICES
DETAILS
INCLUDING LEASE LINE SET OUT AND RAMPING MALL FLOOR CONDITIONS TO BE 03/08/2019
50% CD
DSF DSF
FRONT OF HOUSE AREA: 439 SM [4730 SF]

BACK OF HOUSE AREA: 123 SM [1322 SF]
A3.10 FRONT OF HOUSE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS E2.13 ELECTRICAL SERVICES DETAILS FULLY INTEGRATED AS PART OF TENANCY FITOUT; PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF 04/05/2019
90% CD
DSF DSF
GROSS LEASED AREA: 562 SM [6052 SF] A4.00 FRONT OF HOUSE SECTIONS E4.03
E4.04
ELECTRICAL SERVICES SPECIFICATIONS -1 OF 2
ELECTRICAL SERVICES SPECIFICATIONS - 2 OF 2
WORKS 06 05/03/2019
100% CD
DSF DSF
E4.05 ELECTRICAL SERVICES SPECIFICATIONS - 2 OF 2

A6.00 PARTITION TYPES
A6.10
A6.11
DOOR + HARDWARE SCHEDULES
DOOR TYPES
• ENTIRE SHOPFRONT DETAILING INCLUDING SET OUT & STRUCTURAL DESIGN
A6.13
A6.15
DOOR DETAILS
DOOR DETAILS
SUBJECT TO SEPARATE LESSOR DESIGN APPROVAL AND NOT CAPTURED AS PART
FIRE PROTECTION
A6.17 DOOR DETAILS
F0.01 FIRE SERVICES LEGEND AND NOTES PERMANENT STORE
OF THIS DAI.
A6.20
A6.21
FINISH SCHEDULE
FINISH SCHEDULE
FI.02
F3.00
FIRE SERVICES LAYOUT PERMANENT STORE
FIRE SERVICES SPECIFICATIONS SHEET 1
PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY SHOPFRONT WORKS, SEPARATE SUBMISSION
A6.40 SIGNAGE DETAILS
F3.01 FIRE SERVICES SPECIFICATIONS SHEET 2
ADDRESSING ALL SHOPFRONT ELEMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR ISSUE OF SPECIFIC
A7.00 INTERIOR DETAILS
SEPARATE LESSOR DESIGN APPROVAL
A7.10
A7.30
INTERIOR DETAILS
INTERIOR DETAILS
SHOPFRONT EXTERNAL CORNER PROTECTION DETAILING TO BE FULLY RESOLVED
A7.35 INTERIOR DETAILS
AND SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL
A7.40 FLOOR DETAILS
• SHOPFRONT LEASE LINE SETOUT TO BE APPROVED ON SITE PRIOR TO
A7.45 FLOOR TRANSITION DETAILS
COMMENCING ANY WORKS WITH TENANT'S SHOPFITTER, RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER
A8.00 PORTAL DETAILS
A8.01 PORTAL DETAILS AND TENANCY DELIVERY MANAGER
A8.02 PORTAL DETAILS
A8.03 PORTAL DETAILS • HIGH LEVEL RH-SIDE SHOPFRONT ZONE, ABOVE PROPOSED T&Co SHOPFRONT
FAQADE LEVEL; TO BE DESIGNED, FINISHED AND TREATED BY LESSOR IN LESSOR
NOMINATED CONCEPT; AND NO LONGER PART OF T&Co SHOPFRONT ZONE
• COMPLETE TENANCY STRUCTURAL DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE REVIEW. NOT

CAPTURED AS PART OF THIS DESIGN APPROVAL. STRUCTURAL ENGINEER’S
CERTIFICATION REQUIRED FOR ALL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS INCLUDING BULKHEADS
AND SOFFIT LINING INSTALLATIONS
• SHOPFRONT DESIGN TO BE SELF SUPPORTED, NOT TO BE LOAD BEARING OFF MALL
BASE BUILD STRUCTURE
• PROPOSED SHOPFRONT HOARDING INCLUDING GRAPHICS NOT PART OF THIS
Ref. North
LESSOR DESIGN APPROVAL
SITE PLAN
Aposlolic ChtistiBn .
Chur'di NBifstfne -'5!
I
- CHADSTONE I
SHOPPING CENTER #
• COMPLETE TENANCY SERVICES DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE CONSULTANT
P'-Orfl,' -
REVIEW. NOT CAPTURED AS PART OF THIS DESIGN APPROVAL
’Gordons:
• CONFIRM ON SITE ALL ACHIEVABLE CEILING HEIGHTS WITH CONSIDERATION TO
Wiish N Shop Chadslone
ftas.Si
SERVICES & STRUCTURE WITHIN CEILING VOID
Pavi(t,j«nEsC!
McDonald's ChadslOOE
_l fi ^ j
Mfnimu Hecepiions i
”
.C;
£p'
^'1- '
- ®
M/e« I
hair Chadstore • CONCEALED SERVICES RETICULATION TO ISLAND JOINERY UNITS TO BE
%s' SpoiisChadslon
® ■ Oakleigh Ccnl
ACCOMMODATED WITHIN LIGHT WEIGHT FLOOR SCREED / FLOOR BUILD UP. Seal/Signature
V '
. .-■
I
§
CHASING OF BASE BUILDING CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB NOT PERMITTED. CORE HOLES
^ ÂllenV
\ I
^Google \
NOT APPROVED
Ref. North
• PROVIDE ALONG ALL FLOOR FINISHES A METAL FILLET BLADE JUNCTION DETAIL
KEY PLAN
_i—
Project Name
CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER

THE FOLLOWING TO BE SUBMITTED FOR SEPARATE LESSOR REVIEW; MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
• COMPLETE SHOPFRONT DOCUMENTATION INCLUDING STRUCTURAL ENGINEER’S
DESIGN Description
COVER/DRAWING INDEX
• COMPLETE JOINERY, FIXTURES, FITTINGS AND FURNITURE PACKAGE TO BE
__ / SUBMITTED FOR SEPARATE LESSOR DESIGN APPROVAL Scaie
NO SCALE
-GEORG
,JENS^241.5nn^
------- \ Sheet Number
HUGO TO.OO
STANDARD CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL ‘^VICINITY
CENTRES
To be addressed during tenancy fitout
All Landlord (RDM) comments on the approved drawings are to be Face of Intertenancy Walls Masonry or Exposed Concrete Walls
Implemented In the final fitout. The tenant will provide Inter-tenancy detall/s to their storefront. The tenant All exposed masonry or concrete walls must be covered with a lining or
will provide a 20x20mm polished SS channel detail generally to left hand cladding approved by the Landlord.
Design Approval Is provided on known Information as outlined In the side IT wall, however this will be confirmed by RDM.
attached drawings. Copy of Stamped Approved Drawings
Flooring A copy of the stamped approved drawings Is required within the tenancy
Any Items that have been revised, added or deleted In these drawings The Tenant Is responsible for levelling the tenancy floor where. Flush during construction of fitout
without prior notification or discussion will not form part of this approval. 3mm aluminium demising strip required between Landlords and Tenants
Please advise us In writing of any changes In the drawings to allow for these floor finish. Landlord Finishes
Items to be reviewed and approved accordingly. Any Items not specifically Surrounding the tenancy to be free of marks, damage and building debris
Included nor documented In these drawings and therefore captured as part Food Safety and Health Requirements upon completion of works and are subject to Landlord final approval.
of this approval; are subject to review for separate Lessor Approval on site. All food premises must meet the requirements of the local council
authority. Security System
In the case of a revised approval being Issued, note that any prior approvals Approvals required prior to commencing work on site. All security devices and alarms must be concealed within the shopfront
are not superseded and all relevant notations still apply. structure. Freestanding posts are to be concealed or treated and
Glazing unobtrusive. The system location Is to be nominated on all drawings and
This approval relates to the design of your tenancy fitout only. It does not Glazing shall have a maximum panel size with minimal clear silicon joins the power supply to the system Is to be concealed Into the surrounding
extend to and should not be regarded as an approval for any other matter and fully recessed glazing channels. Glazing fins are not permitted. shopfront structure floor finish, but not the Landlord’s slab.
that may be the subject of your lease offer or the lease documentation
Landlord’s Consent Services
It Is the Tenants responsibility to ensure their contractors keep a copy of the An Owner’s Consent Letter will be provided to the Tenant or the Tenant’s Fire, Sprinkler, Mechanical, Electrical and Hydraulic works to be
Landlord stamped approved drawings on site at all times. designer by the Retail Design Manager upon the Design Approval being coordinated with the Tenancy Project Manager and the Landlord’s
granted. services Consultants. Refer to the QueensPlaza Fitout Guide Document
for detail.
Confirmation of Tenancy Conditions Lease Line
It Is the Tenants and Shopfitters responsibility to confirm on site all tenancy The lease line must be clearly noted on all Plans and Sections. Please Sprinklers
conditions Including but not limited to, all dimensions, location and details of note that trading beyond the Lease Line Is NOT permitted at any time. Sprinkler locations must to be documented on the Reflected Celling Plan
all services and structure. All existing tenancy conditions to be fully as per Landlord’s Consultants review.
Integrated Into the tenancy design with any discrepancies to be clearly Tenancy Services & BSD Checklist
Identified the requirements of all other Authorities and applicable laws. Checklist must be completed and returned submission for assessment by
Including but without Limitation to any antl-dlscrimlnatlon legislation. The the Tenancy Project Manager and Landlord’s consultants. A/C Diffusers
Disability Discrimination Act and AS1428.2 1992 part 2- Design for access Location of the linear alr-conditloning diffusers must be documented on
and mobility apply. The BCA requires That Disabled Access Is a key design FHR Signage is required by the tenant for the cupboard and must be the Reflected Celling Plan. Colour to match celling finish as per the
consideration for both Individual stores and the common areas. Vicinity completed in the following format: services review.
Centres Review and approval of the design Is not confirmation of any legal • 50mm high Individually cut letters
requirements and neither the owner nor Vicinity Centres liable for any Access Provisions
• Font-Helvetica; Type - Capitals
failure to comply with legislation or other regulatory requirements. The fitout design Is required to comply with the BCA & NCC
• Complete words (not abbreviations) - ‘FIRE HYDRANT’ or 'FIRE
HOSEREEL’
Tenancy Plan • Set at a height of 1300mm FFL Authority Approval
Please note that the tenancy plan Is provided for Information only and Is • Finish to be black stainless steel or Brushed Stainless Steel (finish The tenant Is responsible for obtaining all relevant Authority Approvals for
subject to change. The tenancy plan should not be relied on for the dependent - must be visible) the fitout works at critical milestones.
purposes of final design or construction, as It Is subject to services The approval of the relevant Authority Is required before the tenant will be
coordination and other consultant Inputs. Shop-fitter Is required to Statutory Obligations, Authority Approvals and Permits allowed to commence any fitout works within the premises.
undertake complete survey of the site prior to manufacture. The Tenant must recognize the Landlord’s statutory obligations with The tenant must provide the Landlord with a Building Approval confirming
respect to obtaining all necessary permits and certificates for the building the fitout works comply with the conditions of all relevant permits and all
Design Approval works to construct and develop the Centre. The Tenant must comply with laws.
Landlord Design Approval Is specifically Issued based on submitted the requirements of the building regulations and codes of practice
documentation only. Any works, scopes, elements, details etc, not Including environmental health and any other authorities and applicable Ceiling Access Panels
specifically documented or Included fall outside of this approval, and are laws. Including any antl-dlscrimlnatlon and accessibility legislation at the Locations must be documented on the Reflected Celling Plan as per
subject to separate Landlord review and approval. Including assessment on Tenant’s cost. The Tenant must also obtain all necessary approvals for the Landlord’s Consultants review. The tenant must Install flush mounted,
site with requirement to rectify If not approved by the Landlord. It Is the fitting out of the premises at the Tenant’s cost. fully Integrated access panels for maintenance of services. The finish
tenant’s responsibility to ensure complete tenancy design proposal Is must match the ceiling finish and have concealed hinges and key locks.
approved by the Landlord.
STANDARD CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL ‘^VICINITY
CENTRES
To be addressed during tenancy fitout
Electrical Distribution Board

Location to be identified on the Design Deveiopment and Documentation Services
Design Submissions. To be suppiied and instaiied by Tenants contractor. Aii services requirements to suit the proposed tenancy iayout to be fuiiy
coordinated on site as part of the tenancy fitout works by the Shopfitter.
Exit Signs
To be instaiied oniv if required by reguiation. Oniy edge-iit giass (running Pre-Start Meeting
man) biade sign types to be instaiied, the controi gear and boxing fuiiy The Tenancy Project Manager wiii arrange a pre start meeting aiong with
recessed with the sign panei showing oniy. the Retaii Design Manager, the Tenant and the Tenant’s Designer and
Tenant’s Contractor to go through the site conditions and design approvai
Sound Systems requirements.
Any permitted sound systems are to be fitted with a sound ieveier, are to
be iocated a minimum 2500mm from the entry are not to be fixed to inter
tenancy waiis.
Store Room Door

Door to be fuiiy integrated or conceaied and must be fitted with an
automatic door cioser.
Structural Engineer
Engineering drawings are required to be submitted to the Landiords
consuitants via the Tenancy Project Manager for review
Supplier Branding
Food images, posters, promotionai graphics and suppiier branding wiii not
be permitted to any tenancy fitout.
Telephone and Data

The Tenant shaii provide teiephone and data system and wiring from a
iocation provided by Landiord to outiet points in the premises. New
services to be co-ordinated through the Tenancy Project Manager.
Lease Line
It is the Shopfitters responsibiiity to cieariy confirm the iease iine on site
inciuding the proposed shopfront aiignment, prior to commencing any
works.
Structural Certification
Aii tenancy structurai eiement instaiiations, inciuding but not iimited to,
shopfront giazing, shopfront structure, signage instaiiation, suspended
eiements inciuding buikheads etc., to be certified by Structurai Engineer
as part of the tenancy fitout by the Shopfitter.
Access Provisions
The tenancy fitout is required to compiy with the Buiiding Code of Austraiia
and with requirements of aii Authorities and appiicabie iaws, inciuding but
without iimitation to any anti-discrimination iegisiation. The BCA requires
that disabied access is a key design consideration for aii tenancies. The
Landiord’s review and approvai of the design is not confirmation of any
iegai requirements and is not iiabie for any faiiure to compiy with
iegisiation or other reguiatory requirements.
••fj.
•ary
L'. . - . «'■'
i
SUBJECT TO SEPARATE LESSOR DESIGN APPROVAL AND NOT CAPTURED AS
'I Vi.
I
DESIGN APPROVAL 1
DATE: 8 May. 19
^^VICINITY
ISSUE: DA 1
CENTRES
• HIGH LEVEL RH-SIDE SHOPFRONT ZONE, ABOVE PROPOSED T&Co
^k,m
PART OF THIS DA1. ll-
\-v' TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO.
SHOPFRONT FAQADE LEVEL; TO BE DESIGNED, FINISHED AND
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY SHOPFRONT WORKS, SEPARATE SUBMISSION I'.i
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD TREATED BY LESSOR IN LESSOR NOMINATED CONCEPT; AND NO
1 RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliver!
ADDRESSING ALL SHOPFRONT ELEMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR ISSUE OF 1 Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue
LONGER PART OF T&Co SHOPFRONT ZONE
SPECIFIC SEPARATE LESSOR DESIGN APPROVAL Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines.
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior t
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitte
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval.
X:
%
■V
m
.d
5K
•f.
^ X>v ^
I (:
\
--1
X
X
N
X, •■x-
*.* *
X
4
«•* ! . X.
X.
I
X.- X
X'ia . X'
ri>'
X,
X •Cj.
sii-’
X X
D-
X
m
X
k
c:-’
I
cd X
'V ■
i ] xs
ikr
i m
, X.
m
r**;
' r
\h
Hi
liMiHi)
ttKWtCto ‘T toffliii! i!*''
iSik’i*
5SI
LL
I
ii: i _ __ i
I XTl
) t«Ki
4.
I i 1
/
t
V
k
n
/
‘ ik.
M /i
^f
/X WU
X
; / 1 f
i - /
r.;
VICINITY SUBJECT TO SEPARATE LESSOR DESIGN APPROVAL AND NOT CAPTURED AS PART r
DESIGN APPROVAL 1 CENTRES
OF THIS DA1.
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DA 1 PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY SHOPFRONT WORKS, SEPARATE SUBMISSION
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
ADDRESSING ALL SHOPFRONT ELEMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR ISSUE OF
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliveri SPECIFIC SEPARATE LESSOR DESIGN APPROVAL
^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the

must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to
r. ^
I BE J"
lEiair '
mm
^^VICINITY
DESIGN APPROVAL 1 V: CENTRES
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DA 1

CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
fi
v; >/■
!«ir RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliver!
X Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing X Regulatory Issue
f ■
^ **
m li Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the
#*4 -
f >S<; the Retail Design Manager for additional approval.
■7JI5 - ii/- f
:♦ V A. A
«
t
Ijf^ "i 4 ^
n\. ** ai# • f T ‘ ’ 7f ■ w
,.J ^-
'I- T/*^
■^*
'^'
A
I •.
/J r-'y - . #
7 ■ ■•
f ^ ' y
£/-^ / '
wA.J^ - ^ . / >-■
y - i
L/ Ay y
f^
^.
( ■' '
f , / J
i >. I?
, /
••^■'' ' "M i--«'
i
*
«
s/ \ ^- '' ■ ^
A L*.
I
TL-30
FLOOR TILES
u% TL-33
WALL TILE ENTRY PORTAL
GL-10
GLASS SCREENS
COUECTIONS
I '
•4-i ■
-y>^ ■
MT-01 ' PT-20
CPT-60 FRAMES & TRIMS GENERAL WALL PAINT
CPT-64
FEATURE CARPET
Tiffany & Co
CHADSTONE MELBOURNE, AUSTRALIA
INTERIOR FINISHES
-•J.-- -^W ••
VICINITY
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DAI

TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliver!
^ Design Approve Issue for CAT 1 Pricing Regulatory Issue
f respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines.
!
4
;
4,
t
SUD/NG DOORS PRIVATE SALES mmwA
■»!
' T'
' *»■ r.TT3 : t-. ^ ^ ^ **

. ■*■ J£. i.-,
r„ ^ fm -f
«r
■*■- ^ *- ■■!,' V ^ Y' " ^
--> "» V. •■ --
# -1 -^. — —^ r.
f »v
>
•fc,,
m ^
«*• '1.
W'
<• ■- .•'' «-“■
\^> ,i
a
V/fi ii '.
o
o
5
ff-l <
- "*■
O
s . ♦'‘i-
s i: > ♦
*' ---
^
i i 0
U
B
]/ .■ _ • i«R
t * **' ^
' -
^
V
o
o U. X. ■ *v ^ ■• - »n
I o
<yt
^ C. ^ ^
i a#,. i# 4
L 4 ♦■■S .. -.
a t' I
o o
a X N -
■'W^ Ifcl
■r- j- U>'
»J5* 4
4^ ^^ m ‘ » /IS
X ( 4 ~
* *
4 ■«.'*- ±:
1^ r*=-C’- *■ - - .
i-i .
».
“»1-
■*"'
- <% *
'*■■ *■*
m^w/ m «s- * ' ^

■0-
■m.
* -
.JP'
^ ‘ * *1 '••
Pf
.
- m
' *
'
V Mt S-
.. r ■ T T ^ X %
.* ' * <L t. .r
-- % " ^:
4^
t
4^.. ^ *.
<1
at « • «.
• 4.^
St. Y- ? V
T j*J|;
....
FB.62
: <r '.:• _ MT-21 WAU COVERINGS
PERIMETER MILLWORK WALL PANELLING PRIVATE SALES
PERIMETER MILLWORK
J
Tiffany & Co.

CHADSTONE MELBOURNE, AUSTRAUA
n
r
^ ' - V, • • ' X'
i • — •* -
'* 1 * V ^ ^ *■> - ■ ^
^VICINITY

CENTRE: CHADSTONE
►—- _•»'
'^c Try^ ir-,-gi;n)nnii>'w»><l»jC7 n i ,tttm\ I w L «r/

9
o> AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
r'
r «'
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabel e Oliver!
X Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue
; Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the

/ This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings
y'
r5-
> p -:' P71.
SGL-02
SECURITY GLASS
-
•1 r»7i' • ,»«
:
«esi:
'*0/
GL-08
EDGE-LfT FACA£)E ELEMENTS
«
« ,f^ . . p . • . • V -V -»Vr. ^ v'/ T;** <'7.‘ ^ '^1 ••','1
',.•■■*. ■ :. -•■ ' ■-•'•■■■'AT.'A- ' ' ' : ;■ v >,.• \■'. - ^ • ‘ . 7'*‘J
J
«k
^ ■ It
T' 1^
fc p
' ^ •'-*" '". • -•.A./’-r >' ■•■.■■• •'^•. ••'/ v'/t' •■r- V '.A"- - :x-c//;.7ap: .p?'*--. ' -‘ ■ '3
#', * • * -I J . 9 *p *. < * Jp *. ‘••*.*' ,‘f -J
^ iP
•" • ' •’, 'Fv' . -A ' , / / V w.. .’...., • •% , j
i '* l »*^* ^ » ., •• 4 i '**»* ,**^’^* *J « • -J
^
\
*i-
*
’ . '• ■ ■• ' ., A.-'^ ■• ‘ r . Ap* • -.f'*' ;; „ ,. ; ,.'
'■Ip »■*' ^ * \ \ . ‘ , t **if»*‘. ■* , '^*,‘4.^ * ■ '
'* P » *%,*='^'* fv*' **!*( .».*■'* J
/• 9 , ' ' ^ ' • , .'. ■*#''^,' ^ f * ■ •’,! • ' * ■• !•' ''*1
•„
. _'F -pF f ; ■ , , *v'‘.'- ■ •.-■’•:-••■'' .N •
’ f p» *•, fc» .•■**# '^'*'*» * ».'•« •**1,1 '.I
I s
4 r ’
’ ^
"I ‘ '■ • v.Vl*/'-^'vJ,1T■, %ifvALt.'iViiX..*;*,i’ V*/iA'-. ’•.*' >'i/'. J
"4 •..*•■* _.«r ' J-
r>^T>) r^tj
ia*/rWA.V^l«r^NS-trj k.-~ ■
I rtlM® - »
dA I.
A a«5!r«w(iii &mmM^ mms.
_:j-fe=_-
Tiffany I Co.
CHADSTONE MELBOURNE, AUSTRAUA
rroRi moNT rnishes
■..>■.
' ■ , H Jj ^ ri • m^^.. J. ■* -•h-

H , ^ r+ L ;_, . ^
•J ., I . •> ''> - , ^ • I '■'*', ■ .-I -
Pi 'I _
L_^,
I- ■**■* r i-l ^
RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE
Tiffany&Co. 200 FIFTH AVENUE
FURNISHED BY: INSTALLED BY: NOTES:
A. UNLESS EXPLICITLY STATED ON RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE OR OTHERWISE INDICATED ON CD DRAWINGS. J. PRIOR TO PROJECT TURNOVER, GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANING OF ALL INSTALLED ITEMS. CLEANING NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
ALL WORK INDICATED IS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. TO INCLUDE DUST REMOVAL AND THOROUGH CLEANING OF ALL GLASS, METALS, FABRIC, CARPETS, WOOD,
STONE, ETC.
GENERAL:
VICINITY TEL: 646 428 5500
B. THE GC SHALL NOTIFY TCO PM AT PROJECT START DATES TCO PROVIDED ITEMS ARE REQUIRED ON SITE.
K. FREESTANDING AND PERIMETER DISPLAY MILLWORK WILL COME TO SITE WITH ALL LIGHTING FURNISHED
DEMISING WALLS
DEMOLITION
LAYOUT
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC 1,2,3,26,
DESIGN APPROVAL 1 ■ I. NTRES
l
C. THE GC TO COORDINATE WITH TCO PM OF SCHEDULE AND TIMELINE FOR TCO PROVIDED INSTALLED ITEMS. AND INSTALLED IN MILLWORK FACTORY AND PREWIRED TO J-BOX WITHIN THE MILLWORK.
8 May. 19 DAI
D. ALL TCO PROVIDED ITEMS WILL BE SHIPPED TO A WAREHOUSE IN THE GENERAL VICINITY OF THE PROJECT STOREFRONT:
SITE CONTRACTED BY THE GC.
STOREFRONT METAL AND GLASS FABRICATIONS TCO GC 6, 9, 10, 17
G-045 TIFFANY & CO.
CHADSTONE DESIGN ARCHITECT
EXTERIOR SIGNAGE TCO GC 12 AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
E. TCO VENDORS WILL PROVIDE THE GC WITH ITEMIZED LIST STATING CONTENTS OF EACH CRATE SHIPPED TO
WAREHOUSE. D S & F Architect PC
MILLWORK: Isabelle Oliveri Architecture | Interiors | Space Planning
F. GC RESPONSIBLE FOR UNCRATING ALL TCO PROVIDED ITEMS AND DISPOSAL OF ALL CRATES. Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
FREESTANDING MILLWORK TCO GC 20,27
PERIMETER MILLWORK TCO GC 20, 24, 26, 27
G. GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING QUANTITIES AND CONDITION OF DELIVERED TCO PROVIDED ITEMS AND ARCHITECT OF RECORD
NOTIFY TCO PROJECT MANAGER IN WRITING OF MISSING OR DAMAGED ITEMS WITHIN 48 HOURS OF
DELIVERY. DAMAGED ITEMS TO BE DOCUMENTED WITH PHOTOS.
MISC FOH MILLWORK
BOH MILLWORK
GC
GC
GC
GC
28
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
H. GC ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL ITEMS ONCE DELIVERED, INSPECTED AND DOCUMENTED AS Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the Tel: -F61 2 8289 5700 Fax: -F61 2 9289 3745
NOTED ABOVE FLOORING:

TRADE PROJECTS: respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. MEP ENGINEER
FOH FLOOR FINISHES TCO GC
I. FOLLOWING INSTALLATION OF TCO PROVIDED ITEMS, GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTION OF ITEMS CARPET PAD GC GC This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings MEDLAND ENGINEERING
FOR TRADE PROJECTS, TCO WILL MANAGE AND FACILITATE THE PROCUREMENT PROCESS OF TCO PROVIDED GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
UNTIL PROJECT TURNOVER. PROTECTION TO INCLUDE DUST PROTECTION. SHOWCASE TOPS TO
PROTECTED WITH MASONITE (HARDBOARD) COVERED WITH PLASTIC SHEETS.
ITEMS ON BEHALF OF THE TRADE PARTNER. HOWEVER TCO IS NOT LEGALLY OR FINANCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AT BOH FLOOR FINISHES GC GC must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU
ANY STEP OF THIS PROCESS

commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to LIGHTING DESIGNER
WALL FINISHES:
WALL COVERINGS GC GC . SCHVn\IGHAMMERMHI3 .c
RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE SHEET NOTES
WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHTING.COM T.212-967-5944 E.212-967-5945
SPECIALTIES
SAFE TCO TCO 33
TCO FREESTANDING MILLWORK CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE HARDBOARD TEMPLATES FOR ALL SHOWCASES, POS TCO SAFE VENDOR WILL FURNISH AND INSTALL SAFE. GC RESPONSIBILITY: INTERIOR SIGNAGE GC GC
AND DISPLAY TEMPLATES TO INCLUDE EXACT LOCATION OF LEGS REQUIRING POWER OR DATA FEEDS A. REINFORCE SLAB WHERE REQUIRED AND INDICATED QN CD DRAWINGS.
FROM FLOOR. FREESTANDING MWC TO NUMBER THE TEMPLATES AND PROVIDE KEY PLAN. GC TO NOTIFY B. GC TQ MAINTAIN CLEAR ACCESS RQUTE TQ SAFE LQCATIQN UNTIL INSTALLATIQN.
TCO PM AT PROJECT START OF THE DATE THAT TEMPLATES ARE REQUIRED ON SITE. FFE:
C. GC TO INSTALL FLOOR STOP PROVIDED WITH SAFE.
D. GC TO PROVIDE PROTECTION AROUND SAFE UNTIL TURNOVER. FOH FURNITURE TCO GC 35
LAYOUT TO INCLUDE LOCATIONS OF ALL WALLS, DOORS, CLG HGT. CHANGES, SHOWCASES, DISPLAY FIXTURES, BOH FURNITURE GC GC 34
LIGHTING FIXTURES, STOREFRONT STONE OPENINGS, AND SLOT DIFFUSERS TO BE PAINTED ON SLAB. (g) GC TO PURCHASE OFFICE SYSTEMS FROM TCO DESIGNATED VENDOR.
ARTWORK TCO GC 36
TCO PM AND ARCHITECT TO REVIEW AND APPROVE LAYOUT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION OF WALLS AND CEILINGS. (§) GC TO SET FURNITURE IN LOCATIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND PROTECT INSTALLED FURNITURE UNTIL
® TURNOVER. LIGHTING:
NOT USED
® GC TO HANG ARTWORK IN LOCATIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. HANGING HARDWARE PROVIDED WITH
FOH GENERAL LIGHTING TCO GC 41
BOH LIGHTING GC GC
NOT USED
® ARTWORK.
EMERGENCY LIGHTING/EXIT SIGNS GC GC
GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL IN-WALL STEEL FOR SUPPORT AND ATTACHMENT OF STOREFRONT FABRICATIONS DECORATIVE LIGHTING TCO GC 37, 38,41
® AND FAQADE STONE. ® DECORATIVE LIGHTING INCLUDES:
A. CHANDELIERS
B. SCONCES I.T.
NOT USED
® C. TABLE LAMPS
I.T. CABLE, TERMINATIONS AND RACK GC GC
NOT USED @
® GC TO FURNISH AND INSTALL SUPPORT STRUCTURE ABOVE CEILING FOR CHANDELIER INSTALLATION. SUPPORT
STRUCTURE PER DRAWINGS.
PEOPLE COUNTER SYSTEM
WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS
TCO
TCO
GC
GC
STOREFRONT METALAND GLASS FABRICATIONS INCLUDE:
® A. SECURITY DOORS AND GATES INCLUDING HARDWARE.
B. ENTRANCE DOORS. SIDELIGHTS AND TRANSOMS INCLUDING HARDWARE. ® NOT USED
SECURITY
C. METAL PANELS, SOFFITS, FASCIAS AND CANOPIES.
D. STOREFRONT MULLIONS AND GLAZING ® LIGHTING IN BLUE GLASS FACADES TO BE AIMED BY GC AS DIRECTED BY LIGHTING CONSULTANT PRIOR TO SECURITY ALARM WIRING TCO TCO 42 A Issue Date & Description By Check
INSTALLATION OF GLASS. SECURITY ALARM DEVICES TCO TCO 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
E. BLUE GLASS FEATURES INCLUDING LIGHTING.
SECURITY RACK AND ALARM PANELS TCO TCO FINAL SD
F. LIGHTBOXES INCLUDING BACKBOX AND LIGHTING.
G. METAL SCREEN WALLS BEHIND SEE THRU WINDOWS. ® FOH LIGHTING TO BE AIMED BY GC AS DIRECTED BY LIGHTING CONSULTANT. GC TO COORDINATE WITH TCO PM.
SECURITY CAMERA WIRING TCO GC 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
H. BLUE GLASS FACADES INCLUDING LIGHTING AND STRUCTURE. PRELIM SD
® GC TO NOTIFY SECURITY VENDOR (2) WEEKS PRIOR TO CLOSE UP OF CEILINGS TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION
OF SECURITY WIRING. AV
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
ALL HARDWARE FOR ENTRANCE DOORS AND SECURITY DOORS TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED IN FACTORY BY 100% SD
DOOR FABRICATOR. GC TO INSTALL ANY PORTIONS OF DOOR HARDWARE IN FLOOR. MUSIC SYSTEM INCLUDING WIRING GC GC 43
GC TO PURCHASE SOUND SYSTEM COMPONENTS FROM TCO DESIGNATED VENDOR. 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
50% CD
NOT USED
® HVAC
HVAC UNITS GC GC
04/05/2019 DSF DSF
SIGN BOXES WILL BE DELIVERED TO SITE WITH LIGHTING INSTALLED AND PREWIRED WITH REMOTE POWER 90% CD
VAV SYSTEM/AIR SUPPLY GC GC
SUPPLIES. 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
FRESH AIR SUPPLY GC GC
100% CD
NOT USED CHILLED WATER GC GC
HVAC DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROLS GC GC
GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENGINEERING OF CONCRETE PAVERS AHACHMENTS. WHERE REQUIRED BY AHJ, GC TQ
® PRQVIDE ENGINEERED SHQP DRAWINGS FQR STQNE AHACHMENTS, SIGNED AND SEALED BY A STRUCTURAL ELECTRICAL
ENGINEER LICENCED IN THE JURISDICTIQN QF THE PRQJECT. ELECTRICAL SERVICE; FEEDERS-CONDUIT GC GC
ELECTRICAL SERVICE-FEEDERS- WIRING GC GC
GC TQ USE TCQ DESIGNATED FABRIC SUPPLIER AND TCQ PREFERRED FABRICATQR.
® TEL/DATA SERVICE CONDUIT GC GC
GC TQ USE TCQ DESIGNATED FABRICATQR AND FABRIC SUPPLIER. TEL DATA SERVICE-WIRING GC GC
®
CQRNER PIECES SHALL BE FIELD MEASURED BY G.C. & FABRICATED BY TCQ. STQREFRQNT VENDQR.
®
NQT USED
®
NQT USED
®
@ FOLLOWING INSTALLATION OF ALL MILLWORK. GC SHALL PERFORM ALL FINAL ADJUSTMENTS OF SHOWCASE AND
DISPLAY DOORS, PADS, DRAWERS, LOCKS AND LIGHTING AS REQUIRED FQR ALIGNMENT AND QPERATIQN.
® NQT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
HARDWARE ON FOH DOORS TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED IN SHOP BY TCO PERIMETER MWC. GC TO INSTALL
ANY DOOR HARDWARE COMPONENTS AHACHED TO WALLS OR FLOOR.
NOT USED
PERIMETER MILLWORK SHOP DWGS. TO INDICATE HOLD DIMENSIONS FOR FRAMING AND DRYWALL. GC TO VERIFY
HOLD DIMENSIONS AT TIME OF LAYOUT AND NOTIFY PERIMETER MILLWORK CONTRACTOR OF ANY
DESCREPANCIES.
LEGEND TCO: TIFFANY & CO. OR VENDOR DIRECTLY CONTRACTED BY TIFFANY & CO.
@ FOLLOWING INSTALLATION OF MILLWORK. GC SHALL PERFORM ALL TOUCH-UP REQUIRED TO CONCEAL GC: GENERAL CONTRACTOR
FASTENINGS. JOINTS, SCRATCHES AND OTHER IMPERFECTIONS. TCO PERIMETER MILLWORK CONTRACTOR(S) TO LL: LANDLORD
PROVIDE TOUCH UP MATERIALS. AHJ: AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION
MISC. FOH MILLWORK INCLUDES:

A. MIRROR CROWN MOULDING
B. RECESSED METAL BASE
NOT USED
NOT USED
®
NOT USED
®
NOT USED
Seal/Signature
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE
Scale
NO SCALE
Sheet Number
A0.01
SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE NOTES GRAPHIC SYMBOLS ABBREVIATIONS
SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES Tiffany&Co. 200 FIFTH AVENUE
SUBMITTAL SHEDULE GENERAL NOTES: SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE KEY NOTES:
A. ALL SUBMITTALS BY TCO VENDERS SHALL BE SUBMITTED VIA POSTING ON UNIFIER WITH NOTIFICATIONS TO THE GO, ARCHITECT OF
RECORD, TCO DESIGN MANAGER, TCO PROJECT MANAGER AND TCO SOURCING GROUP. SUBMITTALS FOR STANDARD ITEMS TO BE
PRE-APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS FROM STANDARD TCO VENDORS ARE POSTED ON UNIFIER. VENDORS TO PREPARE SUBMIHAL PACKAGE OF PRE-APPROVED
SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL ITEMS REQUIRED FOR PROJECT AND SUBMIT VIA UNIFIER WITHIN ONE WEEK OF RECEIVING PO. SHOP DRAWING TO INCLUDE KEY
SECTION INDICATIONS
SAND OR GROUT
A
ACCES ACCESSORY
K
KIT KITCHEN i4 ¥
VICINITY
CENTRES
TEL: 646 428 5500
ACOUS ACOUSTIC(AL)
SUBMITTED WITHIN ONE WEEK OF RECEIPT OF PURCHASE ORDER. SUBMIHALS OF MODIFIED OR NON STANDARD ITEMS TO BE PLAN SHOWING LOCATIONS OF ALL ITEMS. AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR L
SUBMITTED WITHIN TWO WEEKS OF PURCHASE ORDER. FOR PRE-APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS, AOR NEED NOT REVIEW THE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. AOR SHALL REVIEW THESE SHOP DRAWINGS AS FOLLOWS: EARTH OR NATURAL GROUND AL ALUMINUM
A. CONFIRM THAT ALL STANDARD ITEMS REQUIRED FOR PROJEa ARE INCLUDED IN SUBMIHAL
ALT ALTERNATE LAV LAVATORY
B. ALL GC SUBMITTAL SHALL BE SUBMITTED VIA POSTING ON UNIFIER WITH THE NOTIFICATIONS TO ARCHITECT OF RECORD, TCO DESIGN B. CONFIRM THAT SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATE CORRECT QUANTITIES OF EACH ITEM REQUIRED. oOo oOo oOc
C. CONFIRM THAT SIZES AND FINISHES OF ITEMS ARE CORRECT PER PLANS, ELEVATIONS AND MATRIX ON CD DRAWINGS. POROUS FILL (GRAVEL) ANNUNC ANNUNCIATOR LB POUND
MANAGER, AND TCO PROJECT MANAGER. WHERE INDICATED IN SCHEDULE, ADDITIONAL NOTIFICATIONS TO INCLUDE ENGINEER OF
D. CONFIRM THAT STANDARD ITEMS INDICATED DO NOT REQUIRE ANY MODIFICATION FROM STANDARD DETAILS PROVIDED. ANOD ANODIZED £ BRITISH POUND (CURRENCY) TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO,
RECORD, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND LIGHTING CONSULTANT. STONE APPL APPLIANCE LT LIGHT CENTRE: CHADSTONE DESIGN ARCHITECT
@ ANY STANDARD ITEM WHICH IS REQUIRED TO BE MODIFIED IN ANY WAY FOR A PROJECT REQUIRES A SHOP DRAWING SUBMIHAL
' ■■■
ARCH ARCHITECT(URAL) LVLG LEVELING AUSTRALIA PTY LTD

C. ALL GC SUBMITTALS TO BE SUBMIHED WITHIN TWO WEEKS (14 CALENDAR DAYS) OF AWARD OF CONTRACT.
SHOWING THE MODIFICATION TO BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT OF THE RECORD. MODIFICATIONS TO STANDARD CONCRETE AUTO
AVG
AUTOMATIC
AVERAGE
LVR LOUVER
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliveri
3 S & F Architect, PC
Architecture | Interiors | Space Planning
ITEMS ARE DENOTED WITH SUFFIX (M) ON THE CD DOCUMENTS AND INCLUDED MODIFICATIONS TO STANDARD DIMENSION AND
D. ALL SUBMITTALS TO BE REVIEWED BY CONSULTANT INDICATED IN SCHEDULE WITHIN ONE WEEK (7 CALENDAR DAYS) FROM UNIFIER BRICK
w & AND 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
FINISHES. M Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
NOTIFICATION. ^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing Regulatory Issue
@ CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT MAX MAXIMUM
TCO VENDORS TO HAVE PRE-APPROVED CONTROL SAMPLES OF ALL SAMPLES OF ALL STANDARD FINISH MATERIALS ON FILE WITH TCO. B ARCHITECT OF RECORD
E. FOLLOWING REVIEW, THE REVIEWING CONSULTANT SHALL STAMP THE SUBMITTAL WITH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: MFD MANUFACTURED
FOLLOWING TCO APPROVAL, SUBMITTAL OF STANDARD FINISH CONTROL SAMPLES FOR EACH PROJECT IS NOT REQUIRED.
APPROVED / APPROVED AS NOTED/ REJECTED/ REVISE AND RESUBMIT.
REJECTED ITEMS TO BE MARKED WITH EXPLICIT REASONS FOR REJECTION. A METAL BLDG BUILDING MFR
MECH
MANUFACTURER
MECHANICAL
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the PTID
@ ANY FINISH MATERIAL USED ON A PROJECT WHICH IS NOT INCLUDED IN PRE-APPROVED CONTROL SAMPLES ON FILE WITH TCO BOLLD BOLLARD LEVEL 6, 61 MARKET STREET, SYDNEY, NEW SOLTTH WALES,
BD BOARD MET METAL Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the AUSTRALIA, 2000
REQUIRES SUBMITTAL OF CONTROL SAMPLE TO BE APPROVED BY TCO. NON-FERROUS ALUMINUM Tel: -t61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
F. REVIEWING CONSULTANT SHALL POST REVIEWED SUBMITTALS ON UNIFIER WITH NOTIFICATIONS TO ALL PARTIES WHO RECEIVED BLKG BLOCKING MEMB MEMBRANE respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines.
NOTIFICATION OF THE INITIAL SUBMITTAL. MEZZ MEZZANINE MEP ENGINEER
STONE INSTALLER TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWING OF STONE AHACHMENT DETAILS. STONE ATTACHMENT SHOP DRAWINGS TO BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY PLYWOOD BRDLM BROADLOOM
G. SUBMITTALS REQUIRING RE-SUBMIHAL SHALL BE REVISED AND RESUBMITTED VIA UNIFIER WITHIN ONE WEEK (SEVEN CALENDAR DAYS)
® STRUaURAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN JURISDICTION OF PROJECT. BU BUILT UP MIN MINIMUM This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings MEDLAND ENGINEERING
MISC MISCELLANEOUS
OF RECEIVING FIRST SUBMITTAL REVIEW COMMENTS. WOOD (FINISH) MLWK MILLWORK
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
C
WOOD (CONTINUOUS)
MOIST MOISTURE commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to
H. SUBMITTALS OF CUT SHEETS OR BROCHURES TO INCLUDE MARKING OR HIGHLIGHTING OF SPECIFIC ITEMS, FINISHES AND OPTIONS CAB CABINET MOT MOTOR(IZED) LIGHTING DESIGNER
BEING SUBMIHED. MTD MOUNTED the Retail Design Manager for additional approval.
WOOD (BLOCKING)
OPT
OEM
CARPET
CEMENT(ITIOUS)
SCHVWNGHAMMEBlJIil}®aM§ .
ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 335 'AEST 38TH ST HEW YORK, HY I0DI8
WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERUGHTING.CCM T.?l 2-967-5944 F 212-967-5945
CER CERAMIC N
INSULATION (LOOSE OR BATT) CLG CEILING
COATG COATING NIC NOT IN CONTRACT
INSULATION (RIGID) COILG COILING NO NUMBER
CONC CONCRETE NTS NOT TO SCALE
GLASS (LARGE SCALE) CONSTR CONSTRUCTION
SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE GYPSUM BOARD
CONT
CONTR
CONTINUOUS(ATION)
CONTRACT(OR)
0
COV COVER ORNA ORNAMENTAL

PLASTER WITH LATH CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT OVFL OVERFLOW
OVHD OVERHEAD
ACOUSTICAL TILE OPNG OPENING(S)
SUBMIT SUBMIT D
REVIEW REVIEW OPR OPERABLE
PRE FOR APPROVAL PRE- FOR APPROVAL DBL DOUBLE
TIFFANY VENDORS APPROVED APPROVAL BY NOTES GENERAL CONTRACTOR ^PPROVED APPROVAL BY NOTES
CARPET
DEPT DEPARTMENT P
DES DESIGN(ED)
FABRIC WRAPPED PANEL PTN PARTITION
FREESTANDING MILLWORK ARCHITECTURAL DET DETAIL
PEDTR PEDESTRIAN
STANDARD FIXTURES SHOP DWG X X AOR (01) STRUCTURAL X SE/AOR DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN
PBD PARTICLE BOARD
(M) MODIFIED FREESTANDING MILLWORK X AOR (02) MISC. STEEL SHOP DWG X SE/AOR ELEVATION INDICATIONS DIA
DIFF
DIAMETER
DIFFUSER
PNL PANEL
CUSTOM FIXTURES SHOP DWG X AOR STONE INSTALLATION SHOP DWG X AOR (05) POLYST POLYSTYRENE
DIM DIMENSION
STANDARD FINISH MATERIAL X (03) STAIR STRUCTURE SHOP DWG X SE/AOR PORT PORTABLE
STONE DISP DISPENSER
NON-STANDARD FINISH MATERIALS X TCO (04) STAIR RAILINGS / METAL SCREENS SHOP DWG X AOR PREFIN PREFINISHED
DIV DIVISION
SECURITY MESH CUT SHEET X AOR PREFAB PREFABRICATED
DN DOWN
PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE
PERIMETER WALL UNITS BOH DOORS / FRAMES SHOP DWG X AOR $ DOLLAR (US CURRENCY)
(01) BRICK/CONCRETE BLOCK PLAS PLASTER
STANDARD PERIMETER DISPLAY UNITS X X AOR BOH DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE / CUT SHEET X AOR DR DOOR
PLSTC PLASTIC
(M) MODIFIED STANDARD FIXTURES SHOP DWG X AOR (02) BOH MILLWORK SHOP DWG X AOR DSCON DISCONNECT
PLYWD PLYWOOD
DWR DRAWER
CUSTOM FIXTURES SHOP DWG X AOR BOH FURNITURE SHOP DWG X AOR PRTECN PROTECTION
STANDARD FINISH MATERIALS X (03) PAINT DRAW DOWNS X AOR FINISHED WOOD A Issue Date & Description By Check
- E 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
NON-STANDARD FINISH MATERIALS X TCO (04) LOCKERS SHOP DWG / CUT SHEET X AOR R
FINAL SD
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CUT SHEET X AOR ELAST ELASTOMERIC
GLASS RDR READER 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
PERIMETER MILLWORK fFOH) ACCESS PANEL / VALVE BOX CUT SHEET X AOR ELEC ELECTRICAL
RECES RECESSED PRELIM SD
STANDARD WALL PANELS SHOP DWG X X AOR (01) APPLIANCE CUT SHEET X AOR EMBED EMBEDD(ED)(ING)
RECPT RECEPTACLE 02/08/2019
NON-STANDARD WALL PANELS SHOP DWG X AOR (02) ROLL-DOWN SECURITY GRILLE DWG / CUT SHEET X AOR/EOR ENGR ENGINEER(ED) DSF DSF
REF REFER(ENCE)
ENTR ENTRANCE 100% SD
OPERABLE WALL PANELS SHOP DWG X AOR FLOOR LEVELING PRODUCT CUT SHEET X AOR REFL REFLECTED
STANDARD PRIVATE SALES WALL PANELS SHOP DWG X AOR MECHOSHADE DWG / CUT SHEET X AOR/EOR CONSTRUCTION EQ EQUAL
REFR REFRIGERATOR 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
EQUIP EQUIPMENT
(M) MODIFIED PRIVATE SALES WALL PANELS SHOP DWG X AOR GRFG SHOP DWG X AOR REQD REQUIRED 50% CD
EXIST EXISTING
(M) MODIFIED PRIVATE SALES SHOP DWG X AOR RESTROOM ACCESSORIES CUT SHEET X AOR RESIS RESIST(ANT)(IVE) 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
EXP JT EXPANSION JOINT
REINF REINFORCE(D)(ING)(MENT)
FOH DOORS, FRAMES, HARDWARE SHOP DWG X AOR OFFICE FURNITURE X AOR EXPS EXPOSE(D) 90% CD
RESIL RESILIENT
PORTALS/FINS SHOP DWG X AOR ENTRANCE MATS X AOR COLUMN GRID EXT EXTERIOR 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
RFG ROOFING
MISC. PERIMETER MILLWORK SHOP DWG X AOR WATERPROOFING / INSULATION X AOR RM ROOM 100% CD
STAIR PANELS/ STRINGERS X AOR F RO ROUGH OPENING
EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN
WOOD HANDRAILS X AOR
EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED FAB FABRICATION
ELEVATOR CAB SHOP DWG X AOR FD FLOOR DRAIN S
STANDARD FINISH MATERIAL SAMPLES X (03) NEW PARTITION FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER
- SCR SCRIBE
X TCO (04) REFERENCE TO PARTITION TYPE FE&C
NON-STANDARD FINISH MATERIAL SAMPLES FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND
SECUR SECURITY
CABINET
1 HR. RATED PARTITION SF SQUARE FEET
STONE FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET
SOL SINGLE
(06) FIN FINISH
STONE FAQADE SHOP DRAWINGS X AOR 2 HR. RATED PARTITION SHORG SHORING
FLDG FOLDING
STONE FLOOR SHOP DWG X AOR SIM SIMILAR
3 HR. RATED PARTITION FPLC FIREPLACE
STONE TREADS / RISERS/ STRINGER TRIMS SHOP DWG X AOR SST STAINLESS STEEL
FR FIRE RAT(ING)(ED)
STANDARD STONE SAMPLES X (03) 4 HR. RATED PARTITION STD STANDARD
FRMG FRAMING
(04) STL STEEL
NON-STANDARD STONE SAMPLES X TCO SMOKE PARTITION FXD FIXED
STRFR STOREFRONT
METAL GRILLES / SCREENS SHOP DWG X AOR FXTR FIXTURE
STRUCT STRUCTURAL
SIGNS METAL FASCIA PANELS, CANOPIES SHOP DWG X AOR ELEVATION DATUM POINT FLR FLOOR(ING)
SURF SURFACE
FURN FURNITURE
STANDARD SIGNS SHOP DWG X X AOR (oi) METAL/ GLASS MATERIAL SAMPLES X AOR
FWC
SUSP SUSPENDED
NAME ROOM NAME FABRIC WALL COVERING
(M) MODIFIED STANDARD SIGNS SHOP DWG X AOR LIGHTING SUBMITTAL X AOR/LC/EO SYS SYSTEM(S)
CUSTOM SIGNS SHOP DWG X AOR 0000 ROOM NUMBER
G
MECHANICAL T
< XXXX ) DOOR NUMBER (WITH SCHEDULE)
WOOD FLOORING HVAC EQUIPMENT CUT SHEETS X EOR GA GAUGE
THK THICK
WOOD FLOORING SAMPLES X DUCT WORK SHOP DWG X EOR GFRC GLASS FIBER REINFORCED
WINDOW NUMBER (WITH SCHEDULE) CONCRETE TLT TOILET
WOOD TREADS / RISERS X AOR SLOT AND DIFFUSER CUT SHEETS X EOR/AOR TRAP TRAFFIC
GFRG GLASS FIBER REINFORCED
HVAC CONTROLS CUT SHEETS X EOR TRANS TRANSPARENT
ALIGN GYPSUM
STOREFRONT METAL AND GLASS DAMPERS (CABLE, MOTORIZED, FIRE, FIRE/SMOKE) X EOR/AOR ALIGN WITH ESTABLISHED TRTD TREATED
GFRP GLASS FIBER REINFORCED
ENTRANCE DOORS
SECURITY DOORS
SEE-THRU WINDOWS
X
X
X
X
X
X
AOR
AOR
AOR
Co.$
(01)
(01)
$I1)
DUCT AND PIPE INSULATION
PIPING MATERIALS
WATER PIPING EQUIPMENT (VALVES, GAUGES, ETC)
X
X
X
EOR
EOR
EOR
n SURFACES
SHEET NOTE
GL
GR
PLASTER
GLASS
GRAD(E)(ING)
T&G
TYP
TONGUE AND GROOVE
TYPICAL
LIGHTBOXES X X AOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURE CUT SHEETS X EOR/AOR GYP GYPSUM U
(01)
Oa
BLUE GLASS FEATURES X X AOR TEST & BALANCE (AIR SIDE & WATER SIDE) X EOR REVISION REFERENCE UNDRLAY UNDERLAYMENT
BLUE GLASS FACADES X AOR PIPING SHOP DRAWINGS X EOR H UTIL UTILITY
CANOPIES X AOR THERMOSTATS ANS SENSORS X EOR HD HEAD UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
STANDARD MATERIALS X (03)
HDWD HARDWOOD
NON-STANDARD MATERIALS X X TCO (04) ELECTRICAL DIRECTION OF ELEVATION HDWE HARDWARE V
LIGHTING FIXTURES CUT SHEET (ALL FIXTURES, FOH & BOH) X LC/EOR
ELEVATION NUMBER HM HOLLOW METAL
SHEET WHERE SHOWN VEH VEHICLE
LIGHTING CONTROLS (PANELS, SENSORS, KEYPADS, ETC) X EOR HORIZ HORIZONTAL
HVAC VERT VERTICAL
ELECTRICAL PANELS X EOR HEATING, VENTILATING, AND
VIF VERIFY IN FIELD
DETAIL NUMBER AIR CONDITIONING
OUTLETS & SWITCHES X EOR/AOR
SHEET WHERE SHOWN 1
AV EQUIPMENT X AOR W
DESCRIPTION OF SIMILAR OR OPPOSITE
EMERGENCY LIGHTING & EXIT SIGNS X EOR/AOR INFO INFORMATION
AREA TO BE DETAILED WITH
TRANSFORMER X EOR ____ / INSTRUM INSTRUMENT(ATION) w/
EQUIPMENT DISCONNECT SWITCHES X EOR INSUL INSULATION wc WATER CLOSET
FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET WD WOOD
FLOOR BOXES AND/OR POKE-THRU DEVICES X EOR INTLK INTERLOCK(ING)
WDW WINDOW
LEGEND: INT INTERIOR
FIRE EXTINGUSHER WITHOUT CABINET W/0 WITHOUT
INFILTR INFILTRATION
FIRE PROTECTION FEC WT WEIGHT
AOR: ARCHITECT OF RECORD D FIRE EXTINGUSHER CABINET
FIRE ALARM SHOP DWGS WITH BATTERY CALCULATIONS X EOR WTRPRF WATERPROOFING
EOR: ENGINEER OF RECORD (MEP/FP) J
FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL & DEVICES X EOR @ FIRE VALVE WITHOUT CABINET
SE: STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
LC: LIGHTING CONSULTANT FIRE SPRINKLER SHOP DWG WITH HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS X EOR FVC JAN JANITOR
Q FIRE VALVE CABINET
TCO: TIFFANY & CO. FIRE SPRINKLER DEVICES X EOR/AOR
FIRE ALARM PULL
Seal/Signature
Project Name
MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
ABBREVIATIONS AND GRAPHIC SYMBOLS
Scale
NO SCALE
Sheet Number
A0.02
GENERAL NOTES FIRE DEPARTMENT NOTES DEMOLITION NOTES CONSTRUCTION NOTES FINISH NOTES
1. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL BUILDING CODES, LAWS, ORDINANCES, 1. PROVIDE A PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH A RATING OF NOT LESS THAN 2-A 1. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL CODES AND REGULATIONS 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FINISH FACE TO FINISH FACE, 1. ENSURE SURFACES TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES ARE CLEAN, TRUE AND FREE OF
RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE PUBLIC AUTHORITIES GOVERNING THE WORK. WITHIN 75 FOOT TRAVEL DISTANCE TO ALL PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING ON EACH FLOOR, PERTAINING TO SAFETY OF PERSONS, PROPERTY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED. MAINTAIN DIMENSIONS MARKED "CLEAR" OR "HOLD." ALLOW IRREGULARITIES. DO NOT PROCEED WITH WORK UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS NEWYORK, NEWYORK 10010
AND ADDITIONAL EXTINGUISHERS AS REQUIRED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT FIELD FOR THICKNESS OF FINISHES. HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. STARTING OF WORK INDICATES INSTALLER'S ACCEPTANCE OF TEL: 646 428 5500
2. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, INSPECTIONS AND FINAL SIGN-OFFS REQUIRED BY INSPECTOR OR BUILDING DEPARTMENT INSPECTOR. 2. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, INSPECTIONS AND FINAL SIGN-OFFS REQUIRED BY THE SUBSTRATE.
THE PUBLIC AUTHORITIES GOVERNING THE WORK. PUBLIC AUTHORITIES GOVERNING THE WORK. 2. COORDINATE AND PROVIDE BLOCKING WITHIN PARTITIONS FOR ALL MILLWORK AND ITEMS
2. PROVIDE EXIT SIGN WITH 6" LETTERS OVER REQUIRED EXITS, WHERE SHOWN ON ATTACHED OR MOUNTED TO WALLS OR CEILINGS. 2. REPAIR EXISTING SURFACES SCHEDULED TO REMAIN AS REQUIRED FOR THE
3. THE DRAWINGSAND SPECIFICATIONS ON DRAWINGS ARE COMPLEMENTARY AND DRAWINGS, AND ADDITIONAL SIGNS AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING DEPARTMENT 3. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN BARRICADES, LIGHTING, AND GUARDRAILS AS REQUIRED BY APPLICATION OF NEW FINISHES. DAI
THEIR INTENT IS TO INCLUDE ALL ITEMS NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER EXECUTION INSPECTOR OR FIRE DEPARTMENT FIELD INSPECTOR. CONNECT EXIT SIGNS TO APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS TO PROTECT WORKERS AND OCCUPANTS OF THE 3. UNDERCUT OF DOORS TO CLEAR TOP OF FLOOR FINISHES BY 3/4" UNLESS OTHERWISE
8 May. 19
AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE EMERGENCY POWER CIRCUITS. COMPLY WITH BUILDING CODES. BUILDING. NOTED. 3. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, PROVIDE MINIMUM THREE-COAT PAINT SYSTEMS FOR EACH
ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF SUBSTRATE. TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO
THE PROJECT. THE ORGANIZATION OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ON 3. PROVIDE EMERGENCY LIGHTING OF ONE FOOT-CANDLE AT FLOOR LEVEL. COMPLY WITH 4. FIRE SAFETY MUST BE MAINTAINED FOR ALL PERSONNEL WORKING ON THE FLOOR. 4. ALL INTERIOR GLAZING TO BE SAFETY GLAZING IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES. CHADSTONE DESIGN ARCHITECT
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
DRAWINGS SHALL NOT CONTROL THE CONTRACTOR IN DIVIDING WORK AMONG THE
SUBCONTRACTORS OR IN ESTABLISHING THE EXTENT OF WORK PERFORMED BY
BUILDING CODES. BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INTEGRITY SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES (BEFORE,
DURING, AND AFTER DEMOLITION). ALL EGRESS ROUTES, BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 5. MARK THE LOCATION OF ALL PARTITIONS ON THE SLAB FOR REVIEW BY THE TENANTPRIOR
4. PROVIDE STRAIGHT, FLUSH RESILIENT BASE AT CARPETED AREAS AND COVE, TOP SET
RESILIENT BASE AT AREAS OF RESILIENT FLOORING, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
ANY TRADE. 4. MAINTAIN AISLES AT LEAST 44" WIDE AT PUBLIC AREAS. AND RELATED EQUIPMENT SHALL REMAIN INTACT, OPERABLE AND ACCESSIBLE. THIS TO INSTALLATION. REVIEW SHALL BE FOR DESIGN INTENT. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL Isabelle Oliver! Architecture | Interiors | Space Planning
121 West 27th Street, Suite#501, NewYcrk, NewYork 10001
INCLUDES PULL STATION, WARDEN STATIONS AND FIRE ALARM SPEAKERS, U.O.N. CONDITIONS IN ORDER TO ENSURE PROPER FIT. 5. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS ON DRAWINGS FOR LEVEL OF FINISH FOR GYPSUM BOARD
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
4. REVIEW DOCUMENTS, VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND FIELD CONDITIONS AND CONFIRM 5. EVERY EXIT DOOR SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY BUILDING SECURITY AND BUILDING MANAGER OF DAMAGED OR PARTITIONS/CEILINGS AS REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIED FINISHES.
THAT WORK IS BUILDABLE AS SHOWN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT ANY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. SPECIAL LOCKING DEVICES SHALL BE OF AN DISABLED SYSTEMS. REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY DAMAGED SYSTEMS IMMEDIATELY. ALL 6. ALL PARTITIONS SHALL BE PERPENDICULAR OR PARALLEL TO BUILDING CORE WALLS, ARCHITECT OF RECORD
CONFLICTS AND/OR OMISSIONS TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK APPROVED TYPE. ALL NEW DOORS SHALL HAVE APPROVED LEVER HANDLES. DISCONNECTED EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES NOT REQUIRED FOR THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
SHALL BE REMOVED. WHERE REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR AHJ, PROVIDE FIRE WATCH.
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 6. ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK, SPRINKLER PIPING, MISC. PIPING & CONDUIT IN AREAS OF NO PTID
IN QUESTION. OTHERWISE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINISHED CEILING ARE TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH SLAB PAINT, U.O.N. LEVEL 6, 61 MARKET STREET, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES,
AUSTRALIA, 2000
COSTS TO COMPLETE THE WORK STATED IN ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 6. DOORS OPENING INTO REQUIRED 1-HOUR, FIRE-RESISTIVE CORRIDORS SHALL BE 7. HINGE FACE OF ALL DOOR OPENINGS SHALL BE LOCATED 6" FROM ADJACENT Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
BASED UPON THE OPTIMAL ESTABLISHED QUALITY STANDARD. PROTECTED WITH A SMOKE OR DRAFT STOP ASSEMBLY HAVING A 20-MINUTE RATING 5. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ALL M/E/P/FA SHUTDOWNS, DISCONNECTS WITH BUILDING PERPENDICULAR WALL, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 7. ALL EXPOSED GYP. BD. SURFACES THROUGHOUT PROJECT SHALL RECEIVE EITHER PAINT
OWNER AND RECEIVE APPROVAL PRIOR TO PERFORMING THE WORK. OR WALLCOVERING FINISH. REFER TO ELEVATIONS AND FINISH SCHEDULE. IN THE EVENT MEP ENGINEER
AND SHALL BE SELF-CLOSING.
5. SUBMIT REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS, REVISIONS AND/OR CHANGES TO TENANT
6. CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM ARCHITECT OF ANY EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT NEED TO BE
8. WHERE EXISTING ACCESS PANELS CONFLICT WITH CONSTRUCTION, RELOCATE PANELSTO A WALL SURFACE FINISH IS NOT INDICATED NOTIFY ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION. MEDLAND ENGINEERING
AND ARCHITECT, IN WRITING, FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PURCHASE, FABRICATION OR 7. 20-MINUTE DOOR JAMBS TO BE TIGHT-FITTING, SMOKE AND DRAFT CONTROLLED. ALIGN WITH AND FIT WITHIN NEW CONSTRUCTION (REVIEW WITH TENANT IN THE FIELD). GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
DEMOLISHED TO ACCOMMODATE FUTURE WORK AS INTENDED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDUAND.OOM.AU
INSTALLATION. 8. ALL EXPOSED GYP. BD. CEILINGS, SOFFITS AND FASCIAS TO BE PAINTED AS SCHEDULED
REPORT ANY CONFLICTS AND/OR OMISSIONS TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PERFORMING
8. EXIT DOORS SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL WHEN SERVING 50 OR MORE 9. REPAIR AND/OR RESTORE ALL EXISTING FIREPROOFING DAMAGED DUE TO DEMOLITION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
ANY WORK IN QUESTION.
6. COORDINATE WORK WITH THE OWNER, INCLUDING SCHEDULING TIME AND PERSONS AND IN ANY HAZARDOUS AREA. AND NEW WORK. FIREPROOFING SHALL BE AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE LIGHTING DESIGNER
LOCATIONS FOR DELIVERIES, BUILDING ACCESS, USE OF BUILDING SERVICES PROTECTION RATING. 9. ALL AREAS TO BE WALLCOVERED SHALL BE PRIMED W/ZINSSER CO.'S SHIELD Z
AND FACILITIES AND USE OF ELEVATORS AS TO MINIMIZE DISTURBANCE OF 9. INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES FOR EXIT CORRIDOR SHALL NOT EXCEED AN END
7. COORDINATE WORKWITH THE OWNER, INCLUDING SCHEDULING TIME AND LOCATIONS FOR
PRE-WALLCOVERING PRIMER
SCHVUIIM6HAMMER[1ISM®.
DELIVERIES, BUILDING ACCESS, USE OF BUILDING SERVICES AND FACILITIES AND USE OF ARCHITECTURAL UGHTING CONSULTANTS 035 WEST 38TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10018
BUILDING FUNCTIONS AND OCCUPANTS. POINT FLAME SPREAD RATING: 10. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXISTING AND/OR NEW PENETRATIONS THROUGH EXISTING FIRE WWW.SCHWNGHAMMERLIGHTING.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-9S7-5945
ELEVATORS AS TO MINIMIZE DISTURBANCE OF BUILDING FUNCTIONS AND OCCUPANTS.
A. CLASS I, FLAME SPREAD 0-25, SMOKE DENSITY 150, FOR MATERIALS INSTALLED IN WHEN REQUIRED BY LANDLORD PERFORM ALL NOISY WORK DURING HOURS DESIGNATED RATED SLABS AND PARTITIONS, AS REQUIRED, TO MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION 10. REFER TO PLANS AND FINISH SCHEDULE FOR ALL FLOORING MATERIALS. GENERAL
7. TENANT WILL PROVIDE WORK NOTED AS "BY OTHERS" OR "NIC" UNDER SEPARATE VERTICAL EXITS. BY LANDLORD. PERFORM ANY DEMOLITION REQUIRED IN ADJACENT TENANT SPACES OR RATING. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTION OF ALL INSTALLED FLOORING DURING
CONTRACT. INCLUDE SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS IN CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS B. CLASS II, FLAME SPREAD 26-75, SMOKE DENSITY 300, FOR MATERIALS INSTALLED COMMON AREAS DURING NON-BUSINESS HOURS. DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING MILLWORKAND FURNITURE INSTALLATION.
SCHEDULE AND COORDINATE TO ASSURE ORDERLY SEQUENCE OF INSTALLATION. IN HORIZONTAL EXITS. PROTECTION TO BE MASONITE PANELS TAPED AT SEAMS OVER 8 MIL. PLASTIC.
C. CLASS III, FLAME SPREAD 76-200, SMOKE DENSITY 450, FOR MATERIALS 8. OWNER WILL PROVIDE WORK NOTED AS "BY OTHERS" OR "NIC" UNDER SEPARATE
8. MAINTAIN EXITS, EXIT LIGHTING, FIRE PROTECTIVE DEVICES AND ALARMS FOR DURATION INSTALLED IN ANY OTHER LOCATION. CONTRACT. INCLUDE SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS IN CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS 11. PREMISES HAVE AN EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB. FLOORING CONTRACTOR SHALL
OF WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES. SCHEDULE AND COORDINATE TO ASSURE ORDERLY SEQUENCE OF INSTALLATION. FLASH PATCH EXISTING SLAB AS REQUIRED TO BE READY TO RECEIVE NEW FINISH
10. DECORATIONS (CURTAINS, DRAPES, SHADES, HANGINGS, ETC.) SHALL BE FLOORING AS SPECIFIED. ANY REMEDIAL WORK NECESSARY INCLUDING LEVELING,
9. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM DAMAGE FOR DURATION OF NON-COMBUSTIBLE OR BE FLAME PROOFED IN AN APPROVED MANNER. 9. IN PARTITIONS SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITIONS, REMOVE AND CAP ALL CONDUIT, OUTLETS, GRINDING, CUTTING AND PATCHING. AN ALLOWANCE SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BASE
WORK. ALL DAMAGE DUE TO IMPROPER PROTECTION SHALL BE REPAIRED AT NO SWITCHES, WIRES, THERMOSTATS, ETC. TO THEIR SOURCE AS REQUIRED. REFLECTED CEILING NOTES BID FOR ABOVE WORK. TOTAL ALLOWANCE SPENT SHALL BE DETERMINED AFTER REVIEW
ADDITIONAL COST TO THE LANDLORD. 11. PROVIDE FIRE DAMPERS OR DOORS WHERE AIR DUCTS PENETRATE FIRE-RATED WALLS OF 5' X 5' GRIDDED FLOOR PLAN (PREPARED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR) SHOWING ALL
OR CEILINGS. 10. ERECT AND MAINTAIN DUSTPROOF PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT THE SPREAD OF EXISTING FLOOR SLAB ELEVATION POINTS AT GRID INTERSECTIONS FOR COMPLETE
10. MAINTAIN WORK AREAS SECURE AND LOCKABLE FOR THE DURATION OF WORK AND DUST, FUMES, SMOKE, ETC. TO OTHER PARTS OF THE BUILDING. UPON COMPLETION OF 1. DESIGN SUSPENDED CEILING FRAMING SYSTEMS TO RESIST A LATERAL FORCE OF 20% FLOOR PLAN.
COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD TO ENSURE SECURITY. 12. STORAGE, DISPENSING OR USE OF ANY FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS, WORK, REMOVE PARTITIONS AND REPAIR SURFACES DAMAGED TO MATCH ADJACENT OF THE WEIGHT OF THE CEILING ASSEMBLY AND ANY LOADS TRIBUTARY TO THE
FLAMMABLE GAS AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES SHALL COMPLY WITH UNIFORM FIRE SURFACES. SYSTEM. USE A MINIMUM CEILING WEIGHT OF 5 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT TO 12. FLAME SPREAD RATINGS FOR ALL WALL, FLOOR AND CEILING COVERINGS TO BE CLASS
11. PROVIDE A DULY AUTHORIZED FULL-TIME REPRESENTATIVE ON THE JOB SITE AT CODE REGULATIONS. DETERMINE THE LATERAL FORCE. "A" OR "I"
ALL TIMES FOR SUPERVISION OF CONSTRUCTION AS OUTLINED IN THE 11. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ORGANIZED PROTECTION PLANS REQUIRED FOR ALL AREAS
SPECIFICATIONS ON DRAWINGS. 13. WOOD BLOCKING SHALL BE FIRE TREATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODE OUTSIDE SCOPE OF WORK AND/OR REPAIR ANY INCURRED DAMAGES AT NOT ADDITIONAL 2. WHERE CEILING LOADS DO NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT AND WHERE 13. ALL FINISH MATERIALS SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A FLAME-RETARDANT CONDITION AND
REGULATIONS. COST. PROPOSED PROTECTION PLAN TO BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY OWNER. PARTITIONS ARE NOT CONNECTED TO THE CEILING SYSTEMS, THE FOLLOWING BRACING SHOULD CONFIRM TO CLASS A (B1)
12. SUBMIT SAMPLES, DATA SHEETS AND SHOP DRAWINGS AS OUTLINED IN THE INCLUDE TEMPORARY PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED AND INDICATED ACCESS PLAN TO ALL METHODS MAY BE EMPLOYED:
SPECIFICATIONS ON DRAWINGS. 14. EXTEND OR MODIFY EXISTING FIRE/ LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE AN LOCATIONS DISRUPTED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 14. ALL FINISHES TO BE COORDINATED AND APPROVED BY TIFFANY & CO. REFER TO FINISH
APPROVED FIRE/ LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM. SUBMIT PLANS TO FIRE DEPARTMENT WITH A. PROVIDE LATERAL SUPPORT BY FOUR WIRES OF MINIMUM NO. 12 GAUGE PACKAGE PROVIDED BY TIFFANY & CO FOR CONTACT INFORMATION.
13. MAINTAIN THE CONSTRUCTION PREMISES IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY CONDITION AS COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF SEQUENCE OF OPERATION, AND OBTAIN APPROVAL PRIOR 12. IF DEMOLITION IS PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED, RESTORE AFFECTED SPLAYED IN FOUR DIRECTIONS 90 DEGREES APART, AND CONNECTED TO THE MAIN
OUTLINED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS ON DRAWINGS. TO INSTALLATION. AREAS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF THE CROSS RUNNER AND TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE AT AN 15. ALL DOORS AND FRAMES TO RECEIVE SEMI-GLOSS PAINT FINISH. REFER TO FINISH
ANGLE NOT EXCEEDING 45 DEGREES FROM THE PLANE OF THE CEILING. PROVIDE SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFICATIONS.
14. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS GOVERN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, THE 15. LOCATE THE CENTER OF FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES 48" ABOVE THE LEVEL OF THE 13. REMOVE FROM THE SITE DAILY AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF REFUSE, DEBRIS, RUBBISH AND THESE LATERAL SUPPORT POINTS 12 FEET ON CENTER IN EACH DIRECTION, WITH THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR CLARIFICATION OR FLOOR, WORKING PLATFORM, GROUND SURFACE OR SIDEWALK. OTHER MATERIALS RESULTING FROM DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. FIRST POINT WITHIN 4" OF EACH WALL.
INFORMATION TO THE TENANT AND ARCHITECT. TELEPHONE INQUIRIES WILL NOT B. ALLOW FOR LATERAL MOVEMENT OF THE SYSTEM. ATTACH MAIN RUNNERS A Issue Date & Description By Check
BE PERMITTED. 16. EMERGENCY WARNING SYSTEMS SHALL ACTIVATE A MEANS OF WARNING THE HEARING 14. REMOVE DESIGNATED PARTITIONS, COMPONENTS, BUILDING EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES AS AND CROSS RUNNERS AT TWO ADJACENT WALLS. MAINTAIN CLEARANCE BETWEEN 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
IMPAIRED. FLASHING VISUAL WARNING SHALL HAVE A FREQUENCY OF NOT MORE THAN REQUIRED FOR NEW WORK. THE WALL AND THE RUNNERS AT THE OTHER TWO WALLS. FINAL SD
15. CLEANUP: LEAVE PREMISES CLEAN OF DEBRIS AND IN BROOM CLEAN CONDITION, 60 FLASHES PER MINUTE. C. PROVIDE VERTICAL SUPPORT AS REQUIRED IN BUILDING CODES. IN ADDITION,
12/21/2018 DSF DSF
CLEAN THOROUGHLY ADJACENT SPACES. ALL ITEMS DESIGNATED TO BE SAVED SHALL 15. REMOVE ABANDONED HVAC EQUIPMENT INCLUDING UNUSED DUCTWORK AND PIPING. VERTICALLY SUPPORT ENDS OF RUNNERS WITHIN 8" OF DISCONTINUITIES SUCH AS
MAY OCCUR WHERE THE CEILING IS INTERRUPTED BY A WALL. PRELIM SD
BE STORED AND COVERED IN DESIGNATED AREA TO BE DETERMINED. 17. EXTEND OR MODIFY EXISTING AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED
TO PROVIDE AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. SUBMIT PLANS 16. REMOVE ABANDONED ELECTRICAL WIRES, CONDUITS, AND DEVICES, INCLUDING THE D. SUPPORT LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR DIFFUSERS DIRECTLY BY WIRES TO THE 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
TO FIRE DEPARTMENT AND OBTAIN APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. CONTENTS OF FLOOR CELL RACEWAY SYSTEMS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. STRUCTURE ABOVE. FIXTURE NOTES 100% SD
03/08/2019 DSF DSF
18. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS SHALL BE SUPERVISED BY AN APPROVED CENTRAL, 17. REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES INCLUDING SUBFLOOR AND ADHESIVES AND PREPARE 3. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS ONLY INDICATE LOCATIONS OF ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL,
SLAB AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW FLOOR FINISHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 50% CD
PROPRIETARY OR REMOTE STATION SERVICE OR A LOCAL ALARM WHICH WILL GIVE AN FIRE PROTECTION, AUDIO-VISUAL AND SECURITY DEVICES. FOR SPECIFICATIONS AND 1. FIXTURES AND FURNITURE ARE TO BE COORDINATED AND INSTALLED BY THE G.C.
04/05/2019 DSF DSF
AUDIBLE SIGNAL AT A CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION. DESIGN OF THESE SYSTEMS REFER TO THE ENGINEERING AND/OR CONSULTANT
18. REMOVE ALL EXISTING CEILINGS INCLUDING SUPPORT SYSTEMS AND HANGERS, DRAWINGS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING ALL 2. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE LAYOUT OF FURNITURE WITH FIXTURE SUPPLIER PRIOR 90% CD
ASBESTOS NOTE DUCTWORK, LIGHTING AND OTHER CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES, UNLESS OTHERWISE
NOTED.
EXISTING CONDITIONS, FOR COMPLYING WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, FOR PROPER TO INSTALLATION OF WALL & FLOOR MOUNTED DEVICES. 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
SIZING AND CIRCUITING OF WORK AND FOR PROVIDING RECORD "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS. 100% CD
IN THE EVENT OF ASBESTOS OR OTHER TOXIC SUBSTANCE EXPOSURE OR THE SUBSTANTIAL 19. REMOVE EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES AS INDICATED. REMOVE ASSOCIATED PLUMBING 4. VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS AND LOCATIONS OF ALL PLUMBING, DUCTWORK,
RISK THEREOF, CLIENT WILL HAVE THE DUTY TO INFORM ARCHITECT OF SUCH RISKS KNOWN OR LINES BACK TO BUILDING RISERS. STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND OTHER APPLICABLE ITEMS. ARRANGE AND MODIFY
REASONABLY KNOWABLE TO CLIENT. IF ASBESTOS OR ANY OTHER TOXIC SUBSTANCE, OR RISKS NON-VISIBLE ITEMS TO INSURE ADEQUATE CLEARANCES FOR CEILING MOUNTED
TO EXPOSURE THEREOF IS DISCOVERED BY ARCHITECT DURING WORK ON THE PROJECT, 20. FOR ALL ITEMS SCHEDULED FOR REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION, CONTRACTOR SHALL DEVICES AND FOR CEILING LAYOUT AS INDICATED.
ARCHITECT SHALL, IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION, HAVE THE RIGHT TO SUSPEND WORK ON THE VERIFY AND DOCUMENT, IN WRITING, THE CONDITION AND FUNCTIONALITY OF THE ITEM(S)
PROJECT. CLIENT SHALL HAVE THE DUTY PROMPTLY TO RETAIN A QUALIFIED EXPERT SAFELY TO PRIOR TO REMOVAL. ANY DAMAGE TO ITEM(S) NOT DOCUMENTED SHALL BE REPAIRED BY 5. MOUNT STANDARD SWITCHES AS INDICATED ON THE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, UNLESS
RENDER OR SUPERVISE THE REMOVAL OF SUCH ASBESTOS OR OTHER TOXIC SUBSTANCE. CONTRACTOR AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. OTHERWISE NOTED.
CLIENT SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD ARCHITECT, ITS AFFILIATES AND SUB-CONTRACTORS, AND
THEIR OFFICERS, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL LIABILITY ON PART 21. PATCH AND GRIND SMOOTH ANY SLAB DAMAGE DUE TO REMOVAL OF FLOOR-MOUNTED
6. INDICATED DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE CENTERLINE OF ASINGLE SWITCH OR TO THE
OF OR DAMAGE TO SUCH ENTITIES OR PERSONS, INCLUDING THE COST OF LEGAL FEES AND EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES.
CENTERLINE OF A CLUSTER OF SWITCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
EXPENSES, AS SUCH FEES AND EXPENSES ARE INCURRED, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM
22. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXISTING DAMAGED SPRAYED-ON FIREPROOFING ON COLUMNS
ASBESTOS OR OTHER TOXIC SUBSTANCE EXPOSURE ON THE PROJECT. 7. INSTALL SWITCHES ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF PARTITIONS IN SEPARATE STUD CAVITIES,
AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AS REQUIRED TO OBTAIN/MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE RATINGS.
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DO NOT INSTALL BACK-TO-BACK.
23. PATCH AND REPAIR FIRESTOP AT ALL EXISTING PENETRATIONS IN EXISTING WALLS AS
8. PROVIDE MATCHING "LUTRON" TYPE COVER PLATES, SWITCHES AND RELATED ITEMS,
REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE RATINGS.
COLOR: WHITE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PROVIDE ALL DEVICES UNDER A COMMON
24. REMOVAL OF ALL MEP ITEMS TO BE BY QUALIFIED TRADESMEN. FACEPLATE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
25. REMOVE ALL SPRINKLER HEADS, PIPING, MAINS OR RISERS AS REQUIRED FOR NEW 9. ALL STROBE, SPEAKER/STROBE AND VISUAL ALARM DEVICE LOCATIONS INDICATED ON
SPRINKLER HEAD LAYOUT AND CEILING HEIGHTS INDICATED. THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS ARE FOR DESIGN INTENT. VERIFY PLACEMENT OF
DEVICES WITH TENANT AND LANDLORD. SUBMIT "SHOP DRAWING" TO LANDLORD AND
26. WHERE REQUIRED BY LANDLORD PROVIDE X-RAY OF SLAB FOR PENETRATIONS, CORE ENGINEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO START OF WORK.
DRILLS, OR TRENCHING.
10. FINISH OF HVAC DIFFUSERS/REGISTERS, LIGHT FIXTURE TRIM, DRAPERY POCKETS,
SPEAKER GRILLES AND OTHER CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES TO MATCH CEILING FINISH,
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
11. LOCATE HVAC DIFFUSERS/REGISTERS AND LIGHTING FIXTURES WITHIN GRID LINES, UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED. LOCATE SRRINKLER HEADS, SREAKERS, RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES AND
OTHER CEILING DEVICES IN THE CENTER OF ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS, UNLESS OTHERWISE
NOTED.
Seal/Signature
Project Name
MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
GENERAL NOTES
Scaie
NO SCALE
Sheet Number
A0.03
GENERAL NOTES
Tiffany&Co.
PROPOSED SHOPFRONT HOARDING INCLUDING @ HM DOOR AND FRAME IN BARRICADE. PROVIDE 200 FIFTH AVENUE
GRAPHICS NOT PART OF THIS LESSOR DESIGN VICINITY WITH (4) BUTT HINGES CYLINDER LOCKSET,
FLUSH BOLTS AT INACTIVE LEAF AND
DESIGN APPROVAL 1 CENTRES THRESHOLD PAINT DOOR AND FRAME TIFFANY

BLUE (PT-09).
TEL: 646 428 5500
APPROVAL DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DAI (l|) EXISTING WALL OR GLASS CURTAIN WALL.
ATTACH BARRICADE IN MANNER NOT TO
DAMAGE EXISTING WALL OR GLASS CURTAIN
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO. WALL.
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD @ INTERIOR BARRICADES TO BE CONSTRUCTED DESIGN ARCHITECT
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliver!

OF 5/8" (16) GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/8" METAL STUD.
EXTERIOR BARRICADES TO BE CONSTRUCTED D S & F Architect, PC
WITH 3/4" MDO BOARD OVER 6" METAL STUDS.
^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing |XI Regulatory Issue EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
CONFIRM MAXIMUM DISTANCE FROM LEASE
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the LINE TO BARRICADE WITH LANDLORD OF AHJ. PTID
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the USE MAXIMUM PERMITTED. LEVEL 6, 61 MARKET STREET, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES,
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel; +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. (@ TAPE AND SKIM BARRICADE FOR SMOOTH
SURFACE TO RECEIVE VINYL GRAPHIC. MEP ENGINEER
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings MEDLAND ENGINEERING
GC TO PAINT BARRICADE WITH 2 COATS OF
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to WHITE PRIMER.
GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to (@ VINYL GRAPHIC ON BARRICADE TO BE
LIGHTING DESIGNER
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TCO. GC TO
COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH TCO SCHWINGHAMMER*M(g .
VENDOR. WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHTING.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
(@ 1" X 4" APPLIED WOOD BASE. PAINT TIFFANY

BLUE (PT-09).
(|^ LINE OF NEW TIFFANY STOREFRONT.
T.O. BARRIC (|j) CENTER BARRICADE DOORS BETWEEN MALL

H/- 7456MM 24'-5 1/2" A.F.F.
COLUMN
A Issue Date & Description By Check

11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
12/21/2018 DSF DSF
PRELIM SD
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
100% SD
03/08/2019 DSF DSF
50% CD
04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
OOOOMM [0'-0"]A.F.F. 100% CD
BARRICADE ELEVATION
01 SCALE: 1:50
GENERAL NOTES
EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD
A. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, BARRICADE

T.O. BARRICADE T.O. BARRICADE TO BE CONSTRUCTED BY GC.
+/-7456MM[24'-51/2"]A.F.F. +/- 7456MM [24'-5 1/2"] A.F.F. B. FOR INTERIOR LOCATIONS BARRICADE TO
T.O. TCP STOREFRONT BE CONSTRUCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
6980MM[22'-11"] A.F.F. LANDLORD REGULATIONS.
C. FOR EXTERIOR LOACTIONS, BARRICADE
TO BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH LOCAL AHJ REGULATIONS.
D. GC TO APPLY FOR, OBTAIN AND PAY FOR
ALL PERMITS REQUIRED FOR EXTERIOR
BARRICADES.
E. GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DESIGN OF
FRAMING AND SCAFFOLDING SUPPORTING
BARRICADES.
F. INTERIOR BARRICADES TO HAVE 6 MIL
POLYETHYLENE DUST PROTECTION AT
TOP, TAPEDAT SEAMS.
G. EXTERIOR BARRICADES TO HAVE "ROOF"
WITH WATERPROOF MEMBRANE AND
ALUM. DRIP EDGE.
H. ATTACHMENTS OF BARRICADES TO MALL.
BULKHEADS, BUILDING FACADE, NEUTRAL
PIERS, MALL FLOORING AND SIDEWALKS
SHALL BE AS REQUIRED TO STABILIZE
BARRICADE AND MINIMIZE DAMAGE OR
HOLES IN EXISTING SURFACES.
FASTENINGS SHALL BE AT JOINTS
BETWEEN MATERIALS. FOLLOWING
REMOVAL OF BARRICADE ALL EXISTING
SURFACES SHALL BE FULLY RESTORED TO
APPEARANCE BEFORE BARRICADE WAS
ERECTED.
I. TAPE AND SKIM BARRICADE.
J. NOT USED
T.O. BASE K. HEAD CONDITION OF BARRICADE VARIES
PER PROJECT CONDITIONS. ADJUST AS
FINISH FLOOR REQUIRED.
OOOOMM [O'-O"] OOOOMM [0'-0"j A.F.F. L. REFER TO SHEET A0.01 FOR
RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND
ASSOCIATED NOTES.
M. REFER TO SHEET A0.02 FOR GRAPHIC
SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS.
BARRICADE - SECTION BARRICADE ELEVATION N. REFER TO A0.03 FOR DEMOLITION NOTES
03 SCALE: 1:50 02 SCALE: 1:50 O. REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS FOR
ADDITIONAL REMOVALS
Seal/Signature
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
LEGEND
Description
LEASELINE
COLUMN GRID PHASE 2
Scaie
HATCH DENOTES AS NOTED
NOT IN CONTRACT
EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN

Sheet Number
CMU PARTITION
NEW PARTITION
A0.22
GENERAL NOTES
PROPOSED SHOPFRONT HOARDING INCLUDING ^VICINITY @ HM DOOR AND FRAME IN BARRICADE. PROVIDE
WITH (4) BUTT HINGES CYLINDER LOCKSET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
GRAPHICS NOT PART OF THIS LESSOR DESIGN THRESHOLD PAINT DOOR AND FRAME TIFFANY
TEL: 646 428 5500
APPROVAL DESIGN APPROVAL 1 CENTRES BLUE (PT-09).

(l|) EXISTING WALL OR GLASS CURTAIN WALL.
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DA 1 DAMAGE EXISTING WALL OR GLASS CURTAIN
WALL.
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO. @ INTERIOR BARRICADES TO BE CONSTRUCTED DESIGN ARCHITECT
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD o
LL o
llI
o
u- o
Ll-
EXTERIOR BARRICADES TO BE CONSTRUCTED D S & F Architect, PC
T.O. BARRICADE WITH 3/4" MDO BOARD OVER 6" METAL STUDS.
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliver! 4013MM [13'-2"] A.F.F.
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN

LINE TO BARRICADE WITH LANDLORD OF AHJ.
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the USE MAXIMUM PERMITTED.
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the (@ TAPE AND SKIM BARRICADE FOR SMOOTH
SURFACE TO RECEIVE VINYL GRAPHIC.
GC TO PAINT BARRICADE WITH 2 COATS OF
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings WHITE PRIMER.
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to (@ VINYL GRAPHIC ON BARRICADE TO BE
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TCO. GC TO
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH TCO
VENDOR.
(@ 1" X 4" APPLIED WOOD BASE. PAINT TIFFANY
FINISH FLOOR BLUE (PT-09).
OOOOMM [O'-O"] (|^ LINE OF NEW TIFFANY STOREFRONT.
(|l) CENTER BARRICADE DOORS BETWEEN MALL

COLUMN
INTERIOR BARRICADE ELEVATION

01 SCALE: 1:50
o
U_
T.O. BARRICADE
+/-7456MM[24'-51/2"]A.F.F.

11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
12/21/2018 DSF DSF
PRELIM SD
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
100% SD
03/08/2019 DSF DSF
50% CD
FINISH FLOOR
OOOOMM [O'-O"]
GENERAL NOTES
STOREFRONT BARRICADE ELEVATION
02 SCALE: 1:50
A. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, BARRICADE
TO BE CONSTRUCTED BY GC.
B. FOR INTERIOR LOCATIONS BARRICADE TO
BE CONSTRUCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
LANDLORD REGULATIONS.
C. FOR EXTERIOR LOACTIONS, BARRICADE
EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD TO BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH LOCAL AHJ REGULATIONS.
D. GC TO APPLY FOR, OBTAIN AND PAY FOR
+/- 7456MM [24'-5 1/2") A.F.F. ALL PERMITS REQUIRED FOR EXTERIOR
BARRICADES.
T.O. TCP STOREFRONT/^
E. GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DESIGN OF
6980MM[22'-11’1A.F.F. V
FRAMING AND SCAFFOLDING SUPPORTING
BARRICADES.
F. INTERIOR BARRICADES TO HAVE 6 MIL
POLYETHYLENE DUST PROTECTION AT
TOP, TAPEDAT SEAMS.
G. EXTERIOR BARRICADES TO HAVE "ROOF"
WITH WATERPROOF MEMBRANE AND
ALUM. DRIP EDGE.
H. ATTACHMENTS OF BARRICADES TO MALL.
BULKHEADS, BUILDING FACADE, NEUTRAL
PIERS, MALL FLOORING AND SIDEWALKS
SHALL BE AS REQUIRED TO STABILIZE
BARRICADE AND MINIMIZE DAMAGE OR
HOLES IN EXISTING SURFACES.
FASTENINGS SHALL BE AT JOINTS
BETWEEN MATERIALS. FOLLOWING
REMOVAL OF BARRICADE ALL EXISTING
SURFACES SHALL BE FULLY RESTORED TO
APPEARANCE BEFORE BARRICADE WAS
ERECTED.
I. TAPE AND SKIM BARRICADE.
J. NOT USED
K. HEAD CONDITION OF BARRICADE VARIES
PER PROJECT CONDITIONS. ADJUST AS
REQUIRED.
L. REFER TO SHEET A0.01 FOR
ASSOCIATED NOTES.
M. REFER TO SHEET A0.02 FOR GRAPHIC
T.O. BASE SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS.
102MM [0'-4"j N. REFER TO A0.03 FOR DEMOLITION NOTES
O. REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS FOR
F N SH FLOOR ADDITIONAL REMOVALS
STOREFRONT BARRICADE - SECTION

SCALE: 1:50
Seal/Signature
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
LEGEND
Description
LEASELINE
COLUMN GRID PHASE 3
Scaie
HATCH DENOTES AS NOTED
NOT IN CONTRACT

Sheet Number
CMU PARTITION
NEW PARTITION
A0.23
SHEET NOTES
Tiffany&Co.
PROPOSED SHOPFRONT HOARDING @ DEMOLISH STOREFRONT 200 FIFTH AVENUE
@ EXISTING WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED
INCLUDING GRAPHICS NOT PART OF THIS @ EXTENT OF VENDOR INSTALLATION
TEL: 646 428 5500
LESSOR DESIGN APPROVAL @ EXISTING STOREFRONT TO BE DEMOLISHED
@ REMOVE EXISTING CEILING AND LIGHTS.

@ DO NOT DISTURB EXISTING BASE BUILDING
COLUMN CONSTRUCTION. G.C. SHALL BE DESIGN ARCHITECT
RESPONSIBLE TO MAINTAIN ALL EXISTING
FIRE PROOFING ON EXISTING BASE BUILDING
STRUCTURE.
D S & F Architect, PC
@ REMOVE EXISTING STONE CLADDING AND 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
DECORATIVE METAL GRILLE, AND REPLACE

WITH NEW CLADDING ARCHITECT OF RECORD
@ EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN PTID
@ CHANNEL FLOOR TOPPING AS REQUIRED AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: -F61 2 8289 5700 Fax: -F61 2 9289 3745
FOR POWER AND DATA TO MILLWORK.
COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL PLAN. MEP ENGINEER
G.C. TO VERIFY AND COORDINATE WORK MEDLAND ENGINEERING
WITH LANDLORD AND HIS STRUCTURAL GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
ENGINEER T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU
@ NEW CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE

LIGHTING DESIGNER
@ HM DOOR AND FRAME IN BARRICADE.
PROVIDE WITH (4) BUTT HINGES CYLINDER
SCHWMGHAMMERlI]:i:H33..
LOCKSET, FLUSH BOLTS AT INACTIVE LEAF WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHTING.COM T.212-967-5944 F,212-967-5945
AND THRESHOLD PAINT DOOR AND FRAME

TIFFANY BLUE(PT-09).
@ EXISTING WALL OR GLASS CURTAIN WALL.
WALL.
® INTERIOR BARRICADES TO BE CONSTRUCTED
EXTERIOR BARRICADES TO BE
CONSTRUCTED WITH 3/4" MDO BOARD OVER
6" METAL STUDS.
@ EXISTING MILLWORK TO BE DEMOLISHED
® CONFIRM MAXIMUM DISTANCE FROM LEASE
VICINITY LINE TO BARRICADE WITH LANDLORD OF AHJ.

USE MAXIMUM PERMITTED.
@TAPE AND SKIM BARRICADE FOR SMOOTH
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DAI SURFACE TO RECEIVE VINYL GRAPHIC.
® GO TO PAINT BARRICADE WITH 2 COATS OF
CENTRE: CHADSTONE WHITE PRIMER.
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD @ VINYL GRAPHIC ON BARRICADE TO BE
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliver! FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TOO. GO TO
COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH TOO
IXI Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue
VENDOR.
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the @ 1" X 4" APPLIED WOOD BASE. PAINT TIFFANY
BLUE (PT-09).
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. (g) LINE OF NEW TIFFANY STOREFRONT.
FINAL SD
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings @ CENTER BARRICADE DOORS 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to PRELIM SD
@ EDGE OF BARRICADE FOR PHASE 2
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. @ EXISTING COLUMN COVERS TO BE
100% SD
DEMOLISHED 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
@ EXTERIOR HOARDING TBD BY TOO 50% CD
04/05/2019
(g) EXISTING EXTERIOR FACADE TO REMAIN. DSF DSF
90% CD
ADVERTISING GRAPHICS TO BE ADDED ON
EXISTING WINDOWS 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
(g) EXISTING LIGHT BOX TO BE REMOVED 100% CD
@ EXISTING SINK TO BE DEMOLISHED

(g) EXISTING PHASE 1 AREA TO REMAIN
[9'-2 7/8"]
^czzzDnr^^^nr zznn nczzzzni—ii—ir

—t u! !u u ji
GENERAL NOTES
A. REFER TO SHEET A0.01 FOR
ASSOCIATED NOTES.
B. REFER TO SHEET A0.02 FOR GRAPHIC
C. REFER TO A0.03 FOR DEMOLITION NOTES.
D. REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL
REMOVALS.
E. G.C. TO RE-USE EXISTING TEL-COM ROUTE.
PROTECT AS NECESSARY DURING DEMO.
rr“-iT===T
II
I, LJ
VA0.21
1^ III LEGEND
Seal/Signature
LEASELINE
COLUMN GRID
HATCH DENOTES EXPANSION

SPACE
HATCH DENOTES PHASE 1 SPACE

Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
[4'-5 1/4") TO REMAIN
'81'-11 5/8' Project Number
2018014
CMU PARTITION Description
DEMOLITION PLAN - PHASE 2

GROUND LEVEL
Scaie
1:50
Ref. North
Sheet Number
D1.02
SHEET NOTES
Tiffany&Co.
PROPOSED SHOPFRONT HOARDING INCLUDING @ DEMOLISH STOREFRONT 200 FIFTH AVENUE
@ EXISTING WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED
GRAPHICS NOT PART OF THIS LESSOR DESIGN @ EXTENT OF VENDOR INSTALLATION
TEL: 646 428 5500
APPROVAL @ EXISTING STOREFRONT TO BE DEMOLISHED
@ REMOVE EXISTING CEILING AND LIGHTS.

@ DO NOT DISTURB EXISTING BASE BUILDING
COLUMN CONSTRUCTION. G.C. SHALL BE DESIGN ARCHITECT
RESPONSIBLE TO MAINTAIN ALL EXISTING FIRE
PROOFING ON EXISTING BASE BUILDING
STRUCTURE.
@ REMOVE EXISTING STONE CLADDING AND 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
DECORATIVE METAL GRILLE, AND REPLACE

WITH NEW CLADDING ARCHITECT OF RECORD
@ EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN PTID
@ CHANNEL FLOOR TOPPING AS REQUIRED FOR AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
POWER AND DATA TO MILLWORK.
COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL PLAN. MEP ENGINEER
G.C. TO VERIFY AND COORDINATE WORK WITH MEDLAND ENGINEERING
LANDLORD AND HIS STRUCTURAL ENGINEER GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
NEW CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE
HM DOOR AND FRAME IN BARRICADE. PROVIDE LIGHTING DESIGNER
WITH (4) BUTT HINGES CYLINDER LOCKSET,
SCHWMGHAMMERlI]:i:H33..
THRESHOLD PAINT DOOR AND FRAME TIFFANY WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHTING.COM T.212-967-5944 F,212-967-5945
BLUE (PT-09).
EXISTING WALL OR GLASS CURTAIN WALL.
WALL.
® INTERIOR BARRICADES TO BE CONSTRUCTED

EXTERIOR BARRICADES TO BE
CONSTRUCTED WITH 3/4" MDO BOARD OVER
6" METAL STUDS.
@ EXISTING MILLWORK TO BE DEMOLISHED
VICINITY ® LINE
TO BARRICADE WITH LANDLORD OF AHJ.
USE MAXIMUM PERMITTED.
ISSUE: DA 1 (giTAPE AND SKIM BARRICADE FOR SMOOTH
DATE: 8 May. 19
SURFACE TO RECEIVE VINYL GRAPHIC.
CENTRE: CHADSTONE (r^ GO TO PAINT BARRICADE WITH 2 COATS OF
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD WHITE PRIMER.
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliver! VINYL GRAPHIC ON BARRICADE TO BE
FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TOO. GO TO
Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing Regulatory Issue COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH TOO VENDOR
@V'x 4" APPLIED WOOD BASE. PAINT TIFFANY
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the BLUE (PT-09).
@ LINE OF NEW TIFFANY STOREFRONT.
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. A Issue Date & Description By Check
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings (g) CENTER BARRICADE DOORS 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to FINAL SD
(g) EDGE OF BARRICADE FOR PHASE 2
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. @ EXISTING COLUMN COVERS TO BE PRELIM SD
DEMOLISHED 03 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
(g) EXTERIOR HOARDING TBD BY TOO 100% SD
04 03/08/2019 DSF DSF

@ EXISTING EXTERIOR FACADE TO REMAIN.
50% CD
ADVERTISING GRAPHICS TO BE ADDED ON
05 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
EXISTING WINDOWS
90% CD
@ EXISTING LIGHT BOX TO BE REMOVED
06 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
(g) EXISTING SINK TO BE DEMOLISHED 100% CD
(g) EXISTING PHASE 1 AREA TO REMAIN
(g) EXISTING FLOORING TO BE DEMOLISHED

(g) TEMPORARY DOOR TO BE REPLACED TO NEW
DOOR PROVIDED BY TOO
(g) PORTAL TRIM TO BE DEMOLISHED
@ EXISTING WALL TILES TO BE DEMOLISHED
(g) EXISTING RESTROOM TO REMAIN
GENERAL NOTES
ASSOCIATED NOTES.
C. REFER TO A0.03 FOR DEMOLITION NOTES.
D. REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL
REMOVALS.
E. G.C. TO RE-USE EXISTING TEL-COM ROUTE.
PROTECT AS NECESSARY DURING DEMO.
LEGEND
—W— LEASELINE
Seal/Signature
COLUMN GRID
HATCH DENOTES EXPANSION

SPACE

Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
TO REMAIN
Project Number
2018014
CMU PARTITION Description
DEMOLITION PLAN - PHASE 3

GROUND LEVEL
Scaie
1:50
Ref. North
Sheet Number
D1.03
SHEET NOTES Tiffany&Co.
SHOPFRONT LEASE LINE SETOUT TO BE APPROVED @ LEASE LINE 200 FIFTH AVENUE
@ PROJECT START POINT- NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
ON SITE PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORKS WITH CENTERLINE OF ENTRY DOORS TO ALIGN TEL: 646 428 5500
WITH START POINT.
TENANT'S SHOPFITTER, RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER ALL FACADE ELEMENTS ARE TO BE SET FROM
THE PROJECT START POINT
AND TENANCY DELIVERY MANAGER @ AREA OF FLOORING TO BE REINFORCED FOR
SAFE - G.C. TO COORDINATE WORK WITH L.L.
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. DESIGN ARCHITECT
(§) @ INSTALL PLYWOOD ON ALL (4) SIDES OF IT

ROOM
@ RECESSED VALVE BOX FOR ALARM KEYPAD 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
AND MASTER LIGHT SWITCH; SEE
SPECIFICATION IN A10 SERIES ARCHITECT OF RECORD
@ REQUIRED CLEAR DIMENSION OF FRAMED
OPENING (WOOD TRIM AT PORTALS SHOWN PTID
FOR REFERENCE) AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tei: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
I @ EXTENT OF VENDOR INSTALLATION

MEP ENGINEER
(@ FIRE EXTINGUISHER; REFER TO MEDLAND ENGINEERING

SPECIFICATION IN A10 SERIES GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
0 xO:/
CEILING TRANSITION ABOVE
LIGHTING DESIGNER
SINK; SEE ENLARGED PLAN & ELEVATION FOR
LOCATION SCHVVMGHAMMERlII9[H:i:..
GC TO VERIFY AND REINFORCE WALL WWW.SCHWiNGHAMMERLIGHTING.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
OPERATIONJ3 ASSEMBLY AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT WALL
BRACKETS LOCATED ABOVE CEILING FOR
ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMERS
diiêctor:s DELIVERY
offi6e VESICLE RECESSED VALVE BOX FOR ALARM KEYPAD
® SHOP
STONE PORTAL / TRIM. COORDINATE WITH
DRAWINGS AS REQUIRED
(@ FLOOR MOUNTED DECORATIVE METAL
AND GLASS SCREEN. SEE
STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE
INFORMATION.
@ G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ROLL
DOWN SECURITY GRILLE AT NEW
ENTRANCE
VICINITY < 110 >

® RECESSED ELECTRICAL PANELS
® DECORATIVE
FLOOR AND CEILING MOUNTED
METAL AND GLASS
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DAI < 111 > II
SCREEN. SEE STRUCTURAL
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION.
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD NEW WALL TO ALIGN AND MATCH EXISTING
(@ G.C. TO FRAME OUT STUDS IN PLENUM
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabe e 0 iveri SHIPPING/
RECEIVl SPACE FOR REQUIRED AHU
Ixl Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing X Regulatory Issue CLEARANCE
@ G.C. TO FRAME OUT STUDS IN PLENUM
PANTRY SPACE FOR ACCESS TO VAV BOX A Issue Date & Description By Check
ABOVE FINISHED CEILING 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. @ G.C. TO FINISH CLOSET INTERIOR WITH FINAL SD
PAINTED GYP.BD. SEE RCP FOR 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
CLARIFICATION AS TO WHICH CLOSET PRELIM SD
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to NEED TO BE OPEN TO PLENUM ABOVE 02/08/2019
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. FOR ACCESS TO REMOTE POWER DSF DSF
SUPPLIES 100% SD
03/08/2019 DSF DSF
ANHÔR'S 50% CD
6c6set
GENERAL NOTES 04/05/2019
90% CD
DSF DSF
AETER 05/03/2019
A. REFER TO SHEET A0.01 FOR RESPONSIBILITY DSF DSF
SALES
SCHEDULE AND ASSOCIATED NOTES. 100% CD
IT/SEe B. REFER TO SHEET A0.02 FOR GRAPHIC

STOCK SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS.
ROOM C. REFER TO A0.03 FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL
NOTES.
D. ALL WALLS TO RECEIVE WALL-COVERING
ARE TO BE MIN. LEVEL 5 FINISH. ALL OTHER
FOH AND BOH WALLS TO BE LEVEL 4 FINISH,
U.O.N.
CUSTOMER E. GC TO VERIFY THAT FIRE RATING OF
SERVICE EXISTING WALLS ARE MAINTAINED WHERE
REQUIRED BY CODE. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF
DISCREPANCIES.
F. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND MILLWORK
BLUE^WALL STOCK CONTRACTORS TO COORDINATE ROUGH
VVR^PPING ROOM CONSULTATTON HOSPITALITY RESTROOM DRYWALL DIMENSIONS REQUIRED.
G. PROVIDE 152 MM [6"] 16 GA. FLAT STRAPPING
AND/OR BLOCKING BEHIND WALLS FOR ALL
WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED ITEMS AS
REQUIRED. COORDINATE WITH TCO'S
RESTROOM VENDOR AND PROVIDE STRAPPING AND/OR
VESTIBULE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR ALL
TCO-PROVIDED ITEMS INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO:
1. MILLWORK
B3B‘ E3B* 2. WALL PANELS
3. SIGNAGE
4. AV FRAMING AND EQUIPMENT
5. WALL-MOUNTED FURNITURE
H. REFER TO ELEVATIONS AND DRAWING A7.20
FOR IN-WALL STRAPPING FOR WALL PANELS
I. NOTE TO ARCHITECT: IF AFTER-SALES
SERVICE ROOM IS LOCATED NEAR BOH
OPERATIONS/OFFICE AREAS, THEN DOOR IS
TO BE PROVIDED AT AFTER-SALES SERVICE
ROOM.
J. REFER TO PARTITION TYPES DRAWING A6.00
&A6.01 FOR WALL THICKNESSES.
K. DIMENSIONS INDICATED ON THIS DRAWING
ARE FROM GYP. BD. TO GYP. BD. AND DO
NOT INCLUDE APPLIED WALL PANELS.
L. HINGE FACE OF ALL DOOR OPENINGS SHALL
BE LOCATED 4" FROM FACE OF
< 119 >
PERPENDICULAR WALL, U.O.N.
M. ALL DIMENSIONS TAKEN FROM FINISHED
SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
N. ALL PENETRATION GREATER THAN
NINETY-SIX (96) SQUARE INCHES (IF THERE
STOCK IS ANY), THRU FLOORS, WALLS AND/OR
ROOM DUCTS (INCLUDING ALL NEW AND EXISTING)
THRU WALLS RECEIVING METAL MESH SHALL
RECEIVE BURGLAR BARS. REFER TO
ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR BURGLAR
BAR DETAILS. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE
SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION.
O. G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO PATCH AND
REPAIR AREAS OUTSIDE TIFFANY & CO.
HOME &
LEASE AS NECESSARY TO ROUTE CONDUITS
ACCESSORIES
TO EXTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES, SIGNAGE,
ATLAS ETC. G.C. TO COORDINATE WORK
WITH LANDLORD AND TENANTS ABOVE AS
NECESSARY.
P. G.C. TO FRAME OUT AND AROUND EXISTING
LANDLORD DUCT. VERIFY EXISTING
CONDITION IN FIELD.
Q. ALL METAL STUD WALLS TO BE BRACED
ABOVE CEILING TO SHORTEN EFFECTIVE
STUD HEIGHT & MINIMIZE DEFLECTION.
ll< 116 )/
" ^ LEGEND
LEASELINE
Seal/Signature
COLUMN GRID
PRIVATE LOVE & JEWELRY POS

EXISTING BOH TO REMAIN
COLLECTIONS ESSENTIALS SALES ENGAGEMENT CONCEPTS PERSONALIZATION NICHE
HATCH DENOTES
4111 NOT IN CONTRACT
9'-2 7/8" 10'-8 1/8" 21'-5 7/8" 5'-2 3/4" 19'-8 3/8" 17'-7 3/4" 14'-1 1/4" 13'-5 7/8"
COLLECTONS ESSENTIALS LOVE & ENGAGEMENT CONCEPTS EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN

Project Name
CMU PARTITION CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER

MELBOURNE, AU
NEW PARTITION
Project Number
111.......... 1 HOUR RATED PARTITION
2018014
2 HOUR RATED PARTITION
NAME Description
0000 ROOM NAME AND NUMBER TAG CONSTRUCTION PLAN
(xxxx) DOOR REFERENCE NUMBER

(REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE) Scale
1:50
WINDOW REFERENCE NUMBER Ref. North
(REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE) N
Sheet Number
PARTITION TYPE REFERENCE
XXX (REFER TO PARTITION SCHEDULE)
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
^LEICEp FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
FIRE ALARM PULL STATION

A1.11
COMPLETE JOINERY, FIXTURES, FITTINGS AND
FURNITURE PACKAGE TO BE SUBMITTED FOR TEL: 646 428 5500
DESIGN ARCHITECT
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tei: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
MEP ENGINEER
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
0 xO:/
LIGHTING DESIGNER
SCHVVMGHAMMERlII9[H:i:..
WWW.SCHWiNGHAMMERLIGHTING.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
OPERATIONS
diiêctor:s DELIVERY
offi6e VESICLE
AnnnAMfAi ^ VICINITY
DESIGN APPROVAL 1 centres
DATE: 8 May. 19 SSUE: DA 1
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO GENERAL NOTES
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliveri A. REFER TO SHEET A0.01 FOR RESPONSIBILITY
IXI Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue SCHEDULE AND ASSOCIATED NOTES.
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the SHIPPING/ SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS.
RECEIVl C. REFER TO A0.03 FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL
NOTES.
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings PANTRY ARE TO BE MIN. LEVEL 5 FINISH. ALL OTHER A Issue Date & Description By Check
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to FOH AND BOH WALLS TO BE LEVEL 4 FINISH, 01 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to U.O.N. FINAL SD
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. E. GC TO VERIFY THAT FIRE RATING OF
02 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
EXISTING WALLS ARE MAINTAINED WHERE
REQUIRED BY CODE. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF PRELIM SD
DISCREPANCIES. 03 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
F. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND MILLWORK 100% SD
CONTRACTORS TO COORDINATE ROUGH 04 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
ANHÔR'S DRYWALL DIMENSIONS REQUIRED.
50% CD
6l6set G. PROVIDE 152 MM [6"] 16 GA. FLAT STRAPPING
AND/OR BLOCKING BEHIND WALLS FOR ALL 05 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED ITEMS AS 90% CD
AETER
REQUIRED. COORDINATE WITH TCO'S 06 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
SALES
VENDOR AND PROVIDE STRAPPING AND/OR 100% CD
BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR ALL
IT/SEe TCO-PROVIDED ITEMS INCLUDING BUT NOT
STOCK
LIMITED TO:
ROOM
1. MILLWORK
2. WALL PANELS
3. SIGNAGE
4. AV FRAMING AND EQUIPMENT
PM-150 PM-180 (M) PM-160 5. WALL-MOUNTED FURNITURE
FM-220A H. REFER TO ELEVATIONS AND DRAWING A7.20
CUSTOMER FM-220B 2 FOR IN-WALL STRAPPING FOR WALL PANELS
SERVICE
I. NOTE TO ARCHITECT: IF AFTER-SALES
SERVICE ROOM IS LOCATED NEAR BOH
DL-22 ^ OPERATIONS/OFFICE AREAS, THEN DOOR IS
TO BE PROVIDED AT AFTER-SALES SERVICE
BLUE^WALL S70CK ROOM.
VVR^PPING ROOM CONSULTATrON HOSPITALITY RESTROOM
J. REFER TO PARTITION TYPES DRAWING A6.00
&A6.01 FOR WALL THICKNESSES.
K. DIMENSIONS INDICATED ON THIS DRAWING
ARE FROM GYP. BD. TO GYP. BD. AND DO
RESTROOM NOT INCLUDE APPLIED WALL PANELS.
VESTIBULE L. HINGE FACE OF ALL DOOR OPENINGS SHALL
BE LOCATED 4" FROM FACE OF
PERPENDICULAR WALL, U.O.N.
P-30T- M. ALL DIMENSIONS TAKEN FROM FINISHED
SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
N. ALL PENETRATION GREATER THAN
P-91T.3FE NINETY-SIX (96) SQUARE INCHES (IF THERE
IS ANY), THRU FLOORS, WALLS AND/OR
F- 7 DUCTS (INCLUDING ALL NEW AND EXISTING)
P-21T.6
THRU WALLS RECEIVING METAL MESH SHALL
F- 50.4A RECEIVE BURGLAR BARS. REFER TO
F-60.4
ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR BURGLAR
BAR DETAILS. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE
SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION.
F-140.3U O. G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO PATCH AND
P-90T.3
F-140.3A
REPAIR AREAS OUTSIDE TIFFANY & CO.
LEASE AS NECESSARY TO ROUTE CONDUITS
P-40M.6 F-30.4.4
TO EXTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES, SIGNAGE,
F-30.TC
ATLAS ETC. G.C. TO COORDINATE WORK
WITH LANDLORD AND TENANTS ABOVE AS
P-10B.24 NECESSARY.
F-30.5.5
P. G.C. TO FRAME OUT AND AROUND EXISTING
S-80A S-80C
F-30.5.5 \ -------- \ LANDLORD DUCT. VERIFY EXISTING
\ \
F-30.TC CONDITION IN FIELD.
F- 0.2 Q. ALL METAL STUD WALLS TO BE BRACED
ABOVE CEILING TO SHORTEN EFFECTIVE
STUD HEIGHT & MINIMIZE DEFLECTION.
STOCK
1 -L|PMT40(Mi P-2 T.3 PM-140M2 ROOM
- F-70.2
F- 0.6
F-62.4
- S-80A I'- S-80B S-80C
F-30.5.5
HOME &
ACCESSORIES
S-130BM---------- S- 30A F-30.4.4
F-30.TC
F-30.5.5 F- 40.3U
P-21T.5
F-30.TC F- 40.3A <c
P- 0B.24
S-70 - T-200-A
T-200-Bh
T-200-C S-10B ^ S-10B S- OB
P-40M.5 T-200-C P-40M.5
S-40A
POS-0^
09 4A3.03>f0-
T PM-110R LEGEND
FM-22L.3 FM-22L.3
Seal/Signature
xx-xx FURNITURE OR FIXTURE TYPE

CL
COLLECTONS ESSENTIALS LOVE & ENGAGEMENT CONCEPTS
Project Name
MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
MILLWORK, FIXTURE & FURNITURE PLAN
Scale
1:50
Ref. North
N
Sheet Number
A1.21
SHEET NOTES
Tiffany&Co.
CONFIRM ON SITE ALL ACHIEVABLE CEILING HEIGHTS WITH 200 FIFTH AVENUE
CONSIDERATION TO SERVICES & STRUCTURE WITHIN CEILING TEL: 646 428 5500
VOID
DESIGN ARCHITECT
COMPLETE TENANCY STRUCTURAL DESIGN SUBJECT TO D S & F Architect, PC

SEPARATE REVIEW. NOT CAPTURED AS PART OF THIS DESIGN
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
APPROVAL. STRUCTURAL ENGINEER’S CERTIFICATION ARCHITECT OF RECORD
REQUIRED FOR ALL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS INCLUDING PTID

AUSTRALIA, 2000
BULKHEADS AND SOFFIT LINING INSTALLATIONS

Tei: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
MEP ENGINEER
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
0
LIGHTING DESIGNER
SCHVVMGmHMEniII9[H:i:..
WWW.SCHWiNGHAMMERLIGHTING.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
OPERATONS
DIRECTOR'S IÊLIVERY
OFFICE VESTIBULE
/Its/ /Ul/
GENERAL NOTES
VICINITY ^ 2896
V 9'-6" ASSOCIATED NOTES.
DESIGN APPROVAL 1 CENTRES : ACT ) B. REFER TO SHEET A0.02 FOR GRAPHIC
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DAI C. REFER TO A0.03 FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL
SHIPPING/ H13-24 H13-24 H13-24 H1 NOTES.
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO RECEIVING D. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS ONLY INDICATE
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD LOCATIONS OF ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL,
FIRE PROTECTION, AUDIO-VISUAL AND
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliver! PANTRY SECURITY DEVICES. REFER TO A Issue Date & Description By Check
IXI Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue SPECIFICATIONS AND ENGINEERING DWGS. 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
E. DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF FINAL SD
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the FIXTURE/DEVICE. U.O.N. 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
F. COORDINATE CEILING WORK W/
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the PRELIM SD
STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL,
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. PLUMBING, AUDIO-VISUAL, IT AND SECURITY 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings r ^H10-30_ ____ H40-: WORK. 100% SD
0-24
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to G. ACOUSTIC CEILING GRID SHALL BE 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to JANITOR'S CENTERED ON ROOM, U.O.N. MAKE 50% CD
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. 6loset ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED TO AVOID TILE 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
WIDTHS OF 50 MM [2"] OR LESS ALONG
2896 " PERIMETER OF ROOM. 90% CD
-V 9'-6" H. ALIGN CEILING EQUIPMENT WITH CEILING 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
r H4C ACT
ARCHITECTURE. LOCATE SPRINKLER HEADS, 100% CD
SPEAKERS, LIGHT FIXTURES AND OTHER
T/SEC CEILING DEVICES AT THE CENTER OF
STOCK
ROOM ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL, U.O.N. LINEAR
FIXTURES SUCH AS DIFFUSERS SHALL
M(5') [COVE^ ( PT-10 ) ALIGN WITH CEILING TILE JOINTS.
I. ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES AND
EXPOSED CEILING EQUIPMENT SHALL
MATCH CEILING COLOR, U.O.N.
J. ALL GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS TO BE LEVEL
CUSTOMER
5 FINISH AND PAINTED (FLAT FINISH), U.O.N.
SER\/lC 'L9k-^ K. ALL ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE (ACT) TO BE
2743MM [9'-0"] A.F.F. AT BOH AREAS, U.O.N.
( PT-10 )
BLUE WALL S/TQGK
WRAPPING ROOM CONSULTATION HOSPITALITY @) @) RESTROOM
0 3289 0 I ii-sALiiî— : PT-25 )
M.0'-91/2y
C PT-10 )
RESTROOM
VESTIBULE
iM (SXl \\C1\L /,l§r
G (GOVlt^
I t H10-30
( MT-02 ) ( MT-02 )
C PT-10)
;^ 2896 II (OL
■'A^ 0M -A2 G (COVE)
E B(15'9")
Type J (8'-0") A2 -A2 -A2 ^TA2 1 l[ _ _
ii ii
( PT-10 ) C ST-33 ) (00 0(0. ((0
Type:K((12' 'x5'48". Type J (6'-0")
( PT-10 )
( MR-01 )
-f-Q
G(2 KOWB GOVE)
2'--0'-'x5'4O
Q-rr (C)( LEGEND
( PT-10 )
■0 3'-2" ( PT-10 ) NOTE: REFER TO A0.02 FOR SECURITY

GRAPHIC SYMBOLS, AND LIGHTING SCHEDULE
P
Type.K:(12'. 5"x5!r8;'.
FOR SPECIFICATIONS OF LIGHT FIXTURES.
XXXX FINISH CEILING HEIGHT
TYP0d:T (^2 ^^^1 (C)!, (c^9 (Ql STOCK
- ^ ROOM aa FINISH REFERENCE
C PT-10 ) 0 12-0" (xx-xx)
la.
A2 (c0,
0A1 ra.,
^0A2 (a.
0A1 cao
'0A2 (a. ca
m
(REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE)
4978 0 (Ff 4978 TypeSap))

ACOUSTIC CEILING AND GRID
(MT-02 )! MT-02 )
5!')<&)8 o 'i 0-xBT
CEILING MOUNTED FIRE SPRINKLER
•Typ^^d;/ ( ST-33 ) \ VA7.30 TAPE-IN LINEAR DIFFUSER
0'-'x5'4O
HOME& (REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS)
ACCESSORIES SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER
J/PrP") (REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS)
( MR-01 ) B1 B1 B1 B1 AIR RETURN

Type.K.:(12G.6 ■x5:^8' (REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS)
c PT-10 ) ACCESS PANEL
3302 0 a ^<k ^ (6 C PT-10 ) SEE A10 SERIES FOR SPEC
ca^2(P0^ (a„
;|A2 PT-1010 , „
( PT-10 )
E B(15'9")
ra aa
a. aa DO C PT-10 )
a a- (Q CEILING TILE TO BE USED FOR ACCESS
( PT-10 )
^ ^ a Ai aii (Q \a A 4 NO DEVICES ON THESE TILES
CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN

( ACT
(WITH DIRECTION IF APPLICABLE)
G1A G1A G1A WALL MOUNTED EXIT SIGN
_ ri (pao0--h
(WITH DIRECTION IF APPLICABLE)
n1 A ^4 A SI @ @I
Seal/Signature
Eojo (2) ROWS (2) ROWS ^ So (2) ROWS

5 (2) ROWS TYPE EG4
N @TOP & BOTTOM N rjj
(2) ROWS OF (3) TYPE EG4, (2) ROWS TYPE EG4
WALL SCONCE
(REFERTOA01.il FOR FIXTURE TYPE)
(2) TYPE EG1 @TOP & BOTTOM S-(2) ROWS ROWS S (2) ROWS CO 00 (2) ROWS RECESSED DOWNLIGHT
mm (4)TYPEEG4 mm (4)TYPE EG i mm (4)TYPE EG4 m
@TOP & BOTTOM “ (4)TYPE LJJ LU
(4)TYPE LU
(4)TYPE EG4 “g (4)TYPE EG4 g XX
(2) ROWS ^^ ©TOP & BOTTOM‘S 0 ©TOP & BC TTOM^ ^ ©TOP & BOTTOM ^ PRIVATE LOVE & “ JEWELRY EG4 ©TOP & BOTTOM @TOP & BOTTOM S' ( PT-10 ) POS
(4)TYPE EG4 COLLECTIONS ESSENTIALS SALES ENGAGEMENT 3P& CONCEPTS ©TOPS. PERSONALIZATION NICHE
©TOP & BOTTOM 50.8MMX50.8MM[2'X2']
BO TOM BOTTOM
XX RECESSED LAY-IN LIGHT FIXTURE
$ SWITCH
CL SENSOR FOR MICROPHONE
□
COLLECTONS ESSENTIALS LOVE & ENGAGEMENT CONCEPTS
Project Name
SPEAKER
^p~n INVISIBLE SPEAKER MELBOURNE, AU
I____ I
CEILING MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR Project Number
CEILING MOUNTED STROBE LIGHT 2018014
CEILING MOUNTED AUDIBLE

STROBE LIGHT Description
CONCEALED EMERGENCY REFLECTED CEILING PLAN

LIGHT FIXTURE
CEILING MOUNTED DUAL
DATA POINT Scale
1:50
Ref. North
N
Sheet Number
A1.41
SHEET NOTES
PROVIDE ALONG ALL FLOOR FINISHES A METAL
PROVIDE NEW TILE TO MATCH EXISTING
MALL TILE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
FILLET BLADE JUNCTION DETAIL PURCHASE MALL TILE FROM LANDLORD.
TEL: 646 428 5500
PEMKO 2005 AV - 914MM [36"] ALUMINUM
THRESHOLD WITH VINYL SEALS
PROVIDE DOUBLE STICK UNDER AREA RUG
AT OPENINGS INTO BLUE BOX COUNTER.
® AREA RUG TO BE 51 MM [2"j AWAY FROM

EDGE OF BLUE BOX WALL & COUNTER. DESIGN ARCHITECT
® FLOOR FINISH PATTERN START POINT.

@ G.C. TO USE SELF-LEVELING COMPOUND
ARDEX OR APPROVED EQUAL TO BUILD UP 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
BACK OF HOUSE FLOOR LEVEL & BRING IN
ALIGNMENT W/FRONT OF HOUSE FINISHED.
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
® EXISTING MALL FINISH FLOOR

PTID
® RAMP DOWN FLOORING 1:20 TO SERVICE
CORRIDOR AS NEEDED.
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
12.7MM [1/2"j SCHLEUTER TRANSITION. MEP ENGINEER
STONE SADDLE. MEDLAND ENGINEERING

.0 ® SCHEDULED DRAIN. G.C. TO PITCH FLOOR

TOWARDS DRAIN AS NECESSARY.
LIGHTING DESIGNER
O ® INSET CARPET
SCHWINGHAMMEMM^© .
SELF LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT FLOOR.
CABINETS TO BE PLACED ON WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHTING.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
OPERATIONS UNDERLAYMENT & CARPET TO BE CUT
AROUND FIXTURE.
@ CARPET TRANSITION BY ARCHITECT.
director:s [ÊLIV^RX
OFFICE /VESTIBULE
® SLAB ON GRADE IN JANITOR'S CLOSET.
V
x: \/
\:
H
I i
\
///////// / / / //
/
^JviClNlTY /
/
/
/
/
/
A
/ /
DESIGN APPROVAL 1 CENTRES /
/
/
/
/
/
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DA 1 / /
/ /
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO. / / SHIPPING//
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
/
y//////%, /
A
/ RECEIVING/ GENERAL NOTES
/
'////////y ' / // /
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliver! / A. REFER TO SHEET A0.01 FOR RESPONSIBILITY
1 Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing Regulatory Issue
PANTRY SCHEDULE AND ASSOCIATED NOTES. A Issue Date & Description By Check
126 B. REFER TO SHEET A0.02 FOR GRAPHIC 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
C VCT-01 )
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS. FINAL SD
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the C. REFER TO A0.03 FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
NOTES.
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. PRELIM SD
D. REFER TO SHEET A7.40 FOR FLOOR 02/08/2019
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings IT TRANSITION DETAILS.
DSF DSF
4» r n E. G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR LEVELING 100% SD
(D
FLOORING AS NEEDED SO AS TO ENSURE 03/08/2019
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to DSF DSF

JANITOR'S^
/ql6set
u TCO FLOOR IS CO-PLANAR WITH MALL 50% CD
FLOORING AT ENTRY POINT AND CARRY 04/05/2019
1 1 SAME ELEVATION THROUGHOUT.
DSF DSF
ARTER
1 X
‘ X L _ —
90% CD
05/03/2019
SALES^ X DSF DSF
100% CD
X
—
1 X
‘ X STOCK
IfII ROOM
X 1
1— —X
G
N 1
1
124
/HJ
Nl — —
IL 1 1
/ V «. =‘ '■ <•' '■ ' '
1^1
CUSTOMER/
^ V / ' f \ " >' / 1II
L 1
— — 1
SERVICE i
0 Jll 1 1
I II
D D
/BLUE WALL ST^CK/ if ¥ J__

/WR^P^G X
ROOM. CGNSULTATrON HOSPITALIT RESTROOM
, /
y
i(TL-30B)
Ml wm.I
■< =•: (tl^ \ RESTROOM
MM VESTIBULE
\ 110
TL-30B
4 VCT-01 U : TL-32A) :: (TL-32A)

CPT-63 )
( ST-30 )"10) i VCT-01 >
C TL-30A
11 ^
aAI.
1 ,
TL-30B)
XX xI'l;
( TL-30B ) AAl-xA-Xl"'
:/ d':-' : TL-30B
:( TL-32A );
|:®iAlx XL 'yyyyyyyyyy :i:LLp:L::::^:L:j:Lp:L:/:LX'::

TL-32D
iiiAxLiiilif (TL-32B)
wyyyyMM: AxxA/XAi/iAxx:i;
yMy-
( TL-32A y __________i ___
®.
A-A
a
INSETCARPE STOCK
( CPT-61 ) ROOM
r;: L'LV
109
liMixlliaxiix:: :(TL3^;:
i-:®:
y' -<Z>-t
CARPET MATRIX
mmm:
HOME & LOCATIO
(TL-32B) ACCESSORIES FINISH DIMENSIONS
N
108
6082MM X COLLEC
INSET (CPT-60)
• TENANT'S SHOPFITTER :xxA:;/A.;: :( TL-32A y
CARPET
'1'
4048MM
[19'-11 1/2" X
TIONS
ROOM
TO CHECK/VERIFY ALL mmm

3 sen
13'-3 3/8"]
6534MM X
101
LOVE&
EXISTING SITE A^J

INSET
CARPET (CPT-61)
3628 MM
[21'-5 1/4" X
ENGAGE
MENT
\ \E.^ '2' ROOM
CONDITIONS INCLUDING rif CPT-63 )X41*:*:
11'-10 7/8")
104
LEASE LINE SET OUT ( VCT-01 )

INSET
CARPET
(CPT-60)
5199MMX
4048MM
CONCEP
TS
df [17'-0 3/4" X
AND RAMPING MALL 04 TL-30B ) '3' 13'-3 3/8"j
ROOM
103
FLOOR CONDITIONS TO la CUSTOM Seal/Signature
S V V INSET
(CPT-64)
4764MM X
3542MM
ER
BE FULLY INTEGRATED CARPET

'4'
[15'-71/2"X
11'-7 1/2"]
SERVICE
ROOM
112
AS PART OF TENANCY COLLECTIONS ESSENTIALS
PRIVATE
SALES
LOVE&
ENGAGEMENT
JEWELRY
CONCEPTS PERSONALIZATION
POS
NICHE BLUE
101 102 103 ------ 104 — 105 --------- 106 107 5105MMX
FITOUT; PRIOR TO AREA (CPT-63) 2499MM
BOX
WRAPPI
RUG [16'-9"X8'-2 NG
COMMENCEMENT OF COLLECTIONS ESSENTIALS LOVE & ENGAGEMENT CONCEPTS
3/8"] ROOM
116
WORKS REFER TO SHEET A7.47 FOR AREA RUG
Project Name

DIMENSIONS
MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
LEGEND
Description
FINISH REFERENCE FLOOR FINISH PLAN

( XX-XX )
(REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE)
TILE/PLANK START POINT Scaie
1:50
---------------------DENOTES FURNITURE Ref. North
Sheet Number
A1.51
Vs^S$?^S5SS^:%Cs;^<S^SS^5^S^^\^^SP^î5C5^^WSS^5S5^
^%,X:S>3lx'^Ssr^5-^
vSs:^^««^'=3^«SV. :^5SSSis ,
'«®iS'
\^®.
_ _ _
X''^\ X'^Cx ''^x ^\''^X X'^X
X.
SHEET NOTES Tiffany&Co.
CONCEALED SERVICES RETICULATION TO @ DOOR CONTACT, VIBRATION DETECTOR
AND HEAT DETECTOR AT SAFE. SAFE
200 FIFTH AVENUE
NEWYORK, NEW YORK 10010
ISLAND JOINERY UNITS TO BE ACCOMMODATED SENSORS TO BE MOUNTED ON TOP AND
ONE SIDE OF SAFE BY TCO SECURITY TEL: 646 428 5500
VENDOR.
WITHIN LIGHT WEIGHT FLOOR SCREED / FLOOR @ ALARM KEY PAD AND HOLD UP FOR SAFE.
BUILD UP. CHASING OF BASE BUILDING COORDINATE WITH TCO SECURITY.

SECURITY ALARM KEY PAD AND MASTER
CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB NOT PERMITTED. LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCH. SURFACE
MOUNTWITHIN VALVE BOX. COORD.
DESIGN ARCHITECT
CORE HOLES NOT APPROVED LOCATIONS WITHIN VALVE BOX WITH

ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND SECURITY
VENDOR. 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
GENERAL NOTES Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
MEP ENGINEER
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
A. REFER TO SHEET A0.01 FOR GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
0 .oôz RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND
ASSOCIATED NOTES.
B. REFER TO SHEET A0.02 FOR GRAPHIC LIGHTING DESIGNER
C. REFER TO A0.03 FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL
SCHWINGHAMMERDJIgMS^©
NOTES. WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHTING.CCM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
OPERATIONS
D. SEE ENLARGED REFLECTED CEILING PLANS
FOR DEVICE LOCATIONS.
E. ALL SECURITY INFORMATION SHOWN ON
DIRECTOR'S i;elivery THIS DRAWING IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY.
OFFICE VESTIBULE ALL WORK TO BE COORDINATED WITH
TIFFANY & CO. I.T. & SECURITY VENDOR.
F. ALL CEILING SECURITY DEVICES SHALL BE
SURFACE MOUNTED UNLESS OTHERWISE
NOTED.
G. ALL WIRING FOR SECURITY DEVICES SHALL
BE EACH INDIVIDUALLY HOME RUN BACK TO
SECURITY RACK. G.C. MUST COORDINATE
WITH T&CO. DESIGNATED VENDOR AS REQ.
VICINITY
SHIPPING/
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DAI RECEIVING
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO

CENTRE: CHADSTONE PANTRY A
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD Issue Date & Description By Check
01 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliveri FINAL SD
^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue 02 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
PRELIM SD
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the 03 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the 100% SD
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. 04 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings ANH-OR'S 50% CD
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to CLOSET
05 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to 90% CD
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. 06 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
100% CD
T/SEC
STOCK
ROOM
I i
CUSTOMER t? = Î F=^ F = =n I rr = =n
SERVIC Oil -f IIo O II -^-11 O II
IF = =y ' F =
BLLJET/VALL STOCK
RAPPING ROOM CONSULTATION HOSPITALITY F-F F-F RESTROOM
(SR Oil llO
Oil (SR iioii (@) (gx RESTROOM

4- FOÎ(S (SX^[5] \
(fT0l \Toll /ASDi VESTIBULE
o) ^ (o)
<7(o)
LEGEND
[| .-0. ,0-, „
II ra')
MINIDOME FIXED CAMERA
O) (O) (p) (i) fo U_0 P/T/Z CAMERA

STOCK
ROOM
360 DEGREE MINIDOME
360
D FIXED CAMERA
[=X WALL MOTION DETECTOR
CEILING-MOUNTED MOTION DETECTOR

<^(0)^(0 HOMES
ACCESSORIES
y 0- GLASS BREAK
©
M CARD READER
\M\ CCTV MONITOR
(8^ 4 M hold up
o') (SR
0)^(0 0 VIBRATION DETECTOR
^ INTERCOM
M ALARM KEYPAD
@ HEAT DETECTOR
Seal/Signature
© DOOR CONTACT
[P^ COUNTING DEVICE

CL
COLLECTIONS ESSENTIALS LOVE & ENGAGEMENT CONCEPTS
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
SECURITY PLAN
Scale
1:50
Ref. North
Sheet Number
A1.71
SHEET NOTES
Tiffany&Co.
ENTIRE SHOPFRONT DETAILING INCLUDING SET OUT & (m) SLIDING FLASS DOOR WITH STAINLESS 200 FIFTH AVENUE
STEEL CLADDING
STRUCTURAL DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE LESSOR DESIGN @ BLUELIT FEATURE TEL: 646 428 5500
APPROVAL AND NOT CAPTURED AS PART OF THIS DA1. @ FREESTANDING SHOW WINDOW BEHIND
GLASS
@ LIGHT WEIGHT CONCRETE PANELS WITH
WHEATLEAF PATTERN
PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY SHOPFRONT WORKS, SEPARATE @ 24" SIGN TYPE 1-A DESIGN ARCHITECT
SUBMISSION ADDRESSING ALL SHOPFRONT ELEMENTS TO BE @ LEASE LINE D S & F Architect, PC

@ METAL CLADDING
SUBMITTED FOR ISSUE OF SPECIFIC SEPARATE LESSOR DESIGN @ METAL FRAME FOR BLUE GLASS FEATURE
Tei: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
APPROVAL @ KEYPAD ACCESS BOX AT RIGHT SIDE OF

PTID
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
ENTRY ONLY, SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION

AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
• SHOPFRONT LEASE LINE SETOUT TO BE APPROVED ON SITE MEP ENGINEER
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORKS WITH TENANT'S GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
SHOPFITTER, RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER AND TENANCY LIGHTING DESIGNER
DELIVERY MANAGER SCHWfHGHAMMERlI]:i:H33..

COMPLETE TENANCY STRUCTURAL DESIGN SUBJECT TO

APPROVAL. STRUCTURAL ENGINEER’S CERTIFICATION
REQUIRED FOR ALL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS INCLUDING
BULKHEADS AND SOFFIT LINING INSTALLATIONS GENERAL NOTES
ASSOCIATED NOTES.
B. REFER TO SHEET A0.02 FOR
ABBREVIATIONS AND GRAPHIC SYMBOLS.
C. REFER TO A0.03 FOR GENERAL NOTES
D. REFER TO A6.40 FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION ON SIGNAGE.
E. ALL FACADE ELEMENTS TO BE POSITIONED
AND SIZED ACCORDING TO THE TYPICAL
FLUTE DIMENSION OF 89 MM [3 1/2" ] OR AS A
MULTIPLE OF THE TYPICAL FLUTE
DIMENSION. FACADE ELEMENTS ARE TO BE
SET OUT FROM THE START POINT OF THE A Issue Date & Description By Check
T.O. STOREFRONT PROJECT. 01 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
6872MM [22'-6 1/2"] F. ALL STONE PANELS AND SEAMING/JOINT
FINAL SD
LOCATIONS ARE TO BE DETERMINED BY
STANDARD STONE PANEL SIZES. 02 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
K \
X f ' DIMENSIONS ARE NOT TO EXCEED
STANDARD PANEL SIZES. 03
PRELIM SD
02/08/2019 DSF DSF

X X
X G. STONE ANCHOR SYSTEM TO BE
ENGINEERED BY STONE CONTRACTOR.
100% SD
k
CD
319 9/16"]
/[1'-0
A '
/"
X f ‘ r H. EXISTING MALL FLOORING: CUT AND PATCH
AS REQUIRED BY NEW STOREFRONT WORK
WHERE NEW STOREFRONT LINE IS BEHIND
04
05
03/08/2019
50% CD
04/05/2019
DSF
DSF
DSF
DSF
r\ \/
■"
X X
X
LEASE LINE, EXTEND MALL FLOORING
PATTERN TO NEW STOREFRONT LINE.
PURCHASE NEW MALL FLOORING FROM
06
90% CD
05/03/2019
100% CD
DSF DSF
x LANDLORD. EXTEND MALL FLOORING

PATTERN TO NEW STOREFRONT LINE WITH
r/H
UNCUT TILES. REMOVE PORTAL TILES AND
K \/ X.
X
/
B.O. ENTRANCE PORTAL
5105MM [16'-9"] I.
REPLACE WITH NEW.
EXISTING MALL CEILING OR BULKHEAD: CUT
AND PATCH AS REQUIRED BY NEW
X X CONSTRUCTION. EXTEND TO NEW
STOREFRONT LINE. PAINT TO MATCH
X
r / EXISTING CEILING.
k
Nr'' X J. FRAMING AND STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR
STOREFRONT. ARCHITECT AND
1 X\ B.O. FOH CEILING STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD TO
hx
X\ X V J 4267MM [14'-0"] DETERMINE FRAMING AND MISC. STEEL
SUPPORTS FOR STOREFRONT TO SUIT
f
X X
\
\ A
(
ACTUAL PROJECT CONDITIONS AND LOCAL
CODE REQUIREMENTS ALL FRAMING AND
SUPPORTS TO BE SHOWN ON
N'lr
Ki/
X
X
X
k A (
ARCHITECTURAL AND/OR STRUCTURAL
DRAWINGS.
f
X X
A
Ai
X
X X f
"X
-(^ MT-01 ) '

f / (SGL-03) (SGL-03) C SGL-03 J CSGL-03) C SGL-03) MT-02 )
-(% MT-02 )
X\ @C MT-02 )
-(§Y GL-08 ) (}^S-GF-01) ( GL-08 K1 \ / X
r
f X /
X\/ X
f X\ / GL-08 )
X.
X \ L C.O. SHOW WINDOW
X 1473MM ]4'-10"]
X
X XX
A X
X X 1f
f X
X X f
A X BASE
k\f 0150MM[0'-6"]’
FINISH FLOOR ^
\ ^------ 0000MM[0'-0"]^
X ---------
1165
[3'-9 7/8")
1119 +/-860
X 7773
'''X) X
+/-860 119
[3'-81/16"] 7 [2'-9 7/8"] [25'-6"] ^ [2'-9 7/8"] \ [3'4 i 1/16"]
38/ \38
[1 1/2"] STOREFRONT [1 1/2"]
STOREFRONT ELEVATION STOREFRONT ELEVATION STOREFRONT ELEVATION

04 SCALE: 1:25 03 SCALE: 1:25 01 SCALE: 1:25
LEGEND
XX-XX - FURNITURE OR FIXTURE TYPE
MAT -SIZE OR SUBTYPE
TYPE Seal/Signature
-MILLWORK NUMBER
I XX-XX I-
-FURNITURE, FIXTURE OR
ARTWORK TYPE
0- REFER TO FURNITURE SCHEDULE FOR

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
VICINITY C XX-XX )- -REFERTO FINISH SCHEDULE

/ XX-XX \-
REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE

DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DA 1 SCHEDULE/EQUIPMENT FOR
Project Name
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER

TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO. MELBOURNE, AU
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliver! Project Number
2018014
1^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing Regulatory Issue
Description
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS
Scale
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. 1:25
Sheet Number
7773
[2'-10 3/16"]
STOREFRONT PLAN
A2.10
02 SCALE: 1:25
SHEET NOTES
HIGH LEVEL RH-SIDE SHOPFRONT ZONE, ABOVE
@ BLUE GLASS BACK LIT FEATURE
PROPOSED T&Co SHOPFRONT FAQADE LEVEL; TO BE (02) GC TO DELAMINATE EXISTING MULLIONS
AND RE-CLAD WITH NEW METAL FINISHES TEL: 646 428 5500
DESIGNED, FINISHED AND TREATED BY LESSOR IN @ METAL FRAME
@ LIGHT WEIGHT CONCRETE PANELS WITH
LESSOR NOMINATED CONCEPT; AND NO LONGER PARI WHEATLEAF PATTERN
(§) NEW DECORATIVE STAINLESS STEEL
OF T&Co SHOPFRONT ZONE CLADDING APPLIED ON TOP OF EXISTING
MULLIONS DESIGN ARCHITECT
(06) 10" SIGN TYPE 1-A D S & F Architect, PC

@ 6" SIGN TYPE 1-A Architecture | Interiors | Space Planning
Tei: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
i^VICINITY
MEP ENGINEER
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
DESIGN APPROVAL 1 CENTRES GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009

LIGHTING DESIGNER
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO. SCHWMGHAMMERlI]:i:H33
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 335 WEST 38TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10018

TlFEANY&Ca TlFFANY&Ca TlFFANY&Ca
IXI Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing X Regulatory Issue
Approval is subject to comments and contJitions as noted on the
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria j'Retail Design Guidelines.
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the cijrrent stamped approved drawings
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory apprtDvals are to be submitted prior to
commencing works on site. Any variations to the apprcived drawings must be submitted to
STOREFRONT KEY ELEVATION the Retail Design Manager for add! tional approval.
SCALE: 1:25
GENERAL NOTES
ASSOCIATED NOTES.
01 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
INFORMATION ON SIGNAGE. 02 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
E. ALL FACADE ELEMENTS TO BE POSITIONED PRELIM SD
AND SIZED ACCORDING TO THE TYPICAL 03 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
FLUTE DIMENSION OF 89 MM [3 1/2" ] OR AS A 100% SD
04 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
SET OUT FROM THE START POINT OF THE 50% CD
PROJECT. 05 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
F. ALL STONE PANELS AND SEAMING/JOINT 90% CD
T.O. STOREFRONT LOCATIONS ARE TO BE DETERMINED BY 06 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
6872MM [2Z-6 1/2''] STANDARD STONE PANEL SIZES.
100% CD
DIMENSIONS ARE NOT TO EXCEED
STANDARD PANEL SIZES.
G. STONE ANCHOR SYSTEM TO BE
ENGINEERED BY STONE CONTRACTOR.
H. EXISTING MALL FLOORING: CUT AND PATCH
AS REQUIRED BY NEW STOREFRONT WORK
GL-08 : GL-08 ) C GL-08 ) LEASE LINE, EXTEND MALL FLOORING
PATTERN TO NEW STOREFRONT LINE.
PURCHASE NEW MALL FLOORING FROM
LANDLORD. EXTEND MALL FLOORING
PATTERN TO NEW STOREFRONT LINE WITH
REPLACE WITH NEW.
I. EXISTING MALL CEILING OR BULKHEAD: CUT
B.O. SPANDREL AND PATCH AS REQUIRED BY NEW
5105MM[16'-9"| CONSTRUCTION. EXTEND TO NEW
STOREFRONT LINE. PAINT TO MATCH
EXISTING CEILING.
J. FRAMING AND STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD TO
DETERMINE FRAMING AND MISC. STEEL
B.O. FORCE LNG
4318MM14'-2" SUPPORTS FOR STOREFRONT TO SUIT
CODE REQUIREMENTS ALL FRAMING AND
SUPPORTS TO BE SHOWN ON
ARCHITECTURAL AND/OR STRUCTURAL
DRAWINGS.
@C MT-02 )
GL-08 ) ( GL-08 ) GL-08
ENTIRE SHOPFRONT DETAILING INCLUDING
@ MT-02 )
SET OUT & STRUCTURAL DESIGN SUBJECT TO
SEPARATE LESSOR DESIGN APPROVAL AND
NOT CAPTURED AS PART OF THIS DAI.
(SGL-03) CSGL-03) SGL-03) C SGL-03)
PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY SHOPFRONT
WORKS, SEPARATE SUBMISSION ADDRESSING
ALL SHOPFRONT ELEMENTS TO BE
SUBMITTED FOR ISSUE OF SPECIFIC
C O. SHOW WINDOW
1IFFANY 1473MM[4'-10"|
• SHOPFRONT LEASE LINE SETOUT TO BE

APPROVED ON SITE PRIOR TO COMMENCING
ANY WORKS WITH TENANT'S SHOPFITTER,
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER AND TENANCY
DELIVERY MANAGER
FINISH FLOOR
OOOOMM [0'-0"j
05X ™ COMPLETE TENANCY STRUCTURAL DESIGN
MT-02
SUBJECT TO SEPARATE REVIEW. NOT
CAPTURED AS PART OF THIS DESIGN
STOREFRONT ELEVATION APPROVAL. STRUCTURAL ENGINEER’S
SCALE: 1:25
CERTIFICATION REQUIRED FOR ALL
STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS INCLUDING
BULKHEADS AND SOFFIT LINING
INSTALLATIONS
Project Name
LEGEND CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER

MELBOURNE, AU
XX-XX - FURNITURE OR FIXTURE TYPE Project Number

MAT -SIZE OR SUBTYPE 2018014
TYPE -- -MILLWORK NUMBER
I xx-xx L -FURNITURE, FIXTURE OR
ARTWORK TYPE Description
(£> ■REFERTO FURNITURE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
C xx-xx -REFERTO FINISH SCHEDULE Scaie
/ xx-xx \- -REFERTO PLUMBING FIXTURE AS NOTED

SCHEDULE/EQUIPMENT FOR
Sheet Number
STOREFRONT PLAN
A2.11
SCALE: 1:25
SHEET NOTES
ENTIRE SHOPFRONT DETAILING INCLUDING SET OUT & @
(§)
BLUE GLASS BACK LIT FEATURE
GO TO DELAMINATE EXISTING MULLIONS

STRUCTURAL DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE LESSOR DESIGN AND RE-CLAD WITH NEW METAL FINISHES TEL: 646 428 5500
APPROVAL AND NOT CAPTURED AS PART OF THIS DA1. VICINITY @ METAL FRAME
DESIGN APPROVAL 1 CENTRES @ LIGHT WEIGHT CONCRETE PANELS WITH

WHEATLEAF PATTERN
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DA 1 @ NEW DECORATIVE STAINLESS STEEL
PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY SHOPFRONT WORKS, SEPARATE TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO.
CLADDING APPLIED ON TOP OF EXISTING
MULLIONS
DESIGN ARCHITECT
SUBMISSION ADDRESSING ALL SHOPFRONT ELEMENTS TO BE

CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD @ 10" SIGN TYPE 1-A D S & F Architect, PC
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliver! @ 6" SIGN TYPE 1-A 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
SUBMITTED FOR ISSUE OF SPECIFIC SEPARATE LESSOR DESIGN xl Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing |Xl Regulatory Issue
Tei: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
APPROVAL
ARCHITECT OF RECORD

PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745

• SHOPFRONT LEASE LINE SETOUT TO BE APPROVED ON SITE This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings MEDLAND ENGINEERING
MEP ENGINEER
PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORKS WITH TENANT'S must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
SHOPFITTER, RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER AND TENANCY the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. LIGHTING DESIGNER
SCHWMGHAMMERlI]:i:H33
DELIVERY MANAGER ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 335 WEST 38TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10018
WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHTING.COM T.212-967-5944 F,212-967-5945
COMPLETE TENANCY STRUCTURAL DESIGN SUBJECT TO

APPROVAL. STRUCTURAL ENGINEER’S CERTIFICATION
REQUIRED FOR ALL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS INCLUDING
STOREFRONT KEY ELEVATION
BULKHEADS AND SOFFIT LINING INSTALLATIONS 01 SCALE: 1:100
GENERAL NOTES
ASSOCIATED NOTES.
INFORMATION ON SIGNAGE.
E. ALL FACADE ELEMENTS TO BE POSITIONED
AND SIZED ACCORDING TO THE TYPICAL
FLUTE DIMENSION OF 89 MM [3 1/2" ] OR AS A
i
S!
F.
SET OUT FROM THE START POINT OF THE
PROJECT.
ALL STONE PANELS AND SEAMING/JOINT
A Issue Date & Description
11/02/2018
FINAL SD
By Check
DSF DSF
LOCATIONS ARE TO BE DETERMINED BY 12/21/2018 DSF DSF

STANDARD STONE PANEL SIZES. PRELIM SD
DIMENSIONS ARE NOT TO EXCEED 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
STANDARD PANEL SIZES.
100% SD
G. STONE ANCHOR SYSTEM TO BE
ENGINEERED BY STONE CONTRACTOR. 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
H. EXISTING MALL FLOORING: CUT AND PATCH 50% CD
AS REQUIRED BY NEW STOREFRONT WORK 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
T.O. STOREFRONT LEASE LINE, EXTEND MALL FLOORING
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
6872MM [2Z-6 1/2''] PATTERN TO NEW STOREFRONT LINE.
PURCHASE NEW MALL FLOORING FROM 100% CD
LANDLORD. EXTEND MALL FLOORING

f V \
X X X
f X X PATTERN TO NEW STOREFRONT LINE WITH
X X X X '\ X X X
\
\ X I.
REPLACE WITH NEW.
EXISTING MALL CEILING OR BULKHEAD: CUT
X X X X X
AND PATCH AS REQUIRED BY NEW
X X X X X X X CONSTRUCTION. EXTEND TO NEW
X X \l STOREFRONT LINE. PAINT TO MATCH
( GL-08 ) ( GL-08 ) ( GL-08 ) ( GL-08 l\
X X X X X X
f X X X X
X X X X
X\ /X1 X X X J.
EXISTING CEILING.
FRAMING AND STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR
\/
X X
w
X X
w
X X
Af X X
w
X X
¥ STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD TO
DETERMINE FRAMING AND MISC. STEEL
K¥
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X \/ X X
¥ B.O. SPANDREL
SUPPORTS FOR STOREFRONT TO SUIT
5105MM[16'-9"| CODE REQUIREMENTS ALL FRAMING AND
X /X SUPPORTS TO BE SHOWN ON
¥
\ \
X X ARCHITECTURAL AND/OR STRUCTURAL
X X X X X X X X
w DRAWINGS.
X X X X X X X
X / \ / X X \/ /
/ X X X
\f X X
rx\ X
\f X X
B.O. FOH CEILING

X— XT
¥ ¥ ¥ 4318MM[14'-2"|
X X X
X
X X
K
X X
X X X X
X X K X K X
f K X X X T
X X X X X X
7
X r
X X X X
Ki
I
I
X X X X X X \/ ,x X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X
X
X
X
X
¥ f
X X
X
X
X X
X X X
)
f X X
X
(SGL-03) CSGL-03) (SGL-03) ( SGL-03) X
X X X X X
x
x^ \ /
X
x X XI
X X X X X,
X X
X X xl
1f
X X X X X X K X X X l\
X X X
\ -/
XI C.O. SHOWWINDOW
TrFfiWY-^ €'07“
■\
iflF-FANY-êO; X
X
¥/
X
X
X X X X X
w
X
X
w
1473MM[4'-10"|
\
N,
hv % X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X rx
X X
^ A // X X X X X X X X X X
r
X X X X X X X X X X
X \/ \ / / / \///
fx. ^ X X X X X X I \r
i
FINISH FLOOR
OOOOMM [0'-0"j
-@C MT-01 )
( MT-02 )
(i
STOREFRONT ELEVATION
02 SCALE: 1:25
LEGEND
FURNITURE OR FIXTURE
xx-xx TYPE
SIZE OR SUBTYPE
Seal/Signature
MILLWORK NUMBER
FURNITURE, FIXTURE
xx-xx OR
ARTWORK TYPE
REFER TO FURNITURE
SCHEDULE FOR Project Name
ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
MELBOURNE, AU
( XX-XX )- REFER TO FINISH

SCHEDULE Project Number
2018014
/ xx-xx V REFER TO PLUMBING

FIXTURE
SCHEDULE/EQUIPMENT Description
FOR ADDITIONAL
EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
INFORMATION
Scaie
AS NOTED
Sheet Number
STOREFRONT PLAN
A2.12
03 SCALE: 1:25
SHEET NOTES
TEL: 646 428 5500
DESIGN ARCHITECT
SMOKE 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tei: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
-EXHAUST T.O. STOREFRONT
PLENUM 6872MM [27-6 1/2"]
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
COMPLETE TENANCY STRUCTURAL Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
MEP ENGINEER
DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE MEDLAND ENGINEERING

REVIEW. NOT CAPTURED AS PART OF T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU
LIGHTING DESIGNER
THIS DESIGN APPROVAL. STRUCTURAL SCHWfHGHAMMERlIIilH33
NEW PRECAST CONCRETE PANEL
ENGINEER’S CERTIFICATION REQUIRED GENERAL NOTES
FOR ALL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS A. REFER TO SHEET A0.01 FOR RESPONSIBILITY

SCHEDULE AND ASSOCIATED NOTES.
INCLUDING BULKHEADS AND SOFFIT B. REFER TO SHEET A0.02 FOR ABBREVIATIONS AND
GRAPHIC SYMBOLS.
EXISTING FACADE SUPPORT LINING INSTALLATIONS D. REFER TO A6.40 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON
SIGNAGE.
STRUCTURE TO REMAIN E. STONE ANCHOR SYSTEM TO BE ENGINEERED BY
GC TO VERIFY IN FIELD STONE CONTRACTOR.
F. EXISTING MALL FLOORING: CUT AND PATCH AS
REQUIRED BY NEW STOREFRONT WORK WHERE NEW
STOREFRONT LINE IS BEHIND LEASE LINE, EXTEND
MALL FLOORING PATTERN TO NEW STOREFRONT LINE.
PURCHASE NEW MALL FLOORING FROM LANDLORD.
EXTEND MALL FLOORING PATTERN TO NEW
STOREFRONT LINE WITH UNCUT TILES. REMOVE
PORTAL TILES AND REPLACE WITH NEW.
G. EXISTING MALL CEILING OR BULKHEAD: CUT AND
PATCH AS REQUIRED BY NEW CONSTRUCTION.
EXTEND TO NEW STOREFRONT LINE. PAINT TO MATCH
EXISTING CEILING.
B.O. ENTRANCE PORTAL

5105MM[16'-9"| A Issue Date & Description By Check
01 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
02 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
SHOPFRONT TO ALIGN WITH LEASE 03

PRELIM SD
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
L NE 04
100% SD
03/08/2019 DSF DSF
50% CD
05 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
06 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
100% CD
EDGE OF VERTICAL MULLIONS

BEYOND
CLEAR GLASS SLIDING DOORS
B.O. FOH CEILING

4013MM [13'-2"j
EDGE OF WALL BEYOND
STORE
BLUE LIT FEATURE BEYOND
^VICINITY
LEGEND
Seal/Signature

EXISTING FACADE
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
[X Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing X Regulatory Issue
Project Name
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the MELBOURNE, AU
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings Project Number
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to 2018014
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. Description
EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
Scale
AS NOTED
Sheet Number
FINISH FLOOR
OOOOMM [0'-0"j
SECTION AT ENTRY
A2.13
01 SCALE: 1:10
SHEET NOTES
LEASE LINE LEASE LINE
Tiffany & Co.200 FIFTH AVENUE
TEL: 646 428 5500
COH?
200MM OUTGO DESIGN ARCHITECT
121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, Ne\w York, New York 10001
T.O. STOREFRONT Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
6872MM [22'-6 1/2"]
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
A A A A A A A A GENERAL NOTES MEP ENGINEER
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
LIGHTING DESIGNER
SCHVMNGHAMMERlIiaH'al..
SMOKE EXHAUST
PLENUM
SMOKE EXHAUST
PLENUM
B.O. ENTRANCE BANNER
PRECAST CONCRETE CLADDING A Issue Date & Description By Check

11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
12/21/2018 DSF DSF
BLUE CAVITY WALL
PRELIM SD
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
PLYWOOD BACKING 100% SD
03/08/2019 DSF DSF
50% CD
04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
METAL STUD SUPPORT 05/03/2019 DSF DSF

100% CD
B.O. FOH CEILING

4318MM [14'-2"j
B.O. FOH CEILING

4013MM [13'-2"j
EDGE OF WALL BEYOND
B.O. BOH CEILING
CLEAR GLASS
STORAGE MALL SALES AREA
^VICINITY
Seal/Signature

CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
Project Name
1^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue
MELBOURNE, AU
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the -FURNITURE OR FIXTURE TYPE Project Number
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. xx-xx
MAT SIZE OR SUBTYPE 2018014
TYPE
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings -MILLWORK NUMBER
FURNITURE. FIXTURE OR Description
I XX-XX h
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to ARTWORK TYPE
STOREFRONT SECTIONS
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. <i>- REFER TO FURNITURE SCHEDULE
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
(xx-xx -REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE
Scaie
/xx-xx' _ REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE
SCHEDULE/EQUIPMENT FOR AS NOTED
FINISH FLOOR Sheet Number

OOOOMM [0'-0"j
SECTION AT STOREFRONT SECTION AT STOREFRONT

A2.14
02 SCALE: 1:10 01 SCALE: 1:10
WViClNITY Important
Verify all dimensions on site before commencing any work or
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DAI making shop drawings.
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO. Any extra entailed in the works shown here must be claimed
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD for and approved before proceeding.
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliver! Do not soale off drawing.
^ Design Approval Q Issue for CAT 1 Pricing Regulatory Issue 200 Dimensions shown are in millimetres.
Copyright. This drawing remains the property of Stag
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the Shopfittings Pty. Ltd.
respective Tenancy Design & FItout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines,
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings Rev. Detail Date
200MM OUTGO
20C
•jj
New Landlord David Jones

wall to be set back 200mm
min off lease line-------------
+ 5605
40mm clearance between

existing concrete beam and
lease line------------------------ iANY<&Cto)«
Tenancy No G-045
Chadstone
+4965
Title STOREFRONT
SEOTION AT
OONORETE SLAB
I
I
STAG
CN
I
.K
i E S T . 19 7 3
4 Stag Shopfittings Pt/ Ltd
P.O. Box 631
t -H613 9729 8777
f -F613 9720 4917
1
2
5
238 Canterbury Road
Bayswater Victoria 3153
e office@stagsf.com
w stagsf.com
3 Date 30/04/19 Drawn Al

Scale 1:50; 1:20 Size AS
01 \ Section Drawing Number
02 \ Detail
Scale 1:50
Scale 1:20 SK02
Sheet Revision
1 Of 1 —
SHEET NOTES
-LEASE LINE LEASE LINE
Tiffany & Co. 200 FIFTH AVENUE
TEL: 646 428 5500
cn
200MM OUTGO DESIGN ARCHITECT
T.O. STOREFRONT Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
6872MM [22'-6 1/2"]
>
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
r PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A GENERAL NOTES MEP ENGINEER
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
'//////////////A LIGHTING DESIGNER
SCHVMNGHAMMERlIiaH'al..
SMOKE EXHAUST
PLENUM
B.O. ENTRANCE BANNER

5580MM [18'-3 3/4"j
-EDGE OF EXISTING CONCRETE BEAM EDGE OF WALL BEYOND

01 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
-BLUE CAVITY WALL BLUE CAVITY WALL 02 12/21/2018 DSF DSF

PRELIM SD
03 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
100% SD
04 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
50% CD
05 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
06 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
100% CD
B.O. FOH CEILING

4318MM [14'-2"j
B.O. FOH CEILING

4013MM [13'-2"j
B.O. FOH CEILING

3658MM [12'-0"j
-EDGE OF WALL BEYOND
-SEAM ON METAL FINISH
B.O. BOH CEILING

2896MM [9'-6"j
-CLEAR GLASS
SALES AREA MALL SALES AREA MALL
Seal/Signature
^^VICINITY

CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD Project Name
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliveri LEGEND CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER

MELBOURNE, AU

-FURNITURE OR FIXTURE TYPE Project Number
xx-xx
MAT SIZE OR SUBTYPE 2018014
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the TYPE
-MILLWORK NUMBER
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. FURNITURE. FIXTURE OR Description
I XX-XX h
ARTWORK TYPE
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings REFER TO FURNITURE SCHEDULE
STOREFRONT SECTIONS
<i>-
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to (xx-xx -REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE
Scaie
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. L /xx-xx' _ REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE
SCHEDULE/EQUIPMENT FOR AS NOTED
------------a. «=■-----------
Y FINISH FLOOR
x 00MM[0'-0"|H^ Sheet Number

;0OOOMM [0'-0"j
SECTION AT STOREFRONT SECTION AT STOREFRONT

A2.15
02 SCALE: 1:10 01 SCALE: 1:10

CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD DESIGN ARCHITECT
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliver! D S & F Architect, PC

^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing Regulatory Issue 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the ARCHITECT OF RECORD
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the PTID
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. LEVEL 6, 61 MARKET STREET, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES,
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings GENERAL NOTES MEP ENGINEER
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to MEDLAND ENGINEERING
LIGHTING DESIGNER
SCHVMNGHAMMERlIiaiMC'al..
SECURITY GLASS
( SGL-03 )
METAL MULLION
( MT-02 )
METAL FRAME
( MT-01 )
DECORATIVE CARVED GLASS

( GL-XX )

01 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
02 12/21/2018 DSF DSF

PRELIM SD
03 02/08/2019 DSF DSF

100% SD
04 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
METAL CLADDING 50% CD
( MT-02 ) 05 04/05/2019 DSF DSF

90% CD
06 05/03/2019 DSF DSF

100% CD
EDGE OF ENTRY PORTAL ABOVE
GFRC PANEL
(NS-GF-Q1)
PLAN DETAIL AT STOREFRONT

01 SCALE: 1:5
EXISTING DEMISING WALL
GFRC PANEL
( MT-02 )
ENTIRE SHOPFRONT DETAILING INCLUDING SET OUT &

STRUCTURAL DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE LESSOR DESIGN
APPROVAL AND NOT CAPTURED AS PART OF THIS DA1.
PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY SHOPFRONT WORKS, SEPARATE

SUBMISSION ADDRESSING ALL SHOPFRONT ELEMENTS TO BE
SUBMITTED FOR ISSUE OF SPECIFIC SEPARATE LESSOR DESIGN
APPROVAL
SHOPFRONT EXTERNAL CORNER PROTECTION DETAILING TO BE CARVED GFRC WHEATLEAF PANEL

FULLY RESOLVED AND SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL (NS-GF-01) FLAT GFRC PANEL
(NS-GF-01)
FLAT GFRC PANEL
[3/8"] (NS-GF-01) CARVED GFRC WHEATLEAF PANEL
(NS-GF-01)
PLAN DETAIL AT STOREFRONT PLAN DETAIL AT STOREFRONT

04 SCALE: 1:5 02 SCALE: 1:5
Seal/Signature
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
DECORATIVE GLASS PANEL
\ ^ ( GL-08 ) EXISTING GLASS
\ [3/4"j \ -LEASE LINE MULLION
HQ 38 \l0 \ Description
[3/8"]\ [1 1/2") [3/8"j LEASE LINE

-METAL FRAME STOREFRONT DETAILS
( MT-01 )
-METAL MULLION
Scaie
( MT-02 )
FLAT GFRC PANEL AS NOTED
(NS-GF-01)
-GFRC PANEL GFRC CLADDING Sheet Number

(NS-GF-01) (NS-GF-01)
METAL MULLION
( MT-02 )
PLAN DETAIL AT STOREFRONT PLAN DETAIL AT STOREFRONT PLAN DETAIL AT STOREFRONT

A2.20
SHEET NOTES
NOTED 200MM TEL: 646 428 5500
LEASE L NE
OUTGO BEYOND
LEASE LINE
REMOVABLE METAL
COVER DESIGN ARCHITECT
( MT-02 )
^^VICINITY METAL MULL ON

( MT-Q2 )
121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, Nev/ York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
METAL FRAME ARCHITECT OF RECORD
DESIGN APPROVAL 1 CENTRES C MT-01 )

DECORATIVE GLASS
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
ISSUE: DAI PANEL
DATE: 8 May. 19 Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
C GL-08 ) GENERAL NOTES MEP ENGINEER

CENTRE: CHADSTONE MEDLAND ENGINEERING
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliveri X

PAINTED WALL LIGHTING DESIGNER
^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue ( PT-Q9 )
SCHWINGHAMMEnma/MCâl..
-EXISTING STRUCTURE BEYOND PAINTED WALL ©SIDES WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHTING.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
( PT-09 )
SECTION DETAIL AT STOREFRONT

01 SCALE: 1:5
GFRC PANEL
(NS-GF-Q1)
19MM [3/4"] FT. PLYWOOD PAINTED WALL
SUPPORTED ON METAL STUDS ( PT-09 )
PAINTED WALL ©SIDES

( PT-09 )
DECORATIVE GLASS
PANEL
( GL-08 ) A Issue Date & Description By Check
11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
12/21/2018
METAL FRAME DSF DSF
( MT-01 ) PRELIM SD
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
---- METAL MULLION
100% SD
^ ( MT-02 )
03/08/2019 DSF DSF
\ ^ r ----
1 50% CD
J
>1 ^REMOVABLE METAL 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
COVER 90% CD
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
100% CD
METAL_MULLION
( MT-02 )
METAL FRAME
( MT-01 )
CLEAR SECURITY
GLASS
( SGL-03 )
METAL PANEL ©
CEILING
( MT-01 )
MECHOSHADE

02 SCALE: 1:5
SECURITY GRILLE
MECHO SHADE -EDGE OF MULLION

BEYOND
-CLEAR SECURITY
GLASS
( SGL-03 )
-METAL FRAME
( MT-01 )
-METAL MULLION
METAL CLADDING ( MT-02 )
METAL TRACK 15- -DECORATIVE

METAL CLADDING
( MT-01 )
METAL FRAME
-TENANT FLOOR FINISH
MOTORIZED SLIDING DOOR -LL. FLOOR FINISH
GYP.BD. CEILING
SECURITY GRILLE TRACK

03 SCALE: 1:5
EDGE OF WALL BEYOND
BLUE FEATURE BEYOND
AMAZONITE FEATURE BEYOND Seal/Signature
-BLUE FEATURE
BEYOND
Project Name
-GLASS SLIDING
DOOR WITH METAL
MELBOURNE, AU
FRAME
Project Number
-SLIDING DOOR
TRACKS 2018014
-FLOOR FINISH
Description
STOREFRONT DETAILS
4- ^
4 ,4 ■ <7
Scaie
5'
AS NOTED
Ref. North
Sheet Number

04 SCALE: 1:5
A2.30
05 SCALE: 1:5
SHEET NOTES
VICINITY
CENTRES
POWER OUTLET
@ TEL/DATA OUTLET
TEL: 646 428 5500
POWER OUTLET MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY
® STONE PORTAL/TRIM
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO. ® WALL-MTD. DECORATIVE LIGHT SCONCE- SEE
CENTRE: CHADSTONE SHEET A7.20 FOR MOUNTING INFORMATION
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
® VERTICAL METAL TRIM
DESIGN ARCHITECT
®
@
TILE BASE
Xl Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
® LINE OF MILLWORK/FURNITURE 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673

® LOCAL LIGHT SWITCH
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. ® THERMOSTAT
PTID
TEMPERATURE SENSOR AT 1219 MM [48”] AFF LEVEL 6, 61 MARKET STREET, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES,
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings AUSTRAQA, 2000
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to ® RECESSED WALL DISPLAY UNIT - SEE
SHEET A1.21 FOR TYPE
Tel: -t61 2 8289 5700 Fax: -F61 2 9289 3745
MEP ENGINEER
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to @
BACK PANEL OF SHOWWINDOW MEDLAND ENGINEERING
EDGE OF WALL T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU
METAL PORTAL
LIGHTING DESIGNER
B.O. ENTRANCE PORTAL 1/2" METAL CAPTURE (4 SIDES)
4978MM [16'-4"] schvwnghammem™® .
ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS J35 V€ST 38TH ST. NEW YORK, NY I0C18
® EDGE OF PERIMETER MILLWORK WWW.SCHWiNCHAMyERLIGHTING.COM T.212-SS7-5944 F. 212-967-5945
TYP. vA8.01 ®
@
CLOCK
LINE OF GYP. BD. STEP IN COVE FACE
T.O. LIGHT COVE @ SLIDING DOORS
4318MM [14'-2"]
( MR-01 ) STONE BASE
B.O. FOH CEILING^
21/2" METAL BASE
V_________ 4013MM [13'-2"]
C MT-01 )< @ MT-01 )
C PT-20 )
B.O. PORTAL
3200MM [10'-6"]
(04)C ST-33 )
@C ST-33 ) C MR-01 3 C SGL-03 ) ( SGL-03 ) ( SGL-03 ) C SGL-03 ) (SGL-03J

(NS-FB-Oi)
-( MR-01 )
( PT-20 )
X,
11/02/2018 DSF DSF
y y y ''w
FINAL SD
''X,
P- 0B.24 P- 0B.24 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
y'
y' y PRELIM SD
'x
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
100% SD
03/08/2019 DSF DSF
50% CD
\ €5-
04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
y' 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
"x P-40M.6 x"

s
X
WALL BASE
203MM [0'-8'l GENERAL NOTES 100% CD
-7“
x-
4- -
s,
s
FINISH FLOOR (jk A. REFER TO SHEET A0.01 FOR
OOOOMM [O'-O'l ^ RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND
(lip ( 114 )
(2)C ST-33 ) ASSOCIATED NOTES.
C MT-01 YgH C ST-33 TS)- C MT-02 )
vA7.10y SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS.
NOTES.
D. REFER TO A6.20 & A6.21 FOR FINISHES.
E. REFER TO A7.50 FOR ADDITIONAL
MILLWORK INFORMATION
F. PROVIDE 152MM [6"j 16 GA. FLAT STRAPPING
BEHIND WALLS FOR ALL WALL-MOUNTED
MILLWORK PANELS. SEE MOUNTING
HEIGHTS ON A7.20.
G. ALL GYP. BD. WALLS IN SALES SALONS TO
INTERIOR ELEVATION - ESSENTIALS INTERIOR ELEVATION - ENTRY
03 SCALE: 1:25 01 SCALE: 1:25 H.
BE PAINTED PT-11,U.O.N.
ALL GYP. BD. WALLS TO RECEIVE LEVEL 4
FINISH.
I. ALL WALLS TO RECEIVE WALL-COVERING
ARE TO BE MIN. LEVEL 5 FINISH.
J. PROVIDE FIRE-TREATED WOOD BLOCKING IN
WALLS FOR ATTACHMENT OF MILLWORK
DOORS, PORTALS AND TRIMS.
L. * NOTE: MT-01 (BRUSHED ST.ST'L) MAY BE
SUBSTITUTED FOR MT-09 (STYLMARK) MT-02
(POLSHED ST.ST'L) MAY BE SUBSTITUTED
FOR MT-10 (STYLMARK).
M. REFER TO A6.50 FOR ARTWORK
INFORMATION.
N. SHEET NOTE LEGEND IS REFERENCED ON
MULTIPLE ELEVATION/DETAIL SHEETS;
SOME SHEET NOTES MAY NOT APPLY TO
THIS PARTICULAR SHEET.
B.O. ENTRANCE SPANDREL

5084MM [16’-81/8"]
4978MM [16'-4"]
vA7.^
TYP.
/' T.O. LIGHT COVE

4318MM [14'-2"]
B.O. FOH CEILING^

4013MM [13'-2"]^
s.______
( PT-20 )
( MT-02
B.O. PORTAL
C MT-02 'im (M MT-02 )

Seal/Signature
( ST-33 )@- ( MR-30 ) ( MR-30 ) @ ST-33 ) ( PT-20 ) CSGL-03; (SGL-03 ) (SGL-03 ; C SGL-03 ) C PT-20 J @ SGL-03 )
\ /
\ OPEN TO /
\ PRIVATE /
Â8.02y
\ SALES /
\ / STORE Project Name
/
/ \ (oft ST-33 )
melbourne.au
/ \ XX-XX K -FURNITURE OR FIXTURE TYPE Project Number

MAT ------ SIZE OR SUBTYPE 2018014
TYPE ^
-MILLWORK NUMBER
XX-XX -FURNITURE, FIXTURE OR Description
ARTWORK TYPE FRONT OF HOUSE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

WALL BASE
203MM [0'-8'l (® -REFER TO FURNITURE
SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL Scale
INFORMATION
FINISH FLOOR 1:25
< 118 ) ( XX-XX )------ REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE
C ST-33 Y2^
/ XX-XX \------ REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE Sheet Number
7.10y
INTERIOR ELEVATION - PRIVATE SALES ENTRY INTERIOR ELEVATION

A3.00
04 SCALE: 1:25 02 SCALE: 1:25
SHEET NOTES
POWER OUTLET
TEL/DATA OUTLET
VICINITY ® POWER OUTLET MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY
TEL: 646 428 5500
N APPiOV Un E
CENTRES B.O. ENTRANCE SPANDREL
5084MM [16’-81/8"] @ STONE PORTAL/TRIM
@ WALL-MTD. DECORATIVE LIGHT SCONCE- SEE
SHEET A7.20 FOR MOUNTING INFORMATION
TENANCY: G-045 TIEEANY & CO, B.O. ENTRANCE PORTAL @ VERTICAL METAL TRIM
CENTRE: CHADSTONE 5105MM [16'-4"1 DESIGN ARCHITECT
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD ® TILE BASE
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliveri ® FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET ) S & F Architect, PC
^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue ® LINE OF MILLWORK/FURNITURE 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
T O. LIGHT COVE LOCAL LIGHT SWITCH

B.O. FOH CEILING
® THERMOSTAT
PTID
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the TEMPERATURE SENSOR AT 1219 MM [48'1 AFF
®
AUSTRAQA, 2000
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. RECESSED WALL DISPLAY UNIT - SEE Tel: -t61 2 8289 5700 Fax: -F61 2 9289 3745

This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings MEP ENGINEER
{ MT-02 ) C PT-20 )
MT-02 )
® NOT USED
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to EDGE OF WALL GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
{ MR-01 )
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. B.O. PORTAL
® METAL PORTAL
LIGHTING DESIGNER
1/2" METAL CAPTURE (4 SIDES)
schvwnghammem™® .
® EDGE OF PERIMETER MILLWORK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS J35 V€ST 38TH ST. NEW YORK, NY I0C18
WWW.SCHWiNCHAMyERLIGHTING.COM T.212-SS7-5944 F. 212-967-5945
®
@
CLOCK
( SGL-03 .( TL-33 ) ( PT-20 ) @ SLIDING DOORS
STONE BASE
2 1/2" METAL BASE
P-30T-11 { MT-02 )
STORE
WALL BASE
203MM [0'-8"]
ST-33 j <2X ST-33 )
FINISH FLOOR
OOOOMM [O'-O'l
( ST-33 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
12/21/2018 DSF DSF
PRELIM SD
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
100% SD
03/08/2019 DSF DSF
INTERIOR ELEVATION - COLUMN INTERIOR ELEVATION - COLLECTIONS
04 SCALE: 1:25 01 SCALE: 1:25
50% CD
04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
100% CD
T O. LIGHT COVE
GENERAL NOTES
B.O. FOH CEILING A. REFER TO SHEET A0.01 FOR

ASSOCIATED NOTES.
( PT-20 ) ( PT-20 )
NOTES.
B.O. PORTAL E. REFER TO A7.50 FOR ADDITIONAL
C MT-02 > F. PROVIDE 152MM [6'116 GA. FLAT STRAPPING
( MT-02 > ( MT-02 Y16> ( ST-33 MT-Q2 ) MILLWORK PANELS. SEE MOUNTING
HEIGHTS ON A7.20.
( GL-10 >
H. ALL GYP. BD. WALLS TO RECEIVE LEVEL 4
( MT-01 ) FINISH.
< MR-01 ) -( MR-01 ) M. REFER TO A6.50 FOR ARTWORK
INFORMATION.
WALL BASE
203MM [0'-8'l
( ST-33
FINISH FLOOR
OOOOMM [O'-O'l
ST-33")
INTERIOR ELEVATION - COLLECTIONS INTERIOR ELEVATION - COLLECTIONS

05 SCALE: 1:25 02 SCALE: 1:25
T O. LIGHT COVE
B.O. FOH CEILING
B.O. PORTAL Seal/Signature
( PT-20 ) ST-33 ) ST-33 ) ( PT-20 )
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
-FURNITURE OR FIXTURE TYPE
xx-xx Project Number
MAT -SIZE OR SUBTYPE
TYPE 2018014
-MILLWORK NUMBER

ARTWORK TYPE
-REFER TO FURNITURE
INFORMATION Scale
1:25
WALL BASE ( XX-XX )------ REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE
203MM [0'-8'l
/ XX-XX \------ REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE
C ST-33 X§)- ST-33 ) Sheet Number
FINISH FLOOR SCHEDULE/EQUIPMENT FOR
OOOOMM [O'-O'l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
INTERIOR ELEVATION - LOVE & ENGAGEMENT

A3.01
03 SCALE: 1:25
SHEET NOTES
POWER OUTLET
TEL/DATA OUTLET
TEL: 646 428 5500
01 POWER OUTLET MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY
vAS.OSy
STONE PORTAL/TRIM
TYP.
04
vA7.30y /- T.O. LIGHT COVE
® WALL-MTD. DECORATIVE LIGHT SCONCE- SEE
4318MM[14'-2T
TYP.
® VERTICAL METAL TRIM DESIGN ARCHITECT
/• B.O. FOH LIGHT COVE
J B.O. FOH CEILING/:k_
® TILE BASE
3962MM [13'-0T
( PT-20 ) ( PT-20 )
IV
4013MM[13'-2T @ FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET D S & F Architect, PC
_l
-------
B.O. FOH CEILING^ ® LINEOFMILLWORK/FURNITURE 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
3658MM [12'-0T LOCAL LIGHT SWITCH
( PT-20 )
09
vA7.30y
09
vA6.30y ® THERMOSTAT ARCHITECT OF RECORD
B.O.PORTAL TEMPERATURE SENSOR AT 1219 MM [48'] AFF PTID

/ 3200MM [10'-6'1
GL-33 ) ( GL-33 )
® RECESSED WALL DISPLAY UNIT - SEE
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
MT-21 )
MEP ENGINEER
@ NOT USED
03 MEDLAND ENGINEERING
vA8.03y ® EDGE OF WALL GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
( MT-02 MT-02 ) -@c ST-33 )

® METAL PORTAL LIGHTING DESIGNER
® 1/2" METAL CAPTURE (4 SIDES) SCHVWÎGHAMMEnMyVDfXi..
® EDGE OF PERIMETER MILLWORK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 335 WEST 38TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10018
\
\ /
/
/
OPEN.TO CONCEPTS
®
@
CLOCK
O^N TO CONCEPTS LINE OF GYP. BD. STEP IN COVE FACE
08 08 @ SLIDING DOORS
\ / vAT^ \ /
SIM. P-21T.6 SIM. STONE BASE
Y
X
-(^ ST-33 ) -(^ ST-33 )
/\ 2 1/2" METAL BASE
/
/ \ / \
WALL BASE
203MM [0'-8"] ’
\ METAL BASE
63.5MM[0’-21/2"] V
FINISH FLOORzk
OOOOMM [O'-O'lIV
-@( ST-33 ) ST-33 ) -@C ST-33 ) ST-33 ) 06
( ST-33 X22)- GENERAL NOTES
VA7.10/

ASSOCIATED NOTES.
INTERIOR ELEVATION - CONCEPTS INTERIOR ELEVATION - LOVE & ENGAGEMENT A
04 SCALE: 1:25 01 SCALE: 1:25 C.
REFER TO A0.03 FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL
NOTES.
Issue Date & Description
11/02/2018
FINAL SD
By Check
DSF DSF
D. REFER TO A6.20 & A6.21 FOR FINISHES. 12/21/2018 DSF DSF

E. REFER TO A7.50 FOR ADDITIONAL PRELIM SD
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
BEHIND WALLS FOR ALL WALL-MOUNTED 100% SD
MILLWORK PANELS. SEE MOUNTING 03/08/2019 DSF DSF

HEIGHTS ON A7.20. 50% CD
04
VA7.30/ G. ALL GYP. BD. WALLS IN SALES SALONS TO 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
TYP. H. ALL GYP. BD. WALLS TO RECEIVE LEVEL 4
90% CD
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
FINISH.
T.O. LIGHT COVE I. ALL WALLS TO RECEIVE WALL-COVERING 100% CD
+
+
+
+ + + + +
+
+ + + + +
+F + + + + + + +
+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + 4318MM[14'-2"] ARE TO BE MIN. LEVEL 5 FINISH.
+ + +
+ + + + + f + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + J. PROVIDE FIRE-TREATED WOOD BLOCKING IN
J + + + + + + + + F + + + + + + +
J B.O. FOH CEILING,^
B.O. FOH LIGHT COVE WALLS FOR ATTACHMENT OF MILLWORK
4013MM[13'-2"] DOORS, PORTALS AND TRIMS.
3962MM [13'-0"]
+ + + + + + + + f + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
J B.O. FOH CEILING,^ +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-I-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
( PT-20 ) ( ST-33 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + -@C ST-33 ) ( PT-20 )
3658MM [12'-0"] + + + + + + + + F + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (POLSHED ST.ST'L) MAY BE SUBSTITUTED
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + F + + + + + + + + + + + + + + FOR MT-10 (STYLMARK).
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
f
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ -(^ MT-02 ) M. REFER TO A6.50 FOR ARTWORK
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
F + + + + + + + INFORMATION.
+ + + + + + + + B.O.PORTAL
+
+—=1=—=1=—=1=—=1^
+ + + + +
+—=1-
+ +
-K
3200MM [10'-6"]
+ + + + + + + + MULTIPLE ELEVATION/DETAIL SHEETS;
+ + + + + + + + f —r"^+ + + + + + + + +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ +
+ + +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ SOME SHEET NOTES MAY NOT APPLY TO
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
F
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ THIS PARTICULAR SHEET.
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + F + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + f + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + F + + + + + + +
( SGL-03 ) C SGL-03 ) ( SGL-03 ) ( SGL-03 ) -( MT-02 ) ( MT-02 )@- +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ,^,(NS-FB-02)^,^, + + + + + + + MT-02 )
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + f + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
-( PT-20 ) +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-I-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + + + + + + + F + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + F + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + f + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + F + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + I- + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
\ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
m <, 1 P-40M.5 ,>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
f
f
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
< P-40M.5 X
y- + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + -I- + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
m 4/
+ +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + F + + + + + + + +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ +
f + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + +
F + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + I- + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + f + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4
+ + + + + + + +
f + + + + + + + 4 --------L- ---------
+ + + + + + + + 4 4\ 4 4 4
-I- + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + +
F + + + + + + +
4] +,+
+
+
+
+
+1 +
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + WALL BASE
+ + F + + + + + + +
203MM [0'-8"]
+ + + Y
f + + + + + + hI I +
METAL BASE
+ + + + '+ + + + + + + + + ±_ + + +
63.5MM [0'-2 1/2"]
+ + H| 1+ + + -
FINISH FLOOR
OOOOMM [0'-0"j
< MT-02 ) 06 X-------- ST-33 ) MT-01 )
06
-(22X ST-33 ) VICINITY
VA7.10; VAT. 10

CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
INTERIOR ELEVATION - CONCEPTS INTERIOR ELEVATION - L & E
05 SCALE: 1:25 02 SCALE: 1:25 RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliver!
1^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing |^ Regulatory Issue

04 commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to
VA7.30/
TYP.
04
VA7.30/
T.O. LIGHT COVE
TYP. 4318MM[14'-2"]'
B.O. FOH CEILING Xk
B.O. FOH LIGHT COVE 44444444 44444444 44444444 K44444444 444444444 4013MM[13'-2"]'
3962MM[13’-0"]’ 444444444
44444444
444444444
44444444
444444444
44444444
444444444
I-44444444
444444444
444444444
444444444 444444444 444444444 444444444 44444444
44444444 44444444 44444444 I-44444444 44444444
X B.O. FOH CEILINGXk. 444444444
44444444
444444444
44444444
444444444
44444444
444444444
I-44444444
444444444
444444444
( PT-20 ) 3658MM[12'-0"]’ ( ST-33 444444444

44444444
444444444
44444444
444444444
44444444
444444444
I-44444444
44444444
44444444
XO^ ST-33 )
444444444 444444444 444444444 444444444 444444444
44444444 44444444 44444444 I-44444444 444444444
( MT-02 XO^ 44444444 4444444 I-44444444 -I-44444444

XO^C MT-02 )
B.O.PORTAL
3200MM [10'-6"j
Seal/Signature
44444444 44444444 44444444 t-44444444 44444444
444444444 444444444 444444444 444444444 444444444
44444444 44444444 44444444 I-44444444 444444444
444444444 444444444 444444444 444444444 44444444
44444444 44444444 44444444 I-44444444 44444444
444444444 444444444 444444444 444444444 444444444
44444444 44444444 44444444 I-44444444 444444444
444444444 444444444
( PT-20 ) 4 4 4 4 4 4 ( PT-20 )
44444444
44444 4^ 4 4
444444444
44444444
tX^NS-FB-02)XtX 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
444444444
444444444 444444444 444444444
44444444 444444444
444444444 44444444
rpv/ -
m
44444444 44444444
444444444 444444444
44444444 444444444
444444444 44444444
44444444 44444444
444444444 444444444
44444444 444444444
Project Name
OPEN TOL& E OPEN TOL&E LEGEND CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER

MELBOURNE, AU
4 4 4
444444 4 +
rr 444444444
444444444
mm
44444 444444444
P-21T.3 4444 444
44444444
44444444 — FURNITURE OR FIXTURE TYPE
ST-33 ) 444444 444 444444444 XX-XX Project Number
III
44444 444 444444444
MAT — SIZE OR SUBTYPE
m
44444 44444444
2018014
44444
444444
44444 -iSr 44444444
444444444
444444444
TYPE
'—MILLWORK NUMBER
4-444444
'u-
44444444 444444444 XX-XX -FURNITURE, FIXTURE OR Description
+ + + + io "+ + K444444 4 4
4 4 4 4 4 CD 4 4 444444444 444444444
44444444 444444 4
444444444
44 444444444 f2
CD S ARTWORK TYPE FRONT OF HOUSE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
-(04X ST-33 ) 4 4
44444
44444
4 4 CD 4 -I 444444
4 4I4 4 4 4 4 4 4 444444444
44444444
h444444|4 4
444444 4I 44 44444444
44444444
444 44J4444444
4 444444 I-444444.4 4
n
444444
44444
44444
444
444 44444444
444444444
44444444
444444444
444444 4I 44
h444444[4 4
444444444
444444444
44444444
(i) -REFERTO FURNITURE
r—1 44444
444444
44444
44444444
444444444
44444444
4 4 4 4 4
4444444I44
h444444|4
4 4*4
4
4
44444444
444444444
444444444
WALL BASE
203MM [0'-8"j ’
Scale
I-444444 4 4 INFORMATION
METAL BASE tk 1:25
63.5MM[0X21/2"]’V ( XX-XX > -REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE
4 -r 4 4 4 4 4 4
- 4- Y - -Y lit
4 4 j 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 I
^ k----- r^rr X FINISH FLOOR tk
/ XX-XX V
OOOOMM [O'-O'l -REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE Sheet Number
-(pX ST-33 ) ST-33 ) -XgX ST-33 ) -XgX MT-01 ) -XgX ST-33 ) SCHEDULE/EQUIPMENT FOR
06 06 X ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
VA7.10/ VAT.IOX
INTERIOR ELEVATION - CONCEPTS INTERIOR ELEVATION - L & E

A3.02
06 SCALE: 1:25 03 SCALE: 1:25
SHEET NOTES
®
@
POWER OUTLET
TEL/DATA OUTLET
TEL: 646 428 5500
® STONE PORTAL/TRIM
® WALL-MTD. DECORATIVE LIGHT SCONCE- SEE

/' ~ m FQH LIGHT COVE

® VERTICAL METAL TRIM
DESIGN ARCHITECT
® TILE BASE
@ FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET 0 S & F Architect, PC
B.O. FOH CEILING Architecture | Interiors | Space Planning
B.Q. FQH CEILING C PT-20 ) C PT-2Q )

® LINE OF MILLWORK/FURNITURE 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
3505MM [11'-6''] ® LOCAL LIGHT SWITCH
® THERMOSTAT ARCHITECT OF RECORD

B.O.PQRTAL
TEMPERATURE SENSOR AT 1219 MM [48'] AFF PTID
® RECESSED WALL DISPLAY UNIT - SEE

AUSTRAQA, 2000
Tel: -t61 2 8289 5700 Fax: -F61 2 9289 3745
MEP ENGINEER
® NOT USED
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
® EDGE OF WALL GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
METAL PORTAL
LIGHTING DESIGNER
® 1/2" METAL CAPTURE (4 SIDES)
schvwnghammem™® .
OPEN TOH&A OPEN TOH&A
® EDGE OF PERIMETER MILLWORK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS J35 V€ST 38TH ST. NEW YORK, NY I0C18
WWW.SCHWiNCHAMyERLIGHTING.COM T.212-SS7-5944 F. 212-967-5945
( PT-20 ) ( PT-20 ) ® CLOCK
C ST-33 ST-33 ) ®
@
SLIDING DOORS
STONE BASE
POS-04
2 1/2" METAL BASE
WALL BASE
203MM [0'-8'l
PQS WALL BASE
102MM [0'-4"]
FINISH FLOOR
OOOOMM [O'-O'l
@QkMD ST-33 ) <2X ST-33 ) ST-33 )
INTERIOR ELEVATION - POS INTERIOR ELEVATION - POS INTERIOR ELEVATION - H & A INTERIOR ELEVATION - JEWELRY CONCEPT A
11 SCALE: 1:25 09 SCALE: 1:25 06 SCALE: 1:25 01 SCALE: 1:25
Issue Date & Description
11/02/2018
FINAL SD
By Check
DSF DSF
12/21/2018 DSF DSF

PRELIM SD
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
100% SD
03/08/2019 DSF DSF
50% CD
04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
100% CD
FINISH CEILING
3505MM [11'-6"]
( PT-20 ) ( 'PT-20 )
B.O.PQRTAL
GENERAL NOTES
( PT-20 ) RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND
ASSOCIATED NOTES.
NOTES.
ARTWORK F. PROVIDE 152MM [6'116 GA. FLAT STRAPPING
TO BE BEHIND WALLS FOR ALL WALL-MOUNTED
P-91T.3FE DETERMINED MILLWORK PANELS. SEE MOUNTING
P-21T.5
HEIGHTS ON A7.20.
FINISH.
WALL BASE L. * NOTE: MT-01 (BRUSHED ST.ST'L) MAY BE
203MM [0'-8"] SUBSTITUTED FOR MT-09 (STYLMARK) MT-02
PQS WALL BASE
102MM [0'-4"l (POLSHED ST.ST'L) MAY BE SUBSTITUTED
FINISH FLOOR FOR MT-10 (STYLMARK).
OOOOMM [O'-O'l M. REFER TO A6.50 FOR ARTWORK
@( ST-33 ) {2X ST-33 ) INFORMATION.
TL-32B ) ST-33 ) N. SHEET NOTE LEGEND IS REFERENCED ON
^2 INTERIOR ELEVATION - POS INTERIOR ELEVATION - POS ny INTERIOR ELEVATION - H & A INTERIOR ELEVATION - H & A INTERIOR ELEVATION - H & A
* ^ SCALE: 1:25 SCALE: 1:25 ^ ■ SCALE: 1:25 SCALE: 1:25 02 SCALE: 1:25
FINISH CEIING
C PT-20 ) 3505MM [11'-6"]
( PT-20 )
B.O.PQRTAL
Seal/Signature
( PT-20 )
VICINITY
CENTRES OPE^^ TO CONCEPTS
ST-33 ) •C MT-02 )
Project Name
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DAI PG-90T.3 melbourne.au
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO, -FURNITURE OR FIXTURE TYPE

CENTRE: CHADSTONE xx-xx Project Number
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD TYPE
-MILLWORK NUMBER
^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing Regulatory Issue ARTWORK TYPE FRONT OF HOUSE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

WALL BASE
(® -REFER TO FURNITURE
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the Scale
203MM [0'-8'l INFORMATION
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. 1:25
( XX-XX )------REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings FINISH FLOOR
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to OOOOMM [O'-O'l
ST-33 ) (^ ST-33 ) (^ ST-33 ) / XX-XX \------ REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE Sheet Number
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to SCHEDULE/EQUIPMENT FOR
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
INTERIOR ELEVATION - H & A INTERIOR ELEVATION - H & A INTERIOR ELEVATION - H & A

A3.03
SHEET NOTES
@ POWER OUTLET
tfsr VICINITY
CENTRES
@ TEL/DATA OUTLET NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
TEL: 646 428 5500
®
@
STONE PORTAL/TRIM
@ WALL-MTD. DECORATIVE LIGHT SCONCE- SEE
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO, SHEET A7.20 FOR MOUNTING INFORMATION
CENTRE: CHADSTONE @ VERTICAL METAL TRIM
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
@ TILE BASE DESIGN ARCHITECT

® MILLWORK SHELF D S & F Architect, PC
^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing >^ Regulatory Issue @ LINE OF MILLWORK/FURNITURE
Tel: (212) 4S1-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the ® LOCAL LIGHT SWITCH
THERMOSTAT ARCHITECT OF RECORD
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. TEMPERATURE SENSOR AT 1219 MM [48"] AFF PTID
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings BUILT IN MILLWORK UNIT AUSTRAQA, 2000
Tel: 4-61 2 8289 5700 Fax: -F61 2 9289 3745
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to ® FABRIC WRAPPED PANEL MEP ENGINEER
® EDGE OF WALL MEDLAND ENGINEERING
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
® METAL PORTAL T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU
® CONTINUOUS VERTICAL METAL PULL

LIGHTING DESIGNER
® EDGE OF PERIMETER MILLWORK SCHVWNGHAMMERyr«« .

®
ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 'AEST 38TH ST NEW YORK, NY 10018
SLIDING METAL AND GLASS SCREEN DOOR WWW.SCHVANGHAMMERLIGHTING.CCW T. 21 2-067-5944 F 212-S67-5945
@ BUTT JOINT
@ RECESSED WALL DISPLAY UNIT - SEE
STONE BASE
MT-02 ) 21/2" METAL BASE
MT-02 ) MT-02 )
T O. P S. CEILING
( SF-9Q )
< SF-90A >

11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
12/21/2018 DSF DSF
PRELIM SD
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
_ J _1\_ 100% SD
03/08/2019 DSF DSF
T O. BASE 50% CD
63.5MM [0'-2 1/2"] 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
FINISH FLOOR
05/03/2019
OOOOMM [0'-0"j DSF DSF
<§cjlod MT-02 )
100% CD
INTERIOR ELEVATION - PRIVATE SALES INTERIOR ELEVATION - PRIVATE SALES

04 SCALE: 1:25 01 SCALE: 1:25
GENERAL NOTES
ASSOCIATED NOTES.
NOTES.
T O. P S. CEILING D. REFER TO A6.20 & A6.21 FOR FINISHES.
F. PROVIDE 152MM [6"] 16 GA. FLAT STRAPPING
HEIGHTS ON A7.20.
FINISH.
FB-62 ) J. PROVIDE FIRE-TREATED WOOD BLOCKING IN
INFORMATION.
T.O. BASE
63.5MM [0'-2 1/2"]
FINISH FLOOR
OOOOMM [O'-O"]
MT-02 ) MT-02 )
INTERIOR ELEVATION - PRIVATE SALES

02 SCALE: 1:25
MT-02 )
T O. P S. CEILING
3302MM [lO'-IO'l
Seal/Signature
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
-FURNITURE OR FIXTURE TYPE

xx-xx Project Number
TYPE
-MILLWORK NUMBER
<® -REFER TO FURNITURE

Scale
T O. BASE INFORMATION
63.5MM [0'-2 1/2"] 1:25
( XX-XX )----- REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE
FINISH FLOOR ^
OOOOMM [O'-O"]
MT-02 ) / XX-XX \------ REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE Sheet Number
INTERIOR ELEVATION - PRIVATE SALES

A3.08
03 SCALE: 1:25
GENERAL NOTES
@ POWER OUTLET
VICINITY @ TEL/DATA OUTLET
TEL: 646 428 5500
DESIGN APPROVAL 1 CENTRES @ POWER OUTLET MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY
@ NEW WOOD TRIM
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DAI @ NEW WOOD BASE
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO. @ P-LAM MILLWORK (BY G.C.)
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD @ TILE BASE DESIGN ARCHITECT
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliveri @ FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET

(@ LINE OF MILLWORK/FURNITURE
Architecture [ Interiors ] Space Planning
Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing Regulatory Issue @ LOCAL LIGHT SWITCH
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the T.O. FOH CEILING (Jj) THERMOSTAT ARCHITECT OF RECORD
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the 3353MM [11'-0''] (g) TEMPERATURE SENSOR AT 1219 MM [48'] AFF PTID
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. LINE OF COVERED COLUMN IN FRONT AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: -F61 2 8289 5700 Fax: H-61 2 9289 3745
T.O. FOH CEILING
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings (g) LINE OF ENTRY CEILING
MEP ENGINEER
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to (g) EDGE OF WALL MEDLAND ENGINEERING
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to T.O. PORTAL GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
(g) NEW METAL PORTAL T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. 2794MM [9’-2"]
(g) 1/2" METAL CAPTURE (4 SIDES)
( WC-80 j LIGHTING DESIGNER
( PT-20 )
(g) EDGE OF PERIMETER MILLWORK
SCHWINGHAMMERMSM©
-(leX MT-02 ) (g) NEW EYEWEAR WALL UNIT ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 335 WEST 38TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10018
( MT-02 > WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHTING.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
(g) LINE OF GYP. BD. STEP IN COVE FACE
T. 0. WALL BASE
TL-32B ) TL-32B ) 102MM [0'-4"]
FINISH FLOOR
OOOOMM [O’-O'l
INTERIOR ELEVATION - VESTIBULE INTERIOR ELEVATION - CUSTOMER SERVICE A Issue Date & Description By Check
01 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
02 12/21/2018 DSF DSF

PRELIM SD
03 02/08/2019 DSF DSF

100% SD
04 03/08/2019 DSF DSF

50% CD
05 04/05/2019 DSF DSF

90% CD
06 05/03/2019 DSF DSF

100% CD
T.O. FOH CEILING

3353MM[11'-0"]
T.O. FOH CEILING

3200MM [10'-6"]
X WC-80 )N1
T.O. PORTAL
GENERAL NOTES
2794MM [9'-2"]

X WC-80 ). RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND
ASSOCIATED NOTES.
MT-02 ) B. REFER TO SHEET A0.02 FOR GRAPHIC
NOTES.
( PT-20 ) \0PEN TO/ < PT-20 )
.SALES, E. REFER TO A7.50 FOR ADDITIONAL
HEIGHTS ON A7.20.
BE PAINTED PT-11,U.0.N.
FINISH.
PM-150 PM-180 (M) PM-160 ARE TO BE MIN. LEVEL 5 FINISH.
FM-220A J. PROVIDE FIRE-TREATED WOOD BLOCKING IN
TL-32B ) TL-32B ) FM-220B (2) TL-32B ) T. 0. WALL BASE
L. ‘ NOTE: MT-01 (BRUSHED ST.ST'L) MAY BE
FINISH FLOOR SUBSTITUTED FOR MT-09 (STYLMARK) MT-02
OOOOMM [O'-O'l (POLSHED ST.ST’L) MAY BE SUBSTITUTED
INFORMATION.
INTERIOR ELEVATION - CUSTOMER SERVICE INTERIOR ELEVATION - VESTIBULE INTERIOR ELEVATION - CUSTOMER SERVICE SOME SHEET NOTES MAY NOT APPLY TO
T.O. FOH CEILING

3353MM[11'-0"]
T.O. FOH CEILING Seal/Signature
T.O. PORTAL
2794MM [9’-2"]
( PT-20 ) ( PT-20 > X WC-80 ).
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
-^FURNITURE OR FIXTURE TYPE

XX-XX Project Number
MAT h---- SIZE OR SUBTYPE 2018014
TYPE
'—MILLWORK NUMBER
XX-XX - -FURNITURE, FIXTURE OR Description

<*) —-REFER TO FURNITURE
Scaie
INFORMATION
1:25
( XX-XX )----- REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE
TL-32B ) ( TL-32B m TL-32B ) T. 0. WALL BASE
/ XX-XX ---- REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE Sheet Number

FINISH FLOOR SCHEDULE/EQUIPMENT FOR
OOOOMM [O’-O'l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
INTERIOR ELEVATION - VESTIBULE INTERIOR ELEVATION - VESTIBULE INTERIOR ELEVATION - CUSTOMER SERVICE
A3.09
SHEET NOTES
CONFIRM ON SITE ALL ACHIEVABLE CEILING HEIGHTS WITH NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
CONSIDERATION TO SERVICES & STRUCTURE WITHIN CEILING TEL: 646 428 5500
VOID
DESIGN ARCHITECT
Architecture [ Interiors ] Space Planning
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: H-61 2 8289 5700 Fax: H-61 2 9289 3745
MEP ENGINEER
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL; SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU
LIGHTING DESIGNER
SCHWINGHAMMERMSM©..
T.O. STOREFRONT
B.Q. SPANDREL
5105MM[16'-9"]
T.O.LIGHT COVE
B.Q. FOH CEILING

4013MM[13'-2"] A Issue Date & Description By Check
01 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
B.Q. FOH CEILING
FINAL SD
02 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
PRELIM SD
03 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
STORE 100% SD
04 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
50% CD
05 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
06 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
100% CD
GENERAL NOTES
v V
FINISH FLOOR
OOOOMM [O'-O"]
LONGITUDINAL SECTION
01 SCALE: 1:50
Seal/Signature
^^VICINITY
Project Name
DESIGN APPROVAL 1 CENTRES LEGEND CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO. 2018014
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliveri Description
LONGITUDINAL SECTION
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the Scaie

Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the 1:50
Sheet Number
A4.00
/
GENERAL NOTES
A. U.O.N.-ALL METAL STUDS TO BE 20GA
CONCRETE SLAB B. PROVIDE MOISTURE-RESISTANT GYP BD AT ALL NEWYORK, NEW YORK 10010
VICINITY
CENTRES
BY LANDLORD
Y \
CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE SLAB
PARTITIONS SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE TILE FINISH AND AT
ALL WET AREAS SUCH AS TOILET ROOMS, JANITOR'S
CLOSETS, AND WALLS ADJACENT TO PANTRY SINKS.
TEL: 646 428 5500
C. PROVIDE SIGNED & SEALED STRUCT CALCULATIONS FOR
SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET CONTINUOUS SEALANT METAL STUD FRAMING
CONCRETE SLAB Y COLD-FORMED STRUCT STUD WALLS SUPPORTING STONE
WHERE REQD. - NOTE. J/ SUFFIX A FINISH. SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS.
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DAI CONTINUOUS SEALANT HEAD SECURITY MESH HEAD SECURITY MESH HEAD SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET D. PROVIDE APPROPRIATELY RATED UL-APPROVED HEAD OF
WHERE REQD. - NOTE. J/ SUFFIX A WALL ASSEMBLY AT ALL RATED PARTITIONS.
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO, HEAD SOUND AHENUATION BLAÊT

EXTEND GYP. BD. 152 (6") PAST ' > ' >. GYPSUM BOARD (2) LAYERS
EXTEND GYP. BD. 152 (6"} PAST CEILING HEIGHT
E. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE, REFLECTED CEILING PLANS,
FINISH PLANS, INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS FOR
CENTRE: CHADSTONE WHERE REQD. - NOTE. J/ aUFFIX A CEILING HEIGHT WHERE ACT IS USE. ' * GYPSUM BOARD LEVELS FINISH. DESIGN ARCHITECT
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD OTHERWISE RUN TO TOP OF
WHERE ACT IS USE. OTHERWISE RUN TO TOP OF
F. SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS (STC) INDICATED ARE

METAL STUD FRAMING
GYPSUM.aaARD (2)/yERS
GYPSUM WALL CEILING
SCHEDULED CEILING, REFER TO
.
Y
■'
V
GYPSUM WALL CEILING
SCHEDULED CEILING, REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING

NOMINAL LABORATORY TESTED RATINGS WITH 20GA
STUDS AT 16" O.C.. FIELD PERFORMANCE WILL GENERALLY
BE LOWER.
V. ^; PLAN G. WHERE REQUIRED, PROVIDE STRAPPING AND /OR 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
3 Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing |Xl Regulatory Issue NG, REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCHEDULED CEILING, REFER TO REFLECTED
BLOCKING AT PARTITIONS. BLOCKING LOCATIONS TO BE Tel: (212)481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
GYPSUM BOARD CEILING PLAN COORDINATED WITH WALL-MOUNTED ARTWORK, WALL

GYPSUM BOARD
PANEL, MILLWORK, AND CASEWORK.
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the RE^SSED BASE REQD., H. PROVIDE (1) LAYER OF 3/4" FIRE RATED PLYWOOD ON
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the IDE/DDITIONAL LAYER OF GYP. BD. /,
METAL STUD SECURITY MESH I.
IT/SEC ROOM WALLS, WHERE INDICATED.
SECURE ALL INSULATION AT CAVITY WALLS WITH
PTID
f Sj
INSULATION IMPALING CLIPS OR PINS.
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. AUSTRALIA, 2000
6. OU«D ATTENUATION BLANKET
Wy(ERE REQD. - NOTE. J/ SUFFIX A
PLAN
i
BY LANDLORD
PLAN METAL STUD FRAMING
GYPSUM BOARD (2) LAYERS

SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET

J. SOUND AHENUATION:
PROVIDE SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS AT THE
FOLLOWING LOCATIONS:
1. NEW DEMISING WALLS
Tel: -L61 2 8289 5700 Fax: -i-61 2 9289 3745
MEP ENGINEER
PLAN ETAL STUD

GYPSUM BOARD
WHERE REQD. - NOTE. J/ SUFFIX A 2. EXISTING DEMISING WALLS WITH STUD MEDLAND ENGINEERING
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to SECURITY MESH
& GYP. BD. FURRING. GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
GYPSUM BOARD (2) LAYERS 3. NEW PARTITIONS AROUND T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. GYPSUM BOARD RESTROOMS.
SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET GYPSUM BOARD (2) LAYERS 4. WALLS SEPARATING FRONT OF HOUSE
WHERE REQD. - NOTE. J/ SUFFIX A METAL STUD FRAMING FROM BACK OF HOUSE. LIGHTING DESIGNER
EXISTING DEMISING WALL SECURITY MESH K. REVEAL BASE:
BY LANDLORD
AT F.O.H. WALLS REQUIRING RECESSED BASE. PROVIDE SCHVWNGHAMMER[)fliM® „
GYPSUM BOARD (2) LAYERS METAL STUD FRAMING WHERE REQD. - NOTE. J/ SUFFIX A REVEAL BASE TRIM: ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 335 IVEST 38TH ST NEW YORK, NY 10018
GYPSUM BOARD FRY REGLET#DRMB.625.250 OR PIHCON #STR.200.063 OR

WWV.'SCHWINGHAMMERUGHTiNG.CCM T 31 3-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
METAL STUD FRAMING CONTINUOUS SEALANT APPROVED EQUAL

CONTINUOUS SEALANT
SEE A8.00 FOR DETAIL OF SURFACE APPLIED WOOD BASE
BASE REVEAL BASE WHERE REQD. BASE REVEAL BASE WHERE REQD. BASE REVEAL BASE WHERE REQD. - NOTE. K/ SUFFIX B L. EXPANDED METAL SECURITY MESH:
- NOTE. K/SUFFIX B -NOTE. K/SUFFIXB 1. SECURITY MESH WITHIN DRYWALL
PARTITIONS SHALL BE CARBON STEEL
REVEAL BASE WHERE REQD. FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR FLAHENED STYLE UASM .50" 13F. SWO
- NOTE. K/ SUFFIX B CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE SLAB NOT TO EXCEED .265", LWO NOT TO
LI____ EXCEED 1.0" AS MANUFACTURED BY
FINISH FLOOR
AMICO {ALABAMA METAL INDUSTRIES
VARIES PER PROJECT VARIES PER PROJECT VARIES PER PROJECT
CONCRETE SLAB CORPORATION), 1.800.366.2642
WWW.AMICO-SECURITYPRODUCTS.COM.
VARIES PER PROJECT NO SUBSTITUTIONS PERMIHED. SUBMIT

SAMPLE FOR APPROVAL.
2. SECURITY MESH TO BE FASTENED TO
- CONTINUOUS SEALANT STUDS 16" O.C. HORIZONTALLY AND 8"
STUD METAL STUD GYPBD ^TTENUATIO^ STC WALL STUD METAL STUD GYP BD ATTENUATION STC WALL STUD METAL STUD GYP BD ATTENUATION STC WALL O.C. VERTICALLY, USING SECURA CLIP
TYPE TYPE TYPE AS MANUFACTURED BY AMICO
SIZE THK SPACING THK/TYPE THICKNESS RATING WIDTH SIZE THK SPACING THK/TYPE THICKNESS RATING WIDTH SIZE THK SPACING THK7TYPE THICKNESS RATING WIDTH
(ALABAMA METAL INDUSTRIES
G1 1-5/8"(41 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) - - VARIES D3 3-5/8"(92) 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406) O.C. 5/8" (16) - 4-7/8"(124) A1 1-5/8"(41) 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406)0.0 5/8" (16) 2-1/4"(57) CORPORATION), 1.800.366.2642
STUD / METAL STUD GYPBD ATTENUATION FIRE TESTED STC WALL WWW.AMICO-SECURITYPRODUCTS.COM.
TYPE G2 2-1/2"(64) 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) - - VARIES D6 6"(152) 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406) O.C. 5/8" (16) - 7-1/4"(184) A2 2-1/2"{64) 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) 3-3/4"(95) NO SUBSTITUTIONS PERMIHED. SUBMIT
SIZE / THK SPACING THKTTYPE THICKNESS RATING ASSEMBLY NO. RATING WIDTH
2-MTt^] G3 3-5/8"(92) 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) VARIES A3 3-5/8"{92) 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) 4-7/8"(124) SAMPLE FOR APPROVAL
J2 0.0312"{.79) 16" (406) O.C. 5/8" (16) 2"(51) XXXX ULU419 45 5" (127) - - 3. G.C. TO SUPPLY COPIES OF PURCHASE
3-5/y(92) G6 6"(152) 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) - - VARIES A6 6"(152) 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) 7-1/4"(184) ORDER FOR MESH AND CLIPS TO TCO AS
J3 0.0312"{.79) 16" (406) O.C. 5/8" (16) 3" (76) 1 HR ULU419 45 6-1/8" (156 EVIDENCE THAT THE PROPER PRODUCT
/l52) 8-1/2" (216)*
J6 0.0312"{.79) 16" (406) O.C. 5/8" (16) 6" (152) 1 HR ULU419 45 HAS BEEN UTILIZED FOR THIS PROJECT.
PO MUST STATE THE LOCATION FOR
WHICH IT HAS BEEN PURCHASED.
PARTITION TYPE J - (1 HR RATED) PARTITION TYPE G PARTITION TYPE D PARTITION TYPE A

JCALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5

11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
12/21/2018 DSF DSF
PRELIM SD
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
100% SD
03/08/2019 DSF DSF
50% CD
04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE SLAB
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
CONCRETE SLAB EXISTING CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT
DEMISING WALL m LANDLORD) METAL STUD FRAMING METAL DEFLECTION TRACK 100% CD
CONTINUOUS SEALANT
METAL DEFLECTION TRACK METAL STUD FRAMING
HEAD SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET
HEAD SECURITY MESH HEAD
METAL STUD FRAMING
WHERE REQD. - NOTE. J/ SUFFIX A SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET
EXTEND GYP. BD. 152 (6") PAST CEILING HEIGHT
HEAD SECURITY MESH WHERE REQD. - NOTE. J/ SUFFIX A
WHERE ACT IS USE. OTHERWISE RUN TO TOP OF
GYPSU GYPSUM BOARD (2) LAYERS
SOUND ATTENUATION BU\NKET GYPSUM WALL CEILING
WHERE REQD. - NOTE. J/ SUFFIX A
GYPSUM BOARD (2) LAYERS SCHEDULED CEILING, REFER TO
SCHEDULED CEILING. REFER TO SCHEDULED CEILING, REFER TO REFLECTED
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
ELECTED CEILING PLAN CEILING PLAN
TIFFANY SIDE SCHEDULED CEILING, REFER TO
WHERE RECESSED BASE WITH
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN GYPSUM BOARD
WOOD FLOOR REQD. PROVIDE TIFFANY SIDE
ADDITIONAL LAYER OF GYP. BD.
METAL STUD BRACE AT 1/4 POINT OF WALL
NON-SECURESIDE (SUFFIX C)
SECURITY MESH WHERE REQD. FOR STABILITY
GYPSUM BOARD
SECURITY MESH PLAN PLAN METAL STUD FRAMING
METAL STUD FRAMING GYPSUM BOARD
WHERE REQD. - NOTE. J/ SUFFIX A METAL STUD BRACE AT 1/4 POINT OF WALL
SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET WHERE REQD. FOR STABILITY
GYPSUM BOARD (2)LAYERS
WHERE REQD. - NOTE. J/ SUFFIX A SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET
GYPSUM BOARD SECURITY MESH WHERE REQD. - NOTE. J/ SUFFIX A
GYPSUM BOARD (2)LAYERS
EXISTING CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT METAL STUD FRAMING METAL STUD FRAMING
SECURITY MESH DEMISING WALL (BY LANDLORD)
CONTINUOUS SEALANT GYPSUM BOARD
METAL STUD FRAMING
REVEAL BASE WHERE REQD.
CONTINUOUS SEALANT
-NOTE. K/SUFFIXB
BASE REVEAL BASE WHERE REQD. BASE REVEAL BASE WHERE REQD. - NOTE. K/ SUFFIX B
NOTE. K/SUFFIX B
BASE FINISH FLOOR i S FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR
CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE SLAB
Ili__ LL__
FINISH FLOOR
VAR ES PER PROJECT VARIES PER PROJECT VARIES PER PROJECT
CONCRETE SLAB
VARIES PER PROJECT CONTNUOUS SEALANT
STUD METAU^ STUD GYPBD ATTENUATIO^ STC WALL STUD METAL STUD GYPBD ATTENUATION STC WALL STUD METAL STUD GYP BD ATTENUATION STC WALL
TYPE TYPE TYPE
SIZE JHf SPACING THK/TYPE THICKNESS RATING WIDTH SIZE THK SPACING THK/TYPE THICKNESS RATING WIDTH SIZE THK SPACING THK7TYPE THICKNESS RATING WIDTH
0>^12"(.79)
HI 1-5/8"(41) 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) - - VARIES E2 2-1/2"(64) 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406) O.C. 5/8" (16) - 3-3/4"(95) B1 1-5/8"(41) 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406)0.0 5/8" (16) 2-1/4"(57)
STUD METAL STUD GYPBD ATTENUATION FIRE TESTED STC WALL /0312"(.79)
TYPE H2 2-1/2"(64) 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) - - VARIES E3 3-5/8"(92) 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406) O.C. 5/8" (16) - 4-7/8"(124) B2 2-1/2"(64) 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) 3-3/4"(95)
SIZE THK SPACING THKTTYPE THICKNESS RATING ASSEMBLY NO. RATING WIDTH
H3 3-5/8"(9^ 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) - - VARIES E6 6"(152) 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406) O.C. 5/8" (16) - 7-1/4"(184) B3 3-5/8"{92) 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) 4-7/8"(124)
K3 3-5/8"(92) 0.0312''{.79) 16" (406) O.C. 5/8" (16) 3"(76) 1 HR UL U419 40 5-1/2" (140) 6"(15^
H4 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) - - VARIES B6 6"(152) 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) 7-1/4"(184)
PARTITION TYPE K (1 HR RATED) PARTITION TYPE H PARTITION TYPE E PARTITION TYPE B

SCALE: 1:5 >CALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5
LEGEND
PARTITION TYPE SUFFIX LEGEND

{XX = PARTITION TYPE)
CONCRETE SLAB
CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE SLAB METAL STUD FRAMING )0^

SOUND AHENUATION REQUIRED
CONTINUOUS SEALANT
METAL DEFLECTION TRACK HEAD SECURITY MESH HEAD WHERE REQD. - NOTE. J/ SUF5(X A XXB RECESSED BASE REGLET REQUIRED
(ON BOTH SIDES OF PARTITION, IF
EXTEND GYP. BD. 152 (6") P^T CEILING HEIGHT APPLICABLE)
EXISTING DEMISING WALL BY LANDLORD
HEAD SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET WHERE ACT IS USE. OTHBl(wiSE RUN TO TOP OF
WHERE REQD. - NOTE. J/ SUFFIX A XXB* RECESSED BASE REGLET REQUIRED
GYPSUM BOARD GYPSUM WALL CEILING
ON ONLY ONE SIDE OF PARTITION; SEE
METAL STUD FRAMING ELEVATION FOR ADDITIONAL
SCHEDULED CEILING, REFER TO REFLECTED INFORMATION
GYPSUM BOARD
CEILING PLAN SCHEDULED CEILI REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING
PLAN XXAB SOUND AHENUATION AND RECESSED
BASE REGLET REQUIRED (ON BOTH
SCHEDULED CEILING, REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING GYPSUM BOASD 2 LAYERS SIDES OF WALL, IF APPLICABLE)
PLAN TIFFANY SIDE ^ Seal/SIgnature
<XAB’ SOUND ATTENUATION AND RECESSED
WHERE RECESSED BASE REQD., BASE REGLET REQUIRED ON ONLY ONE
PROVIDE ADDITIONAL LAYER OF GYP. BD. SECURITY MESH SIDE OF PARTITION; SEE ELEVATION
PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
PLAN EXISTING DEMISING WALL BY LANDLORD METM^ STUD FRAM NG
METAL STUD FRAMING GYPSUM BOARD UND ATTENUATION BLANKET

PLAN HERE REQD.-NOTE.J/SUFFIXA
WHERE RECESSED BASE REQD.,
PROVIDE ADDITIONAL LAYER OF GYP. BD.
GYPSUM BOARD (2) LAYERS

SECURITY MESH Project Name
METAL STUD FRAMING
SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET EXISTING DEMISING WALL BY LANDLORD CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER
WHERE REQD. - NOTE. J/ SUFFIX A MELBOURNE, AU
GYPSUM BOARD REVEAL BASE WHERE REQD.
GYPSUM BOARD NOTE. K/SUFFIX B
REVEAL BASE WHERE REQD. BASE
METAL STUD FRAMING BASE NOTE. K/SUFFIX B
Project Number
WOOD FLOORING PLANKS PARALLEL 2018014

BASE REVEAL BASE WHERE REQD. FINISH FLOOR WITH PARTITION WALL
- NOTE. K/SUFFIX B il' > / / CONCRETE SLAB
FINISH FLOOR Description
VARIES PER PROJECT PLYWOOD SUBFLOOR
CONCRETE SLAB
-^CONCRETE SLAB PARTITION SCHEDULE
^ VARIES PER PROJECT
1/2" EXPANSION SPACE FOR WOOD FLOORING
CONTINUOUS SEALANT Scale

STUD METAL STUD GYP BD ATTENUATION STC WALL STUD METAU^ STUD GYP BD AHENUATION STC WALL
TYPE TYPE NO SCALE
SIZE THK SPACING THK/TYPE THICKNESS RATING WIDTH SIZE TH/ SPACING THK7TYPE THICKNESS RATING WIDTH
0^12"(.79)
F - 5/8" (16) - 1-1/2"(38) Cl 1-5/8"(41) 16" (406)0.0 5/8" (16) 2-1/4"(57)
STUD METAL STUD GYPBD ATTENUATION FIRE TESTED STC WALL /0312"(.79)
TYPE C2 2-1/2"(64) 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) 3-3/4"(95)
SIZE THK SPACING THK/TYPE THICKNESS RATING ASSEMBLY NO. RATING WIDTH '^0.0312"(.79) Sheet Number
C3 3-5/8"(9a 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) 4-7/8"(124)
12 2-1/2"{64) 0.0312"{.79) 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) 2"(51) 1 HR UL U419 40 3-3/4" (95) 6"(15^
C6 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) 7-1/4"(184)
13 3-5/8"{92) 0.0312"{.79) 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) 3" (76) 1 HR UL U419 40 4-7/8" (124)
16 6"(152) 0.0312"(.79) 16" (406)0.0. 5/8" (16) 6" (152) 1 HR ULU419 43 7-1/4" (184)
A6.00
PARTITION TYPE I (1 HR RATED) PARTITION TYPE F PARTITION TYPE C
SCALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5 iCALE: 1:5
DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE GROUP SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES
ASSEMBLY DOOR FRAME
ASSEMBLY
RATING A. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR
REMARKS
SCOPE VICINITY HAND OF DOOR. NEWYORK, NEW YORK 10010
TEL: 646 428 5500
NUMBER
LOCATION
(FROM/TO)
TYPE
OPENING DIMENSIONS
MATERIAL FINISH FRAME TYPE
DETAILS
FIRE RATING
HARDWARE SET
(SEE NOTE K)
M APPROV CENTRES B. FABRICATE AND INSTALL WORK IN
STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE
WIDTH HEIGHT THICKNESS MATERIAL FINISH HEAD JAMB SILL CODES AND REGULATIONS, ORIGINAL
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DA 1 DESIGN, FINAL SHOP DRAWINGS AND
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS,
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO. ANCHORING ALL COMPONENTS FIRMLY
ENTRY/ CENTRE: CHADSTONE
101
COLLECTION 101 - 1828 MM [6"-0"] 2794 MM [9'-2"l 50.8 MM [2"] GLASS/ALUMINUM AL-01,GL-05 ALUMINUM/STEEL AL-01 - 03/6.19 02/6.19 03/6.19 SET 2 SEE A2.30, A2.40, STORE FRONT DETAIL FOR REFERENCE AUSTRALIA PTY LTD IN POSITION FOR LONG LIFE UNDER DESIGN ARCHITECT
HEAVY USE.
C. PROVIDE CUT-OUTS, REINFORCEMENTS, 3 S & F Architect, PC
CUSTOMER
C.S. SIDE: WD-01 FOH TO BOH, PUSH, NOT MEANS OF EGRESS. REPLACE DOORS 3 Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing |X| Regulatory Issue ANCHORS AND FASTENERS FOR ALL 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
102 SERVICE 112/ TYP. 2B 914 MM [3'-0"] 2775 MM [9'-1 1/4"] 50.8 MM [2"] WOOD METAL MT-02 2B 05/6.17 05/6.15 05/6.17 SETS HARDWARE IN ALL DOORS AND FRAMES Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
HOSP.SIDE: PT-15 DURING PHASE 2. TOO TO PROVIDE NEW DOORS.
HOSPITALITY 113 AS PER MANUFACTURER'S
SPECIFICATIONS.
103
CUSTOMER
SERVICE 112/BOH
TYP. 2A 914 MM [3’-0"] 2775 MM [9'-1 1/4"] 50.8 MM [2"] WOOD
C.S. SIDE: WD-01
BOH SIDE: PT-15
METAL MT-02 2A 04/6.17 04/6.15 04/6.17 SET 3C
FOH TO BOH, PULL, MEANS OF EGRESS. REPLACE DOORS DURING
PHASE 2. TOO TO PROVIDE NEW DOORS.
D. DOORS & FRAMES CALLED FOR TO BE
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
PAINTED SEMI-GLOSS FINISH U.O.N. Tel: -1-61 2 8289 5700 Fax: -f61 2 9289 3745
RESTROOM WD-01 E. ALL DOORS SHALL HAVE UNDERCUTS OF MEP ENGINEER
FOH TO RESTROOM . REPLACE DOORS DURING PHASE 2. TCO TO must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to
104 VESTIBULE 110/ TYP. 4A 914 MM [3'-0”] 2775 MM [9'-1 1/4"] 50.8 MM [2"] WOOD LQR-33, LQR-34 METAL MT-02 4A 06/6.17 06/6.15 06/6.17 SETS
RESTROOM 111 MT-21
PROVIDE NEW DOORS. commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to
/a" A.F.F. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. MEDLAND ENGINEERING
VERIFY ANY VARIATIONS OF UNDERCUT GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. DIMENSION WITH ARCHITECT. T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU
RESTROOM VESTIBULE
FOH TO BOH, PUSH, MEANS OF EGRESS. REPLACE DOORS DURING
105 VESTIBULE 110/ TYP.2B 914 MM [3’-0"] 2775 MM [9'-1 1/4"] 50.8 MM [2"] WOOD SIDE:WD-01 BOH METAL MT-02 2B 05/6.17 05/6.15 05/6.17 SETS F. SHOP DRAWINGS AND HARDWARE LIGHTING DESIGNER
PHASE 2. TCO TO PROVIDE NEW DOORS.
BOH SIDE: PT-15 SPECIFICATIONS AND SCHEDULE SHALL
BE SUBMIHED FOR REVIEW AND
SCHWINGHAMMERMiMra® .
ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 335 WEST ISTH ST. NEW YORK. .NY 10018
APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT. WWW SCHWINGHAmmERLICH TING COM T. 212-967-5344 F.212-967-5945
BOH CORRIDOR/
106 TYP. 1A 914 MM [3'-0"] 2134 MM [7'-0"] 44.4 MM [1 3/4"] WOOD PT-15 HOLLOW METAL PT-15 1A 01 /6.17 01/6.15 01/6.17 SET 31 SINGLE SWING DOOR, BOH
STOCK ROOM 124 G. ALL sew DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL BE
SHOP MACHINED TO RECEIVE
HARDWARE. HARDWARE SUPPLIED
BOH CORRIDOR/ SHALL PROVIDE CUTS AND/OR ACTUAL
107 TYP. 1A 914 MM [3’-0"] 2134 MM [7'-0"] 44.4 MM [1 3/4"] WOOD PT-15 HOLLOW METAL PT-15 1A 01 /6.17 01/6.15 01/6.17 SET 9
AFTER SALES 122 HARDWARE ITEMS TO HOLLOW METAL
FRAME FABRICATOR PRIOR TO
BOH CORRIDOR/ MACHINING OF FRAMES.
108 JANITOR’S CLOSET TYP. IE 914 MM [3’-0"] 2134 MM [7'-0"] 44.4 MM [1 3/4"] WOOD PT-15 HOLLOW METAL PT-15 1E 01 /6.17 03/6.15 01/6.17 SET19B
121 H. ALL HARDWARE FINISHES TO BE US26D
LU (SATIN CHROME PLATED) U.O.N.
BOH CORRIDOR/
109
IT/SEC 123
TYP. 1A 1219MM[4'-0"] 2134 MM [7'-0"] 44.4 MM [1 3/4"] WOOD PT-15 HOLLOW METAL PT-15 1A 01 /6.17 01/6.15 01/6.17 SET 9
cn
< I. KEYING ON ALL DOORS TO BE VERIFIED
X WITH OWNER.
BOH CORRIDOR/
110 DIRECTOR’S OFFICE TYP. 1A 914 MM [3’-0"] 2134 MM [7'-0"] 44.4 MM [1 3/4"] WOOD PT-15 HOLLOW METAL PT-15 1A 01 /6.17 01/6.15 01/6.17 SET 9 REPLACE DOORS DURING PHASE 3. TCO TO PROVIDE NEW DOORS. Q. J. SEESHEETA6.11 &A6.12FOR
118
BOH CORRIDOR/
O HARDWARE GROUPS AND
SPECIFICATIONS
111 DELIVERY TYP. IB 914 MM [3’-0"] 2134 MM [7'-0"] 44.4 MM [1 3/4"] HOLLOW METAL PT-15 HOLLOW METAL PT-15 1B 02/6.17 02/6.15 02/6.17 SET 13 NOTE R, 14 GA. WELDED HM FRAME & DOOR
VSETIBULE117 K. CONTRACTOR SCOPE:
GC: GENERAL CONTRACTOR
NOTE R, 14 GA. WELDED HM FRAME & DOOR INSULATED DOOR WHERE PMWC: PERIMETER MILLWORK
EXTERIOR. ELECTRIC DOOR RELEASE IS "FAIL-SECURE". IN EVENT OF Q CONTRACTOR
DELIVERY
VESTIBULE 117/TO
LOSS OF POWER, DOOR WILL REMAIN LOCKED FROM EXTERIOR SIDE.
DOOR WILL RELEASE FROM INTERIOR SIDE BY OPERATION OF PANIC
I- AMG: ARCHITECTURAL METAL AND
112 TYP. IB 914 MM [3’-0"] 2134 MM [7'-0"] 44.4 MM [1 3/4"] HOLLOW METAL PT-15 HOLLOW METAL PT-15 IB 02/6.17 02/6.15 02/6.17 45 SET 14 GLASS CONTRACTOR
LANDLORD BAR. ELECTRONIC HARDWARE IS FOR ENTRY USE ONLY. STANDARD EACH OF THE ABOVE CONTRACTORS
CORRIDOR PANIC BARS ARE USED FRO EGRESS. NO SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OF SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ORDERING
USE IS REQUIRED. NO ELECTRONIC RELEASE OR TIME DELAYS ARE CQ HARDWARE FOR THE DOORS UNDER A Issue Date & Description By Check
INSTALLED ON THIS DOOR. SEE01/A6.22 THEIR SCOPE AND COMPLETE 01 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
cn
X SUBMITTAL INCLUDING HARDWARE FINAL SD
SCHEDULE AND CUT SHEETS.
o
LOVE& L&ESIDE: MR-05 02 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
NOTE: RE-USE SLIDING DOORS FROM PRIVATE SALES ROOM AT PITT
113 ENGAGEMENT 103/ TYP. 6A (M) 1830 MM [6'-0"] 2845 MM [9'-4"] 50 [2"] WOOD PRIVATE SALES WOOD WD-01 6A (M) 07/6.17 08/6.15 07/6.17 SETT PRELIM SD
TO PRIVATE SALES SIDE: MR-01
ST TEMP STORE
o
Q
L. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES
INDICATED IN DOOR SCHEDULE. 03 02/08/2019
100% SD
DSF DSF
M. ALL LATCHES TO BE @ 3'-2" A.F.F. 04 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
ENTRY/ SGL-03, MT-01, 50% CD

114 CUSTOM 2979 MM [9'-9 1/4"] 4986 MM [16'-41/4"] 162 MM [6 3/8"] GLASS METAL STEEL TUBE FRAME MT-02, MT-22 CUSTOM TBD TBD TBD TBD CUSTOM LARGE SCALE SLIDING GLASS DOOR N. DOORS SCHEDULED TO BE WOOD
COLLECTIONS 101 MT-02, MT-22 05 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
DOORS WITH PAINT FINISH; CAN BE
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AT G.C.'S 90% CD
OPTION. EXCEPT DOORS TO AND FROM 06 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
BLUE BOX WALL fO DELIVERY VESTIBULE. 100% CD

TYP.3(M.1) HOLLOW METAU 3(M.1)
115 WRAPPING 116/ 914 MM [3’-0’'j 3200 MM [10'-6"] 63.5 MM [2 1/2"] MR-01 METAL MT-02 09/6.17 12/6.15 09/6.17 SET 30
STORAGE
MIRROR LU O. HM FRAMES SHALL BE 16 GA. (0.053”)
W
<
KNOCK DOWN STEEL FRAMES W/
CONCEALED FASTENINGS.
X P. HM DOORS SHALL BE 18 GA. 0.042"
COLLECTIONS 101/ HOLLOW METAL/
116
STORAGE
TYP.3(M.1) 914 MM [3’-0’'j 3200 MM [10'-6"] 63.5 MM [2 1/2"]
MIRROR
MR-01 METAL MT-02 3(M.1) 09/6.17 12/6.15 09/6.17 SET 30 0. FACES, LEVEL 2 PERFORMANCE LEVEL B
(HEAVY DUTY) MODEL 2, SEAMLESS
o Q. WOOD DOORS SHALL BE:
BLUE BOX 1-3/4" THICK SOLID
HOLLOW METAL/
117 WRAPPING 116/ TYP. 3A 914 MM [3'-0"] 2438 MM [8'-0"] 51 MM [2"] MR-01 METAL MT-02 3A 07/6.17 08/6.15 07/6.17 SET 30 SEE GENERAL NOTE "S" - LUALDI DOOR & FRAME CORE (PAINT GRADE)
MIRROR
STOCKROOM 115 CORE:
Q PARTICLE BOARD, GRADE LD-2
I- BLOCKING: SOLID WOOD 5" TOP,
BOnOM, MIDDLE AND EDGE RAILS
ESSENTIALS 102/ FACES: ANY CLOSED GRAIN
118 TYP. 6 3946 MM [12’-11 3/8"] 3200 MM [10'-6"] 51 MM [2"] WOOD MT-01, MT-02, GL-31 - 10/6.17 10/6.15 10/6.17 SETT SLIDING DOORS, CUSTOM PULL-DESIGN TBD
PRIVATE SALES 103 HARDWOOD AT MILL’S OPTIONS
CQ
ALL EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR DOORS TO
LU AND FROM DELIVERY VESTIBULE SHALL
H& A/STOCK HOLLOW METAL/
CQ BE:
119 TYP.3B 914MM [3’-0"] 2438MM [8'-0"] 51 MM [2"] MR-01 METAL MT-02 3B 08/6.17 09/6.15 08/6.17 SET 30
ROOM 109 MIRROR O FRAMES:
14 GA. (0.067") WELDED STEEL FRAMES
I- WITH CONCEALED FASTENERS
DOORS:
14 GA. (0.067") FACES, LEVEL 3,
PERFORMANCE LEVEL A
(EXTRA HEAVY DUTY) MODEL 2,
SEAMLESS
PROVIDE EXTRA LONG STRIKE FOR
METAL FRAME DOORS. COORDINATE W/
MILLWORK SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO
ORDERING HARDWARE
Seal/Signature
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE SCHEDULE
Scale
NO SCALE
Sheet Number
A6.10
INTERIOR DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE SHEET NOTES
HARDWARE SET #1 HARDWARE SET #31 HARDWARE SET #6 HARDWARE SET #9 HARDWARE SET #13
DOOR AND HARDWARE NOTES NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
WHERE TYPICALLY USED: WHERE USED:
VICINITY
CENTRES
SECURITY DOORS, B1 FOLD, TYPE SD-01, SD-03
WHERE TYPICALLY USED:
BOH, SINGLE SWING DOOR, MEANS OF EGRESS
FOH OR BOH, SLIDING POCKET DOOR, TO OFFICE (W/ LOCK) SINGLE SWING DOOR. BOH TO IT / SECURITY
QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH
BOH TO DELIVERY VESTIBULE 1. NO SUBSTITUTION OF DOOR HARDWARE IS
PERMITTED WITHOUT SUBMITTAL AND
TEL: 646 428 5500
QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH QTY/DESC MFR FINISH QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH (3) BUTT HINGES STANLEY, FBB199x5x4.5NRP US32D
QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH APPROVAL TO TCO.
(2) CENTER PIVOT SETS RIXON, 370/345* 26D (3) BUTT HINGES STANLEY, FBB199x5x4.5 US32D (1) POCKET DOOR TRACK GRANT, 325 SERIES ALUM.
ISSUE: DA 1 (3) BUTT HINGES STANLEY FBB-199x5x4.5 US32D 2. SOME OF THE HARDWARE ITEMS USED ARE
DATE: 8 May. 19 (2) PIANO HINGES STANLEY, 651-HD 32D (1) CYLINDRICAL YALE, BAU-5404-LN US26D
NON-STOCK PRODUCTS. ALLOW 6 TO 8
-NRP
(1) DEADLOCK ADAMS, RITE MS 1850 628 (1) MULTIPOINT MORTISE SECURITECH CAT-5000 630 (1) CARRIERS GRANT, 325 SERIES ALUM. LOCKSET (STOREROOM)
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO. WEEKS LEAD TIME FOR DELIVERY.
(2) HEADER BOLTS ADAMS, RITE 4016 — LOCKSET (STOREROOM) 5311-F07M-RHR-630-HM-P-96
CENTRE: CHADSTONE (1) THRESHOLD BOLT ADAMS, RITE 4015 (1)DOOR GUIDE GRANT, 325 SERIES ALUM. (3) SILENCERS IVES, SR65 US26D
(1)3PT. EXIT DEVICE VON DUPRIN, 9857L-11L-F US32D 3. DURING CONSTRUCTION, ALL LOCKSETS
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (l)THUMBTURN ILCO, ADA 7151
-
26D
-36"-32D-1C SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH TEMPORARY DESIGN ARCHITECT
(1) SURFACE MOUNTED DORMA, TS93 SERIES 689
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliveri (2) DEADLOCKS
(2) FLUSH PULLS
AUAMB, Kl 1 h My 1850B
ROCKWOOD, 95A
628
26D
CLOSER (BOH SIDE) (1) SLIDING DOOR LOCK ACCURATE, 2001-SDL-3 630 (1) FLOOR STOP IVES, 438 US26D
(1)ROD GUARD/ VON DUPRIN, RG-27-3 US32D
CONSTRUCTION CORES USING THE A 6-PIN
SMALL FORMAT CORE SUPPLIED THROUGH 0 S & F Architect, PC
EXTENDED LATCH GUARD MFS. Architecture | Interiors | Space Planning
^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue (3) FLUSH BOLTS IVES, 458-12 26D (1) FLOOR STOP IVES, 438 US32D (1) SLIDING DOOR LOCK ACCURATE, 2001-SDL-3 630 (1)COAT HOOK MKC, E509 SATIN NICKEL 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
4. FINAL PERMANENT CORES SHALL BE KABA Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
(3) FLUSH BOLTS IVES, 458-36** 26D (WHERE APPLICABLE) (1) CLOSER NORTON, 7500-689 US32D PEAKS 6-PIN SMALL FORMAT, COORDINATED
(2) DUSTPROOF STRIKES (LOCKABLE) KABA ILCO, DP US32D 26D (2) SLIDING DOOR LOCK TRIMS (1) CLOSER DORMA, TS93 SERIES 689
AND SUPPLIED BY TCO. TCO PERSONNEL ARCHITECT OF RECORD
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the (USEW/0 FACEPLATE) (4) SILENCERS IVES, SR65 GRAY (W/ CONCEALED SCREWS) 224ST/24SC (1) VIEWER DOOR SCOPE DS2000-E3 SILVER WILL INSTALL THE PERMANENT CORES.
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the (3) CYLINDERS TCO, TEMP CORE 26DUM (1) ELECTRIC STRIKE HESS 8500C SERIES
5. COORDINATE ALL EXIT DEVICE AND PTID
(3) CYLINDER RINGS KEEDEX, K-241 26D (2) BRUSH GASKET PEMKO 371P GRAY (1) CYLINDER TCO TEMP CORE 630 LEVEL 6, 61 MARKET STREET, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES,
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. (1) CYLINDER TCO TEMP CORE US32D ELECTRIC STRIKE HARDWARE AUSTRALIA, 2000
(2) STOPS BALDWIN 4505-260 26D (1) POWER SUPPLY VON DUPRIN, PS-873 Tel: -161 2 8289 5700 Fax: -i-61 2 9289 3745
INSTALLATIONS WITH ELECTRICAL
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings (4) DUSTPROOF STRIKES IVES, DSP1 26D (1) DUSTPROOF STRIKE IVES, DSP1 26D (1) SECURITY COLLAR KEEDEX, K-24L US32D CONTRACTOR. A QUALIFIED LOCKSMITH, MEP ENGINEER
(NON-LOCKABLE) (1)CARD READER BY SECURITY VENDOR
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to APPROVED BY TCO, MUST INSTALL THE EXIT
(2) FLUSH PULLS ROCKWOOD 860 US32D HARDWARE SET #6A (1) SECURITY ASTRAGAL PEMKO, 3572-SP-28-84 US32D DEVICES. MEDLAND ENGINEERING
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to (2) EDGE PULLS ER BUTLER 2-1/4" WX3"L US32D (1) CYLINDER TCO TEMP CORE GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
6. ALL MORTISE LATCHES AND CYLINDRICAL T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND,COM.AU
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. NOTE; WHERE TYPICALLY USED: (1) THRESHOLD PEMKO, 2005-AV-36" ALUM. LOCK LEVER CENTER LINES TO BE AT 38"
THIS DOOR IS TYPICALLY A FRONT OF HOUSE DOOR. SEE F.O.H. ARCHITECTURAL DWGS FOR DOOR FOH OR BOH, SLIDING POCKET DOOR, TO POS NICHE, HOSPITALITY PANTRY (WITHOUT LOCK) NOTES:
HARDWARE SET #3B A.F.F. REFER TO MFR. TEMPLATES FOR
SIZE, FINISH, AND DETAILS. HINGES AND CLOSER TYPES MAY VARY 1. HARDWARE SUPPLIER TO CONFIRM COMPATIBILITY OF LOCKSET, LIGHTING DESIGNER
(1)DOOR BOTTOM PEMKO, 209-AV-36" ALUM. MOUNTINGS PREP DETAILS.
WHERE TYPICALLY USED: ELECTRIC STRIKE AND CARD READER.
FOH, SINGLE SWING DOOR, PUSH FOH SIDE, NOT MEANS OF EGRESS, CARD READER PER
2. CONFIRM LOCATION OF CARD READER WITH ARCHITECT.
7. ALL VIEWERS TO BE AT 5'-0" A.F.F. SCHWIIMGHAMMEROJSM©..
* USE RIXON CENTER PIVOT H117WHERE DOOR WEIGHT EXCEEDS 500LBS. PROVIDE WITH EXTENDED (1) POCKET DOOR TRACK GRANT, 325 SERIES ALUM. (1) SMOKE GASKET PEMKO, HSS 2000X588-18’ TAN 8. G.C. TO INSTALL KEY CABINET PROVIDED BY ARCHITECTURAL LIGHT,NG CONSULTANTS 335 A'EST .38TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10018
SPINDLE TO MOUNT BASE PLATE BELOW STONE FLOOR. SECURITY WWW SCHWNGHAMMERLIGHTING COM T 212-967-59A4 F.2IJ-967-5945
TCO.
(1) CARRIERS GRANT, 325 SERIES ALUM. (1) DOOR STOP IVES, FS438 US32D 9. ALL EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM
** WHERE DOOR HEIGHT EXCEEDS lO’-O" USE 48" FLUSH BOLT. QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH HARDWARE SET #10
THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR
(4) BUTT HINGES STANLEY, FBB199x5x4.5 US32D (1) DOOR GUIDE GRANT, 325 SERIES ALUM. (3) SILENCERS IVES, SR64 GRAY ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE.
HARDWARE SET#1A WHERE TYPICALLY USED:
10. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE EXTERIOR
(1) SURFACE MOUNTED DORMA, TS93 SERIES 689 (2) SURFACE MOUNTED PULLS ROCKWOOD, RM725 US32D SINGLE SWING DOOR, BOH TO OFFICE, H.M. OR WOOD FRAME WITHOUT CLOSER
WHERE TYPICALLY USED: HINGED DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 8-1/2"
CLOSER (BOH SIDE)
SECURITY DOORS (PAIR), TYPE SD-02, SD-04, SD-06 POUNDS OF FORCE, AND 5 POUNDS OF
QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH HARDWARE SET #14 FORCE FOR INTERIOR HINGED, SLIDING OR
(1) FLOOR STOP IVES, 438 US32D (3) BUTT HINGES STANLEY, FBB179x5x4.5 626
QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH FOLDING DOORS. ALL DOORS AND PIVOTS
(WHERE APPLICABLE) HARDWARE SET #7 WHERE TYPICALLY USED:
(2) CENTER PIVOT SETS RIXON, 370/345* 26D TO BE ADA COMPLIANT FOR WEIGHT OF
(1) CYLINDRICAL LOCKSET YALE, BAU-5407-LN 626 BOH TO EXTERIOR OR EGRESS CORRIDOR
(1) DEADLOCK ADAMS, RITE MS 1870 628 DOOR.
(4) SILENCERS IVES, SR65 GRAY WHERE TYPICALLY USED: (OFFICE)
(2) HEADER BOLTS ADAMS, RITE 4016 - 11. NOTE OMITTED
PRIVATE SALES, PAIR, SLIDING POCKET DOORS QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH
(1) THRESHOLD BOLT ADAMS, RITE 4015 - A. CONTRACTOR SCOPE:
(1) MORTISE LOCKSET YALE, 8805-TB-R6 630 (1) FLOOR STOP IVES, 438 626 (3) BUTT HINGES STANLEY, FBB-199x5x4.5 US32D
(2) THUMBTURNS ILCO, ADA 7151 26D GC: GENERAL CONTRACTOR
(STOREROOM) QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH (WHERE APPLICABLE) -NRP
(3) DEADLOCKS ADAMS, RITE MS 1850S 628 MWC: MILLWORK CONTRACTOR
(1) POCKET DOOR TRACK GRANT, 500 SERIES
(2) DUSTPROOF STRIKES (LOCKABLE) KABA ILCO, DP US32D 26D AMG: ARCHITECTURAL METAL AND
(1) CONCEALED ELECTRIC STRIKE HESS 8500 SERIES (1)COAT HOOK MKC, E509 SATIN NICKEL (1)3PT. EXIT DEVICE VON DUPRIN, US32D
(USEW/0 FACEPLATE) GLASS CONTRACTOR
(1) CARRIERS GRANT, 500 SERIES EL9857L-NL-F-36
(3) CYLINDERS TCO, TEMP CORE 26D EACH OF THE ABOVE CONTRACTORS
(1) POWER SUPPLY VON DUPRIN, PS-902 W/ 900BB (3) SILENCERS IVES, SR64 GRAY
(3) CYLINDER RINGS KEEDEX, K-241 26D SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ORDERING
(1) DOOR GUIDE GRANT, 500 SERIES (1)ROD GUARD/ VON DUPRIN, RG-27-3 US32D
(2) FLOOR STOPS BALDWIN 4505-260 26D INCLUDING HARDWARE SCHEDULE AND
(1)CARD READER BY SECURITY VENDOR (1) CYLINDER TCO TEMP CORE EXTENDED LATCH GUARD
(6) DUSTPROOF STRIKES IVES, DSP1 26D CUT SHEETS
(4) PULLS CUSTOM PULLS TBD
(NON-LOCKABLE) 13. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES
(2) BRUSH GASKET PEMKO 371P GRAY (BACK TO BACK) BACK TO BACK (1) MORTISE POWER VON DUPRIN, EPT-2 ALUM. INDICATED IN DOOR SCHEDULE.
* USE RIXON CENTER PIVOT H117 f WHERE DOOR WEIGHT EXCEEDS 500LBS. PROVIDE WITH TRANSER 14. ALL LATCHES TO BE @ 965MM [3’-2"] A.F.F.
NOTES: HARDWARE SET #10A
EXTENDED SPINDLE TO MOUNT BASE PLATE BELOW STONE FLOOR. 1. HARDWARE SUPPLIER TO CONFIRM COMPATIBILITY OF LOCKSET, ELECTRIC STRIKE AND CARD HARDWARE SET #7A DOORS SCHEDULED TO BE WOOD DOORS
(1) POWER SUPPLY VON DUPRIN, PS914-2RS-900BB ALUM. WITH PAINT FINISH CAN BE HOLLOW
READER. WHERE TYPICALLY USED:
HARDWARE SET #2 2. CONFIRM LOCATION OF CARD READER WITH ARCHITECT. WHERE TYPICALLY USED: SINGLE SWING DOOR, BOH TO OFFICE, H.M. OR WOOD FRAME WITH CLOSER METAL DOORS AT G.C.'S OPTION. EXCEPT
(1) INTERCOM WITH AlPHONE, LEM-IDL/C-LE US32D DOORS TO AND FROM DELIVERY
3. SECURITY VENDOR TO PROVIDE POWER SUPPLY. PRIVATE SALES, PAIR, SWINGING DOORS
DOOR STATION VESTIBULE.
WHERE TYPICALLY USED: QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
ENTRANCE DOORS (PAIR) HARDWARE SET #3C QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH (3) BUTT HINGES STANLEY, FBB199x5x4.5 626 OMC: 16 GA. (0.053") KNOCK DOWN
(1) VIEWER DOOR SCOPE DS2000-E3 SILVER STEEL FRAMES WITH CONCEALED
FINAL SD
(1) CENTER PIVOT HINGE RIXON 370/340 X 102 626
QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH FASTENINGS. 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
WHERE TYPICALLY USED: (1) CYLINDRICAL LOCKSET YALE, BAU-5407-LN 626 (1) SECURITY ASTRAGAL PEMKO, 3572-SP28-84 US32D
(2) CONCEALED FLOOR CLOSERS DORMA, BTS-80-BFE/TP80CH* ST-STL. (2) DOOR STOPS P.E.GUERIN, 75160 SATIN NICKEL HOLLOW METAL: PRELIM SD
FOH, SINGLE SWING DOOR, FOH PULL, TO BOH, MEANS OF EGRESS OR PASSAGE (NO LOCK) (OFFICE)
(2) CUSTOM PUSH-PULLS SEE DWGS. ST-STL. 18 GA. (0.042") FACES, LEVEL 2 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
(1) DEADLOCK ADAMS, RITE MS 1850 628 (1) THRESHOLD PEMKO,2005AS-915 ALUM. PERFORMANCE LEVEL B (HEAVY DUTY)
QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH (4) BALL CATCHES IVES, 347 626 (1) FLOOR STOP IVES, 438 626 100% SD
(1) DEADLOCK ADAMS, RITE MS 1870 628 MODEL2, SEAMLESS.
(1) CENTER PIVOT RIXON 370/340X 102 US32D (WHERE APPLICABLE) (1)DOOR BOTTOM PEMKO, 209AV-915 ALUM. 04 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
(1) THRESHOLD BOLT ADAMS, RITE 4015 628 (4) PULLS CUSTOM PULLS FINISH TBD WOOD:
(2) HEADER BOLTS ADAMS, RITE 4016 628 50% CD
(1) MORTISE LOCKSET YALE, 8801-TQ-R6 630 (BACK TO BACK) (1)COAT HOOK MKC, E509 SATIN NICKEL 44MM[1-3/4"] THICK SOLID
(2) CYLINDERS TCO, TEMP CORE 26D (1) PERIMETER PEMKO, HSS 2000X588-18’ TAN CORE (PAINT GRADE) 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
(PASSAGE) SMOKE SEAL
(2) THUMBTURNS ILCO, ADA 7151 26D HARDWARE SET #8 (3) SILENCERS IVES, SR64 GRAY CORE: 90% CD
(2) CYLINDER RINGS KEEDEX, K-241 26D (1) SURFACE MOUNTED DORMA, TS93 SERIES 689 PARTICLE BOARD, GRADE LD-2 05/03/2019
(1) DOOR STOP IVES, FS-438 US26D DSF DSF
(1) WEATHER STRIPPING PEMKO, 371-P GRAY (1) SURFACE MOUNTED DORMA, TS93 SERIES 689 BLOCKING: SOLID WOOD 5" TOP,
CLOSER (BOH SIDE) W/HOLD OPEN 100% CD
(1)DOOR BOTTOM SEAL PEMKO, 313N AN WHERE TYPICALLY USED: CLOSER WITH HOLD OPEN BOTTOM, MIDDLE AND EDGE RAILS
(2) DUSTPROOF STRIKES (LOCKABLE) KABA ILCO, DP US32D 26D FOH RESTROOM DOOR, SINGLE OCCUPANT (1) CYLINDER TCO TEMP CORE US26D
(1) FLOOR STOP IVES, 438 US32D FACES:
(USE W/0 FACEPLATE) (WHERE APPLICABLE) (1) CYLINDER TCO TEMP CORE ANY CLOSED GRAIN HARDWOOD
(4) DUSTPROOF STRIKES IVES, DSP1 26D QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH (1) CLOSER NORTON 7500 ALUM. AT MILL'S OPTIONS.
(NON-LOCKABLE) (4) SILENCERS IVES, SR65 GRAY (1) CENTER PIVOT RIXON 370/340 X 102 US26D 15. ALL EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR DOORS TO
(2) DOORSTOPS BALDWIN 4505-260 US32D AND FROM DELIVERY VESTIBULE SHALL BE:
(2) BRUSH GASKET PEMKO 371P GRAY (1) MORTISE LOCKSET YALE, 8802-TQ-T6-261IND US32D FRAMES:
* AT INTERIOR LOCATIONS, USE TP80CH TERRAZZO PAN. AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS, USE CUSTOM HARDWARE SET #11
(PRIVACY, OCCUPANCY 4 GA. 2MM [0.067"] WELDED STEEL
ST-STL. THRESHOLD. SEE DWG A-20.22.04 INDICATOR, EMERGENCY FRAMES W/ CONCEALED FASTENERS.
RELEASE) DOORS:
HARDWARE SET #4 WHERE TYPICALLY USED:
HARDWARE SET #2A HOLLOW METAL, 14 GA. 2MM [0.067"]
BI-PASS DOORS, BOH COAT CLOSET
WHERE TYPICALLY USED: (1) CONCEALED LCN, 3130 689 FACES LEVEL 3, PERFORMANCE LEVEL
WHERE TYPICALLY USED: FOH, SINGLE SWING DOOR , PUSH FOH SIDE, TO DIRECTOR OFFICE OR OTHER FOH SPACE OVERHEAD CLOSER A (EXTRA HEAVY DUTY) MODEL 2,
ENTRANCE DOORS (SINGLE), TYPE ED-02 (1) BI-PASS TRACK SEAMLESS
STANLEY, BP250N SERIES 689
QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH (1) FLOOR STOP P.E.GUERIN, 75160 SATIN NICKEL 16. REFER TO DOOR DETAILS FOR LOCKSETS.
WITH FASCIA
QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH (1) CENTER PIVOT RIXON 370/340X 102 US 26D TO RECEIVE RABBET KITS AND / OR
(1) CONCEALED FLOOR CLOSER DORMA, BTS-80-BFE/TP80CH* ST-STL. (1) BRUSH GASKET PEMKO, 371P GRAY EXTENDED SPINDLES.
(4) CARRIERS, GUIDES STANLEY, BP250N SERIES 689
(1) CUSTOM PUSH-PULL SEE DWGS. ST-STL. (1) MORTISE LOCKSET YALE, 8807-TB-R6 630
(1) DEADLOCK ADAMS, RITE MS 1850 628 (OFFICE) (2) RECESSED PULLS ROCKWOOD, 95A 689
(1) THRESHOLD BOLT ADAMS, RITE 4015 628
(1) HEADER BOLT ADAMS, RITE 4016 628 (1) FLOOR STOP P.E. GUERIN, 75160BK SATIN NICKEL
(1) CYLINDER TCO, TEMP CORE 26D HARDWARE SET #8A
(WHERE APPLICABLE)
(l)THUMBTURN ILCO, ADA 7151 26D
(2) CYLINDER RINGS KEEDEX, K-241 26D HARDWARE SET #11A
(1) BRUSH GASKETS PEMKO, 371P GRAY WHERE TYPICALLY USED:
(1) WEATHER STRIPPING PEMKO, 371-P GRAY SINGLE SWING DOOR. F.O.H. TO I.T./ SECURITY, DOOR WITH WOOD FRAME. F.O.H. PUSH
(1)DOOR BOTTOM SEAL PEMKO, 313N AN (4) SILENCERS IVES, SR65 GRAY
(2) DUSTPROOF STRIKES KABA ILCO, DP US32D 26D WHERE USED:
QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH BI-FOLD DOORS, BOH COAT CLOSET
(1)DOOR STOP
(USEW/0 FACEPLATE)
BALDWIN 4505-260
(1) CONCEALED IN-DOOR
CLOSER
LCN, 3130 SERIES 689 (4) BUTT HINGES STANLEY, FBB199x5x4 626 GENERAL NOTES
(1) MORTISE LOCKSET YALE, 8805-TB-R6 630 (1) BI-FOLD SET STANLEY, BF-250N ALUM.
* AT INTERIOR LOCATIONS, USE TP80CH TERRAZZO PAN. AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS, USE CUSTOM (STORE ROOM)
ST-STL. THRESHOLD. SEE DWG A-20.22.04
(4) CARRIERS, GUIDES STANLEY, BP250N SERIES 689
HARDWARE SET #5 (1) SURFACE CLOSER DORMA, TS93 SERIES 689
(BOH SIDE) (2) RECESSED PULLS ROCKWOOD, 95A 689
HARDWARE SET #3 WHERE TYPICALLY USED:
FOH. SINGLE SWING DOOR. PULL, FOH SIDE, TO CLOSET WITHOUT LOCKSET
(1) ELECTRIC STRIKE HESS 8500 SERIES
FOH, SINGLE SWING DOOR, PUSH FOH SIDE, TO BOH. MEANS OF EGRESS QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH
(1) POWER SUPPLY VON DUPRIN, PS-902 W/ 900BB
(1) CENTER PIVOT RIXON 370/340X 102 626
QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH HINGE SET HARDWARE SET #12
(4) BUTT HINGES STANLEY, FBB199x5x4.5 US32D (1)CARD READER BY SECURITY VENDOR
(1)EDGE PULL ROCKWOOD, 885 630
(1) MORTISE LOCKSET YALE, 8801-TQ-R6 630 (1) FLOOR STOP IVES 438 626 WHERE TYPICALLY USED:
(PASSAGE) (1) MAGNETIC CATCH IVES, 327 652 SINGLE SWINGING DOOR, BOH STORAGE OR CLOSET
(2) BRUSH GASKET PEMKO 371P GRAY
(1) SURFACE MOUNTED DORMA, TS93 SERIES 689 (2) BRUSH GASKET PEMKO 371P GRAY QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH
CLOSER (BOH SIDE) W/ HOLD OPEN NOTES: (3) BUTT HINGES STANLEY, FBB179x4.5 US26D
1. HARDWARE SUPPLIER TO CONFIRM COMPATIBILITY OF LOCKSET,
(1) FLOOR STOP IVES, 438 US32D ELECTRIC STRIKE AND CARD READER. (1) CYLINDRICAL LOCKSET YALE, AU-5401-LN US26D
(WHERE APPLICABLE) HARDWARE SET #5A 2. CONFIRM LOCATION OF CARD READER WITH ARCHITECT. (PASSAGE)
(4) SILENCERS IVES, SR65 GRAY WHERE TYPICALLY USED: (1) FLOOR STOP IVES, FS438 US26D
FOR SINGLE SWING DOOR, FOH PUSH, TO CLOSET WITHOUT LOCKSET (WHERE APPLICABLE)
HARDWARE SET #8B
QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH (3) SILENCERS IVES, SR64 GRAY
(4) BUTT HINGES STANLEY, FBB199x5x4.5 626
HINGE SET
SINGLE SWING DOOR, FOH TO I.T./ SECURITY, DOOR WITH WOOD FRAME, FOH PULL
HARDWARE SET #30 (1) LOCKSET YALE, 8805-TB-R6 630

(STORAGE) QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH
(1) CENTER PIVOT HINGE RIXON 340X 102 626
FOH, SINGLE SWING DOOR, PUSH FOH SIDE, TO BOH. MEANS OF EGRESS (1) FLOOR STOP IVES 438 US32D
(1) MORTISE LOCKSET YALE, 8805-TB-R6 630
(WHERE APPLICABLE)
(STORE ROOM)
(4) BUTT HINGES STANLEY, FBB199x5x4.5 US32D (4) SILENCERS IVES GRAY
(1) SURFACE CLOSER DORMA, TS93 689
(2) BRUSH GASKET PEMKO 371P GRAY (BOH SIDE)
(1) MULTIPOINT MORTISE SECURITECH CAT-5000 630
LOCKSET (STOREROOM) 5311-F07M-RHR-630-HM-P-96 (1) ELECTRIC STRIKE HESS 8500 SERIES
(1) SURFACE MOUNTED DORMA, TS93 SERIES 689 (1) POWER SUPPLY VON DUPRIN, PS-902 W/ 900BB
CLOSER (BOH SIDE)
HARDWARE SET #5B (1)CARD READER BY SECURITY VENDOR
(1) FLOOR STOP IVES, 438 US32D
(WHERE APPLICABLE) WHERE TYPICALLY USED:
(4) SILENCERS IVES, SR65 GRAY

FOH PAIR OF SWING DOORS, FOH PULL. WITHOUT LOCKSET
LEGEND
NOTES:
QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH 1. HARDWARE SUPPLIER TO CONFIRM COMPATIBILITY OF LOCKSET, ELECTRIC STRIKE & CARD READER Seal/Signature
(2) BRUSH GASKET PEMKO 371P GRAY (2) CENTER PIVOTS RIXON 370/340X 102 626
2. CONFIRM LOCATION OF CARD READER WITH ARCHITECT. DENOTES DETAIL NOT
HINGE
APPLICABLE TO THIS PROJECT
(1) DUSTPROOF STRIKE IVES, DSP1 26D
(1)EDGE PULL ROCKWOOD 885 630
(1) MAGNETIC CATCH IVES 327 652
(8) SILENCERS IVES SR-65 GRAY

HARDWARE SET #3A
Project Name
WHERE TYPICALLY USED: CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER

FOH, SINGLE SWING DOOR, PUSH FOH SIDE, TO BOH, NOT MEANS OF EGRESS, KEYPAD LOCK HARDWARE SET #5C MELBOURNE, AU
PER SECURITY
Project Number
QTY/DESC. MFR FINISH WHERE TYPICALLY USED: 2018014
(4) BUTT HINGES STANLEY, FBB199 x5"x4.5" US32D
FOH PAIR OF SWING DOORS, FOH PULL, CLOSET, WITH LOCKSET
(1) KEYPAD LOCKSET ASSA ABLOY 626
"CODE IT" 8816 Description
(2) CENTER PIVOTS RIXON 370/340X 102 626
HINGE HARDWARE SCHEDULE
(1) SURFACE MOUNTED DORMA,TS93 SERIES 689
CLOSER (BOH SIDE)
(1) LOCKSET YALE, 8805-TB-R6 630
(STORAGE) Scale
(1) FLOOR STOP IVES, 438 US32D
(WHERE APPLICABLE) NO SCALE
(1) FLUSH BOLT IVES 458X12 626
(BOTTOM)
(4) SILENCERS IVES, SR65 GRAY
(1) FLUSH BOLT IVES 458X24 626 Sheet Number
(TOP)
(1) DUST PROOF STIKE IVES DP1 262
A6.11
(8) SILENCERS IVES GRAY

GENERAL NOTES
VICINITY
CENTRES
TEL: 646 428 5500

CENTRE: CHADSTONE
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliveri 0 S & F Architect, PC

3 Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing Regulatory Issue 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
FIXED MIRROR CLAD FASCIA
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the ( MR-01 )
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: -161 2 8289 5700 Fax: -i-61 2 9289 3745
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to MEP ENGINEER
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLA,ND,COM.AU
LIGHTING DESIGNER
oo
CO
SCHWIIMGHAMMEFMSM© .
ARCHITECTURAL LIGHT,NG CONSULTANTS 335 '.VEST 38TH ST. NE'W YORK, NY 10018
METAL FRAME WWW SCHWNGHAMMERLIGHTING COM T 212-967-59A4 F.2IJ-967-5945
( MT-02 )
HM FRAME
WOOD FRAME C PT-15 )
C PT-18') ( WD-01 )
WOOD DOOR W/ MIRROR CLADDING
C MR-01 )
WOOD OR HOLLOW
WOOD OR HM DOOR PER METAL PER SCHEDULE
SCHEDULE
("pfTs") ("pf-Ts )
EDGE PULL SCHEDULED PULL

( MT-02 )
SHIP FRAMES LONG,

SCRIBE TO
FLOOR IN FIELD
OPENING SIZE VAR ES

SEE DOOR SCHEDULE
REFER TO
DOOR SCHEDULE
ny SCALE:
^ *
DOOR 1:25
TYPE 3 (M.1) 04 DOOR TYPE 1M (B.O.H. DOOR) A 4 SCALE:
^ ^
DOOR 1:25
TYPE 1A (BOH DOOR) A Issue Date & Description By Check
SCALE: 1:25 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
12/21/2018 DSF DSF
PRELIM SD
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
100% SD
04 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
50% CD
04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
100% CD
FIXED MIRROR CLAD FASCIA

( MR-01 )
DOOR W/ FRAME SHALL BE 14 GA.
STEEL FRAME, WELDED.
C PT-18 )
METAL FRAME METAL FRAME

C MT-02 ) ( MT-02 )
VIEWER
14 GA. DOOR
( PT-15 )
WOOD DOOR W/ MIRROR CLADDING WOOD DOOR
C MR-01 ) C PT-20 )
3 POINT LOCKING PANIC DEVICES
DOOR LEVER WHERE DOOR LEVER WHERE

SPECIFIED SPECIFIED
SHIP FRAMES LONG, SHIP FRAMES LONG,

SCRIBE TO SCRIBE TO RECESSED STRIKE
FLOOR IN FIELD FLOOR IN FIELD
OPENING SizfVARIES
OPENING SIZE VARIES
REFER TO THRESHOLD
REFER TO
DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR SCHEDULE
AO DOOR TYPE 3A, 3B AC DOOR TYPE 2A, 2B AA DOOR TYPE IB (B.O.H. DOOR)
SCALE: 1:25 SCALE: 1:25 SCALE: 1:25
Seal/Signature
STONE TRIM
a> ^
CO
05 ^
CO
METAL FRAME
C MT-02 )
METAL TRIMS
C MT-02 ) METAL FRAME METAL FRAME
C PT-25 ) C MT-02 ) C MT-02 ) Project Name
FLUTED GLASS PANEL f- RESTROOM PLAQUE MELBOURNE, AU
C GL-31 ) SEEA-6.60 HM FRAME
( PT-15 ) Project Number
2018014
COAT HOOK, DRILL
MIRROR AS REQ. WOOD OR HM DOOR PER
SCHEDULE
WOOD DOOR
CUSTOM DOOR PULLS DOOR LEVER C PT-15 ) Description
( PT-20 )
WHERE DOOR & HARDWARE SCHEDULE
METAL TRIMS
( MT-02 ) SPECIFIED
DOOR LEVER
1/8" THK METAL TRIM RECESSED PULL
WHERE
FLUTED GLASS PANEL C MT-02 ) Scale
SPECIFIED
( GL-31 )
NO SCALE
METAL TOE KICK •(' PT-24") SHIP FRAMES
C MT-02 ) LONG, SCRIBE TO
FLOOR IN FIELD Sheet Number
OPENING SIZE VARIES OPENING SIZE VARIES

REFER TO REFER TO SEE DOOR SCHEDULE
DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR SCHEDULE ^[3/41
Q0 DOOR TYPE 6 (PRIVATE SALES) - SLIDING DOOR TYPE 4A

ELEVATION FROM RESTROOM SIDE ELEVATION FROM CORRIDOR SIDE
no DOOR TYPE IE (B.O.H. DOOR)

A6.13
06 SCALE: 1:25 SCALE: 1:25
GENERAL NOTES
TEL: 646 428 5500
DESIGN ARCHITECT
METAL FRAME
PAINTED WOOD FRAME
C MT-02 J C PT-15 ) 3 S & F Architect, PC
SUBFRAME TO BE Architecture | Interiors | Space Planning
PROVIDED BY MWC 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
METAL FRAME Tel: (212)481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
( MT-02 )
1-3/4" SOLID CORE BOH CENTER PIVOT ARCHITECT OF RECORD

WOOD DOOR
C PT-18 j
HINGE
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: -F61 2 8289 5700 Fax: -i-61 2 9289 3745
SC WOOD DOOR MEP ENGINEER

( PT-15 )
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
HOLLOW METAL FRAME GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
( PT-15 )
WHEAT LEAF 4" CLEAR M RROR WHEAT LEAF MIRROR PANEL LIGHTING DESIGNER
C MR-01 J 32" MIN
MIRROR PANEL
C MR-31 )
CMMD schvwnghammer:^®™® „
PAINTED WOOD FRAME ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 335 IVEST 38TH ST NEW YORK, NY 10018
^ SCHEDULED vm'SCHWINGHAMMERUGHTiNG.CCM T 31 3-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
DECORATIVE METAL FRAME

CniK) LEVER
METAL FRAME ( MT-02 )
( MT-02 ) SC WOOD DOOR
C PT-21 )
METAL FRAME
C MT-02 )
A A DOOR TYPE 3 (M.2) Q7

^ ■
DOOR TYPE 1M (BOH, SLIDING POCKET DOOR)
SCALE: 1:5
DOOR TYPE 2A( FOH, TYPICAL WOOD DOOR, TO BOH, FOH PULL) nA
^ *
DOOR TYPE 1A (TYP BOH DOOR, BOTH SIDES)
SCALE: 1:5
* * SCALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5
METAL FRAME A Issue Date & Description By Check

C MT-01 ) 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
METAL FRAME METAL FRAME CONT. METAL ANGLE FINAL SD
( MT-02 ) ( MT-02 ) WITH EASED EDGES 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
SUBFRAME TO BE SUBFRAME TO BE ^ [3/4" SCHEDULED PRELIM SD
(4) BUTT HINGES
PROVIDED BY MWC PROVIDED BY MWC LEVER 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
iOH CENTER PIVOT iOH CENTER PIVOT 100% SD
HINGE HINGE 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
1-3/4" SOLID CORE — 1-3/4" SOLID CORE —
50% CD
WOOD DOOR WOOD DOOR
04/05/2019
(Pf-W) ("pt-18") 14 GA HOLLOW METAL DOOR DSF DSF
( PT-15 ) 90% CD
14 GA HOLLOW METAL FRAME 05/03/2019 DSF DSF

( PT-15 ) 100% CD
SC WOOD DOOR
SECURITY MESH BETWEEN (2)
C PT-21 ) LAYERS OF GYP. BD.
[3/4"]
1/4" CLEAR MIRROR 1/4" CLEAR MIRROR'
( MR-01 ) ( MR-01 ) METAL FRAME
( MT-01 )
EDGE PULL FOH SCHEDULED FOH
( MT-02 ) LEVER
( MT-02 ) ( MT-02 )
A* ^
2 SCALE:
DOOR 1:5
TYPE 3 (M.1) no DOOR TYPE 3A( FOH PULL) nc DOOR TYPE 2B (FOH, TYPICAL WOOD DOOR, TO BOH, FOH PUSH) Q2 DOOR TYPE IB (BOH DOORS IN DELIV. VESTIBULE)
\ /
METAL FRAME RESTROOM METAL FRAME

I !
( MT-OO ("MT-On
CONT. METAL ANGLE CONT. METAL ANGLE —
WITH EASED EDGES WITH EASED EDGES
SCHEDULED
(4) BUTT HINGES (4) BUTT HINGES SCHEDULED
LEVER
LEVER
14 GA HOLLOW METAL DOOR

( PT-15 )
LU ^
LLI __
14 GA HOLLOW METAL FRAME
r PT-15 )
SC WOOD DOOR SC WOOD DOOR CLOSET

(" PT-21 ") ('PT-21 ")
[3/4"j [3/4"j \------ 1/8" THK METAL TRIM
METAL FRAME METAL FRAME ('MT-01 ) FOH/VESTIBULE
C MT-01 ) C MT-01 )
no DOOR TYPE 3B (FOH PUSH) ng DOOR TYPE 4A (FOH, DOOR TO RESTROOM, FOH PUSH) no DOOR TYPE 1E (BOH, PAIR SWINGING DOORS)
Seal/Signature
PRIVATE SALES SIDE

CAST GLASS PULL METAL CHANNEL FOR
STONE PORTAli SLIDING DOOR GUIDE
( GL-37 ) HOLDING CAST GLASS
TO BE LOCATED WITHIN
OVERLAP AS SHOWN (MT-02)
Project Name
VICINITY
CENTRES
_____I
MELBOURNE, AU
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DAI METAL REVEAL ,L__

Project Number
METAL FRAME 2018014

TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO. ( MT-02 )
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
Description
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliveri DOOR DETAILS
^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing Regulatory Issue

Scale
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the FLUTED GLASS PANEL METAL FRAME AS NOTED
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the C GL-31 ) ( MT-02 )
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings Sheet Number
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to STONE PORTAI
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to SALES SALON SIDE
DOOR TYPE 6
A6.15
10 SCALE: 1:5
VICINITY
CENTRES
TEL: 646 428 5500

TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO,
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
DESIGN ARCHITECT
Tel: (212)481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
B.O. DOOR FRAME
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the 10'-6" A.F.F.
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
'Z-CLIP' PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings Tel: -F61 2 8289 5700 Fax: -i-61 2 9289 3745
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to 1/4" CLEAR MIRROR FASCIA
lOOR FRAME 16 GA HOLLOW METAL FRAME MEP ENGINEER
( MR-Oi ) SUBFRAME TO BE
9'-2" A.F.F. ('PT-15 ')
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to PROVIDED BY MWC
TOP OF DOOR
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. 8'-0" A.F.F.
METAL FRAME BOTTOM OF DOOR FRAME
METAL FRAME C MT-02 ) 7’-0" A.F.F.
( MT-02 ) SURFACE MOUNTED CLOSER WHERE
LIGHTING DESIGNER
SURFACE MOUNTED CLOSER WHERE

SPECIFIED
SPECIFIED
schvwnghammer:^®™® „
ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 335 IVEST 38TH ST NEW YORK, NY 10018
vm'SCHWINGHAMMERUGHTiNG.CCM T 31 3-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
2" SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR
2" SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR ( PT-21 ) SC WOOD DOOR
( PT-21 ) ( PT-15 )
1/4" CLEAR MIRROR

( MR-01 )
SCHLUTERRENO RAMP
PAINT INTERIOR OF TRACK FINISH FLOOR OF FOH FINISH FLOOR OF FOH —i ^ VCT FLOORING
POCKET BLACK
DECORATIVE SCREWS GENERAL NOTES

METAL FRAME
( MT-02 )
METAL STOP (TYP.)
C MT-02 )
[3 7/8"] EQ. [3 7/8"] EQ.
FLUTED GLASS PANELS

C GL-31 ) Q7 SECTION - DOOR TYPE 3A ( FOH PULL) Q4 SECTION - DOOR TYPES 2A ( FOH PULL) SECTION - DOOR TYPE 1A & 1E
” ■ SCALE: 1:5
SCALE: 1:5 01 SCALE: 1:5
11/02/2018
FINAL SD
By Check
DSF DSF
12/21/2018 DSF DSF

PRELIM SD
03 02/08/2019 DSF DSF

100% SD
04 03/08/2019 DSF DSF

50% CD
SALES SALON PRIVATE SALES 05 04/05/2019 DSF DSF

90% CD
METAL BAR (TYP.)
06 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
( MT-02 )
100% CD
B.O. DOOR FRAME

10'-6" A.F.F.
SUBFRAME TO BE SECURITY MESH BETWEEN (2)

SUBFRAME TO BE
1/4" CLEAR MIRROR FASCIA LAYERS OF GYP. BD.
PROVIDED BY MWC PROVIDED BY MWC
( MR-01 )
TOP OF DOOR FRAME
TOP OF DOOR
14 GA. WELDED HOLLOW METAL
8'-0" A.F.F.
FRAME
C PT-15 )
BOTTOM OF DOOR FRAME
( MT-01 ) ( MT-01 ) 7'-0" A.F.F.
SURFACE MOUNTED CLOSER WHERE SURFACE MOUNTED CLOSER WHERE
SPECIFIED SPECIFIED
2" SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR 2" SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR
C PT-15 ) ( PT-15 ) 14 GA. HOLLOW METAL DOOR
( PT-15 )
1/16" DEEP X 1/8" WIDE GROOVES.

SEE ELEVATION FOR MORE INFO. 1/4" CLEAR MIRROR
GROOVES TO BE FINISHED IN METAL
( ~MT-02 ) CmmD
DOOR KICK PLATE

( MT-02 )
FLOOR TRANSITION WHERE REQUIRED FLOOR TRANSITION WHERE REQUIRED FINISHED FLOOR
DECORATIVE COUNTER SUNK
SCREWS ALUMINUM THRESHOLD
FINISH FLOOR ^ VCT FINISH FLOOR ^ VCT
OF FOH FLOORING OF FOH FLOORING
SECTION - DOOR TYPE 6 - PRIVATE SALES SLIDING AO SECTION - DOOR TYPE 3B ( FOH PUSH) AC SECTION - DOOR TYPE 2B ( FOH PUSH) SECTION - DOOR TYPE 1B
10 SCALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5 02 SCALE: 1:5
B.O. ENTRANCE SPANDREL

16'-9" A.F.F.
CUSTOM METAL FRAME BUILT TO — SUBFRAME TO BE

MATCH MILLWORK METAL FRAME 1/2" METAL REVEAL 19 PROVIDED BY MWC
T.O. DOOR FRAME ( MT-02 ) 16 GA. BOX BEAM
C MT-02 7 W] TOP OF DOOR FRAME
LINE OF DOOR FRAME BEYOND 9'-2" A.F.F.
^ CEILING HEIGHT
SEE RCP FOR HEIGHTS
'Z-CLIP'
1/4" CLEAR MIRROR FASCIA CONT. METAL ANGLE METAL FRAME LEGEND
( MR-01 ) WITH EASED EDGES ( MT-01 ) Seal/Signature
1/4" CLEAR MIRROR FASCIA 1/8" THK METAL TRIM

( MR-01 ) SUBFRAME TO BE C MT-01 ) HEAVY DUTY POCKET DOOR
PROVIDED BY MWC SUBFRAME TO BE
TOP OF DOOR PROVIDED BY MWC SC WOOD DOOR TRACK CARRIERS
8'-0" A.F.F. TOP OF DOOR
C PT-21 ) PAINT ALL VISIBLE SURFACES
METAL FRAME BLACK
('MT-02) METAL FRAME
C MT-02 )
SURFACE MOUNTED CLOSER WHERE 1/4" CLEAR MIRROR
SPECIFIED (MR-OI) SURFACE MOUNTED CLOSER WHERE
SPECIFIED BOTTOM OF DOOR FRAME
2" SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR 7'-0" A.F.F. Project Name
2" SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR WOOD FRAME
C PT-21 ') RESTROOM CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER
C PT-21 ) ( PT-15 )
MELBOURNE, AU
WOOD DOOR
('PT-15 ') Project Number
2018014
1/4" CLEAR MIRROR

( MR-01 )
Description
DOOR DETAILS
FLOOR GUIDE IN POCKET
FINISH FLOOR OF FOH ^ 1/8" THK METAL TRIM
FINISH FLOOR OF FOH C MT-02 ) FINISH FLOOR OF BOH Scale
AS NOTED
Sheet Number
A* A* SCALE:
SECTION - DOOR TYPE 3 (M.2) Q0 SECTION - DOOR TYPE 3 (M.1) SECTION - DOOR TYPE 4A SECTION - DOOR TYPE 1M
A6.17
1:5
06 SCALE: 1:5 03 SCALE: 1:5
• PROVIDE ALONG ALL FLOOR FINISHES A
METAL FILLET BLADE JUNCTION DETAIL
VINYL COMPOSITON TILE TILE SPECIAL FINISHES PAINT LACQUER CONT GLASS ACQUSTIC CEILING TILE SHEET NOTES
A. NO SUBSITIUTION OF FINISH MATERIALS
C VCT-1 ) MATERIAL: ( PT-10 ) MATERIAL: PAINT ( GL-05 ) MATERIAL: GLASS PERMITTED EXCEPT AS NOTED BELOW. NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
VINYL COMPOSITION TILE ( TL-04 ) MATERIAL: TILE ( SF-90a ) APPLIQUE FABRIC 1 ( ACT-01 ) MATERIAL:
DESCRIPTION: TBD DESCRIPTION: LOW-IRON GLASS, STARPHIRE ULTRA-CLEAR ACOUSTICAL TILE B. REFER TO SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE & NOTES
DESCRIPTION: JOMSONITE AZROCK CORLINA GRANDE DESCRIPTION: WHITE PORCELAIN WITH GREY VEINING MATERIAL: SPECIAL FINISHES TEL: 646 428 5500
VENDOR: BENJAMIN MOORE VENDOR: TO SOURCE LOCALLY DESCRIPTION: SQUARE CUT LAY-IN ON SHEET A0.02 FOR SUBMITTAL
SOLID VINYL TILE VENDOR: NEMO TILE COMPANY INC. DESCRIPTION: BLUE FABRIC FOR EMBROIDERED PANEL ( LQR-34 ) MATERIAL: LACQUER
STYLE/COLOR: CHANTILLY LACE OC-65/FLAT STYLE / COLOR: CLEAR VENDOR: ARMSTRONG REQUIREMENTS.
VENDOR: AZROCK STYLE/COLOR: MARVEL CALACATTA BAITISCOPA LAPATTO VENDOR: KNOLL TEXTILES DESCRIPTION: WHITE TO MATCH RESTROOM STONE FINISH
LOCATION: CEILINGS COVES SIZE LIMIT: SEE ELEVATIONS / DETAIL FOR SIZE, STYLE/COLOR: WHITE WITH MATCHING "PRELUDE 23.8MM C. FINISHES NOTED IN SCHEDULE AS "OR
STYLE/COLOR: V-216 PART PUTTY BASE STYLE/COLOR: CABANA K2085/19 VENDOR: TBD
THICKNESS AS REQUIRED BY SIZED OF [f'] GRID- APPROVED EQUAL" MAY BE SUBSTITUTED
SIZE: 12"x12"x^" TRIM SIZE: 1372MM[54"] WIDE STYLE/COLOR: WHITE
PATTERN: CROSSROAD PANELS CIRRUS #574 WITH MATERIALS OF EQUAL APPEARANCE
LOCATION: PROVIDE SAMPLE FOR APPROVAL SIZE: 69.9MMx609.6MM[2|"x24") ( PT-18 ) MATERIAL: PAINT LOCATION: MILLWORK DOOR AND QUALITY FOLLOWING SAMPLES
LOCATION: TBD LOCATION: GENERAL PURPOSE SIZE/WIDTH: 609.6MM W X 609.6MM D x 19.05MM D
FOR INTERNATIONAL PROJECTS SOURCE LOCAL THICKNESS: 9.5MM [3/8") DESCRIPTION: SEMI-GLOSS PAINT [24"Wx24"Dx|" D] SUBMITTED TO AND WRITTEN APPROVAL
APPROVED EQUAL (BACK OF HOUSE FLOOR) GROUT: LATICRETE: 1600 UNSANDED GROUT W/1776 VENDOR: BENJAMIN MOORE FROM TIFFANY & CO., NEW YORK.
DESIGN ARCHITECT
( GL-08 ) MATERIAL: GLASS LOCATION: PROVIDE CUTSHEET FOR APPROVAL FOR
GROUT ENHANCER
COLOR: #44 BRITE WHITE
( SF-90a ) APPLIQUE FABRIC 2
MATERIAL: SPECIAL FINISHES
STYLE / COLOR:
LOCATION:
WILLOW CREEK (1468)
BOH DOORS S FRAMES
( LQR-35 ) MATERIAL:
DESCRIPTION:
LACQUER
DARK GREY LACQUER
DESCRIPTION: 12.7MM [K2"] CLEAR LOW IRON GLASS WITH INTERNATIONAL PROJECTS SOURCE LOCAL
APPROVAL EQUAL
D. ALL REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS TO BE
SUBMITTED TO TIFFANY & CO., NEW YORK. D S & F Architect, PC
MAPEI: KERACOLOR U W/ GROUT MAXIMIZER DESCRIPTION: GREY WOOL FOR EMBROIDERED PANEL 3.175MM f/a"] DEEP CARVED NEGATIVE WHEAT E. BASE BID PROPOSALS TO TIFFANY TO
VENDOR: TO SOURCE LOCALLY LEAF PATTERN ON REAR FACE 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
ADDITIVE COLOR: #38 AVALANCHE VENDOR: HOLLAND AND SHERRY INCLUDE SPECIFIED MATERIALS WITH Teh (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
STYLE / COLOR: TO MATCH LTR-40 VENDOR: GMD INDUSTRIES(OR APPROVED EQUAL)
LOCATION: BASE AT BOH RESTROOMS 1.6MM [1/16") JOINTS STYLE/COLOR: DE11484 ( PT-20 ) MATERIAL: PAINT DEDUCT ALTERNATE FOR PROPOSED
CONTENT: MDF WITH LACQUERED SURFACE
WALL COVERING SIZE:
PATTERN:
150CM[59"]
WOOL FLANNEL OPAL
DESCRIPTION: TBD LOCATION: FREESTANDING MILLWORK DRAWERS AND
STYLE / COLOR: SEE ELEVATIONS FOR WHEATLEAF PATTERN
TYPE
SUBSTITUTION. ARCHITECT OF RECORD
( TL-30a ) MATERIAL:
VENDOR: BENJAMIN MOORE STRUCTURE SIZE: 1905MM [75"] WIDE X4572MM [15'-0"] HIGH MAX PTID
DESCRIPTION:
TILE
WHITE CARRARA PORCELAIN TILE
LOCATION: TBD STYLE/COLOR:
LOCATION:
DISTANT GRAY OC-68 AURA INTERIOR PAINT
WALL PAINT , REFER TO ELEVATIONS THICKNESS AS REQUIRED BY GLASS PANEL CARPET LEVEL 6, 61 MARKET STREET, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES,
AUSTRALIA, 2000
C WC-01 ) MATERIAL: VENDOR: FLORIM CERAMICHE SPA SIZE Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
WALLCOVERING ( SF-90b ) APPLIQUE FABRIC 1

STYLE/COLOR: WHITE CARRARA LOCATION: EDGE LIT CARVED WHEATLEAF GLASS
DESCRIPTION: VINYL LEAF MATERIAL: SPECIAL FINISHES MEP ENGINEER
VENDOR: INNOVATIONS SIZE: 800MM X 1800MM X10MM [31-1/2" X 70-7/8" X

3/8"]
DESCRIPTION: BLUE FABRIC FOR EMBROIDERED PANEL
C PT-21 ) MATERIAL:
DESCRIPTION:
PAINT
TBD
LEATHER LOCATIONS
( CPT-28 ) MATERIAL: CARPET MEDLAND ENGINEERING
STYLE/COLOR: VL-012 VENDOR: KNOLL TEXTILES
FINISH: MATTE VENDOR: BENJAMIN MOORE DESCRIPTION: BROADLOOM BEIGE HEATHERED NYLON GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
SIZE: 914.4MM [36"] WIDE; 8 YARD ROLLS STYLE/COLOR: CABANA K2085/19 ( GL-10 ) MATERIAL: GLASS
GROUT: LATICRETE: STYLE/COLOR: POOLSIDE BLUE 2048-40 AURA INTERIOR PAINT CARPET
LOCATION: SOFFITS, WINDOWS SIZE: 1372MM[54"]WIDE DESCRIPTION: CLEAR LOW IRON GLASS W/ ETCHED POSITIVE
COLOR: #88 SILVER SHADOW LOCATION: BLUE BOX, BLUE WALLS S CEILING, DOORS, VENDOR: BENTLEY PRINCE STREET
PATTERN: CROSSROAD ( LTR-40 ) MATERIAL: LEATHER WHEAT-LEAF PATTERN ON REAR FACE LIGHTING DESIGNER
LOCATION: CTS IN FIELD FOR PORTAL THRESHOLDS FACADE STYLE/COLOR: #8EG340630R-800990 "EDGE CITY" IN
LOCATION: TBD
C WC-67 ) MATERIAL: WALLCOVERING AND RESTROOM WALL WAINSCOT
DESCRIPTION: LIGHT GREY LEATHER VENDOR: GMD INDUSTRIES SUGARLAND SCHVUNGUAMMEHmWQMi..
C PT-22 ) VENDOR: TOWNSEND LEATHER STYLE / COLOR: SEE ELEVATIONS FOR WHEAT-LEAF PATTERN THICKNESS: [4.62MM] .3" ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 335 WEST 38TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10018
DESCRIPTION: WHITE VINYL WALLCOVERING MATERIAL: PAINT WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHTING.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
( TL-30b ) MATERIAL: APPLIQUE FABRIC 2 PATTERN: CLASSIC COWHIDE SIZE: 2209.8MM X 1625.6MM [87" x 64"], THICKNESS AS LOCATION: OFFICES (BOH)
VENDOR: ROMO TILE ( SF-90b ) DESCRIPTION:
MATERIAL: SPECIAL FINISHES STYLE / COLOR: PUSSYWILLOW K1076 REQ'D
STYLE/COLOR: TOPAZ TZA 232 DESCRIPTION: WHITE CARRARA PORCELAIN TILE VENDOR: BENJAMIN MOORE
DESCRIPTION: GREY WOOL FOR EMBROIDERED PANEL CONTENT: TOP GRAIN COWHIDE LOCATION: SCREEN WALLS
SIZE: 899.9MM [35.43") WIDE, 762MM x 3352.8MM VENDOR: FLORIM CERAMICHE SPA STYLE/COLOR: STEEL WOOL 2121-20 AURA INTERIOR PAINT
VENDOR: HOLLAND AND SHERRY SIZE: 55-60 SFAPPRX. ( CPT-60 ) MATERIAL: CARPET
[30" X132") STYLE/COLOR: WHITE CARRARA LOCATION: BACK OF NICHE BEHIND SOFA
STYLE/COLOR: DE11484 LOCATION: MILLWORK AS NOTED ( GL-24 ) MATERIAL: DESCRIPTION: LARGE SCALE WHEATLEAF CARPET
LOCATION: FOH RESTROOMS SIZE: 200MM X 600MM X 10MM [7-7/8" X 23-5/8" X 3/8"] GLASS
FINISH: MATTE SIZE: 150 CM [59"] DESCRIPTION: COLD PRESSED VITRINE FRAMING WITH VENDOR: EDWARD FIELDS
PATTERN: WOOL FLANNEL OPAL C PT-24 ) MATERIAL: PAINT MIRROR FILM COLOR/STYLE: CHARCOALN10
SIZF: LATICRETE:
( WC-73 ) MATERIAL: WALL COVERING LOCATION: TBD DESCRIPTION: VENDOR: J.A. GLASS OR DOSSIER LLC SP EHR028033-9SAM
COLOR: #88 SILVER SHADOW
DESCRIPTION: SKYWARD SOFT WHITE LOCATION: HERRINGBONE PATTERN FLOOR FIELD VENDOR: BENJAMIN MOORE ( LTR-41 ) MATERIAL: LEATHER STYLE/COLOR: PROFILE PER DRAWING PILE HEIGHT: 8MM, 9MM, 6.5MM
VENDOR: WOLF GORDON STYLE/COLOR: DECORATOR'S WHITE OC-149 AURA INTERIOR DESCRIPTION: CHARCOAL LEATHER LOCATION: SHOW WINDOW AND VITRINE FRAMES PATTERN: TCO TO CONFIRM PATTERN WIDTH
( SF-90C ) APPLIQUE FABRIC 1 PAINT
STYLE / COLOR: G9304543 ( TL-30C ) MATERIAL: VENDOR: TIGER LEATHER LOCATION: MARKETPLACE
TILE MATERIAL: SPECIAL FINISHES LOCATION: BOTTOM PORTION OF RESTROOM DOOR
WIDTH: 1320.80MM[52"] PATTERN: CHINKAPIN
DESCRIPTION: WHITE CARRARA PORCELAIN TILE DESCRIPTION: BLUE FABRIC FOR EMBROIDERED PANEL
LOCATION: CUSTOMER SERVICE WALLS STYLE / COLOR: PRONGHORN CHI 9515 C GL-27 ) MATERIAL: ( CPT-61 ) MATERIAL: CARPET
VENDOR: FLORIM CERAMICHE SPA VENDOR: KNOLL TEXTILES GLASS
DIRECTOR OFFICE CONTENT: 100% BOVINE LEATHER DESCRIPTION: POSITIVE MIRROR WHEAT LEAF WITH CLEAR DESCRIPTION: SHARDS
STYLE/COLOR: WHITE CARRARA STYLE/COLOR: CABANA K2085/19 ( PT-25 ) MATERIAL: PAINT
RESTROOM VESTIBULE SIZE: 50 SF APPRX. OUTLINE AND FROSTED INSETS ON LOW IRON VENDOR: EDWARD FIELDS
SIZE: 360MM X 800MM x 10MM [14-3/16" X 31-1/2" X SIZE: 1372MM[54"]WIDE DESCRIPTION:
LOCATION: MILLWORK AS NOTED GLASS COLOR/STYLE: MICA 508I#1W/KELDA 152K#2DU/ (P52) KELDA
3/8"] PATTERN: CROSSROAD VENDOR: BENJAMIN MOORE
( WC-74 ) MATERIAL: WALL COVERING FINISH: MATTE LOCATION: TBD STYLE/COLOR: OCEAN SPRAY 2047-60 AURA INTERIOR PAINT VENDOR: GMD INDUSTRIES/JA GLASS
PILE HEIGHT:
152K#3/KELDA 152K#4A
10MM, 12MM
GENERAL NOTES
GROUT: LATICRETE: LOCATION: CEILING RESTROOM STYLE / COLOR: SEE ELEVATIONS FOR WHEAT LEAF PATTERN
DESCRIPTION: ECLAT PATTERN: THRRBH00333-664 SAM
COLOR: #88 SILVER SHADOW SIZE: THICKNESS REQUIRED BY SIZE OF PANEL
VENDOR: ELITIS ( SF-90C ) APPLIQUE FABRIC 2 LOCATION: L&E
STYLE / COLOR: RM.890.90 LOCATION: RUNNING BOND FLOOR FIELD
MATERIAL: SPECIAL FINISHES LOCATION: CAVITY LIT STOREFRONT
SIZE/WIDTH:
LOCATION:
1092.20MM[43")
CUSTOMER SERVICE FEATURE WALL ( TL-31a ) MATERIAL: DESCRIPTION: GREY WOOL FOR EMBROIDERED PANEL METAL ( CPT-62 ) MATERIAL:
DESCRIPTION:
CARPET
LARGE SCALE WHEATLEAF CARPET
TILE VENDOR: HOLLAND AND SHERRY
VENDOR: EDWARD FIELDS
DESCRIPTION:
VENDOR:
DARK GRAY PORCELAIN TILE
FLORIM CERAMICHE SPA
STYLE/COLOR:
SIZE:
DE11484
150CM [59"]
PLASTIC LAMINATE ( GL-30 ) MATERIAL:
DESCRIPTION:
GLASS
WHEATLEAF GLASS
COLOR/STYLE: CHARCOALN10
( WC-80 ) MATERIAL: WALL COVERING STYLE/COLOR: DARK GRAY SP EHR028033-9SAM
PATTERN: WOOL FLANNEL OPAL ( MT-01 ) VENDOR: TO SOURCE LOCALLY. MOLTENI TO BE
FINISH: MATTE MATERIAL: METAL THICKNESS: PILE HEIGHT 8MM, 9MM, 6.5MM
DESCRIPTION: WHEAT LEAF PATTERN LOCATION: TBD PREFERRED VENDOR
DESCRIPTION: BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL #6 PATTERN: TCO TO CONFIRM PATTERN WIDTH
VENDOR: TCO TO CONFIRM SIZE:
GROUT:
800MM X 1800MM x 10MM [31-1/2" X 70-7/8" X 3/8"]
LATICRETE: ( PL-01 ) MATERIAL: PLASTIC LAMINATE VENDOR: TO MATCH TCO SAMPLE STYLE/COLOR: CLEAR GLASS WITH METALLIC WHEATLEAF
LOCATION: H&A
STYLE/COLOR: TCO TO CONFIRM PATTERN 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
COLOR: #45 RAVEN DESCRIPTION: GREY PLASTIC LAMINATE WITH MATTE FINSH STYLE/COLOR: BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL #6
SIZE: TCO TO CONFIRM SIZE: SEE ELEVATIONS/DETAILS FOR SIZES FINAL SD
LOCATION: CTS IN FIELD FOR PORTAL THRESHOLDS AND VENDOR: WILSONART LOCATION: VARIOUS TRIMS, FRAMES, MULLIONS, ENTRANCE & ( CPT-63 ) MATERIAL: CARPET
LOCATION: CONSULTATION ROOM THICKNESS: 13MM(1/2") 12/21/2018
ENTRANCE AREAS STYLE/COLOR: SOLID GREY 1500-60 MATTE SECURITY DOORS DESCRIPTION: RIB DESIGN
DSF DSF
LOCATION: L&E PAVILION WALLS
LOCATION: BOH MILLWORK VENDOR: EDWARD FIELDS PRELIM SD
( WC-81 ) MATERIAL: WALL COVERING

(TL-31b) MATERIAL:
DESCRIPTION:
TILE
STONE COLOR/STYLE:
PATTERN:
CHARCOALN10
SP EHR028033-9 FOR FIELD ONLY
02/08/2019
100% SD
DSF DSF
DESCRIPTION: BURLAP ( MT-02 ) MATERIAL: METAL ( GL-31a ) MATERIAL: GLASS

VENDOR: FLORIM CERAMICHE SPA ( PL-02 ) MATERIAL: PLASTIC LAMINATE DESCRIPTION: POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL #8 DESCRIPTION: LAMINATED FLUTED LOW IRON GLASS PILE HEIGHT: 8MM, 6.5MM 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
VENDOR: SCALAMANDRE LOCATION: PRIVATE SALES
STYLE/COLOR: DARK GRAY DESCRIPTION: GREY PLASTIC LAMINATE WITH CHEMICAL VENDOR: TO MATCH TCO SAMPLE, LOCAL SOURCE VENDOR: JA GLASS 50% CD
STYLE / COLOR: TAN
FINISH: MATTE RESISTANT FINSH STYLE/COLOR: POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL #8 STYLE / COLOR: CS1408716 (R3) 04/05/2019
SIZE/WIDTH: 914MM[36") WIDE DSF DSF
SIZE: 800MM X 200MM x 10MM [31-1/2" X 7-7/8" X ( ST-01 ) MATERIAL: STONE VENDOR: WILSONART LOCATION: VARIOUS TRIMS SIZE: 2800MMX 1200MM (CPT-63A) MATERIAL: CARPET
PATTERN: SAFARI WEAVE WTW 0414SAFA 90% CD
3/8"] DESCRIPTION: AMAZONITE STYLE / COLOR: SOLID GREY 1500-60 TO BE EASED AT CORNERS W/ 1MM [Ka/] RADIUS (9'-2 1/4" X3'11-1/4") MAX. SIZE DESCRIPTION: RIB DESIGN
LOCATION: PERETTI NICHE BACK PANEL 05/03/2019
GROUT: LATICRETE: VENDOR: EDM LOCATION: AFTER SALES SERVICE CABINETS THICKNESS: 6MM (14") FLUTED LOW IRON GLASS / VENDOR: EDWARD FIELDS
DSF DSF
COLOR: #45 RAVEN STYLE/COLOR: TIFFANY BLUE / GREY / BROWN CRYSTALLINE 6MM (14") FLAT LOW IRON GLASS COLOR/STYLE: CHARCOALN10 100% CD
LOCATION: CHEVRON SHAPED TILES FOR STONE IN A HIGH HONED FINISH LOCATION: PRIVATE SALES DOORS PATTERN: SP EHR028033-9 FOR FIELD ONLY
MARKETPLACE BORDER LOCATION: ACCENT BORDERS @ FLOOR THICKNESS: PILE HEIGHT 8MM,6.5MM
( PL-03 ) MATERIAL: PLASTIC LAMINATE C MT-20 ) MATERIAL: METAL
GROUT: LATICRETE: SPECTRAROCK PRO EXPOXY GROUT (GL-31b ) MATERIAL: GLASS LOCATION: AREA RUG AT BLUE BOX WALL
DESCRIPTION: GLOSS PLASTIC LAMINATE DESCRIPTION: BLACKENED METAL
C TL-31C ) COLOR: #78 STERLING SILVER DESCRIPTION: SINGLE SIDED FLUTED LOW IRON GLASS
MATERIAL: TILE VENDOR: FORMICA VENDOR: LOCALLY SOURCED
MAPEI: KERAPOXY EPOXY GROUT: #27 SILVER VENDOR: JA GLASS
WALL/CORNER GUARDS DESCRIPTION:
VENDOR:
COLOR ADDITIVE: #27 SILVER
STYLE/COLOR: COLOR CORE 2 NEW WHITE 7223C-90 GLOSS
FINISH
STYLE/COLOR:
LOCATION:
TO MATCH TCO SAMPLE
FM-50 STRUCTURE, FM-170 BASE STRUCTURE, STYLE / COLOR: CS1408716 (R3) ( CPT-64 ) MATERIAL: CARPET
NOTES: STONE SEAM GROUTS TO BE SPECIFIED AT 1.6MM SIZE: 2500MMX 1200MM DESCRIPTION: SMALL SCALE WHEAT LEAF CARPET
STYLE/COLOR: DARK GRAY LOCATION: SC.01 SHOW CASE DOORS WALL PANELS FM-190 BASE STRUCTURE AND RECESSED VENDOR: EDWARD FIELDS
[1/16-] MAXIMUM FOR FLOOR APPLICATIONS (8' 2-7/16" X 3'11-1/4") MAX. SIZE
FINISH: MATTE METAL FIXING WITH EXPOSED HEAD. COLOR/STYLE: CHARCOALN10
SIZE: 200MM X 600MM x 10MM [7-7/8" X 23-5/8” X 3/8"] THICKNESS: 6MM (1/4") FLUTED LOW IRON GLASS
( WG-01 ) MATERIAL: VINYL PILE HEIGHT: 8MM, 9MM, 6.5MM
GROUT: LATICRETE: LOCATION: PERIMETER MILLWORK
DESCRIPTION: CRASH RAILS ( ST-30 ) MATERIAL: STONE ( MT-21 ) MATERIAL: METAL PATTERN: TCO TO CONFIRM PATTERN WIDTH
VENDOR/#: ACROVYN SCR40-N COLOR: #45 RAVEN ( PL-10 ) MATERIAL: PLASTIC LAMINATE DESCRIPTION: COSMETIC ALUMINUM DIAMOND PLATE
DESCRIPTION: WHITE STONE WITH DARK VEINS LOCATION: CONSULTATION ROOM AND CUSTOMER
STYLE/COLOR: 315 GALVESTON GRAY (SUEDE) LOCATION: HERRINGBONE PATTERN AREAS DESCRIPTION: GREY LAMINATE VENDOR: CUTS METAL ( GL-32 ) MATERIAL: GLASS
VENDOR: TBD SERVICE
SIZE/WIDTH: EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS 4" H x 3/4" D x LENGTH VENDOR: FUNDERMAX STYLE/COLOR: CDPES48X120 DESCRIPTION: LOW IRON WHITE FLAT MILK GLASS
STYLE/COLOR: HONED WHITE CARRARA STYLE/COLOR: 0741 BIRCH GREY FUNDERMAX
REQUIRED CONTENT: NATURAL STONE SIZE: 48" X 120" FULL SHEET VENDOR: TO SOURCE LOCALLY
( TL-31d ) MATERIAL: TILE LOCATION: INSIDE MILLWORK STRUCTURE & DRAWERS
LOCATION: 1. USE MFR. STANDARD END CAPS SIZE: SLAB THICKNESS: .024" STYLE / COLOR: GLASS BACK PAINTED WHITE
2. SECURE TO WALL AS PER MANUFACTURER'S DESCRIPTION: DARK GRAY PORCELAIN TILE LOCATION: MILLWORK AS NOTED SIZE: 2200MM X 3150MM (5'3" X 10'4 -1/64")
THICKNESS: 3/4"
RECOMMENDATION VENDOR: FLORIM CERAMICHE SPA LOCATION: MILLWORK DOORS AND DRAWERS IN JEWELRY
GROUT: LATICRETE: COLOR: #88 SILVER SHADO
3. USE MFR'S STANDARD TERMINATION CAPS STYLE/COLOR: DARK GRAY
LOCATION: FLOORING, BASEBOARDS, RESTROOM CONCEPTS, H&A, CUSTOMER SERVICE, FABRIC
FINISH: MATTE MATERIAL: METAL CONSULTATION ROOM
( WG-02 ) MATERIAL: WALLS C MT-22 )
VINYL SIZE: 800MM X 1600MM x 10MM [31-1/2" X 63" X DESCRIPTION: NON DIRECTIONAL STAINLESS STEEL
NOTES: STONE SEAM GROUTS TO BE SPECIFIED
DESCRIPTION: CORNER GUARDS 3/8"] VENDOR: LOCALLY SOURCED ( GL-33 )
AT 1/16" [1.6MM] MAXIMUM FOR FLOORING MATERIAL: GLASS
VENDOR/#: ACROVYN SSM-20N GROUT: LATICRETE: STYLE/COLOR: MICRO BLASTED STEEL ON SINGLE OR BOTH
APPLICATIONS DESCRIPTION: LOW IRON WHITE FLUTED MILK GLASS ( FB-04 )
STYLE / COLOR: 315 GALVESTON GRAY (SUEDE) COLOR: #45 RAVEN SURFACES TO MATCH TCO APPROVED SAMPLE MATERIAL: FABRIC (ON WINDOW SHADES)
VENDOR: TO SOURCE LOCALLY
SIZE/WIDTH: EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS 2" H x 2" D x LOCATION: ENTRANCE AREA WITH INSET STAINLESS LOCATION: MILLWORK AS NOTED DESCRIPTION: VERTILUX, 100% POLYESTER ACRYLIC
( ST-31 ) STYLE / COLOR: GLASS BACK PAINTED WHITE
LENGTH REQUIRED STEEL LOGO MATERIAL: STONE BACKING, FABRIC WIDTH: 3000MM
SIZE: 1600MM X 3100MM (7'2"-5/8 X 10'2-1/16")
LOCATION: 1.FROM TOP OF BASE TO 7'-0"A.F.F. DESCRIPTION: DARK STONE WITH WHITE VEINS VENDOR: MECHOSHADE
LOCATION: PERIMETER MILLWORK IN JEWELRY CONCEPTS
2. USE MANUFACTURE'S STANDARD VENDOR: TBD STYLE/COLOR: ZING TRANSLUCENT, DOVER
( TL-32a ) MATERIAL: TILE ( MT-23 ) MATERIAL: METAL AND HOME ACCESSORIES
TERMINATION CAPS STYLE/COLOR: HONED PIETRAGREY/GRAPHITE LOCATION: ELECTRIC OPERATED MECHO SHADES AT
DESCRIPTION: LIGHT GRAY PORCELAIN TILE DESCRIPTION: BRUSHED STAINLESS PEGBOARD
3. SECURE TO WALLAS PER CONTENT: NATURAL STONE SEE-THROUGH WINDOWS, WITH 4138 HOUSING,
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION
VENDOR:
STYLE/COLOR:
LIGHT GRAY
SIZE: SLAB SECURITY GLASS VENDOR:
STYLE/COLOR:
DIAMONDLIFE BRAND
BRUSHED STAINLESS
( GL-34 ) MATERIAL: GLASS WITH 3" CLOSURE
THICKNESS: 3/4" DESCRIPTION: WHITE GLASS WITH '&' FOR THE DRAWERS
( WG-03 ) MATERIAL: VINYL FINISH: MATTE THICKNESS: .75
GROUT: LATICRETE: COLOR: #45 RAVEN VENDOR: TO BE CONFIRMED BY TCO
DESCRIPTION: HIGH IMPACT WALLCOVERING SIZE: REFER TO FLOOR FINISH PLAN AND DETAIL LOCATION: MILLWORK AS NOTED ( FB-60 ) MATERIAL: FABRIC
LOCATION: FLOORING AS PER PLAN ( SGL-01 ) MATERIAL: STYLE/COLOR: TO BE CONFIRMED BY TCO
VENDOR/#: ACROVYN 4000-.060 THICKNESS: 3/8" [10MM] SECURITY GLASS DESCRIPTION: WOOL SATIN
NOTES: STONE SEAM GROUTS TO BE SPECIFIED SIZE LIMIT: TO BE CONFIRMED BY TCO
STYLE/COLOR: 315 GALVESTON GRAY (SUEDE) GROUT: LATICRETE RAIN DESCRIPTION: I" (3) LAYER LAMINATED SECURITY GLASS VENDOR: ROMO
AT1/16"[1.6MM] MAXIMUM FOR LOCATION: MILLWORK
SIZE/WIDTH: EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS 0.060" THICKNESS LOCATION: QUARTER ROUND BORDER TILE FOR CONSISTING OF ANNEALED (AN) STYLE/COLOR: DOVE M407/09
FLOORING APPLICATIONS
LOCATION: 1. AT BOH DELIVERY VESTIBULE AND HIGH PAVILION BORDER STARPHIRE GLASS WITH POLYCARBONATE PATTERN: TOWN
TRAFFIC AREA WALLS ONLY INTERLAYER, (i AN STARPHIRE X 0.050 PVB ( GL-35 ) MATERIAL: GLASS SIZE: 1397MM[55"] WIDTH
2. SECURE TO WALL AS PER X1 PC X 0.050 PVB XI AN STARPHIRE) DESCRIPTION: CAST GLASS LOCATION: NICHE BACK PANELS
MATERIAL: TILE ( ST-32 )
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION
3. USE MRF'S VERTICAL JOINT WALL TRIMS
( TL-32b )
DESCRIPTION: LIGHT GRAY PORCELAIN TILE
MATERIAL:
DESCRIPTION:
STONE
LIGHT GREY
VENDOR:
STYLE/COLOR:
PPG(TO BE SOURCED LOCALLY)
CLEAR
MIRROR VENDOR:
STYLE / COLOR:
TO BE CONFIRMED BY TCO
TO BE CONFIRMED BY TCO
VENDOR: FLORIM CERAMICHE SPA VENDOR: TBD LOCATION: ALL SHOW WINDOWS SIZE LIMIT: TO BE CONFIRMED BY TCO C FB-61 )
( WG-04 ) MATERIAL: VINYL STYLE / COLOR: LIGHT GREY MATERIAL: FABRIC
STYLE/COLOR: HONED IMPERIAL LIGHT LOCATION: PRIVATE SALES TABLE AND CS DESK
DESCRIPTION: CRASH RAIL FINISH: MATTE CONTENT: NATURAL STONE DESCRIPTION: TBD
SIZE: 1270MM X 305MM X 10MM [50" X 12" X 3/8"] ( MR-01 ) MATERIAL: MIRROR VENDOR: TBD
VENDOR: ACROVYN SIZE: SLAB
STYLE/COLOR: SCR-40N/315 GALVESTON GRAY (SUEDE) GROUT: LATICRETE RAIN ( SGL-02 ) MATERIAL: SECURITY GLASS DESCRIPTION: LOW IRON CLEAR MIRROR STYLE / COLOR: TBD
THICKNESS: 3/4" ( GL-36 ) MATERIAL: GLASS
SIZE/WIDTH: EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS 102MM [4") H X LOCATION: CTS EXACT LENGTH IN FIELD. FOR DESCRIPTION: 22.2MM [^"] 3 LAYER LAMINATED VENDOR: TO BE SOURCED LOCALLY SIZE/WIDTH: TBD
GROUT: LATICRETE: COLOR: TBD DESCRIPTION: GLASS CUBE ECHED WITH AMPERSAND
19MM[|"]DX LENGTH REQUIRED PAVILION BORDER SECURITY GLASS CONSISTING OF STYLE/COLOR: LOW IRON ULTRA CLEAR LOCATION: TBD
LOCATION: PAVILION FLOORING AS PER PLAN LOCATION: BACKPANELS IN NICHES, FOH COLUMN DESIGN
LOCATION: 1. AT BOH WALLS OF DELIVERY VESTIBULE. NOTES: STONE SEAM GROUTS TO BE SPECIFIED ANNEALED (AN) STARPHIRE GLASS VENDOR: GMO INDUSTRIES,INC. OR APPROVED EQUAL
WITH PVB INTERLAYER: (6.35MM [!"] AN ENCLOSURES, FOH DOORS
SEE ELEVATIONS ATI/16" [1.6MM] MAXIMUM FOR STYLE/COLOR: LOW IRON GLASS
2. SECURE TO WALL AS PER ( TL-32d ) MATERIAL: TILE FLOORING APPLICATIONS STARPHIRE X 1.5MM [0.060"] PVB x SIZE: 14"Z14"X18" AND 21" X 19" XI8"
DESCRIPTION: LIGHT GRAY PORCELAIN TILE ( FB-62 ) MATERIAL: FABRIC
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION 6.35MM[1"]AN STARPHIRE x 1.5MM C MR-30 ) MATERIAL: MIRROR LOCATION: SIDE TABLE
3. USE MRF'S TERMINATION CAPS. VENDOR: FLORIM CERAMICHE SPA DESCRIPTION: BLUE WALL FABRIC
[0.060"]PVBx6.35MM[|'] AN DESCRIPTION: FLUTED MIRROR
STYLE / COLOR: LIGHT GREY VENDOR: PIERRE FREY
STARPHIRE) VENDOR: TO BE SOURCE LOCALLY STYLE/COLOR: OCEAN
FINISH: MATTE ( GL-37 ) MATERIAL: GLASS
VENDOR: PPG (TO BE SOURCE LOCALLY) STYLE/COLOR: SILVER BACK FLUTED MIRROR PATTERN: SHABBY LIN DELAVE F248040
SIZE: CHECK FINISH FLOOR PLAN FOR CUT & SIZE ( ST-33 ) MATERIAL: STONE DESCRIPTION: BLUE CAST GLASS
LOCATION: STOREFRONT - SEE-THRU WINDOWS SIZE: 1250MM X3100MM (4'1-7/32" X 10'2-1/16") SIZE: 1422MM [56"] WIDTH
GROUT: LATICRETE RAIN DESCRIPTION: SILVER VEINS VENDOR: TO SOURCE LOCALLY
LOCATION: PRIVATE SALES DOOR, SHOWCASE P-10B.24, LOCATION: PRIVATE SALES AREA
LOCATION: CTS EXACT LENGTH IN FIELD. FOR PAVILION VENDOR: TBD STYLE / COLOR: TEAR DROP BLUE 2053-60 (OR APPROVED
EXTERIOR FINISH FM-150 COUNTER, DRAWER
BORDER STYLE/COLOR: SILVER TRAVERTINE EQUAL)
C SGL-03 ) MATERIAL: SECURITY GLASS FM-30, PM-30 BLUE BOX WALL
CONTENT: NATURAL STONE SIZE: SEE ELEVATIONS/DETAILS FOR SIZE
f (2) LAYER LAMINATED ANNEALED
LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE PANEL ( TL-33 ) MATERIAL: TILE
FINISH:
SIZE:
FILLED WITH CEMENT AND HONED
SLAB
DESCRIPTION:
GLASS. (1/4'" AN STARPHIRE X 0.060
LOCATION: PRIVATE SALE & EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLES C FB-63 ) MATERIAL:
DESCRIPTION:
FABRIC
WHITE WOOL SATEEN
DESCRIPTION: AMAZONITE PORCELAIN TILE ( MR-31 ) MATERIAL: MIRROR
THICKNESS: 3/4" PVB INTERLAYER X AN STARTPHIRE) DESCRIPTION: ETCHED POSITIVE WHEATLEAF SATIN REFLCTION VENDOR: ROGERS & GOFFIGAN LTD
VENDOR: MARGRAF SPA VENDOR: PPG (TO BE SOURCED LOCALLY) STYLE/COLOR: STORK938001-47
GROUT: LATICRETE: TO BE PROVIDED BY TCO ON MIRROR ( GL-38 ) MATERIAL: GLASS
(NS-GF-01) STYLE/COLOR: TIFFANY BLUE STYLE/COLOR: CLEAR PATTERN: BECHAMEL
MATERIAL: TBD LOCATION: PORTALS, WALLS, BASEBOARDS VENDOR: GMD INDUSTRIES, INC. OR APPROVED EQUAL DESCRIPTION: GREY GLASS
FINISH: HONED LOCATION: ALL EXTERIOR ENTRY GLASS DOORS, SIZE: 1372MM [54"] WIDTH
DESCRIPTION: TBD NOTES: STONE SEAM GROUTS TO BE SPECIFIED STYLE/COLOR: 1/4" LOW IRON MIRROR VENDOR: TO SOURCE LOCALLY
SIZE: 1197 MM X 2397 MM x 6 MM [47 1/4" x 94 1/2" SIDELIGHTS AND TRANSOMS BEHIND LOCATION: VERTICAL DISPLAY AS NOTED
VENDOR: PERMASTEELISA AT 1/16" [1.6MM] MAXIMUM FOR FLOOR SIZE: 69-X 130" MAX. STYLE / COLOR: LOW IRON GLASS BACK PAINTED GREY TO
X 1/4"] MAX SECURITY DOOR OR GATES
STYLE / COLOR: TBD APPLICATIONS LOCATION: H&A MATCH LTR-40/ SAMPLE APPROVED BY TCO
GROUT: LATICRETE: LATICRETE: 1600 UNSANDED
SIZE/WIDTH: TBD SIZE: SEE ELEVATIONS/DETAILS FOR SIZE
GROUT WITH 1776 GROUT ENHANCER
PATTERN: WHEAT LEAF LOCATION: PERIMETER FIXTURE GLASS AT THE BASE ( FB-64 ) MATERIAL: FABRIC
COLOUR: 78 STERLING SILVER (SGL-02A) MATERIAL:
LOCATION: STOREFRONT SECURITY GLASS OF VITRINE DESCRIPTION: TBD
MAPEI: KERCOLOR U WITH GROUT ( ST-34 ) MATERIAL: STONE DESCRIPTION: TYPE SGL-02 SECURITY GLASS WITH VENDOR: TBD
MAXIMIZER
ADDITIVE DESCRIPTION: WHITE MARBLE WITH LIGHT VEINS; COLD
WHITE WITH QUARTZ INTRUSIONS
POSITIVE WHEATLEAF PATTERN ETCHED ON
INTERIOR FACE
PAINT STYLE / COLOR: TBD
LEGEND
COLOUR: #27 SILVER LOCATION: TBD
VENDOR: DMARMI S.R.L. VENDOR: GMD INDUSTRIES (OR
LOCATION:
NOTE:
FEATURE WALLS
CLEAN WITH NATURAL/WATER BASE STYLE/COLOR: BIANCO BATOLA APPROVED EQUAL) LACQUER ( FB-65 )
Seal/Signature
CONTENT: NATURAL STONE STYLE/COLOR: SEE ELEVATIONS FOR TCO WHEATLEAF MATERIAL: FABRIC
DETERGENTS AND MICROFIBER CLOTH. ( PT-09 ) MATERIAL: PAINT DESCRIPTION: TREAD PLATE OR WHEATLEAF
SIZE: SLAB PATTERNS
CUTS/ DRILLING EXECUTED WITH SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION: FLAT FINISH PAINT VENDOR: TBD
GROUT: TO BE PROVIDED BY TCO LOCATION: STOREFRONT SIDELIGHTS AND SEE THRU
EQPT. START INCISION IN THE BACK OF VENDOR: BENJAMIN MOORE ( LQR-30 ) MATERIAL: LACQUER STYLE/COLOR: TBD
LOCATION: MILLWORK AT STOREFRONT, WINDOWS
THE SLAB. STYLE/COLOR: TO MATCH PMS# 1827 TIFFANY BLUE DESCRIPTION: WHITE LACQUER LOCATION: TBD
COORDINATED WITH MOLTENI VENDOR: TO SOURCE LOCALLY
LOCATION: STOREFRONT BLUE FEATURE WALL
NOTES: STONE SEAM GROUTS TO BE SPECIFIED (SGL-02B) MATERIAL: STYLE/COLOR: MATCH ST-34
SECURITY GLASS
AT 1.6MM [1/16"] MAXIMUM FOR FLOOR CONTENT: MDF WITH LACQUERED SURFACE MATERIAL: FABRIC
DESCRIPTION: TYPE SGL-02 SECURITY GLASS WITH
APPLICATIONS LOCATION: PERIMETER MILLWORK OF VITRINE INTERNAL DESCRIPTION: 70%VISCOSE, 15% POLYESTER
NEGATIVE GRADATED WHEATLEAF C PT-10 ) MATERIAL: PAINT
PATTERN ETCHED ON INTERIOR FACE STRUCTURE, H&A, COUNTER EXTERNAL VENDOR: COWTAN & TOUT
DESCRIPTION:
VENDOR: GMD INDUSTRIES STRUCTURE, PEDESTAL, DRAWERS AND STYLE / COLOR: JANE CHURCHILL Project Name
VENDOR: BENJAMIN MOORE
CORIAN RUBBER BASE STYLE/COLOR: SEE ELEVATIONS FOR PATTERN AND
GRADATION
STYLE/COLOR: CHANTILLY LACE OC-65/FLAT DOORS, BLUEBOX WALL VITRINE INTERNAL
STRUCTURE AND TOP STRUCTURE SIZE:
JCCRISTO GREYJ715F-09
1397MM[55"] WIDE
LOCATION: CEILING MELBOURNE, AU
LOCATION: SEE THRU STOREFRONT WINDOWS BEHIND LOCATION: EPISODES NICHES
CASELINE ( LQR-31 ) MATERIAL: LACQUER
Project Number
C PT-14 ) DESCRIPTION: TIFFANY BLUE LACQUER
( CR-01 ) MATERIAL: COUNTERS, SINK ( RB-02 ) MATERIAL: VINYL RUBBER BASE MATERIAL: PAINT (NS-FB-OZ) MATERIAL: FABRIC
VENDOR: TO SOURCE LOCALLY 2018014
DESCRIPTION: SOLID SURFACE COUNTER & SINK DESCRIPTION: RUBBER WALL BASE DESCRIPTION: DESCRIPTION: RUSSIAN TWILL WOOL FLANNE
VICINITY VENDOR: CORIAN VENDOR: JOHNSONITE
( SGL-03 ) MATERIAL:
DESCRIPTION:
SECURITY GLASS
14.3MM [t'l 2 LAYER LAMINATED ANNEALED VENDOR: BENJAMIN MOORE
STYLE/COLOR: TO MATCH PANTONE 1837 BLUE ON UNCOATED
STOCK VENDOR: HOLLAND & SHERRY
DESIGN APPROVAL 1 CENTRES STYLE/COLOR:
SIZE/WIDTH:
BISQUE
PER DETAILS
STYLE/COLOR:
LOCATION:
55 SILVER GREY
BOH WALLS USE 4" FLAT BASE AT CARPETED
GLASS: (6.35MM [!"] AN STARPHIRE x 1.5MM
STYLE/COLOR: OC.5
MARITIME WHITE
CONTENT: MDF WITH LACQUERED SURFACE STYLE / COLOR:
SIZE:
ROPA-POND DE11399
TCO TO CONFIRM
Description
[0.060-] PVB INTERLAYER x 6.35MM [i"] AN LOCATION: BLUE BOX WALL (INTERIOR OF BOXES)
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DA 1 LOCATION: AFTER SALES SERVICE COUNTER AREAS. USE 4" COVE TYPE AT VCT AREAS . FOR EGGSHELL FINISH LOCATION: FEATURE WALL FINISH SCHEDULE
SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR SINK INTERNATIONAL PROJECTS SOURCE LOCAL STARPHIRE) LOCATION: PRIVATE SALES WALLS (RENOVATIONS)
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO. SPECIFICATION. FOR INTERNATIONAL PROJECTS APPROVED EQUAL (BACK OF HOUSE WALL VENDOR: PPG (TO BE SOURCED LOCALLY)
CENTRE: CHADSTONE SOURCE LOCAL APPROVED EQUAL BASE) LOCATION: ALL EXTERIOR ENTRY GLASS DOORS, ( LQR-32 ) MATERIAL: LACQUER
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD C PT-16 ) MATERIAL: PAINT DESCRIPTION: WHITE TO MATCH WHEATLEAF WALL Scale
SIDELIGHTS AND TRANSOMS BEHIND
DESCRIPTION: SEMI-GLOSS PAINT COVERING
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliver! SECURITY DOOR OR GATES NO SCALE
VENDOR: BENJAMIN MOORE VENDOR: TBD
( CR-10 ) MATERIAL: CORIAN
^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing Regulatory Issue STYLE / COLOR: SUPERWHITE PM-01 SEMI-GLOSS STYLE / COLOR: WHITE
DESCRIPTION: CUSTOM TIFFANY BLUE (E120271.43-8 IN-31109) LOCATION: BOH RESTROOM WALLS & CEILING
( SGL-04 ) MATERIAL: SECURITY GLASS LOCATION: WHITE SHELVES
VENDOR: FUTRUS SOLUTIONS W. CORIAN DESIGN Sheet Number
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the DESCRIPTION: 11.1MM [il"] 2 LAYER LAMINATED SECURITY
STYLE/COLOR: CORIAN CUSTOM BLUE IN-31109
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the SIZE/WIDTH: 1/2" X 30" X 144" SHEET CUT TO SIZE GLASS: (4.8MM %"] AN STARPHIRE x 1.5MM
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. LOCATION: RESTROOM WALL PANELS AND COUNTER [0.060-] PVB INTERLAYER x 4.8MM p^"] AN ( PT-17 ) MATERIAL: PAINT ( LQR-33 ) MATERIAL: LACQUER
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings MATERIAL STARPHIRE) DESCRIPTION: EGGSHELL FINISH DESCRIPTION: BLUE TO MATCH RESTROOM CORIAN FINISH
VENDOR: BENJAMIN MOORE VENDOR: TBD
VENDOR:
LOCATION:
PPG (TO BE SOURCED LOCALLY)
SHOWCASES, VITRINES, DISPLAY CASES
INSIDE THE STORE
STYLE / COLOR:
LOCATION:
MOUNTAIN MIST (868) EGGSHELL
BOH WALL COLOR
STYLE/COLOR:
LOCATION:
BLUE
MILLWORK DOOR A6.20
SHEET NOTES
VICINITY
CENTRES
SIGN TYPES 1.2, & 3
TO BE PURCHASED FROM: TEL: 646 428 5500
DAIKAN CO SIGNS LTD.
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DA 1 3-1-7 SANGENYA-HIGASHI
TAISHO, OSAKA
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO. 551-0002 JAPAN
CENTRE: CHADSTONE LENGTH VARIES - SEE CHART AH: MASANORIIMADA
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD TEL: 81-50-3387-7292
M.IMADA@DAIKAN.NE.JP DESIGN ARCHITECT
SEE ENLARGED DETAIL ÔFT&C
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliveri (NO SUBSTITUTION PERMITTED)
aI Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue V

(L OF MOUNTING HEIGHT
SIGNTYPE1: FACE LIT SIGNS
CO SIGN TYPE 2: PUSH THRU SIGN PANELS, Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
LJJ I—
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the SIGN TYPE 3: METAL PRISMATIC LETTERS
>_o.
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the -£-LU-
1. SIGN TYPE 1: G.C. TO OBTAIN
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. ^ CO
LU
CO
TEMPLATES FROM DAIKAN FOR DRILLING PTID
ce OF STONE OR GLASS FOR MOUNTING LEVEL 6, 61 MARKET STREET, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES,
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings V PINS AND POWER FEEDS.
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to 2. SIGN TYPE 2: G.C. TO OBTAIN FILES
MEP ENGINEER
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to ELEVATION FROM DAIKAN FOR WATER JET CUTTING
SCALE: 1:10
VARIES OF SMALLER LETTERS
OF STONE BACKING.. MEDLAND ENGINEERING
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. PER LETTER HEIGHT
3. SIGN TYPES 1 & 2: POWER SUPPLY TO BE GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
15MM [1/16"] MIN. T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU
LOCATED IN VENTED ACCESSIBLE
ce LOCATION WITHIN 32 FT. (10 M) OF SIGN.
< LIGHTING DESIGNER
COORDINATE LOCATION WITH TCO
— LJJ o
LU
LU
PROJECT MGR AND ARCHITECT. SCHV«INGHAMMER^^M§ „
4. SIGN TYPE 3: G.C. TO OBTAIN ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTIMG CONSULTANTS 335 WEST 38TH ST NEW YORK, NY 10018
< ^ WWW.SCHWINCHAMWERUGHTING.CCM T 212-967-5344 F.212-967-5945
I— LU TEMPLATES FROM DAIKAN FOR DRILLING
LU M
2 CO BRUSHED ST. STL. OF STONE OR OTHER SUBSTRATE.
FINISH OR BLACK MOUNTING PIN LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE
METAL TRIM POWDER COAT FOR INTENT ONLY.
SIZE VARIES FINISH. CONFIRM 5. SIGN TYPES 1,2 & 3: INSTALLATION BY
SEE CHART PER PROJECT G.C.
SMD-LED (4000K) ON
CUSTOM DESIGNED
CIRCUIT BOARD SIGN TYPE 4:
WIRING TO REMOTE POWER SUPPLY IN FLOOR LOGO INSET TO BE FABRICATED BY:
ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. REFER TO DETAIL EDM
07/A6.40 FACE OF 22 EAST 21 ST STREET
ALL LETTERS NEW YORK N.Y 10010
METAL TRIM AT LEHERS TO ALIGN TEL. 646.237.7158
SCALE: 1:2 AH: DAVID CABRAL
DAVID.CABRAL@EDM.PARIS.COM
SIZE SIDE ABS RESIN 1. SIGN TYPE 4 IS FURNISHED BY TIFFANY

CHART FINISH 2MM THICK STONE CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED BY
NOMINAL ACTUAL G.C.
TRIM LENGTH MATERIAL QUANTITY
HEIGHT HEIGHT SPECIAL 2. SIGN TYPE 4 IS SENT TO SITE IN SIZE AS
152 MM [6"j 4 MM [3/16"] 160 MM [6 3/8"] 1268 MM [4’-2"] ST. STL. 3 ST. STL. SLEEVE WITH POWER FEED LUMINANCE RESIN SHOWN. MUST BE USED IN FULL
SEAL AROUND SLEEVE 20 MM THICK 1524MM [5'-0"j WIDTH. CAN BE CUTTO
178 MM [7"] 4 MM [3/16"] 186 MM [7 3/8"] 1479 MM[4'-101/4"] BLACK OR ST. STL 0
LINES INDICATED TO SUIT LAYOUT.
203 MM [8"j 4 MM [3/16'l 211 MM [8 3/8"] 1690 MM [5'-6 9/16"] BLACK OR ST. STL 0 CLEAR ACRYLIC 3. STONE FOR LOGO INSET TO BE AS FREE
228 MM [9"] 4 MM [3/16'l 236 MM [9 3/8"] 1902 MM [6'-2 7/8"] BLACK OR ST. STL 0 5MM THICK OFVEININGAS POSSIBLE.
254 MM [10"j 4 MM [3/16"] 262 MM [10 3/8"] 2113 MM [6'-11 3/16") ST. STL. 1 FROSTED RIDGE &
279 MM [11"] 4 MM [3/16"] 287 MM [11 3/8"] 2324 MM [7'-71/2"] BLACK OR ST. STL 0
STUD BOLT- COLOR TO MATCH STONE - SPECIAL 3D FINISH A Issue Date & Description By Check
LENGTH VARIES DEPENDING UPON 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
305 MM [12") 6 MM [1/4"] 317 MM [121/2"] 2536 MM [8'-3 13/16") BLACK OR ST. STL 0 SIGN TYPE 5:
THICKNESS OF MATERIAL
VINYL GOLD LEAF LETTERING FINAL SD
330 MM [13") 6 MM [1/4"] 317 MM [121/2"] 2740 MM [8'-11 3/4"] BLACK OR ST. STL 0
TO BE PURCHASED FROM: 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
356 MM [14") 6 MM [1/4"j 317 MM [121/2"j 2951 MM [9'-8"l BLACK OR ST. STL 0 SIDE FINISH NOTE: SEE-GOLD.COM
HIGH POINT OF FLUTE PRELIM SD
457 MM[18'1 8 MM [5/16") 473 MM [18 5/8"] 3804 MM [12'-5 3/4"] BLACK OR ST. STL 0 SIGN TYPE 1-A = ST. STL. EDGES AH: SANDRA SPANNAN 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
610 MM [24"] 8 MM [5/16") 473 MM [18 5/8"] 5071 MM [16'-7 5/8"] ST. STL. SIGN TYPE 1-B = BLACK EDGES LOW POINT OF FLUTE TEL: 917.749.1187
1
100% SD
EMAIL: SANDRA@SEE-GOLD.COM
03/08/2019 DSF DSF
SECTION - MOUNTING ON STONE 50% CD
SCALE: 1:2
04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
100% CD
Qg SIGN TYPE 1 - FACE LIT LETTERS (DAIKAN LUM1 - LETTER R3D CH) GENERAL NOTES
SCALE: AS NOTED

ASSOCIATED NOTES.
C. REFER TO A0.03 FOR ADDITIONAL
GENERAL NOTES.
POWER CONNECTION BY CLASS 2 POWER SUPPLY

ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MODE: LP1060-24-GG-290
AC INPUT: 100-240VAC, 1-0.5A, 47-63HZ
DC OUTPUT: 60 WATTS, 24V/2.5A
QUANTITY PER SIGNAGE VENDOR
JUNCTION BOX WITH CARLING

TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCH
WEATHER PROOF
OUTLET BOX
120V POWER SUPPLY LINE WITH CONDUIT
LED WIRES 1000 VOLT BALLAST WIRE 14 GAUGE
WIRING DIAGRAM
SCALE: N.T.S.
#16-2 STR N SHIELD CMP TAPPING

CONNECTED TO TRANSFORMER
TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

07 SCALE: AS NOTED
Seal/Signature
Project Name
MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
SIGNAGE SCHEDULE
Scale
AS NOTED
Sheet Number
A6.40
SHEET NOTES
TEL: 646 428 5500
EXISTING DEMISING
WALL
DESIGN ARCHITECT
EXISTING CONCRETE
COLUMN
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\x\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\^ . Tel: -1-61 2 8289 5700 Fax: -f61 2 9289 3745
I
I ^ I ~3 i
Lfj^.. J
I
L .
^
19MM [3/4"] FT.
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
MEP ENGINEER
PLYWOOD SUPPORTED
ON METAL STUDS T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU
r
LIGHTING DESIGNER
SCHWINGHAMMERMSMra® „
ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 335 '.VEST 3eiH ST. NEW YORK, NY lOOlB
W'WW.SCHWINGHAMWERLiGHTNC.COM T.212-967-59A4 F.212-957-5945
UJ-
BLOCK NG AS NEEDED
SCHEDULED MILLWORK
16MM[5/8'1 GYP.BD.
16MM [5/8"j GYP BD
METAL TRIM SUPPORTED ON METAL STUDS
SCHEDULED MILLWORK
GENERAL NOTES
16MM [5/8'l GYP BD

METAL TR SUPPORTED ON METAL
STUDS
SCHEDULED MILLWORK
Q7
^ *
PLAN DETAIL @ RECESSED MILLWORK
SCALE: 1:5
PM-140 PLAN DETAIL @ LOVE & ENGAGEMENT ^ *
PG-30T-11S PLAN DETAIL @ BLUE WALL WRAPPING
SCALE: 1:5
SCALE: 1:5 01 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
02 12/21/2018 DSF DSF

PRELIM SD
03 02/08/2019 DSF DSF

100% SD
04 03/08/2019 DSF DSF

50% CD
05 04/05/2019 DSF DSF

90% CD
06 05/03/2019 DSF DSF

100% CD
METAL TR METAL TRIM
STAINLESS STEEL TRIM
( MT-02 ) (~MT-02)
16MM [5/8"l GYP BD
25MM[1"] PLYWOOD [2] LAYERS OF19MM

[5/8"j F.T. PLYWOOD
SCHEDULED MIRROR PANEL
SUPPORTED ON METAL
( MR-01 ) STUDS
3/4" F.T. PLYWOOD ON

METAL STUD FRAMING
SCHEDULED STONE TRIM
( ST-33 ) ^
EXISTING STEEL COLUMN
16MM [5/8'l GYP BD

SUPPORTED ON METAL VICINITY
EDGE OF PORTAL ABOVE • MIRROR PANEL GLUED TO
STUDS
MkPP CENTRES
METAL TRIM
F.T. PLYWOOD PANEL
METAL TRIM
( MR-01 )
( MT-02 ) [5/8"] ( MT-02 )
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
XI Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue

METAL PORTAL PLAN DETAIL nc COLUMN ENCLOSURE PLAN DETAIL @ ESSENTIALS STONE CORNER TRIM PLAN DETAIL
08 SCALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5 02 SCALE: 1:5
r
J
3/4" F.T. PLY ON

LEGEND
3/4" THICK PLYWOOD
METAL STUD FRAMING Seal/Signature
1/4" CEMENT BACKER BOARD

ON (2) LAYERS 3/4" F.T. PLYWD L
W/ MTL FRAMING
FT. BLKG AS REQD
SCHEDULED TILE
S BLOCKING AS REQUIRED
5/8" GYP ON METAL FRAMING
METAL TRIM Project Name

EDGE OF POCKET ABOVE MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
MODIFIED MORTAR SPOT
21/2T 41/2" ATTACHMENT 2018014
3/4" THICK PLYWOOD
SCHEDULE STONE PORTAL 1/4" METAL PANEL

Description
FABRIC WRAP PANEL STONE BASE BELOW INTERIOR DETAILS
16MM [5/8"j GYP BD

SUPPORTED ON METAL STUDS Scale
1:5
SCHEDULED MILLWORK
Sheet Number
STONE PORTAL PLAN DETAIL ng PLAN DETAIL @ FEATURE WALL no PG-20T.6 PLAN DETAIL @ JEWELRY CONCEPTS
A7.00
09 SCALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5
SHEET NOTES
DESD6N APPROVA CENTRES
16MM [5/8"] GYP. BD.

CENTRE: CHADSTONE

X Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing X Regulatory Issue 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673

Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the ( MT-02 ) PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: -t61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
MEP ENGINEER
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to 25MM [1"j F.T. PLYWOOD MEDLAND ENGINEERING
LIGHTING DESIGNER
ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 335 '.VEST 3eTH ST. NEW YORK, NY lOOlB
W'WW.SCHWINGHAMWERLiGHUNC.COM T.2I2-967-59A4 F.212-957-5945
GENERAL NOTES
^ *
METAL TRIM PLAN DETAIL @ COLLECTIONS
SCALE: 1:5
11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
12/21/2018 DSF DSF
PRELIM SD
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
100% SD
03/08/2019 DSF DSF
50% CD
04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
100% CD
16MM [5/8'l GYP.BD. SUPPORTED

ON METAL STUDS

( MT-02 )
19MM [3/4"j F.T. PLYWOOD

SCHEDULED MIRROR
( MR-01 )
Q2 MIRRORED WALL PLAN DETAIL @ COLLECTIONS

SCALE: 1:5
LEGEND
Seal/Signature
Project Name
MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
INTERIOR DETAILS
Scale
AS NOTED
Sheet Number
A7.01
SHEET NOTES
TEL: 646 428 5500
DESIGN ARCHITECT
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: -t61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
MEP ENGINEER
5/8" GYP. BD. ON METAL STUD MEDLAND ENGINEERING

FRAMING T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU
TIGHT BUTT JOINT BETWEEN

LIGHTING DESIGNER
PANELS
SCHWINGHAMMERMgMra® „
ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 235 '.VEST SSTH ST. NEW YORK, NY lOOlK
PRIVATE SALES FABRIC WRAPPED WA'W.SCHWINGHAMWERLiGHTINC.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-S57-5945
WALL PANEL
SCHEDULED FIXTURE; SHIM AND
PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED
EDGE OF BASE BELOW
PROVIDE BLOCKING AS NECESSARY
FABRIC END PANEL CABINET HINGE
FABRIC OPERABLE PANEL
1/8" METAL TRIM

PRIVATE SALE FABRIC WRAPPED
2 k' METAL BASE OPERABLE WALL PAN€L' A Issue Date & Description By Check
METAL BASE EDGE OF METAL BASE BELOW 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
SETBACK 9/16" FROM FACE OF FINAL SD
ALGN METAL TRIM 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
PRELIM SD
1/8" METAL TRIM BETWEEN PANELS
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
PRIV^TrSALES FABRIC WRAPPED 100% SD
/ WALL PANEL 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
50% CD
EDGE OF METAL BASE BELOW 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
5/8" GYP. BD. ON METAL STUD 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
FRAMING 100% CD
GENERAL NOTES
A. WALL PANELS ARE FURNISHED BY TCO

(PERIMETER SCOPE) AND INSTALLED BY
G.C.
B. WALL PANELS ARE ATTACHED TO WALLS
Q4 AXONOMETRIC @ PRIVATE SALE ^ *
PLAN DETAIL OF PM100 @ PRIVATE SALE
SCALE: 1:5
WITH Z-CLIPS. Z-CLIPS ARE FURNISHED BY
SCALE: 1:5 TCO (PMW SCOPE) AND INSTALLED BY G.C.
C. WALL PANELS ARRIVE AT SITE WITH
Z-CLIPS PRE-INSTALLED ON PANELS. WALL
PORTION OF Z-CLIPS ARE SHIPPED LOOSE
WITH THE WALL PANELS
D. "TALL" WALL PANELS (2934MM, 9’-7 1/2") TO
RECEIVE (4) TIERS OF Z-CLIPS. "SHORT"
WALL PANELS (2324MM, 7'-7 1/2") TO
RECEIVE (3) TIERS OF Z-CLIPS.
E. G.C. TO PROVIDE 150MM [6"] HIGH 16 GA.
FLAT STRAPPING IN WALLS FOR
AHACHMENT OF Z-CLIPS AT ALL
WALL-MOUNTED MILLWORK, ARTWORK,
AND STANDARDS. REFER T A7.20 FOR
HEIGHT OF STRAPPING AND Z-CLIPS.
F. G.C. TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BLACK
FOAM STRIPS WHERE ENDS OF PANELS
ARE EXPOSED. FROSTED KING#R538H
10MM (3/8")W. X11MM (7/16")TH. SELF STICK
■
(OR APPROVED EQUAL PRODUCT BY

1/8" METAL TRIM BETWEEN WALL OTHER MFR)
PANELS / G. * NOTE:
/ MT-01 (BRUSHED ST.ST'L) MAY BE
/
SUBSTITUTED FOR MT-09 (STYLMARK)
5/8" GYP. BD.ON METAL STUD ■
, MT-02 (POLSHED ST.ST'L) MAY BE

FRAMING
■
' ■■■
H. REFER TO SHEET A0.01 FOR
3/4" PRIVATE SALES FABRIC '
WRAPPED WALL PANEL ' , ASSOCIATED NOTES.
\
' I. REFER TO SHEET A0.02 FOR GRAPHIC
LINE OF BASE BELOW ' SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS.
' J. REFER TO A0.03 FOR ADDITIONAL
.. GENERAL NOTES.
'
K. ALL GYP. BD. WALLS IN SALES SALONS TO
' BE PAINTED PT-11,U.O.N.
' L. ALL WALLS TO RECEIVE WALL-COVERING
'
■■■

' M. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND MILLWORK
PRIVATE SALES FABRIC ' ,
. CONTRACTORS TO COORDINATE ROUGH
WRAPPED WALL PANEL '
■.
DRYWALL DIMENSIONS REQUIRED.
'
' ,
'
METAL TRIM METAL TRIM
' .
1/8" METAL TRIM BETWEEN WALL '
PANELS
TIGHT BUTT JOINT
-nA
BETWEEN PANELS
FABRIC WRAPPED
FRAME
LINE OF BASE BELOW
TIGHT BUTT JOINT Seal/Signature

BETWEEN WALL PANELS
5/8" GYP. BD. ON

METAL STUD FRAMING
3/4" PRIVATE SALES FABRIC

WRAPPED WALL PANEL
Project Name
VICINITY PRIVATE SALES FABRIC PRIVATE SALES FABRIC WRAPPED

SCHEDULED STONE LEGEND
MELBOURNE, AU
DESIGN APPROVAL 1 CENTRES WRAPPED WALL PANEL OPERABLE WALL PANEL
PORTAL
Project Number
3/4" F.T. PLY ON METAL
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DA 1 STUD FRAMING MILLWORK & CUSTOM FEATURES 2018014

CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD Description
INTERIOR DETAILS
XI Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue
Scale
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the AS NOTED
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. Sheet Number
no PARTIAL ELEVATION @ PRIVATE SALE no PLAN DETAIL @ PRIVATE SALE

A7.03
SCALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5
SHEET NOTES
VICINITY
CENTRES
TEL: 646 428 5500

CENTRE: CHADSTONE

XI Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue METAL STUD FRAMING
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
SEE PARTITION TYPES

MTLSTUD FRAMING-SEE
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the FOR DETAILS ARCHITECT OF RECORD
PARTITION TYPES FOR
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the DETAILS PTID
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. GYP.BD. AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: -t61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
2-1/2" FREY REGLET BASE MIRROR PANEL
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings OVER PLYWOOD
REVEAL OR EQUAL MEP ENGINEER
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to # DRMB-625-250 MEDLAND ENGINEERING
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to 3/4" XI 1/2" X1/8" METAL ANGLE GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
STYLEMARK #110168 METAL TRIM/BASE T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU

the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. ( MT-02 )
LIGHTING DESIGNER
TILE BASE - SEE FINISH FLOOR
ELEVATIONS FINISH SCHWINGHAMMER^
ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 335 '.VEST ISTH ST. NEW YORK, NY lOOlB
NEW TILE WWW.SCHWINGHAMWERL1GH11NC.COM T.212-967-59A4 F.212-9G7-5945
FLOORING-SEE
FINISH PLAN
TILE BASE DETAIL METAL BASE DETAIL

05 SCALE: 1:5 01 SCALE: 1:5
GENERAL NOTES
A. WALL PANELS ARE FURNISHED BY TCO
{PERIMETER SCOPE) AND INSTALLED BY G.C.
B. WALL PANELS ARE ATTACHED TO WALLS
TCO (PMW SCOPE) AND INSTALLED BY G.C.
C. WALL PANELS ARRIVE AT SITE WITH Z-CLIPS
PRE-INSTALLED ON PANELS. WALL PORTION
OF Z-CLIPS ARE SHIPPED LOOSE WITH THE
METAL STUD FRAMING- WALL PANELS A Issue Date & Description By Check
SEE PARTITION TYPES D. ’TALL" WALL PANELS (2934MM, 9'-7 1/2") TO 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FOR DETAILS RECEIVE (4) TIERS OF Z-CLIPS. "SHORT" FINAL SD
WALL PANELS (2324MM, 7’-7 1/2") TO RECEIVE
GYP.BD. 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
(3) TIERS OF Z-CLIPS.
E. G.C. TO PROVIDE 150MM [6"] HIGH 16 GA. PRELIM SD
4" FRY REGLET REVEAL
BASE TRIM #DRMB-625-400 FLAT STRAPPING IN WALLS FOR 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
METAL STUD FRAMING-
OR APPROVED EQUAL SEE PARTITION TYPES ATTACHMENT OF Z-CLIPS AT ALL 100% SD
FOR DETAILS WALL-MOUNTED MILLWORK, ARTWORK, AND 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
STONE BASE - SEE STANDARDS. REFER T A7.20 FOR HEIGHT OF
GYP. BD 50% CD
PARTITION TYPES STRAPPING AND Z-CLIPS.
FOR DETAILS
( ST-33 )
F.T. BLKG AS REQD
Z-CLIPS
SCHEDULED
>5 F. G.C. TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BLACK FOAM
STRIPS WHERE ENDS OF PANELS ARE
EXPOSED. FROSTED KING #R538H 10MM
04/05/2019
90% CD
05/03/2019
DSF
DSF
DSF
DSF
FABRIC WALL
PANEL (3/8")W. X 11MM (7/16")TH. SELF STICK (OR 100% CD
APPROVED EQUAL PRODUCT BY OTHER
METAL TRM MFR)
( MT-02 ) G. * NOTE:
NEW STONE FINISH FLQCR MT-01 (BRUSHED ST.ST'L) MAY BE
FLOORING-SEE STONE BASE SUBSTITUTED FOR MT-09 (STYLMARK)
FINISH PLAN 1] TO OVERLAP BASE MT-02 (POLSHED ST.ST’L) MAY BE
BY 1/2" SUBSTITUTED FOR MT-10 (STYLMARK)
ASSOCIATED NOTES.
I. REFER TO SHEET A0.02 FOR GRAPHIC
J. REFER TO A0.03 FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL
NOTES.
K. ALL GYP. BD. WALLS IN SALES SALONS TO BE
PAINTED PT-11,U.O.N.
L. ALL WALLS TO RECEIVE WALL-COVERING
STONE BASE DETAIL METAL BASE DETAIL
06 SCALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5 M.
GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND MILLWORK
CONTRACTORS TO COORDINATE ROUGH
METAL STUD FRAMING-

SEE PARTITION TYPES
FOR DETAILS
GYP. BD
STAINLESS
STEEL BAS
C MT-02 )
METAL BASE DETAIL

SCALE: 1:5
LEGEND
Seal/Signature
MILLWORK & CUSTOM FEATURES
Project Name
METAL STUD FRAMING-
SEE PARTITION TYPES
FOR DETAILS MELBOURNE, AU
GYP. BD. Project Number
Z-CLIPS 2018014
SCHEDULED
FABRIC WALL
Description
PANEL
WALL BASE DETAILS
METAL TRIM
( MT-02 )
FINISH FLOOR Scale
1:5
Sheet Number
METAL BASE DETAIL

A7.10
04 SCALE: 1:5
SHEET NOTES
TEL: 646 428 5500
S
DESIGN ARCHITECT
5/8" GYP. BD ON
BLUECEUNG
MTL STUD FRAMING
METAL TRIM
CO
SCHEDULED 5/8" GYP. BD. Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
T.O. PORTAL cy ON T-GRID CEILING
3200 [io'-6'i/2"] a:f;f CO.
SUSPENSIONS SYSTEM ARCHITECT OF RECORD
"T" GRID CEILING ALIGN PTID
, ■ . ... ■ : .■ ■ ■ :
SUSPENSION
METAL CAPTURE TRIM [ALL SIDES] SYSTEM 4" CEILING TRIM FROM AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: -t61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
- CORNER BEAD PITTCON
MEP ENGINEER
WHEAT LEAF 21/2" MTL STUD FRAMING
PATTERN WALL MEDLAND ENGINEERING
GFRG LIGHT COVE TRIM 21/2" KNIFE EDGE FROM UFC GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
COVERING T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU
MATTE FINISH
C WC-8Q ) TYPE G LED ON F.T. BLKG
SCHEDULE STONE PANEL 1/4" MIRROR W/1/2"
LIGHTING DESIGNER
PLYWD BACKING CONT. SHEET MTL DEFLECTION
( GL-33 ) /
305
[1]
PLATE. PAINT MATTE WHITE SCHWINGHAMMERMSMra® „
HOME AND ACCESSORIES MTL DIFFUSER BOOT WHERE APPLICABLE W'WW.SCHWINGHAMWERLiGHUNC.COM T.2I2-967-59A4 F.212-957-5945
4"CEMENT BACKER BOARD SEE HVAC DWGS FOR MORE INFO

METAL TRIM METAL ANGLE
( MT-02 ) GFRG LIGHT COVE TRIM
( MT-02 ) WHEAT LEAF PAHERN WALL
r REVEAL T.O. OPENING MATTE FINISH
COVERING TO WRAP-UP TO
“2794[9'-2"]A:f;F CEILING STEP WHEAT LEAF PATTERN
(2) 3/4" FT. PLYWD ON MTL ( WC-80 ) WALL COVERING
FRAMING
5/8" GYP ON MET FRAM NG
QQ METAL PORTAL SECTION DETAIL @ TOP nc CEILING DETAIL @ CUSTOMER SERVICE n^xllGHT COVE SECTION DETAIL @ CONSULTATION
WHTE CELNG
GENERAL NOTES
SCHEDULED 5/8" GYP. BD. A. WALL PANELS ARE FURNISHED BY TCO
ON T-GRID CEILING (PERIMETER SCOPE) AND INSTALLED BY G.C.
SUSPENSIONS S) B. WALL PANELS ARE AHACHED TO WALLS
--------------/------------------------
FINISH CEILING OF Z-CLIPS ARE SHIPPED LOOSE WITH THE
CONTINUOUS SHEET METAL

WALL PANELS A Issue Date & Description By Check
D. "TALL" WALL PANELS (2934MM, 9'-7 1/2") TO
m
4" CEILING TRIM FROM 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
s s DEFLECTION PLATE. PAINT TO
MATCH CEILING
PITTCON RECEIVE (4) TIERS OF Z-CLIPS. "SHORT"
WALL PANELS (2324MM. 7'-7 1/2") TO RECEIVE
FINAL SD
12/21/2018 DSF DSF
ALIGN (3) TIERS OF Z-CLIPS.
E. G.C. TO PROVIDE 150MM [6"] HIGH 16 GA. PRELIM SD
FLAT STRAPPING IN WALLS FOR 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
............ , 2 1/2" KNIFE EDGE FROM UFC ATTACHMENT OF Z-CLIPS AT ALL 100% SD
T-GRID CEILING SUSPENSION WALL-MOUNTED MILLWORK. ARTWORK. AND 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
SCHEDULED LIGHT FIXTURE
SYSTEM STANDARDS. REFER T A7.20 FOR HEIGHT OF
ALIGN TOP TO EDGE OF 50% CD
STRAPPING AND Z-CLIPS.
5/8" GYP. BD. ON COVE LIP TYPE 'G' LED ON F.T. BLKG 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
2 1/2" KNIFE EDGE FROM UFC F. G.C. TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BLACK FOAM
MTL FRAMING 90% CD
WALL BEYOND GYP. BD. ON HAT CHANNELS EXPOSED. FROSTED KING #R538H 10MM 05/03/2019
CONT. SHEET MTL DEFLECTION DSF DSF
PLATE. PAINT MATTE WHITE (3/8")W. X 11 MM (7/16")TH. SELF STICK (OR 100% CD
BRUSHED ST. ST’L METAL APPROVED EQUAL PRODUCT BY OTHER
TRIM ON TOP OF CORIAN METAL DIFFUSER BOOT WHERE MFR)
BEVEL APPLICABLE - SEE HVAC DWGS G. * NOTE:
1/4" X 1/4" CORIAN BEVEL FOR MORE INFO MT-01 (BRUSHED ST.ST'L) MAY BE
MT-02 (POLSHED ST.ST'L) MAY BE
LIGHT COVE PLAN DETAIL @ JEWERLY CONCEPTS / BLUE BOX .i^CEILING REVEAL DETAIL qÊILING detail @ RESTROOM no^HrlGHT COVE SECTION DETAIL @ CONSULTATION H. REFER TO SHEET A0.01 FOR
SCALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5 ASSOCIATED NOTES.
NOTES.
K. ALL GYP. BD. WALLS IN SALES SALONS TO BE
PAINTED PT-11.U.O.N.
L. ALL WALLS TO RECEIVE WALL-COVERING
M. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND MILLWORK
V ’zrizzrizzrizzrizzz'i.
& r 1
5/8" GYP. BD. ON T-GRID
— MATTE WHITE FINISH CEILING SUSPENSION
S (FLAT WHITE PAINT}
SYSTEM
[1]
- MAHE WHITE FINISH
ALIGN GFRG LIGHT COVE TRIM
(FLAT WHITE PAINT)
MATTE FINISH
AMAZONIAN STONE
A 1 AIR SUPPLY SLOT. SEE
I" PLYWOOD ON STEEL STUDS HVAC DWGS
T-GRID CEILING SUSPENSION GFRG LIGHT COVE EDGE
SYSTEM
S 114
(2) ROWS TYPE LIGHTS.
T4 1/2"! 5/8" GYP. BD. ON MTL FRAMING
DRYWALL BEAD PROVIDE
F.T. BLKG AS REQD.
1" FRY REGLET REVEAL
5/8" GYP.BD. CEILING
MATTE FINISH FLAT WHITE
SCHEDULED 3/4" STONE PANEL PAINT
F.T. WOOD BLKG W/

DEFLECTION PROFILE
[3/4"j [3/4"j [3/4"j
LINE OF METAL TRIM RUNS INTO
POCKET ALL THE WAY TO TOP
FEATURE WALL SECTION DETAIL CEILING REVEAL DETAIL @ BLUE BOX WALL LIGHT COVE SECTION DETAIL & L&E PORTAL
11 SCALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5 03 SCALE: 1:5
METAL DIFFUSER BOOT.
SEE HVAC DRAWINGFOR
MORE INFO
aA
At
LEGEND
1" METAL REVEAL Seal/Signature
PAINTED WHITE MILLWORK & CUSTOM FEATURES
METAL TRIM V
MATTE WHITE FINISH

(FLAT WHITE PAINT) PLENUM BOX
WHERE SHOWN ON
T-GRID CEILING SUSPENSION HVAC DWGS
SYSTEM
Project Name
SCHEDULE 5/8" GYP BD
VICINITY CLEAR MIRROR
PAINT GYP. BD.
MELBOURNE, AU
N AlPIP CENTRES 3/4" PLYWOOD ON METAL
STUDS
MATTE FINISH
(FLAT PAINT)
Project Number
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DAI PROVIDE BLACK OFF PLATE OVER
2018014
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO, X AIR GAP. ONLY REQUIRED WHERE
THERE IS SUPPLY PLENUM
PROVIDE F.T. BLKG
AS REQD FOR
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD U LIGHT FIXTURE
Description
ALIGN
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliveri CEILING DETAILS
FABRIC WRAP PANELS 3/4" F.T. PLYWD
Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue

LINE OF METAL TRIM BEYOND 16GA ANGLE Scale
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the [1/8"] 1:5

CORNER BEAD.
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the A. TYP.
5/8" GYP.BD. Sheet Number
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings ... CEILINGON 7/8"
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to 152 645 HAT CHANNEL
/-
[6"1 [2'-1 3/8"]
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to 38 3/4" PLYWOOD
MIRROR COLUMN SECTION DETAIL no LIGHT COVE SECTION DETAIL @ PRIVATE SALES
[1 1/2"]
Q4 LIGHT COVE SECTION DETAIL @ PERIMETER

A7.30
12 SCALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5 SCALE: 1:5
SHEET NOTES
IN APPROV VICINITY
CENTRES
TEL: 646 428 5500
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
r@ HOLE W/GROMMET DESIGN ARCHITECT
FT PLYWOOD BLOCKING
^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue BY GC F.T PLYWOOD BLOCKING
BYGC
POWER-FEED END OF Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the SELF TAPPING SCREWS
TRACK PROVIDE 1 1/8"0
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the HOLE FLANGE (BLACK), BY ARCHITECT OF RECORD

NEWMAT1/2" SHIM SURFACE MT'D LIGHT
NEWMAT 1/2" SHIM SECURITY VENDOR PTID
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings TRACK TYPE T WHERE 3/4" @ STEM (BLACK), BY AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: -t61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to SHOWN ON RCP (BY GC) SECURITY VENDOR
MEP ENGINEER
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to INTERIOR SURFACES GYP. B.D BYGC
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. PAINTED WHITE MATTE BY MEDLAND ENGINEERING
INTERIOR SURFACES GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
GC T~_ T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU
PAINTED WHITE MAHE BY
GC
GYP. B.D BY GC LIGHTING DESIGNER
LIGHT FIXTURE BY
LIGHT FIXTURE BY OTHERS
ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 335 '.VEST ISTH ST. NEW YORK, NY lOOlB
WWW.SCHWINGHAMWERLiGHUNC.COM T.2I2-967-59A4 F.212-9G7-5945
OTHERS
TROUGH ASSEMBLY
TYPE B TRACK HEADS
NEWMAT T11/FROSTED
NEWMAT T11/FROSTED CRYSTAL MEMBRANE
CRYSTAL MEMBRANE
NEWMAT FASCIA --------- AXIS T94 BOLD PENDANT
NEWMAT FASCIA --------- NEWMAT T0B/BLANC/W132” EXTRUSIONS; WHITE KIT (BLACK)
EXTRUSIONS; WHITE TRANSLUCENT MEMBRANE POWDER COAT FINISH TO
POWDER COAT FINISH TO MATCH BM-OC-65 (FINISH AXIS M3044V MINI-DOME
MATCH BM-OC-65 (FINISH NEWMAT FASCIA FOR BOTH SIDES) (BLACK)
FOR BOTH SIDES) EXTRUSIONS; WHITE
POWDER COAT FINISH TO NEWMAT T0B/BLANC/W132'
MATCH BM-OC-65 (FINISH TRANSLUCENT MEMBRANE
FOR BOTH SIDES)
TROUGH ASSEMBLY
GENERAL NOTES
ASSOCIATED NOTES.
NOTES.
INTERMEDIATE TROUGH DETAIL @ RECESSED TRACK ^ *
INTERMEDIATE TROUGH DETAIL @ BULLET CAMERA
SCALE: 1:5
ARE TO BE MIN. LEVEL 5 FINISH. A Issue Date & Description By Check
SCALE: 1:5 E. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND MILLWORK 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
CONTRACTORS TO COORDINATE ROUGH FINAL SD
DRYWALL DIMENSIONS REQUIRED. 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
PRELIM SD
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
100% SD
03/08/2019 DSF DSF
50% CD
04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
100% CD
1 3/8" 2 HOLE FOR

SPRINKLER PIPE
F.T PLYWOOD BLOCKING

BYGC
NEWMAT 1/2" SHIM
"DROPSTER" REDUCING
SPRINKLER NIPPLE PAINT
(BLACK)
BY GC
GYP. B.D BYGC
GYP. B.D BYGC
NEWMAT 1/2" SHIM INTERIOR SURFACES PAINTED
INTERIOR SURFACES PAINTED WHITE MATTE BYGC
WHITE MAHE BYGC
LIGHT FIXTURE BY LIGHT FIXTURE BY
OTHERS TYPE J LIGHT TRACK WHERE OTHERS
SHOWN ON RCP
NEWMAT T11/FROSTED 1 1/2" X 2" ALUMINUM
CRYSTAL MEMBRANE TUBE
NEWMAT T0B/BLANC/W132" TYPE B2 TRACK HEADS NEWMAT T11/FROSTED

TRANSLUCENT MEMBRANE CRYSTAL MEMBRANE
NEWMAT FASCIA ---------
GYP. B.D.BY CORNER EXTRUSIONS; WHITE
NEWMAT FASCIA --------- BEAD BY GC POWDER COAT FINISH TO EXTRUSION
EXTRUSIONS; WHITE MATCH BM-OC-65 (FINISH
POWDER COAT FINISH TO CORNER BEAD BY GC FOR BOTH SIDES) NEWMAT T0B/BLANC/W132"
MATCH BM-OC-65 (FINISH TRANSLUCENT MEMBRANE
FOR BOTH SIDES)
nc PERIMETER TROUGH DETAIL @ RECESSED TRACK Q2 INTERMEDIATE TROUGH DETAIL @ SPRINKLER

NEWMAT 1/2" SHIM SURFACE MT'D LIGHT

TRACK TYPE "J" WHERE HOLES:
SHOWN ON RCP (BY GC) (1)THRU-BOLT:(1/4"DIA)
(1) WIRING: (5/8"DIA)
THRU BOLT
NEWMAT 1/2" SHIM
BYGC
LEGEND
METAL FRAMING BY GC RARE EARTH MAGNET Seal/Signature
MILLWORK & CUSTOM FEATURES

PANAVISE STEM MOUNT
■ g . #845.246 (BLACK) BY
RETAIL NEXT INSTALLER
GYP. B.D BY GC
LIGHT FIXTURE BY INTERIOR SURFACES
TYPE B1 TRACK HEADS
OTHERS PAINTED WHITE MATTE BY
WHERE WHERE SHOWN INTERIOR SURFACES PAINTED
GC
ON RCP WHITE MATTE BY GC
F.T PLYWOOD BLOCKING GYP. B.D BY GC
BY GC Project Name
LIGHT FIXTURE BY
OTHERS CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER
NEWMAT T11/FROSTED
MELBOURNE, AU
CRYSTAL MEMBRANE GYP. B.D.BY CORNER NEWMAT T11/FROSTED
NEWMAT T0B/BLANC/W132" BEAD BY GC NEWMAT FASCIA --------- CRYSTAL MEMBRANE
TRANSLUCENT MEMBRANE EXTRUSIONS; WHITE Project Number
VARIES RETAIL NEXT AURORA
CORNER BEAD BY GC POWDER COAT FINISH TO 2018014
NEWMAT FASCIA MATCH BM-OC-65 (FINISH SENSOR (BLACK) BY
EXTRUSIONS: WHITE FOR BOTH SIDES) RETAIL NEXT INSTALLER
POWDER COAT FINISH TO
MATCH BM-OC-65 (FINISH NEWMAT T0B/BLANC/W132' Description
FOR BOTH SIDES) TRANSLUCENT MEMBRANE
TROUGH CEILING DETAILS
Scale
1:5
Sheet Number
Q4 SECTION TROUGH DETAIL @ XX no INTERM. TROUGH DETAIL @ RETAIL NEXT SENSOR

A7.35
SHEET NOTES
TEL: 646 428 5500
/ \
/ \ /
/
DESIGN ARCHITECT
/\ A
MM 1/8" METAL D S & F Architect, PC
TL-30B ) 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
PTID
□: AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
34- MEDLAND ENGINEERING

MEP ENGINEER

LIGHTING DESIGNER
SCHWINGHAMMEPTOM© .
ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 335 WEST 38TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10018
WWW.SCHWINCHAMMERLIGHTING.CCM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
(TL-32A)
CVCT-OO
1'-8 3/16" 1'-8 3/16" 1'-8 3/16" 1'-8 3/16" 1'-8 3/16" 1'-8 3/16" 1'-8 3/16" 1'-8 3/16" 1'-8 3/16" 1'-8 3/16" 1'-8 3/16" 1'-8 3/16" 1'-8 3/16" [1'-8 3/16"] GENERAL NOTES

01 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
02 12/21/2018 DSF DSF

(TL-32A)
PRELIM SD
03 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
3MM [1/8"j METAL TRIM 100% SD
04 03/08/2019 DSF DSF

50% CD
05 04/05/2019 DSF DSF

514 514 514 514 514 514 514 514 514 514 514 514 389 90% CD
r-1 7/16" 1'-8 3/16" 1'-8 3/16" 1'-8 3/16" 1'-8 3/16" [1'-8 3/16") [1'-8 3/16"] [1'-8 3/16"] [1'-8 3/16"] [1'-8 3/16"] [1'-8 3/16"] [1'-8 3/16"] [1'-8 3/16"] [1'-8 3/16"] [1'-8 3/16"] [1'-8 3/16"] [1'-8 3/16"] [1'-3 5/16"] ^
06 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
100% CD
NOTE: RAMPING MALL FLOOR TO BE FULLY

INTEGRATED. CONFIRM ALL LEVELS ON SITE
^ *
STONE PATTERN PLAN @ ENTRANCE W/ SECURITY DOORS
SCALE: 1:10
TENANT'S SHOPFITTER TO CHECK/ VERIFY ALL ------------V
EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS INCLUDING LEASE

LINE SET OUT AND RAMPING MALL FLOOR C VCT-01 )
CONDITIONS TO BE FULLY INTEGRATED AS PART ( TL-32A)
( TL-30B
OF TENANCY FITOUT; PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENl 9
-ALIGN
OF WORKS
( TL-32A ) (TL-32D j ( TL-32B )
C TL-30B )
PROVIDE ALONG ALL FLOOR FINISHES A METAL +

FILLET BLADE JUNCTION DETAIL P >
+ +JL +
+ + + n ' -I
VA^
02r\
+ + ----L align J-------
WM]
T + T
+ + + + + + + + + + I
“T
I
“T
+ + +
( TL-30B + + + + + + + (cpM), + + + + + + ^ (CPW I + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + +
( TL-32A ) +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
A7.45
AR FLOOR FINISH DETAIL @ ESSENTIALS nA FLOOR FINISH DETAIL @ PRIVATE SALES ENTRY AO FLOOR FINISH DETAIL @ L&E PAVILLION
LEGEND
Seal/Signature
C TL-30B )
^VICINITY ( CPT-60 } Project Name

[3'-11 1/4"] MELBOURNE, AU

Project Number
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DAI TL-30C )

2018014
( TL-32A )
A7.45
CENTRE: CHADSTONE Description
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
INTERIOR DETAILS
^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue A7.45 Scale
1:10
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. Sheet Number
QC FLOOR FINISH DETAIL @ WHEATLEAF & TILE no FLOOR FINISH DETAIL @ PORTAL
A7.40
SHEET NOTES
VICINITY NEWYORK, NEW YORK 10010
DESIGN APPROVAL 1 CENTRES TEL: 646 428 5500

CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
165 DESIGN ARCHITECT
RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliver! [6 1/2"]
^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing |XI Regulatory Issue

SEE DOOR FRAME SCHEDULE D S & F Architect, PC
EXTENT OF THE VENDOR Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the INSTALLATION

TILEW/1.6MM ARCHITECT OF RECORD
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the 19.05MM [3/4"j TILEW/
[1/16"j JOINTS 1.6MM [1/16"j JOINTS /[1/8"| PTID
SCHEDULED DOOR
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings SELF LEVELING ■ SELF LEVELING --------
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: H-61 2 8289 5700 Fax: H-61 2 9289 3745
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to UNDERLAYMENT STONE SADDLE UNDERLAYMENT [1/8"j
rm MEP ENGINEER
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to MUD BED FEATHER LEVELING EXISTING SLAB MUD BED 25.4 X 25.4 X 3.2 [rxrxyg") LANDLORD MEDLAND ENGINEERING
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. TO BOH. ADA MAX METAL ANGLE FINISH
EXISTING SLAB - / GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
SLOPE 1:12 \ STYLMARK #190172 /
____________________ /
LIGHTING DESIGNER
MntvsftifiiHiaffniiniir iiininmn'' 'iiiTi'niinTir llll^^rwTlllLâllg|l^^4n!^lF^lll^ma^l[^n^ WFfflfTii! iiinininTir iiirinTir

;i4-||ll illi-Ul!-4j4-ai
iiiniTr-unri' m=m
SCHWINGHAMMEPTOMPa© .
S oo ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 335 WEST 38TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10018
-L WWW.SCHWINCHAMMERLIGHTING.CCM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
+ CNJ
AC FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL @ FOH TO BOH VCT QA

^ *
FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL @ TILE TO LANDLORD
SCALE: 1:2
SCALE: 1:2
GENERAL NOTES
CHOPPING INTO EXISITING SLAB
NOT APPROVED IN ANY FORM

11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
CHOP SLAB AS REQD TO LEGRAND NEXUS FLOOR MUD SETTING EXISTING SLAB ALIGN TO HIGHEST POINT OF — 25.4 X 25.4 X 3.2 [rxrxyg"] 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
RECESS FLOOR BOX TO BOX FLUSH W/TILE BED CARPET (IN CARPET SPEC-BOTH METAL ANGLE PRELIM SD
LEVEL OF CONDUIT FEED OF HIGH/ LOW DEPTH) STYLMARK #190172
\ 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
CONDUIT ON SLAB ALIGN
SCHEDULED TILEW/ GLUE DOWN 100% SD
• CONCEALED SERVICES RETICULATION TO ISLAND JOINERY UNITS 1.6MM[1/16"| JOINTS

[1/8"j
CARPET 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
50% CD
TO BE ACCOMMODATED WITHIN LIGHT WEIGHT FLOOR SCREED / SELF LEVELING -

Wl\ /
GLUE DOWN
04/05/2019 DSF DSF
UNDERLAYMENT / r FOAM PAD CO 90% CD

FLOOR BUILD UP. CHASING OF BASE BUILDING CONCRETE FLOOR /
CO
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
100% CD
SLAB NOT PERMITTED. CORE HOLES NOT APPROVED m’ iiii'jjamHimaMniiiLiiJj: LUEjyr iiirjima;
I I I I I I I I I
22
CNJ
S:;,; csi
6o
-mfxmiimsmmmm \
MUD BED EXISTING SLAB SELF LEVELING
UNDERLAYMENT
FLOOR BOX TYPICAL DETAIL AO FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL @ TILE TO CARPET

06 SCALE: 1:2 SCALE: 1:2
BOND COAT 19.5MM[3/4"| TILEW/1.6MM MUD EXISTING

[1/16") JOINTS BED SLAB
// / j 1
V/!//, //A// aaaaaaaaaaa

..........In' ..................
•4rl—WtJ—llll llll.................
llll—4L—Ii44—1 —ml' ........ INI' ' ................
llll—kri—M+i—llll ................................. llll'
llll—LL—ktt-lill 1 Ml' llll' 'll-—m 1 ■
Mil——il4J—ill .............. MU' III 1 ■ 1 M/' 11III 11 Ill 1 ■ ..................... I'll' III
1 1 1 1 I/I II 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I/I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
iiiiTirriiTîii' utt^ffRTFmir riirwiiTmii iiii~TnnffFiTii FtHTiTniimi' iiii~rrn~TiTFTTii iiinirniTriTir iiii iiii iiinni iiiniiTTfiFTir iiii~nn~inrinr/iiii~Tin'TifrTiii ttt#TTTnrn~iTi ' 1111‘iiniTrfTir iiiiiiTnni~TT!i/iiirTirrinrrrir iiiiTTiriiinTii' iiiiTnirmF
CM
AO FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL @ TILE TO TILE

SCALE: 1:2
LEGEND
Seal/Signature
Project Name
LINEOFMILLWORK CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER

MELBOURNE, AU
PLYWOOD BUILD-P TO 19.05MM [3/4"jTILEW/ Project Number

ALIGN W/ADJACENT 1.6MM[1/16"| JOINTS 2018014
FLOOR
EXISTING SLAB — MUD BED BOND COAT
Description
HIHItiHtth ll!F4^
INTERIOR DETAILS
Ii|l hll llll Il4-4ffl= tiFzfttr Il4-P^4#=mr i
S ■■X''
s ^ - CNJ
Scale
1:2
Sheet Number
Q4 FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL @ PLYWOOD BUILD-UP

A7.45
SCALE: 6" = r-0"
SHEET NOTES
VICINITY
CENTRES
TEL: 646 428 5500

CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
DESIGN ARCHITECT
^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue 3 S & F Architect, PC
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the ARCHITECT OF RECORD
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. PTID
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: -t61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
MEP ENGINEER
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
LIGHTING DESIGNER
s
, 305 1868
[1’1 [6'-1 1/2"]
li

11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
12/21/2018 DSF DSF
PRELIM SD
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
100% SD
03/08/2019 DSF DSF
-o'
50% CD
04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
100% CD
GENERAL NOTES
A. WALL PANELS ARE FURNISHED BY TOO
(PERIMETER SCOPE) AND INSTALLED BY G.C.
\ B. WALL PANELS ARE ATTACHED TO WALLS
*
OF Z-CLIPS ARE SHIPPED LOOSE WITH THE
WALL PANELS
305 1868 D. "TALL" WALL PANELS (2934MM, 9'-7 1/2") TO
[11 [6'-1 1/2"] RECEIVE (4) TIERS OF Z-CLIPS. "SHORT"
WALL PANELS (2324MM, 7'-7 1/2") TO RECEIVE
(3) TIERS OF Z-CLIPS.
E. G.C. TO PROVIDE 150MM [6"] HIGH 16 GA.
FLAT STRAPPING IN WALLS FOR
ATTACHMENT OF Z-CLIPS AT ALL
WALL-MOUNTED MILLWORK, ARTWORK, AND
STANDARDS. REFER T A7.20 FOR HEIGHT OF
[3'-0 5/8"] [2'-5 5/8"] [2'-4 1/4"] [2'-5 5/8"] [3'-0 5/8"] STRAPPING AND Z-CLIPS.
F. G.C. TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BLACK FOAM
EXPOSED. FROSTED KING #R538H 10MM
(3/8")W. X 11 MM (7/16")TH. SELF STICK (OR
APPROVED EQUAL PRODUCT BY OTHER
MFR)
G. * NOTE:
MT-01 (BRUSHED ST.ST'L) MAY BE
MT-02 (POLSHED ST.ST’L) MAY BE
ASSOCIATED NOTES.
NOTES.
INTERIOR KEY PLAN - COLLECTIONS SCREEN WALL KEY PLAN
03 SCALE: 1:25 01 SCALE: 1:25
K.
L.
ALL GYP. BD. WALLS IN SALES SALONS TO BE
PAINTED PT-11,U.O.N.
ALL WALLS TO RECEIVE WALL-COVERING
M. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND MILLWORK
T.O. LIGHT COVE

4318[14'-2"]V^
....
vA7.51
B.O. CEILING■-Xi- B.O. CEILING’-Xi-
T3'-2"a:f:f i3'-2"a:f;f
Y V
vA7.51
T.O. GLASS WALL

io'-6"a:f;f
Seal/Signature
TOP RAIL
N/1
VERTICAL CENTER POST
LOW-IRON GLASS WITH METAL

WHEATLEAF INTERLAYER PAHERN
Project Name
VERTICAL END POST, BEYOND \
POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL #8 LEGEND MELBOURNE, AU
INTERMEDIATE POST
LOW-IRON GLASS WITH METAL Project Number
WHEATLEAF INTERLAYER PAHERN 2018014
/I N/- Description
DECORATIVE HORIZONTAL PROFILE DECORATIVE HORIZONTAL PROFILE
N/ INTERIOR DETAILS
T.O. METAL BASE T.O. METAL BASE

o'-'6"'a;f:f BASE RAIL / o'-6"Xf;f Scale
1:25
FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR
“o'-o"a:f;f ~o'-o"a:f;f
Sheet Number
INTERIOR ELEVATION - COLLECTIONS SCREEN WALL ELEVATION

A7.50
04 SCALE: 1:25 02 SCALE: 1:25
SHEET NOTES
[2 3/4"]
__ T^ GLASS WALL
3200.4MM [10’-6"j AFF TEL: 646 428 5500

CENTRE: CHADSTONE METAL MATTED
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD SS.TOP RAIL DESIGN ARCHITECT

LINE OF CENTRAL
XI Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue STRUCTURAL POST 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
BEYOND
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the LINE OF INTERMEDIATE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the POST BEYOND
PTID
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. LOW -IRON GLASS W/
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: -1-61 2 8289 5700 Fax: -f61 2 9289 3745
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings METAL WHEATLEAF
STRUCTURAL VERTICAL CENTER INTERPLAYER MEP ENGINEER
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to PATTERN
POST MEDLAND ENGINEERING
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. T.O INTERNAL SUPPORTS T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU
1067MM [3’-6"j AFF

LOW-IRON GLASS WITH METAL STA NLESS STEEL MULL ON LIGHTING DESIGNER
WHEATLEAF INTERLAYER PATTERN
W'WW.SCHWINGHAMWERLiGHTNC.COM T.212-967-59A4 F.212-957-5945
T.O HORIZONTAL PROFILE

807MM [2'-7 3/4’l AFF
DECORATIVE
HORIZONTAL PROFILE
LINE OF CENTRAL
STRUCTURAL POST,
BEYOND
STAINLESS STEEL INTERMEDIATE
POST
LINE OF INTERMEDIATE
POST BEYOND

11/02/2018 DSF DSF
INTERMEDIATE POST FINAL SD
12/21/2018 DSF DSF
PRELIM SD
03 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
SCHEDULED TILE FLOORING 100% SD
SEE FINISH PLAN 04 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
50% CD
05 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
FINISH FLOOR 06 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
0MM[0'-0’1 AFF 100% CD
SCREEN WALL SECTION DETAIL

01 SCALE: 1:2 GENERAL NOTES
LOW-IRON GLASS WITH METAL
WHEATLEAF INTERLAYER PATTERN
1
c c
ij )
SUPPORT FOR SCREEN
T.O GLASS WALL

4000 MM [13'-1 1/2"] AFF
k
giE
CO, METAL MATTED
SS.TOP RAIL
k LINE OF CENTRAL
STRUCTURAL POST
BEYOND
6 > 22 6
[MA'Y [7/8"j' [7/8"j ^ '[1/4"j
70
[2 3/4'I
LOW -IRON GLASS W/

METAL WHEATLEAF
INTERPLAYER
PATTERN
STRUCTURAL VERT CAL END POST DECORATIVE

HORIZONTAL PROFILE
[1 5/8"] ^ [1 1/8"] ^ [1 1/8") ^ [1 5/8")
SCREEN WALL PLAN DETAIL

03 SCALE: 1:2
T.O INTERNAL SUPPORTS

1067MM [3'-6"] AFF
IV';
[5/8’ T.O HORIZONTAL PROFILE
807MM [2'-7 3/4"] AFF
— DECORATIVE
HORIZONTAL PROFILE Seal/Signature
LINE OF CENTRAL
STRUCTURAL POST,
\- BEYOND
/
\- \\mY
/X LINE OF INTERMEDIATE Project Name
/ POST BEYOND CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER
LEGEND MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
INTERMEDIATE POST 2018014
Description
[1'-3 3/8"] [1'-3 3/8"]
INTERIOR DETAILS
Scale
1:2
FINISH FLOOR
0MM[0'-0"] AFF
Sheet Number
SCREEN PLAN DETAIL AT COLLECTIONS SCREEN SECTION DETAIL AT COLLECTIONS

A7.51
04 SCALE: 1:2 02 SCALE: 1:2
SHEET NOTES
PORTAL TYPE "A" - TWO (X2) NEEDED
TEL: 646 428 5500
DESIGN ARCHITECT
vAS.OO, Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
T.O COVE
3962 [13’-0"] AFF
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: -1-61 2 8289 5700 Fax: -f61 2 9289 3745
MEP ENGINEER
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
FINISH CEILING
3658 [12’-0"] AFF
LIGHTING DESIGNER
FINISH CEILING SCHWINGHAMMERMSMra® „

3505 [ir-6"] AFF W'WW.SCHWINGHAMWERLiGHTNC.COM T.212-967-59A4 F.212-957-5945
PERIMETER LIGHT COVE. SEE
DETAIL FOR MORE INFO
5/8" GYP. BD ON MTL STUD

FRAMING
BLOCKNG PORTAL OPENING
3200[10’-6"] AFF
1/4” CEMENT BACKER BOARD
ON (2) LAYERS 3/4" FT. PLYWD W/
MTL STUD FRAMING
SCHEDULED STONE PORTAL

MODIFIED MORTAR SPOT AHACHMENT
Â8.00> A8.00y
X EDGE OF PORTAL BEYOND
STONE PORTAL CASING A Issue Date & Description By Check

REFER TO ELEVATIONS 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FOR MORE INFO FINAL SD
12/21/2018 DSF DSF
PRELIM SD
OPEN TO HOME & ACCESSORIES
s VICINITY
CENTRES
02/08/2019
100% SD
DSF DSF
03/08/2019 DSF DSF
DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DA 1 50% CD

04/05/2019 DSF DSF
TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO. 90% CD
-( ST-33 )
HOME & ACCESSORIES CONCEPTS CENTRE: CHADSTONE 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
100% CD
^ Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing Regulatory Issue
X
SCHEDULED
FLOOR. SEE FLOOR
FINISH PLAN FOR
MORE INFO
TCP FIN. FLOOR

0 [0"] AFF
197 2923 ^ 197

^ [7 3/4”] ^ [9'-7 1/8"] [7 3/4")
PORTAL "A" ELEVATION PORTAL "A" SECTION

03 SCALE: 1:10 01 SCALE: 1:10
Seal/Signature
1/4" CEMENT BACKER BOARD ON

(2)LAYERS 3/4" F.T.PLYWD
ON METAL FRAMING Project Name
MELBOURNE, AU
FT. BLKG AS REQD.
MODIFIED MORTAR SPOT ATTACHMENT Project Number
2018014
^ 197 STONE PORTAL CASING REFER
^ [7 3/4”] [9'-7 1/8"] [7 3/4"] TO ELEVATIONS
Description
PORTAL DETAILS
Scale
1:10
Sheet Number
PORTAL "A" PLAN PORTAL "A" DETAIL

A8.00
04 SCALE: 1:10 02 SCALE: 1:2
VICINITY
CENTRES
TEL: 646 428 5500

CENTRE: CHADSTONE

Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue
T.O COVE
4572 [15'-0’'j AFF 3 S & F Architect, PC
Design Approval 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673

FIN. CEILING
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
4268 [14'-0"] AFF Tel: -1-61 2 8289 5700 Fax: -f61 2 9289 3745
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU
LIGHTING DESIGNER
W'WW.SCHWINGHAMWERLiGHTNC.COM T.212-967-59A4 F.212-9G7-5945
PORTAL OPENING
3195 [10'-5 3/4"] AFF
r
11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
02 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
PRELIM SD
03 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
100% SD
04 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
50% CD
05 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
06 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
GENERAL NOTES 100% CD
---------1-
TCO FIN. FLOOR

0 [0"] AFF
[13'-0 3/8"]
PORTAL "B" ELEVATION PORTAL "B" SECTION

03 SCALE: 1:10 01 SCALE: 1:10
Seal/Signature
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
PORTAL DETAILS
Scale
[13'-0 3/8"] 1:10
Sheet Number
PORTAL "B" PLAN PORTAL "B" SECTION

A8.01
04 SCALE: 1:10 02 SCALE: 1:2
SHEET NOTES
PORTAL TYPE "C" - ONE (XI) NEEDED
tMs
VICINITY
CENTRES
TEL: 646 428 5500

TENANCY: G-045 TIFFANY & CO, DESIGN ARCHITECT
CENTRE: CHADSTONE
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
T.O COVE
4571 [15'-0"]AFF
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673
Xl Design Approval Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the PTID
n Design Approval letter, documentation and compliance with design criteria contained in the n. FIN. CEILING
AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: -t61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
respective Tenancy Design & Fitout Criteria /Retail Design Guidelines. 4267[14'-0"] AFF
MEP ENGINEER
must be kept on site at all times. All regulatory approvals are to be submitted prior to MEDLAND ENGINEERING
commencing works on site. Any variations to the approved drawings must be submitted to T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU

LIGHTING DESIGNER
DETAIL FOR MORE INFO SCHWINGHAMMERMSMra® „

FRAMING
vA8.01
PORTAL OPENING
3200 [10'-6'1 AFF
8.02> 3/4" FRT PLYWD
RECESSED SLIDING DOOR

TRACK. SEE AXXX.XX FOR
01 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
MORE INFO
FINAL SD
02 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
T-GRIDCLG. PRELIM SD
SUSPENSION SYSTEM
03 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
100% SD
04 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
SCHEDULED 5/8" GYP.
50% CD
05 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
06 05/03/2019 DSF DSF
EDGE OF PORTAL BEYOND 100% CD
\ PRIVATE SALES >
SLIDING DOOR
\ /
C MR-3Q ) ( MR-30 ) -(-ST-33 ) ESSENTIALS PRIVATE SALES
/ \
/ \
n n
u u
SCHEDULED
FLOOR. SEE FLOOR
FINISH PLAN FOR
MORE INFO
/_
© TCO FIN. FLOOR
0 [O'l AFF
3966 197
[7 3/4"] [13'-01/8"] [7 3/4"]
PORTAL "C" ELEVATION PORTAL "C" SECTION

03 SCALE: 1:10 01 SCALE: 1:10
Seal/Signature
PRIVATE SALES SLIDING DOOR. SEE SHEET

A6.10 FOR MORE INFO
FABRIC WRAP PANEL
1/4" CEMENT BACKER BOARD Project Name

ON (2) LAYERS 3/4" F.T. PLYWD
W/METAL FRAMING CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER
3/4" FRT PLYWD MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
MODIFIED MORTAR SPOT ATTACHMENT 2018014
FT. BLKG AS REQD
5/8" GYP BD ON METAL
STUD FRAMING Description
PORTAL DETAILS
STONE PORTAL CASING
REFER TO ELEVATIONS.
Scale
1:10
Sheet Number
PORTAL "C" PLAN PORTAL "C" DETAIL

A8.02
04 SCALE: 1:10 02 SCALE: 1:2
SHEET NOTES
PORTAL TYPE "D" - TWO (X2) NEEDED
VICINITY NEWYORK, NEW YORK 10010
N APPR0VA CENTRES TEL: 646 428 5500

CENTRE: CHADSTONE

Issue for CAT 1 Pricing ^ Regulatory Issue
X Design Approval 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax: (212) 481-3673

ARCHITECT OF RECORD
PTID
vA8.03y AUSTRALIA, 2000
This approval is for design intent only. A copy of the current stamped approved drawings Tel: -t61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
T.O COVE
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
the Retail Design Manager for additional approval. 3963[13'-0"] AFF T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDLAND.COM.AU
LIGHTING DESIGNER
FIN. CEILING
3658 [12'-0'1 AFF

DETAIL FOR MORE INFO

FRAMING
MODIFIED MORTAR SPOT

ATTACHMENT
BLOCKING

FRAMING
1/16" THKMTL CAPTURE A Issue Date & Description By Check

11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
12/21/2018 DSF DSF
ON (2) LAYERS 3/4" F.T. PLYWD
ON MTL FRAMING PRELIM SD
03 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
100% SD
3/8" THICK TEMPERED MIRROR
COORDINATE W/ FINISH 04 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
ELEVATIONS 50% CD
05 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
S s STONE PORTAL CASING REFER

TO ELEVATIONS 06
90% CD
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
100% CD
OPEN TO L&E EDGE OF PORTAL BEYOND
-( ST-33 ) C MR-01 )
SCHEDULED FLOOR. SEE FLOOR

FINISH PLAN FOR MORE INFO
TCO FIN. FLOOR

0 [0"] AFF
197 2923 , 197

V [7 3/4"] ' [7 3/4"] ^
[9'-7 1/8"]
PORTAL "D" ELEVATION PORTAL "D" SECTION

02 SCALE: 1:10 01 SCALE: 1:10

1/16" THICK METAL CAPTURE
3/8" THK TEMPERED MIRROR
3/8" THICK TEMPERED MIRROR
COORDINATE W/ FINISH ELEVATIONS
COORDINATE W/ FINISH ELEVATIONS Seal/Signature
5/8" GYPSUM BOARD
1/2" THICK PLYWOOD

ON (2) LAYERS 3/4" F.T.PLYWD
3/4" PLYWOOD
W/METAL FRAMING
Project Name
3/4" THICK PLYWOOD 1/16" THICK METAL CAPTURE
MELBOURNE, AU
1/2" THICK PLYWOOD
Project Number
2018014
ON (2) LAYERS 3/4" F.T.PLYWD
W/METAL FRAMING Description
PORTAL DETAILS
BLOCKING BLOCKING
Scale
1:10
Sheet Number
[9'-7 1/8"]
PORTAL "D" PLAN PORTAL "D" DETAIL

A8.03
03 SCALE: 1:10 04 SCALE: 1:2
White Plains - Westchester Mall
■^^roject Opening Report
opened: November 29^*^, 2018
INFORMATION &
DETAILS AS DESIGN
REFERENCE ONLY Tiffany&Co.
INFORMATION &
DETAILS AS DESIGN
Internal Fagade
REFERENCE ONLY
KTiH
WW'
T:.
©2015 TIFFANY & CO. STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL Til I AN Y& Co.

INFORMATION &
Jewelry Collections
DETAILS AS DESIGN
REFERENCE ONLY
________________
m
I '

INFORMATION &
DETAILS AS DESIGN
Fashion Salon
REFERENCE ONLY
^,
i ' •.4 *
—s&t y
1 :. p’nwnrir f"“7f^
P'nJjIfe '’iLL^"'^
SLsI rr----=
,r"i
■ '1
©2015 TIFFANY* CO. STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL TmL\NV&Co.

INFORMATION & Jewelry Concepts
DETAILS AS DESIGN
REFERENCE ONLY

INFORMATION & Blue Box Wrapping
DETAILS AS DESIGN
REFERENCE ONLY
ill i
iillllllllllllilllllllllllllllll’Hli'

INFORMATION & Jewelry Concepts
DETAILS AS DESIGN
REFERENCE ONLY
S A ,n

INFORMATION & Consultation
DETAILS AS DESIGN
REFERENCE ONLY

INFORMATION & Fine & Statement
DETAILS AS DESIGN
REFERENCE ONLY
wiim
mma

INFORMATION & Private Sales
DETAILS AS DESIGN
REFERENCE ONLY
mmm

INFORMATION & Home & Accessories
DETAILS AS DESIGN
REFERENCE ONLY
! i
f‘ In “ ■■
MittaiHti
?iil;
.'i'
lll'i

INFORMATION & L+E Pavilion
DETAILS AS DESIGN
REFERENCE ONLY
mm

INFORMATION & Home & Accessories
DETAILS AS DESIGN
REFERENCE ONLY
i

SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS GROUP
TEL: 646 428 5500
DIVISION 00 ■ PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION
DOCUMENTNO. TITLE
00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS & CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
DESIGN ARCHITECT
-PROVIDED BY TIFFANY SCO.
SPECIFICATIONS GROUP 3 S & F Architect, PC

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBGROUP 121 West27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212)481-2065 Fax: (212)481-3673
DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

SECTION NO. TITLE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
01 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PTID

AUSTRALIA, 2000
FACILITY CONSTRUCTION SUBGROUP Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS MEP ENGINEER

SECTION NO.
02 41 19
TITLE
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDUAND.OOM.AU
DIVISION 03-CONCRETE
SECTION NO. TITLE LIGHTING DESIGNER
03 30 53 MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03 54 16 HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT SCHVUNGHAMMEnHIl.
ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 335 WEST 38TH ST NEW YORK, NY 1Q01S
WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHT1NG.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
DIVISION 04 - MASONRY - NOT USED
DIVISION 05-METALS
SECTION NO. TITLE
05 40 00 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING
05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS
05 70 00 DECORATIVE METAL
DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES

SECTION NO. TITLE
06 10 53 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
06 40 23 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
06 64 00 PLASTIC PANELING
DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
SECTION NO. TITLE
07 84 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
07 84 43 JOINT FIRESTOPPING
07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS
DIVISION 08-OPENINGS
SECTION NO. TITLE
0811 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
081416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS
08 31 13 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES
08 33 26 OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES A Issue Date & Description By Check

08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
08 80 00 GLAZING
12/21/2018 DSF DSF
08 81 13 DECORATIVE GLASS GLAZING PRELIM SD
08 83 00 MIRRORS 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
100% SD
DIVISION 09-FINISHES 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
SECTION NO. TITLE 50% CD
09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD 90% CD

05/03/2019 DSF DSF
09 30 00 TILING 100% CD
09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09 64 00 WOOD FLOORING
09 65 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES
09 65 19 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING
09 68 16 SHEET CARPETING
09 72 00 WALL COVERINGS
09 75 00 STONE FACING
09 77 23 FABRIC-WRAPPED PANELS
09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING
DIVISION 10-SPECIALTIES
SECTION NO. TITLE
101100 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS
101200 DISPLAY CASES
101416 PLAQUES
101419 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE
101423 PANEL SIGNAGE
10 26 00 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION
10 28 00 TOILET ACCESSORIES
10 44 00 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES

1051 13 METAL LOCKERS
111 - EQUIPMENT
SECTION NO. TITLE
11 00 00 EQUIPMENT
11 1300 AV EQUIPMENT
11 5313 LABORATORY FUME HOODS
112-FURNISHINGS
SECTION NO. TITLE
12 22 00 CURTAINS AND DRAPES
12 24 13 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES
12 32 13 MANUFACTURED CASEWORK
Seal/Signature
Project Name

melbourne.au
Project Number
2018014
Description
SPECIFICATIONS - TABLE OF CONTENTS
Scaie
NO SCALE
Sheet Number
A10.00
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SHEET NOTES
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 00 00-15 FOR CREDIT. IF DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT, DELIVER UNUSED MATERIAL TO FULL WAIVERS. ACTIVITIES. CHANGE OVER, NOTIFY OWNER IN WRITING MINIMUM 72 HOURS IN ADVANCE AND
OWNER'S STORAGE SPACE. OTHERWISE, DISPOSAL OF UNUSED MATERIAL IS c. OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO DESIGNATE WHICH ENTITIES MUST SUBMIT b. REPAIR AND PROTECTION ARE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY, SCHEDULE SHUT DOWN TO ACCOMMODATE OWNER AND STAFF. SHUT DOWNS NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. WAIVERS. REGARDLESS OF THE ASSIGNMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR QUALITY MUST BE OF LIMITED DURATION, SCHEDULED, AND WRITTEN APPROVAL TEL: 646 428 5500
SECTION 01 00 00 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D. ALTERNATES; d. SUBMIT EACH APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT WITH CONTRACTOR'S WAIVER OF CONTROL SERVICES. OBTAINED FROM OWNER.
PART 1 - GENERAL 1. THE COST OR CREDIT FOR EACH ALTERNATE IS THE NET ADDITION TO OR MECHANIC'S LIEN FOR CONSTRUCTION PERIOD COVERED BY THE K. CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY; a. LIMIT DURATIONS OF SHUTDOWNS AND SCHEDULE TO ACCOMMODATE BOTH
DEDUCTION FROM THE CONTRACT SUM TO INCORPORATE ALTERNATE INTO THE APPLICATION. SUBMIT FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT WITH OR 1. CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ARE GENERAL IN NATURE, THE CONTRACTOR AND THE OWNER. THE SHUT DOWN MUST YIELD TO
A. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS: WORK. NO OTHER ADJUSTMENTS ARE MADE TO THE CONTRACT SUM. PROCEEDED BY FINAL WAIVERS FROM EVERY ENTITY INVOLVED WITH REFERENCING REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATION SECTIONS FOR MORE OWNER'S NEEDS AND IS NOT JUSTIFICATION FOR ADDITIONAL
1. EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT BY CONTRACTOR IS A REPRESENTATION THAT 2. MODIFY OR ADJUST AFFECTED ADJACENT WORK NECESSARY TO COMPLETELY PERFORMANCE OF WORK COVERED BY THE APPLICATION LAWFULLY DETAILED REQUIREMENTS. NOTIFY OWNER AND ARCHITECT IF CONFLICTS COMPENSATION UNLESS APPROVED BY THE OWNER AS ABOVE AND BEYOND
CONTRACTOR HAS VISITED THE SITE, BECOME FAMILIAR WITH LOCAL INTEGRATE WORK OF THE ALTERNATE INTO THE WORK. INCLUDE AS PART OF ENTITLED TO A LIEN. ARISE BETWEEN PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK AND ENVIRONMENTAL NORMAL PROJECT SHUT DOWN.
CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS PERFORMED AND CORRELATED EACH ALTERNATE, MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES, ACCESSORY OBJECTS, AND e. SUBMIT EXECUTED WAIVERS OF LIEN ON FORMS ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER. REQUIREMENTS. DESIGN ARCHITECT
PERSONAL OBSERVATIONS WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT SIMILAR ITEMS INCIDENTAL TO OR REQUIRED FOR ACOMPLETE INSTALLATION 4. INITIALAPPLICATION FOR PAYMENT; SUBMITADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS AND a. USE RESOURCES EFFICIENTLY; THE CONSTRUCTION, OPERATION, AND
DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IS ADEQUATE AND
WHETHER OR NOT INDICATED AS PART OF ALTERNATE.
3. EXECUTE ACCEPTED ALTERNATES UNDER THE SAME CONDITIONS AS OTHER
SUBMITTALS THAT PRECEDE OR COINCIDE WITH SUBMITTAL OF FIRST
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT;
ULTIMATE REUSE OR REMOVAL OF THE BUILDING COMPONENTS IS
OPTIMIZED TO ELIMINATE UNNECESSARY USE OF ENERGY, WATER, AND RAW
SUFFICIENT FOR COMPLETION OF THE WORK. WORK OF THE CONTRACT. a. SCHEDULE OF VALUES. MATERIALS. 121 West27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212)481-2065 Fax: (212)481-3673
2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY AND APPRISE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND E. CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS; b. CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (PRELIMINARY IF NOT FINAL). b. PROVIDE HEALTHY AND PRODUCTIVE INDOOR ENVIRONMENT.
ANY OTHER PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT OF, AND BIND THEM TO THE 1. MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK; ARCHITECT MAY ISSUE SUPPLEMENTAL c. COPIES OF BUILDING PERMITS. 2. ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES; MINIMIZE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF
CONDITIONS OF THE OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. INSTRUCTIONS AUTHORIZING MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK, NOT INVOLVING d. COPIES OF AUTHORIZATIONS AND LICENSES FROM AUTHORITIES HAVING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES AND OPERATIONS. MANAGE ENVIRONMENTAL ARCHITECT OF RECORD
3. THE PROVISIONS OF THE OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT, INCLUDING

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, WHEN INCLUDED, AND SECTION
ADJUSTMENT TO THE CONTRACT SUM OR THE CONTRACT TIME.
2. PROPOSAL REQUESTS;
JURISDICTION FOR PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK.
e. CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCEAND INSURANCE POLICIES.
QUALITY THROUGH USE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS, USE OF MATERIALS FROM
SUSTAINABLY MANAGED FORESTS, ENERGY EFFICIENT EQUIPMENT AND
PTID
01 00 00 "GENERAL REQUIREMENTS" APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN EACH a. OWNER INITIATED PROPOSAL REQUESTS; ARCHITECT WILL ISSUE A f. DATA NEEDED TO ACQUIRE OWNER'S INSURANCE COVERAGE(S). FIXTURES, WASTE HANDLING PROCEDURES, AND LIMITING CONTAMINANTS AND AUSTRALIA, 2000
Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED CHANGES THAT MAY REQUIRE ADJUSTMENT TO g. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS, IF REQUIRED. IRRITANTS EMITTED INTO THE AIR, SOIL, AND WATERWAYS.
4. WHERE CONFLICTS OCCUR CONCERNING THE ARCHITECT'S DUTIES AND THE CONTRACT SUM OR THE CONTRACT TIME. 5. APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION; AFTER ISSUING THE a. ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY; MEP ENGINEER
RESPONSIBILITIES BETWEEN THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT, THE AGREEMENT SHALL TAKE
1) PROPOSAL REQUESTS ISSUED BY ARCHITECT ARE FOR INFORMATION
ONLY. DO NOT INTERPRET INSTRUCTIONS TO STOP WORK IN PROGRESS
CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, SUBMIT APPLICATION FOR
PAYMENT SHOWING 100 PERCENT COMPLETION FOR PORTION OF THE WORK
1) CONTROL SOURCES OF OUTDOOR AND INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL
POLLUTANTS.
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
PRECEDENCE. OR TO EXECUTE A PROPOSED CHANGE. CLAIMED AS SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETE. 2) IDENTIFY POTENTIAL MEANS OF CONTAMINANT SPREAD. T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDUAND.OOM.AU
5. IF NOT OTHERWISE INCLUDED IN THE OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT OR 2) WITHIN 5 DAYS AFTER RECEIPT OF PROPOSAL REQUEST, SUBMIT a. INCLUDE DOCUMENTATION SUPPORTING CLAIM AND STATEMENT SHOWING 3) IDENTIFY REASONABLE CONTROL OPTIONS FOR CONTAINING
SPECIFICALLY INCLUDED IN THE PROCUREMENT DOCUMENTS, OBTAIN THE QUOTATION ESTIMATING COST ADJUSTMENTS TO THE CONTRACT SUM AN ACCOUNTING OF CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT SUM. THE APPLICATION CONTAMINANTS. LIGHTING DESIGNER
OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID OR A AND THE CONTRACT TIME NECESSARY TO EXECUTE THE CHANGE. REFLECTS CERTIFICATES OF PARTIAL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION ISSUED b. SELECT MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION METHODS TO MAXIMIZE RENEWABLE
PROPOSAL. INDICATE APPLICABLE TAXES, DELIVERY CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL, PREVIOUSLY FOR OWNER OCCUPANCY OF DESIGNATED PORTIONS OF THE RESOURCES, INCREASE ENERGY EFFICIENCY, MINIMIZE ENVIRONMENTAL
SCHVViNGHAMMEn
a. CONTRACTOR'S COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE SHALL AND AMOUNTS OF TRADE DISCOUNTS. INCLUDE AN UPDATED WORK. POLLUTION, AND UTILIZE RECYCLED OR RECYCLABLE MATERIALS. WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHT1NG.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
CONTAIN NO EXCLUSION THAT DENIES COVERAGE FOR CLAIMSARISING OUT CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE THAT INDICATES THE EFFECT 6. FINAL PAYMENT APPLICATION; SUBMIT FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT WITH 3. INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY; COMPLY WITH ASHRAE 62.1 TO REDUCE
OF OR CONTRIBUTED TO BY FUNGI, MILDEW, MOLD, OR RESULTING OF THE CHANGE. USE AVAILABLE TOTAL FLOAT BEFORE REQUESTING AN RELEASES AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION NOT PREVIOUSLY SUBMITTED INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ISSUES RESULTING FROM CONTAMINANTS
ALLERGENS. IF EXCLUSION EXISTS AND CANNOT BE REMOVED BY EXTENSION OF THE CONTRACT TIME. AND ACCEPTED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED, TO; DURING AND AFTER CONSTRUCTION UNTIL DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
ENDORSEMENT, SUBMIT PROOF OF COVERAGE FOR FUNGI, MILDEW, MOLD, b. CONTRACTOR INITIATED PROPOSALS (CHANGE ORDER REQUESTS); a. EVIDENCE OF COMPLETION OF PROJECT CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS, a. AVOID USE OF MATERIALS HIGH IN POLLUTANTS, SUCH AS VOLATILE
OR RESULTING ALLERGENS UNDER A POLLUTION LEGAL LIABILITY OR PROPOSE CHANGES BY SUBMITTING A REQUEST FOR A CHANGE. INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO TRANSMITTAL OF REQUIRED PROJECT ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) OR TOXINS. IN ADDITION TO VOC LIMITATIONS
CONTRACTOR'S POLLUTION LIABILITY POLICY. COORDINATE WITH THE 1) INCLUDE STATEMENT THAT OUTLINES REASONS FOR THE CHANGE AND RECORD DRAWINGS TO OWNER. SPECIFIED FOR LOW EMITTING MATERIALS ADHESIVE, SEALANTS, AND PAINT
OWNER FOR REQUIRED INSURANCE TYPE AND AMOUNTS. THE EFFECT OF THE CHANGE ON THE WORK. PROVIDE COMPLETE b. INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FOR PRODUCTS AND COMPLETED OPERATIONS PRODUCTS, UTILIZE MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS COMPLYING WITH VOC
6. WORK BY OWNER: ITEMS NOTED NIC ARE PROVIDED BY OWNER OR UNDER DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED CHANGE. INDICATE EFFECT OF AND PROOF THAT TAXES, FEES, AND SIMILAR OBLIGATIONS WERE PAID. CONTENT LIMITATIONS.
SEPARATE CONTRACT INCLUDING WORK IDENTIFIED AS SYSTEMS FURNITURE. PROPOSED CHANGE ON THE CONTRACT SUM AND THE CONTRACT TIME. c. UPDATED FINAL STATEMENT, ACCOUNTING FOR FINAL CHANGES TO THE b. AVOID ENTRAINMENT OF POLLUTANTS INTO VENTILATION AIR PATH.
7. WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS: OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO AWARD 2) INDICATE APPLICABLE TAXES, DELIVERY CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL, CONTRACT SUM. c. SUFFICIENTLY VENTILATE ENCLOSED AREAS.
SEPARATE CONTRACTS FOR OTHER WORK. COORDINATE WORK UNDER THE AND AMOUNTS OF TRADE DISCOUNTS. d. AIA DOCUMENT G706 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND d. PROTECT ORGANIC MATTER AND MATERIALS AGAINST MOLD, INSECT
CONTRACT REQUIRED FOR SMOOTH COMPLETION OF THE WORK. 3) INCLUDE AN UPDATED CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE THAT CLAIMS AND AIA DOCUMENT G706A CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE INFESTATION, OR ABSORPTION OF ODORS.
8. CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE: LIMIT USE OF SITE TO EXTENT REQUIRED TO INDICATES EFFECT OF CHANGE, INCLUDING. USE AVAILABLE TOTAL OF LIENS. d. SEQUENCE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES TO PREVENT ABSORPTION OF
PERFORM WORK AND TO LIMITS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. FLOAT BEFORE REQUESTING AN EXTENSION OF THE CONTRACT TIME. e. AIA DOCUMENT G707 CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT. CONTAMINANTS BY BUILDING MATERIALS.
a. KEEP ENTRANCES CLEAR AND AVAILABLE TO BUILDING MANAGEMENT, 4) COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IF THE PROPOSED CHANGE REQUIRES f. EVIDENCE THAT CLAIMS HAVE BEEN SETTLED. e. LIMIT USE OF BUILDING VENTILATION SYSTEM DURING CONSTRUCTION
TENANTS AND EMERGENCY VEHICLES. SUBSTITUTION OF ONE PRODUCT OR SYSTEM FOR PRODUCT OR SYSTEM g. FINAL, LIQUIDATED DAMAGES SETTLEMENT STATEMENT. ACTIVITIES.
b. DO NOT BLOCK ENTRANCES, FIRE EXITS OR LANES, OR DELIVERY ROUTES. SPECIFIED. h. OCCUPANCY PERMITS AND SIMILAR APPROVALS OR CERTIFICATIONS BY 1) COVER DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, GRILLES, AND OPEN DUCTS DURING
c. DO NOT USE AREAS FOR PARKING OR STORAGE OF MATERIALS. 3. CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURE; ON OWNER'S APPROVAL OF A PROPOSAL GOVERNING AUTHORITIES AND FRANCHISED SERVICES, ASSURING OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT DUST AND ODORS FROM ENTERING
d. SCHEDULE DELIVERIES TO MINIMIZE SPACE AND TIME REQUIREMENTS FOR REQUEST, ARCHITECT WILL ISSUE A CHANGE ORDER FOR SIGNATURES OF FULL ACCESS AND USE OF COMPLETED WORK. VENTILATION SYSTEM.
STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ON SITE. OWNER AND CONTRACTOR. H. PROJECT COORDINATION; 2) REPLACE FILTRATION MEDIA PRIOR TO DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL
e. ARRANGEACCESSTOWORKAREATHROUGH BUILDING MANAGEMENT. DO F. REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFI); 1. COORDINATION; COORDINATE SCHEDULING, SUBMITTALS, AND WORK OF COMPLETION.
NOT DISTURB OWNER, TENANT, OR BUILDING OPERATIONS. 1. USE AN RFI TO ASK QUESTIONS RELATED TO THE WORK; SUBJECT TO THE VARIOUS SPECIFICATION SECTIONS TO ASSURE EFFICIENT AND ORDERLY 4. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS; PROTECTNATURAL, AIR, AND WATER
f. ARRANGE SCHEDULE OF DELIVERIES THROUGH BUILDING MANAGEMENT. CONDITIONS CONTAINED WITHIN THIS ARTICLE. SEQUENCE OF INSTALLATION OF INTERDEPENDENCE. VERIFY UTILITY RESOURCES. IMPLEMENT, MONITOR, AND ENFORCE ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
g. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED BY CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. PROTECT 2. AUTHORSHIP; CONTRACTOR. REQUIREMENTS AND CHARACTERISTICS OF OPERATING EQUIPMENT ARE PROGRAM DURING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES UNTIL DATE OF FINAL
BUILDING AND ITS OCCUPANTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. 3. PROHIBITIONS; RFI SHALL NOT BE USED FOR THE FOLLOWING; COMPATIBLE WITH BUILDING UTILITIES. COORDINATE SPACE REQUIREMENTS COMPLETION.
h. COMPLY WITH BUILDING REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES FOR a. REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF SUBSTITUTIONS. AND INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK INDICATED ON a. EMPLOY METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION THAT RESPONSIBLY USE
CONSTRUCTION WORK. b. TO REQUEST AN ADJUSTMENT OF THE CONTRACT TIME OR CONTRACT SUM. DRAWINGS. FOLLOW ROUTING SHOWN FOR PIPES, DUCTS, AND CONDUIT AS RESOURCES. CONFINE DISPOSAL OPERATIONS FOR DEMOLISHED AND
9. NOISE CONTROL: MINIMIZE OBJECTIONABLE NOISE LEVELS AND NOTIFY OWNER c. TO REQUEST INTERPRETATION OF ARCHITECT'S ACTION ON SUBMITTALS. CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE. CONCEAL PIPES, DUCTS, AND WIRING WITHIN WASTE MATERIALS THAT ARE NOT IDENTIFIED FOR SALVAGE, RECYCLING, A Issue Date & Description By Check
IN ADVANCE OF NOISY OPERATIONS. DO NOT OPERATE GASOLINE AND DIESEL d. TO TRANSFER COORDINATION RESPONSIBILITY FROM THE CONTRACTOR TO CONSTRUCTION IN FINISHED AREAS. OR REUSE. EMPLOY JOB SITE RECYCLING AND SALVAGE PROCEDURES. 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
ENGINE DRIVEN TOOLS AND PUMP EQUIPMENT ON PROJECT SITE WITHOUT THE OWNER OR THE ARCHITECT. 2. CONFERENCESAND MEETINGS; PRESIDE AT MEETINGS, RECORD MINUTES, AND b. PROMOTE ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY INCLUDING OUTDOOR AND INDOOR FINAL SD
SPECIFIC PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM OWNER AND ARCHITECT. THE 4. PROCEDURE; DISTRIBUTE TYPED COPIES WITHIN TWO DAYS FOLLOWING EACH MEETING. QUALITY. ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY INCLUDES LIGHT QUALITY, ACOUSTIC 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
OWNER AND BUILDING MANAGEMENT RESERVE THE RIGHT WHEN NECESSARY a. EACH RFI SHALL ADDRESS ONE SUBJECT. SCHEDULE PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE AFTER NOTICE OF AWARD. QUALITY, THERMAL COMFORT, AND AIR QUALITY.
PRELIM SD
TO REQUIRE EXCESSIVE NOISE TRANSMITTING PROCEDURES BE STOPPED b. EACH RFI SHALL CONTAIN SPECIFIC REFERENCE TO THE DRAWING a. CONDUCT PROGRESS MEETINGS AT WEEKLY INTERVALS. 1) UTILIZE LOW EMITTING MATERIALS ADHESIVE, SEALANTS, AND PAINT
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
DURING CERTAIN PERIODS OF TIME. NUMBER(S), DETAIL NUMBER(S), SCHEDULE TYPE(S), BULLETIN NUMBER(S), I. SUBMITTALS; PRODUCTS. MAXIMIZE USE OF NONTOXIC, NONHAZARDOUS, HEALTHY,
10. OCCUPANCY: SPECIFICATION SECTION(S) AND PARAGRAPH NUMBER(S), OR OTHER 1. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES; AND SAFE BUILDING MATERIALS. 100% SD
a. ADJACENT OCCUPANCY: ADJACENT FLOORS OF THE BUILDING WILL BE RELATED DOCUMENT(S) PERTINENT TO THE CONTRACTOR'S QUESTION. THE a. COORDINATE PREPARATION AND PROCESSING OF SUBMITTALS WITH 2) LIMIT USE OF BUILDING VENTILATION SYSTEM DURING CONSTRUCTION 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
OCCUPIED DURING CONSTRUCTION. DO NOT CLOSE OR OBSTRUCT DATE OF EACH REFERENCED DRAWING NUMBER, BULLETIN, SPECIFICATION PERFORMANCE OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. ACTIVITIES. SHOULD PERMANENTLY INSTALLED AIR HANDLERS BE USED 50% CD
WALKWAYS, CORRIDORS, OR OCCUPIED OR USED FACILITIES WITHOUT SECTION OR OTHER RELATED DOCUMENT SHALL BE IDENTIFIED. IN b. PLACE A PERMANENT LABEL OR TITLE BLOCK ON EACH SUBMITTAL FOR DURING CONSTRUCTION, UTILIZE FILTRATION MEDIAAT EACH RETURN 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM BUILDING MANAGEMENT, OWNER, AND PREPARING EACH RFI, VERIFY THE APPLICABLE DIMENSION(S), FIELD IDENTIFICATION. INDICATE NAME OF FIRM OR ENTITY THAT PREPARED EACH AIR GRILLE.
90% CD
AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. CONDITIONS, DRAWING REQUIREMENTS (SMALL THROUGH LARGE SCALE SUBMITTAL ON LABEL OR TITLE BLOCK. IDENTIFY PROJECT, CONTRACTOR, 3) MAINTAIN AND PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE AIR.
b. PROVIDE MINIMUM 72 HOURS NOTICE TO BUILDING MANAGEMENT AND 05/03/2019
DETAILS), AND/OR SPECIFICATION SECTION REQUIREMENTS PERTAINING SUBCONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIER, SPECIFICATION SECTION AND DRAWINGS a) PREVENT CREATION OF DUST, AIR POLLUTION, AND ODORS. DSF DSF
OWNER OF ACTIVITIES THAT AFFECT BUILDING OR TENANT OPERATIONS. THERETO. WHERE SUPPLEMENTARY SKETCHES ARE REQUIRED TO CLARIFY SHEET NUMBER, AND PERTINENT REFERENCES AND DATA. ASSIGN UNIQUE b) USE TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES AND APPROPRIATE METHODS TO LIMIT 100% CD
c. OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO PLACE AND INSTALL EQUIPMENT IN AN INQUIRY, ATTACH SUPPLEMENTARY SKETCHES, AT LARGE SCALE, IDENTIFIER, INCLUDING REVISION NUMBER, NUMBERED CONSECUTIVELY. DUST AND DIRT RISING AND SCATTERING IN AIR TO LOWEST PRACTICAL
COMPLETED AREAS, PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROVIDING ILLUSTRATIVE OF THE INQUIRY. SKETCHES SHALL INCLUDE SUFFICIENT RETAIN NUMBERING SYSTEM THROUGHOUT REVISIONS LEVEL.
OCCUPANCY DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH COMPLETION OF THE WORK. DETAIL, MATERIALS, DIMENSIONS, THICKNESSES, ASSEMBLY, ATTACHMENTS, c. REVIEW AND COORDINATE EACH SHOP DRAWING FOR CONSTRUCTABILITY c) PROTECT STORED ON SITE AND INSTALLED ABSORPTIVE MATERIALS
PLACING OF EQUIPMENT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF THE RELATION TO ADJOINING WORK, STRUCTURAL GRID REFERENCES, AND ALL AND COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. APPLY CONTRACTOR'S FROM MOISTURE DAMAGE.
TOTAL WORK. OTHER PERTINENT DATA AND INFORMATION FOR THE ARCHITECT TO MAKE STAMP, SIGN, AND CERTIFY REVIEW AND VERIFICATION OF MATERIALS d) STORE VOLATILE LIQUIDS, INCLUDING FUELS AND SOLVENTS, IN CLOSED
B. SUBSTITUTIONS: AN INFORMED RESPONSE. SUGGEST SOLUTION(S) TO INQUIRIES, IF REQUIRED, FIELD DIMENSIONS, ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION WORK, AND CONTAINERS.
1. CHANGES IN THE PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS APPLICABLE. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLUTION(S) HAVE AN IMPACT COORDINATION OF INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. e) MAINTAIN EQUIPMENT TO REDUCE GASEOUS POLLUTANT EMISSIONS.
OF CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE ON CONTRACT SUM OR CONTRACT TIME, IT SHALL BE SO STATED WITHIN THE d. IDENTIFY VARIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND MATERIAL OR f) PROVIDE MINIMUM 48 HOUR PREVENTILATION OF PACKAGED DRY
CONSIDERED SUBSTITUTIONS. WHEN SUBSTITUTIONS ARE CONSIDERED, RFI. SYSTEM LIMITATION AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPLETED WORK. PRODUCTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. REMOVE FROM PACKAGING AND
SUBMIT SUBSTITUTION REQUEST WITH ADEQUATE TIME FOR THE ARCHITECT TO c. EACH RFI SHALL BE DATED AND SEQUENTIALLY NUMBERED. e. INCOMPLETE SUBMITTALS WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT COMMENT FOR VENTILATE IN SECURE, DRY, WELL VENTILATED SPACE FREE FROM
REVIEW AND CONSIDER THE SUBSTITUTION REQUEST. d. EACH RFI SHALL BE REVIEWED AND SIGNED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF THE SUBMITTAL. STRONG CONTAMINANT SOURCES AND RESIDUES. PROVIDE
a. SUBSTITUTIONS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED FOR ACCEPTANCE: TRANSMITTING TO THE ARCHITECT. f. REVISE AND RESUBMIT AS REQUIRED; IDENTIFY CHANGES MADE SINCE TEMPERATURE RANGE OF 60 DEG F MINIMUM TO 90 DEG F MAXIMUM
1) WHEN INDICATED AND IMPLIED ON SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA G. PAYMENT PROCEDURES; PREVIOUS SUBMITTALS. CONTINUOUSLY DURING VENTILATION PERIOD. DO NOT VENTILATE
SUBMITTALS; 1. SCHEDULE OF VALUES; COORDINATE PREPARATION OF THE SCHEDULE OF g. PACKAGE EACH SUBMITTAL INDIVIDUALLY AND APPROPRIATELY FOR WITHIN LIMITS OF WORK UNLESS APPROVED BY OWNER.
2) WHEN ACCEPTANCE WILL REQUIRE SUBSTANTIAL REVISION OF VALUES WITH PREPARATION OF CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. TRANSMITTAL AND HANDLING USING TRANSMITTAL FORM. SUBMITTALS 4) PROVIDE GOOD VENTILATION DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION OF
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; a. SUBMIT THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES, ON AIA DOCUMENT G703, PRIOR TO DATE RECEIVED FROM SOURCES OTHER THAN CONTRACTOR WILL BE DISCARDED INTERIOR WET PRODUCTS AND INTERIOR FINAL FINISHES
3) WHEN, IN JUDGMENT OF ARCHITECT, DO NOT INCLUDE ADEQUATE SCHEDULED FOR SUBMITTAL OF INITIAL APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT. UNOPENED. c. CONTROL ODORS FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, PROCESSING, AND
INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE EVALUATION. b. USE THE PROJECT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS AS A GUIDE TO ESTABLISH h. USE FINAL SUBMITTALS WITH MARK INDICATING ACTION TAKEN BY PREPARATION OF MATERIALS. FOR POTENTIALLY NOXIOUS MATERIALS,
b. SUBSTITUTIONS AFTER AWARD OF THE CONTRACT MAY BE CONSIDERED BY LINE ITEMS FOR THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES. PROVIDE AT LEAST ONE LINE ARCHITECT IN CONNECTION WITH CONSTRUCTION. IDENTIFIED AND EMPLOY CONTROL MEASURES COMPLYING WITH SMACNA
THE ARCHITECT. MAKE REQUEST ON FORM AVAILABLE FROM THE ITEM FOR EACH SPECIFICATION SECTION. 2. SUBMITTAL PREPARATION; SUBMIT EACH SUBMITTAL ELECTRONICALLY, UNLESS GUIDELINES.
ARCHITECT. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING; c. PROVIDE A BREAKDOWN OF THE CONTRACT SUM IN SUFFICIENT DETAIL TO OTHERWISE INDICATED. MARK AND RETAIN SUBMITTAL COPY AS A PROJECT 1) SMOKING OR TOBACCO MATERIALS ARE NOT PERMITTED IN BUILDING OR
1) PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION (MARKETING BROCHURES FACILITATE CONTINUED EVALUATION OF APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT AND RECORD DOCUMENT. WITHIN 25 FEET OF ENTRANCES, WINDOWS, OR OUTDOOR AIR INTAKES.
AND GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE; PROVIDE PROGRESS REPORTS. COORDINATE WITH THE PROJECT MANUAL TABLE OF 3. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES; SUBMIT INITIAL SCHEDULE WITHIN 10 2) USE OF GASOLINE OR FUEL FIRED EQUIPMENT ARE NOT PERMITTED
MANUFACTURER TECHNICAL DATA AND ICOES RESEARCH/EVALUATION CONTENTS. PROVIDE SEVERAL LINE ITEMS FOR PRINCIPAL SUBCONTRACT DAYS AFTER DATE OF AGREEMENT FOR REVIEW. INSIDE ENCLOSED BUILDING.
REPORTS). AMOUNTS, WHERE APPROPRIATE. BREAK DOWN PRINCIPAL SUBCONTRACT a. SUBMIT REVISED SCHEDULES WITH EACH APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT, 3) KEEP WET PROCESSES WITHIN ENCLOSED BUILDING TO MINIMUM.
2) SUBSTANTIATING DATA INDICATING COMPLIANCE WITH PERFORMANCE AMOUNTS INTO SEPARATE LABOR AND MATERIALS ITEMS. BREAK DOWN OF IDENTIFYING CHANGES SINCE PREVIOUS VERSION. INDICATE ESTIMATED 4) PROTECT CHASE AND GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS FROM WATER.
AND TEST DATA. SUBCONTRACTOR'S SCHEDULE OF VALUES MUST BE TRUE AND ACCURATE. PERCENTAGE OF COMPLETION FOR EACH ITEM AT EACH SUBMISSION. REMOVE AND REPLACE DAMAGED MATERIALS.
3) REFERENCES. d. ROUND AMOUNTS TO NEAREST WHOLE DOLLAR; TOTAL SHALL EQUAL THE b. SUBMIT HORIZONTAL BAR CHART WITH SEPARATE LINE FOR EACH MAJOR 5) USE LOW EMISSION MATERIALS AND CHEMICALS.
4) SAMPLES. CONTRACT SUM. SECTION OF WORK OR OPERATION, IDENTIFYING FIRST DAY OF EACH WEEK. 6) PERFORM CLEANING INVOLVING CHEMICALS OUTSIDE BUILDING TO THE
5) ITEMIZED COMPARISON OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION WITH THE e. EACH ITEM IN THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES AND APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 4. SHOP DRAWINGS; PREPARE PROJECT-SPECIFIC INFORMATION, DRAWN EXTENT POSSIBLE.
PRODUCT SPECIFIED. SHALL BE COMPLETE. INCLUDE TOTAL COST AND PROPORTIONATE SHARE ACCURATELY TO SCALE. DO NOT BASE SHOP DRAWINGS ON REPRODUCTIONS 7) UNROLL OR UNCRATE CARPET MATERIALS AND AIR OFF SITE FOR
6) DATA RELATING TO CONTRACT TIME, SCHEDULE, DESIGN, VISUAL OF GENERAL OVERHEAD AND PROFIT FOR EACH ITEM. TEMPORARY OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR STANDARD PRINTED DATA. SUBMIT ONE MINIMUM OF MINIMUM 3 DAYS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
EFFECT. FACILITIES AND OTHER MAJOR COST ITEMS THAT ARE NOT DIRECT COST OF ELECTRONIC COPY FOR ARCHITECT'S REVIEW. 8) REMOVE TRASH DAILY TO THE APPROPRIATE RECYCLE CONTAINER.
7) COMPATIBILITY WITH ADJACENT MATERIALS. ACTUAL WORK IN PLACE MAY BE SHOWN EITHER AS SEPARATE LINE ITEMS IN 5. SAMPLES; WHEN SPECIFIED, SUBMIT FULL SIZE, FULLY FABRICATED SAMPLES 9) TREAT MOLD GROWTH ACCORDING TO THE PROCEDURES
8) SUBMIT COMPLETE AND ACCURATE COST DATA AND COMPARE THE THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES OR DISTRIBUTED AS GENERAL OVERHEAD CURED AND FINISHED AS SPECIFIED AND PHYSICALLY IDENTICAL WITH MATERIAL RECOMMENDED BY THEEPA.
PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION WITH THE PRODUCT SPECIFIED REGARDLESS EXPENSE, AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. OR PRODUCT PROPOSED, INCLUDING PARTIAL SECTIONS OF MANUFACTURED 10) CLEAN INSIDE OF WALLS AT BASE TRACK TO REMOVE EXCESS
IF THE CONTRACT SUM IS AFFECTED. INCLUDE COST DATA FOR f. UPDATE AND RESUBMIT SCHEDULE OF VALUES BEFORE THE NEXT OR FABRICATED COMPONENTS, CUTS OR CONTAINERS OF MATERIALS, COLOR MATERIALS AND DIRT WITH VACUUM PRIOR TO ENCLOSING WALL.
ADJACENT WORK AFFECTED BY THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT WHEN CHANGE ORDERS RESULT IN A CHANGE RANGE SETS, AND SWATCHES SHOWING COLOR, TEXTURE, AND PATTERN. 11) HEPA VACUUM CONCRETE FLOORS BEFORE INSTALLATION OF FLOOR
c. DO NOT ORDER AND INSTALL SUBSTITUTE PRODUCTS, SYSTEMS, IN THE CONTRACT SUM. 6. MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATIONS; SUBMIT ELECTRONIC COPY OF COVERING MATERIALS.
EQUIPMENT, AND CHANGE SEQUENCING WITHOUT WRITTEN ACCEPTANCE OF 2. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT; CERTIFICATIONS TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW, INDICATING MATERIAL OR 12) DO NOT ENCLOSE, HIDE, OR PAINT OVER MOLD OR CHEMICAL
THE REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION BY ARCHITECT AND OWNER. SUBMISSION a. UPON RECEIPT OF FINAL APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT AND PRODUCT COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. SUBMIT SUPPORTING CONTAMINATION.
OF THE REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN APPROVAL. REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION INCLUDING THE UPDATED SCHEDULE OF DATA, AFFIDAVITS, AND CERTIFICATIONS ELECTRONICALLY. d. HOUSEKEEPING AND PEST MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES;
IF THE REQUEST IS REJECTED FOR ANY REASON, THE REJECTION IS VALUES AND THE UPDATED CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, THE ARCHITECT J. QUALITY PROCEDURES; 1) DESIGNATE AREA FOR FOOD STORAGE AND CONSUMPTION.
CONSIDERED FINAL. SHALL MAKE A FINAL REVIEW. UPON COMPLETION OF REVIEW, ARCHITECT 1. CONTROL OF INSTALLATION; MONITOR QUALITY CONTROL OVER SUPPLIERS, IMMEDIATELY DISPOSE OF FOOD OR FOOD RESIDUES AFTER MEALS OR
d. IN MAKING FORMAL REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION, CONTRACTOR SHALL REVISE, IF NECESSARY, AND EXECUTE THE APPLICATIONS AND MANUFACTURERS, PRODUCTS, SERVICES, SITE CONDITIONS, AND BREAKS.
REPRESENTS TO THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT THAT; CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT AND FORWARD EXECUTED COPIES TO THE WORKMANSHIP TO PRODUCE WORK OF SPECIFIED QUALITY. 2) MINIMIZE ENTRY OF DIRT WITH WALK OFF GRILLES OR MATS.
1) IT HAS INVESTIGATED PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION AND HAS DETERMINED OWNER. a. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 3) INSPECT AND CLEAN COILS, FANS, AND AIR HANDLER CHAMBERS
IT IS EQUIVALENT TO OR SUPERIOR IN EVERY RESPECT TO THE 1) IN TAKING ACTION ON APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT, b. COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED STANDARDS AS A MINIMUM QUALITY FOR WORK INCLUDING RETURN AIR CHAMBERS PRIOR TO START UP, FINAL TESTING,
SPECIFIED PRODUCT OR MATERIALS, WILL FIT INTO THE SPACE THE ARCHITECT RELIES ON ACCURACY AND COMPLETENESS OF EXCEPT WHEN MORE STRINGENT TOLERANCES, CODES, OR SPECIFIED COMMISSIONING, AND AIR TESTING.
PROVIDED, AND IS COMPATIBLE WITH ADJACENT MATERIALS. INFORMATION FURNISHED AND DOES NOT REPRESENT THAT ARCHITECT REQUIREMENTS INDICATE HIGHER STANDARDS OR MORE PRECISE e. CONTROL HYDROCARBONS AND CARBON MONOXIDE EMISSIONS FROM
2) IT WILL PROVIDE THE SAME OR BETTER WARRANTIES. AUDITED SUPPORTING DATA. WORKMANSHIP. EQUIPMENT TO COMPLY WITH FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL ALLOWABLE
3) IT CERTIFIES COST DATA IS COMPLETE AND INCLUDES RELATED COSTS 2) PAYMENT WILL NOT BE MADE FOR MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT STORED 1) COMPLY WITH REFERENCE STANDARDS BY DATE OF ISSUE CURRENT AS LIMITS. FOR POTENTIALLY NOXIOUS MATERIALS, IDENTIFIED AND EMPLOY
UNDER THE CONTRACT AND WAIVES CLAIM TO ADDITIONAL COST OFF SITE, EXCEPT AT OWNER'S DISCRETION AND WRITTEN APPROVAL. OF DATE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. IN THE EVENT OF CONFLICT, CONTROL MEASURES COMPLYING WITH SMACNA GUIDELINES.
RELATED TO THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION WHICH SUBSEQUENTLY WHEN APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT INCLUDES REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROM ARCHITECT PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT f. ISOLATE AREAS OF WORK NECESSARY TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF
BECOME APPARENT. MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT STORED OFF SITE, ACCOMPANY APPLICATION OF WORK. CLEAN OR OCCUPIED SPACES. PROVIDE PRESSURE DIFFERENTIALS OR
4) IT ACCEPTS RESPONSIBLE FOR DELAYS AND COSTS CAUSED BY THE BY A STATEMENT CERTIFYING; 2) IF COMPLIANCE WITH TWO OR MORE STANDARDS RESULT IN PHYSICAL BARRIERS TO PROTECT CLEAN OR OCCUPIED SPACES.
SUBSTITUTION IF APPROVED UNLESS DELAYS AND COSTS ARE a. DESCRIPTION OF THE ITEM(S) BEING STORED. CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS FOR MINIMUM QUANTITIES OR QUALITY g. SCHEDULE CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS INVOLVING WET AND ODOROUS
SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED AND APPROVED ON THE REQUEST FOR b. LOCATION OF THE BONDED WAREHOUSE(S) WHERE MATERIALS OR LEVELS, COMPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENT. REFER MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS PRIOR TO PACKAGED DRY PRODUCTS OR ODOR
SUBSTITUTION FORM BY THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT. EQUIPMENT IS BEING STORED. UNCERTAINTIES AND REQUIREMENTS THAT ARE DIFFERENT, BUT ABSORBENT MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS TO REDUCE ABSORPTION OF VOCS
5) IT WILL COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF THE ACCEPTED SUBSTITUTE, c. AFFIDAVIT OF STORAGE. APPARENTLY EQUAL, TO ARCHITECT FOR A DECISION BEFORE BY POROUS MATERIALS.
MAKING CHANGES REQUIRED FOR THE WORK TO BE COMPLETE IN ALL d. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. PROCEEDING. h. PROMOTE CONSERVATION EFFICIENCIES IN OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE
RESPECTS. e. BILL OF SALE MADE TO OWNER STATING THERE WILL BE NO ADDITIONAL 2. INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES; UNLESS OTHERWISE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO DURABILITY, MAINTAINABILITY, AND ENERGY
e. ARCHITECT WILL SOLELY DETERMINE ACCEPTABILITY OF PROPOSED COST FOR TRANSPORTATION AND DELIVERY OF THE NOTED, OWNER WILL EMPLOY AND PAY FOR SERVICES OF AN INDEPENDENT AND WATER EFFICIENCY.
SUBSTITUTIONS. ITEM(S) BEING STORED. FIRM TO INSPECT AND TEST THE WORK. 5. COMPLY WITH FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS
f. THE CONTRACTOR BEARS FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR INVESTIGATING AND f. STATEMENT CERTIFYING THAT ITEM OR A PART THEREOF WILL NOT BE a. COOPERATE WITH THE INSPECTION AND TESTING AGENCIES; FURNISH FOR WASTES CONSIDERED HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC AND REQUIRING SPECIAL
PROVIDING SUPPORTING DATA FOR PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION. REQUESTS INSTALLED IN CONSTRUCTION OTHER THAN WORK SAMPLES OF MATERIALS, DESIGN MIX, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS, STORAGE, AND DISPOSITION, INCLUDING MAINTAINING DOCUMENTATION.
FOR SUBSTITUTIONS THAT ARE NOT ACCOMPANIED BY COMPLETE UNDER THIS CONTRACT. ASSISTANCE AS REQUESTED. L. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS;
SUPPORTING DATA AND ARE NOT SUBMITTED ON THE ARCHITECT'S FORM b. USE AIA DOCUMENT G702 AND AIA DOCUMENT G703 CONTINUATION SHEETS. b. NOTIFY AGENCY MINIMUM 24 HOURS IN ADVANCE FOR OPERATIONS 1. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS;
WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW OR COMMENT. c. COMPLETE EVERY ENTRY ON FORM. NOTARIZE AND EXECUTE BY REQUIRING SERVICES. a. BUILDING CODE, INCLUDING LOCAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PERMITS, TESTING
C. ALLOWANCES; AUTHORIZED INDIVIDUAL. INCOMPLETE APPLICATIONS WILL BE RETURNED c. MAKE ARRANGEMENTS AND PAY FOR ADDITIONAL SAMPLES AND TESTS AND INSPECTION.
1. LUMP SUM ALLOWANCES INCLUDE COST TO CONTRACTOR OF SPECIFIC WITHOUT ACTION. REQUIRED FOR CONTRACTOR'S USE. b. HEALTH AND SAFETY REGULATIONS.
PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS IDENTIFIED BY ARCHITECT AS AN ALLOWANCE AND d. SUBMIT 3 SIGNED AND NOTARIZED ORIGINAL COPIES OF EACH APPLICATION d. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTION. c. FIRE PROTECTION REGULATIONS.
INCLUDE TAXES, FREIGHT, AND DELIVERY TO SITE. FOR PAYMENT. ONE COPY SHALL INCLUDE WAIVERS OF LIEN AND SIMILAR e. TESTING LABORATORY CRITERIA; INDEPENDENT AGENCY HAVING NATIONAL d. UTILITY COMPANY REGULATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS GOVERNING
2. CONTRACTOR'S COSTS FOR RECEIVING AND HANDLING AT SITE, LABOR, ATTACHMENTS IF REQUIRED. TRANSMIT EACH COPY WITH A TRANSMITTAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS (CCRL) CERTIFICATION. TEMPORARY UTILITY SERVICES.
INSTALLATION, OVERHEAD AND PROFIT, AND SIMILAR COSTS RELATED TO FORM LISTING ATTACHMENTS AND RECORDING APPROPRIATE INFORMATION 3. SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE OR e. POLICE, FIRE DEPARTMENT, AND EMERGENCY OR RESCUE SQUAD RULES
PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS IDENTIFIED BY ARCHITECT UNDER ALLOWANCES ABOUT APPLICATION. SPECIFICATIONS, OWNER WILL ENGAGE A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY OR AND RECOMMENDATIONS. Seal/Signature
SHALL BE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE CONTRACT SUM AND NOT PART OF THE 3. WAIVERS OF MECHANIC'S LIEN; SUBMIT NOTARIZED WAIVERS OF MECHANIC'S SPECIAL INSPECTOR TO CONDUCT SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED f. APPLICABLE INDUSTRY STANDARDS CITED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION
ALLOWANCE. LIEN FROM EACH ENTITY LAWFULLY ENTITLED TO FILE A MECHANIC'S LIEN BY CODE OR AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF SECTIONS.
3. RETURN UNUSED MATERIALS PURCHASED UNDER AN ALLOWANCE TO ARISING OUT OF THE CONTRACT AND RELATED TO WORK COVERED BY THE OWNER.
MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER FOR CREDIT TO OWNER, AFTER INSTALLATION PAYMENT. 4. REPAIR AND PROTECTION; ON COMPLETION OF TESTING, INSPECTING, AND 2. CONSTRUCTION OFFICE; USE AREA WITHIN EXISTING BUILDING DESIGNATED BY
HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND ACCEPTED. a. SUBMIT PARTIAL WAIVERS ON EACH ITEM FOR AMOUNT REQUESTED, SAMPLE TAKING, REPAIR DAMAGED CONSTRUCTION AND RESTORE SUBSTRATES OWNER. RESTORE TO ORIGINAL CONDITION UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK.
4. IF REQUESTED BY ARCHITECT, PREPARE UNUSED MATERIAL FOR STORAGE BY BEFORE DEDUCTION FOR RETAINAGE. AND FINISHES. 3. CONTINUATION OF SERVICES; WHEN NECESSARY TO TEMPORARILY SHUT DOWN
OWNER WHEN IT IS NOT ECONOMICALLY PRACTICAL TO RETURN THE MATERIAL b. WHEN AN APPLICATION SHOWS COMPLETION OF AN ITEM, SUBMIT FINAL OR a. PROTECT CONSTRUCTION EXPOSED BY OR FOR QUALITY CONTROL SERVICE BUILDING OR PORTION OF BUILDING DUE TO MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
SPECIFICATIONS
Scaie
NO SCALE
Sheet Number
A10.01
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CONT. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION MISC. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE SHEET NOTES
4. EXISTING AND TEMPORARY UTILITIES: CONNECTING INTO EXISTING UTILITIES 3. ADJUSTING; ADJUST OPERATING EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS TO ENSURE SECTION 02 41 19 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SECTION 03 30 53 - MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE RESEAL VAPOR RETARDER BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE.
AND SERVICES IS PERMITTED TO THE EXTENT IT IS AVAILABLE. ASSUME FULL SMOOTH AND UNHINDERED OPERATIONS. PART 1 - GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL 3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE SYSTEMS INCLUDING CLEANING AND RESTORATION 4. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA; SUBMIT TWO SETS PRIOR TO FINAL A. MATERIALS OWNERSHIP; UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, DEMOLITION WASTE 1.1 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS IN ACI 304R FOR MEASURING, MIXING, TEL: 646 428 5500
AND PRACTICE ENERGY CONSERVATION. PROVIDE HOOK UPS AND EXTENSIONS INSPECTION, BOUND IN 8-1/2" XII" TEXT PAGES, THREE-RING HARD COVER BECOMES PROPERTY OF CONTRACTOR. MATERIALS TO BE REUSED REMAIN THE A. DESIGN MIXES; SUBMIT CONCRETE MIX DESIGN AT LEAST 3 WEEKS PRIOR TRANSPORTING, AND PLACING CONCRETE. COMPLY WITH ACI 309 FOR
REQUIRED. BINDER. PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL COPY IN ELECTRONIC PDF FORMAT. PROPERTY OF THE OWNER. TO BEGINNING OF CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE WORK. CONCRETE CONSOLIDATION.
a. PROVIDE BRANCH DUCTS AS REQUIRED. MAINTAIN MINIMUM AMBIENT a. PROVIDE ONE SET OF PRINTED OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE B. OWNER WILL OCCUPY PORTIONS OF BUILDING IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO B. QUALIFICATION DATA; SUBMIT QUALIFICATION DATA FOR INSTALLER. B. CURBS; PLACE CONCRETE INTO CURB FORMS. STRIKE OFF TOP SURFACES
TEMPERATURE OF 50 DEG F IN AREAS WHERE CONSTRUCTION IS IN INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDING OIL AND LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS, FILTER SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AREA. CONDUCT SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SO OWNER'S 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE OF ALL CURBS TRUE AND LEVEL. TROWEL SMOOTH WITH STEEL TROWEL.
PROGRESS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. CHANGES, FAN BELT ADJUSTMENTS, AND SIMILAR ITEMS. OPERATIONS WILL NOT BE DISRUPTED. A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS; AN EXPERIENCED INSTALLER, ACCEPTABLE TO C. SLABS ON GRADE; DEPOSIT CONCRETE CONTINUOUSLY OR IN LAYERS OF
b. VENTILATE ENCLOSED AREAS TO ASSIST CURE OF MATERIALS, TO DISSIPATE b. PREPARE BINDER COVER WITH IDENTIFICATION TITLE AND PROJECT NAME. C. CONDITIONS EXISTING AT TIME OF INSPECTION FOR BIDDING PURPOSE WILL BE THE ARCHITECT, WITH NOT LESS THAN FIVE YEARS' EXPERIENCE, WHO HAS SUCH THICKNESS THAT NO NEW CONCRETE WILL BE PLACED ON CONCRETE
HUMIDITY, AND TO PREVENT ACCUMULATION OF DUST OF FUMES, VAPORS, c. INTERNALLY SUBDIVIDE BINDER CONTENTS WITH PERMANENT PAGE MAINTAINED BY OWNER AS FAR AS PRACTICAL. COMPLETED CONCRETE WORK ON NOT LESS THAN THREE PROJECTS WHICH THAT HAS HARDENED SUFFICIENTLY TO CAUSE SEAMS OR PLANES OF DESIGN ARCHITECT
AND GASES. DIVIDERS, LOGICALLY ORGANIZED BY PRODUCT DIVISION. D. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN EXISTING CONDITIONS AND WERE SIMILAR IN MATERIAL, DESIGN, AND EXTENT TO THAT INDICATED FOR WEAKNESS. IF A SECTION CANNOT BE PLACED CONTINUOUSLY, PROVIDE
c. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN PLUMBING AND WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION
SERVICES. PROVIDE HOSES, BRANCH PIPING, AND CONNECTIONS REQUIRED.
d. CONTENTS;
1) DIRECTORY LISTING NAMES, ADDRESSES, AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS OF
DRAWINGS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH SELECTIVE DEMOLITION.
E. IT IS NOT EXPECTED THAT HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WILL BE ENCOUNTERED IN THE
THIS PROJECT AND WHOSE WORK HAS RESULTED IN CONSTRUCTION WITH A
RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE.
CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. DEPOSIT CONCRETE TO AVOID SEGREGATION AT
ITS FINAL LOCATION. MAINTAIN REINFORCING IN PROPER POSITION DURING
d. USE DESIGNATED TOILET FACILITIES, WASH FACILITIES, AND DRINKING ARCHITECT, CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, AND MAJOR EQUIPMENT WORK. IF SUSPECTED HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE ENCOUNTERED, DO NOT B. SOURCE LIMITATIONS; OBTAIN EACH TYPE OF CEMENT OF THE SAME BRAND CONCRETE PLACEMENT. 121 West27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212)481-2065 Fax: (212)481-3673
WATER FIXTURES DESIGNATED BY OWNER. MAINTAIN CLEAN AND SANITARY SUPPLIERS. DISTURB; IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND OWNER. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS FROM THE SAME MANUFACTURER'S PLANT, EACH AGGREGATE FROM ONE 1. CONSOLIDATE CONCRETE DURING PLACEMENT OPERATIONS SO THAT
FACILITIES. 2) OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS ARRANGED BY SYSTEM. WILL BE REMOVED BY OWNER UNDER A SEPARATE CONTRACT. SOURCE, AND EACH ADMIXTURE FROM THE SAME MANUFACTURER. CONCRETE IS THOROUGHLY WORKED AROUND REINFORCEMENT, OTHER
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
5. TELEPHONE SERVICE: PROVIDE, MAINTAIN, AND PAY FOR CELLULAR PHONE FOR 3) PROJECT DOCUMENT AND CERTIFICATIONS. F. MAINTAIN FIRE-PROTECTION FACILITIES IN SERVICE DURING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION C. STANDARDS; COMPLY WITH ACI 301, "SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL EMBEDDED ITEMS AND INTO CORNERS.
CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENT'S USE.
6. BARRIERS: PROVIDE BARRIERS TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY TO
4) SHOP DRAWINGS. OPERATIONS. CONCRETE," AND ACI 318, "BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR 2. BRING SLAB SURFACES TO CORRECT LEVEL USING EXISTING FLOOR SLAB PTID
5) PRODUCT DATA. PART 2- PRODUCTS STRUCTURAL CONCRETE," EXCEPT AS MODIFIED BY THE REQUIREMENTS OF SURFACES AT EITHER SIDE OF UTILITY TRENCHES, AND STRIKE OFF. USE LEVEL 6, 61 MARKET STREET, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES,
AUSTRALIA, 2000
CONSTRUCTION AREAS AND TO PROTECT EXISTING FACILITIES AND ADJACENT 6) AIR AND WATER BALANCE REPORTS. A. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS; COMPLY WITH GOVERNING EPA NOTIFICATION THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. DARBIES TO SMOOTH SURFACE FREE OF HUMPS OR HOLLOWS. DO NOT Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
PROPERTIES FROM DAMAGE IN COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 7) WARRANTIES. REGULATIONS BEFORE BEGINNING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION. COMPLY WITH HAULING 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING DISTURB SLAB SURFACES PRIOR TO BEGINNING FINISHING OPERATIONS.
MEP ENGINEER
7. SCAFFOLDING, HOISTS, STAYS, LADDERS: COMPLY WITH NFPA 241. 5. WARRANTIES; PROVIDE DUPLICATE NOTARIZED COPIES. EXECUTE AND AND DISPOSAL REGULATIONS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. A. DELIVER MATERIALS TO THE SITE IN MANUFACTURER"S ORIGINAL UNOPENED 3.6 FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES
8. TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES, PARTITIONS, AND PROTECTIONS: WHEN ASSEMBLE DOCUMENT FROM SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND B. STANDARDS; COMPLY WITH ANSI/ASSE A10.6 AND NFPA 241. CONTAINERS. STORE MATERIALS IN A DRY, WELL VENTILATED SPACE. A. GENERAL; COMPLY WITH ACI 302.1R FOR SCREEDING, RESTRAIGHTENING, MEDLAND ENGINEERING
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES OR PARTITIONS ARE NECESSARY, PROVIDE FIRE MANUFACTURERS. SUBMIT PRIOR TO FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT. PART 3- EXECUTION PART 2- PRODUCTS AND FINISHING OPERATIONS FOR CONCRETE SURFACES. DO NOT WET GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
RETARDANT TREATED LUMBER. 6. SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS; PROVIDE PRODUCTS, SPARE A. MAINTAIN EXISTING UTILITIES/SERVICES/SYSTEMS INDICATED TO REMAIN AND 2.1 FORMWORK CONCRETE SURFACES.
a. PROVIDE DUSTPROOF PARTITIONS AND BARRIERS AS REQUIRED OR AS PARTS, MAINTENANCE, AND EXTRA MATERIALS IN QUANTITIES SPECIFIED IN PROTECT THEM AGAINST DAMAGE. A. FORMWORK; FURNISH FORMWORK FOR SMOOTH-FORM FINISH, AND B. SCRATCH FINISH; APPLY SCRATCH FINISH TO SURFACES TO RECEIVE
INDICATED TO PREVENT SPREADING DUST AND FUMES TO OCCUPIED INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS. DELIVER TO SITE AND PLACE IN LOCATION DIRECTED. B. LOCATE, IDENTIFY, DISCONNECT, AND SEAL OR CAP OFF INDICATED UTILITY FORMWORK ACCESSORIES ACCORDING TO ACI 307 (ACI 301M), ARTICLE 2.2 CONCRETE FLOOR TOPPING OR MORTAR SETTING BEDS FOR CERAMIC OR LIGHTING DESIGNER
PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING. CONSTRUCT FROM MINIMUM 4 INCH STUDS, OBTAIN RECEIPT PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT. SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SERVING AREAS TO BE "PRODUCTS." QUARRY TILE, PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO, AND OTHER BONDED
TYPE X GYPSUM BOARD WITH TAPED JOINTS ON OCCUPIED SIDE, P. RECORD DRAWINGS; SELECTIVELY DEMOLISHED. 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT CEMENTITIOUS FLOOR FINISH, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
SCHVViNGHAMMEn
1/2-INCH-THICK FIRE RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD ON DEMOLITION OR 4. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS; MAINTAIN ON SITE IN OFFICE, ONE SET OF 1. OWNER WILL ARRANGE TO SHUT OFF INDICATED SERVICES/SYSTEMS WHEN A. STEEL DOWELS; ASTM A615/A615M, GRADE 60 (GRADE 420), DEFORMED, #4 C. FLOAT FINISH; APPLY FLOAT FINISH TO SURFACES INDICATED, TO SURFACES WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHT1NG.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
CONSTRUCTION SIDE, AND FILL PARTITION CAVITY WITH SOUND DEADENING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SHOP DRAWINGS TO BE UTILIZED FOR RECORD REQUESTED BY CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE MINIMUM 48 HOURS NOTICE WHEN BARS UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. TO RECEIVE TROWEL FINISH, AND TO FLOOR AND SLAB SURFACES TO BE
MATERIALS. DOCUMENTS. RECORD ACTUAL REVISIONS TO THE WORK CONCURRENT WITH REQUESTING SHUT-OFF. B. PLAIN-STEEL WELDED WIRE FABRIC; 6 X 6-W2.9 XW2.9, COMPLYING WITH COVERED WITH FLUID-APPLIED, SHEET WATERPROOFING, OR SAND-BED
9. PARKING: USE DESIGNATED AREAS FOR CONSTRUCTION PARKING TO THE CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS. 2. IF SERVICES/SYSTEMS ARE REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED, RELOCATED, OR ASTM A 185/A 185M, AND FABRICATED FROM AS-DRAWN STEEL WIRE INTO TERRAZZO.
EXTENT AVAILABLE. COORDINATE WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT AND OWNER. 5. SUBMITTAL; SUBMIT ONE HARD COPY SET OF MARKED UP RECORD PRINTS AND ABANDONED, PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICES/SYSTEMS THAT BYPASS AREA OF FLAT SHEETS. D. TROWEL FINISH; APPLY A HARD TROWEL FINISH TO SURFACES INDICATED
MAKE ARRANGEMENTS FOR OFF SITE PARKING FOR OVERFLOW. PDF ELECTRONIC FILES OF SCANNED MARKED UP RECORD DRAWINGS WITH SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AND THAT MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS AND TO FLOOR AND SLAB SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW OR TO BE COVERED
10. CLEANING: MAINTAIN AREAS FREE OF WASTE MATERIALS, DEBRIS, AND COMMENT FUNCTION ENABLED. PLOT EACH DRAWING FILE, WHETHER OR NOT SERVICES/SYSTEMS TO OTHER PARTS OF BUILDING. A. PORTLAND CEMENT; ASTM C 150, TYPE I, II, OR III. WITH RESILIENT FLOORING, CARPET, CERAMIC OR QUARRY TILE SET OVER A
RUBBISH. CLEAN SITE DAILY AND LEAVE IN ORDERLY CONDITION. CHANGES AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION WERE RECORDED. SUBMIT 3. DISCONNECT, DEMOLISH, AND REMOVE FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS, B. NORMAL-WEIGHT AGGREGATES; ASTM C 33, UNIFORMLY GRADED, WITH CLEAVAGE MEMBRANE, PAINT, OR ANOTHER THIN FILM-FINISH COATING
a. ARRANGE FOR DAILY TRASH AND DEBRIS REMOVAL. DO NOT USE BUILDING DOCUMENTS TO ARCHITECT WITH CLAIM FOR FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT, PLUMBING, AND HVAC SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT, AND COMPONENTS INDICATED TO COARSE AGGREGATES NOT EXCEEDING 3/4 INCH (19 MM) NOMINAL SIZE. SYSTEM. CONSOLIDATE CONCRETE SURFACE BY HAND-TROWELING
DUMPSTERS UNLESS PERMITTED IN WRITING BY OWNER. a. PREPARE A FULL SET OF CORRECTED DRAWINGS INCLUDING, BUT NOT BE REMOVED. C. WATER; POTABLE. OPERATION, FREE OF TROWEL MARKS, UNIFORM IN TEXTURE AND
b. DO NOT ALLOW FLAMMABLE OR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS OR REFUGE TO LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING; C. DEMOLISH AND REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION ONLY TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED 2.4 RELATED MATERIALS APPEARANCE. GRIND SMOOTH ANY SURFACE DEFECTS THAT WOULD
ACCUMULATE. ARRANGE FOR LEGAL REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF 1) DIMENSIONAL CHANGES TO DRAWINGS. BY NEW CONSTRUCTION AND AS INDICATED. USE METHODS REQUIRED TO A. VAPOR RETARDER; ASTM E 1745, CLASS A, B, OR C, EXCEPT WITH MAXIMUM TELEGRAPH THROUGH APPLIED FLOOR COVERING SYSTEM.
FLAMMABLE OR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. 2) REVISIONS TO DETAILS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. COMPLETE THE WORK WITHIN LIMITATIONS OF GOVERNING REGULATIONS AND AS PERM RATING OF 0.04. E. TROWEL AND FINE-BROOM FINISH; APPLY A PARTIAL TROWEL FINISH,
c. COMPLY WITH HAULING AND DISPOSAL REGULATIONS OF AUTHORITIES 3) REVISIONS TO ROUTING OF PIPING AND CONDUITS. FOLLOWS; 1. PRODUCTS; SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE STOPPING AFTER SECOND TROWELING, TO SURFACES INDICATED AND TO
HAVING JURISDICTION. 4) REVISIONS TO ELECTRICAL CIRCUITRY. 1. NEATLY CUT OPENINGS AND HOLES PLUMB, SQUARE, AND TRUE TO DIMENSIONS ONE OF THE FOLLOWING; SURFACES WHERE CERAMIC OR QUARRY TILE IS TO BE INSTALLED BY
11. REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS: REMOVE TEMPORARY 5) ACTUAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS. REQUIRED. USE CUTTING METHODS LEAST LIKELY TO DAMAGE CONSTRUCTION a. REEF INDUSTRIES, INC.; GRIFFOLYN TYPE-65. EITHER THICKSET OR THIN-SET METHODS. IMMEDIATELY AFTER SECOND
UTILITIES, EQUIPMENT, FACILITIES, AND MATERIALS PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL 6) DUCT SIZE AND ROUTING. TO REMAIN OR ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION. USE HAND TOOLS OR SMALL POWER b. STEGO INDUSTRIES, LLC; STEGO WRAP (CLASS C VAPOR RETARDER). TROWELING, AND WHEN CONCRETE IS STILL PLASTIC, SLIGHTLY SCARIFY
COMPLETION APPLICATION. 7) LOCATIONS OF CONCEALED INTERNAL UTILITIES. TOOLS DESIGNED FOR SAWING OR GRINDING, NOT HAMMERING AND CHOPPING, B. VAPOR RETARDER; ASTM E 1745, CLASS AOR B, EXCEPTWITH MAXIMUM SURFACE WITH A FINE BROOM.
12. CLEAN AND REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED BY INSTALLATION OR USE OF TEMPORARY 8) CHANGES MADE BY CHANGE ORDER. NOTE CHANGE ORDER NUMBERS, TO MINIMIZE DISTURBANCE OF ADJACENT SURFACES. TEMPORARILY COVER PERM RATING OF 0.03 PERMS PER ASTM E 96; ONE OF THE FOLLOWING; 3.7 TOLERANCES
WORK AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. AND SIMILAR IDENTIFICATION AS APPLICABLE. OPENINGS TO REMAIN. 1. PRODUCTS; SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE A. COMPLYWITHACI117.
M. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS: 9) IMPORTANT ADDITIONAL INFORMATION THAT WAS EITHER SHOWN 2. CUT OR DRILL FROM THE EXPOSED OR FINISHED SIDE INTO CONCEALED ONE OF THE FOLLOWING; 3.8 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING
1. PRODUCTS: NEW MATERIALS, MACHINERY, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, SCHEMATICALLY OR OMITTED FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS. SURFACES TO AVOID MARRING EXISTING FINISHED SURFACES. a. REEF INDUSTRIES; GRIFFOLYN TYPE 85. A. BEGIN CURING AFTER FINISHING CONCRETE, BUT NOT BEFORE FREE WATER
FIXTURES, AND SYSTEMS FORMING WORK, BUT DOES NOT INCLUDE MACHINERY 10) CHANGES MADE FOLLOWING ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN ORDERS. 3. DO NOT USE CUTTING TORCHES UNTIL WORK AREA IS CLEARED OF FLAMMABLE b. STEGO INDUSTRIES, LLC; STEGO WRAP CLASS A VAPOR RETARDER. HAS DISAPPEARED FROM CONCRETE SURFACE.
AND EQUIPMENT USED FOR PREPARATION, FABRICATION, CONVEYING, AND 11) DETAILS NOT ON THE ORIGINAL CONTRACT DRAWINGS. MATERIALS. AT CONCEALED SPACES, SUCH AS DUCT AND PIPE INTERIORS, C. VAPOR RETARDER TAPES; HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE TYPES WITH SELECT CURING METHOD(S) FROM PARAGRAPH AND SUBPARAGRAPHS BELOW.
ERECTION OF WORK. USE INTERCHANGEABLE COMPONENTS OF THE SAME 12) FIELD RECORDS FOR VARIABLE AND CONCEALED CONDITIONS. VERIFY CONDITION AND CONTENTS OF HIDDEN SPACE BEFORE STARTING PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE OR DOUBLE SIDED MASTIC TAPES, MINIMUM B. CURING METHODS; CURE UNFORMED CONCRETE FOR AT LEAST SEVEN
MANUFACTURER FOR SIMILAR COMPONENTS. USE NEW MATERIALS IN THE Q. STARTING OF SYSTEMS; FLAME-CUTTING OPERATIONS. MAINTAIN FIRE WATCH AND PORTABLE 4 INCHES (100 MM) WIDE. DAYS BY MOISTURE-RETAINING-COVER CURING, CURING COMPOUND, OR A
EXECUTION OF THE WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. STARTING SYSTEMS; PROVIDE NOTIFICATION MINIMUM 7 DAYS PRIOR TO START FIRE-SUPPRESSION DEVICES DURING FLAME-CUTTING OPERATIONS. D. PIPE BOOT MATERIAL; FIELD, OR FACTORY, FABRICATED BOOTS COMBINATION OF THESE AS FOLLOWS;
2. TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION: TRANSPORT, UP OF EACH SYSTEM. 4. MAINTAIN ADEQUATE VENTILATION WHEN USING CUTTING TORCHES. MANUFACTURED FROM VAPOR BARRIER MATERIALS. 1. MOISTURE-RETAINING-COVER CURING; COVER CONCRETE SURFACES
HANDLE, STORE, AND PROTECT MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH a. ENSURE EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM IS READY FOR 5. REMOVE DECAYED, VERMIN-INFESTED, OR OTHERWISE DANGEROUS OR E. GRANULAR FILL; CLEAN CRUSHED STONE OR GRAVEL, COMPLYING WITH WITH MOISTURE-RETAINING COVER FOR CURING CONCRETE, PLACED IN A Issue Date & Description By Check
MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. OPERATIONS. UNSUITABLE MATERIALS AND PROMPTLY DISPOSE OF OFF-SITE. ASTM C33, SIZE 57. FREE OF ORGANIC MATERIALS, CINDERS, TRASH AND WIDEST PRACTICABLE WIDTH, WITH SIDES AND ENDS LAPPED AT LEAST 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
N. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS: b. EXECUTE START UP UNDER SUPERVISION OF RESPONSIBLE PERSON IN 6. LOCATE SELECTIVE DEMOLITION EQUIPMENT AND REMOVE DEBRIS AND RUBBLE. 12 INCHES (300 MM), AND SEALED BY WATERPROOF TAPE OR ADHESIVE. FINAL SD
1. EXISTING CONDITIONS: THE EXISTENCE AND LOCATION OF UTILITIES, AND ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. MATERIALS SO AS NOT TO IMPOSE EXCESSIVE LOADS ON SUPPORTING WALLS, F. JOINT-FILLER STRIPS; ASTM D 1751, ASPHALT-SATURATED CELLULOSIC IMMEDIATELY REPAIR ANY HOLES OR TEARS DURING CURING PERIOD 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
CONSTRUCTION INDICATED AS EXISTING ARE APPROXIMATE. PRIOR TO c. SUBMITWRITTENREPORTSTATINGEQUIPMENTOR SYSTEM HAS BEEN FLOORS, OR FRAMING. FIBER, OR ASTM D 1752 CORK. USING COVER MATERIAL AND WATERPROOF TAPE.
PRELIM SD
COMMENCEMENT OF WORK, INVESTIGATE AND VERIFY EXISTENCE AND PROPERLY INSTALLED AND IS FUNCTIONING CORRECTLY. 7. WHEN CUTTING CONCRETE, MASONRY, WALLBOARD AND ANY OTHER G. BONDING AGENT; ASTM C 1059/C 1059M, TYPE I (REDISPERSABLE), 2. CURING AND SEALING COMPOUND; APPLY UNIFORMLY TO FLOORS AND
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
LOCATION OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND OTHER 2. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING; APPOINT, EMPLOY, AND PAY FOR DUST-PRODUCING MATERIALS, PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRIERS TO PREVENT SPECIFICALLY RESTRICTED FOR USE IN INTERIOR WORK NOT SUBJECT TO SLABS INDICATED IN A CONTINUOUS OPERATION BY POWER SPRAY OR
CONSTRUCTION AFFECTING THE WORK. SERVICES OF INDEPENDENT FIRM TO PERFORM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND SPREAD OF DUST INTO THE REST OF THE BUILDING. PROVIDE FILTERS FOR WATER IMMERSION OR HIGH HUMIDITY, ONE OF THE FOLLOWING POLYVINYL ROLLER ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 100% SD
2. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS REQUIRED TO FIT THE BALANCING. REPORTS WILL BE SUBMITTED BY INDEPENDENT FIRM TO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND AIR DUCTS. ACETATE BASED PRODUCTS; REPEAT PROCESS 24 HOURS LATER AND APPLY A SECOND COAT. 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
WORK PROPERLY. RECHECK MEASUREMENTS BEFORE INSTALLING EACH ARCHITECT INDICATING OBSERVATIONS AND RESULTS OF TESTS AND 8. DISPOSE OF DEMOLISHED ITEMS AND MATERIALS PROMPTLY. 1. PRODUCTS; SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF COATING AND REPAIR DAMAGE DURING 50% CD
PRODUCT. WHERE PORTIONS OF THE WORK ARE INDICATED TO FIT TO INDICATING COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. D. PROTECT CONSTRUCTION INDICATED TO REMAIN AGAINST DAMAGE AND SOILING ONE OF THE FOLLOWING; CURING PERIOD. 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION, VERIFY DIMENSIONS OF CONSTRUCTION BY FIELD DURING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION. ITEMS MAY BE REMOVED TO A SUITABLE, a. DAYTON SUPERIOR CORP.; SUPERIOR CONCRETE BONDER. 3.9 FORM REMOVAL
90% CD
MEASUREMENTS PRIOR TO FABRICATION. COORDINATE FABRICATION END OF SECTION 01 00 00 PROTECTED STORAGE LOCATION DURING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AND CLEANED b. EUCLID CHEMICAL CO.; EUCO WELD. A. DO NOT REMOVE FORMS UNTIL THE CONCRETE HAS THOROUGHLY
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
SCHEDULE WITH CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS TO AVOID DELAYING WORK. LCD SCREEN - CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION. AND REINSTALLED IN THEIR ORIGINAL LOCATIONS AFTER SELECTIVE DEMOLITION c. LARSEN PRODUCTS CORP.; WELD-CRETE. HARDENED AND HAS ATTAINED SUFFICIENT STRENGTH TO SUPPORT ITS
3. LAYOUT REQUIREMENTS: VERIFY SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS OF OPERATIONS ARE COMPLETE. d. L&M CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, INC.; EVERWELD. OWN WEIGHT WITHOUT BULGING. 100% CD
ITEMS SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLYON DRAWINGS. E. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS; 2.5 CURING MATERIALS 3.10 REPAIRS
a. LAY OUT WORK TO BE PERFORMED. PROVIDE AND PAY FOR CONSTRUCTION 1. CONCRETE; DEMOLISH IN SECTIONS. CUT CONCRETE FULL DEPTH AT A. MOISTURE-RETAINING COVER; ASTM C 171, POLYETHYLENE FILM OR WHITE A. REMOVE AND REPLACE CONCRETE THAT DOES NOT COMPLY WITH
LAYOUT WORK. VERIFY DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. NOTIFY JUNCTURES WITH CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN AND AT REGULAR INTERVALS BURLAP-POLYETHYLENE SHEET. REQUIREMENTS IN THIS SECTION.
ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF DISCREPANCIES FOUND BEFORE PROCEEDING USING POWER-DRIVEN SAW, THEN REMOVE CONCRETE BETWEEN SAW CUTS. B. WATER; POTABLE. END OF SECTION 03 30 53
OR CONTINUING WITH THE WORK. 2. MASONRY; DEMOLISH IN SMALL SECTIONS. CUT MASONRY AT JUNCTURES WITH C. CLEAR, SOLVENT-BORNE, MEMBRANE-FORMING CURING AND SEALING
b. DURING PROGRESS OF THE WORK, ESTABLISH ADDITIONAL BENCHMARKS, CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN, USING POWER-DRIVEN SAW, THEN REMOVE COMPOUND; ASTM C 1315, TYPE 1, CLASS A.
REFERENCE LINES AND REFERENCE POINTS AND LEVELS AS NECESSARY MASONRY BETWEEN SAW CUTS. 1. VOC CONTENT; CURING AND SEALING COMPOUNDS SHALL HAVE A VOC
FOR THE GUIDANCE AND INFORMATION OF EACH TRADE AND FOR THE FIELD 3. CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE; SAW-CUT PERIMETER OF AREA TO BE CONTENT OF 200 G/L OR LESS WHEN CALCULATED ACCORDING TO
VERIFICATION OF SPECIFIED CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES. CALCULATE DEMOLISHED, THEN BREAK UP AND REMOVE. 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24).
AND MEASURE REQUIRED DIMENSIONS WITHIN INDICATED OR RECOGNIZED 4. RESILIENT FLOOR COVERING AND GLUED-DOWN CARPETS; REMOVE FLOOR D. CLEAR, WATERBORNE, MEMBRANE-FORMING CURING AND SEALING
TOLERANCES. COVERINGS AND ADHESIVE ACCORDING TO RECOMMENDATIONS IN RFCI'S COMPOUND; ASTM C 1315, TYPE 1, CLASS A.
c. LOCATE WORK AND COMPONENTS OF THE WORK ACCURATELY, INCORRECT "RECOMMENDED WORK PRACTICES FOR THE REMOVAL OF RESILIENT FLOOR 1. VOC CONTENT; CURING AND SEALING COMPOUNDS SHALL HAVE A VOC
ALIGNMENT AND ELEVATION, AS INDICATED. COVERINGS." DO NOT USE METHODS REQUIRING SOLVENT-BASED ADHESIVE CONTENT OF 200 G/L OR LESS WHEN CALCULATED ACCORDING TO
d. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND STRIPPERS. 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24).
RECOMMENDATIONS. 5. BALLASTS; IF BALLAST IS NOT LABELED "NO PCBS," OR IF THE LABEL IS E. DESIGN CONCRETE MIXTURES TO COMPLY WITH ACI 211.1.
e. CONDUCT CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS SO NO PART OF THE WORK IS ILLEGIBLE, CONTACT A BALLAST RECYCLER FOR DISPOSAL. F. PREPARE MIXES WITH A 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 4000 PSI (27.6
SUBJECTED TO DAMAGING OPERATIONS OR LOADING IN EXCESS OF THAT 6. MERCURY-CONTAINING DEVICES; MERCURY-CONTAINING DEVICES INCLUDE MPA), AND 4 INCH (100 MM) SLUMP.
EXPECTED DURING NORMAL CONDITIONS OF OCCUPANCY. THERMOSTATS, SILENT SWITCHES, MECHANICAL SWITCHES AND RELAYS OR 2.6 CONCRETE MIXING
4. ANCHORS AND FASTENERS: PROVIDE ANCHORS AND FASTENERS AS REQUIRED CONTACTS. DISPOSE OF THESE DEVICES WITH AN APPROPRIATE RECYCLER. A. GENERAL; EITHER READY MIX OR SITE MIX CONCRETE AT CONTRACTOR'S
TO ANCHOR EACH COMPONENT SECURELY IN PLACE, ACCURATELY LOCATED 7. NICKEL-CADMIUM AND LEAD-ACID BATTERIES; EXIT SIGNS, EMERGENCY OPTION.
AND ALIGNED WITH OTHER PORTIONS OF THE WORK. LIGHTING UNITS, ALARM SYSTEMS, SMOKE DETECTORS, AND B. READY-MIXED CONCRETE; COMPLY WITH ASTM C 94/C 94M.
5. MOUNTING HEIGHTS: WHERE MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE NOT INDICATED, MOUNT CARBON-MONOXIDE DETECTORS MAY CONTAIN NICKEL-CADMIUM OR LEAD-ACID. C. PROJECT-SITE MIXING; MIXON WATERTIGHT PLATFORMS. MEASURE, BATCH,
COMPONENTS AT HEIGHTS COMPLIANT WITH ADAAG WHEN APPLICABLE. ARRANGE WITH AN APPROPRIATE RECYCLER FOR DISPOSAL. AND MIX CONCRETE MATERIALS AND CONCRETE ACCORDING TO
6. CUTTING AND PATCHING: F. EXCEPT FOR ITEMS OR MATERIALS INDICATED TO BE REUSED, SALVAGED, ASTM C 94/C 94M. MIX CONCRETE MATERIALS IN APPROPRIATE DRUM-TYPE
a. EMPLOY SKILLED AND EXPERIENCED INSTALLER TO PERFORM CUTTING AND REINSTALLED, OR OTHERWISE INDICATED TO REMAIN OWNER'S PROPERTY, REMOVE BATCH MACHINE MIXER. EXCESSIVE MIXING REQUIRING THE ADDITION OF
PATCHING NEW OR EXISTING WORK; RESTORE USING NEW MATERIALS. DEMOLISHED MATERIALS FROM PROJECT SITE AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF THEM IN WATER TO PRESERVE THE REQUIRED CONSISTENCY WILL NOT BE
b. SUBMIT WRITTEN REQUEST IN ADVANCE OF CUTTING OR ALTERING AN EPA-APPROVED LANDFILL. DO NOTALLOW DEMOLISHED MATERIALS TO PERMITTED. MIX CONCRETE TO A CONSISTENCY THAT CAN BE READILY
STRUCTURAL OR BUILDING ENCLOSURE ELEMENTS. ACCUMULATE ON SITE. REMOVE AND TRANSPORT DEBRIS IN A MANNER THAT WILL PLACED WITHOUT SEGREGATION.
c. FIT WORK TIGHT TO ADJACENT ELEMENTS. MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF WALL, PREVENT SPILLAGE ON ADJACENT SURFACES AND AREAS. PART 3- EXECUTION
CEILING, OR FLOOR CONSTRUCTION; COMPLETELY SEAL VOIDS. G. CLEAN ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND IMPROVEMENTS OF DUST, DIRT, AND DEBRIS 3.1 SLAB ON GRADE RENOVATION PREPARATION
d. REFINISH SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES. CAUSED BY SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. RETURN ADJACENT AREAS TO A. LOCATEWORKTO BE PERFORMED BELOW EXISTING SLABS ON GRADE. SAW
e. RESTORE TO ORIGINAL OR REQUIRED FIRE AND SMOKE RATINGS. CONDITION EXISTING BEFORE SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS BEGAN. CUT COMPLETELY THROUGH EXISTING SLABS ON GRADE AS REQUIRED TO
7. CORE DRILLING; PERFORM CORE DRILLING OF STRUCTURAL SLABS TO PERFORM WORK BELOW THE SLABS.
ACCOMMODATE PASSAGE OF PIPE SLEEVES, DUCTS, CONDUIT, OR SIMILAR END OF SECTION 02 41 19 B. EXCAVATE TO THE LINES AND ELEVATIONS INDICATED. MAKE EXCAVATIONS
UTILITY SERVICE LINES THROUGH FLOORS BY TRADE REQUIRING OPENING. SUFFICIENTLY LARGE FOR THE INSTALLATION AND INSPECTION OF THE
SUPERVISE PATCHING HOLES AND VERIFY ANY CORE DRILLED HOLE THROUGH WORK BELOW GRADE.
STRUCTURAL SLAB IS FIRE STOPPED WITH APPROVED FIRESTOPPING C. EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES; UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR
COMPLYING WITH APPROPRIATE UL LISTING. SPECIFIED, MAKE TRENCHES FOR PIPING AND UTILITIES NOT LESS THAN 16
a. NOTIFY OWNER MINIMUM 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF CORE DRILLING TO INCHES (400 MM) NOR MORE THAN 24 INCHES (600 MM) WIDER THAN THE
OBTAIN APPROVAL. EACH DAY CORE DRILLING IS REQUIRED, OBTAIN OUTSIDE WIDTH OF THE PIPING OR UTILITY. EXCAVATE THE TRENCHES TO
PERMISSION OF THE OWNER AND BUILDING MANAGEMENT PRIOR TO INDICATED SLOPES, LINES, DEPTHS, AND INVERT ELEVATIONS.
COMMENCEMENT OF CORE DRILLING. COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING 1. EXCAVATE AND SHAPE TRENCH BOTTOMS TO PROVIDE UNIFORM
REQUIREMENTS; BEARING AND SUPPORT OF PIPES AND CONDUITS. SHAPE SUBGRADE TO
1) DEMONSTRATE EFFECTIVENESS OF GROUND FAULT SAFETY DEVICE IN PROVIDE UNIFORM SUPPORT FOR BELLS, JOINTS, AND BARRELS OF PIPES
STOPPING THE DRILL WHEN THE BITS CONTACTS METAL. AND FOR JOINTS, FITTINGS AND BODIES OF CONDUITS. REMOVE STONES
2) INVESTIGATE AREA WHERE CORE DRILLING WILL OCCUR TO DETERMINE; AND SHARP OBJECTS TO PREVENT POINT LOADING.
a) THE EXACT LOCATION OF PENETRATION ON THE CEILING BELOW; D. DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL; LEGALLY DISPOSE OF ALL EXCAVATED
b) THE POSSIBILITY OF PREDICTABLE CONDUIT RUNNING THROUGH THE MATERIAL OFF SITE.
SLAB OR POTENTIAL, FORESEEABLE PROBLEMS; E. GRANULAR FILL; PLACE TO THE DEPTH INDICATED BUT IN NO CASE LESS
c) OBTAIN APPROVAL FOR DRILL BIT COOLANT FROM OWNER AND THAN 4 INCHES (100 MM) DEEP. COMPACT FILL WITH VIBRATORY OR
ARCHITECT; AND TAMPING METHODS TO KEY THE STONE INTO A FIRM BASE.
d) ADVISE OWNER AND ARCHITECT OF NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS. F. PLACING UTILITIES; REFER TO DIVISIONS 22 AND 23 SECTIONS FOR
8. PROTECTION OF WORK; PROTECT EXISTING AND NEW WORK AND EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING UTILITIES INSTALLATION. REFER TO DIVISION 26
FROM DAMAGE. THE INSTALLING TRADE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROTECTION SECTIONS FOR THE PLACING OF ELECTRICAL UTILITIES.
OF ITS WORK UNTIL THE WORK IS COMPLETE AND MATERIALS AND APPARATUS G. BACKFILL PLACEMENT; EMBED EACH UTILITY AFTER EACH HAS BEEN
HAVE BEEN TESTED AND ACCEPTED. OBTAIN DIRECTIONS AND CONTINUE INSTALLED TESTED AND INSPECTED WITH GRANULAR FILL.
PROTECTION OF WORKAFTER INSTALLER IS NO LONGER ON THE JOB. REPAIR H. APPLY BONDING AGENT TO EXISTING CONCRETE SURFACES THAT ARE TO
OR REPLACE DAMAGED WORK. RECEIVE NEW CONCRETE.
a. EXERCISE CARE TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO EXISTING WORK, EQUIPMENT, 3.2 FORMWORK
LANDSCAPING, FIXTURES, UTILITIES, AND SIMILAR ITEMS DURING A. GENERAL; DESIGN, CONSTRUCT, ERECT, SHORE, BRACE, AND MAINTAIN
CONSTRUCTION PERIOD UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE. REPAIR OR REPLACE FORMWORK ACCORDING TO ACI 347R. FABRICATE FORMS TO CONFORM TO
DAMAGED ITEMS OR WORK AT NO EXPENSE TO OWNER. THE LINES, DIMENSIONS AND SHAPES OF CONCRETE SHOWN PROVIDING FOR
b. TAKE RESPONSIBILITY FOR INSTALLED WORK AND ARRANGE TO PROTECT PROJECTIONS AS REQUIRED. MAKE FORMS CLEAN AND FREE OF FOREIGN
WORK, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MATERIAL BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE.
RECOMMENDATIONS OF MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLER. COVER WORK, B. PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES; USE NON-STAINING MINERAL OIL OR
EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS TO PROTECT FROM DIRT, CONSTRUCTION FORM LACQUER.
DUST, TRAFFIC, WEAR, AND INJURY INCLUDING DAMAGE FROM WORKMEN. C. DOWELS; PREDRILL HOLES INTO EXISTING CONCRETE, SPACED 32 INCHES
REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED WORK. (813 MM) O.C. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN, AND SLIGHTLY OVERSIZED TO
c. PROMPTLY REPAIR DAMAGE TO WORK OF OTHER TRADES, EXISTING RECEIVE DOWELS. INSERT DOWELS INTO HOLES PRIOR TO PLACING
CONDUITS, DUCTS, DRAINS, SEWERS, PIPES, UTILITIES, AND SIMILAR ITEMS CONCRETE.
AT THE EXPENSE OF THE OFFENDING INSTALLER OR TRADE. D. APPLY BONDING AGENT TO EXISTING CONCRETE SURFACES THAT ARE TO
O. PROJECT CLOSEOUT; RECEIVE NEW CONCRETE.
1. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES; SUBMIT WRITTEN CERTIFICATION THAT CONTRACT 3.3 VAPOR RETARDER FOR SLAB ON GRADE
DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED, WORK INSPECTED, AND WORK COMPLETED A. INSTALL, PROTECT, AND REPAIR VAPOR-RETARDER SHEETS ACCORDING TO
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND READY FOR ASTM E 1643; PLACE SHEETS IN POSITION WITH LONGEST DIMENSION
ARCHITECT'S INSPECTION. PARALLEL WITH DIRECTION OF POUR. Seal/Signature
a. SUBMIT FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT IDENTIFYING TOTAL ADJUSTED B. LAP JOINTS 6 INCHES (150 MM) AND SEAL WITH MANUFACTURER'S
CONTRACT SUM, PREVIOUS PAYMENTS, AND REMAINING AMOUNT DUE. RECOMMENDED TAPE. SEAL PIPE PENETRATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER'S
2. FINAL CLEANING; EXECUTE FINAL CLEANING PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION. RECOMMENDED PIPE BOOT.
a. CLEAN INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW. 3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
b. LEGALLY REMOVE AND DISPOSE WASTE AND SURPLUS MATERIALS, RUBBISH, A. COMPLY WITH CRSI'S "MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE" FOR FABRICATING,
AND CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES FROM SITE. WHENEVER POSSIBLE, RECYCLE PLACING, AND SUPPORTING WIRE MESH REINFORCEMENT.
CONSTRUCTION WASTES AND DEBRIS. 1. DO NOT CUT OR PUNCTURE VAPOR RETARDER. REPAIR DAMAGE AND
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
SPECIFICATIONS
Scaie
NO SCALE
Sheet Number
A10.02
HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING METAL FABRICATIONS SHEET NOTES
SECTION 03 54 16- HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT SECTION 05 40 00 - COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING ALLOWABLE LOAD OR STRENGTH DESIGN CAPACITIES CALCULATED ACCORDING TO SECTION 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS CLEANING."
PARTI- GENERAL PARTI- GENERAL ICC-ES AC193 AND ACI 318 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO THE DESIGN LOAD, AS PART 1 - GENERAL 2. APPLY A MINIMUM OF ONE COAT OF SHOP PRIMER TO UNCOATED SURFACES OF NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
A. COORDINATE APPLICATION OF UNDERLAYMENT WITH REQUIREMENTS OF 1.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS DETERMINED BY TESTING PER ASTM E 488 CONDUCTED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING A. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS INCLUDING PLANS, ELEVATIONS, METAL FABRICATIONS, EXCEPT THOSE TO BE FIELD WELDED, AND THOSE TO BE TEL: 646 428 5500
FLOOR-COVERING PRODUCTS AND ADHESIVES, TO ENSURE COMPATIBILITY OF A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH TYPE OF COLD-FORMED METAL AGENCY. SECTIONS, DETAILS OF INSTALLATION, AND ATTACHMENTS TO OTHER WORK. FOR EMBEDDED IN SPRAYED-ON FIREPROOFING, OR MASONRY, UNLESS OTHERWISE
PRODUCTS. FRAMING PRODUCT AND ACCESSORY INDICATED. C. POWER-ACTUATED ANCHORS: FASTENER SYSTEM OF TYPE SUITABLE FOR INSTALLED PRODUCTS INDICATED TO COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS, INDICATED. COMPLYWITHSSPOPA1, "PAINT APPLICATION SPECIFICATION
PART 2- PRODUCTS B. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS OF COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING WORK. APPLICATION INDICATED, FABRICATED FROM CORROSION-RESISTANT MATERIALS, WITH INCLUDE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS DATA, FOR INFORMATION ONLY, AND SHOP NO. 1," FOR SHOP PAINTING.
A. UNDERLAYMENT: HYDRAULIC-CEMENT-BASED, POLYMER-MODIFIED, SELF-LEVELING SHOW LAYOUT, SPACINGS, SIZES, THICKNESSES, AND TYPES OF COLD-FORMED METAL ALLOWABLE LOAD CAPACITIES CALCULATED ACCORDING TO ICC-ES AC70, GREATER DRAWINGS SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER PART 3- EXECUTION
PRODUCT THAT CAN BE APPLIED IN MINIMUM UNIFORM THICKNESS OF 1/4 INCH AND FRAMING; FABRICATION; AND FASTENING AND ANCHORAGE DETAILS. SHOW THAN OR EQUAL TO THE DESIGN LOAD, AS DETERMINED BYTESTING PER ASTM E 1190 RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR PREPARATION. A. PROVIDE ANCHORAGE DEVICES AND FASTENERS FOR SECURING METAL
THAT CAN BE FEATHERED AT EDGES TO MATCH ADJACENT FLOOR ELEVATIONS. REINFORCING CHANNELS, OPENING FRAMING, SUPPLEMENTAL FRAMING, STRAPPING, CONDUCTED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY. B. WELDING: QUALIFY PROCEDURES AND PERSONNEL ACCORDING TO AWS D1.1, FABRICATIONS TO IN-PLACE CONSTRUCTION. PERFORM CUTTING, DRILLING, AND
1. PRODUCTS: PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: BRACING, BRIDGING, SPLICES, ACCESSORIES, CONNECTION DETAILS, AND ATTACHMENT D. MECHANICAL FASTENERS: ASTM C 1513, CORROSION-RESISTANT-COATED, "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE-STEEL." CERTIFY THAT EACH WELDER HAS FITTING REQUIRED FOR INSTALLING METAL FABRICATIONS. SET METAL
a. ARDEX; K-15 SELF-LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT CONCRETE. TO ADJOINING WORK. PLANS AND ELEVATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED AT NOT LESS SELF-DRILLING, SELF-TAPPING, STEEL DRILL SCREWS. DESIGN ARCHITECT
SATISFACTORILY PASSED AWS QUALIFICATION TESTS FOR WELDING PROCESSES FABRICATIONS ACCURATELY IN LOCATION, WITH EDGES AND SURFACES LEVEL,
b. BASF CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS. INC.: CHEMREX SELF-LEVELING
UNDERLAYMENT.
THAN 1/8" = I'-O" SCALE, DETAILS OF SECTIONS AND CONNECTIONS SHALL BE SHOWN AT
NOT LESS THAN 1-1/2" = I'-O" SCALE.
1. HEAD TYPE: LOW-PROFILE HEAD BENEATH SHEATHING, MANUFACTURER'S
STANDARD ELSEWHERE.
INVOLVED AND, IF PERTINENT, HAS UNDERGONE RECERTIFICATION.
C. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: WHERE METAL FABRICATIONS ARE INDICATED TO FIT WALLS
PLUMB, AND TRUE. DRILL HOLES FOR BOLTS TO THE EXACT DIAMETER OF THE BOLT.
PROVIDE SCREWS THREADED FULL LENGTH TO THE SCREW HEAD.
c. LaM CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, INC.; LEVELEX. 1.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS E. WELDING ELECTRODES: COMPLY WITH AWS STANDARDS. Architecture | Interiors | Space Planning
AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION, VERIFY DIMENSIONS BY FIELD MEASUREMENTS B. FIT EXPOSED CONNECTIONS ACCURATELY TOGETHER TO FORM HAIRLINE JOINTS. 121 West27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
d. MAPEI CORPORATION; ULTRAPLAN 1 PLUS. A. STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS: SUBMIT, FOR INFORMATION ONLY, COPIES OF 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Tel: (212)481-2065 Fax: (212)481-3673
2. CEMENT BINDER: ASTM C 150, PORTLAND CEMENT, OR HYDRAULIC OR BLENDED STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS INDICATING COMPLETE COMPLIANCE WITH THE SPECIFIED A. GALVANIZING REPAIR PAINT: HIGH ZINC DUST CONTENT PRIMER PAINT COMPLYING BEFORE FABRICATION AND INDICATE MEASUREMENTS ON SHOP DRAWINGS. WELD CONNECTIONS THAT ARE NOT TO BE LEFT AS EXPOSED JOINTS BUT CANNOT
HYDRAULIC CEMENT AS DEFINED BY ASTM C 219. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. CALCULATIONS SHALL BE PREPARED, SIGNED AND WITH SSPC-PAINT 20, DOD-P-21035, OR ASTM A 780. COORDINATE FABRICATION SCHEDULE WITH CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS TO AVOID BE SHOP WELDED BECAUSE OF SHIPPING SIZE LIMITATIONS.
DELAYING THE WORK. C. FOR FIELD WELDING, USE MATERIALS AND METHODS THAT MINIMIZE DISTORTION ARCHITECT OF RECORD
3. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: NOT LESS THAN 4000 RSI AT 28 DAYS WHEN TESTED SEALED BY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE WHEREIN THE PART 3- EXECUTION
ACCORDING TO ASTM C 109/C 109M. WORK IS TO BE ERECTED. 3.1 EXAMINATION PART 2- PRODUCTS
A. STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE:
AND DEVELOP STRENGTH OF BASE METALS. OBTAIN FUSION WITHOUT UNDERCUT
OR OVERLAP. REMOVE WELDING FLUX IMMEDIATELY. AT EXPOSED CONNECTIONS,
PTID
B. AGGREGATE: AS RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY UNDERLAYMENT MANUFACTURER FOR B. MILL CERTIFICATES: SUBMIT MILL CERTIFICATES SIGNED BY STEEL SHEET PRODUCER A. EXAMINE SUPPORTING SUBSTRATES AND ABUTTING STRUCTURAL FRAMING FOR LEVEL 6, 61 MARKET STREET, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES,
AUSTRALIA, 2000
UNDERLAYMENT THICKNESS REQUIRED. OR TEST REPORTS FROM A QUALIFIED INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY INDICATING COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND OTHER 1. COUNTERTOP FRAMING: PROVIDE COUNTERTOP FRAMING CAPABLE OF FINISH EXPOSED WELDS AND SURFACES SMOOTH AND BLENDED SO NO ROUGHNESS Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
C. PRIMER: PRODUCT OF UNDERLAYMENT MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED IN WRITING STEEL SHEET COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS. CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER WITHSTANDING THE FOLLOWING STRUCTURAL LOADS WITHOUT EXCEEDING THE SHOWS AFTER FINISHING AND CONTOUR OF WELDED SURFACE MATCHES THAT OF
ALLOWABLE DESIGN WORKING STRESS OF THE MATERIALS INVOLVED, ADJACENT SURFACE. MEP ENGINEER
FOR SUBSTRATE, CONDITIONS, AND APPLICATION INDICATED, WITH A VOC CONTENT OF C. WELDING CERTIFICATES: COPIES OF CERTIFICATES FOR WELDING PROCEDURES AND UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED.
200 G/L OR LESS WHEN CALCULATED ACCORDING TO 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D. PERSONNEL. SECTION 02 41 19 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION INCLUDING ANCHORS AND CONNECTIONS, OR OF EXHIBITING EXCESSIVE
DEFLECTIONS IN ANY OF THE COMPONENTS MAKING UP THE COUNTERTOPS:
D. TOUCHUP SURFACES AND FINISHES AFTER ERECTION. FOR MATERIALS EXPOSED TO
VIEW IN THE FINISHED PROJECT, CLEAN FIELD WELDS, BOLTED CONNECTIONS, AND
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
PART 3- EXECUTION D. PRODUCT TEST REPORTS: SUBMIT PRODUCT TEST REPORTS FROM A QUALIFIED PARTI- GENERAL GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
A. PREPARE AND CLEAN SUBSTRATE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN TESTING AGENCY INDICATING THAT EACH OF THE FOLLOWING COMPLIES WITH A. MATERIALS OWNERSHIP: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, DEMOLITION WASTE a. ALL DEADLOADS. ABRADED AREAS AND TOUCHUP PAINT WITH THE SAME MATERIAL AS USED FOR T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDUAND.OOM.AU
INSTRUCTIONS. TREAT NONMOVING SUBSTRATE CRACKS ACCORDING TO REQUIREMENTS, BASED ON COMPREHENSIVE TESTING OF CURRENT PRODUCTS: BECOMES PROPERTY OF CONTRACTOR. MATERIALS TO BE REUSED REMAIN THE b. 500 POUND LIVE LOAD PLACED ON THE COUNTERTOP. SHOP PAINTING.
MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS TO PREVENT CRACKS FROM TELEGRAPHING E. RESEARCH/EVALUATION REPORTS: EVIDENCE OF COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING'S PROPERTY OF THE OWNER. c. DEFLECTION AT MIDSPAN: L/1000 TIMES SPAN OR 1/8-INCH WHICHEVER IS LESS. END OF SECTION 05 50 00 LIGHTING DESIGNER
(REFLECTING) THROUGH UNDERLAYMENT. FILL SUBSTRATE VOIDS TO PREVENT COMPLIANCE WITH BUILDING CODE IN EFFECT FOR PROJECT, FROM A MODEL CODE B. OWNER WILL OCCUPY PORTIONS OF BUILDING IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO SELECTIVE 2. OPENINGS IN WALLS: PROVIDE LINTEL FRAMING FOR OPENINGS IN WALLS
UNDERLAYMENT FROM LEAKING. ORGANIZATION ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. DEMOLITION AREA. CONDUCT SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SO OWNER'S OPERATIONS WILL CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING ALL DEADLOADS AND WITHSTANDING THE LIVE LOADS
SCHVViNGHAMMEn
B. FOR CONCRETE SUBSTRATES, MECHANICALLY REMOVE, ACCORDING TO 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE NOT BE DISRUPTED. IMPOSED ON IT FROM THE OPERATION OF THE ATTACHED APPURTENANCES. WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHT1NG.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, ADHESIVE RESIDUES, LAITANCE, GLAZE, A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: ENGAGE AN EXPERIENCED INSTALLER WHO HAS C. CONDITIONS EXISTING AT TIME OF INSPECTION FOR BIDDING PURPOSE WILL BE 3. SLIDING WOODWORK DOOR FRAMING: FABRICATE AND INSTALL FRAMING SO
EFFLORESCENCE, CURING COMPOUNDS, FORM-RELEASE AGENTS, DUST, DIRT, GREASE, COMPLETED COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING ON A MINIMUM OF THREE PROJECTS MAINTAINED BY OWNER AS FAR AS PRACTICAL. THAT, WHEN INSTALLED, IT IS CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING ALL DEADLOADS AND
OIL, AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS THAT MIGHT IMPAIR UNDERLAYMENT BOND. PERFORM SIMILAR IN MATERIAL, DESIGN, AND EXTENT TO THAT INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT IN D. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN EXISTING CONDITIONS AND WITHSTANDING THE LIVE LOADS IMPOSED ON IT FROM THE OPERATION OF THE
ANHYDROUS CALCIUM CHLORIDE TEST, ASTM F 1869. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION THE LAST 10 YEARS THAT HAVE A RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE. DRAWINGS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH SELECTIVE DEMOLITION. DOOR.
ONLY AFTER SUBSTRATES DO NOT EXCEED A MAXIMUM MOISTURE-VAPOR-EMISSION B. MILL CERTIFICATES SIGNED BY STEEL SHEET PRODUCER INDICATING STEEL SHEET E. IT IS NOT EXPECTED THAT HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WILL BE ENCOUNTERED IN THE 4. STOREFRONT FRAMING: FABRICATE AND INSTALL STOREFRONT FRAMING SO
RATE OF 3 LB OF WATER/1000 SO. FT. IN 24 HOURS. COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING UNCOATED STEEL THICKNESS, YIELD WORK. IF SUSPECTED HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE ENCOUNTERED, DO NOT DISTURB; THAT WHEN INSTALLED, IT IS CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING ALL DEADLOADS AND
C. FOR TILE SUBSTRATES, REMOVE WAXES, SEALANTS, AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS THAT STRENGTH, TENSILE STRENGTH, TOTAL ELONGATION, CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS, IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND OWNER. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WILL BE
WITHSTANDING THE LIVE LOADS IMPOSED ON IT FROM THE OPERATION OF THE
MIGHT IMPAIR UNDERLAYMENT BOND, AND PREPARE SURFACES ACCORDING TO DUCTILITY, AND GALVANIZED-COATING THICKNESS. REMOVED BY OWNER UNDER A SEPARATE CONTRACT.
ENTRANCE DOORS.
MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. C. STANDARDS: COMPLYWITHTHEAPPLICABLEPROVISIONSAND RECOMMENDATIONS OF F. MAINTAIN FIRE-PROTECTION FACILITIES IN SERVICE DURING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
B. METAL SURFACES: FOR METAL FABRICATIONS EXPOSED TO VIEW IN THE
D. AFTER SUBSTRATE PREPARATION, TEST SUBSTRATE FOR ADHESION WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS BELOW, WHERE STANDARDS CONFLICT THE MORE OPERATIONS.
UNDERLAYMENT ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. STRINGENT SHALL APPLY: PART 2- PRODUCTS COMPLETED WORK, PROVIDE MATERIALS WITH SMOOTH, FLAT SURFACES WITHOUT
E. MIX AND APPLY UNDERLAYMENT COMPONENTS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S 1. AISI SPECIFICATIONS: COMPLY WITH AISIS100 "NORTH AMERICAN SPECIFICATION A. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH GOVERNING ERA NOTIFICATION BLEMISHES. DO NOT USE MATERIALS WITH EXPOSED PITTING, SEAM MARKS, ROLLER
WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. COORDINATE APPLICATION OF COMPONENTS, INCLUDING FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD-FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS" AND AISI S200 REGULATIONS BEFORE BEGINNING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION. COMPLY WITH HAULING MARKS, ROLLED TRADE NAMES, OR ROUGHNESS.
PRIMER, TO PROVIDE OPTIMUM UNDERLAYMENT-TO-SUBSTRATE AND INTERCOAT “NORTH AMERICAN STANDARD FOR COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING - GENERAL AND DISPOSAL REGULATIONS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 1. STEEL PLATES, SHAPES, AND BARS: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
ADHESION. AT SUBSTRATE EXPANSION, ISOLATION, AND OTHER MOVING JOINTS, ALLOW PROVISIONS” FOR CALCULATING STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF COLD-FORMED B. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH ANSI/ASSE A10.6 AND NFPA 241. 2. STEEL TUBING: COLD-FORMED STEEL TUBING COMPLYING WITH ASTM A 500, OR
JOINT OF SAME WIDTH TO CONTINUE THROUGH UNDERLAYMENT. METAL FRAMING: PART 3- EXECUTION HOT-FORMED STEEL TUBING COMPLYING WITH ASTM A 501.
F. APPLY UNDERLAYMENT TO PRODUCE UNIFORM, LEVEL SURFACE. APPLY A FINAL LAYER 2. WELDING: QUALIFY PROCEDURES AND PERSONNEL ACCORDING TO AWS D1.1, A. MAINTAIN EXISTING UTILITIES/SERVICES/SYSTEMS INDICATED TO REMAIN AND PROTECT 3. SLOTTED CHANNEL FRAMING: COLD-FORMED METAL CHANNELS WITH
WITHOUT AGGREGATE IF REQUIRED TO PRODUCE SMOOTH SURFACE. FEATHER EDGES "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE-STEEL," AND AWS D1.3, "STRUCTURAL WELDING THEM AGAINST DAMAGE. CONTINUOUS SLOT AND WITH FLANGED EDGES RETURNED TOWARD WEB
TO MATCH ADJACENT FLOOR ELEVATIONS. CODE-SHEET STEEL." B. LOCATE, IDENTIFY, DISCONNECT, AND SEAL OR CAP OFF INDICATED UTILITY SERVICES COMPLYING WITH MFMA-3 AND FABRICATED FROM STEEL COMPLYING WITH
G. DO NOT INSTALL FLOOR COVERINGS OVER UNDERLAYMENT UNTIL AFTER TIME PERIOD D. FIRE-TEST-RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS: WHERE METAL FRAMING IS PART OF A AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SERVING AREAS TO BE SELECTIVELY ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. WIDTH, DEPTH, AND METAL THICKNESS AS REQUIRED TO
RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY UNDERLAYMENT MANUFACTURER. FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED ASSEMBLY, PROVIDE FRAMING IDENTICAL TO THAT OF DEMOLISHED. SUIT PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS.
H. REMOVE AND REPLACE UNDERLAYMENT AREAS THAT EVIDENCE LACK OF BOND WITH ASSEMBLIES TESTED FOR FIRE RESISTANCE PER ASTM E 119 BY A TESTING AGENCY 1. OWNER WILLARRANGETO SHUT OFF INDICATED SERVICES/SYSTEMS WHEN 4. WELDING RODS AND BARE ELECTRODES: SELECT ACCORDING TO AWS
SUBSTRATE, INCLUDING AREAS THAT EMIT A "HOLLOW SOUND WHEN TAPPED. ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. REQUESTED BY CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE MINIMUM 48 HOURS NOTICE WHEN SPECIFICATIONS FOR METAL ALLOY WELDED.
END OF SECTION 03 54 16 1. FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS: INDICATED BY GA FILE NUMBERS IN GA-600, "FIRE REQUESTING SHUT-OFF. C. SHOP PRIMER FOR FERROUS METAL: FAST-CURING, LEAD- AND CHROMATE-FREE,
RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL," OR BY DESIGN DESIGNATIONS FROM UL'S "FIRE 2. IF SERVICES/SYSTEMS ARE REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED, RELOCATED, OR UNIVERSAL MODIFIED-ALKYD PRIMER COMPLYING WITH PERFORMANCE
RESISTANCE DIRECTORY" OR FROM THE LISTINGS OF ANOTHER TESTING AGENCY. ABANDONED, PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICES/SYSTEMS THAT BYPASS AREA OF REQUIREMENTS IN FS TT-P-664 AND COMPATIBLE WITH FINISH PAINT SYSTEMS
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AND THAT MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF SERVICES/SYSTEMS INDICATED.
A. PROTECT COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING FROM MOISTURE, SOILING, CORROSION, TO OTHER PARTS OF BUILDING. D. FASTENERS: ZINC-PLATED FASTENERS WITH COATING COMPLYING WITH ASTM B 633
DEFORMATION (BENDING, DENTING, AND TWISTING), AND OTHER DAMAGE DURING
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING. STORE COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING,
3. DISCONNECT, DEMOLISH, AND REMOVE FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS, PLUMBING,
AND HVAC SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT, AND COMPONENTS INDICATED TO BE REMOVED.
OR ASTM F 1941, CLASS FE/ZN 5, OF TYPE, GRADE, AND CLASS REQUIRED BY A Issue Date & Description By Check
APPLICATION INDICATED. 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
PROTECT WITH A WATERPROOF COVERING, AND VENTILATE TO AVOID CONDENSATION. C. DEMOLISH AND REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION ONLY TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED BY
E. SHOP ASSEMBLY: PREASSEMBLE ITEMS IN SHOP TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE FINAL SD
PART 2- PRODUCTS NEW CONSTRUCTION AND AS INDICATED. USE METHODS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE
TO MINIMIZE FIELD SPLICING AND ASSEMBLY. DISASSEMBLE UNITS ONLY AS 12/21/2018
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS WORK WITHIN LIMITATIONS OF GOVERNING REGULATIONS AND AS FOLLOWS: DSF DSF
NECESSARY FOR SHIPPING AND HANDLING LIMITATIONS. USE CONNECTIONS THAT
A. GENERAL: PROVIDE COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING MEETING OR EXCEEDING THE 1. NEATLY CUT OPENINGS AND HOLES PLUMB, SQUARE, AND TRUE TO DIMENSIONS PRELIM SD
MAINTAIN STRUCTURAL VALUE OF JOINED PIECES. CLEARLY MARK UNITS FOR
FOLLOWING PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: REQUIRED. USE CUTTING METHODS LEAST LIKELYTO DAMAGE CONSTRUCTION TO 02/08/2019 DSF DSF
1. STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES: REMAIN OR ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION. USE HAND TOOLS OR SMALL POWER REASSEMBLY AND COORDINATED INSTALLATION. WELDED CONNECTIONS MAY BE
a. SEISMIC LOADS: AS REQUIRED BY ASCE 7. TOOLS DESIGNED FOR SAWING OR GRINDING, NOT HAMMERING AND CHOPPING, TO USED WHERE BOLTED CONNECTIONS ARE SHOWN. 100% SD
b. DEFLECTION LIMITATIONS: MINIMIZE DISTURBANCE OF ADJACENT SURFACES. TEMPORARILY COVER OPENINGS 1. SHEAR AND PUNCH METALS CLEANLY AND ACCURATELY. REMOVE BURRS. 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
1) DEFLECTIONS: BASE CALCULATIONS FOR THE FOLLOWING DEFLECTIONS UPON THE TO REMAIN. 2. WELD CORNERS AND SEAMS CONTINUOUSLY ALONG ENTIRE LINE OF CONTACT. 50% CD
COMBINATION OF MAXIMUM DIRECT WIND LOADS, BUILDING DEFLECTIONS, THERMAL 2. CUT OR DRILL FROM THE EXPOSED OR FINISHED SIDE INTO CONCEALED SURFACES USE FULL PENETRATION WELDS. USE MATERIALS AND METHODS THAT MINIMIZE 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
STRESSES, AND ERECTION TOLERANCES. TO AVOID MARRING EXISTING FINISHED SURFACES. DISTORTION AND DEVELOP STRENGTH OF BASE METALS. OBTAIN FUSION
90% CD
c. DEAD LOADS: 3. DO NOT USE CUTTING TORCHES UNTIL WORK AREA IS CLEARED OF FLAMMABLE WITHOUT UNDERCUT OR OVERLAP. REMOVE WELDING FLUX IMMEDIATELY.
05/03/2019
1) LIMIT DEFLECTIONS OF METAL MEMBERS SPANNING DOOR OPENINGS TO 1/300. THE MATERIALS. AT CONCEALED SPACES, SUCH AS DUCT AND PIPE INTERIORS, VERIFY FINISH EXPOSED WELDS SMOOTH AND BLENDED. DSF DSF
CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE MEMBER AND AN OPERABLE DOOR SHALL BE NO LESS THAN CONDITION AND CONTENTS OF HIDDEN SPACE BEFORE STARTING FLAME-CUTTING 3. FORM EXPOSED CONNECTIONS WITH HAIRLINE JOINTS, FLUSH AND SMOOTH, 100% CD
1/16 INCH (1.5MM). OPERATIONS. MAINTAIN FIRE WATCH AND PORTABLE FIRE-SUPPRESSION DEVICES USING CONCEALED FASTENERS WHERE POSSIBLE. USE EXPOSED FASTENERS
B. BUILDING FRAME MOVEMENT: DESIGN, FABRICATE AND INSTALL COLD FORMED METAL DURING FLAME-CUTTING OPERATIONS. OF TYPE INDICATED OR, IF NOT INDICATED, PHILLIPS FLAT-HEAD
FRAMING TO WITHSTAND BUILDING MOVEMENTS INCLUDING THERMAL MOVEMENTS, 4. MAINTAIN ADEQUATE VENTILATION WHEN USING CUTTING TORCHES. (COUNTERSUNK) SCREWS OR BOLTS. LOCATE JOINTS WHERE LEAST
LOADING DEFLECTIONS, SHRINKAGE, CREEP AND SIMILAR MOVEMENTS. THERMAL 5. REMOVE DECAYED, VERMIN-INFESTED, OR OTHERWISE DANGEROUS OR CONSPICUOUS. MAKE UP THREADED CONNECTIONS TIGHT SO THAT THREADS
MOVEMENTS SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED ABOVE. BUILDING FRAME DEFLECTIONS, UNSUITABLE MATERIALS AND PROMPTLY DISPOSE OF OFF-SITE. ARE ENTIRELY CONCEALED.
SHRINKAGE, CREEP AND OTHER MOVEMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FROM THE STRUCTURAL 6. LOCATE SELECTIVE DEMOLITION EQUIPMENT AND REMOVE DEBRIS AND MATERIALS 4. PROVIDE FOR ANCHORAGE OF TYPE INDICATED; COORDINATE WITH
ENGINEER. SO AS NOT TO IMPOSE EXCESSIVE LOADS ON SUPPORTING WALLS, FLOORS, OR SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. FABRICATE AND SPACE ANCHORING DEVICES AND
2.2 MATERIALS FRAMING. FASTENERS TO SECURE METAL FABRICATIONS RIGIDLY IN PLACE AND TO
A. STEEL SHEET: ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, STRUCTURAL GRADE, TYPE H, METALLIC COATED, 7. WHEN CUTTING CONCRETE, MASONRY, WALLBOARD AND ANY OTHER SUPPORT INDICATED LOADS.
OF GRADE AND COATING WEIGHT AS FOLLOWS: DUST-PRODUCING MATERIALS, PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRIERS TO PREVENT 5. CUT, REINFORCE, DRILL, AND TAP METAL FABRICATIONS AS INDICATED TO
1. GRADE: ST33H (ST230H). SPREAD OF DUST INTO THE REST OF THE BUILDING. PROVIDE FILTERS FOR RECEIVE FINISH HARDWARE, SCREWS, AND SIMILAR ITEMS.
2. COATING: G60 (Z180), A60(ZF180), AZ50(AZ150), OR GF30 (ZGF90). MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND AIR DUCTS.
F. MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS: PROVIDE STEEL FRAMING AND
B. STEEL SHEET FOR VERTICAL DEFLECTION CLIPS: ASTM A 653/A 653M, STRUCTURAL 8. DISPOSE OF DEMOLISHED ITEMS AND MATERIALS PROMPTLY.
SUPPORTS INDICATED AND AS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK AND WHICH
STEEL, ZINC COATED, OF GRADE AND COATING AS FOLLOWS: D. PROTECT CONSTRUCTION INDICATED TO REMAIN AGAINST DAMAGE AND SOILING
ARE NOT A PART OF THE STRUCTURAL FRAMEWORK, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
1. GRADE: 33(230). DURING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION. ITEMS MAY BE REMOVED TO A SUITABLE, PROTECTED
2. COATING: G60(Z180). STORAGE LOCATION DURING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AND CLEANED AND REINSTALLED TO FRAMING AND SUPPORTS FOR SLIDING DOORS, COUNTERTOP, PROJECTION
2.3 EXTERIOR WALL NON-LOAD-BEARING FRAMING MEMBERS IN THEIR ORIGINAL LOCATIONS AFER SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS ARE SCREENS, CEILING-HUNG AUDIO/VISUAL EQUIPMENT, TUBE FRAMING FOR PARTIAL
A. STEEL STUDS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD C-SHAPED STEEL STUDS, OF WEB DEPTHS COMPLETE. HEIGHT WALLS, AND MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.
INDICATED, PUNCHED, WITH STIFFENED FLANGES, COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 955, AND E. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS: 1. FABRICATE UNITS FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL SHAPES, PLATES, AND BARS OF
AS FOLLOWS: 1. CONCRETE: DEMOLISH IN SECTIONS. CUT CONCRETE FULL DEPTH AT JUNCTURES WELDED CONSTRUCTION, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. FABRICATE TO
1. MINIMUM UNCOATED-STEEL THICKNESS: MINIMUM 0.0538 INCH (1.37 MM) UNLESS WITH CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN AND AT REGULAR INTERVALS USING SIZES, SHAPES, AND PROFILES INDICATED AND AS NECESSARY TO RECEIVE
GREATER THICKNESS IS REQUIRED TO SUIT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA. POWER-DRIVEN SAW, THEN REMOVE CONCRETE BETWEEN SAW CUTS. ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION RETAINED BY FRAMING AND SUPPORTS. CUT, DRILL,
2. FLANGE WIDTH: 1-5/8 INCH (41 MM). 2. MASONRY: DEMOLISH IN SMALL SECTIONS. CUT MASONRY AT JUNCTURES WITH AND TAP UNITS TO RECEIVE HARDWARE, HANGERS, AND SIMILAR ITEMS.
B. STEEL TRACK: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD U-SHAPED STEEL TRACK, OF WEB DEPTHS CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN, USING POWER-DRIVEN SAW, THEN REMOVE MASONRY 2. SLIDING WOODWORK DOORS: FABRICATE SUPPORTS BY PROVIDING
INDICATED, UNPUNCHED, WITH UNSTIFFENED (STRAIGHT) FLANGES, COMPLYING WITH BETWEEN SAW CUTS. CONTINUOUS STEEL SHAPES WITH ATTACHED BEARING PLATES, ANCHORS, AND
ASTM C 955, AND AS FOLLOWS: 3. CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE: SAW-CUT PERIMETER OF AREA TO BE DEMOLISHED, BRACES AS REQUIRED TO SUSTAIN IMPOSED LOADS. DRILL BOTTOM FLANGES
1. MINIMUM UNCOATED-STEEL THICKNESS: MATCHING STEEL STUDS. THEN BREAK UP AND REMOVE. OF BEAMS TO RECEIVE TRACK HANGER RODS; LOCATE HOLES WHERE
2. FLANGE WIDTH: 1-1/4 INCH (32 MM). 4. RESILIENT FLOOR COVERING AND GLUED-DOWN CARPETS: REMOVE FLOOR INDICATED ON SLIDING WOODWORK DOOR SHOP DRAWINGS.
C. SINGLE DEFLECTION TRACK: MANUFACTURER'S SINGLE, DEEP-LEG, U-SHAPED STEEL COVERINGS AND ADHESIVE ACCORDING TO RECOMMENDATIONS IN RFCI'S 3. ALL-GLASS ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONT FRAMING: FABRICATE AND INSTALL
TRACK; UNPUNCHED, WITH UNSTIFFENED FLANGES, OF WEB DEPTH TO CONTAIN STUDS "RECOMMENDED WORK PRACTICES FOR THE REMOVAL OF RESILIENT FLOOR ALL-GLASS ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONT FRAMING SO THAT, WHEN INSTALLED,
WHILE ALLOWING FREE VERTICAL MOVEMENT, WITH FLANGES DESIGNED TO SUPPORT COVERINGS." DO NOT USE METHODS REQUIRING SOLVENT-BASED ADHESIVE IT IS CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING ALL DEADLOADS AND WITHSTANDING THE LIVE
HORIZONTAL AND LATERAL LOADS, AND AS FOLLOWS: STRIPPERS. LOADS IMPOSED ON IT FROM THE OPERATION OF THE ALL-GLASS ENTRANCE
1. MINIMUM UNCOATED-STEEL THICKNESS: AS REQUIRED TO SUIT PERFORMANCE 5. BALLASTS: IF BALLAST IS NOT LABELED "NO PCBS," OR IF THE LABEL IS ILLEGIBLE, DOORS.
REQUIREMENTS. CONTACT A BALLAST RECYCLER FOR DISPOSAL. 4. COUNTERTOP FRAMING: FABRICATE FRAMING, USING STEEL SHAPES AND
2. FLANGE WIDTH: SIZE TO ACCOMMODATE DEFLECTION OF PRIMARY STRUCTURE. 6. MERCURY-CONTAINING DEVICES: MERCURY-CONTAINING DEVICES INCLUDE PLATES, AND COLD FINISHED MILD STEEL BARS AT EXPOSED CONDITIONS, FOR
PRIMARY STRUCTURE DEFLECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FROM THE STRUCTURAL THERMOSTATS, SILENT SWITCHES, MECHANICAL SWITCHES AND RELAYS OR SUPPORT FRAMING AND PLYWOOD, TO THE THICKNESSES, SIZES AND SHAPES
ENGINEER. CONTACTS. DISPOSE OF THESE DEVICES WITH AN APPROPRIATE RECYCLER.
SHOWN, AND AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE WORK OF ADEQUATE STRENGTH AND
D. VERTICAL DEFLECTION CLIPS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD BYPASS OR HEAD CLIPS, 7. NICKEL-CADMIUM AND LEAD-ACID BATTERIES: EXIT SIGNS, EMERGENCY LIGHTING
DURABILITY, WITHOUT OBJECTIONABLE DEFLECTIONS. USE PROVEN DETAILS OF
CAPABLE OF ACCOMMODATING UPWARD AND DOWNWARD VERTICAL DISPLACEMENT OF UNITS, ALARM SYSTEMS, SMOKE DETECTORS, AND CARBON-MONOXIDE DETECTORS
FABRICATION, AS REQUIRED, TO ACHIEVE PROPER ASSEMBLY AND ALIGNMENT
PRIMARY STRUCTURE. PRIMARY STRUCTURE DEFLECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FROM THE MAY CONTAIN NICKEL-CADMIUM OR LEAD-ACID. ARRANGE WITH AN APPROPRIATE
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. RECYCLER FOR DISPOSAL. OF THE VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF THE WORK.
2.4 FRAMING ACCESSORIES F. EXCEPT FOR ITEMS OR MATERIALS INDICATED TO BE REUSED, SALVAGED, G. FINISH METAL FABRICATIONS AFTER ASSEMBLY. COMPLY WITH NAAMM'S "METAL
A. FABRICATE STEEL-FRAMING ACCESSORIES FROM STEEL SHEET, ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, REINSTALLED, OR OTHERWISE INDICATED TO REMAIN OWNER'S PROPERTY, REMOVE FINISHES MANUAL FOR ARCHITECTURAL AND METAL PRODUCTS" FOR
STRUCTURAL GRADE, TYPE H, METALLIC COATED, OF SAME GRADE AND COATING DEMOLISHED MATERIALS FROM PROJECT SITE AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OFTHEM IN AN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR APPLYING AND DESIGNATING FINISHES. SHOP PRIME
WEIGHT USED FOR FRAMING MEMBERS. ERA-APPROVED LANDFILL. DO NOT ALLOW DEMOLISHED MATERIALS TO ACCUMULATE FERROUS-METAL ITEMS.
B. PROVIDE ACCESSORIES OF MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD THICKNESS AND ON SITE. REMOVE AND TRANSPORT DEBRIS IN A MANNER THAT WILL PREVENT 1. PREPARE UNCOATED FERROUS-METAL SURFACES FOR SHOP PRIMING BY
CONFIGURATION, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. SPILLAGE ON ADJACENT SURFACES AND AREAS. REMOVING OIL, GREASE, AND SIMILAR CONTAMINANTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH
2.5 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS G. CLEAN ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND IMPROVEMENTS OF DUST, DIRT, AND DEBRIS SSPC -SP1 "SOLVENT CLEANING," FOLLOWED WITH SSPC-SP 3, "POWER TOOL
A. STEEL SHAPES AND CLIPS: ASTM A 36/A 36M, ZINC COATED BY HOT-DIP PROCESS CAUSED BY SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. RETURN ADJACENT AREAS TO
ACCORDING TO ASTM A 123. CONDITION EXISTING BEFORE SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS BEGAN.
B. EXPANSION ANCHORS: FABRICATED FROM CORROSION-RESISTANT MATERIALS, WITH END OF SECTION 02 41 19
Seal/Signature
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
SPECIFICATIONS
Scale
NO SCALE
Sheet Number
A10.03
DECORATIVE METAL MISC. ROUGH CARPENTRY INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK SHEET NOTES
SECTION 05 70 00 - DECORATIVE METAL EACH CONFIGURATION REQUIRED; MAINTAIN CROSS SECTION OF MEMBER SECTION 06 10 53- MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06 40 23 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK AND 3 FOR SINGLE DOORS. SILENCERS SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY 1/4-INCH
PART1- GENERAL THROUGHOUT ENTIRE BEND WITHOUT BUCKLING, TWISTING, CRACKING, OR PART 1 - GENERAL PARTI- GENERAL DIAMETER, COLOR COMPATIBLE WITH ADJACENT FINISH. NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
1.1 COORDINATION OTHERWISE DEFORMING EXPOSED SURFACES. A. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER FOR SUPPORT OR ATTACHMENT OF OTHER A. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING LOCATIONS OF EACH ITEM, 9. DOOR AND DRAWER LOCKS: ALL CABINET DOORS AND DRAWERS SHALL BE TEL: 646 428 5500
A. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ANCHORAGES FOR DECORATIVE METAL ITEMS. F. CUT, DRILL, AND PUNCH METALS CLEANLY AND ACCURATELY. REMOVE BURRS AND CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SIMILAR MEMBERS. DIMENSIONED PLANS AND ELEVATIONS, LARGE-SCALE DETAILS, ATTACHMENT FURNISHED WITH LOCKS. FINISH EXPOSED PORTIONS OF LOCKS TO MATCH
FURNISH SETTING DRAWINGS, TEMPLATES, AND DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLING EASE EDGES TO A RADIUS OF APPROXIMATELY 1/32 INCH (1 MM) UNLESS OTHERWISE B. PROVIDE PLYWOOD PANELS FOR COUNTERTOP UNDERLAYMENT AND BACKING DEVICES, AND OTHER COMPONENTS. SHOW LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF FURRING, CABINET PULL FINISH. FURNISH 2 KEYS WITH EACH LOCK AND KEY ALL LOCKS
ANCHORAGES, INCLUDING SLEEVES, CONCRETE INSERTS, ANCHOR BOLTS, AND INDICATED. REMOVE SHARP OR ROUGH AREAS ON EXPOSED SURFACES. PANELS. BLOCKING, AND HANGING STRIPS, INCLUDING CONCEALED BLOCKING AND INSIDE ONE ROOM ALIKE AND PROVIDE MASTERKEY FOR ALL LOCKS IN PROJECT.
ITEMS WITH INTEGRAL ANCHORS, THAT ARE TO BE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR G. MILL JOINTS TO ATIGHT, HAIRLINE FIT. COPE OR MITER CORNER JOINTS. FABRICATE PART 2- PRODUCTS REINFORCEMENT SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. SHOW LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF 10. GROMMETS FOR CABLE PASSAGE THROUGH COUNTERTOPS: 2-1/2 INCH METAL
MASONRY. DELIVER SUCH ITEMS TO PROJECT SITE IN TIME FOR INSTALLATION. CONNECTIONS THAT WILL BE EXPOSED TO WEATHER IN A MANNER TO EXCLUDE A. LUMBER: COMPLY WITH DOC PS 20 AND APPLICABLE RULES OF LUMBER GRADING CUTOUTS AND HOLES FOR PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, COMPUTER AND TELEPHONE GROMMETS AND MATCHING CAPS WITH SLOT FOR WIRE PASSAGE.
1.2 SUBMITTALS WATER. AGENCIES CERTIFIED BY THE AMERICAN LUMBER STANDARDS COMMITTEE BOARD EQUIPMENT AND OTHER ITEMS INSTALLED IN ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK. I. FABRICATION: COMPLETE FABRICATION, INCLUDING ASSEMBLY, FINISHING, AND
A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT INDICATED, INCLUDING FINISHING H. PROVIDE NECESSARY REBATES, LUGS, AND BRACKETS TO ASSEMBLE UNITS AND TO OF REVIEW. PROVIDE DRESSED LUMBER, S4S, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. QUALITY STANDARD: FABRICATE AND INSTALL ALL ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK IN HARDWARE APPLICATION, BEFORE SHIPMENT TO PROJECT SITE TO THE MAXIMUM DESIGN ARCHITECT
MATERIALS. ATTACH TO OTHER WORK. CUT, REINFORCE, DRILL, AND TAP AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE DRY LUMBER WITH 19 PERCENT MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT AT TIME OF ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF ARCHITECTURAL EXTENT POSSIBLE. DISASSEMBLE COMPONENTS ONLY AS NECESSARY FOR
B. SHOP DRAWINGS: SHOW FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR
DECORATIVE METAL.
RECEIVE FINISH HARDWARE, SCREWS, AND SIMILAR ITEMS UNLESS OTHERWISE
INDICATED.
DRESSING FOR 2-INCH NOMINAL THICKNESS OR LESS.
B. WOOD PANELS: COMPLY WITH DOC PS 1 FOR PLYWOOD PANELS.
WOODWORK STANDARDS, 1ST EDITION, PUBLISHED JOINTLY BY AWI, AWMAC, AND
Wl, UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED OR SHOWN.
SHIPMENT AND INSTALLATION. WHERE NECESSARY FOR FITTING AT SITE, PROVIDE
ALLOWANCE FOR SCRIBING, TRIMMING, AND FITTING. THE WIDTH OF SCRIBE AND
1. INCLUDE PLANS, ELEVATIONS, COMPONENT DETAILS, AND ATTACHMENTS TO I. COMPLY WITH AWS FOR RECOMMENDED PRACTICES IN SHOP WELDING. WELD 1. CONCEALED PLYWOOD FOR COUNTERTOP UNDERLAYMENT: DOC PS 1 C. FIRE PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: PROVIDE MATERIALS IDENTICAL TO THOSE FILLER PANELS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2 INCH, OR 1/2 INCH CLEAR DIMENSION FROM 121 West27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212)481-2065 Fax: (212)481-3673
OTHER WORK. BEHIND FINISHED SURFACES WITHOUT DISTORTING OR DISCOLORING EXPOSED "CONSTRUCTION AND INDUSTRIAL PLYWOOD," EXTERIOR GRADE, TESTED FOR THE FOLLOWING FIRE PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS PER ASTM ADJACENT WALL TO OUTSIDE FACE OF CABINET DOOR IN A 90 DEGREE POSITION,
2. INDICATE MATERIALS AND PROFILES OF EACH DECORATIVE METAL MEMBER, SIDE. CLEAN EXPOSED WELDED JOINTS OF FLUX, AND DRESS EXPOSED AND MANUFACTURED WITH NO ADDED UREA-FORMALDEHYDE, IN THICKNESS AS TEST METHODS INDICATED BY UL OR OTHER TESTING AND INSPECTING WHICHEVER IS GREATER.
FITTINGS, JOINERY, FINISHES, FASTENERS, ANCHORAGES, AND ACCESSORY CONTACT SURFACES. INDICATED BUT NOT LESS THAN 3/4 INCH. ORGANIZATIONS ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. IDENTIFY 1. INTERIOR WOODWORK GRADES: ARCHITECT OF RECORD
ITEMS.
C. SAMPLES FOR VERIFICATION: FOR EACH TYPE OF EXPOSED FINISH REQUIRED.
1. WHERE WELDING CANNOT BE CONCEALED BEHIND FINISHED SURFACES, FINISH
JOINTS TO COMPLY WITH NOMMA'S "VOLUNTARY JOINT FINISH STANDARDS" FOR
2. TELEPHONE, DATA, SECURITY, MIRROR, AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT BACKING
PANELS: DOC PS 1, EXPOSURE 1, C-D PLUGGED, SANDED BOTH SIDES,
TREATED LUMBER WITH CLASSIFICATION MARKING OF INSPECTING AND TESTING
ORGANIZATION IN THE FORM OF SEPARABLE PAPER LABEL OR, WHERE REQUIRED BY
a. CUSTOM GRADE AT PLASTIC LAMINATE-FINISHED WOODWORK.
J. WOOD CABINETS FOR PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH:
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
1. SECTIONS OF LINEAR SHAPES. TYPE 1 WELDS: NO EVIDENCE OF AWELDED JOINT. FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED, MANUFACTURED WITH NO ADDED AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, OF IMPRINT ON LUMBER SURFACES THAT WILL 1. AWS TYPE OF CABINET CONSTRUCTION: COMPLY WITH AWS SECTION 10, STYLE Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
2. SAMPLES OF WELDED JOINTS SHOWING QUALITY OF WORKMANSHIP AND COLOR 2.7 DECORATIVE METAL TRIM UREA-FORMALDEHYDE, IN THICKNESS INDICATED OR, IF NOT INDICATED, NOT BE CONCEALED FROM VIEW AFTER INSTALLATION. 1, TYPE A CONSTRUCTION; FLUSH OVERLAY.
MATCHING OF MATERIALS. A. FABRICATE FROM ALUMINUM OR STAINLESS-STEEL SHAPES, SHEET OR PLATE OF LESS THAN 1/2 INCH THICK. 1. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS FOR CONCEALED BLOCKING, FURRING, 2. LAMINATE CLADDING FOR EXPOSED SURFACES: GRADE HGS FOR HORIZONTAL MEP ENGINEER
D. QUALIFICATION DATA: FOR QUALIFIED FABRICATOR AND FINISHER.

E. WELDING CERTIFICATES.
THICKNESS, SIZE, AND PATTERN INDICATED. ROLL, PRESS, AND GRIND METAL TO
FLATTEN AND TO REMOVE BURRS AND DEFORMATIONS. MITER CORNERS AND
C. FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS: PROVIDE CHEMICAL FIRE RETARDANT
PROCESS TESTED AND LABELED BY UL WITH FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE
AND DOOR SUBFRAMING: NOT EXCEEDING A FLAME SPREAD OF 25, AND SMOKE
DEVELOPED OF 50 WHEN TESTED PER ASTM E 84 FOR 30 MINUTES.
SURFACES OTHER THAN TOPS AND EDGES; GRADE VGS FOR VERTICAL
SURFACES.
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE CONNECT WITH CONCEALED SPLICE PLATES. DEVELOPED RATINGS OF 25 OR LESS. COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE 2. THE FIRE PERFORMANCE FINISH REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL EXPOSED INTERIOR 3. MATERIALS FOR SEMIEXPOSED SURFACES OTHER THAN DRAWER BODIES: T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDUAND.OOM.AU
A. FABRICATOR/INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: A FIRM EXPERIENCED IN PRODUCING 2.8 FINISHES, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS IN AWPA U1, USE CATEGORY UCFA AS A MINIMUM FOR PRESSURE WALL AND CEILING WOODWORK (INCLUDING THE PANELING, BUT NOT LIMITED HIGH-PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE, GRADE VGS.
DECORATIVE METAL SIMILAR TO THAT INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT AND WITH A A. DECORATIVE METAL FINISHES ARE DESIGNATED WITH ITEM CODE MT# IN THE FINISH TREATMENT. SIZE WOOD BEFORE TREATMENT SO THAT MINIMUM CUTTING WILL BE TO PANELING) SUBSTRATES IN FULLY SPRINKLERED SPACES SHALL COMPLY 4. DRAWER SIDES AND BACKS: SOLID-HARDWOOD LUMBER. LIGHTING DESIGNER
RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE, AS WELL AS SUFFICIENT SCHEDULE AND ON THE DRAWINGS. REQUIRED AFTER TREATMENT. KILN DRY LUMBER TO A MAXIMUM 19 PERCENT WITHIBC 2006, TABLE 803.5. 5. DRAWER BOTTOMS: HARDWOOD PLYWOOD.
PRODUCTION CAPACITY TO PRODUCE REQUIRED UNITS. B. COMPLY WITH NAAMM'S "METAL FINISHES MANUAL FOR ARCHITECTURAL AND METAL MOISTURE CONTENT, KILN DRY PLYWOOD TO A MAXIMUM 15 PERCENT MOISTURE D. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: DO NOT DELIVER OR INSTALL WOODWORK UNTIL K. PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS:
SCHVViNGHAMMEn
B. ANODIC FINISHER QUALIFICATIONS: A FIRM EXPERIENCED IN SUCCESSFULLY PRODUCTS" FOR RECOMMENDATIONS FOR APPLYING AND DESIGNATING FINISHES. CONTENT, AFTER TREATMENT. TREAT INDICATED ITEMS AND WOOD MEMBERS BUILDING IS ENCLOSED, WET WORK IS COMPLETE, AND HVAC SYSTEM IS OPERATING 1. COMPLY WITH AWS SECTION 11, AND AS FOLLOWS: WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHT1NG.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
APPLYING ANODIC FINISHES OF TYPE INDICATED AND EMPLOYING COMPETENT C. PROTECT MECHANICAL FINISHES ON EXPOSED SURFACES FROM DAMAGE BY REQUIRED TO BE TREATED BY BUILDING CODE HAVING JURISDICTION AT THE SITE AND MAINTAINING TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY AT LEVELS PLANNED FOR a. HIGH-PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE GRADE: HGS.
CONTROL PERSONNEL TO CONDUCT CONTINUING, EFFECTIVE QUALITY-CONTROL APPLYING A STRIPPABLE, TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COVERING BEFORE SHIPPING. AND WOOD MEMBERS SPECIFIED AS FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED. IDENTIFY BUILDING OCCUPANTS DURING THE REMAINDER OF THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. b. EDGE TREATMENT: SAME AS LAMINATE CLADDING ON HORIZONTAL
PROGRAM TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. 2.9 ALUMINUM FINISHES FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED WOOD WITH APPROPRIATE CLASSIFICATION MARKING OF E. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: WHERE WOODWORK IS INDICATED TO FIT TO OTHER SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
C. WELDING QUALIFICATIONS: QUALIFY PROCEDURES AND PERSONNEL ACCORDING TO A. FINISH DESIGNATIONS PREFIXED BY AA COMPLY WITH THE SYSTEM ESTABLISHED BY UL. CONSTRUCTION, VERIFY ACTUAL DIMENSIONS OF OTHER CONSTRUCTION BY c. CORE MATERIAL AT SINKS: EXTERIOR-GRADE PLYWOOD.
THE FOLLOWING: THE ALUMINUM ASSOCIATION FOR DESIGNATING ALUMINUM FINISHES. D. FASTENERS: PROVIDE FASTENERS OF SIZE AND TYPE REQUIRED TO SUPPORT ACCURATE FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE FABRICATION OF WOODWORK; AND PART 3- EXECUTION
1. AWS D1.2/DI .2M, "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE - ALUMINUM." B. CLEAR ANODIC FINISH: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A31, CLASS II, 0.010 MM OR THICKER. MISCELLANEOUS WOOD CARPENTRY AND APPLIED LOADS. INDICATE MEASUREMENTS ON FINAL SHOP DRAWINGS. COORDINATE FABRICATION A. INSTALL WOODWORK TO COMPLY WITH AWS SECTION 10 FOR THE SAME GRADE
2. AWS D1.6, "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE - STAINLESS STEEL." 2.10 STAINLESS-STEEL FINISHES PART 3- EXECUTION SCHEDULE WITH CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS TO AVOID DELAYING THE WORK. SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION FOR TYPE OF WOODWORK INVOLVED.
D. PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE: CONDUCT CONFERENCE AT PROJECT SITE. A. SURFACE PREPARATION: REMOVE TOOL AND DIE MARKS AND STRETCH LINES, OR A. SET CARPENTRY TO REQUIRED LEVELS AND LINES, WITH MEMBERS PLUMB, TRUE TO LOCATE CONCEALED FRAMING, BLOCKING, AND REINFORCEMENTS THAT SUPPORT B. INSTALL WOODWORK LEVEL, PLUMB, TRUE, WITH NO DISTORTIONS, AND WITH NO
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING BLEND INTO FINISH. LINE, CUT, AND FITTED. FIT CARPENTRY TO OTHER CONSTRUCTION; SCRIBE AND WOODWORK BY FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE BEING ENCLOSED AND INDICATE VARIATIONS IN FLUSHNESS OF ADJOINING SURFACES. SHIM AS REQUIRED WITH
A. STORE DECORATIVE METAL IN A WELL-VENTILATED AREA, AWAY FROM UNCURED B. POLISHED FINISHES: GRIND AND POLISH SURFACES TO PRODUCE UNIFORM FINISH, COPE AS NEEDED FOR ACCURATE FIT. LOCATE NAILERS, BLOCKING, AND SIMILAR MEASUREMENTS ON SHOP DRAWINGS. CONCEALED SHIMS.
CONCRETE AND MASONRY, AND PROTECTED FROM WEATHER, MOISTURE, SOILING, FREE OF CROSS SCRATCHES. SUPPORTS TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR ATTACHING OTHER PART 2- PRODUCTS C. SCRIBE AND CUT WOODWORK TO FIT ADJOINING WORK, AND REFINISH CUT
ABRASION, EXTREME TEMPERATURES, AND HUMIDITY. 1. RUN GRAIN OF DIRECTIONAL FINISHES WITH LONG DIMENSION OF EACH PIECE. CONSTRUCTION. A. GENERAL: PROVIDE MATERIALS THAT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE AWI SURFACES AND REPAIR DAMAGED FINISH AT CUTS.
B. DELIVER AND STORE CAST-METAL PRODUCTS IN WOODEN CRATES SURROUNDED BY C. DULL SATIN FINISH: NO. 6. B. SECURELY ATTACH CARPENTRY WORK AS INDICATED AND ACCORDING TO QUALITY STANDARD FOR EACH TYPE OF WOODWORK AND QUALITY GRADE D. ANCHOR WOODWORK TO BLOCKING BUILT IN OR DIRECTLY ATTACHED TO
SUFFICIENT PACKING MATERIAL TO ENSURE THAT PRODUCTS WILL NOT BE CRACKED D. REFLECTIVE, DIRECTIONAL POLISH: NO. 7. APPLICABLE CODESAND RECOGNIZED STANDARDS. SPECIFIED. SUBSTRATES. SECURE TO BLOCKING WITH COUNTERSUNK, CONCEALED FASTENERS
OR OTHERWISE DAMAGED. E. WHEN POLISHING IS COMPLETED, PASSIVATE AND RINSE SURFACES. REMOVE C. USE FASTENERS OF APPROPRIATE TYPE AND LENGTH. PREDRILL MEMBERS WHEN B. LUMBER STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PROVISIONS FOR GRADING AND AND BLIND NAILING AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. USE FINE
1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS EMBEDDED FOREIGN MATTER AND LEAVE SURFACES CHEMICALLY CLEAN. NECESSARY TO AVOID SPLITTING WOOD. WORKMANSHIP OF AWS ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK STANDARDS, SECTION 3, AND FINISHING NAILS OR FINISHING SCREWS FOR EXPOSED FASTENING, COUNTERSUNK
A. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: VERIFY ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF WALLS AND OTHER PART 3- EXECUTION D. INSTALL WOOD BLOCKING AND NAILERS WHERE INDICATED AND WHERE REQUIRED THE REQUIREMENTS SHOWN AND SPECIFIED; WHERE STANDARDS CONFLICT THE AND FILLED FLUSH WITH WOODWORK.
CONSTRUCTION CONTIGUOUS WITH DECORATIVE METAL BY FIELD MEASUREMENTS 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL FOR ATTACHING OTHER WORK. FORM TO SHAPES INDICATED AND CUT AS REQUIRED MORE STRINGENT SHALL APPLY. PROVIDE LUMBER SURFACED 4 SIDES (S4S) AND E. INSTALL STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM WITH MINIMUM NUMBER OF JOINTS
BEFORE FABRICATION AND INDICATE MEASUREMENTS ON SHOP DRAWINGS. A. PROVIDE ANCHORAGE DEVICES AND FASTENERS WHERE NEEDED TO SECURE FOR TRUE LINE AND LEVELOF ATTACHED WORK. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH FABRICATED TO PROFILES SHOWN. ALL LUMBER SHALL BE KILN DRIED TO THE POSSIBLE, USING FULL-LENGTH PIECES (FROM MAXIMUM LENGTH OF LUMBER
PART 2- PRODUCTS DECORATIVE METAL TO IN-PLACE CONSTRUCTION. OTHER WORK INVOLVED. ATTACH ITEMS TO SUBSTRATES TO SUPPORT APPLIED MOISTURE CONTENT INDICATED IN AWS, SECTION 2. AVAILABLE) TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. DO NOT USE PIECES LESS THAN 96
2.1 METALS, GENERAL B. PERFORM CUTTING, DRILLING, AND FITTING REQUIRED TO INSTALL DECORATIVE LOADING. RECESS BOLTS AND NUTS FLUSH WITH SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE 1. FURRING, BLOCKING, SHIMS: NO. 1 COMMON; SOUTHERN PINE. INCHES LONG, EXCEPT WHERE SHORTER SINGLE-LENGTH PIECES ARE NECESSARY.
A. METAL SURFACES, GENERAL: PROVIDE MATERIALS WITH SMOOTH, FLAT SURFACES METAL. SET PRODUCTS ACCURATELY IN LOCATION, ALIGNMENT, AND ELEVATION, INDICATED. C. WOOD PANEL PRODUCTS: SCARF RUNNINGJOINTSANDSTAGGERINADJACENTAND RELATED MEMBERS. FILL
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. PROVIDE MATERIALS WITHOUT SEAM MARKS, MEASURED FROM ESTABLISHED LINES AND LEVELS. PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING E. INSTALL PANEL PRODUCTS TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE RECOMMENDATIONS 1. MEDIUM-DENSITY FIBERBOARD (MDF): ANSI A208.2, HAVING A MINIMUM 48 PCF GAPS, IF ANY, BETWEEN TOP OF BASE AND WALL WITH PLASTIC WOOD FILLER, SAND
ROLLER MARKS, ROLLED TRADE NAMES, STAINS, DISCOLORATIONS, OR BLEMISHES. OR ANCHORS IN FORMWORK FOR ITEMS TO BE BUILT INTO CONCRETE, MASONRY, CONTAINED IN APA FORM NO. E30, "APA ENGINEERED WOOD/CONSTRUCTION GUIDE," DENSITY EXCEPT THAT MINIMUM FOR SCREW HOLDING CAPACITY ON FACE SMOOTH, AND FINISH SAME AS WOOD BASE, IF FINISHED.
2.2 ALUMINUM OR SIMILAR CONSTRUCTION. AND LOCAL UTILITY REQUIREMENTS, IF ANY, FOR PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS SHALL BE 300 POUNDS; AN ASTM E 84 MINIMUM CLASS C FLAME SPREAD RATING, F. INSTALL CABINETS WITHOUT DISTORTION SO DOORS AND DRAWERS FIT OPENINGS
A. ALUMINUM, GENERAL: PROVIDE ALLOY AND TEMPER RECOMMENDED BY ALUMINUM C. FIT EXPOSED CONNECTIONS ACCURATELY TOGETHER TO FORM TIGHT, HAIRLINE UTILIZED AS INDICATED. BOLT COUNTERTOP UNDERLAYMENT TO MISCELLANEOUS MINIMUM 3/4 INCHES (19 MM) THICK, EDGED AND FACED AS SPECIFIED, PROPERLY AND ARE ACCURATELY ALIGNED. ADJUST HARDWARE TO CENTER DOORS
PRODUCER AND FINISHER FOR TYPE OF USE AND FINISH INDICATED, AND WITH JOINTS OR, WHERE INDICATED, UNIFORM REVEALS AND SPACES FOR SEALANTS AND STEEL FRAMING. SECURE PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS TO WALL USING PROPER FABRICATED WITH BINDER CONTAINING NO ADDED UREA FORMALDEHYDE. AND DRAWERS IN OPENINGS AND TO PROVIDE UNENCUMBERED OPERATION.
STRENGTH AND DURABILITY PROPERTIES FOR EACH ALUMINUM FORM REQUIRED JOINT FILLERS. WHERE CUTTING, WELDING, AND GRINDING ARE REQUIRED FOR FASTENING DEVICES FOR SUBSTRATES ENCOUNTERED SPACED 12 INCHES ON PROVIDE MOISTURE-RESISTANT MDF WHEN SUBJECT TO WETTING. COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY ITEMS AS INDICATED. A Issue Date & Description By Check
NOT LESS THAN THAT OF ALLOY AND TEMPER DESIGNATED BELOW. PROPER SHOP FITTING AND JOINTING OF DECORATIVE METAL, RESTORE FINISHES CENTER MAXIMUM AT PERIMETER 1/2 INCH FROM CORNERS AND THREE ROWS OF 2. HARDBOARD: ANSI A135.4. INSTALL CABINETS WITHOUT SAG, BOW, OR OTHER VARIATION FROM A STRAIGHT 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
B. EXTRUDED BARS AND SHAPES: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), ALLOY 6063-T57T52. TO ELIMINATE EVIDENCE OF SUCH CORRECTIVE WORK. THREE FASTENERS EACH IN THE BACKERBOARD FIELD. COUNTERSINK FASTENERS D. THERMOSET DECORATIVE OVERLAY (MELAMINE): MEDIUM-DENSITY FIBERBOARD LINE. FASTEN WALL CABINETS THROUGH BACK, NEAR TOP AND BOTTOM, AT ENDS FINAL SD
C. EXTRUDED STRUCTURAL ROUND TUBING: ASTM B 429/B 429M, ALLOY 6063-T6. D. DO NOT CUT OR ABRADE FINISHES THAT CANNOT BE COMPLETELY RESTORED IN FLUSH WITH PLYWOOD SURFACE. BUTT ADJACENT PANELS WITHOUT LAPPING. WITH SURFACE OF THERMALLY FUSED, MELAMINE-IMPREGNATED DECORATIVE AND NOT MORE THAN 16 INCHES ON CENTER WITH NO. 10 WAFER-HEAD SCREWS 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
D. PLATE AND SHEET: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), ALLOY 5005-H32SMOOTH, THE FIELD. RETURN ITEMS WITH SUCH FINISHES TO THE SHOP FOR REQUIRED END OF SECTION 06 10 53 PAPER COMPLYING WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE COMPOSITE PANEL SIZED FOR 1-INCH PENETRATION INTO WOOD BLOCKING, OR HANGING STRIPS OR
PRELIM SD
HIGH-QUALITY FINISH AND IS A PREFERRED CHOICE FOR ANODIZING. ALTERATIONS, FOLLOWED BY COMPLETE REFINISHING, OR PROVIDE NEW UNITS AS ASSOCIATION'S TECHNICAL BULLETIN "LAMINATING COMPOSITE PANELS." WITH NO. 10 WAFER-HEAD SHEET METAL SCREWS THROUGH METAL BACKING OR
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
2.3 STAINLESS STEEL REQUIRED. E. HIGH-PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE: PROVIDE PRODUCT INDICATED IN FINISH METAL FRAMING BEHIND WALL FINISH.
A. TUBING: ASTM A 554, GRADE MT 304. E. INSTALL CONCEALED GASKETS, JOINT FILLERS, INSULATION, AND FLASHINGS AS SCHEDULE. G. ANCHOR COUNTERTOPS SECURELY BY SCREWING THROUGH CORNER BLOCKS OF 100% SD
B. PIPE: ASTM A 312/A 312M, GRADE TP 304. WORK PROGRESSES. 1. BACKING SHEETS: NON-DECORATIVE, HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATE, NEMALD3, BASE CABINETS OR OTHER SUPPORTS INTO UNDERSIDE OF COUNTERTOP. CALK 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
C. SHEET, STRIP, PLATE, AND FLAT BAR: ASTM A 666, TYPE 304. F. RESTORE PROTECTIVE COVERINGS THAT HAVE BEEN DAMAGED DURING SHIPMENT GRADE, TYPES AND THICKNESS TO MATCH FACE SHEETS AND EQUALIZE PULL. SPACE BETWEEN BACKSPLASH AND WALL WITH SILICONE SANITARY SEALANT 50% CD
D. BARS AND SHAPES: ASTM A 276, TYPE 304. OR INSTALLATION. REMOVE PROTECTIVE COVERINGS ONLY WHEN THERE IS NO F. ADHESIVES: USE ONLY LOW EMITTING VOC ADHESIVES THAT LEAVE NO GLUE LINES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07 92 00 "JOINT SEALANTS." SECURE BACKSPLASHES TO 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
2.4 FASTENERS POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE FROM OTHER WORK YET TO BE PERFORMED AT SAME ON FINISHED SURFACES OF ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK. DO NOT USE ADHESIVES TOPS WITH CONCEALED METAL BRACKETS AT 16 INCHES ON CENTER AND TO WALLS
90% CD
A. FASTENER MATERIALS: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING: LOCATION. THAT CONTAIN UREA FORMALDEHYDE. USE INSTALLATION ADHESIVES THAT DO NOT WITH ADHESIVE.
05/03/2019
1. ALUMINUM ITEMS: TYPE 304 STAINLESS-STEEL FASTENERS. 1. RETAIN PROTECTIVE COVERINGS INTACT; REMOVE COVERINGS EXCEED THE FOLLOWING LIMITS FOR VOC CONTENT WHEN CALCULATED H. COMPLETE THE FINISHING WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION TO EXTENT NOT DSF DSF
2. STAINLESS-STEEL ITEMS: TYPE 304 STAINLESS-STEEL FASTENERS. SIMULTANEOUSLY FROM SIMILARLY FINISHED ITEMS TO PRECLUDE ACCORDING TO 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24): COMPLETED AT SHOP OR BEFORE INSTALLATION OF WOODWORK. 100% CD
3. DISSIMILAR METALS: TYPE 304 STAINLESS-STEEL FASTENERS. NONUNIFORM OXIDATION AND DISCOLORATION. 1. WOOD GLUES: 30G/L. I. REPAIR DAMAGED AND DEFECTIVE WOODWORK TO ELIMINATE FUNCTIONAL AND
B. FASTENERS FOR ANCHORING TO OTHER CONSTRUCTION: UNLESS OTHERWISE G. FIELD WELDING: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE AWS SPECIFICATION FOR PROCEDURES 2. CONTACT ADHESIVES: 80G/L. VISUAL DEFECTS; WHERE NOT POSSIBLE TO REPAIR, REPLACE WOODWORK.
INDICATED, SELECT FASTENERS OF TYPE, GRADE, AND CLASS REQUIRED TO OF MANUAL SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING AND REQUIREMENTS FOR WELDING AND G. FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS: WHERE INDICATED, USE MATERIALS ADJUST JOINERY FOR UNIFORM APPEARANCE.
PRODUCE CONNECTIONS SUITABLE FOR ANCHORING INDICATED ITEMS TO OTHER FOR FINISHING WELDED CONNECTIONS IN "FABRICATION, GENERAL" ARTICLE. WELD IMPREGNATED WITH FIRE-RETARDANT CHEMICAL FORMULATIONS INDICATED BY A J. CLEAN WOODWORK ON EXPOSED AND SEMIEXPOSED SURFACES.
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION INDICATED. CONNECTIONS THAT ARE NOT TO BE LEFT AS EXPOSED JOINTS BUT CANNOT BE PRESSURE PROCESS OR OTHER MEANS ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING K. PROVIDE FINAL PROTECTION AND MAINTAIN CONDITIONS, IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE
C. PROVIDE CONCEALED FASTENERS FOR INTERCONNECTING COMPONENTS AND FOR SHOP WELDED BECAUSE OF SHIPPING SIZE LIMITATIONS. JURISDICTION TO PRODUCE PRODUCTS WITH FIRE-TEST-RESPONSE TO MANUFACTURER, THAT ENSURES THAT WOODWORK WILL BE WITHOUT DAMAGE
ATTACHING DECORATIVE METAL ITEMS TO OTHER WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE H. CORROSION PROTECTION: COAT CONCEALED SURFACES OF ALUMINUM THAT WILL CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFIED. OR DETERIORATION AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
INDICATED. BE IN CONTACT WITH GROUT, CONCRETE, MASONRY, WOOD, OR DISSIMILAR METALS, 1. DO NOT USE TREATED MATERIAL THAT DOES NOT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS END OF SECTION 06 40 23
D. ANCHORS, GENERAL: ANCHORS CAPABLE OF SUSTAINING, WITHOUT FAILURE, A WITH A HEAVY COAT OF BITUMINOUS PAINT. OF REFERENCED WOODWORKING STANDARD. DO NOT USE TWISTED, WARPED,
LOAD EQUAL TO SIX TIMES THE LOAD IMPOSED WHEN INSTALLED IN UNIT MASONRY 3.2 INSTALLING DECORATIVE METAL TRIM BOWED, DISCOLORED, OR OTHERWISE DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE LUMBER OR
AND FOUR TIMES THE LOAD IMPOSED WHEN INSTALLED IN CONCRETE, AS A. ASSEMBLE TRIM AND COMPLETE FABRICATION AT PROJECT SITE TO THE EXTENT PANEL PRODUCTS.
DETERMINED BY TESTING ACCORDING TO ASTM E 488, CONDUCTED BY A QUALIFIED THAT IT WAS NOT COMPLETED IN THE SHOP. 2. USE FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATMENT FORMULATIONS THAT DO NOT BLEED
INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY. B. INSTALL TRIM LEVEL, PLUMB, TRUE, AND STRAIGHT. SHIM AS REQUIRED WITH THROUGH OR OTHERWISE ADVERSELY AFFECT FINISHES. DO NOT USE
E. POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS: TORQUE-CONTROLLED EXPANSION TYPE OR CHEMICAL CONCEALED SHIMS. INSTALL LEVEL AND PLUMB TO A TOLERANCE OF 1/8 INCH IN 96 COLORANTS IN SOLUTION TO DISTINGUISH TREATED MATERIAL FROM
TYPE. INCHES (3 MM IN 2400 MM). UNTREATED MATERIAL.
1. MATERIAL FOR INTERIOR LOCATIONS: CARBON-STEEL COMPONENTS ZINC C. SCRIBE AND CUT TRIM TO FIT ADJOINING WORK, REFINISH CUT SURFACES, AND 3. TREAT ONLY DOOR SUBFRAMING, BLOCKING AND FURRING ITEMS.
PLATED TO COMPLY WITH ASTM B 633 OR ASTM F 1941 (ASTM F 1941M), REPAIR DAMAGED FINISH AT CUTS. H. HARDWARE STANDARD: COMPLY WITH BHMAA156.9 FOR ITEMS INDICATED BY
CLASS FE/ZN 5 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. D. ANCHOR TRIM TO ANCHORS OR BLOCKING BUILT IN OR DIRECTLY ATTACHED TO REFERENCING BHMA NUMBERS OR ITEMS REFERENCED TO THIS STANDARD.
2. MATERIAL FOR LOCATIONS WHERE STAINLESS STEEL IS INDICATED: ALLOY SUBSTRATES. SECURE WITH COUNTERSUNK, CONCEALED FASTENERS. USE FINE 1. FRAMELESS CONCEALED HINGES FOR CABINET DOORS (EUROPEAN TYPE):
GROUP 1 (A1) STAINLESS-STEEL BOLTS, ASTM F 593 (ASTM F 738M), AND NUTS, FINISHING SCREWS FOR EXPOSED FASTENING, COUNTERSUNKAND FILLED FLUSH BHMA A156.9, B01602. BRIGHT NICKEL FINISH (US15). PROVIDE HINGE QUANTITY
ASTM F 594 (ASTM F 836M). WITH TRIM USING FILLER MATCHING FINISH OF ITEMS BEING INSTALLED. AS RECOMMENDED BY HINGE MANUFACTURER BASED ON CABINET DOOR
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS E. INSTALL WITH MINIMUM NUMBER OF JOINTS POSSIBLE, USING FULL-LENGTH PIECES WIDTH, WEIGHT, THICKNESS, DOOR MATERIAL, AND HINGE CUP SELECTION.
A. WELDING RODSAND BARE ELECTRODES: SELECT ACCORDING TO AWS (FROM MAXIMUM LENGTH OF MATERIAL AVAILABLE) TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. 2. HIDDEN GATE HINGES: BHMA A156.9, B01501. PROVIDE HINGE QUANTITY AS
SPECIFICATIONS FOR METAL ALLOY WELDED. DO NOT USE PIECES LESS THAN 96 INCHES (2400 MM) LONG EXCEPT WHERE RECOMMENDED BY HINGE MANUFACTURER BASED ON CABINET DOOR WIDTH,
1. FOR ALUMINUM, PROVIDE TYPE AND ALLOY AS RECOMMENDED BY PRODUCER SHORTER SINGLE-LENGTH PIECES ARE NECESSARY. WEIGHT, THICKNESS, DOOR MATERIAL, AND HINGE CUP SELECTION.
OF METAL TO BE WELDED AND AS REQUIRED FOR COLOR MATCH, STRENGTH, 3.3 INSTALLING METAL REVEALS AT WOOD PANELING 3. PIANO HINGES: BHMAA156.9, B51491.
AND COMPATIBILITY IN FABRICATED ITEMS. A. INSTALL METAL REVEALS BETWEEN WOOD PANELS AS PANELING IS INSTALLED. 4. PULLS: AS INDICATED.
B. BITUMINOUS PAINT: COLD-APPLIED ASPHALT EMULSION COMPLYING WITH SECURE TO WOOD GROUNDS WITH SPECIFIED SCREWS. 5. CATCHES: STANLEY COMMERCIAL HARDWARE; CD41 SINGLE MAGNETIC
ASTM D 1187. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION CABINET CATCH (FOR SINGLE DOORS) AND CD45 DOUBLE MAGNETIC CABINET
2.6 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, CLEAN METALS BY WASHING THOROUGHLY WITH CATCH (FOR DOUBLE DOORS).
A. ASSEMBLE ITEMS IN THE SHOP TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE TO MINIMIZE FIELD CLEAN WATER AND SOAP, RINSING WITH CLEAN WATER, AND DRYING WITH SOFT 6. CABINET SHELF RESTS: HAFELE AMERICA, CO.; HAFELE 282.01.701 X 282.50.704;
SPLICING AND ASSEMBLY. DISASSEMBLE UNITS ONLY AS NECESSARY FOR SHIPPING CLOTHS. OR KNAPE AND VOGT; 331 SERIES FLAT TOP SHELF SUPPORT PIN WITH 325
AND HANDLING LIMITATIONS. CLEARLY MARK UNITS FOR REASSEMBLY AND B. PROTECT FINISHES OF DECORATIVE METAL FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION SERIES INSERT GROMMET.
COORDINATED INSTALLATION. USE CONNECTIONS THAT MAINTAIN STRUCTURAL PERIOD WITH TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COVERINGS APPROVED BY DECORATIVE 7. DRAWER SLIDES:
VALUE OF JOINED PIECES. METAL FABRICATOR. REMOVE PROTECTIVE COVERING AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL a. PENCIL DRAWER SLIDES: ACCURIDE, INC.; MODEL NO. 2132 OR 2006.
B. MAKE UP WIRE-ROPE ASSEMBLIES IN THE SHOP TO FIELD-MEASURED DIMENSIONS COMPLETION. b. DRAWERS LESS THAN 4 INCHES DEEP: ACCURIDE, INC.; MODEL NO. 7432,100
WITH FITTINGS MACHINE SWAGED. MINIMIZE AMOUNT OF TURNBUCKLE TAKE-UP C. RESTORE FINISHES DAMAGED DURING INSTALLATION AND CONSTRUCTION PERIOD LB. CAPACITY MEDIUM DUTY LOAD RATING, BRIGHT ELECTRO ZINC PLATE
USED FOR DIMENSIONAL ADJUSTMENT SO MAXIMUM AMOUNT IS AVAILABLE FOR SO NO EVIDENCE REMAINS OF CORRECTION WORK. RETURN ITEMS THAT CANNOT FINISH.
TENSIONING WIRE ROPES. TAG WIRE-ROPE ASSEMBLIES AND FITTINGS TO IDENTIFY BE REFINISHED IN THE FIELD TO THE SHOP; MAKE REQUIRED ALTERATIONS AND c. DRAWERS GREATER THAN 4 INCHES BUT LESS THAN 8 INCHES DEEP:
INSTALLATION LOCATIONS AND ORIENTATIONS FOR COORDINATED INSTALLATION. REFINISH ENTIRE UNIT, OR PROVIDE NEW UNITS. ACCURIDE, INC.; MODEL NO. 7432,100 LB. CAPACITY MEDIUM DUTY LOAD
C. FORM DECORATIVE METAL TO REQUIRED SHAPES AND SIZES, TRUE TO LINE AND END OF SECTION 05 70 00 RATING, BRIGHT ELECTRO ZINC PLATE FINISH.
LEVEL WITH TRUE CURVES AND ACCURATE ANGLES AND SURFACES. FINISH d. DRAWERS GREATER THAN 8 INCHES DEEP: ACCURIDE, INC.; MODEL NO.
EXPOSED SURFACES TO SMOOTH, SHARP, WELL-DEFINED LINES AND ARRIS. 4032,150 LB. CAPACITY HEAVY DUTY LOAD RATING, BRIGHT ELECTRO ZINC
D. FORM BENT-METAL CORNERS TO SMALLEST RADIUS POSSIBLE WITHOUT CAUSING PLATE FINISH.
GRAIN SEPARATION OR OTHERWISE IMPAIRING THE WORK. e. REFUSE CABINETS: ACCURIDE, INC.; MODEL NO. 3600-201,175 LB. CAPACITY
E. FORM SIMPLE AND COMPOUND CURVES IN BARS, PIPE, TUBING, AND EXTRUDED HEAVY DUTY LOAD RATING, BRIGHT ELECTRO ZINC PLATE FINISH.
SHAPES BY BENDING MEMBERS IN JIGS TO PRODUCE UNIFORM CURVATURE FOR f. FLIPPER DOOR SLIDES: ACCURIDE, INC.; MODEL NO. 1432, BRIGHT ELECTRO
ZINC PLATE FINISH.
8. SILENCERS: PROVIDE RUBBER SILENCERS ON JAMB AND/OR HEAD AND SILL
STRIKE AREAS OF ALL CABINET DOORS AND DRAWERS, 2 FOR PAIRED DOORS,
Seal/Signature
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
SPECIFICATIONS
Scaie
NO SCALE
Sheet Number
A10.04
PLASTIC PANELING JOINT SEALANTS HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAMES FLUSH WOOD DOORS ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES SHEET NOTES
SECTION 06 64 00 - PLASTIC PANELING SECTION 07 92 00 - JOINT SEALANTS SECTION 08 11 13 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SECTION 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS SECTION 08 31 13 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES
PART1- GENERAL PARTI - GENERAL (NOT USED) PARTI- GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
1.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS PART 2- PRODUCTS A. CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE FOR FIRE RATED DOORS; PROVIDE COPIES OF A. SHOP DRAWINGS; SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATING LOCATION, SIZE, PARTI- GENERAL TEL: 646 428 5500
A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT. A. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN EACH KIND OF JOINT SEALANT FROM SINGLE SOURCE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE FOR ALL FIRE RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES, ALL SMOKE THICKNESS, AND HAND OF EACH DOOR; ELEVATION OF EACH KIND OF DOOR; A. SCHEDULE; PROVIDE COMPLETE DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE, INCLUDING TYPES,
B. SAMPLES: FOR PLASTIC PANELING AND TRIM ACCESSORIES, IN MANUFACTURER'S FROM SINGLE MANUFACTURER. AND DRAFT CONTROL DOOR ASSEMBLIES, AND ALL TEMPERATURE RISE RATED CONSTRUCTION DETAILS; LOCATION AND EXTENT OF HARDWARE BLOCKING; GENERAL LOCATIONS, SIZES, CONSTRUCTION DETAILS, LATCHING OR LOCKING
STANDARD SIZES. B. VOC CONTENT OF INTERIOR SEALANTS: PROVIDE SEALANTS AND SEALANT PRIMERS DOOR ASSEMBLIES. UNDERCUTS, SPECIAL BEVELING, AND OTHER PERTINENT DATA. INDICATE PROVISIONS, AND OTHER DATA PERTINENT TO INSTALLATION.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE FOR USE INSIDE THE WEATHERPROOFING SYSTEM THAT COMPLY WITH THE B. SCHEDULE; PREPARED BY OR UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF SUPPLIER, USING SAME DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS OF MORTISES AND HOLES FOR HARDWARE OF B. COORDINATION; OBTAIN SPECIFIC LOCATIONS AND SIZES FOR REQUIRED ACCESS
A. TESTING AGENCY: ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. FOLLOWING LIMITS FOR VOC CONTENT WHEN CALCULATED ACCORDING TO REFERENCE NUMBERS FOR DETAILS AND OPENINGS AS THOSE ON DRAWINGS. FACTORY MACHINED DOORS. INDICATE DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS OF CUTOUTS.. DOORS FROM TRADES REQUIRING ACCESS TO CONCEALED EQUIPMENT. DETERMINE
1.3 FIELD CONDITIONS 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24): C. HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME STANDARD; COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE B. QUALITY STANDARD; COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS AND SPECIFIC LOCATIONS AND SIZES FOR ACCESS DOORS NEEDED TO GAIN ACCESS TO
A. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: DO NOT DELIVER OR INSTALL PLASTIC PANELING 1. ARCHITECTURAL SEALANTS: NOT MORE THAN 250 GIL PROVISIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF HMMA "HOLLOW METAL MANUAL" BY RECOMMENDATIONS OF AWS'S "ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK STANDARDS." WHERE CONCEALED EQUIPMENT, AND INDICATE ON SCHEDULE DESIGN ARCHITECT
UNTIL SPACES ARE ENCLOSED AND WEATHERTIGHT AND TEMPORARY HVAC SYSTEM 2. SEALANT PRIMERS FOR NONPOROUS SUBSTRATES: NOT MORE THAN 250 GIL HOLLOW METAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (HMMA); DIV. OF NATIONAL STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS CONFLICT, COMPLY WITH THE MORE STRINGENT PART 2- PRODUCTS
IS OPERATING AND MAINTAINING AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY
CONDITIONS AT OCCUPANCY LEVELS DURING THE REMAINDER OF THE
3. SEALANT PRIMERS FOR POROUS SUBSTRATES: NOT MORE THAN 775 GIL
C. COLORS: FOR FULLY CONCEALED JOINTS, PROVIDE THE MANUFACTURER'S
ASSOCIATION OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL MANUFACTURERS (NAAMM), UNLESS MORE
STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
REQUIREMENT.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
A. FLUSH, GLASS FIBER REINFORCED GYPSUM, ACCESS TYPICAL DOORS AND TRIMLESS
FRAMES FOR GYPSUM BOARD CEILING SURFACES; PROVIDE ONE OF THE
CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. STANDARD COLOR OF SEALANT WHICH HAS THE BEST OVERALL PERFORMANCE PART 2- PRODUCTS A. FLUSH WOOD DOOR MANUFACTURERS; FOLLOWING; 121 West27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212)481-2065 Fax: (212)481-3673
PART 2- PRODUCTS CHARACTERISTICS FOR THE APPLICATION SHOWN. FOR EXPOSED JOINTS, THE A. MANUFACTURERS; PROVIDE DOORS AND FRAMES BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING; 1. ALGOMA HARDWOODS, INC. 1. INTEXFORMS; LIFT-N-SHIFT RECTANGULAR PANELS WITH ROUNDED CORNERS.
2.1 MANUFACTURERS ARCHITECT WILL SELECT COLORS FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COLORS. 1. CECO DOOR PRODUCTS; AN ASSA ABLOY GROUP COMPANY. 2. EGGERS INDUSTRIES, ARCHITECTURAL DOOR DIVISION. 2. KARP ASSOCIATES, INC.; FG - GLASS FIBER REINFORCED GYPSUM.
A. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN PLASTIC PANELING AND TRIM ACCESSORIES FROM D. MILDEW-RESISTANT SILICONE SEALANT: COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 920, TYPE S, 2. CURRIES COMPANY; AN ASSA ABLOY GROUP COMPANY. 3. MARSHFIELD DOOR SYSTEMS, INC. 3. CHICAGO METALLIC CEILING SYSTEMS AND SPECIALTY PRODUCTS; GLASS ARCHITECT OF RECORD
2.2
SINGLE MANUFACTURER.
PLASTIC SHEET PANELING
GRADE NS, CLASS 25, USE NT, SUBSTRATE USES G, A, AND 0; AND CONTAINING A
FUNGICIDE FOR MILDEW RESISTANCE; WHITE COLOR. PROVIDE ONE OF THE
3. STEELCRAFT; AN INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY.
B. FIRE-RATED ASSEMBLIES; COMPLYING WITH NFPA 80 AND LISTED AND LABELED BY A
4. VT INDUSTRIES.
B. DOORS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH; AWI SECTION 1300, P05 ME.
REINFORCED GYPSUM DRYWALL CEILING ACCESS DOORS.
4. FORMGLAS, INC.; INTERIOR CEILING ACCESS PANEL.
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
A. GLASS-FIBER-REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELING: GELCOAT-FINISHED, FOLLOWING: QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION 1. GRADE; PREMIUM, WITH GRADE AA FACES. B. FABRICATION; PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR ASSEMBLIES MANUFACTURED AS INTEGRAL Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
GLASS-FIBER-REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS COMPLYING WITH ASTM D 5319. 1. DOW CORNING CORPORATION; 786 MILDEW RESISTANT. FOR FIRE-PROTECTION RATINGS AND TEMPERATURE-RISE LIMITS INDICATED, BASED 2. FACE VENEER SPECIES AND CUT; AS INDICATED IN FINISH SCHEDULE. UNITS READY FOR INSTALLATION.
1. BASIS-OF-DESIGN PRODUCT: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, 2. GE ADVANCED MATERIALS - SILICONES; SANITARY SCS1700. ON TESTING AT POSITIVE PRESSURE ACCORDING TO NFPA252 OR UL IOC. 3. ASSEMBLY OF VENEER LEAVES ON DOOR FACES; MATCH BUILDING STANDARD, PART 3- EXECUTION MEP ENGINEER
PROVIDE MARLITE; S100G, OR COMPARABLE PRODUCT BY ONE OF THE

FOLLOWING:
3. PECORA CORPORATION; 898 SANITARY SEALANT.
4. TREMCO INCORPORATED; TREMSIL 200 SANITARY.
1. SMOKE- AND DRAFT-CONTROL ASSEMBLIES; PROVIDE AN ASSEMBLY WITH
GASKETS LISTED AND LABELED FOR SMOKE AND DRAFT CONTROL BY A
UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE.
4. PAIR AND SET MATCH; PROVIDE FOR DOORS HUNG IN SAME OPENING OR
A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF ACCESS
DOORS. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH WORK OF OTHER TRADES.
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
a. CRANE COMPOSITES, INC. E. LATEXSEALANT; COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 834, TYPE OP. PROVIDE ONE OF THE QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING SEPARATED ONLY BY MULLIONS. B. INSTALL ACCESS DOORS FLUSH WITH ADJACENT FINISH SURFACES OR RECESSED T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDUAND.OOM.AU
b. GLASTEEL. FOLLOWING; JURISDICTION, BASED ON TESTING ACCORDING TO UL 1784 AND INSTALLED IN 5. THICKNESS; 1-3/4 INCH, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. TO RECEIVE FINISH MATERIAL.
2. SURFACE-BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: AS FOLLOWS WHEN TESTED BY A 1. BASF BUILDING SYSTEMS; SONOLASTIC SONOLAC. COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA 105. C. MATERIALS; C. ADJUST DOORS AND HARDWARE AFTER INSTALLATION FOR PROPER FIT AND LIGHTING DESIGNER
QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY ACCORDING TO ASTM E 84. IDENTIFY PRODUCTS 2. PECORA CORPORATION; AC-20 + SILICONE. C. COMMERCIAL DOORS AND FRAMES; NAAMM-HMMA861. 1. PARTICLEBOARD CORE MATERIAL; COMPLYING WITH ANSI A208.1, GRADE 1-LD-1 OPERATION.
WITH APPROPRIATE MARKINGS OF APPLICABLE TESTING AGENCY. 3. TREMCO, INCORPORATED; TREMFLEX 834. 1. DOORS; FACE SHEETS FABRICATED FROM COLD-ROLLED STEEL SHEET. OR 1-LD-2, MADE WITH BINDER CONTAINING NO UREA-FORMALDEHYDE RESIN. D. REMOVE AND REPLACE PANELS OR FRAMES THAT ARE WARPED, BOWED, OR SCHVViNGHAMMEn
a. FLAME-SPREAD INDEX: 200 OR LESS. PART 3- EXECUTION PROVIDE DOORS COMPLYING WITH ANSI/SDI A250.4 FOR PHYSICAL 2. BLOCKING; 5-1/2 INCH WIDE MINIMUM TOP-RAIL BLOCKING AT DOORS WITH OTHERWISE DAMAGED. WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHT1NG.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
b. SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX: 450 OR LESS. A. CLEAN OUT JOINTS IMMEDIATELY BEFORE INSTALLING JOINT SEALANTS TO COMPLY PERFORMANCE LEVEL A. CLOSERS AND BOTTOM RAIL BLOCKING AT DOORS WITH KICKPLATES
3. NOMINAL THICKNESS: NOT LESS THAN 0.09 INCH (2.3 MM). WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF JOINT SEALANT MANUFACTURER. 2. FRAMES; FABRICATED FROM COLD-ROLLED STEEL SHEET MINIMUM THICKNESS CONSISTING OF MINIMUM 1/2 INCH WIDE SINGLE LENGTH STRUCTURAL VALVE BOX SPECIFICATION;
4. SURFACE FINISH: MOLDED PEBBLE TEXTURE. B. INSTALL SEALANTS SO THEY DIRECTLY CONTACT AND FULLY WET JOINT OF 0.053 INCH FOR DOOR OPENINGS 48 INCHES OR LESS, OR WINDOW FRAMES; COMPOSITE LUMBER (SCL) OUTER BAND AND SINGLE LENGTH SCL INNER BAND. 1. PROVIDE VALVE BOX(ES) WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS TO HOUSE ALARM KEYPAD,
5. COLOR: AS INDICATED BY MANUFACTURER'S DESIGNATIONS. SUBSTRATES, COMPLETELY FILLING RECESSES PROVIDED FOR EACH JOINT MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 0.067 INCH FOR DOOR OPENINGS GREATER THAN 48 PROVIDE BLOCKING AT ALL HARDWARE LOCATIONS, INCLUDING HINGES, LOCK MASTER LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCH AND ROLL UP GRILLE KEY(WHERE APPLICABLE)
2.3 ACCESSORIES CONFIGURATION, AND PROVIDING UNIFORM, CROSS-SECTIONAL SHAPES AND INCHES. FABRICATE FRAMES WITH MITERED OR COPED CORNERS, FULL AND LATCH SETS, AND THUMB TURNS. PROVIDE MINIMUM SCREW PULLOUT 2. VALVE BOX SPECIFICATIION; # KRVB RECESSED VALVE BOX, 16” X 16”X 4”, SATIN
A. TRIM ACCESSORIES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD ONE-PIECE VINYL EXTRUSIONS DEPTHS THAT ALLOW OPTIMUM SEALANT MOVEMENT CAPABILITY. PROFILE WELDED. WITHDRAWAL AT FACE OF 700 LBF AND 400 LBF AT EDGE. STAINLESS STEEL FINISH, WITH PADDLE LATCH.
DESIGNED TO RETAIN AND COVER EDGES OF PANELS. PROVIDE DIVISION BARS, C. IMMEDIATELY AFTER SEALANT APPLICATION AND BEFORE SKINNING OR CURING 3. SHOP PRIMER; ANSI/SDI A250.10. APPLY MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PRIMER 3. VERTICAL EDGES; 1-3/8 INCH WIDE MINIMUM PRIOR TO FITTING, TWO-PLY 3. VALVE BOX MFR; KARP ASSOCIATES
INSIDE CORNERS, OUTSIDE CORNERS, AND CAPS AS NEEDED TO CONCEAL EDGES. BEGINS, TOOL SEALANTS TO FORM SMOOTH, UNIFORM, CONCAVE SHAPED BEADS, IMMEDIATELY AFTER CLEANING AND PRETREATING. LAMINATED WOOD CONSTRUCTION CONSISTING OF A SINGLE PIECE HARDWOOD 260 SPAGNOLI ROAD
1. COLOR: MATCH PANELS. TO ELIMINATE AIR POCKETS, AND TO ENSURE CONTACT AND ADHESION OF SEALANT D. JAMB ANCHORS; AS REQUIRED FOR TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION INDICATED. OUTER BAND, WITHOUT FINGERJOINTS, AND AN INNER BAND OF SCL. OUTER MELVILLE, NEW YORK 11747
B. EXPOSED FASTENERS: NYLON DRIVE RIVETS RECOMMENDED BY PANEL WITH SIDES OF JOINT. REMOVE EXCESS SEALANTS FROM SURFACES ADJACENT TO E. MATERIALS; BAND TO MATCH FACE VENEER FOR TRANSPARENT FINISHED VENEERED-FACED 632-768-8300
MANUFACTURER. JOINT. 1. COLD-ROLLED STEEL SHEET; ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, CS, TYPE B; SUITABLE FOR DOORS. TRIM NON-RATED DOOR WIDTH EQUALLY ON BOTH JAMB EDGES. EMAIL; INFO@KARP.COM
C. SEALANT: MILDEW-RESISTANT, SINGLE-COMPONENT, NEUTRAL-CURING SILICONE D. CLEAN EXCESS SEALANTS OR SEALANT SMEARS ADJACENT TO JOINTS AS EXPOSED APPLICATIONS. 4. CROSSBANDING; MINIMUM 1/16 INCH THICK, LOW DENSITY HARDWOOD,
SEALANT RECOMMENDED BY PLASTIC PANELING MANUFACTURER AND COMPLYING INSTALLATION PROGRESSES BY METHODS AND WITH CLEANING MATERIALS 2. HOT-ROLLED STEEL SHEET; ASTM A1011/A 1011M, CS, TYPE B. COMPOSITE, OR HIGH DENSITY HARDBOARD.
WITH REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 07 92 00 "JOINT SEALANTS." APPROVED IN WRITING BY MANUFACTURERS OF JOINT SEALANTS AND OF PRODUCTS 3. FRAME ANCHORS; ASTM A 591/A 591M, COMMERCIAL STEEL (CS), 40Z COATING 5. WOOD BEADS FOR LIGHT OPENINGS IN WOOD DOORS; MANUFACTURER'S
PART 3- EXECUTION IN WHICH JOINTS OCCUR. DESIGNATION; MILL PHOSPHATIZED. STANDARD FLUSH DESIGNED, SOLID WOOD, RECTANGULAR SHAPED, BACK END OF SECTION 08 31 13
3.1 EXAMINATION E. JOINT SEALANT SCHEDULE; 4. INSERTS, BOLTS, AND FASTENERS; HOT-DIP GALVANIZED ACCORDING TO BEVELED OR QUIRKED, BEADS MATCHING VENEER SPECIES OF DOOR FACES.
A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATESAND CONDITIONS, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR 1. CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS ON EXPOSED INTERIOR SURFACES OF ASTM A153/A 153M. PROVIDE COUNTERSUNK FLAT HEADS FOR EXPOSED INCLUDE GLAZING COMPOUNDS OR TAPES SIZED FOR BACK BEVEL OR QUIRK
COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND OTHER EXTERIOR WALLS; LATEXSEALANT. SCREWS AND BOLTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. PROVIDED. INCLUDE FINISH NAILS FOR REMOVABLE STOPS SIZED IN
CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. 2. PERIMETER JOINTS BETWEEN INTERIOR WALL SURFACES AND FRAMES OF 5. MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION; ASTM C 665, TYPE I. ACCORDANCE WITH WOOD DOOR MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
B. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE INTERIOR DOORS, WINDOWS, AND ELEVATOR ENTRANCES; LATEX SEALANT. F. FABRICATION; FABRICATE HOLLOW-METAL WORK TO BE RIGID AND FREE OF D. FABRICATION; STILES, RAILS, AND BLOCKING BONDED TO CORE THEN ENTIRE UNIT
BEEN CORRECTED. 3. JOINTS BETWEEN PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ADJOINING WALLS AND FLOORS, DEFECTS, WARP, OR BUCKLE. ACCURATELY FORM METAL TO REQUIRED SIZES AND ABRASIVE PLANED BEFORE VENEERING. CROSSBANDING MATERIALS SHALL EXTEND
3.2 PREPARATION AND COUNTERTOPS; MILDEW-RESISTANT SILICONE SEALANT. PROFILES, WITH MINIMUM RADIUS FOR METAL THICKNESS. FULL WIDTH OF DOOR WITH GRAIN RUNNING HORIZONTALLY, TAPELESS SPLICED
A. REMOVE WALLPAPER, VINYL WALL COVERING, LOOSE OR SOLUBLE PAINT, AND 4. TILE CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS IN WET AREAS; MILDEW-RESISTANT HARDWARE PREPARATION; PREPARE DOORS AND FRAMES TO RECEIVE HARDWARE, WITHOUT VOIDS OR SHOW THROUGH (TELEGRAPHING), AND DIRECTLY GLUED TO
OTHER MATERIALS THAT MIGHT INTERFERE WITH ADHESIVE BOND. SILICONE SEALANT. INCLUDING CUTOUTS, REINFORCEMENT, MORTISING, DRILLING, AND TAPPING, ACCORDING CORE AND BLOCKING. SAND CROSSBANDING BEFORE APPLICATION OF FACE
B. PREPARE SUBSTRATE BY SANDING HIGH SPOTS AND FILLING LOW SPOTS AS NEEDED 5. TILE CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS IN OTHER AREAS; LATEXSEALANT. TO FINAL HARDWARE SCHEDULE AND TEMPLATES PROVIDED BY HARDWARE SUPPLIER. VENEER. FACE VENEER SHALL EXTEND FULL HEIGHT OF DOOR WITH GRAIN RUNNING
TO PROVIDE FLAT, EVEN SURFACE FOR PANEL INSTALLATION. 6. CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS IN TILE FLOORING; TWO-PART SECURE REINFORCEMENT BY SPOT WELDING. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS VERTICALLY, TAPELESS SPLICED WITHOUT VOIDS OR SHOW THROUGH
C. CLEAN SUBSTRATES OF SUBSTANCES THAT COULD IMPAIR ADHESIVE BOND, POLYURETHANE. OF ANSI/BHMA A156.115 AND A156.115W SPECIFICATIONS FOR DOOR AND FRAME (TELEGRAPHING), AND DIRECTLY GLUED TO CROSS BAND. GLUE LINES BETWEEN
INCLUDING OIL, GREASE, DIRT, AND DUST. 7. SEALANT BELOW BOTTOM TRACK OF GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES; TWO BEADS PREPARATION FOR HARDWARE. FACTORY REINFORCE DOORS AND FRAMES TO RECEIVE FACE VENEER, CROSSBANDING, AND BLOCKING SHALL BE OF A TYPE TO COMPLY A Issue Date & Description By Check
D. CONDITION PANELS BY UNPACKING AND PLACING IN INSTALLATION SPACE BEFORE OF LATEX. SURFACE-APPLIED HARDWARE. FACTORY DRILL AND TAP FOR SURFACE-APPLIED WITH THE SPECIFIED WARRANTY USING THE HOT PLATE PROCESS. 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
INSTALLATION ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. END OF SECTION 07 92 00 HARDWARE, EXCEPT AT PUSHPLATES AND KICKPLATES PROVIDE REINFORCING ONLY. 1. FACTORY MACHINE DOORS FOR HARDWARE THAT IS NOT SURFACE APPLIED. FINAL SD
E. LAY OUT PANELING BEFORE INSTALLING. LOCATE PANEL JOINTS TO PROVIDE EQUAL LOCATE HARDWARE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN SECTION 08 71 00 "DOOR LOCATE HARDWARE TO COMPLY WITH DHI-WDHS-3 UNLESS OTHERWISE 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
PANELS AT ENDS OF WALLS NOT LESS THAN HALF THE WIDTH OF FULL PANELS. HARDWARE" OR, IF NOT INDICATED, ACCORDING TO HMMA 831, "RECOMMENDED INDICATED TO MATCH EXISTING FRAME HARDWARE PREPARATIONS. COMPLY
PRELIM SD
1. MARK PLUMB LINES ON SUBSTRATE AT PANEL JOINT LOCATIONS FOR ACCURATE HARDWARE LOCATIONS FOR CUSTOM HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES" WITH FINAL HARDWARE SCHEDULES, DOOR FRAME SHOP DRAWINGS, AWI
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
INSTALLATION. PART 3- EXECUTION SECTION 1300-G-20, BHMAA156.115-W STANDARDS, AND HARDWARE TEMPLATES.
2. LOCATE PANEL JOINTS TO ALLOW CLEARANCE AT PANEL EDGES ACCORDING TO A. INSTALL DOORS AND FRAMES ACCORDING TO THE REFERENCED STANDARDS AND COORDINATE MEASUREMENTS OF HARDWARE MORTISES IN FRAMES TO VERIFY 100% SD
MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. DIMENSIONS AND ALIGNMENT BEFORE FACTORY MACHINING. 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
3.3 INSTALLATION B. INSTALL FIRE-RATED DOORS AND FRAMES ACCORDING TO NFPA 80. 2. CUT AND TRIM OPENINGS THROUGH DOORS TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE 50% CD
A. INSTALL PLASTIC PANELING ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN C. INSTALL SMOKE CONTROL DOORS AND FRAMES ACCORDING TO NFPA 105. REQUIREMENTS OF REFERENCED STANDARDS FOR KIND(S) OF DOOR(S) 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
INSTRUCTIONS. D. INSTALL GLAZING TO COMPLY WITH INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION REQUIRED. INSTALL LIGHT BEADS WITH FASTENERS SPACED FOR OPENING SIZE
90% CD
B. INSTALL PANELS IN A FULL SPREAD OF ADHESIVE. 08 80 00 "GLAZING" AND WITH HOLLOW METAL MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INDICATED. INSTALL WOOD BEAD MOLDINGS WITH FINISH NAILS AND
05/03/2019
C. INSTALL PANELS WITH FASTENERS. LAYOUT FASTENER LOCATIONS AND MARKON INSTRUCTIONS. SECURE STOPS WITH COUNTERSUNK FLAT OR OVAL HEAD MACHINE COUNTERSINK WITHOUT STRIKING BEAD. FILL COUNTERSUNK HEADS WITH DSF DSF
FACE OF PANELS SO THAT FASTENERS ARE ACCURATELY ALIGNED. SCREWS SPACED UNIFORMLY NOT MORE THAN 9 INCHES O.C. AND NOT MORE THAN PUTTY MATCHING WOOD BEAD COLOR. 100% CD
1. DRILL OVERSIZED FASTENER HOLES IN PANELS AND CENTER FASTENERS IN 2 INCHES O.C. FROM EACH CORNER. E. FACTORY FINISHING; FINISH DOORS AT FACTORY THAT ARE INDICATED TO RECEIVE
HOLES. E. INSTALL WOOD DOORS TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 08 14 16 TRANSPARENT FINISH.
2. APPLY SEALANT TO FASTENER HOLES BEFORE INSTALLING FASTENERS. "FLUSH WOOD DOORS." 1. GRADE; PREMIUM.
D. INSTALL TRIM ACCESSORIES WITH ADHESIVE. DO NOT FASTEN THROUGH PANELS. F. APPLY HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH HARDWARE MANUFACTURER'S 2. FINISH; MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FINISH WITH PERFORMANCE MEETING OR
E. FILL GROOVES IN TRIM ACCESSORIES WITH SEALANT BEFORE INSTALLING PANELS, INSTRUCTIONS AND SECTION 08 71 00 "DOOR HARDWARE." DRILL AND TAP FOR EXCEEDING EITHER AWI SYSTEM TR-4 CONVERSION VARNISH OR AWI
AND BED INSIDE CORNER TRIM IN A BEAD OF SEALANT. MACHINE SCREWS AS REQUIRED. DO NOT USE SELF TAPPING SHEET METAL SYSTEM TR-6 CATALYZED POLYURETHANE.
F. MAINTAIN UNIFORM SPACE BETWEEN PANELS AND WALL FIXTURES. FILL SPACE SCREWS. ADJUST DOOR INSTALLATION TO PROVIDE UNIFORM CLEARANCEAT HEAD 3. STAINING AND SHEEN; MATCH ARCHITECT'S SAMPLE.
WITH SEALANT. AND JAMBS, AND TO CONTACT STOPS UNIFORMLY. FIELD CUT EXISTING HOLLOW PART 3 - EXECUTION
G. REMOVE EXCESS SEALANT AND SMEARS AS PANELING IS INSTALLED. CLEAN WITH METAL DOORS AND FRAMES INDICATED TO RECEIVE NEW HARDWARE. FIELD A. INSTALL HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 08 71 00 "DOOR HARDWARE."
PRODUCT RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER AND THEN WIPE WITH CUTTING SHALL BE EXECUTED IN A WORKMANLIKE MANNER AND SHALL NOT VOID MAINTAIN FACTORY WRAPPING ON NEW DOORS DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD.
CLEAN DRY CLOTHS UNTIL NO RESIDUE REMAINS. THE EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME LABELING. INSTALL HARDWARE BY CUTTING THE FACTORY WRAPPING AT THE MOUNTING
END OF SECTION 06 64 00 G. CHECK AND READJUST OPERATING HARDWARE ITEMS JUST BEFORE FINAL LOCATION OF THE HARDWARE ITEM.
066400/06-14/DR INSPECTION. LEAVE WORK IN COMPLETE AND PROPER OPERATING CONDITION. B. INSTALL DOORS TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS,
REMOVE AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE WORK, INCLUDING DOORS OR FRAMES THAT ARE REFERENCED QUALITY STANDARD, AND AS INDICATED. WHERE STANDARDS
WARPED, BOWED, OR OTHERWISE UNACCEPTABLE. CONFLICT THE MORE STRINGENT SHALL APPLY.
H. IMMEDIATELY AFTER ERECTION, SAND SMOOTH RUSTED OR DAMAGED AREAS OF C. FOR JOB-FITTED DOORS, ALIGN AND FIT DOORS IN FRAMES WITH UNIFORM
PRIME COAT AND APPLY TOUCHUP OF COMPATIBLE AIR-DRYING PRIMER. CLEARANCES AND BEVELS; AND TO CONTACT STOPS UNIFORMLY, DO NOT TRIM
I. REMOVE AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE WORK, INCLUDING DOORS OR FRAMES THAT ARE STILES AND RAILS IN EXCESS OF LIMITS SET BY MANUFACTURER OR PERMITTED FOR
WARPED, BOWED, OR OTHERWISE DEFECTIVE. FIRE-RATED DOORS. FIELD CUTTING, FITTING OR TRIMMING, SHALL BE EXECUTED IN
END OF SECTION 0811 13 A WORKMANLIKE MANNER. MACHINE DOORS FOR HARDWARE. SEAL CUT AND
TRIMMED SURFACES IMMEDIATELY AFTER FITTING AND MACHINING USING CLEAR
VARNISH OR SEALER.
D. FOR FACTORY-FITTED DOORS, ALIGN IN FRAMES FOR UNIFORM CLEARANCE AT EACH
EDGE, MATCHING CLEARANCES SPECIFIED FOR FACTORY PREFITTING, AND TO
CONTACT STOPS UNIFORMLY. FIELD CUTTING, FITTING OR TRIMMING, IF REQUIRED,
SHALL BE EXECUTED IN A WORKMANLIKE MANNER.
E. PROVIDE 1/8 INCH AT HEADS, JAMBS, AND BETWEEN PAIRS OF DOORS. PROVIDE
1/8 INCH FROM BOTTOM OF DOOR TO TOP OF DECORATIVE FLOOR FINISH OR
COVERING. WHERE THRESHOLD IS SHOWN OR SCHEDULED, PROVIDE 1/4 INCH FROM
BOTTOM OF DOOR TO TOP OF THRESHOLD.
F. RESTORE FACTORY-FINISHED DOORS BEFORE INSTALLATION IF FITTING OR
MACHINING IS REQUIRED AT PROJECT SITE.
G. REFINISH OR REPLACE WOOD DOORS DAMAGED DURING INSTALLATION. REPLACE
NEW WOOD DOORS THAT ARE WARPED, TWISTED, DEMONSTRATE CORE SHOW
THROUGH, ARE NOT TRUE IN PLANE, OR CANNOT BE REFINISHED TO THE
SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT.
END OF SECTION 081416
Seal/Signature
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
SPECIFICATIONS
Scaie
NO SCALE
Sheet Number
A10.05
OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES FLUSH WOOD DOOR HARDWARE GLAZING SHEET NOTES
SECTION 08 33 26 - OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES CONTINUOUS INTEGRAL WEAR STRIPS TO PREVENT METAL-TO-METAL CONTACT AND 1. ELECTRIC SENSOR EDGE; AUTOMATIC SAFETY SENSOR EDGE, LOCATED WITHIN SECTION 08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08 80 00-GLAZING
PART 1 - GENERAL TO MINIMIZE OPERATIONAL NOISE; WITH REMOVABLE STOPS ON GUIDES TO ASTRAGAL OR WEATHER STRIPPING MOUNTED TO BOTTOM BAR. CONTACT WITH PART 1 - GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
1.1 SUBMITTALS PREVENT OVERTRAVEL OF CURTAIN. SENSOR ACTIVATES DEVICE. CONNECT TO CONTROL CIRCUIT USING A. DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE; SUBMIT DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE PREPARED BY A. SAFETY AND SECURITY GLASS; COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF TEL: 646 428 5500
A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE AND SIZE OF OVERHEAD COILING GRILLE AND 1. REMOVABLE POSTS AND JAMB GUIDES; MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD TAKE-UP REEL OR SELF-COILING CABLE, OR UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF DOOR HARDWARE SUPPLIER. THE LAWS, CODES, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS OF FEDERAL AND MUNICIPAL
ACCESSORY. 2.6 HOODS AND ACCESSORIES a. SELF-MONITORING TYPE; FOUR-WIRE CONFIGURED DEVICE DESIGNED TO B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS; AN EXPERIENCED INSTALLER WHO HAS COMPLETED AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, WHEREVER REQUIREMENTS CONFLICT THE
1. INCLUDE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS, MATERIAL DESCRIPTIONS, DIMENSIONS OF A. GENERAL; FORM SHEET METAL HOOD TO ENTIRELY ENCLOSE COILED CURTAIN AND INTERFACE WITH GRILLE OPERATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT TO DETECT DAMAGE DOOR HARDWARE SIMILAR IN MATERIAL, DESIGN, AND EXTENT TO THAT INDICATED MORE STRINGENT SHALL BE REQUIRED. OBTAIN APPROVALS FROM ALL SUCH
INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS, PROFILES FOR CURTAIN COMPONENTS, AND OPERATING MECHANISM AT OPENING HEAD. CONTOUR TO FIT END BRACKETS TO TO OR DISCONNECTION OF SENSOR EDGE. FOR THIS PROJECT AND WHOSE WORK HAS RESULTED IN CONSTRUCTION WITH A AUTHORITIES. AS A MINIMUM, PROVIDE CATEGORY II MATERIALS COMPLYING WITH
FINISHES. WHICH HOOD IS ATTACHED. ROLL AND REINFORCE TOP AND BOTTOM EDGES FOR G. CONTROL STATION; THREE-BUTTON CONTROL STATION IN FIXED LOCATION WITH RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE. TESTING REQUIREMENTS IN 16 CFR 1201 (CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY
2. INCLUDE RATED CAPACITIES, OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS, ELECTRICAL STIFFNESS. FORM CLOSED ENDS FOR SURFACE-MOUNTED HOODS AND FASCIA FOR MOMENTARY-CONTACT PUSH-BUTTON CONTROLS LABELED "OPEN" AND "STOP" AND C. SCHEDULING RESPONSIBILITY; DOOR HARDWARE SUPPLIER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COMMISSION "SAFETY STANDARD FOR ARCHITECTURAL GLAZING MATERIALS," AS
CHARACTERISTICS, AND FURNISHED ACCESSORIES. ANY PORTION OF BETWEEN-JAMB MOUNTING THAT PROJECTS BEYOND WALL FACE. SUSTAINED- OR CONSTANT-PRESSURE PUSH-BUTTON CONTROL LABELED "CLOSE." PREPARING DOOR HARDWARE AND KEYING SCHEDULES. PUBLISHED IN THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS) AND ANSI Z97.1. DESIGN ARCHITECT
B. SHOP DRAWINGS: FOR EACH INSTALLATION AND FOR SPECIAL COMPONENTS NOT EQUIP HOOD WITH INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT BRACKETS AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT 1. INTERIOR-MOUNTED UNITS; FULL-GUARDED, SURFACE-MOUNTED, HEAVY-DUTY D. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS; B. GLAZING PUBLICATIONS; COMPLY WITH PUBLISHED RECOMMENDATIONS OF GLASS
DIMENSIONED OR DETAILED IN MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA.
1. INCLUDE PLANS, ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS, AND MOUNTING DETAILS.
SAGGING.
1. ALUMINUM; 0.040-INCH-(1.02-MM-)THICKALUMINUM SHEET, COMPLYING WITH
TYPE, WITH GENERAL-PURPOSE NEMA ICS 6, TYPE 1 ENCLOSURE.
H. EMERGENCY MANUAL OPERATION; EQUIP ELECTRICALLY POWERED GRILLE WITH
1. PROVIDE HARDWARE ITEMS COMPLYING WITH THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS
FOR ACCESSIBILITY AND USABILITY BY THE DISABLED AND HANDICAPPED IN
PRODUCT MANUFACTURERS, GANA'S "GLAZING MANUAL," AND "LAMINATED GLASS
DESIGN GUIDE," UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE INDICATED. REFER
2. INCLUDE DETAILS OF EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLIES. INDICATE DIMENSIONS, ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), OF ALLOY AND TEMPER RECOMMENDED BY CAPABILITY FOR EMERGENCY MANUAL OPERATION. DESIGN MANUAL MECHANISM SO COMPLIANCE WITH AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA), "ACCESSIBILITY TO THESE PUBLICATIONS FOR GLAZING TERMS NOT OTHERWISE DEFINED IN THIS 121 West27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212)481-2065 Fax: (212)481-3673
REQUIRED CLEARANCES, METHOD OF FIELD ASSEMBLY, COMPONENTS, AND MANUFACTURER AND FINISHER FOR TYPE OF USE AND FINISH INDICATED. REQUIRED FORCE FOR GRILLE OPERATION DOES NOT EXCEED 25 LBF (111 N). GUIDELINES FOR BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES (ADAAG)," AND LOCAL SECTION OR IN REFERENCED STANDARDS.
LOCATION AND SIZE OF EACH FIELD CONNECTION. B. MOUNTING FRAME; MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MOUNTING FRAME DESIGNED TO I. EMERGENCY OPERATION DISCONNECT DEVICE; EQUIP OPERATOR WITH REGULATIONS. C. HEAT SOAKED TEMPERED GLASS WARRANTY; SUBMIT A FIVE-YEAR WRITTEN
3. INCLUDE POINTS OF ATTACHMENT AND THEIR CORRESPONDING STATIC AND SUPPORT GRILLE; FACTORY FABRICATED FROM ASTM A 36/A 36M HAND-OPERATED DISCONNECT MECHANISM FOR AUTOMATICALLY ENGAGING 2. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF NFPA 101 FOR MEANS OF EGRESS WARRANTY, BEGINNING FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, AND EXECUTED ARCHITECT OF RECORD
DYNAMIC LOADS IMPOSED ON STRUCTURE.

4. FOR EXTERIOR COMPONENTS, INCLUDE DETAILS OF PROVISIONS FOR
STRUCTURAL-STEEL TUBES OR SHAPES, HOT-DIP GALVANIZED PER
ASTM A123/A 123M; FASTENED TO FLOOR AND STRUCTURE ABOVE GRILLE; TO BE
MANUAL OPERATOR AND RELEASING BRAKE FOR EMERGENCY MANUAL OPERATION
WHILE DISCONNECTING MOTOR WITHOUT AFFECTING TIMING OF LIMIT SWITCH.
DOORS.
E. SPECIAL WARRANTY; WRITTEN WARRANTY, EXECUTED BY MANUFACTURER
BY THE CONTRACTOR, MANUFACTURER AND THE GLASS INSTALLER AGREEING TO
REPLACE GLASS UNITS THAT SPONTANEOUSLY BREAK AS A RESULT OF NICKEL
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
ASSEMBLY EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. BUILT INTO WALL CONSTRUCTION; AND COMPLETE WITH ANCHORS, CONNECTIONS, MOUNT MECHANISM SO IT IS ACCESSIBLE FROM FLOOR LEVEL. INCLUDE INTERLOCK AGREEING TO REPAIR OR REPLACE COMPONENTS OF DOOR HARDWARE THAT FAIL IN SULFIDE (NIS) INCLUSIONS WITHIN THE SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD WITHOUT Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
5. SHOW LOCATIONS OF CONTROLS, LOCKING DEVICES, AND OTHER AND FASTENERS. DEVICE TO AUTOMATICALLY PREVENT MOTOR FROM OPERATING WHEN EMERGENCY MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. FAILURES MATERIAL OR LABOR CHARGES TO THE OWNER.
ACCESSORIES. C. PUSH/PULL HANDLES; EQUIP PUSH-UP-OPERATED OR EMERGENCY-OPERATED OPERATOR IS ENGAGED. INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, FAULTY OPERATION OF DOOR HARDWARE, AND PART 2- PRODUCTS MEP ENGINEER
6. INCLUDE DIAGRAMS FOR POWER, SIGNAL, AND CONTROL WIRING.

C. SAMPLES FOR VERIFICATION: FOR EACH TYPE OF EXPOSED FINISH ON THE
GRILLE WITH LIFTING HANDLES ON EACH SIDE OF GRILLE, FINISHED TO MATCH
GRILLE.
J. MOTOR REMOVAL; DESIGN OPERATOR SO MOTOR MAY BE REMOVED WITHOUT
DISTURBING LIMIT-SWITCH ADJUSTMENT AND WITHOUT AFFECTING EMERGENCY
DETERIORATION OF METALS, METAL FINISHES, AND OTHER MATERIALS BEYOND
NORMAL USE.
A. GLASS DESIGN; GLASS THICKNESSES AND HEAT TREATMENTS INDICATED ARE
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS. GLAZING DETAILS SHOWN ARE FOR CONVENIENCE OF
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
FOLLOWING COMPONENTS, IN MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SIZES: D. POLE HOOKS; PROVIDE POLE HOOKS AND POLES FOR GRILLES MORE THAN 84 MANUAL OPERATION. 1. WARRANTY PERIOD FOR MANUAL CLOSERS; TEN YEARS FROM DATE OF DETAILING ONLY AND ARE TO BE CONFIRMED BY THE CONTRACTOR RELATIVE TO T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDUAND.OOM.AU
1. OPEN-CURTAIN GRILLE WITH FULL-SIZE COMPONENTS CONSISTING OF RODS, INCHES (2130 MM) HIGH. K. AUDIBLE AND VISUAL SIGNALS; AUDIBLE ALARM AND VISUAL INDICATOR LIGHTS IN SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. CITED STANDARDS AND FINAL FRAMING DETAILS. PROVIDE GLASS THICKNESS SUCH
SPACERS, AND LINKS AS REQUIRED TO ILLUSTRATE EACH ASSEMBLY. 2.7 LOCKING DEVICES COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCESSIBILITY. 2. WARRANTY FOR MORTISED MECHANICAL LOCK AND LATCHSETS; TEN YEARS THAT THE CENTER OF GLASS DEFLECTION AT A FULL LATERAL PRESSURE OF 5 PSF LIGHTING DESIGNER
2. BOTTOM BAR WITH SENSOR EDGE. A. SLIDE BOLT; FABRICATE WITH SIDE-LOCKING BOLTS TO ENGAGE THROUGH SLOTS IN L. EMERGENCY-EGRESS RELEASE; FLUSH, WALL-MOUNTED HANDLE MECHANISM, FOR FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. IN A DIRECTION NORMAL TO THE PLANE OF THE WALL SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2 INCH.
3. GUIDES. TRACKS FOR LOCKING BY PADLOCK, LOCATED ON BOTH LEFT AND RIGHT JAMB ACCESSIBILITY-CODE-COMPLIANT EGRESS FEATURE, NOT DEPENDENT ON ELECTRIC 3. WARRANTY PERIOD FOR OTHER HARDWARE; TWO YEARS FROM DATE OF CONFIRM GLASS THICKNESSES AND HEAT TREATMENTS, AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE
SCHVViNGHAMMEn
4. MOUNTING FRAME. SIDES, OPERABLE FROM COIL SIDE. POWER. THE RELEASE ALLOWS AN UNLOCKED GRILLE TO PARTIALLY OPEN WITHOUT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND SAFETY GLASS REQUIREMENTS. WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHT1NG.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
5. BRACKETS. B. LOCKING DEVICE ASSEMBLY; FABRICATE WITH CYLINDER LOCK, SPRING-LOADED AFFECTING LIMIT SWITCHES TO PERMIT PASSAGE, AND IT AUTOMATICALLY RESETS PART 2- PRODUCTS B. FLOAT GLASS; ASTM C 1036, TYPE I, QUALITY-03, CLASS I (CLEAR) SELECT GLAZING,
6. HOOD. DEAD BOLT, OPERATING HANDLE, CAM PLATE, AND ADJUSTABLE LOCKING BARS TO MOTOR DRIVE UPON RETURN OF HANDLE TO ORIGINAL POSITION. A. THE PRODUCTS OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION ARE TO BE PURCHASED FROM THE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. GLASS AS INDICATED IN FINISH SCHEDULE.
D. QUALIFICATION DATA: FOR INSTALLER. ENGAGE THROUGH SLOTS IN TRACKS. M. SELF-OPENING MECHANISM; AUTOMATIC RELEASE MECHANISM TRIGGERED BY OWNER'S APPROVED DISTRIBUTORS FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CONTRACTOR. C. ULTRACLEAR FLOAT GLASS; ASTM C 1036, TYPE I, QUALITY-03, CLASS I, COMPLYING
E. MAINTENANCE DATA: FOR OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES TO INCLUDE IN 1. LOCK CYLINDERS; CYLINDERS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 08 71 00 "DOOR EMERGENCY PUSH-BUTTON STATION, FIRE ALARM OR POWER FAILURE. WHEN B. SOURCE LIMITATIONS; OBTAIN EACH TYPE OF DOOR HARDWARE FROM A SINGLE WITH OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED AND WITH VISIBLE LIGHT TRANSMISSION
MAINTENANCE MANUALS. HARDWARE". ACTIVATED, THE GRILLE SELF-OPENS BY MEANS OF A FAIL-SAFE OPERATOR TO THE MANUFACTURER, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. NOT LESS THAN 91 PERCENT.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2. KEYS; THREE FOR EACH CYLINDER. FULLY OPEN POSITION WITHOUT THE NEED FOR POWER OPERATION OR BATTERY C. BUTT HINGES; STANDARD WEIGHT, BALL BEARING, 5 KNUCKLE, STEEL; COMPLYING 1. PPG INDUSTRIES, INC.; STARPHIRE.
A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: AN ENTITY THAT EMPLOYS INSTALLERS AND C. SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH; EQUIP POWER-OPERATED GRILLES WITH SAFETY BACKUP SYSTEMS. WHEN THE EMERGENCY PUSH-BUTTON IS RESET, AND THE WITHBHMAA156.1 A8112. COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING, UNLESS OTHERWISE 2. AGC ASAHI GLASS CO. LTD.; KRYSTAL KLEAR.
SUPERVISORS WHO ARE TRAINED AND APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER FOR BOTH INTERLOCK SWITCH TO DISENGAGE POWER SUPPLY WHEN GRILLE IS LOCKED. ALARM IS CLEARED AND POWER IS RESTORED, THE GRILLE WILL OPERATE INDICATED; 3. GUARDIAN INDUSTRIES CORP.; ULTRAWHITE.
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF UNITS REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT. 2.8 COUNTERBALANCING MECHANISM NORMALLY. 1. PROVIDE TWO HINGES FOR DOORS WITH HEIGHTS UP TO AND INCLUDING 60 4. PILKINGTON NORTH AMERICA; OPTIWHITE.
PART 2- PRODUCTS A. GENERAL; COUNTERBALANCE GRILLES BY MEANS OF MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD 2.10 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS INCHES. D. HEAT-TREATED FLOAT GLASS; ASTM C 1048; TYPE I; QUALITY-03; CLASS I (CLEAR)
2.1 MANUFACTURERS, GENERAL MECHANISM WITH AN ADJUSTABLE-TENSION, STEEL HELICAL TORSION SPRING A. COMPLY WITH NAAMM/NOMMA'S "METAL FINISHES MANUAL FOR ARCHITECTURAL 2. PROVIDE THREE HINGES FOR DOORS WITH HEIGHTS OF GREATER THAN 60 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
A. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES FROM SINGLE SOURCE MOUNTED AROUND ASTEELSHAFTAND CONTAINED IN ASPRING BARREL AND METAL PRODUCTS (AMP 500-06)" FOR RECOMMENDATIONS FOR APPLYING AND INCHES TO AND INCLUDING 90 INCHES. 1. FULLY TEMPERED GLASS; ASTM C 1048, KIND FT, AND MEETING THE
FROM SINGLE MANUFACTURER. CONNECTED TO TOP OF CURTAIN WITH BARREL RINGS. USE GREASE-SEALED DESIGNATING FINISHES. 3. PROVIDE FOUR HINGES FOR DOORS WITH HEIGHTS GREATER THAN 90 INCHES REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI Z97.1. SURFACE COMPRESSION SHALL BE EQUAL TO
1. OBTAIN OPERATORS AND CONTROLS FROM OVERHEAD COILING-GRILLE BEARINGS OR SELF-LUBRICATING GRAPHITE BEARINGS FOR ROTATING MEMBERS. B. APPEARANCE OF FINISHED WORK; NOTICEABLE VARIATIONS IN SAME PIECE ARE NOT TO AND INCLUDING 120 INCHES. OR GREATER THAN 10,000 PSI. AFTER TEMPERING, HEAT SOAK 100 PERCENT OF
MANUFACTURER. B. COUNTERBALANCE BARREL; FABRICATE SPRING BARREL OF MANUFACTURER'S ACCEPTABLE. VARIATIONS IN APPEARANCE OF ADJOINING COMPONENTS ARE 4. PROVIDE FOUR HINGES, PLUS ONE HINGE FOR EVERY 30 INCHES OF DOOR ALL FABRICATED GLASS UNITS TO EUROPEAN UNION STANDARD EN14179 TO
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS STANDARD HOT-FORMED, STRUCTURAL-QUALITY, SEAMLESS OR WELDED ACCEPTABLE IF THEY ARE WITHIN THE RANGE OF APPROVED SAMPLES AND ARE HEIGHT GREATER THAN 120 INCHES. ELIMINATE INCLUSION RELATED GLASS BREAKAGE. STATISTICAL HEAT SOAKING
A. SEISMIC PERFORMANCE: OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES SHALL WITHSTAND THE CARBON-STEEL PIPE, OF SUFFICIENT DIAMETER AND WALL THICKNESS TO SUPPORT ASSEMBLED OR INSTALLED TO MINIMIZE CONTRAST. 5. FINISH; MATCH LOCK AND LATCHSET FINISHES. SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. PROVIDE LABEL ON SAFETY GLAZING.
EFFECTS OF EARTHQUAKE MOTIONS DETERMINED ACCORDING TO ASCE/SEI 7. ROLLED-UP CURTAIN WITHOUT DISTORTION OF PARTS AND TO LIMIT BARREL 2.11 ALUMINUM FINISHES D. LOCKS AND LATCHSETS; HEAVY DUTY GRADE 1 MORTISE LOCKS WITH CAST LEVER E. LAMINATED GLASS; ASTM C 1172, AND COMPLYING WITH TESTING REQUIREMENTS IN
1. COMPONENT IMPORTANCE FACTOR: 1.0. DEFLECTION TO NOT MORE THAN 0.03 IN./FT. (2.5 MM/M) OF SPAN UNDER FULL LOAD. A. CLEAR ANODIC FINISH; AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A41, CLASS I, 0.018 MM OR THICKER. AND ROSE TRIM TYPICALLY THROUGHOUT. HEAVY DUTY GRADE 1 CYLINDRICAL 16 CFR 1201 FOR CATEGORY II MATERIALS, AND WITH OTHER REQUIREMENTS
2.3 OPEN-CURTAIN GRILLE ASSEMBLY C. COUNTERBALANCE SPRING; ONE OR MORE OIL-TEMPERED, HEAT-TREATED STEEL B. BAKED-ENAMEL OR POWDER-COAT FINISH; AAMA 2603. COMPLY WITH COATING LOCKS WITH LEVER AND ROSE ONLY WHERE SCHEDULED. REMOVABLE CORES AND SPECIFIED. USE MATERIALS THAT HAVE A PROVEN RECORD OF NO TENDENCY TO
A. OPEN-CURTAIN GRILLE: OVERHEAD COILING GRILLE WITH A CURTAIN HAVING A HELICAL TORSION SPRINGS. SIZE SPRINGS TO COUNTERBALANCE WEIGHT OF MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLEANING, CONVERSION COATING, CORE CYLINDERS THROUGHOUT. FINISHES FOR LOCK AND LATCHSETS SHALL BE AS BUBBLE, DISCOLOR, OR LOSE PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL PROPERTIES AFTER
NETWORK OF HORIZONTAL RODS THAT INTERCONNECT WITH VERTICAL LINKS. CURTAIN, WITH UNIFORM ADJUSTMENT ACCESSIBLE FROM OUTSIDE BARREL. APPLICATION, AND BAKING. SCHEDULED. PROVIDE STRIKES FOR LOCKS AND LATCHES. FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. LAMINATE GLASS WITH 0.060-INCH-THICK, CLEAR,
1. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE SECURE ENDS OF SPRINGS TO BARREL AND SHAFT WITH CAST-STEEL BARREL 2.12 STAINLESS-STEEL FINISHES E. CLOSERS; OVERHEAD SURFACE APPLIED, CAST IRON BODY, TYPES MEETING BHMA POLYVINYL BUTYRAL (PVB) INTERLAYER. PROVIDE LABEL ON SAFETY GLAZING.
PRODUCTS BY THE FOLLOWING: PLUGS. A. SURFACE PREPARATION; REMOVE TOOL AND DIE MARKS AND STRETCH LINES, OR A156.4, GRADE 1; PRIMED FOR PAINT (USP) AT TYPICAL DOORS AND US26D SATIN F. FABRICATION OF GLASS AND OTHER GLAZING PRODUCTS; FABRICATE GLASS AND
a. CORNELL IRON WORKS, INC. D. TORSION ROD FOR COUNTERBALANCE SHAFT; FABRICATE OF MANUFACTURER'S BLEND INTO FINISH. CHROME PLATED AT WOOD DOORS WITH TRANSPARENT FINISH. OTHER GLAZING PRODUCTS IN SIZES REQUIRED TO GLAZE OPENINGS INDICATED
B. OPERATION CYCLES: GRILLE COMPONENTS AND OPERATORS CAPABLE OF STANDARD COLD-ROLLED STEEL, SIZED TO HOLD FIXED SPRING ENDS AND CARRY B. POLISHED FINISHES; GRIND AND POLISH SURFACES TO PRODUCE UNIFORM FINISH, F. ACCESSORY HARDWARE ITEMS (FLOOR AND WALL STOPS, HOLDERS, FLUSHBOLTS, FOR PROJECT, WITH EDGE AND FACE CLEARANCES, EDGE AND SURFACE
OPERATING FOR NOT LESS THAN 10,000. ONE OPERATION CYCLE IS COMPLETE WHEN TORSIONAL LOAD. FREE OF CROSS SCRATCHES. DUSTPROOF STRIKES, PUSH PLATES AND PULLS, KICK AND ARMOR PLATES, HOLD CONDITIONS, AND BITE COMPLYING WITH WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS OF PRODUCT
A GRILLE IS OPENED FROM THE CLOSED POSITION TO THE FULLY OPEN POSITION E. BRACKETS; MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MOUNTING BRACKETS OF EITHER CAST 1. RUN GRAIN OF DIRECTIONAL FINISHES WITH LONG DIMENSION OF EACH PIECE. OPEN DEVICES, ETC.); MATCH LOCK AND LATCH SET FINISHES. MANUFACTURER AND REFERENCED GLAZING STANDARD, TO COMPLY WITH SYSTEM A Issue Date & Description By Check
AND RETURNED TO THE CLOSED POSITION. IRON OR COLD-ROLLED STEEL PLATE. 2. WHEN POLISHING IS COMPLETED, PASSIVATE AND RINSE SURFACES. REMOVE G. MANUFACTURER'S NAMEPLATE; PROVIDE EACH DOOR HARDWARE ITEM WITHOUT PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
1. INCLUDE TAMPERPROOF CYCLE COUNTER. 2.9 ELECTRIC GRILLE OPERATORS EMBEDDED FOREIGN MATTER AND LEAVE SURFACES CHEMICALLY CLEAN. EXPOSED MANUFACTURER'S LABELS, NAMES, OR DESIGNS. 1. EDGE AND SURFACE CONDITIONS; COMPLY WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF FINAL SD
C. GRILLE CURTAIN MATERIAL: STAINLESS STEEL. A. GENERAL; ELECTRIC GRILLE OPERATOR ASSEMBLY OF SIZE AND CAPACITY 3. DIRECTIONAL SATIN FINISH; NO. 4. H. FASTENERS; PROVIDE DOOR HARDWARE MANUFACTURED TO COMPLY WITH AAMA "STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES OF GLASS" FOR "CLEAN_CUT" EDGES, EXCEPT 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
1. ROD SPACING: APPROXIMATELY 2 INCHES (51 MM) O.C. RECOMMENDED AND PROVIDED BY GRILLE MANUFACTURER FOR GRILLE AND PART 3- EXECUTION PUBLISHED TEMPLATES GENERALLY PREPARED FOR MACHINE, WOOD, AND SHEET COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS WHEN THEY ARE AT
PRELIM SD
2. LINK SPACING: APPROXIMATELY 9 INCHES (228 MM) APART IN A PATTERN, OPERATION CYCLES REQUIREMENT SPECIFIED, WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR AND 3.1 EXAMINATION METAL SCREWS. PROVIDE SCREWS ACCORDING TO COMMERCIALLY RECOGNIZED VARIANCE THEREWITH.
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
a. LINKS ABOVE BOTTOM BAR TO BE CLOSELY SPACED TO PREVENT FACTORY-PREWIRED MOTOR CONTROLS, STARTER, GEAR-REDUCTION UNIT, A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES, AREAS, AND CONDITIONS, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR INDUSTRY STANDARDS FOR APPLICATION INTENDED. PROVIDE PHILLIPS OVAL-HEAD 2. EXPOSED EDGES; MACHINE GROUND AND FLAT POLISHED.
OPERATION OF THUMB TURN FROM EXTERIOR SIDE. SOLENOID-OPERATED BRAKE, CLUTCH, CONTROL STATIONS, CONTROL DEVICES, COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBSTRATE CONSTRUCTION AND OTHER SCREWS WITH FINISHED HEADS TO MATCH SURFACE OF DOOR HARDWARE ITEM 3. BUTT EDGES; FLAT GROUND. 100% SD
3. SPACERS: METAL TUBES MATCHING CURTAIN MATERIAL. INTEGRAL GEARING FOR LOCKING GRILLE, AND ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. BEING ATTACHED. MACHINE SCREWS AND EXPANSION SHIELDS SHALL BE USED FOR 4. CORNER EDGES; LAP-JOINT CORNERS WITH EXPOSED EDGES POLISHED. 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
D. BOTTOM BAR: CONTINUOUS TUBULAR SHAPE, FABRICATED FROM ALUMINUM PROPER OPERATION. B. EXAMINE LOCATIONS OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. ATTACHING HARDWARE TO CONCRETE AND MASONRY. USE THROUGHBOLTS FOR PART 3- EXECUTION 50% CD
EXTRUSION OR STAINLESS STEEL AND FINISHED TO MATCH CEILING. 1. MANUFACTURERS; SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE C. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE RENOVATION WORK ONLY WHERE EXISTING DOOR BLOCKING AND A. COMPLY WITH COMBINED WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS OF MANUFACTURERS OF GLASS, 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
E. CURTAIN JAMB GUIDES: ALUMINUM WITH EXPOSED CLEAR ANODIZED FINISH. PRODUCTS BY THE FOLLOWING; BEEN CORRECTED. REINFORCEMENTS ARE UNKNOWN. SEALANTS, GASKETS, AND OTHER GLAZING MATERIALS, UNLESS MORE STRINGENT
90% CD
PROVIDE CONTINUOUS INTEGRAL WEAR STRIPS TO PREVENT METAL-TO-METAL a. CHAMBERLAIN GROUP, INC. (THE). 3.2 INSTALLATION 1. CONCEALED FASTENERS; ALL NEW DOORS AND DOOR FRAMES HAVE BEEN REQUIREMENTS ARE INDICATED, INCLUDING THOSE IN REFERENCED GLAZING
05/03/2019
CONTACT AND TO MINIMIZE OPERATIONAL NOISE. 2. COMPLY WITH NFPA 70. A. INSTALL OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES AND OPERATING EQUIPMENT COMPLETE WITH SPECIFIED WITH ADEQUATE BLOCKING AND REINFORCEMENT PROVISIONS TO PUBLICATIONS. DSF DSF
F. HOOD: ALUMINUM. 3. CONTROL EQUIPMENT COMPLYING WITH NEMA ICS 1, NEMA ICS 2, AND NECESSARY HARDWARE, ANCHORS, INSERTS, HANGERS, AND EQUIPMENT ELIMINATE EXPOSED THROUGHBOLTING OF HARDWARE ITEMS. DOORS B. INSTALL GLASS UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GLASS MANUFACTURER'S 100% CD
1. SHAPE: ROUND. NEMA ICS 6, WITH NFPA 70 CLASS 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT, MAXIMUM 24-V AC OR DC. SUPPORTS, ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND AS INSTALLED WITH EXPOSED THROUGHBOLTS WILL BE REJECTED AND REPLACED RECOMMENDATIONS.
2. MOUNTING: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. USAGE CLASSIFICATION; ELECTRIC OPERATOR AND COMPONENTS CAPABLE OF SPECIFIED. BY THE CONTRACTOR AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. WHERE THROUGHBOLTS 1. MASK THE SURFACES OF BUTT GLAZED INTERIOR MONOLITHIC GLASS UNITS ON
G. LOCKING DEVICES: EQUIP GRILLE WITH LOCKING DEVICE ASSEMBLY. OPERATING FOR NOT LESS THAN NUMBER OF CYCLES PER HOUR INDICATED FOR B. INSTALL OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES, HOODS, CONTROLS, AND OPERATORS AT THE ARE USED ON EXISTING DOORS, PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR EACH THROUGHBOLT. BOTH SIDES OF THE JOINTS TO BE GLAZED. PROVIDE WOOD DOWEL, WITH A
1. LOCKING DEVICE ASSEMBLY: CREMONE TYPE, BOTH JAMB SIDES LOCKING EACH GRILLE. MOUNTING LOCATIONS INDICATED FOR EACH GRILLE. PART 3- EXECUTION DIAMETER OF AT LEAST THREE TIMES THAT OF THE JOINT WIDTH, WRAPPED IN
BARS, OPERABLE FROM INSIDE WITH THUMB TURN AND OUTSIDE WITH C. GRILLE OPERATOR LOCATION(S); OPERATOR LOCATION INDICATED FOR EACH C. ACCESSIBILITY; INSTALL OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES, SWITCHES, AND CONTROLS A. MOUNT DOOR HARDWARE UNITS AT THE FOLLOWING HEIGHTS, UNLESS POLYETHYLENE TAPE, AND FIRMLY TAPED TO INTERIOR FACE OF GLASS UNIT TO
CYLINDER. GRILLE. ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH BE GLAZED TO ACT AS A BACK-UP DURING GLAZING OPERATION. PLACE
H. ELECTRIC GRILLE OPERATOR: 1. TOP-OF-HOOD MOUNTED; OPERATOR IS MOUNTED TO THE RIGHT OR LEFT FOR ACCESSIBILITY. GOVERNING REGULATIONS; GLAZING SEALANT AND TOOL FACE OF SEALANT SLIGHTLY CONCAVE USING
1. USAGE CLASSIFICATION: MEDIUM DUTY, UP TO 12 CYCLES PER HOUR AND UP TO GRILLE HEAD PLATE, WITH THE OPERATOR ON TOP OF THE GRILLE-HOOD D. POWER-OPERATED GRILLES; INSTALL ACCORDING TO UL 325. 1. LOCKS AND LATCHES; 38 INCHES TO CENTER OF LEVER FROM FINISH FLOOR. EXTREME CARE NOT TO CHIP OR OTHERWISE ABRADE CORNERS OF GLASS.
50 CYCLES PER DAY. ASSEMBLY AND CONNECTED TO THE GRILLE DRIVE SHAFT WITH DRIVE CHAIN 3.3 STARTUP SERVICE 2. BUTT HINGES; 10 INCHES TO BOTTOM OF LOWEST HINGE FROM FINISH FLOOR; 5 ALLOW SEALANT TO FULLY CURE BEFORE REMOVING DOWEL.
2. OPERATOR LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. AND SPROCKETS. HEADROOM IS REQUIRED FOR THIS TYPE OF MOUNTING. A. PERFORM INSTALLATION AND STARTUP CHECKS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INCHES TO TOP OF UPPER HINGE FROM TOP OF DOOR; SPACE INTERMEDIATE C. REMOVE AND REPLACE GLASS THAT IS BROKEN, CHIPPED, CRACKED, ABRADED, OR
3. SAFETY: LISTED ACCORDING TO UL 325 BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY FOR 2. FRONT-OF-HOOD MOUNTED; OPERATOR IS MOUNTED TO THE RIGHT OR LEFT WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. HINGES EQUALLY BETWEEN LOWER AND UPPER HINGES. DAMAGED IN ANYWAY AND FROM ANY SOURCE, INCLUDING NATURAL CAUSES,
COMMERCIAL OR INDUSTRIAL USE; MOVING PARTS OF OPERATOR ENCLOSED OR GRILLE HEAD PLATE, WITH THE OPERATOR ON COIL SIDE OF THE GRILLE-HOOD B. TEST AND ADJUST CONTROLS AND SAFETY DEVICES. REPLACE DAMAGED AND B. CLEAN ADJACENT SURFACES SOILED BY DOOR HARDWARE INSTALLATION. CLEAN ACCIDENTS, AND VANDALISM.
GUARDED IF EXPOSED AND MOUNTED AT 8 FEET (2.4 M) OR LOWER. ASSEMBLY AND CONNECTED TO THE GRILLE DRIVE SHAFT WITH DRIVE CHAIN MALFUNCTIONING CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT. HARDWARE COMPONENTS AS NECESSARY TO RESTORE PROPER FINISH. PROVIDE D. WASH GLASS ON BOTH EXPOSED SURFACES IN EACH AREA OF PROJECT NOT MORE
4. MOTOR EXPOSURE: INTERIOR. AND SPROCKETS. FRONT CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED FOR THIS TYPE OF C. TEST GRILLE OPENING WHEN ACTIVATED BY DETECTOR, FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM, PROTECTION DURING THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK AND MAINTAIN CONDITIONS THAN FOUR DAYS BEFORE DATE SCHEDULED FOR INSPECTIONS THAT ESTABLISH
5. EMERGENCY MANUAL OPERATION: PUSH-UP TYPE. MOUNTING. EMERGENCY-EGRESS RELEASE, OR SELF-OPENING MECHANISM AS REQUIRED. THAT ENSURE DOOR HARDWARE IS IN PERFECT WORKING ORDER AND WITHOUT DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. WASH GLASS AND FILM AS RECOMMENDED BY
6. OBSTRUCTION-DETECTION DEVICE: AUTOMATIC ELECTRIC SENSOR EDGE ON 3. WALL MOUNTED; OPERATOR IS MOUNTED TO THE INSIDE FRONT WALL ON THE RESET GRILLE-OPENING MECHANISM AFTER SUCCESSFUL TEST. DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. GLASS AND FILM MANUFACTURER.
BOTTOM BAR; SELF-MONITORING. LEFT OR RIGHT SIDE OF GRILLE AND CONNECTED TO GRILLE DRIVE SHAFT WITH 3.4 ADJUSTING END OF SECTION 08 71 00 END OF SECTION 08 80 00
a. SENSOR EDGE BULB COLOR; AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM DRIVE CHAIN AND SPROCKETS. SIDE ROOM IS REQUIRED FOR THIS TYPE OF A. ADJUST HARDWARE AND MOVING PARTS TO FUNCTION SMOOTHLY, SO THAT
MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. MOUNTING. WALL-MOUNTED OPERATOR CAN ALSO BE MOUNTED ABOVE OR GRILLES OPERATE EASILY, FREE OF WARP, TWIST, OR DISTORTION.
7. CONTROL STATION; WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. BELOW SHAFT; IF ABOVE SHAFT, HEADROOM IS REQUIRED. B. LUBRICATE BEARINGS AND SLIDING PARTS AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER.
8. OTHER EQUIPMENT; EMERGENCY-EGRESS RELEASE. 4. BENCH MOUNTED; OPERATOR IS MOUNTED TO THE RIGHT OR LEFT GRILLE HEAD 3.5 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
I. CURTAIN ACCESSORIES; EQUIP GRILLE WITH POLL HOOK. PLATE AND CONNECTED TO THE GRILLE DRIVE SHAFT WITH DRIVE CHAIN AND A. INITIAL MAINTENANCE SERVICE; BEGINNING AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION,
J. GRILLE FINISH; SPROCKETS. SIDE ROOM IS REQUIRED FOR THIS TYPE OF MOUNTING. MAINTENANCE SERVICE SHALL INCLUDE 12 MONTHS' FULL MAINTENANCE BY SKILLED
1. ALUMINUM FINISH; CLEAR ANODIZED. 5. THROUGH-WALL MOUNTED; OPERATOR IS MOUNTED ON OTHER SIDE OF WALL EMPLOYEES OF COILING-GRILLE INSTALLER. INCLUDE QUARTERLY PREVENTIVE
2. BAKED-ENAMEL OR POWDER-COAT FINISH; COLOR MATCHING ARCHITECT'S FROM COIL SIDE OF GRILLE. MAINTENANCE, REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF WORN OR DEFECTIVE COMPONENTS,
SAMPLE. D. MOTORS; REVERSIBLE-TYPE MOTOR WITH CONTROLLER (DISCONNECT SWITCH) FOR LUBRICATION, CLEANING, AND ADJUSTING AS REQUIRED FOR GRILLE OPERATION.
3. STAINLESS-STEEL FINISH; NO. 4 (POLISHED DIRECTIONAL SATIN). MOTOR EXPOSURE INDICATED. PARTS AND SUPPLIES SHALL BE MANUFACTURER'S AUTHORIZED REPLACEMENT
4. PVC SPACERS; COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S 1. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS; PARTS AND SUPPLIES.
FULL RANGE. a. PHASE; [SINGLE PHASE] [POLYPHASE]. 1. PERFORM MAINTENANCE, INCLUDING EMERGENCY CALLBACK SERVICE, DURING
2.4 MATERIALS, GENERAL b. VOLTS; [115] [208] [230] [460] <INSERT VALUE> V. NORMAL WORKING HOURS.
A. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES; LISTED AND LABELED AS c. HERTZ; 60. 2. INCLUDE 24-HOUR-PER-DAY, 7-DAY-PER-WEEK, EMERGENCY CALLBACK SERVICE.
DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED 2. MOTOR SIZE; MINIMUM SIZE AS INDICATED. IF NOT INDICATED, LARGE ENOUGH 3.6 DEMONSTRATION
LOCATION AND APPLICATION. TO START, ACCELERATE, AND OPERATE GRILLE IN EITHER DIRECTION FROM ANY A. ENGAGE A FACTORY-AUTHORIZED SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE TO TRAIN OWNER'S
2.5 GRILLE CURTAIN MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION POSITION, AT A SPEED NOT LESS THAN 8 IN./SEC. (203 MM/S) AND NOT MORE MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL TO ADJUST, OPERATE, AND MAINTAIN OVERHEAD
A. OPEN-CURTAIN GRILLES; FABRICATE METAL GRILLE CURTAIN AS AN OPEN NETWORK THAN 12 IN./SEC. (305 MM/S), WITHOUT EXCEEDING NAMEPLATE RATINGS OR COILING GRILLES.
OF HORIZONTAL RODS, SPACED AT REGULAR INTERVALS, THAT ARE SERVICE FACTOR. END OF SECTION 08 33 26
INTERCONNECTED WITH VERTICAL LINKS, WHICH ARE FORMED AND SPACED AS 3. OPERATING CONTROLS, CONTROLLERS (DISCONNECT SWITCHES), WIRING
INDICATED AND ARE FREE TO ROTATE ON THE RODS. DEVICES, AND WIRING; MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD UNLESS OTHERWISE
1. STAINLESS-STEEL GRILLE CURTAIN; ASTM A 666 OR ASTM A 240/A 240M, TYPE 300 INDICATED.
SERIES. 4. COORDINATE WIRING REQUIREMENTS AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF
B. BOTTOM BAR; MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CONTINUOUS SHAPE UNLESS MOTORS AND OTHER ELECTRICAL DEVICES WITH BUILDING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
OTHERWISE INDICATED, FINISHED TO MATCH GRILLE. AND EACH LOCATION WHERE INSTALLED.
1. ASTRAGAL; EQUIP GRILLE BOTTOM BAR WITH A REPLACEABLE, ADJUSTABLE, E. LIMIT SWITCHES; EQUIP MOTORIZED GRILLE WITH ADJUSTABLE SWITCHES
CONTINUOUS, COMPRESSIBLE GASKET OF FLEXIBLE VINYL, RUBBER, OR INTERLOCKED WITH MOTOR CONTROLS AND SET TO AUTOMATICALLY STOP GRILLE
NEOPRENE AS A CUSHION BUMPER. AT FULLY OPENED AND FULLY CLOSED POSITIONS.
2. PROVIDE MOTOR-OPERATED GRILLESWITH COMBINATION BOTTOM ASTRAGAL F. OBSTRUCTION-DETECTION DEVICE; EXTERNAL ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION
AND SENSOR EDGE. CONSISTING OF INDICATED AUTOMATIC SAFETY SENSOR CAPABLE OF PROTECTING
C. GRILLE CURTAIN JAMB GUIDES; MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SHAPE HAVING FULL WIDTH OF GRILLE OPENING. ACTIVATION OF SENSOR IMMEDIATELY STOPS AND
CURTAIN GROOVE WITH RETURN LIPS OR BARS TO RETAIN CURTAIN. PROVIDE REVERSES DOWNWARD GRILLE TRAVEL.
Seal/Signature
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
SPECIFICATIONS
Scaie
NO SCALE
Sheet Number
A10.06
DECORATIVE GLASS GLAZING NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING GYPSUM BOARD TILING SHEET NOTES
SECTION 08 81 13 - DECORATIVE GLASS GLAZING PART 3- EXECUTION SECTION 09 22 16 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING SECTION 09 29 00 - GYPSUM BOARD SECTION 09 30 00 TILING
PARTI- GENERAL 3.1 GLAZING, GENERAL PARTI- GENERAL (NOT USED) PARTI- GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
1.1 DEFINITIONS A. EXAMINE GLASS FRAMING, WITH GLAZIER PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE PART 2- PRODUCTS A. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 840 REQUIREMENTS OR GYPSUM A. DYNAMIC COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION (DCOF): FOR TILE INSTALLED ON WALKWAY TEL: 646 428 5500
A. MANUFACTURER IS USED IN THIS SECTION TO REFER TO A FIRM THAT PRODUCES FOLLOWING; A. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS; BOARD MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS, WHICHEVER ARE MORE SURFACES, PROVIDE PRODUCTS WITH THE FOLLOWING VALUE AS DETERMINED BY
PRIMARY GLASS OR FABRICATED GLASS AS DEFINED IN THE REFERENCED GLAZING 1. MANUFACTURING AND INSTALLATION TOLERANCES, INCLUDING THOSE FOR SIZE, 1. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLY DEFLECTIONS; STRINGENT. TESTING IDENTICAL PRODUCTS BY THE DCOF ACUTEST METHOD PER ANS1137.1,
STANDARD. SQUARENESS, AND OFFSETS AT CORNERS. a. TYPICAL WALLS; WALL ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED FOR B. SUBMITTALS: 2012 EDITION.
B. DETERIORATION OF LAMINATED GLASS: DEFECTS DEVELOPED FROM NORMAL USE 2. MINIMUM REQUIRED FACE OR EDGE CLEARANCES. DEFLECTION NOT TO EXCEED 1/240 OF THE WALL HEIGHT WHEN SUBJECTED 1. SECURITY MESH: SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA AND THREE 8-INCH SQUARE SAMPLES OF 1. WALKWAY SURFACES: MINIMUM 0.42.
THAT ARE ATTRIBUTED TO THE MANUFACTURING PROCESS AND NOT TO CAUSES B. DO NOT PROCEED WITH GLAZING UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN TO A POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE PRESSURE OF 5 PSF. SECURITY MESH. B. INSTALLER: ENGAGE AN INSTALLER, WITH A MINIMUM OF 5 YEARS OF SUCCESSFUL
OTHER THAN GLASS BREAKAGE AND PRACTICES FOR MAINTAINING AND CLEANING CORRECTED. b. WALLS WITH TILE FINISH; WALL ASSEMBLIES TO RECEIVE TILE FINISHES 2. SECURITY MESH FASTENERS: SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA SHEET AND SIX SAMPLE COMMERCIAL TILE INSTALLATIONS SIMILAR IN MATERIAL, DESIGN, AND SCOPE TO
LAMINATED GLASS CONTRARY TO MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS. DEFECTS C. CLEAN GLAZING CHANNELS AND OTHER FRAMING MEMBERS RECEIVING GLASS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED FOR DEFLECTION NOT TO EXCEED 1/360 OF THE CLIPS. THAT INDICATED. DESIGN ARCHITECT
INCLUDE EDGE SEPARATION, DELAMINATION MATERIALLY OBSTRUCTING VISION IMMEDIATELY BEFORE GLAZING. REMOVE COATINGS THAT ARE NOT FIRMLY BONDED WALL HEIGHT WHEN SUBJECTED TO A POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE PRESSURE PART 2- PRODUCTS C. FIELD-CONSTRUCTED SAMPLE INSTALLATIONS: ERECT SAMPLE INSTALLATIONS FOR
THROUGH GLASS, AND BLEMISHES EXCEEDING THOSE ALLOWED BY REFERENCED
LAMINATED GLASS STANDARD.
TO SUBSTRATES.
D. COMPLY WITH COMBINED RECOMMENDATIONS OF MANUFACTURERS OF GLASS,
OF 5 PSF.
c. CEILINGS, BULKHEADS, SOFFITS, CEILING TRANSITIONS, LEDGES, AND
A. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS:
1. FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED ASSEMBLIES: PROVIDE MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
EACH FORM OF CONSTRUCTION AND FINISH REQUIRED TO VERIFY SELECTIONS
MADE AND TO DEMONSTRATE AESTHETIC EFFECTS AS WELL AS QUALITIES OF
IDENTICAL TO THOSE TESTED IN ASSEMBLY INDICATED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 119
1.2 SUBMITTALS SEALANTS, AND OTHER GLAZING MATERIALS, EXCEPT WHERE MORE STRINGENT COVES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED FOR A DEFLECTION NOT TO EXCEED 1/360 MATERIALS AND EXECUTION. BUILD SAMPLE INSTALLATIONS USING MATERIALS 121 West27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY. Tel: (212)481-2065 Fax: (212)481-3673
A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH PRODUCT SPECIFIED. REQUIREMENTS ARE INDICATED, INCLUDING THOSE IN REFERENCED GLAZING OF THE DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS. 2. STC-RATED ASSEMBLIES: PROVIDE MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION IDENTICAL TO INDICATED FOR FINAL UNIT OF WORK. LOCATE SAMPLE INSTALLATIONS ON SITE, IN
B. SHOP DRAWINGS: INCLUDE DESIGN AND PATTERN LOCATION FOR EACH PUBLICATIONS. d. IN AREAS WHERE TOP OF PARTITIONS ARE DEPENDENT ON CEILING SYSTEM THOSE TESTED IN ASSEMBLY INDICATED, ACCORDING TO ASTM E 90 AND LOCATIONS AND SIZE INDICATED OR, IF NOT SHOWN OR INDICATED, AS DIRECTED BY
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
DECORATIVE GLASS UNIT. INCLUDE SIZE AND LOCATION OF PENETRATIONS AND E. GLAZING CHANNEL DIMENSIONS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS PROVIDE NECESSARY FOR LATERAL SUPPORT, COORDINATE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION TO CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 413 BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY. ARCHITECT BUT NOT LESS THAN 100 SO. FT. AREA FOR FLOORS, AND NOT LESS THAN
GLAZING METHOD. BITE ON GLASS, MINIMUM EDGE AND FACE CLEARANCES, AND ADEQUATE SEALANT COMPLY WITH THE ABOVE DEFLECTION LIMITATION. STC-RATED ASSEMBLIES ARE INDICATED BY DESIGN DESIGNATIONS FROM GA-600, 100 SO. FT. AREA FOR WALLS. RETAIN AND MAINTAIN SAMPLE INSTALLATIONS PTID
C. SAMPLES: FOR EACH TYPE OF DECORATIVE GLASS AND IN EACH COLOR AND THICKNESSES, WITH REASONABLE TOLERANCES. ADJUST AS REQUIRED BY PART 3- EXECUTION "FIRE RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL." DURING CONSTRUCTION IN UNDISTURBED CONDITION AS A STANDARD FOR JUDGING LEVEL 6, 61 MARKET STREET, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES,
AUSTRALIA, 2000
TEXTURE REQUIRED. PREPARE SAMPLES FROM SAME MATERIAL TO BE USED FOR PROJECT CONDITIONS DURING INSTALLATION. A. REMOVE FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS ONLY TO EXTENT NECESSARY FOR B. GYPSUM BOARD FOR WALL, SOFFIT, AND CEILING SURFACES: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, COMPLETED UNIT OF WORK. Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
THE WORK. F. PROTECT GLASS FROM EDGE DAMAGE DURING HANDLING AND INSTALLATION AS INSTALLATION OF THE NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING AND WITHOUT REDUCING TYPE X; 5/8 INCH THICK, LONG EDGES TAPERED. 1. APPROVED SAMPLE INSTALLATIONS MAY BECOME PART OF THE COMPLETED
MEP ENGINEER
D. PRODUCT CERTIFICATES SIGNED BY MANUFACTURERS OF DECORATIVE GLASS FOLLOWS; THE FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIAL THICKNESS BELOW THAT WHICH IS REQUIRED TO C. FLEXIBLE GYPSUM BOARD FOR CURVED SURFACES: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, 1/4 INCH WORK IF UNDISTURBED AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
CERTIFYING THAT THEIR PRODUCTS COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. 1. USE A ROLLING BLOCK IN ROTATING GLASS UNITS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO OBTAIN FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING INDICATED. PROTECT REMAINING FIRE-RESISTIVE THICK, LONG EDGES TAPERED; MANUFACTURED TO BEND TO FIT TIGHT RADII AND TO BE PART 2- PRODUCTS MEDLAND ENGINEERING
1. SEPARATE CERTIFICATIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR GLAZING MATERIALS GLASS CORNERS. DO NOT IMPACT GLASS WITH METAL FRAMING. USE SUCTION MATERIALS FROM DAMAGE. MORE FLEXIBLE THAN STANDARD REGULAR-TYPE PANELS OF THE SAME THICKNESS. A. THE PRIMARY PRODUCTS OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION MAY BE FURNISHED BY GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
BEARING MANUFACTURER'S PERMANENT LABELS DESIGNATING TYPE AND CUPS TO SHIFT GLASS UNITS WITHIN OPENINGS; DO NOT RAISE OR DRIFT GLASS B. INSTALL ACCORDING TO ASTM C 754. ALSO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN APPLY IN DOUBLE LAYER AT CURVED ASSEMBLIES. THE OWNER FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CONTRACTOR. REFER TO THE
THICKNESS OF GLASS, PROVIDED LABELS REPRESENT A QUALITY-CONTROL WITH A PRY BAR. ASTM C 840 THAT APPLY TO FRAMING INSTALLATION FOR GYPSUM BOARD D. TILE BACKING PANELS: “RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX” AND THE “FINISH SCHEDULE” ON DRAWINGS FOR
PROGRAM OF A RECOGNIZED CERTIFICATION AGENCY OR AN INDEPENDENT 2. REMOVE DAMAGED GLASS FROM PROJECT SITE AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF ASSEMBLIES. 1. GLASS-MAT, WATER-RESISTANT BACKING BOARD: ASTM C 1178/C 1178M, WITH CORE ACCURATE REQUIREMENTS. LIGHTING DESIGNER
TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. OFF-SITE. DAMAGED GLASS IS GLASS WITH EDGE DAMAGE OR OTHER C. INSTALL SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING, BLOCKING, BACKERPLATES AND BRACING AT TYPE INDICATED, 5/8 INCH THICKNESS. B. ACCESSORY MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL
E. SEALANT COMPATIBILITY AND ADHESION TEST REPORTS FROM SEALANT IMPERFECTIONS THAT, WHEN INSTALLED, WEAKEN GLASS AND IMPAIR LOCATIONS IN GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES WHICH ARE INDICATED TO SUPPORT 2. CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS FOR INSTALLATION OF GLASS TILE: ANSIA118.9, 1/2 INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR.
SCHVViNGHAMMEn
MANUFACTURER INDICATING THAT GLAZING MATERIALS HAVE BEEN TESTED FOR PERFORMANCE AND APPEARANCE. FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT SERVICES, HEAVY TRIM, GRAB BARS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, INCH THICKNESS. C. CERAMIC TILE: PROVIDE STANDARD GRADE TILE THAT COMPLIES WITH ANSI A137.1, WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHT1NG.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
COMPATIBILITY AND ADHESION WITH GLAZING SEALANTS; INCLUDE SEALANT G. PROVIDE SPACERS AS FOLLOWS; FURNISHINGS, OR SIMILAR CONSTRUCTION. COMPLY WITH DETAILS INDICATED AND E. SECURITYMESH: CARBON STEEL FLATTENED STYLE #ASM 0.05-INCH 13F. SWONOTTO "SPECIFICATIONS FOR CERAMIC TILE," AND ANSI A137.2, "SPECIFICATIONS FOR GLASS
MANUFACTURER'S INTERPRETATION OF TEST RESULTS RELATIVE TO SEALANT 1. LOCATE SPACERS INSIDE, OUTSIDE, AND DIRECTLY OPPOSITE EACH OTHER. WITH GYPSUM BOARD MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS OR, IF NONE EXCEED 0.265-INCH, LWO NOTTO EXCEED 1.0-INCH. INCLUDE FASTENERS. TILE," FOR TYPES, COMPOSITIONS, AND OTHER CHARACTERISTICS INDICATED.
PERFORMANCE AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PRIMERS AND SUBSTRATE INSTALL CORRECT SIZE AND SPACING TO PRESERVE REQUIRED FACE AVAILABLE, WITH UNITED STATES GYPSUM'S "GYPSUM CONSTRUCTION HANDBOOK." 1. MANUFACTURER: AMICO (ALABAMA METAL INDUSTRIES CORPORATION, PHONE 1. PRODUCTS: AS INDICATED IN FINISH SCHEDULE.
PREPARATION NEEDED TO OBTAIN ADHESION. CLEARANCES. D. INSTALL BRACING AT TERMINATIONS IN ASSEMBLIES. 1-800-366-2642, WWW.ANUCI-SECURITYPRODUCTS.COM. SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE 2. SOURCE LIMITATIONS FOR CERAMIC TILE: OBTAIN EACH TYPE OF TILE FROM
F. PRODUCT TEST REPORTS FOR EACH TYPE OF GLAZING SEALANT INDICATED, 2. PROVIDE NOT LESS THAN 1/8 INCH (3 MM) BITE OF SPACERS ON GLASS AND USE E. DO NOT BRIDGE BUILDING CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WITH REQUIREMENTS COMPARABLE MANUFACTURERS WILL BE CONSIDERED. ONE SOURCE OR PRODUCER, AND FROM SAME PRODUCTION RUN, AND OF
F. SECURITYMESH FASTENERS: “SECURA” CLIPS BY AMICO. NO SUBSTITUTIONS.
EVIDENCING COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED. THICKNESS EQUAL TO SEALANT WIDTH. NON-LOAD-BEARING STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS. FRAME BOTH SIDES OF JOINTS CONSISTENT QUALITY IN APPEARANCE AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES FOR EACH
G. INTERIOR STEEL TRIM ACCESSORIES: ASTM C 1047; GALVANIZED OR ALUMINUM-COATED
G. WARRANTY: SPECIAL WARRANTY SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. H. SET DECORATIVE GLASS LITES IN EACH SERIES WITH UNIFORM PATTERN, DRAW, INDEPENDENTLY. CONTIGUOUS AREA.
STEEL SHEET, ROLLED ZINC, PLASTIC, OR PAPER-FACED GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE BOW, AND SIMILAR CHARACTERISTICS. F. INSTALL STEEL FRAMING TO COMPLY WITH GA-600, ASTM C 754, ASTM C 840 AND THE 3. CERAMIC TILE TRIM UNITS: MATCHING CHARACTERISTICS OF ADJOINING FLAT
H. ALUMINUM TRIM ACCESSORIES: ASTM B 221, ALLOY 6063-T5.
A. GLAZING PUBLICATIONS: COMPLY WITH PUBLISHED RECOMMENDATIONS OF I. REFER TO SECTION 08 83 00 "MIRRORS" FOR INSTALLATION OF BACK-PAINTED GLASS. GYPSUM BOARD MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. WHERE STANDARDS TILE AND COORDINATED WITH SIZES AND COURSING WHERE APPLICABLE.
I. JOINT TAPE: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 475/C 475M.
PRODUCT MANUFACTURERS AND ORGANIZATIONS BELOW, EXCEPT WHERE MORE 3.2 SEALANT GLAZING CONFLICT THE MORE STRINGENT SHALL APPLY. 1. INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD: PAPER. D. THRESHOLDS: FABRICATE TO PROVIDE TRANSITION BETWEEN ADJACENT FLOOR
STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE INDICATED. A. INSTALL CONTINUOUS SPACERS BETWEEN GLASS LITES AND GLAZING STOPS TO 1. INSTALL EACH STEEL FRAMING AND FURRING MEMBER SO FASTENING 2. TILE BACKING PANELS: AS RECOMMENDED BY PANEL MANUFACTURER. FINISHES. BEVEL EDGES AT 1:2 SLOPE, LIMIT HEIGHT OF BEVEL TO 1/2 INCH OR LESS,
1. FGMA PUBLICATION: "FGMA GLAZING MANUAL." MAINTAIN GLASS-FACE CLEARANCE. SECURE SPACERS IN PLACE AND IN POSITION SURFACES VARY NOT MORE THAN 1/8 INCH FROM THE PLANE FORMED BY THE J. JOINT COMPOUND FOR INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD: FOR EACH COAT USE FORMULATION AND FINISH BEVEL TO MATCH FACE OF THRESHOLD.
2. FGMA PUBLICATION: "FGMA SEALANT MANUAL." TO CONTROL DEPTH OF INSTALLED SEALANT RELATIVE TO EDGE CLEARANCE FOR FACES OF ADJACENT FRAMING. THAT IS COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER COMPOUNDS APPLIED ON PREVIOUS OR FOR 1. STONE: AS INDICATED IN FINISH SCHEDULE4.
3. LSGA PUBLICATION: "LSGA DESIGN GUIDE." OPTIMUM SEALANT PERFORMANCE. 2. INSTALL BACKERPLATES FOR SUPPORT OF WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. SUCCESSIVE COATS. E. METAL EDGE STRIPS: ANGLE OR L-SHAPE, STAINLESS STEEL; ASTM A 666, 300
B. SAFETY GLASS: PRODUCTS COMPLYING WITH TESTING REQUIREMENTS OF B. FORCE SEALANTS INTO GLAZING CHANNELS TO ELIMINATE VOIDS AND TO ENSURE 3. WHERE PARTITIONS ABUT EXTERIOR WALL WINDOW MULLIONS, AND PARTITION K. JOINT COMPOUND FOR TILE BACKING PANELS: AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. SERIES EXPOSED EDGE MATERIAL.
CPSC 16 CFR, PART 1201 FOR CATEGORY I AND II MATERIALS. COMPLETE WETTING OR BOND OF SEALANT TO GLASS AND CHANNEL SURFACES. FILLER PANELS ARE NOT INDICATED, ADHESIVELY ATTACH ISOLATION STRIPS TO L. STEEL DRILL SCREWS: ASTM C 1002, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. F. UNCOUPLING MEMBRANE FOR FLOOR TILE INSTALLATIONS;
1.4 WARRANTY C. TOOL EXPOSED SURFACES SMOOTH. WINDOW MULLIONS. CENTER ISOLATION STRIPS ON MULLION TO FORM A M. SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS: ASTM C 665, TYPE I (BLANKETS WITHOUT MEMBRANE 1. DESCRIPTION; 1/8 INCH (3 MM) THICK, ORANGE, HIGH-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
A. SPECIAL WARRANTY: WRITTEN WARRANTY, EXECUTED BY MANUFACTURER 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION CONTINUOUS, SOUND RESISTANT AND LIGHTPROOF, RECESSED JOINT SEAL FOR FACING). MEMBRANE WITH AGRID STRUCTURE OF 1/2 INCH X1/2 INCH (12 MM X12 MM)
AGREEING TO REPAIR OR REPLACE DECORATIVE GLASS UNITS THAT FAIL IN A. PROTECT GLASS FROM BREAKAGE IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION BY THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE INTERFACE BETWEEN THE PARTITION STUDS AND N. ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANT: ASTM C 834. PRODUCT EFFECTIVELY REDUCES AIRBORNE SQUARE CAVITIES, EACH CUT BACK IN A DOVETAIL CONFIGURATION, AND A
MATERIALSAND WORKMANSHIP OR DETERIORATE WITHIN FIVE YEARS FROM DATE ATTACHING CROSSED STREAMERS TO FRAMING HELD AWAY FROM GLASS. DO NOT TRIM MEMBERS AND THE VERTICAL WINDOW MULLIONS. SOUND TRANSMISSION THROUGH PERIMETER JOINTS AND OPENINGS AS POLYPROPYLENE ANCHORING FLEECE LAMINATED TO ITS UNDERSIDE.
OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. WARRANTY COVERS ONLY DETERIORATION DUE TO APPLY MARKERS TO GLASS SURFACE. REMOVE NONPERMANENT LABELS, AND G. SUSPEND CEILING HANGERS PLUMB AND FREE FROM CONTACT WITH INSULATION OR DEMONSTRATED BYTESTING ACCORDING TO ASTM E 90, WITH A VOC CONTENT OF 250 CONFORMS TO DEFINITION FOR UNCOUPLING MEMBRANES IN THE TILE COUNCIL
NORMAL CONDITIONS OF USE AND NOT TO HANDLING, INSTALLING, AND CLEANING CLEAN SURFACES. OTHER OBJECTS WITHIN CEILING PLENUM THAT ARE NOT PART OF SUPPORTING G/L OR LESS WHEN CALCULATED ACCORDING TO 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA OF NORTH AMERICA HANDBOOK FOR CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION; AND MEET
PRACTICES CONTRARY TO DECORATIVE GLASS MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED B. PROTECT GLASS FROM CONTACT WITH CONTAMINATING SUBSTANCES RESULTING STRUCTURAL OR CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM. SPLAY HANGERS ONLY WHERE METHOD 24). PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: OR EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE “AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD
INSTRUCTIONS. FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. IF, DESPITE SUCH PROTECTION, REQUIRED TO MISS OBSTRUCTIONS AND OFFSET RESULTING HORIZONTAL FORCES 1. SHEETROCK ACOUSTICAL SEALANT; U.S. GYPSUM. SPECIFICATIONS FOR LOAD BEARING, BONDED, WATERPROOF MEMBRANES FOR
B. BACK-PAINTED GLASS WARRANTY: PROVIDE A MINIMUM 10 YEAR MANUFACTURER'S CONTAMINATING SUBSTANCES DO COME INTO CONTACT WITH GLASS, REMOVE BY BRACING, COUNTERSPLAYING, OR OTHER EQUALLY EFFECTIVE MEANS. INSTALL 2. AC-20 FTR; PECORA. THIN-SET CERAMIC TILE AND DIMENSION STONE INSTALLATION A118.10,” AND IS
LIMITED WARRANTY TO COVER COLOR-COATING AGAINST PEELING, CRACKING, THEM IMMEDIATELY AS RECOMMENDED BY GLASS MANUFACTURER. STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS SO MEMBERS FOR PANEL PART 3- EXECUTION LISTED BY CUPC®, AND IS EVALUATED BY ICC-ES (SEE REPORT NO. ESR-2467).
DELAMINATION OR DISCOLORATION. C. REMOVE AND REPLACE GLASS THAT IS BROKEN, CHIPPED, CRACKED, ABRADED, OR ATTACHMENT ARE LEVEL TO WITHIN 1/8 INCH IN 12 FEET MEASURED LENGTHWISE ON A. INSTALL AND FINISH GYPSUM PANELS TO COMPLY WITH ASTM C 840, GA-216, AND THE a. SCHLUTER SYSTEMS, L.P.; DITRA.
PART 2- PRODUCTS DAMAGED IN ANY WAY, INCLUDING BY NATURAL CAUSES, ACCIDENTS, AND EACH MEMBER AND TRANSVERSELY BETWEEN PARALLEL MEMBERS. GYPSUM BOARD MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, WHERE STANDARDS CONFLICT,
THE MORE STRINGENT SHALL APPLY.
G. SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS; A Issue Date & Description By Check
2.1 PRODUCTS VANDALISM, DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. H. ATTACH PERIMETER WALL TRACK OR ANGLE WHERE CEILING GRID SUSPENSION 1. MANUFACTURERS; 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
B. FOR STC-RATED ASSEMBLIES, SEAL CONSTRUCTION AT PERIMETERS, BEHIND CONTROL
A. THE PRIMARY PRODUCTS OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION MAY BE FURNISHED BY D. WASH GLASS ON BOTH FACES IN EACH AREA OF PROJECT NOT MORE THAN 4 DAYS SYSTEM MEETS VERTICAL SURFACES. MECHANICALLY JOIN MAIN BEAM AND a. CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS. FINAL SD
JOINTS, AND AT OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS WITH A CONTINUOUS BEAD OF
THE OWNER FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CONTRACTOR. REFER TO THE PRIOR TO DATE SCHEDULED FOR INSPECTIONS THAT ESTABLISH DATE OF CROSS-FURRING MEMBERS TO EACH OTHER AND BUTT-CUT TO FIT INTO WALL b. LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL INC. 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT BOTH FACES OF PARTITIONS
“RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX” AND THE “FINISH SCHEDULE” ON DRAWINGS FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. WASH GLASS AS RECOMMENDED BY GLASS TRACK. c. MAPEI CORPORATION.
AT PERIMETERS AND THROUGH PENETRATIONS. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 919 AND WITH PRELIM SD
ACCURATE REQUIREMENTS. MANUFACTURER. END OF SECTION 09 22 16 MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR LOCATING EDGE TRIM AND 2. SOURCE LIMITATIONS; FOR EACH TILE INSTALLATION, OBTAIN COMPATIBLE
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
B. ACCESSORY MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL END OF SECTION 08 81 13 CLOSING OFF SOUND-FLANKING PATHS AROUND OR THROUGH ASSEMBLIES, INCLUDING FORMULATIONS OF SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS AND WATERPROOFING
INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR. SEALING PARTITIONS ABOVE ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS. INSTALL SOUND ATTENUATION MATERIALS CONTAINING LATEX OR LATEX ADDITIVES FROM A SINGLE 100% SD
2.2 GLAZING SEALANTS BLANKETS BEFORE INSTALLING GYPSUM PANELS, UNLESS BLANKETS ARE READILY MANUFACTURER AND DESIGNED TO WORK AS A SYSTEM. 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
A. GENERAL: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SEALANT OF FORMULATION INSTALLED AFER PANELS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED ON ONE SIDE. 3. FOR SETTING WHITE AND LIGHT COLORED STONE TILE UNITS; USE 50% CD
INDICATED THAT IS RECOMMENDED FOR EXPOSED INTERIOR APPLICATIONS, C. ISOLATE PERIMETER OF NON-LOAD-BEARING GYPSUM BOARD PARTITIONS AT NON-STAINING WHITE, LOW ALKALI-CONTAINING, PORTLAND CEMENT IN THE 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
COMPLYING WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: STRUCTURAL ABUTMENTS, EXCEPT FLOORS. PROVIDE 1/4 TO 1/2 INCH WIDE SPACES AT MORTAR THAT WILL NOT SHOW THROUGH THE STONE TILE BODY.
90% CD
1. COMPATIBILITY: SELECT GLAZING SEALANTS OF PROVEN COMPATIBILITY WITH THESE LOCATIONS, AND TRIM EDGES WITH U-BEAD EDGE TRIM WHERE EDGES OF 4. PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR (THICKSET) INSTALLATION MATERIALS;
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
OTHER MATERIALS THEY WILL CONTACT, INCLUDING GLASS PRODUCTS AND GYPSUM PANELS ARE EXPOSED. SEAL JOINTS BETWEEN EDGES AND ABUTTING ANSI A108.1 A AND AS SPECIFIED BELOW;
GLAZING CHANNEL SUBSTRATES, UNDER CONDITIONS OF INSTALLATION AND STRUCTURAL SURFACES WITH ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. a. REINFORCING WIRE FABRIC; GALVANIZED, FLAT, WELDED WIRE FABRIC, 100% CD
SERVICE, AS DEMONSTRATED BY TESTING AND FIELD EXPERIENCE. D. INSTALL SECURITY MESH BY FASTENING TO STUDS AT 16 INCHES ON CENTER 2-INCH BY 2-INCH BY 0.062JNCH DIAMETER; COMPLY WITH ASTM A185 AND
2. SUITABILITY: COMPLY WITH SEALANT AND GLASS MANUFACTURER'S HORIZONTALLY AND 8 INCHES ON CENTER VERTICALLY USING SPECIFIED CLIPS. ASTM A 82 EXCEPT FOR MINIMUM WIRE SIZE.
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SELECTING GLAZING SEALANTS THAT ARE SUITABLE E. INSTALL TRIM WITH BACK FLANGES INTENDED FOR FASTENERS, ATTACH TO FRAMING b. LATEX ADDITIVE; MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD
FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED AND CONDITIONS EXISTING AT TIME OF WITH SAME FASTENERS USED FOR PANELS. OTHERWISE, ATTACH TRIM ACCORDING TO STYRENE-BUTADIENE-RUBBER WATER EMULSION, SERVING AS
INSTALLATION. MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. REPLACEMENT FOR ALL GAGING WATER, OF TYPE SPECIFICALLY
3. COLORS: PROVIDE COLOR OF EXPOSED JOINT SEALANTS AS SELECTED BY 1. INSTALL CORNER BEADS AT EXTERNAL CORNERS. RECOMMENDED BY LATEX-ADDITIVE MANUFACTURER FOR USE WITH
ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF STANDARD COLORS. 2. INSTALL INTERIOR TRIM ACCESSORIES WHERE EDGE OF GYPSUM PANELS WOULD FIELD-MIXED PORTLAND CEMENT AND AGGREGATE MORTAR BED.
B. LATEX SEALANT: ONE-PART, NONSAG, MILDEW-RESISTANT, PAINTABLE LATEX OTHERWISE BE EXPOSED OR SEMIEXPOSED. PROVIDE INTERIOR TRIM 5. LATEX-PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR (THIN SET); ANSI A118.4 CONSISTING OF
SEALANT COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 834. ACCESSORIES WITH FACE FLANGE FORMED TO RECEIVE JOINT COMPOUND. PREPACKAGED DRY-MORTAR MIX COMBINED WITH LIQUID-LATEX ADDITIVE.
C. SILICONE SEALANT: ONE-PART, MEDIUM MODULUS, NEUTRAL-CURING SILICONE: 3. INSTALL ALUMINUM TRIM ACCESSORIES WHERE INDICATED. a. FOR WALL APPLICATIONS, PROVIDE NONSAGGING MORTAR.
ASTM C 920; TYPE S; GRADE NS; CLASS 25, USE NT, TRANSLUCENT COLOR. PROVIDE 4. INSTALL CONTROL JOINTS IN LOCATIONS INDICATED AND WHERE DIRECTED BY THE b. FOR GLASS TILE APPLICATIONS WHERE A LOW TEMPERATURE COATING HAS
ARCHITECT FOR VISUAL EFFECT, OR IF NOT INDICATED OR DIRECTED BY THE
ONE OF THE FOLLOWING; NOT BEEN FACTORY APPLIED TO THE TILE, USE MORTAR THAT WILL NOT
ARCHITECT, PROVIDE CONTROL JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 840.
1. 756 H.P.; DOW CORNING. SHOW THROUGH GLASS TILE BODIES. FOR GLASS TILE INSTALLATIONS
F. PREFILL OPEN JOINTS AND DAMAGED SURFACE AREAS.
2. SILGLAZE II; GE SILICONES. WHERE A LOW TEMPERATURE COATING HAS BEEN FACTORY APPLIED,
G. APPLY JOINT TAPE OVER GYPSUM BOARD JOINTS, EXCEPT THOSE WITH TRIM HAVING
3. 898; PECORA CORPORATION. FLANGES NOT INTENDED FOR TAPE. FOLLOW THE GLASS TILE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS
D. SILICONE ADHESIVE FOR BACK-PAINTED GLASS; DECORATIVE COLOR-COATED H. FINISH PANELS TO LEVELS INDICATED BELOW, ACCORDING TO ASTM C 840, FOR FOR MORTAR SELECTION AND APPLICATION.
GLASS MAY BE MOUNTED USING AN ALXOCY NEUTRAL CURE SILICONE ADHESIVE. LOCATIONS INDICATED: 6. POLYMER-MODIFIED TILE GROUT (FOR TYPICAL APPLICATIONS); ANSI A118.7
ACETOXY CURE SILICONES MUST NOT BE UTILIZED. APPROVED PRODUCTS ARE; 1. LEVEL 1: CEILING PLENUM AREAS, CONCEALED AREAS, AND WHERE INDICATED, CONSISTING OF DRY, REDISPERSIBLE LATEX/POLYMER POWDER FORM,
1. DOW CORNING 995. UNLESS A HIGHER LEVEL OF FINISH IS REQUIRED FOR SOUND-RATED ASSEMBLIES. PREPACKAGED WITH OTHER DRY INGREDIENTS OR A LIQUID LATEX ADMIXTURE.
2. DOW CORNING 795. 2. LEVEL 2: PANELSTHAT ARE SUBSTRATE FOR TILE AND WHERE INDICATED. COLOR AS INDICATED IN FINISH SCHEDULE.
3. GESILIGLAZEII. 3. LEVEL 4: AT PANEL SURFACES THAT WILL BE EXPOSED TO VIEW, UNLESS H. JOINT SEALANTS;
4. GESILPRUF. OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. TYPICAL SURFACES; MILDEW-RESISTANT SILICONE SEALANT, AS SPECIFIED IN
E. SILICONE SEAM SEALANT FOR BACK-PAINTED GLASS; APPROVED PRODUCTS ARE; 4. LEVEL 5: ALL CEILING SURFACES. OVER ENTIRE SURFACE WHERE GYPSUM BOARD SECTION 07 92 00 "JOINT SEALANTS."
1. CRL 408RTV(NEUTRAL CURE SILICONE). IS INDICATED TO RECEIVE WALL COVERINGS, SEMI-GLOSS AND HIGH GLOSS PAINTS. 2. FLOOR JOINTS; TWO-PART POLYURETHANE SEALANT FOR PAVING
2. SOMACA55NC. END OF SECTION 09 29 00 APPLICATIONS, AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07 92 00 "JOINT SEALANTS."
3. BOSS 399. I. CERAMIC TILE CLEANER; A NEUTRAL CLEANER CAPABLE OF REMOVING SOIL AND
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS RESIDUE WITHOUT HARMING TILE AND GROUT SURFACES, SPECIFICALLY APPROVED
A. GENERAL; PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF MATERIAL, SIZE, AND SHAPE COMPLYING WITH FOR MATERIALS AND INSTALLATIONS INDICATED BY TILE AND GROUT
REFERENCED GLAZING STANDARD, REQUIREMENTS OF MANUFACTURERS OF GLASS MANUFACTURERS.
AND OTHER GLAZING MATERIALS INVOLVED FOR GLAZING APPLICATION INDICATED, J. STONE TILE CLEANER; PROVIDE STONE CLEANERS OF PROPER FORMULATION FOR
AND WITH A PROVEN RECORD OF COMPATIBILITY WITH SURFACES CONTACTED IN STONE TYPES, FINISHES, AND APPLICATIONS INDICATED, AS RECOMMENDED BY
INSTALLATION. STONE SUPPLIER AND, IF ASEALER IS SPECIFIED, BY SEALER MANUFACTURER. USE
B. CLEANERS, PRIMERS, AND SEALERS; TYPE RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT OR GASKET CLEANING AGENTS WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN CAUSTIC OR HARSH FILLERS THAT WILL
MANUFACTURER. DAMAGE STONE OR STONE FINISHES.
C. SETTING BLOCKS; ELASTOMERIC MATERIAL COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 864 WITH A K. FLOOR SEALER; COLORLESS, SLIP- AND STAIN-RESISTANT PENETRATING SEALER.
SHORE A DUROMETER HARDNESS OF 85 PLUS OR MINUS 5. L. STONE TILE FABRICATION; ACCURATELY CUT, DRESS, DRILL, FIT AND FINISH
D. SPACERS; ELASTOMERIC BLOCKS OR CONTINUOUS EXTRUSIONS COMPLYING WITH STONEWORK TO SHAPES, PROFILES AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS
ASTM C 864 WITH A SHORE A DUROMETER HARDNESS REQUIRED BY GLASS AND/OR FINAL SHOP AND SETTING DRAWINGS. MAKE EXPOSED SURFACES
MANUFACTURER TO MAINTAIN GLASS LITES IN PLACE FOR INSTALLATION INDICATED. STRAIGHT, SHARP, TRUE AND CONTINUOUS AT JOINTS WITHIN THE TOLERANCES
E. EDGE BLOCKS; ELASTOMERIC MATERIAL OF HARDNESS NEEDED TO LIMIT GLASS SPECIFIED.
LATERAL MOVEMENT. 1. CUT ALL JOINTS AND EDGES SQUARE AND AT RIGHT ANGLES TO FACE, AND WITH
F. PLASTIC-FOAM JOINT FILLERS; PREFORMED, COMPRESSIBLE, RESILIENT, BACKS PARALLEL TO FACE. MAKE ARRISES STRAIGHT, SHARP, TRUE, AND
NONSTAINING, NONEXTRUDING, NONOUTGASSING STRIPS OF CLOSED-CELL PLASTIC CONTINUOUS AT JOINTS.
FOAM OF DENSITY, SIZE, AND SHAPE TO CONTROL SEALANT DEPTH AND OTHERWISE 2. CLEAN SAWN STONES TO REMOVE RUST STAINS AND FREE IRON PARTICLES.
CONTRIBUTE TO PRODUCE OPTIMUM SEALANT PERFORMANCE. M. MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT; MIX MORTARS AND GROUTS TO COMPLY WITH
2.4 FABRICATION OF GLASS AND OTHER GLAZING PRODUCTS REFERENCED STANDARDS AND MORTAR AND GROUT MANUFACTURERS' WRITTEN
A. FABRICATE DECORATIVE GLASS AND OTHER GLAZING PRODUCTS IN SIZES
REQUIRED TO GLAZE OPENINGS INDICATED FOR PROJECT, WITH EDGE AND FACE
CLEARANCES, EDGE AND SURFACE CONDITIONS, AND BITE COMPLYING WITH
RECOMMENDATIONS OF PRODUCT MANUFACTURER AND REFERENCED GLAZING
STANDARD.
B. CLEAN CUT OR FLAT GRIND VERTICAL EDGES OF BUTT-GLAZED LITES IN A MANNER
THAT PRODUCES SQUARE EDGES WITH SLIGHT KERFS.
Seal/Signature
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
SPECIFICATIONS
Scaie
NO SCALE
Sheet Number
A10.07
TILING (CONT.) ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS WOOD FLOORING RESILIENT WALL BASE & ACCESSORIES SHEET CARPETING SHEET NOTES
INSTRUCTIONS. ADD MATERIALS AND LIQUID LATEX ADDITIVES IN ACCURATE SECTION 09 51 13 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS SECTION 09 64 OO-WOOD FLOORING SECTION 09 65 13- RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES SECTION 09 68 16 - SHEET CARPETING
PROPORTIONS. OBTAIN AND USE TYPE OF MIXING EQUIPMENT, MIXER SPEEDS, MIXING PART 1 - GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
CONTAINERS, MIXING TIME, AND OTHER PROCEDURES TO PRODUCE MORTARS AND A. COORDINATION DRAWINGS: DRAWN TO SCALE AND COORDINATING ACOUSTICAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. FIELD CONDITIONS: INSTALL RESILIENT PRODUCTS AFTER OTHER FINISHING A. MAINTENANCE DATA: SUBMIT COPIES OF INSTRUCTIONS FOR CARE, CLEANING, TEL: 646 428 5500
GROUTS OF UNIFORM QUALITY WITH OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS FOR PANEL CEILING INSTALLATION WITH HANGER ATTACHMENT TO BUILDING STRUCTURE A. SECTION INCLUDES: ENGINEERED-WOOD, STRIP OR PLANK FLOORING. OPERATIONS, INCLUDING PAINTING, HAVE BEEN COMPLETED. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF CARPETING.
INSTALLATIONS INDICATED. AND CEILING MOUNTED ITEMS. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS PART 2- PRODUCTS B. QUALITY ASSURANCE: EXCEPT AS MODIFIED BY GOVERNING CODES AND BY THE
PART 3- EXECUTION B. MAINTENANCE DATA: SUBMIT MAINTENANCE DATA. A. GENERAL: PROVIDE FLOOR TILES COMPLYING WITH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING A. RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES PRODUCTS: COMPLY WITH ASTM F 1861. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS AND
A. VERIFY THAT JOINTS AND CRACKS IN THE EXISTING FLOOR SUBSTRATES ARE PART 2- PRODUCTS STANDARDS AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE FOLLOWING:
COORDINATED WITH TILE JOINT LOCATIONS; IF NOT COORDINATED, ADJUST JOINT A. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: B. DYNAMIC COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION (DCOF): FOR TILE INSTALLED ON WALKWAY B. ADHESIVES: WATER-RESISTANT TYPE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER TO SUIT 1. THE CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE "THE CARPET SPECIFIERS' HANDBOOK."
LOCATIONS IN CONSULTATION WITH ARCHITECT. 1. IN AREAS WHERE GYPSUM BOARD PARTITIONS ARE DEPENDENT ON THE CEILING SURFACES, PROVIDE PRODUCTS WITH THE FOLLOWING VALUE AS DETERMINED BY RESILIENT PRODUCTS AND SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS INDICATED. USE ADHESIVES 2. THE CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE "CRI 2011 CARPET INSTALLATION STANDARD."
B. DO NOT COMMENCE INSTALLATION OF FLOORING MATERIALS UNTIL FLOOR SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR LATERAL SUPPORT, DESIGN AND INSTALL TESTING IDENTICAL PRODUCTS BY THE DCOF ACUTEST METHOD PER ANS1137.1, THAT COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING LIMITS FOR VOC CONTENT WHEN CALCULATED C. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: ENGAGE A CARPET INSTALLER, WHO HAS COMPLETED DESIGN ARCHITECT
SUBSTRATE IS WITHIN THE FOLLOWING TOLERANCES IN ALL DIRECTIONS. IF SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS TO SUSTAIN THE IMPOSED LOAD FROM THE 2012 EDITION. ACCORDING TO 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24): A MINIMUM OF THREE PROJECTS OVER THE LAST 10 YEARS SIMILAR IN MATERIAL,
SUBSTRATE IS NOT WITHIN TOLERANCE, LEVEL THE SUBSTRATE USING A METHOD
AND A PRODUCT(S) THAT IS COMPATIBLE WITH AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE SETTING
COMPLETED PARTITION SYSTEM INCLUDING A MINIMUM INWARD AND OUTWARD
PRESSURE OF 5 PSF NORMAL TO THE PLANE OF THE WALL. 1.3
1. WALKWAY SURFACES: MINIMUM 0.42.
SUBMITTALS
1. COVE BASE ADHESIVES: NOT MORE THAN 50 G/L.
2. RUBBER FLOOR ADHESIVES: NOT MORE THAN 60 G/L.
DESIGN AND EXTENT TO THAT INDICATED FOR THE PROJECT, AS DETERMINED BY
THE ARCHITECT, AND WHICH HAVE RESULTED IN CONSTRUCTION WITH A RECORD OF
MATERIALS MANUFACTURER. 2. SEISMIC PERFORMANCE: COMPLY WITH ASCE/SEI 7. A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH PRODUCT INDICATED. PART 3- EXECUTION SUCCESSFUL IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE. 121 West27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212)481-2065 Fax: (212)481-3673
1. SUBFLOOR SURFACES TO RECEIVE THINSET AND MEDIUM SET BEDS: +/-1/8 INCH 3. SURFACE-BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: ACOUSTICAL PANELS COMPLYING WITH B. SHOP DRAWINGS: SHOW INSTALLATION DETAILS INCLUDING LOCATION AND LAYOUT A. PREPARE SUBSTRATES AND INSTALL PRODUCTS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S D. FIELD CONDITIONS: COMPLY WITH CRI 2011, SECTION 7 "SITE CONDITIONS; AMBIENT
IN 10 FEET ASTM E 1264 FOR CLASS A MATERIALS, WHEN TESTED PER ASTM E 84. OF EACH TYPE OF WOOD FLOORING AND ACCESSORY. WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY."
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
2. SUBFLOOR SURFACES TO RECEIVE THICKSET BEDS: +/-1/4 INCH IN 10 FEET. B. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN EACH TYPE OF ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL AND C. QUALIFICATION DATA: FOR INSTALLER. B. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING E. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: DO NOT DELIVER OR INSTALL CARPET UNTIL WET
3. NO VALLEYS OR RIDGES GREATER THAN 1/8 INCH. SUPPORTING SUSPENSION SYSTEM FROM SINGLE SOURCE FROM SINGLE 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE RESILIENT BASE. WORK IN SPACES IS COMPLETE AND DRY, AND AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND PTID
C. REMOVE PAINT, COATINGS, INCLUDING CURING COMPOUNDS AND OTHER MANUFACTURER. A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: AN EXPERIENCED INSTALLER WHO IS ACCEPTABLE TO C. APPLY WALL BASE TO WALLS, COLUMNS, PILASTERS, CASEWORK AND CABINETS IN HUMIDITY CONDITIONS ARE MAINTAINED AT OCCUPANCY LEVELS DURING LEVEL 6, 61 MARKET STREET, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES,
AUSTRALIA, 2000
SUBSTANCES THAT ARE INCOMPATIBLE WITH TILE-SETTING MATERIALS. C. ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL PRODUCTS: COMPLY WITH ASTM E 1264. REFER TO WOOD FLOORING MANUFACTURER TO INSTALL MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCTS OR TOE SPACES, AND OTHER PERMANENT FIXTURES IN ROOMS AND AREAS WHERE REMAINDER OF CONSTRUCTION. Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
D. FILL CRACKS, HOLES, AND DEPRESSIONS IN CONCRETE SUBSTRATES FOR TILE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR EACH TYPE OF ACOUSTICAL PANEL REQUIRED. ONE WITH NOT LESS THAN FIVE YEARS' EXPERIENCE, WHO HAS COMPLETED WOOD BASE IS REQUIRED. F. INSTALLATION WARRANTY: SUBMIT WRITTEN WARRANTY SIGNED BY THE CARPET
FLOORS INSTALLED WITH TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUND INSTALLER AND CONTRACTOR, WARRANTING THE CARPET INSTALLATION, FOR A MEP ENGINEER
D. METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM PRODUCTS: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 635. REFER TO FLOORING SIMILAR IN MATERIAL, DESIGN, AND EXTENT TO THAT INDICATED FOR D. INSTALL WALL BASE IN LENGTHS AS LONG AS PRACTICABLE WITHOUT GAPS AT
SPECIFICALLY RECOMMENDED BY TILE-SETTING MATERIAL MANUFACTURER. FINISH SCHEDULE FOR EACH TYPE OF METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM REQUIRED. THIS PROJECT AND WHOSE WORK HAS RESULTED IN WOOD FLOORING SEAMS AND WITH TOPS OF ADJACENT PIECES ALIGNED. PERIOD OF TWO YEARS, THAT THE CARPETING WILL NOT TEAR, CRACK, SEPARATE, MEDLAND ENGINEERING
E. COLOR BLEND TILES AT PROJECT SITE BEFORE INSTALLING. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DIRECT-HUNG METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS INSTALLATIONS WITH A RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE. E. TIGHTLY ADHERE WALL BASE TO SUBSTRATE THROUGHOUT LENGTH OF EACH PIECE, DETERIORATE OR PULL LOOSE FROM SUBSTRATE, OR EXPERIENCE SEAM FAILURE, GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
F. FURNISH THE SAME LOTS, BATCHES, ETC. WITHIN THE SAME CONTIGUOUS AREAS OF FOR INTERMEDIATE-DUTY STRUCTURAL CLASSIFICATION, AND FINISH PAINTED TO 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS WITH BASE IN CONTINUOUS CONTACT WITH HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL RIPPLES, SCALLOPS, PILLING OR PUCKERING.
THE SITE (I.E., CORRIDORS ON THE SAME FLOORS, COMMON ROOMS WHICH ADJOIN MATCH ACOUSTICAL PANEL. A. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONING: MAINTAIN AN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE BETWEEN SUBSTRATES. PART 2- PRODUCTS
EACH OTHER, ETC.). E. ATTACHMENT DEVICES: SIZE FOR FIVE TIMES THE DESIGN LOAD INDICATED IN 65 AND 75 DEG F (18 AND 24 DEG C) AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY PLANNED FOR F. DO NOT STRETCH WALL BASE DURING INSTALLATION. A. THE PRIMARY PRODUCTS OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION MAY BE FURNISHED BY LIGHTING DESIGNER
G. WHERE NEEDED TO PREVENT GROUT FROM STAINING OR ADHERING TO EXPOSED ASTM C 635, TABLE 1, "DIRECT HUNG," UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. COMPLY BUILDING OCCUPANTS IN SPACES TO RECEIVE WOOD FLOORING DURING THE G. REMOVE ADHESIVE AND OTHER BLEMISHES FROM EXPOSED SURFACES. THE OWNER FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CONTRACTOR. REFER TO THE
CERAMIC TILE SURFACES, PRECOAT THEM WITH CONTINUOUS FILM OF TEMPORARY WITH SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE FASTENER SYSTEM OF TYPE CONDITIONING PERIOD. END OF SECTION 09 65 13 “RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX” AND THE “FINISH SCHEDULE” ON DRAWINGS FOR
SCHVViNGHAMMEn
PROTECTIVE COATING, TAKING CARE NOT TO COAT UNEXPOSED TILE SURFACES. SUITABLE FOR APPLICATION INDICATED, FABRICATED FROM CORROSION-RESISTANT 1. CONDITIONING PERIOD BEGINS NOT LESS THAN SEVEN DAYS BEFORE WOOD ACCURATE REQUIREMENTS. WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHT1NG.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
H. COMPLY WITH TCNA'S "HANDBOOK FOR CERAMIC, GLASS, AND STONE TILE MATERIALS, WITH EYEPINS, CLIPS OR OTHER ACCESSORY DEVICES FOR ATTACHING FLOORING INSTALLATION, IS CONTINUOUS THROUGH INSTALLATION, AND B. ACCESSORY MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL
INSTALLATION" FOR TCNA INSTALLATION METHODS SPECIFIED IN TILE INSTALLATION HANGERS OF TYPE INDICATED, AND WITH CAPABILITY TO SUSTAIN, WITHOUT CONTINUES NOT LESS THAN SEVEN DAYS AFTER WOOD FLOORING INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR.
SCHEDULES. COMPLY WITH PARTS OF THE ANSI A108 SERIES "SPECIFICATIONS FOR FAILURE, A LOAD EQUAL TO 10 TIMES THAT IMPOSED BY CEILING ASSEMBLY. INSTALLATION, PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF SANDING AND FINISHING WORK. C. TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS: PORTLAND CEMENT BASED
INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE" THAT ARE REFERENCED IN TCNA INSTALLATION F. WIRE HANGERS, BRACES, AND TIES: ZINC-COATED CARBON-STEEL WIRE; 2. WOOD FLOORING CONDITIONING: MOVE WOOD FLOORING INTO SPACES WHERE FORMULATION PROVIDED BY OR RECOMMENDED BY CARPET MANUFACTURER. DO
METHODS, SPECIFIED IN TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULES, AND APPLY TO TYPES OF ASTM A 641/A 641M, CLASS 1 ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER. SELECT WIRE DIAMETER IT WILL BE INSTALLED, NO LATER THAN THE BEGINNING OF THE CONDITIONING RESILIENT TILE FLOORING NOT USE GYPSUM BASED COMPOUNDS.
SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS USED. SO ITS STRESS AT THREE TIMES HANGER DESIGN LOAD (ASTM C 635, TABLE 1, PERIOD. D. CARPET ADHESIVES: WATER-RESISTANT, MILDEW RESISTANT, AND NONSTAINING,
I. EXTEND TILE WORK INTO RECESSES AND UNDER OR BEHIND EQUIPMENT AND "DIRECT HUNG") WILL BE LESS THAN YIELD STRESS OF WIRE, BUT PROVIDE NOT LESS a. DO NOT INSTALL FLOORING UNTIL IT ADJUSTS TO RELATIVE HUMIDITY OF, HIGH SOLIDS, LOW VOC EMITTING FORMULATIONS THAT ARE SPECIFICALLY
FIXTURES TO FORM COMPLETE COVERING WITHOUT INTERRUPTIONS, UNLESS THAN 12 GAGE (0.106-INCH) DIAMETER WIRE. AND IS AT SAME TEMPERATURE AS, SPACE WHERE IT IS TO BE INSTALLED. SECTION 09 65 19 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING RECOMMENDED BY THE CARPET MANUFACTURER, AS VERIFIED THROUGH
OTHERWISE INDICATED. TERMINATE WORK NEATLY AT OBSTRUCTIONS, EDGES, AND G. METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM: TYPE AND PROFILE INDICATED OR, IF NOT REFER TO NWFA "HARDWOOD FLOORING INSTALLATION GUIDELINES," PART 1 - GENERAL COMPATIBILITY AND ADHESION TESTING FOR THE INTENDED SUBSTRATE AND
CORNERS WITHOUT DISRUPTING PATTERN OR JOINT ALIGNMENTS. INDICATED, MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MOLDINGS FOR EDGES AND APPENDIX AB, FOR EXPECTED MOISTURE CONTENT OF ACCLIMATIZED A. MAINTENANCE DATA: SUBMIT MAINTENANCE DATA FOR RESILIENT FLOOR TILE AND APPLICATION, AND THAT COMPLY WITH FLAMMABILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR
J. ACCURATELY FORM INTERSECTIONS AND RETURNS. PERFORM CUTTING AND PENETRATIONS THAT FIT ACOUSTICAL PANEL EDGE DETAILS AND SUSPENSION WOOD AT GIVEN TEMPERATURES AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY READINGS. FLOOR FINISH PRODUCTS. INSTALLED CARPET. PROVIDE ADHESIVES WITH VOC CONTENT NOT MORE THAN 50
DRILLING OF TILE WITHOUT MARRING VISIBLE SURFACES. GRIND CUT EDGES OF TILE SYSTEMS INDICATED; FORMED FROM SHEET METAL OF SAME MATERIAL, FINISH, AND b. OPEN SEALED PACKAGES TO ALLOW WOOD FLOORING TO ACCLIMATIZE B. FIELD CONDITIONS: INSTALL RESILIENT PRODUCTS AFTER OTHER FINISHING G/L WHEN CALCULATED ACCORDING TO 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24).
ABUTTING TRIM, FINISH, OR BUILT-IN ITEMS. FIT TILE CLOSELY TO ELECTRICAL COLOR AS THAT USED FOR EXPOSED FLANGES OF SUSPENSION SYSTEM RUNNERS; IMMEDIATELY ON MOVING FLOORING INTO SPACES IN WHICH IT WILL BE OPERATIONS, INCLUDING PAINTING, HAVE BEEN COMPLETED. E. SEAMING TAPE: HOT MELT ADHESIVE TAPE, 6 INCHES WIDE, RECOMMENDED BY THE
OUTLETS, PIPING, FIXTURES, AND OTHER PENETRATIONS SO PLATES, COLLARS, OR PROVIDE IN LONGEST STANDARD SINGLE PIECE LENGTHS. INSTALLED. PART 2- PRODUCTS CARPET MILL AS SUITABLE FOR BACKING SPECIFIED.
COVERS OVERLAP TILE. H. CLIPS: PROVIDE SUPPORT CLIPS, CLAMPS, FASTENERS, SPLINES, AND OTHER c. CLOSE SPACES TO TRAFFIC DURING FLOORING INSTALLATION AND FOR A. RESILIENT TILE PRODUCTS: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. F. SEAMING CEMENT: WATER-RESISTANT AND FLAME-RESISTANT CARPET ADHESIVE
K. JOINTING PATTERN: LAY TILE IN GRID PATTERN, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ATTACHMENT DEVICES AS REQUIRED TO ALIGN COMPONENTS AND TO CONNECT TIME PERIOD AFTER INSTALLATION AS RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY B. TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS: LATEX-MODIFIED, PORTLAND FOR SEALING RAW EDGES, SEAMING, REINFORCING SEAMS AND PATCHING. PROVIDE
ALIGN JOINTS WHEN ADJOINING TILES ON FLOOR, BASE, WALLS, AND TRIM ARE SAME COMPONENTS AND TRANSFER IMPOSED LOADS OF SUSPENSION SYSTEM. FLOORING AND FINISH MANUFACTURERS. CEMENT BASED FORMULATION PROVIDED OR APPROVED BY RESILIENT PRODUCT FAST DRYING, EASY SPREADING CARPET SEAMING ADHESIVE HAVING EXCELLENT
SIZE. LAY OUT TILE WORK AND CENTER TILE FIELDS IN BOTH DIRECTIONS IN EACH PART 3- EXECUTION B. AFTER CONDITIONING PERIOD, MAINTAIN RELATIVE HUMIDITY AND AMBIENT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. AGING CHARACTERISTICS RECOMMENDED BY THE CARPET MANUFACTURER.
SPACE OR ON EACH WALL AREA. ADJUST TO MINIMIZE TILE CUTTING. PROVIDE A. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 636 AND SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS INDICATED, PER TEMPERATURE PLANNED FOR BUILDING OCCUPANTS. C. USE ADHESIVES THAT COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING LIMITS FOR VOC CONTENT G. FLOOR SEALER: TYPE AS RECOMMENDED AND MANUFACTURED BY THE CARPET
UNIFORM JOINT WIDTHS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND CISCA'S "CEILING SYSTEMS C. INSTALL FACTORY-FINISHED WOOD FLOORING AFTER OTHER FINISHING WHEN CALCULATED ACCORDING TO 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24): MANUFACTURER FOR THE APPLICATIONS INDICATED. PROVIDE FLOOR SEALER WITH
L. LAY OUT TILE WAINSCOTS TO NEXT FULL TILE BEYOND DIMENSIONS INDICATED. HANDBOOK." OPERATIONS, INCLUDING PAINTING, HAVE BEEN COMPLETED. 1. VCT AND ASPHALT TILE ADHESIVES: NOT MORE THAN 50 G/L. VOC CONTENT NOT MORE THAN 200 G/L WHEN CALCULATED ACCORDING TO
M. LOCATE SEALANT FILLED MOVEMENT JOINTS WHERE RECOMMENDED BY THE B. SUSPEND CEILING HANGERS FROM BUILDING'S STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, PLUMB AND PART 2- PRODUCTS 2. RUBBER FLOOR ADHESIVES: NOT MORE THAN 60 G/L. 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24).
MANUFACTURER OF MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS, BUT NOT LESS THAN THE FREE FROM CONTACT WITH INSULATION OR OTHER OBJECTS WITHIN CEILING 2.1 ENGINEERED-WOOD STRIP OR PLANK FLOORING D. FLOOR POLISH: PROVIDE PROTECTIVE LIQUID FLOOR POLISH PRODUCTS AS PART 3- EXECUTION
REQUIREMENTS OF TCNA EJ171, AND AS ACCEPTED BY THE ARCHITECT. FORM PLENUM. SPLAY HANGERS ONLY WHERE REQUIRED TO MISS OBSTRUCTIONS; A. THE PRIMARY PRODUCTS OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION MAY BE FURNISHED BY RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. A. COMPLY WITH CRI 2011, SECTION 7.3 "SITE CONDITIONS; FLOOR PREPARATION," AND
MOVEMENT JOINTS AND OTHER SEALANT-FILLED JOINTS DURING INSTALLATION OF OFFSET RESULTING HORIZONTAL FORCES BY BRACING, COUNTERSPLAYING, OR THE OWNER FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CONTRACTOR. REFER TO THE PART 3- EXECUTION WITH CARPET MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR
SETTING MATERIALS, MORTAR BEDS, AND TILE. DO NOT SAW-CUT JOINTS AFTER OTHER EQUALLY EFFECTIVE MEANS. WHERE WIDTH OF DUCTS AND OTHER “RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX” AND THE “FINISH SCHEDULE” ON DRAWINGS FOR A. PREPARE CONCRETE SUBSTRATES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN PREPARING SUBSTRATES.
INSTALLING TILES. CONSTRUCTION WITHIN CEILING PLENUM PRODUCES HANGER SPACINGS THAT ACCURATE REQUIREMENTS. RECOMMENDATIONS TO ENSURE ADHESION OF RESILIENT PRODUCTS. B. EXAMINE THE SUBSTRATES, ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION AND THE CONDITIONS
N. INSTALL UNCOUPLING MEMBRANE UNDER FLOOR TILE WITH ANY FACE DIMENSION INTERFERE WITH LOCATION OF HANGERS, USE TRAPEZES OR EQUIVALENT DEVICES. B. ACCESSORY MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL B. PREPARE CONCRETE SUBSTRATES ACCORDING TO ASTM F 710. VERIFY THAT UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE INSTALLED. VERIFY RECOMMENDED LIMITS FOR A Issue Date & Description By Check
EQUAL TO 12-INCHES OR MORE. COMPLY WITH ANSI A118.10 AND MANUFACTURER'S WHEN STEEL FRAMING DOES NOT PERMIT INSTALLATION OF HANGER WIRES AT INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR. MOISTURE CONTENT AND ALKALINITY OF CONCRETE SUBSTRATES WITH CARPET 11/02/2018
SUBSTRATES ARE DRY AND FREE OF CURING COMPOUNDS, SEALERS, AND DSF DSF
WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS TO PRODUCE MEMBRANE OF UNIFORM THICKNESS AND SPACING REQUIRED, INSTALL CARRYING CHANNELS OR OTHER SUPPLEMENTAL 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS HARDENERS. PERFORM ALKALINITY AND ADHESION TESTS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER; AND, SLAB SUBSTRATES ARE DRY AND FREE OF CURING FINAL SD
BONDED SECURELY TO SUBSTRATE. DO NOT INSTALL TILE OR SETTING MATERIALS SUPPORT FOR ATTACHMENT OF HANGER WIRES. A. TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS: LATEX-MODIFIED, MANUFACTURER. PERFORM MOISTURE TESTS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. COMPOUNDS, SEALERS, HARDENERS, AND OTHER MATERIALS THAT MAY INTERFERE 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
OVER UNCOUPLING MEMBRANE UNTIL MEMBRANE HAS CURED. 1. DO NOT SUPPORT CEILINGS DIRECTLY FROM PERMANENT METAL FORMS OR PORTLAND-CEMENT-BASED FORMULATION PROVIDED OR APPROVED BY FLOORING PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER SUBSTRATES PASS TESTING. WITH ADHESIVE BOND. DETERMINE ADHESION AND DRYNESS CHARACTERISTICS BY
PRELIM SD
O. FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION: FLOOR DECK; ANCHOR INTO CONCRETE SLABS. MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. C. REMOVE PAINT, SEALERS, SUBSTRATE COATINGS, EXISTING FLOOR COVERING PERFORMING BOND AND MOISTURE TESTS RECOMMENDED BY THE CARPET
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
1. THIN-SET MORTAR: 2. DO NOT ATTACH HANGERS TO STEEL DECK TABS OR TO STEEL ROOF DECK. B. WOOD FLOORING ADHESIVE: MASTIC RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING AND ADHESIVE ADHESIVE RESIDUES (IF ANY), AND OTHER SUBSTANCES THAT ARE INCOMPATIBLE MANUFACTURER.
a. TCNA F113-12 ON GROUND CONCRETE - TILE. 3. LATERAL FORCE BRACING: MANUFACTURERS FOR APPLICATION INDICATED. WITH ADHESIVES USING MECHANICAL METHODS RECOMMENDED BY C. USE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING 100% SD
b. TCNA FI 13A-12 ABOVE GROUND - TILE. a. HORIZONTAL RESTRAINTS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY FOUR NO. 12 GAGE C. CORK EXPANSION STRIP: COMPOSITION CORK STRIP COMPLYING WITH FS HH-C-576, MANUFACTURER. DO NOT USE SOLVENTS. MANUFACTURER FOR FILLING CRACKS, HOLES AND DEPRESSIONS IN THE 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
2. INSTALL STONE THRESHOLDS IN ONE PIECE, NOTCHED TO FIT NEATLY AT DOOR WIRES SECURED TO THE MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2 INCHES OF THE CROSS TYPEI-B, CLASS 2. D. USE TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUND TO FILL CRACKS, HOLES, SUBSTRATE. SURFACE SHALL BE SMOOTH, LEVEL AND AT PROPER ELEVATION. 50% CD
JAMBS; SET IN SAME TYPE OF SETTING BED AS ABUTTING FIELD TILE IN RUNNER INTERSECTION AND SPLAYED 90 DEGREES FROM EACH OTHER AT PART 3- EXECUTION AND DEPRESSIONS IN SUBSTRATES. REMOVE RIDGES, ROUGHNESS AND PROTRUSIONS FROM CONCRETE SURFACES BY 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
ACCORDANCE WITH TCNA TR611. AN ANGLE NOT EXCEEDING 45 DEGREES FROM THE PLANE OF THE CEILING. 3.1 EXAMINATION E. APPLY PRIMER TO CONCRETE SLABS, IF RECOMMENDED BY THE FLOORING GRINDING.
90% CD
P. WALL TILE INSTALLATION: A STRUT FASTENED TO THE MAIN RUNNER SHALL BE EXTENDED TO AND A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES, AREAS, AND CONDITIONS, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR MANUFACTURER, PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF ADHESIVE. D. COMPLY WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND CRI 2011, SECTION 13
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
1. THIN-SET MORTAR ON COATED GLASS-MAT, WATER-RESISTANT GYPSUM FASTENED TO THE STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SUPPORTING THE ROOF OR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, INSTALLATION TOLERANCES, AND OTHER F. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING FLOOR "DIRECT GLUE-DOWN INSTALLATION."
BACKER BOARD: FLOOR ABOVE. THE STRUT SHALL BE ADEQUATE TO RESIST THE VERTICAL CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF WOOD FLOORING. PROCEED WITH TILE. 1. ADHERE CARPET WITH A FULL SPREAD OF ADHESIVE. ENSURE UNIFORM BOND 100% CD
a. TCNAW245J2-TILE. COMPONENT INDUCED BY THE BRACING WIRES. THESE HORIZONTAL INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN G. SCRIBE, CUT, AND FIT FLOOR TILES TO BUTT NEATLY AND TIGHTLY TO VERTICAL OVER THE ENTIRE AREA.
END OF SECTION 09 30 00 RESTRAINT POINTS SHALL BE PLACED NOT MORE THAN 12 FEET ON CENTER CORRECTED. SURFACES AND PERMANENT FIXTURES INCLUDING BUILT-IN FURNITURE, CABINETS, 2. ROLL CARPET UNIFORMLY, REMOVING AIR POCKETS AND BUBBLES.
IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WITH THE FIRST POINT WITHIN 6 FEET FROM EACH B. CONCRETE SUBSTRATES FOR WOOD FLOORING: PIPES, OUTLETS, AND DOOR FRAMES. 3. INSTALL RESILIENT MOLDING EDGE STRIP AT EVERY LOCATION WHERE EDGE OF
WALL. ATTACHMENT OF THE RESTRAINT WIRES TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE 1. VERIFY THAT SLABS ARE DRY ACCORDING TO TEST METHODS RECOMMENDED H. EXTEND FLOOR TILES INTO TOE SPACES, DOOR REVEALS, CLOSETS, AND SIMILAR CARPET IS EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. UNLESS
SHALL BE ADEQUATE FOR THE LOAD IMPOSED. BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER OR, IF NONE, BY TEST METHODS IN NOFMA'S OPENINGS. EXTEND FLOOR TILES TO CENTER OF DOOR OPENINGS. OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT, INSTALL IN SINGLE LENGTHS AND
b. LATERAL FORCE BRACING MEMBERS SHALL BE SPACED A MINIMUM OF 6 "INSTALLING HARDWOOD FLOORING." I. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLEANING AND SECURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS.
INCHES FROM ALL HORIZONTAL PIPING OR DUCTWORK THAT IS NOT 2. WHERE WOOD FLOORING IS INSTALLED DIRECTLY OVER CONCRETE SLABS, PROTECTION OF FLOOR TILE. 4. RESTRICT TRAFFIC OVER ADHESIVE INSTALLATIONS UNTIL ADHESIVE HAS
PROVIDED WITH BRACING RESTRAINTS FOR HORIZONTAL FORCES. GRIND HIGH SPOTS AND FILL LOW SPOTS TO PROVIDE A MAXIMUM 1/4 INCH J. FLOOR POLISH FOR VINYL COMPOSITION TILE OR SOLID VINYL TILE: REMOVE SOIL, PROPERLY CURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ADHESIVE MANUFACTURER'S
BRACING WIRES SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE GRID AND TO THE STRUCTURE (6 MM) DEVIATION IN ANY DIRECTION WHEN CHECKED WITH A10 FOOT (3 M) VISIBLE ADHESIVE, AND SURFACE BLEMISHES FROM FLOOR TILE SURFACES BEFORE RECOMMENDATIONS.
IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THEY CAN SUPPORT A DESIGN LOAD OF NOT LESS STRAIGHT EDGE. APPLYING LIQUID FLOOR POLISH. APPLY NUMBER OF COATS AS RECOMMENDED BY E. AS THE CARPETING IS INSTALLED, REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF ALL TRIMMINGS,
THAN 200 POUNDS OR THE ACTUAL DESIGN LOAD, WHICHEVER IS GREATER, 3. WHERE WOOD FLOORING IS ADHESIVELY ATTACHED TO CONCRETE SLABS, MANUFACTURER. EXCESS PIECES OF CARPETING AND LAYING MATERIALS FROM EACH AREA AS IT IS
WITH A SAFETY FACTOR OF 2. VERIFY THAT SLABS ARE FREE OF CURING COMPOUNDS, SEALERS, HARDENERS, K. COVER FLOOR TILE UNTIL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. COMPLETED. VACUUM CARPETING WITH A COMMERCIAL VACUUM, HAVING A
C. INSTALL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM OF TYPE INDICATED AT PERIMETER OF AND OTHER MATERIALS THAT MAY INTERFERE WITH ADHESIVE BOND. END OF SECTION 09 65 19 CYLINDRICAL BRUSH OR BEATER BAR AND HIGH SUCTION. REMOVE ADHESIVES,
ACOUSTICAL CEILING AREA AND WHERE NECESSARY TO CONCEAL EDGES OF 4. ALKALINITY AND ADHESION TESTING: PERFORM TESTS RECOMMENDED BY STAINS, AND SOIL SPOTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CARPET MANUFACTURER'S
ACOUSTICAL PANELS. ALIGN MOLDINGS ACCURATELY AND SCREW ATTACH FLOORING MANUFACTURER. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER RECOMMENDATIONS.
SECURELY TO SUBSTRATE WITH CONCEALED FASTENERS AT INTERVALS NOT MORE SUBSTRATE ALKALINITY FALLS WITHIN RANGE ON PH SCALE RECOMMENDED BY F. PROTECT INSTALLED CARPET TO COMPLY WITH CRI 2011, SECTION 20 "PROTECTING
THAN 16 INCHES ON CENTER AND NOT MORE THAN 3 INCHES FROM ENDS, LEVELING MANUFACTURER IN WRITING, BUT NOT LESS THAN 5 OR MORE THAN 9 PH. INDOOR INSTALLATIONS," AND AGAINST DAMAGE AS DAMAGED CARPETING SHALL BE
WITH CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM. MITER CORNERS ACCURATELY AND CONNECT 5. VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATES ARE DRY AND FREE OF CURING COMPOUNDS, REJECTED. USE NON-STAINING COVER MATERIAL FOR PROTECTION. TAPE JOINTS
SECURELY. DO NOT USE EXPOSED FASTENERS, INCLUDING POP RIVETS, ON SEALERS, AND HARDENERS. OF PROTECTIVE COVERING. PLASTIC AND POLYETHYLENE SHEET PROTECTIVE
MOLDINGS AND TRIM. 6. REMOVE SUBSTRATE COATINGS AND OTHER SUBSTANCES THAT ARE COVERINGS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED.
D. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM RUNNERS SO THEY ARE SQUARE AND SECURELY INCOMPATIBLE WITH ADHESIVES AND THAT CONTAIN SOAP, WAX, OIL, OR G. REMOVE AND REPLACE REJECTED CARPETING WITH NEW CARPET. AT THE
INTERLOCKED WITH ONE ANOTHER. CLIP RUNNERS TO ANGLE MOLDINGS; DO NOT SILICONE, USING MECHANICAL METHODS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING COMPLETION OF THE WORK AND WHEN DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT, REMOVE
USE EXPOSED FASTENERS. FINISH TO LINES AND LEVELS SHOWN, WITH MAXIMUM MANUFACTURER. DO NOT USE SOLVENTS. COVERING, VACUUM CLEAN CARPETING AND REMOVE SOILING AND STAINS (IF ANY)
DEFLECTION NOT TO EXCEED L/360 OF THE SPAN BETWEEN SUPPORTS. LEVEL TO A 7. MOISTURE TESTING: PERFORM TESTS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT.
TOLERANCE OF 1/8-INCH NONCUMULATIVE. REMOVE AND REPLACE DENTED, BENT, MANUFACTURER, BUT NOT LESS STRINGENT THAN THE FOLLOWING: END OF SECTION 09 68 16
OR KINKED MEMBERS. a. PERFORM ANHYDROUS CALCIUM CHLORIDE TEST ACCORDING TO
E. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL PANELS WITH UNDAMAGED EDGES AND FIT ACCURATELY INTO ASTM F 1869. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER SUBSTRATES
SUSPENSION SYSTEM RUNNERS AND EDGE MOLDINGS. RUN GRAIN OF UNITS IN ONE HAVE MAXIMUM MOISTURE-VAPOR EMISSION RATE OF 3 LB OF WATER/1000
DIRECTION AS ACCEPTED ON SHOP DRAWINGS. SCRIBE AND CUT PANELS AT SO. FT. (1.36 KG OF WATER/92.9 SO. M) IN 24 HOURS.
BORDERS AND PENETRATIONS TO PROVIDE A NEAT, PRECISE FIT. b. PERFORM RELATIVE HUMIDITY TEST USING IN SITU PROBES ACCORDING TO
END OF SECTION 09 51 13 ASTM F 2170. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER SUBSTRATES
HAVE A MAXIMUM 75 PERCENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY LEVEL.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. COMPLY WITH FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS,
BUT NOT LESS THAN RECOMMENDATIONS IN NOFMA'S "INSTALLING HARDWOOD
FLOORING."
B. CONCRETE SUBSTRATES: VERIFY THAT SLABS ARE DRY ACCORDING TO TEST
METHODS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER OR, IF NONE, BY TEST
METHODS IN NOFMA'S "INSTALLING HARDWOOD FLOORING."
1. WHERE WOOD FLOORING IS INSTALLED DIRECTLY OVER CONCRETE SLABS,
GRIND HIGH SPOTS AND FILL LOW SPOTS TO PROVIDE A MAXIMUM 1/4 INCH
(6 MM) DEVIATION IN ANY DIRECTION WHEN CHECKED WITH A10 FOOT (3 M)
STRAIGHT EDGE.
2. WHERE WOOD FLOORING IS ADHESIVELY ATTACHED TO CONCRETE SLABS,
VERIFY THAT SLABS ARE FREE OF CURING COMPOUNDS, SEALERS, HARDENERS,
AND OTHER MATERIALS THAT MAY INTERFERE WITH ADHESIVE BOND.
C. PROVIDE EXPANSION SPACE AT WALLS AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS AND
TERMINATIONS OF FLOORING OF NOT LESS THAN 3/4 INCH (19 MM).
D. ENGINEERED-WOOD FLOORING: INSTALL IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH
MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS.
E. WOOD TRIM: NAIL BASEBOARD TO WALL AND NAIL SHOE MOLDING OR OTHER TRIM
TO BASEBOARD; DO NOT NAIL TO FLOORING.
END OF SECTION 09 64 00
Seal/Signature
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
SPECIFICATIONS
Scaie
NO SCALE
Sheet Number
A10.08
WALL COVERINGS STONE FACING FABRIC-WRAPPED PANELS INTERIOR PAINTING SHEET NOTES
SECTION 09 72 00 - WALL COVERINGS SECTION 09 75 00 - STONE FACING 5. CUT AND DRILL STONES IN SHOP AS REQUIRED FOR SUPPORTS, DOWELS, SECTION 09 77 23 - FABRIC-WRAPPED PANELS SECTION 09 91 23 - INTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL SHIMS, ANCHORS, AND OTHER INSERTS AS REQUIRED FOR RIGID AND SECURE PART 1 - GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
A. SECTION INCLUDES WALL COVERINGS. A. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT CUTTING AND SETTING DRAWINGS INDICATING SIZES, INSTALLATION. 1.1 SUBMITTALS A. PAINT EXPOSED SURFACES. IF AN ITEM OR A SURFACE IS NOT SPECIFICALLY TEL: 646 428 5500
B. FIRE-TEST-RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS: PROVIDE PRODUCTS TESTED PER TEST DIMENSIONS, SECTIONS AND PROFILES OF STONE UNITS, ARRANGEMENT AND a. PREDRILLED HOLES FOR THE ATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL ANCHORS A. SHOP DRAWINGS; INCLUDE ATTACHMENT DEVICES; AND DETAILS AT HEAD, BASE, MENTIONED, PAINT THE ITEM OR SURFACE THE SAME AS SIMILAR ADJACENT
METHOD INDICATED BY A TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING PROVISIONS FOR JOINTING, SUPPORTING, ANCHORING AND BONDING STONEWORK, SHALL BE DIAMOND CORED JIG DRILLED; DRY (IMPACT) DRILLING OF HOLES JOINTS, CORNERS, AND INTERSECTIONS WITH SHELVES, COUNTERTOPS, DOORS, MATERIALS OR SURFACES. PAINTING INCLUDES FIELD PAINTING OF EXPOSED BARE
JURISDICTION: AND OTHER DETAILS SHOWING RELATIONSHIPS WITH, ATTACHMENT TO, AND SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND SWITCHES, THERMOSTATS, AND OTHER COMPONENTS. AND COVERED PIPES AND DUCTS (INCLUDING COLOR CODING), HANGERS, EXPOSED
1. SURFACE BURNING: FLAME-SPREAD AND SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDICES OF 25 RECEPTION OF, RELATED WORK. STONE DELIVERED TO THE JOBSITE, OR INSTALLED, b. BACKCHECK KERFS AS REQUIRED TO ACCEPT STONE SUPPORTS AND TO INDICATE PANEL EDGE AND CORE MATERIALS. STEEL AND IRON SUPPORTS, AND SURFACES OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL
AND 450, RESPECTIVELY, PER ASTM E 84. AND WHICH DOES NOT FALL WITHIN THE ACCEPTED SAMPLE RANGE, MAY BE PROVIDE MAXIMUM WORKING JOINT CLEARANCE AT PANEL TO PANEL 1. INCLUDE ELEVATIONS SHOWING PANEL SIZES AND DIRECTION OF FABRIC EQUIPMENT THAT DO NOT HAVE A FACTORY-APPLIED FINAL FINISH.
2. FIRE GROWTH CONTRIBUTION: NO FLASHOVER AND HEAT AND SMOKE RELEASE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT WITH STONE THAT FALLS WITHIN THE JOINTS. WEAVE. 1. DO NOT PAINT PREFINISHED ITEMS, CONCEALED SURFACES, FINISHED METAL
ACCORDING TO NFPA 265 AND NFPA 286. ACCEPTED SAMPLE RANGE AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. c. THE BOTTOM OF ANY HOLE OR SLOT FOR ANCHOR INSERTION SHALL NOT BE B. COORDINATION DRAWINGS; SHOW RELATION OF FABRIC-WRAPPED PANELS TO SURFACES, OPERATING PARTS, AND LABELS. DESIGN ARCHITECT
C. MOCKUPS: INSTALL MOCKUPS TO VERIFY SELECTIONS MADE UNDER SAMPLE B. MAINTENANCE DATA: SUBMIT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH TYPE OF LESS THAN 1/2 INCH FROM EXPOSED PANEL FACE. CASEWORK. SHOW OPERATION OF CASEWORK DRAWERS AND DOORS. B. SAMPLES; SUBMIT PAINT SAMPLES ON 12 INCH SQUARES OF ACTUAL SUBSTRATE TO
SUBMITTALS AND TO DEMONSTRATE AESTHETIC EFFECTS AND QUALITIES OF
MATERIALS AND EXECUTION.
PRODUCT SPECIFIED.
C. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: SUBCONTRACT THE STONEWORK TO A SINGLE FIRM
6. CLEAN SAWN STONES TO REMOVE RUST STAINS AND FREE IRON PARTICLES.
7. PROVIDE GREATER STONE THICKNESS THAN INDICATED WHERE THICKNESSES 1.2
C. QUALIFICATION DATA; FOR INSTALLER.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
BE COATED FOR THE ARCHITECT'S REVIEW OF EACH COLOR AND TEXTURE
REQUIRED.
1. FOR EACH TYPE OF WALL COVERING, INSTALL MOCKUPS CONSISTING OF THREE WITH A MINIMUM OF 10 YEARS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE IN CONVENTIONAL SET INDICATED ARE INSUFFICIENT FOR THE SIZES OR WHERE EXTENT OF CUTOUTS A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS; FABRICATOR OF PRODUCTS. C. APPLICATOR QUALIFICATIONS; ENGAGE AN EXPERIENCED APPLICATOR WHO HAS 121 West27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212)481-2065 Fax: (212)481-3673
ADJACENT FULL-HEIGHT AND FULL-WIDTH LENGTHS. STONEWORK COMPARABLE TO THAT SHOWN AND SPECIFIED, IN NOT LESS THAN 3 SHOWN DECREASES EFFECTIVE STRENGTH OF THE REMAINING MATERIAL, OR 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING COMPLETED PAINTING SYSTEM APPLICATIONS SIMILAR IN MATERIAL, DESIGN, AND
2. APPROVED MOCKUPS MAY BECOME PART OF THE COMPLETED WORK IF PROJECTS OF SIMILAR SCOPE TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT. THE FOR PROPER AND SUFFICIENT ANCHORAGE, SUITABLE AND ADEQUATE BEARING A. PROTECT FABRIC-WRAPPED PANELS FROM EXCESSIVE MOISTURE IN SHIPMENT, EXTENT TO THOSE INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT, WHOSE WORK HAS RESULTED IN
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
UNDISTURBED AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. STONEWORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: AREAS OR SURFACES. COORDINATE WITH WORK OF OTHER AFFECTED TRADES. STORAGE, AND HANDLING. DELIVER IN UNOPENED BUNDLES AND STORE IN A DRY APPLICATIONS WITH A RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE.
D. SPACE ENCLOSURE AND ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: DO NOT INSTALL WALL 1. ALL PREPARATION FOR STONEWORK, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, 8. FINISH EXPOSED FACES AND EDGES OF STONES TO COMPLY WITH PLACE WITH ADEQUATE AIR CIRCULATION. PART 2- PRODUCTS PTID
COVERING UNTIL SPACE IS ENCLOSED AND WEATHERPROOF, WET-WORK IN SPACE SUBMITTALS, SITE ERECTION, AND SAMPLE INSTALLATIONS AS SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS INDICATED FOR FINISH UNDER EACH TYPE AND APPLICATION OF 1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS A. PRODUCTS/MANUFACTURERS; LEVEL 6, 61 MARKET STREET, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES,
AUSTRALIA, 2000
IS COMPLETED AND NOMINALLY DRY, WORK ABOVE CEILINGS IS COMPLETE, AND HEREIN. STONE REQUIRED AND TO MATCH APPROVED SAMPLES AND FIELD A. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS; DO NOT INSTALL FABRIC-WRAPPED PANELS UNTIL 1. AURAWATERBORNE INTERIOR MATTE FINISH; BENJAMIN MOORE & CO. Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS ARE AND WILL BE 2. ALL ANCHORS, SUPPORTS, INSERTS AND FASTENERS FOR THE ABOVE, CONSTRUCTED SAMPLE INSTALLATIONS. SPACES ARE ENCLOSED AND WEATHERPROOF, WET WORK IN SPACES IS COMPLETE 2. ULTRA-HIDE 220 INTERIOR LATEX; GLIDDEN PROFESSIONAL.
FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF SAME. AND DRY, WORK ABOVE CEILINGS IS COMPLETE, AND AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND MEP ENGINEER
CONTINUOUSLY MAINTAINED AT VALUES NEAR THOSE INDICATED FOR FINAL 9. CAREFULLY INSPECT FINISHED STONES AT FABRICATION PLANT FOR 3. PURE PERFORMANCE INTERIOR FLAT LATEX; PPG INDUSTRIES, INC.
OCCUPANCY. 3. ALL SEALANTS AND JOINT FILLERS IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ABOVE. COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS RELATIVE TO QUALITIES OF APPEARANCE, HUMIDITY CONDITIONS ARE MAINTAINED AT THE LEVELS INDICATED FOR PROJECT (PITTSBURGH PAINTS). MEDLAND ENGINEERING
E. LIGHTING: DO NOT INSTALL WALL COVERING UNTIL A LIGHTING LEVEL OF NOT LESS D. DELEGATED DESIGN: THE CONNECTION SYSTEM AS SHOWN IS SUGGESTED FOR THE MATERIAL AND FABRICATION; REPLACE DEFECTIVE STONES WITH STONES THAT WHEN OCCUPIED FOR ITS INTENDED USE. 4. EMERALD INTERIOR ACRYLIC LATEX; SHERWIN-WILLIAMS CO. GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
THAN 15 FOOT-CANDLES (160 LUX) IS PROVIDED ON THE SURFACES TO RECEIVE STONE INSTALLATION. FINAL CONNECTION DESIGN IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF DO COMPLY. B. LIGHTING; DO NOT INSTALL FABRIC-WRAPPED PANELS UNTIL A PERMANENT LEVEL B. MATERIAL COMPATIBILITY; PROVIDE PRIMERS, AND FINISH-COAT MATERIALS THAT
WALLCOVERING. THE CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF CONNECTORS TO BE PLACED IN H. SPOTTING PLASTER; STIFF MIX OF MOLDING PLASTER AND WATER. OF LIGHTING IS PROVIDED ON SURFACES TO RECEIVE FABRIC-WRAPPED PANELS. ARE COMPATIBLE WITH ONE ANOTHER AND WITH THE SUBSTRATES INDICATED
F. VENTILATION: PROVIDE CONTINUOUS VENTILATION DURING INSTALLATION AND FOR STONE WITH CONNECTORS TO BE BUILT INTO WOODWORK BACKUP. I. MIX MORTARS AND GROUTS TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF REFERENCED C. AIR-QUALITY LIMITATIONS; PROTECT FABRIC-WRAPPED PANELS FROM EXPOSURE UNDER CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND APPLICATION, AS DEMONSTRATED BY LIGHTING DESIGNER
NOT LESS THAN THE TIME RECOMMENDED BY THE WALL COVERING MANUFACTURER E. FIELD-CONSTRUCTED SAMPLE INSTALLATIONS: AFTER REVIEW OF SAMPLES, STANDARDS AND WITH MANUFACTURERS' WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDING TO AIRBORNE ODORS SUCH AS TOBACCO SMOKE, AND INSTALL PANELS UNDER MANUFACTURER BASED ON TESTING AND FIELD EXPERIENCE. FOR EACH COAT IN A
FOR FULL DRYING OR CURING. ACCEPTANCE OF SHOP DRAWINGS, PREPARE SAMPLE INSTALLATIONS FOR THE THOSE FOR ACCURATE PROPORTIONING OF MATERIALS AND LIQUID LATEX ADDITIVE CONDITIONS FREE FROM ODOR CONTAMINATION OF AMBIENT AIR. PAINT SYSTEM, PROVIDE PRODUCTS RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY
SCHVViNGHAMMEn
G. WALL FINISH: APPLY WALL COVERINGS TO GYPSUM BOARD WALLS PREPARED TO FOLLOWING TYPES OF STONEWORK. PURPOSE OF SAMPLE INSTALLATIONS IS IN CONTENT; MIX MATERIALS WITH TYPE OF EQUIPMENT, SELECTION OF SPEEDS, IN D. FIELD MEASUREMENTS; VERIFY LOCATIONS OF FABRIC-WRAPPED PANELS BY FIELD MANUFACTURERS OF TOPCOAT FOR USE IN PAINT SYSTEM AND ON SUBSTRATE WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHT1NG.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
THE FOLLOWING FINISH LEVELS. SEE SECTION 09 29 00 "GYPSUM BOARD." ESTABLISHING STANDARD OF QUALITY FOR STONE JOINTING AND WORKMANSHIP PROPER CONTAINERS, FOR TIME PERIODS, AND OTHER PROCEDURE NEEDED TO MEASUREMENTS BEFORE FABRICATION AND INDICATE MEASUREMENTS ON SHOP INDICATED.
1. LEVEL 4: EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED. EXPECTED IN COMPLETED WORK. BUILD SAMPLE INSTALLATIONS TO COMPLY WITH PRODUCE MORTARS AND GROUTS OF UNIFORM QUALITY AND WITH OPTIMUM DRAWINGS. C. VOC CONTENT OF FIELD-APPLIED INTERIOR PAINTS AND COATINGS;
PART 2- PRODUCTS FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS FOR APPLICATION SPECIFIED OR INDICATED. PART 2- PRODUCTS ARCHITECTURAL PAINTS AND COATINGS APPLIED TO INTERIOR WALLS AND CEILINGS
A. WALL COVERINGS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE 1. LOCATE SAMPLE INSTALLATIONS ON SITE WHERE INDICATED OR, IF NOT PART 3- EXECUTION 2.1 PRODUCTS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT LIMITS
PRODUCTS INDICATED IN FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. INDICATED, AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. A. STONE SETTING AND POINTING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE A. THE PRIMARY PRODUCTS OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION MAY BE FURNISHED BY ESTABLISHED IN GREEN SEAL STANDARD GS-11, PAINTS, 1ST EDITION, MAY 20,1993.
1. COLOR AND PATTERN: AS INDICATED BY MANUFACTURER'S DESIGNATIONS. 2. BUILD SAMPLE INSTALLATIONS OF THE FOLLOWING WORK: REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE MARBLE INSTITUTE OF AMERICA THE OWNER FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CONTRACTOR. REFER TO THE D. MATERIAL QUALITY; PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S BEST-QUALITY PAINT MATERIAL OF
B. APPLIED BACKING MATERIAL: AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR a. TYPICAL INTERIOR STONE WALL CLADDING, APPROXIMATELY 72 INCHES (MIA), UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED OR SHOWN. “RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX” AND THE “FINISH SCHEDULE” ON DRAWINGS FOR THE VARIOUS COATING TYPES SPECIFIED THAT ARE FACTORY FORMULATED AND
APPLICATION INDICATED. LONG BY 96 INCHES HIGH. B. STONEWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED BY SKILLED MECHANICS. EMPLOY SKILLED STONE ACCURATE REQUIREMENTS. RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION INDICATED. PAINT-MATERIAL
C. ADHESIVE: MILDEW-RESISTANT, NONSTAINING, STRIPPABLE ADHESIVE, FOR USE 3. RETAIN SAMPLE INSTALLATIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION AS A STANDARD FOR FITTERS AT THE SITE TO DO NECESSARY FIELD CUTTING AS STONES ARE SET. USE B. ACCESSORY MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL CONTAINERS NOT DISPLAYING MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION WILL
WITH SPECIFIC WALL COVERING AND SUBSTRATE APPLICATION, AS RECOMMENDED JUDGING COMPLETED STONEWORK. DO NOT ALTER, MOVE OR DESTROY POWER SAWS WITH DIAMOND TIPPED BLADES TO CUT STONE. CUT LINES STRAIGHT INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR. NOT BE ACCEPTABLE.
IN WRITING BY WALL-COVERING MANUFACTURER, AND WITH A VOC CONTENT OF 50 SAMPLE INSTALLATIONS UNTIL WORK IS COMPLETED. ACCEPTED SAMPLE AND TRUE, WITH EDGES EASED SLIGHTLY TO PREVENT SNIPPING. C. MOUNTING DEVICES; AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. CONCEALED ON 1. USE OF MANUFACTURER'S PROPRIETARY PRODUCT NAMES TO DESIGNATE
G/L OR LESS WHEN CALCULATED ACCORDING TO 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA INSTALLATIONS MAY BECOME PART OF THE COMPLETED WORK IF UNDISTURBED C. SET STONE TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND SHOP BACK OF PANEL, RECOMMENDED TO SUPPORT WEIGHT OF PANEL. COLORS OR MATERIALS IS NOT INTENDED TO IMPLY THAT PRODUCTS NAMED
METHOD 24). AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. REJECTED SAMPLE INSTALLATIONS DRAWINGS. INSTALL ANCHORS, SUPPORTS, FASTENERS, AND OTHER ATTACHMENTS PART 3- EXECUTION ARE REQUIRED TO BE USED TO THE EXCLUSION OF EQUIVALENT PRODUCTS OF
PARTS- EXECUTION SHALL BE COMPLETELY DEMOLISHED, REMOVED AND REPLACED UNTIL INDICATED OR NECESSARY TO SECURE STONEWORK IN PLACE. SHIM AND ADJUST 3.1 INSTALLATION OTHER MANUFACTURERS. FURNISH MANUFACTURER'S MATERIAL DATAAND
A. PREPARATION: ACCEPTED. ANCHORS, SUPPORTS, AND ACCESSORIES TO SET STONE ACCURATELY IN A. EXAMINE FABRIC, SUBSTRATES, AND CONDITIONS, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR CERTIFICATES OF PERFORMANCE FOR PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS.
1. CLEAN SUBSTRATES OF SUBSTANCES THAT COULD IMPAIR WALL COVERING'S PART 2- PRODUCTS LOCATIONS INDICATED, WITH UNIFORM JOINTS OF 1/8 INCH, UNLESS GREATER COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, INSTALLATION TOLERANCES, AND OTHER E. INTERIOR PRIMERS; INTERIOR LATEX-BASED PRIMER OF FINISH COAT
BOND, INCLUDING MOLD, MILDEW, OIL, GREASE, INCOMPATIBLE PRIMERS, AND A. THE PRIMARY PRODUCTS OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION MAY BE FURNISHED BY WIDTHS ARE INDICATED, AND WITH EDGES AND FACES ALIGNED. DO NOT INSTALL CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF FABRIC-WRAPPED PANELS. MANUFACTURER AND RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY MANUFACTURER FOR USE
DIRT. THE OWNER FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CONTRACTOR. REFER TO THE STONE UNITS WHICH ARE WARPED, CURLED, CRACKED, CHIPPED, OR BROKEN, B. INSTALL FABRIOWRAPPED PANELS VERTICAL AND PLUMB, IF APPLICABLE; TRUE IN WITH FINISH COAT AND ON SUBSTRATE INDICATED.
2. PREPARE SUBSTRATES TO ACHIEVE A SMOOTH, DRY, CLEAN SURFACE FREE OF “RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX” AND THE “FINISH SCHEDULE” ON DRAWINGS FOR DISCOLORED OR NOT PROPERLY FINISHED. PLANE; AND WITH FABRIC INSTALLED SQUARE TO THE GRAIN. MATCH AND LEVEL F. INTERIOR FLAT ACRYLIC PAINT; FACTORY-FORMULATED FLAT ACRYLIC-EMULSION
FLAKING, UNSOUND COATINGS, CRACKS, AND DEFECTS. ACCURATE REQUIREMENTS. D. EXTEND STONEWORK INTO RECESSES AND UNDER OR BEHIND EQUIPMENT AND FABRIC PATTERN AND GRAIN. LATEX PAINT FOR INTERIOR APPLICATION.
3. PAINTED SURFACES: TREAT AREAS SUSCEPTIBLE TO PIGMENT BLEEDING. B. ACCESSORY MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL FIXTURES TO FORM A COMPLETE COVERING WITHOUT INTERRUPTIONS, UNLESS C. PANEL JOINTS; NO GREATER THAN 1/32 INCH (0.8 MM) WIDE. G. INTERIOR FLAT LATEX-EMULSION SIZE; FACTORY-FORMULATED FLAT LATEX-BASED
4. METALS: IF NOT FACTORY PRIMED, CLEAN AND APPLY RUST-INHIBITIVE ZINC INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR. OTHERWISE INDICATED. TERMINATE WORK NEATLY AT OBSTRUCTIONS, EDGES, AND END OF SECTION 09 77 23 INTERIOR PAINT.
PRIMER. C. SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS: FOR EACH TYPE OF STONE INSTALLATION, CORNERS WITHOUT DISRUPTING PATTERN OR JOINT ALIGNMENTS. H. INTERIOR LOW-LUSTER ACRYLIC ENAMEL; FACTORY-FORMULATED EGGSHELL
5. MOISTURE CONTENT: MAXIMUM OF 5 PERCENT ON NEW PLASTER, CONCRETE, OBTAIN COMPATIBLE FORMULATIONS OF SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS E. ACCURATELY FORM INTERSECTIONS AND RETURNS. PERFORM CUTTING AND ACRYLIC-LATEX INTERIOR ENAMEL.
AND CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS WHEN TESTED WITH AN ELECTRONIC CONTAINING LATEX OR LATEX ADDITIVES FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. DRILLING OF STONE WITHOUT MARRING VISIBLE SURFACES. FIT STONE CLOSELY TO I. INTERIOR SEMIGLOSS ACRYLIC ENAMEL; FACTORY-FORMULATED SEMIGLOSS
MOISTURE METER. 1. MANUFACTURERS: ELECTRICAL OUTLETS, PIPING, FIXTURES, AND OTHER PENETRATIONS SO PLATES, ACRYLIC-LATEX ENAMEL FOR INTERIOR APPLICATION.
6. PRIME NEW GYPSUM BOARD WITH PRIMER RECOMMENDED BY WALL COVERING a. CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS. COLLARS, OR COVERS OVERLAP STONE. WHERE CUT EDGES WILL BE VISIBLE AFTER J. INTERIOR FULL-GLOSS ACRYLIC ENAMEL; FACTORY-FORMULATED FULL-GLOSS
MANUFACTURER. b. LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL INC. INSTALLATION, FINISH TO MATCH FACTORY-FABRICATED EDGES. ACRYLIC-LATEX INTERIOR ENAMEL. A Issue Date & Description By Check
7. CHECK PAINTED SURFACES FOR PIGMENT BLEEDING. SAND GLOSS, SEMIGLOSS, c. MAPEI CORPORATION. PART 3- EXECUTION 11/02/2018
F. LAY STONE IN GRID PATTERN, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALIGN JOINTS WHEN DSF DSF
AND EGGSHELL FINISHES WITH FINE SANDPAPER. 2. POLYMER-MODIFIED TILE GROUT: ANSI A118.7. DRY, REDISPERSIBLE ADJOINING STONE UNITS ON FLOOR, BASE, WALLS, AND TRIM ARE THE SAME SIZE. A. COMPLY WITH PROCEDURES SPECIFIED IN PDCA P4. FINAL SD
8. ACCLIMATIZE WALL COVERING MATERIALS BY REMOVING THEM FROM LATEX/POLYMER POWDER FORM, PREPACKAGED WITH OTHER DRY LAY OUT STONEWORK AND CENTER STONE FIELDS IN BOTH DIRECTIONS IN EACH B. REMOVE HARDWARE AND HARDWARE ACCESSORIES, PLATES, MACHINED 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
PACKAGING IN THE INSTALLATION AREAS NOT LESS THAN 24 HOURS BEFORE INGREDIENTS AND WHICH CONTAIN DYES THAT HAVE A PROVEN TRACK RECORD SPACE BEGINNING AT THRESHOLDS. LAY OUT STONEWORK AND CENTER STONE SURFACES, LIGHTING FIXTURES, AND SIMILAR ITEMS ALREADY INSTALLED THAT ARE
PRELIM SD
INSTALLATION. OF NOT LEACHING INTO NATURAL STONE. USE SANDED GROUT AT JOINTS 1/8 FIELDS IN BOTH DIRECTIONS ON EACH WALL AREA. ADJUST TO MINIMIZE CUTTING. NOT TO BE PAINTED OR PROVIDE SURFACE-APPLIED PROTECTION BEFORE SURFACE
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
B. CUT PANELS IN ROLL NUMBER SEQUENCE. CHANGE RUN NUMBERS AT PARTITION INCH. COLORS AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S G. SET STONE TO COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING TOLERANCES; PREPARATION AND PAINTING. AFTER COMPLETING PAINTING OPERATIONS IN EACH
BREAKS AND CORNERS ONLY. STANDARDS TO MATCH STONE BEING GROUTED. 1. VARIATION FROM PLUMB; +/-1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET NON-CUMULATIVE. SPACE OR AREA, REINSTALL ITEMS REMOVED USING WORKERS SKILLED IN THE 100% SD
C. INSTALL SEAMS VERTICAL AND PLUMB, WITH NO HORIZONTAL SEAMS. 3. MOLDING PLASTER: GYPSUM MOLDING PLASTER COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 59. 2. VARIATION FROM LEVEL; +/-1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET TRADES INVOLVED. 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
D. REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE AT FINISHED SEAMS, PERIMETER EDGES, AND 4. WATER FOR CLEANING AND MIXING SPOTTING PLASTER: CLEAN, NON-ALKALINE 3. VARIATION IN PLANE BETWEEN ADJACENT STONE UNITS (LIPPING); +/-1/32 INCH C. CLEAN AND PREPARE SURFACES TO BE PAINTED ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S 50% CD
ADJACENT SURFACES USING CLEANING METHODS RECOMMENDED BY WALL AND POTABLE. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PLANES OF ADJACENT UNITS. WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH PARTICULAR SUBSTRATE CONDITION AND AS 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
COVERING MANUFACTURER. REPLACE STRIPS THAT CANNOT BE CLEANED. D. ADHESIVES: USEONLY ADHESIVES FORMULATED FOR STONE AND RECOMMENDED 4. FACE WIDTHS OF JOINTS; +/-1/32 INCH. SPECIFIED. PROVIDE BARRIER COATS OVER INCOMPATIBLE PRIMERS OR REMOVE
90% CD
END OF SECTION 09 72 00 BY THEIR MANUFACTURER FOR THE APPLICATION INDICATED. H. INSTALLATION OF STONE CLADDING; AND REPRIME.
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
1. WATER-CLEANABLE EPOXY ADHESIVE FOR SETTING COUNTERTOPS AND TRIM: 1. ERECT CLADDING PLUMB AND TRUE WITH JOINTS UNIFORM IN WIDTH AND D. APPLYPAINTACCORDINGTO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. USE
ANSI A118.3. PROVIDE BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: ACCURATELY ALIGNED. SECURE STONE UNITS TO BACK-UP WITH ANCHOR APPLICATORS AND TECHNIQUES BEST SUITED FOR SUBSTRATE AND TYPE OF 100% CD
a. CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS. TIE-BACKS TO PROVIDE A RIGID INSTALLATION. AT PARTITIONS, CEMENT MATERIAL BEING APPLIED.
b. LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL, INC. TIEBACKS INTO STONE WITH SPOTTING PLASTER. PROVIDE SETTING BUTTONS E. APPLY PAINTS AND COATINGS BY BRUSH, ROLLER, SPRAY, OR OTHER APPLICATORS
c. MAPEI CORPORATION. AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN JOINT WIDTH. EXERCISE CARE TO QUICKLY REMOVE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. FINISH MUST BE
E. SETTING BUTTONS: RESILIENT PLASTIC BUTTONS, NONSTAINING TO STONE, SIZED SPILLAGE FROM FACES OF STONE USING DAMP SPONGES. RAKE OUT JOINTS TO COMPARABLE TO A WHITE WOVEN SHORT NAP ROLLER FINISH.
TO SUIT JOINT THICKNESSES AND BED DEPTHS OF STONEWORK INVOLVED. DEPTH REQUIRED TO RECEIVE GROUT AS STONE UNITS ARE SET. F. APPLY PAINT MATERIALS NO THINNER THAN MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED
F. STONE ANCHORS AND ATTACHMENTS: PROVIDE ANCHORS AND ATTACHMENTS OF a. TIE-BACKS; PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 4 ANCHORS PER PANEL UP TO 12 SO. SPREADING RATE TO ACHIEVE DRY FILM THICKNESS INDICATED. PROVIDE TOTAL
TYPE AND SIZE REQUIRED TO SUPPORT STONEWORK AND FABRICATED FROM THE FT. IN FACE AREA, PLUS A MINIMUM OF 2 ADDITIONAL ANCHORS FOR EACH DRY FILM THICKNESS OF THE ENTIRE SYSTEM AS RECOMMENDED BY
FOLLOWING METALS FOR CONDITIONS AND ANCHORS INDICATED BELOW. ADDITIONAL 8 SO. FT. MANUFACTURER.
1. EXPANSION ANCHORS: STAINLESS STEEL, TYPE 304. TYPE, SIZE AND LOAD b. SET INTERIOR STONE UNITS AT PARTITIONS FIRMLY AGAINST PLASTER G. APPLY PAINT TO SURFACES BEHIND MOVABLE EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE THE
CAPACITY AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT LOADING OF 4 TIMES THE LOADS IMPOSED SPOTS LOCATED AT OR NEAR THE ANCHORS AND SPACED NOT FURTHER SAME AS SIMILAR EXPOSED SURFACES. BEFORE FINAL INSTALLATION OF
BY STONE CLADDING SYSTEM. DO NOT USE LEAD SHIELD EXPANSION BOLTS OR THAN 18 INCHES APART OVER THE BACK OF THE PIECE. EQUIPMENT, PAINT SURFACES BEHIND PERMANENTLY FIXED EQUIPMENT OR
CINCH ANCHORS. 2. GROUT JOINTS FULL AND FLUSH WITH STONE UNIT FACE AFTER SETTING. TOOL FURNITURE WITH PRIME COAT ONLY.
2. ANCHOR TIEBACKS: TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL DOWELS, CRAMPS, STRAPS, JOINTS UNIFORMLY AND SMOOTHLY, WITHOUT VOIDS, PINHOLES, OR LOW H. APPLY PAINT TO INTERIOR SURFACES OF DUCTS WITH A FLAT, NONSPECULAR BLACK
DISCS AND RODS IN STANDARD COMMERCIAL TEMPERS AND HARDNESS AS SPOTS, WITH SHALLOW CONCAVE PROFILED PLASTIC TOOL. PAINT WHERE VISIBLE THROUGH REGISTERS OR GRILLES.
REQUIRED TO SUSTAIN IMPOSED LOADS AND IN NO CASE LESS THAN 3/16 INCH I. UPON COMPLETION OF PLACEMENT AND GROUTING, REMOVE LATEX-PORTLAND I. BEFORE APPLYING FINISH COATS, APPLY A PRIME COAT, AS RECOMMENDED BY
THICK, COMPLYING WITH ASTM A 666. CEMENT GROUT RESIDUE AND HAZE FROM STONE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. MANUFACTURER, TO MATERIAL THAT IS REQUIRED TO BE PAINTED OR FINISHED AND
3. SETTING SHIMS: RESILIENT PLASTIC SHIMS, NONSTAINING TO STONE, SIZED TO END OF SECTION 09 75 00 THAT HAS NOT BEEN PRIME COATED BY OTHERS. RECOAT PRIMED AND SEALED
SUIT JOINT THICKNESSES. SURFACES WHERE EVIDENCE OF SUCTION SPOTS OR UNSEALED AREAS IN FIRST
G. STONE FABRICATION: FABRICATE INTERIOR STONE FACING IN SIZES AND SHAPES COAT APPEARS, TO ENSURE A FINISH COAT WITH NO BURN-THROUGH OR OTHER
REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS INDICATED, INCLUDING DETAILS ON DEFECTS DUE TO INSUFFICIENT SEALING.
DRAWINGS AND SHOP DRAWINGS. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN, PROVIDE SQUARE 1. OMIT PRIMER OVER METAL SURFACES THAT HAVE BEEN SHOP PRIMED AND
EDGES TYPICALLY, WITH QUIRK MITERED OUTSIDE CORNERS AT STONE TO STONE TOUCHUP PAINTED.
JOINTS, TO THE EXTENT INDICATED. J. COMPLETELY COVER SURFACES WITH PIGMENTED (OPAQUE) FINISHES AS
1. ACCURATELY CUT, DRESS, DRILL, FIT AND FINISH STONEWORK TO SHAPES, NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH, OPAQUE SURFACE OF UNIFORM FINISH, COLOR,
PROFILES AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND/OR FINAL SHOP AND APPEARANCE, AND COVERAGE. CLOUDINESS, SPOTTING, HOLIDAYS, LAPS, BRUSH
SETTING DRAWINGS. MAKE EXPOSED SURFACES STRAIGHT, SHARP, TRUE AND MARKS, RUNS, SAGS, ROPINESS, OR OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS WILL NOT BE
CONTINUOUSATJOINTSWITHIN THE TOLERANCES SPECIFIED. ACCEPTABLE.
2. STONE THICKNESSES: 1. IF UNDERCOATS, STAINS, OR OTHER CONDITIONS SHOW THROUGH FINAL COAT
a. WALL CLADDING: 3/4 INCH, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. OF PAINT, APPLY ADDITIONAL COATS UNTIL PAINT FILM IS OF UNIFORM FINISH,
3. FABRICATION TOLERANCES: SIZE AND SQUARENESS: COLOR, AND APPEARANCE. GIVE SPECIAL ATTENTION TO ENSURE THAT EDGES,
a. UNIT THICKNESS OF 3/8 INCH: +/-1/64 INCH IN 12 INCHES FOR TILES WITH CORNERS, CREVICES, WELDS, AND EXPOSED FASTENERS RECEIVE A DRY FILM
POLISHED OR HONED FACES; OR PLUS OR MINUS 1/32 INCH FOR TILES WITH THICKNESS EQUIVALENT TO THAT OF FLAT SURFACES.
SAND-RUBBED, NATURAL-CLEFT, OR THERMAL-FINISHED FACES. K. MATCH APPROVED SAMPLES FOR COLOR, TEXTURE, AND COVERAGE. REMOVE,
b. UNIT THICKNESS OF 3/4 INCH TO 1-1/2 INCH: +/-1/8 INCH IN 8 FEET. REFINISH, OR REPAINT WORK NOT COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS.
c. UNIT THICKNESS OF GREATER THAN 1-1/2 INCH : +/- 1/4-INCH IN 8 FEET. L. AT THE END OF EACH WORKDAY, REMOVE EMPTY CANS, RAGS, RUBBISH, AND OTHER
d. 3/8 INCH STONE TILES WITH SMOOTH FINISH: VARY FROM SPECIFIED DISCARDED PAINT MATERIALS FROM PROJECT SITE. AFTER COMPLETING PAINTING,
THICKNESS BY NOT MORE THAN PLUS OR MINUS 1/32 INCH. CLEAN GLASS AND PAINT-SPATTERED SURFACES. REMOVE SPATTERED PAINT BY
e. 3/8 INCH STONE TILES WITH NATURAL-CLEFT OR THERMAL FINISH: VARY WASHING AND SCRAPING WITHOUT SCRATCHING OR DAMAGING ADJACENT FINISHED
AVERAGE THICKNESS OF EACH TILE FROM SPECIFIED THICKNESS BY NOT SURFACES.
MORE THAN PLUS 1/16 INCH, MINUS 0 INCHES. M. PROTECT WORK OF OTHER TRADES AGAINST DAMAGE FROM PAINT APPLICATION.
f. STONE TILES 3/4 INCH THICK OR GREATER, ALL FINISHES: VARY AVERAGE CORRECT DAMAGE TO WORK OF OTHER TRADES BY CLEANING, REPAIRING,
THICKNESS OF EACH TILE FROM SPECIFIED THICKNESS BY NOT MORE THAN REPLACING, AND REFINISHING, AS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT, AND LEAVE IN AN
PLUS 1/16 INCH. UNDAMAGED CONDITION.
4. CUT ALL JOINTS AND EDGES SQUARE AND AT RIGHT ANGLES TO FACE, AND WITH N. PROVIDE "WET PAINT" SIGNS TO PROTECT NEWLY PAINTED FINISHES. AFTER
BACKS PARALLEL TO FACE. CUT KERFS, REVEALS, AND RUSTICATIONS AS COMPLETING PAINTING OPERATIONS, REMOVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE
SHOWN. MAKE ARRISES STRAIGHT, SHARP, TRUE, AND CONTINUOUS AT JOINTS. WRAPPINGS PROVIDED BY OTHERS TO PROTECT THEIR WORK. AFTER WORK OF
WHERE OVERLAPPED STONE JOINTS OCCUR, FINISH STONE EDGE TO MATCH OTHER TRADES IS COMPLETE, TOUCH UP AND RESTORE DAMAGED OR DEFACED
STONE PANEL FACE. PAINTED SURFACES. COMPLY WITH PROCEDURES SPECIFIED IN PDCA PI.
Seal/Signature
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
SPECIFICATIONS
Scaie
NO SCALE
Sheet Number
A10.09
VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS DISPLAY CASES PLAQUES DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE SHEET NOTES
SECTION 10 11 00 - VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS SECTION 10 12 00 - DISPLAY CASES SECTION 10 14 16-PLAQUES BLEND INTO FINISH. SECTION 10 14 19 - DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE
PART1- GENERAL PARTI- GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL B. POLISHED FINISHES; GRIND AND POLISH SURFACES TO PRODUCE UNIFORM FINISH, PARTI- GENERAL NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
1.1 SUMMARY 1.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS 1.1 DEFINITIONS FREE OF CROSS SCRATCHES. 1.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS TEL: 646 428 5500
A. SECTION INCLUDES TACKABLE BOARDS AT BACK OF HOUSE. A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT. A. ACCESSIBLE: IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARD. 1. WHEN POLISHING IS COMPLETED, PASSIVATE AND RINSE SURFACES. REMOVE A. PRODUCT DATA; FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT.
1.2 SUBMITTALS 1. INCLUDE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS, MATERIAL DESCRIPTIONS, DIMENSIONS OF 1.2 SUBMITTALS EMBEDDED FOREIGN MATTER AND LEAVE SURFACES CHEMICALLY CLEAN. B. SHOP DRAWINGS; FOR DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNS.
A. SHOP DRAWINGS: FOR VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS. INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS AND PROFILES, AND FINISHES FOR DISPLAY CASES. A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT. 2. DULL SATIN FINISH; NO. 6. 1. INCLUDE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION DETAILS AND ATTACHMENTS TO
1. INCLUDE PLANS, ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS, DETAILS, AND ATTACHMENT TO OTHER INCLUDE FURNISHED SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: FOR PLAQUES. PART 3- EXECUTION OTHER WORK.
WORK. 2. INCLUDE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS FOR ILLUMINATED DISPLAY CASES. 1. INCLUDE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION DETAILS AND ATTACHMENTS TO 3.1 EXAMINATION 2. SHOW SIGN MOUNTING HEIGHTS, LOCATIONS OF SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPORTS
2. SHOW LOCATIONS OF PANEL JOINTS. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: FOR DISPLAY CASES. OTHER WORK. A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES, AREAS, AND CONDITIONS, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR TO BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS, AND ACCESSORIES.
B. QUALIFICATION DATA: FOR QUALIFIED INSTALLER. 1. INCLUDE PLANS, ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS, AND ATTACHMENT DETAILS. 2. SHOW PLAQUE MOUNTING HEIGHTS, LOCATIONS OF SUPPLEMENTARY COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND OTHER 3. SHOW MESSAGE LIST, TYPESTYLES, GRAPHIC ELEMENTS, AND LAYOUT FOR DESIGN ARCHITECT
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2. INCLUDE SECTIONS OF TYPICAL TRIM MEMBERS. SUPPORTS TO BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS, AND ACCESSORIES. CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF PLAQUE WORK. EACH SIGN AT LEAST HALF SIZE.
A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: AN ENTITY THAT EMPLOYS INSTALLERS AND
SUPERVISORS WHO ARE TRAINED AND APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER. 1.2
3. INCLUDE DIAGRAMS FOR WIRING OF ILLUMINATED DISPLAY CASES.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
3. SHOW MESSAGE LIST, TYPESTYLES, GRAPHIC ELEMENTS, INCLUDING RAISED
CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE, AND LAYOUT FOR EACH PLAQUE AT LEAST HALF
B. VERIFY THAT PLAQUE-SUPPORT SURFACES ARE WITHIN TOLERANCES TO
ACCOMMODATE PLAQUES WITHOUT GAPS OR IRREGULARITIES BETWEEN BACKS OF
C. SAMPLES FOR VERIFICATION; FOR EACH TYPE OF SIGN ASSEMBLY SHOWING ALL
COMPONENTS AND WITH THE REQUIRED FINISH(ES), IN MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: DO NOT DELIVER OR INSTALL DISPLAY CASES FOR SIZE. PLAQUES AND SUPPORT SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED AND AS FOLLOWS; 121 West27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212)481-2065 Fax: (212)481-3673
A. DELIVER FACTORY-FABRICATED VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS COMPLETELY ASSEMBLED IN INDOOR INSTALLATIONS UNTIL SPACES ARE ENCLOSED AND WEATHERTIGHT, C. SAMPLES FOR VERIFICATION: FOR EACH TYPE OF PLAQUE SHOWING ALL C. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE 1. DIMENSIONAL CHARACTERS; FULL-SIZE SAMPLE OF EACH TYPE OF
ONE PIECE. IF DIMENSIONS EXCEED MAXIMUM MANUFACTURED UNIT SIZE, OR IF UNIT WET-WORK IN SPACES IS COMPLETE AND DRY, WORK ABOVE CEILINGS IS COMPLETE, COMPONENTS AND WITH THE REQUIRED FINISH(ES), IN MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD BEEN CORRECTED. DIMENSIONAL CHARACTER.
SIZE IS IMPRACTICABLE TO SHIP IN ONE PIECE, PROVIDE TWO OR MORE PIECES WITH AND TEMPORARY HVAC SYSTEM IS OPERATING AND MAINTAINING AMBIENT SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED AND AS FOLLOWS: 3.2 INSTALLATION 2. EXPOSED ACCESSORIES; FULL-SIZE SAMPLE OF EACH ACCESSORY TYPE. ARCHITECT OF RECORD
1.5
JOINTS IN LOCATIONS INDICATED ON APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS AT OCCUPANCY LEVELS DURING THE
REMAINDER OF THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD.
1. PLAQUES: FULL-SIZE SAMPLE.
2. EXPOSED ACCESSORIES: FULL-SIZE SAMPLE OF EACH ACCESSORY TYPE.
A. GENERAL; INSTALL PLAQUES USING MOUNTING METHODS INDICATED AND
ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS.
D. SIGN SCHEDULE; USE SAME DESIGNATIONS SPECIFIED OR INDICATED ON DRAWINGS
OR IN A SIGN SCHEDULE.
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
A. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: DO NOT DELIVER OR INSTALL VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS PART 2- PRODUCTS D. PLAQUE SCHEDULE: USE SAME DESIGNATIONS SPECIFIED OR INDICATED ON 1. INSTALL PLAQUES LEVEL, PLUMB, TRUE TO LINE, AND AT LOCATIONS AND 1.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
UNTIL SPACES ARE ENCLOSED AND WEATHERTIGHT, WET-WORK IN SPACES IS 2.1 DISPLAY CASE DRAWINGS OR IN A PLAQUE OR SIGN SCHEDULE. HEIGHTS INDICATED, WITH PLAQUE SURFACES FREE OF DISTORTION AND OTHER A. QUALIFICATION DATA; FOR INSTALLER AND MANUFACTURER.
COMPLETE AND DRY, WORK ABOVE CEILINGS IS COMPLETE, AND TEMPORARY HVAC A. THE PRIMARY PRODUCTS OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION MAY BE FURNISHED BY E. QUALIFICATION DATA: FOR INSTALLER AND MANUFACTURER. DEFECTS IN APPEARANCE. B. SAMPLE WARRANTY; FOR SPECIAL WARRANTY. MEP ENGINEER
SYSTEM IS OPERATING AND MAINTAINING AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY

CONDITIONS AT OCCUPANCY LEVELS DURING THE REMAINDER OF THE
THE OWNER FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CONTRACTOR. REFER TO THE
“RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX” AND THE “FINISH SCHEDULE” ON DRAWINGS FOR
F. SAMPLE WARRANTY: FOR SPECIAL WARRANTY.
G. MAINTENANCE DATA: FOR PLAQUES TO INCLUDE IN MAINTENANCE MANUALS.
2. INSTALL PLAQUES SO THEY DO NOT PROTRUDE OR OBSTRUCT ACCORDING TO
THE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARD.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. MAINTENANCE DATA; FOR SIGNS TO INCLUDE IN MAINTENANCE MANUALS.
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. ACCURATE REQUIREMENTS. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3. BEFORE INSTALLATION, VERIFY THAT PLAQUE SURFACES ARE CLEAN AND FREE 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDUAND.OOM.AU
B. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: VERIFY ACTUAL DIMENSIONS OF CONSTRUCTION B. ACCESSORY MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: AN ENTITY THAT EMPLOYS INSTALLERS AND OF MATERIALS OR DEBRIS THAT WOULD IMPAIR INSTALLATION. A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS; AN ENTITY THAT EMPLOYS INSTALLERS AND
CONTIGUOUS WITH VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS BY FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR. SUPERVISORS WHO ARE TRAINED AND APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER. 4. CORROSION PROTECTION; COAT CONCEALED SURFACES OF EXTERIOR SUPERVISORS WHO ARE TRAINED AND APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER. LIGHTING DESIGNER
FABRICATION. C. ILLUMINATION SYSTEM: CONCEALED TOP-LIGHTING SYSTEM CONSISTING OF 1.4 WARRANTY ALUMINUM IN CONTACT WITH GROUT, CONCRETE, MASONRY, WOOD, OR 1.5 WARRANTY
1. ALLOW FOR TRIMMING AND FITTING WHERE TAKING FIELD MEASUREMENTS FLUORESCENT-STRIP FIXTURES. INCLUDE LAMPS AND INTERNAL WIRING WITH A. SPECIAL WARRANTY: MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE DISSIMILAR METALS, WITH A HEAVY COAT OF BITUMINOUS PAINT. A. SPECIAL WARRANTY; MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE
SCHVViNGHAMMEn
BEFORE FABRICATION MIGHT DELAY THE WORK. SINGLE CONCEALED ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TO BUILDING SYSTEM. COORDINATE COMPONENTS OF PLAQUES THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN B. PLAQUES USED FOR ROOM IDENTIFICATION AND OTHER ACCESSIBLE PLAQUES; COMPONENTS OF SIGNS THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHT1NG.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
PART 2- PRODUCTS ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS WITH POWER SUPPLY PROVIDED. SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. INSTALL IN LOCATIONS ON WALLS AS INDICATED AND ACCORDING TO ACCESSIBILITY SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD.
2.1 PRODUCTS 1. BALLASTS: LOW-TEMPERATURE, HIGH-POWER-FACTOR, LOW-ENERGY, 1. FAILURES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: STANDARD. 1. FAILURESINCLUDE,BUTARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING;
A. THE PRIMARY PRODUCTS OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION MAY BE FURNISHED BY FLUORESCENT LAMP BALLASTS THAT COMPLY WITH CERTIFIED BALLAST a. DETERIORATION OF FINISHES BEYOND NORMAL WEATHERING. C. MOUNTING METHODS; a. DETERIORATION OF FINISHES BEYOND NORMAL WEATHERING.
THE OWNER FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CONTRACTOR. REFER TO THE MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION STANDARDS AND CARRY ITS LABEL, b. DETERIORATION OF EMBEDDED GRAPHIC IMAGE. 1. CONCEALED STUDS; USING A TEMPLATE, DRILL HOLES IN SUBSTRATE ALIGNING b. SEPARATION OR DELAMINATION OF SHEET MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS.
“RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX” AND THE “FINISH SCHEDULE” ON DRAWINGS FOR a. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: SINGLE PHASE, [120] [277] VOLTS. 2. WARRANTY PERIOD: FIVE YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. WITH STUDS ON BACK OF PLAQUE. REMOVE LOOSE DEBRIS FROM HOLE AND 2. WARRANTY PERIOD; FIVE YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
ACCURATE REQUIREMENTS. 2.2 MATERIALS PART 2- PRODUCTS SUBSTRATE SURFACE. PART 2- PRODUCTS
B. ACCESSORY MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL A. FASTENERS: PROVIDE SCREWS, BOLTS, AND OTHER FASTENING DEVICES MADE 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS a. MASONRY SUBSTRATES; FILL HOLES WITH ADHESIVE. LEAVE RECESS SPACE 2.1 DIMENSIONAL CHARACTERS
INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR. FROM SAME MATERIAL AS ITEMS BEING FASTENED, EXCEPT PROVIDE HOT-DIP A. ACCESSIBILITY STANDARD: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PROVISIONS IN THE U.S. IN HOLE FOR DISPLACED ADHESIVE. PLACE PLAQUE IN POSITION AND PUSH A. REFER TO DRAWING A6.60. OBTAIN SIGNAGE FROM OWNER'S DESIGNATED
PART 3- EXECUTION GALVANIZED, STAINLESS-STEEL, OR ALUMINUM FASTENERS FOR EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL & TRANSPORTATION BARRIERS COMPLIANCE BOARD'S ADA-ABA UNTIL FLUSH TO SURFACE, EMBEDDING STUDS IN HOLES. TEMPORARILY SUPPLIERS.
3.1 EXAMINATION APPLICATIONS. PROVIDE TYPES, SIZES, AND LENGTHS TO SUIT INSTALLATION ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES FOR BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES AND ICC A117.1 FOR SUPPORT PLAQUE IN POSITION UNTIL ADHESIVE FULLY SETS. 2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES AND CONDITIONS, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR CONDITIONS. USE SECURITY FASTENERS WHERE EXPOSED TO VIEW. SIGNS. b. THIN OR HOLLOW SURFACES; PLACE PLAQUE IN POSITION AND FLUSH TO A. FASTENERS AND ANCHORS; MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD AS REQUIRED FOR
COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES, SURFACE PART 3- EXECUTION 2.2 PLAQUES SURFACE, INSTALL WASHERS AND NUTS ON STUDS PROJECTING THROUGH SECURE ANCHORAGE OF SIGNAGE, NONCORROSIVE AND COMPATIBLE WITH EACH
CONDITIONS OF WALL, AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF THE 3.1 EXAMINATION A. CAST PLAQUE: PLAQUE WITH BACKGROUND TEXTURE, BORDER, AND CHARACTERS OPPOSITE SIDE OF SURFACE, AND TIGHTEN. MATERIAL JOINED, AND COMPLYING WITH THE FOLLOWING;
WORK. A. EXAMINE WALLS, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH HAVING UNIFORM FACES, SHARP CORNERS, AND PRECISELY FORMED LINES AND 2. THROUGH FASTENERS; DRILL HOLES IN SUBSTRATE USING PREDRILLED HOLES 1. USE CONCEALED FASTENERS AND ANCHORS UNLESS INDICATED TO BE
B. EXAMINE ROUGHING-IN FOR ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMSTO VERIFY ACTUAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES, SURFACE CONDITIONS OF WALL, PROFILES. IN PLAQUE AS TEMPLATE. COUNTERSINK HOLES IN PLAQUE IF REQUIRED. PLACE EXPOSED.
LOCATIONS OF CONNECTIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION OF MOTORIZED, SLIDING AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. B. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR DETAILED INFORMATION. PLAQUE IN POSITION AND FLUSH TO SURFACE. INSTALL THROUGH FASTENERS 2. SIGN MOUNTING FASTENERS;
VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS. B. EXAMINE ROUGHING-IN FOR ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS TO VERIFY ACTUAL 2.3 MATERIALS AND TIGHTEN. a. CONCEALED STUDS; CONCEALED (BLIND), THREADED STUDS WELDED OR
C. EXAMINE WALLS AND PARTITIONS FOR PROPER PREPARATION AND BACKING FOR LOCATIONS OF CONNECTIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION OF ILLUMINATED UNITS. A. STAINLESS-STEEL SHEET: ASTM A 240/A 240M OR ASTM A 666, TYPE 304, 3. BRACKETS; REMOVE LOOSE DEBRIS FROM SUBSTRATE SURFACE AND INSTALL BRAZED TO BACK OF SIGN MATERIAL, SCREWED INTO BACK OF SIGN
VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS. C. EXAMINE WALLS AND PARTITIONS FOR PROPER BACKING FOR DISPLAY CASES. STRETCHER-LEVELED STANDARD OF FLATNESS. BRACKET SUPPORTS IN POSITION SO THAT PLAQUE IS CORRECTLY LOCATED ASSEMBLY, OR SCREWED INTO TAPPED LUGS CAST INTEGRALLY INTO BACK
D. EXAMINE WALLS AND PARTITIONS FOR SUITABLE FRAMING DEPTH WHERE SLIDING D. EXAMINE WALLS AND PARTITIONS FOR SUITABLE FRAMING DEPTH IF RECESSED 2.4 ACCESSORIES AND ALIGNED. OF CAST SIGN MATERIAL, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS WILL BE INSTALLED. UNITSWILL DEINSTALLED. A. FASTENERS AND ANCHORS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD AS REQUIRED FOR 4. ADHESIVE; CLEAN BOND-BREAKING MATERIALS FROM SUBSTRATE SURFACE b. PROJECTING STUDS; THREADED STUDS WITH SLEEVE SPACER, WELDED OR
E. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE E. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE SECURE ANCHORAGE OF PLAQUES, NONCORROSIVE AND COMPATIBLE WITH EACH AND REMOVE LOOSE DEBRIS. APPLY LINEAR BEADS OR SPOTS OF ADHESIVE BRAZED TO BACK OF SIGN MATERIAL, SCREWED INTO BACK OF SIGN
BEEN CORRECTED. BEEN CORRECTED. MATERIAL JOINED, AND COMPLYING WITH THE FOLLOWING: SYMMETRICALLY TO BACK OF PLAQUE AND OF SUITABLE QUANTITY TO SUPPORT ASSEMBLY, OR SCREWED INTO TAPPED LUGS CAST INTEGRALLY INTO BACK
3.2 PREPARATION 3.2 PREPARATION 1. USE CONCEALED FASTENERS AND ANCHORS UNLESS INDICATED TO BE WEIGHT OF PLAQUE AFTER CURE WITHOUT SLIPPAGE. KEEP ADHESIVE AWAY OF CAST SIGN MATERIAL, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR SURFACE A. PREPARE RECESSES FOR DISPLAY CASES AS REQUIRED BY TYPE AND SIZE OF UNIT. EXPOSED. FROM EDGES TO PREVENT ADHESIVE EXTRUSION AS PLAQUE IS APPLIED AND PART 3- EXECUTION
PREPARATION. 3.3 INSTALLATION 2. PLAQUE MOUNTING FASTENERS: TO PREVENT VISIBILITY OF CURED ADHESIVE AT PLAQUE EDGES. PLACE PLAQUE 3.1 EXAMINATION
B. CLEAN SUBSTRATES OF SUBSTANCES, SUCH AS DIRT, MOLD, AND MILDEW, THAT A. GENERAL: INSTALL UNITS IN LOCATIONS AND AT MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED ON a. CONCEALED STUDS: CONCEALED (BLIND), THREADED STUDS WELDED OR IN POSITION, AND PUSH TO ENGAGE ADHESIVE. TEMPORARILY SUPPORT PLAQUE A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES, AREAS, AND CONDITIONS, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR
COULD IMPAIR THE PERFORMANCE OF AND AFFECT THE SMOOTH, FINISHED DRAWINGS, OR IF NOT INDICATED, AT HEIGHTS INDICATED BELOW. KEEP PERIMETER BRAZED TO BACK OF PLAQUE, SCREWED INTO BACK OF PLAQUE, OR IN POSITION UNTIL ADHESIVE FULLY SETS. COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND OTHER A Issue Date & Description By Check
SURFACES OF VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS. LINES STRAIGHT, LEVEL, AND PLUMB. PROVIDE GROUNDS, CLIPS, BACKING SCREWED INTO TAPPED LUGS CAST INTEGRALLY INTO BACK OF PLAQUE, 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF SIGNAGE WORK. 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
C. PREPARE SURFACES TO ACHIEVE A SMOOTH, DRY, CLEAN SURFACE FREE OF MATERIALS, ADHESIVES, BRACKETS, ANCHORS, TRIM, AND ACCESSORIES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. A. REMOVE AND REPLACE DAMAGED OR DEFORMED PLAQUES AND PLAQUES THAT DO B. VERIFY THAT SIGN-SUPPORT SURFACES ARE WITHIN TOLERANCES TO FINAL SD
FLAKING, UNSOUND COATINGS, CRACKS, DEFECTS, PROJECTIONS, DEPRESSIONS, NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B. ADHESIVE: AS RECOMMENDED BY PLAQUE MANUFACTURER. NOT COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. REPLACE PLAQUES WITH DAMAGED ACCOMMODATE SIGNS WITHOUT GAPS OR IRREGULARITIES BETWEEN BACKS OF 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
AND SUBSTANCES THAT WILL IMPAIR BOND BETWEEN VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS AND B. RECESSED DISPLAY CASES: ATTACH UNITS TO WALL FRAMING WITH FASTENERS AT C. BITUMINOUS PAINT: COLD-APPLIED ASPHALT EMULSION COMPLYING WITH OR DETERIORATED FINISHES OR COMPONENTS THAT CANNOT BE SUCCESSFULLY SIGNS AND SUPPORT SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
PRELIM SD
WALL SURFACES. NOT MORE THAN 16 INCHES (400 MM) O.C. ATTACH ALUMINUM TRIM OVER EDGES OF ASTM D 1187. REPAIRED BY FINISH TOUCHUP OR SIMILAR MINOR REPAIR PROCEDURES. C. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
D. PRIME WALL SURFACES INDICATED TO RECEIVE VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS AND AS RECESSED DISPLAY CASES AND CONCEAL GROUNDS AND CLIPS. ATTACH TRIM WITH 2.5 FABRICATION B. REMOVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COVERINGS AND STRIPPABLE FILMS AS PLAQUES BEEN CORRECTED.
RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY PRIMER/SEALER MANUFACTURER AND VISUAL FASTENERS AT NOT MORE THAN 24 INCHES (600 MM) O.C. A. GENERAL: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PLAQUES ACCORDING TO ARE INSTALLED. 3.2 INSTALLATION 100% SD
DISPLAY UNIT MANUFACTURER. C. SURFACE-MOUNTED DISPLAY CASES: ATTACH UNITS TO WALL SURFACES WITH REQUIREMENTS INDICATED. C. ON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION, CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES OF PLAQUES A. GENERAL; INSTALL SIGNS USING MOUNTING METHODS INDICATED AND ACCORDING 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
3.3 INSTALLATION CONCEALED CLIPS, HANGERS, OR GROUNDS FASTENED AT NOT MORE THAN 16 1. PREASSEMBLE PLAQUES IN THE SHOP TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AND TOUCH UP MINOR TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 50% CD
A. GENERAL: INSTALL VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES IN LOCATIONS AND AT MOUNTING INCHES (400 MM) O.C. SECURE TOPS AND BOTTOMS OF DISPLAY CASES TO WALLS. DISASSEMBLE PLAQUES ONLY AS NECESSARY FOR SHIPPING AND HANDLING NICKS AND ABRASIONS IN FINISH. MAINTAIN PLAQUES IN A CLEAN CONDITION DURING 1. INSTALL SIGNS LEVEL, PLUMB, TRUE TO LINE, AND AT LOCATIONS AND HEIGHTS 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
HEIGHTS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, OR IF NOT INDICATED, AT HEIGHTS INDICATED D. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE FOR CONNECTING LIMITATIONS. CLEARLY MARK UNITS FOR REASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION; CONSTRUCTION AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE UNTIL ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER. INDICATED, WITH SIGN SURFACES FREE OF DISTORTION AND OTHER DEFECTS IN
90% CD
BELOW. KEEP PERIMETER LINES STRAIGHT, LEVEL, AND PLUMB. PROVIDE GROUNDS, ILLUMINATED DISPLAY CASES. APPLY MARKINGS IN LOCATIONS CONCEALED FROM VIEW AFTER FINAL END OF SECTION 10 14 16 APPEARANCE.
05/03/2019
CLIPS, BACKING MATERIALS, ADHESIVES, BRACKETS, ANCHORS, TRIM, AND E. INSTALL DISPLAY CASE SHELVING LEVEL AND STRAIGHT. ASSEMBLY. 2. BEFORE INSTALLATION, VERIFY THAT SIGN SURFACES ARE CLEAN AND FREE OF DSF DSF
ACCESSORIES NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING 2. MILL JOINTS TO A TIGHT, HAIRLINE FIT. FORM ASSEMBLIES AND JOINTS EXPOSED MATERIALS OR DEBRIS THAT WOULD IMPAIR INSTALLATION. 100% CD
B. FACTORY-FABRICATED VISUAL DISPLAY BOARD ASSEMBLIES: ATTACH CONCEALED A. ADJUST DOORS TO OPERATE SMOOTHLY WITHOUT WARP OR BIND AND SO CONTACT TO WEATHER TO RESIST WATER PENETRATION AND RETENTION. 3. CORROSION PROTECTION; COAT CONCEALED SURFACES OF EXTERIOR
CLIPS, HANGERS, AND GROUNDS TO WALL SURFACES AND TO VISUAL DISPLAY POINTS MEET ACCURATELY. LUBRICATE OPERATING HARDWARE AS RECOMMENDED 3. COMPLY WITH AWS FOR RECOMMENDED PRACTICES IN WELDING AND BRAZING. ALUMINUM IN CONTACT WITH GROUT, CONCRETE, MASONRY, WOOD, OR
BOARD ASSEMBLIES WITH FASTENERS AT NOT MORE THAN 16 INCHES (400 MM) O.C. BY MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE WELDS AND BRAZES BEHIND FINISHED SURFACES WITHOUT DISSIMILAR METALS, WITH A HEAVY COAT OF BITUMINOUS PAINT.
SECURE TOPS AND BOTTOMS OF BOARDS TO WALLS. B. TOUCH UP FACTORY-APPLIED FINISHES TO RESTORE DAMAGED AREAS. DISTORTING OR DISCOLORING EXPOSED SIDE. CLEAN EXPOSED WELDED AND B. MOUNTING METHODS;
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION END OF SECTION 10 12 00 BRAZED CONNECTIONS OF FLUX, AND DRESS EXPOSED AND CONTACT 1. CONCEALED STUDS; USING A TEMPLATE, DRILL HOLES IN SUBSTRATE ALIGNING
A. CLEAN VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN C. SURFACES. WITH STUDS ON BACK OF SIGN. REMOVE LOOSE DEBRIS FROM HOLE AND
INSTRUCTIONS. ATTACH ONE REMOVABLE CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS LABEL TO 4. CONCEAL CONNECTIONS IF POSSIBLE; OTHERWISE, LOCATE CONNECTIONS SUBSTRATE SURFACE.
VISUAL DISPLAY UNIT IN EACH ROOM. WHERE THEY ARE INCONSPICUOUS. a. MASONRY SUBSTRATES; FILL HOLES WITH ADHESIVE. LEAVE RECESS SPACE
B. TOUCH UP FACTORY-APPLIED FINISHES TO RESTORE DAMAGED OR SOILED AREAS. 5. PROVIDE REBATES, LUGS, AND BRACKETS NECESSARY TO ASSEMBLE IN HOLE FOR DISPLACED ADHESIVE. PLACE SIGN IN POSITION AND PUSH
C. COVER AND PROTECT VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS AFTER INSTALLATION AND CLEANING. COMPONENTS AND TO ATTACH TO EXISTING WORK. DRILL AND TAP FOR UNTIL FLUSH TO SURFACE, EMBEDDING STUDS IN HOLES. TEMPORARILY
END OF SECTION 10 11 00 REQUIRED FASTENERS. USE CONCEALED FASTENERS WHERE POSSIBLE; USE SUPPORT SIGN IN POSITION UNTIL ADHESIVE FULLY SETS.
EXPOSED FASTENERS THAT MATCH PLAQUE FINISH. b. THIN OR HOLLOW SURFACES; PLACE SIGN IN POSITION AND FLUSH TO
6. CASTINGS; FABRICATE CASTINGS FREE OF WARP, CRACKS, BLOWHOLES, PITS, SURFACE, INSTALL WASHERS AND NUTS ON STUDS PROJECTING THROUGH
SCALE, SAND HOLES, AND OTHER DEFECTS THAT IMPAIR APPEARANCE OR OPPOSITE SIDE OF SURFACE, AND TIGHTEN.
STRENGTH. GRIND, WIRE BRUSH, SANDBLAST, AND BUFF CASTINGS TO REMOVE 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
SEAMS, GATE MARKS, CASTING FLASH, AND OTHER CASTING MARKS BEFORE A. REMOVE AND REPLACE DAMAGED OR DEFORMED CHARACTERS AND SIGNS THAT DO
FINISHING. NOT COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. REPLACE CHARACTERS WITH
B. SURFACE-ENGRAVED GRAPHICS; MACHINE ENGRAVE CHARACTERS AND OTHER DAMAGED OR DETERIORATED FINISHES OR COMPONENTS THAT CANNOT BE
GRAPHIC DEVICES INTO PANEL SURFACE INDICATED TO PRODUCE PRECISELY SUCCESSFULLY REPAIRED BY FINISH TOUCHUP OR SIMILAR MINOR REPAIR
FORMED COPY, INCISED TO UNIFORM DEPTH. PROCEDURES.
1. ENGRAVED METAL; FILL ENGRAVED GRAPHICS WITH MANUFACTURER'S B. REMOVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COVERINGS AND STRIPPABLE FILMS AS SIGNS
STANDARD BAKED ENAMEL. ARE INSTALLED.
C. BRACKETS; FABRICATE BRACKETS, FITTINGS, AND HARDWARE FOR C. ON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION, CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES OF SIGNS
BRACKET-MOUNTED PLAQUES TO SUIT PLAQUE CONSTRUCTION AND MOUNTING ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AND TOUCH UP MINOR
CONDITIONS INDICATED. MODIFY MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD BRACKETS AS NICKS AND ABRASIONS IN FINISH. MAINTAIN SIGNS IN A CLEAN CONDITION DURING
REQUIRED. CONSTRUCTION AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE UNTIL ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER.
1. STAINLESS-STEEL BRACKETS; FACTORY FINISH BRACKETS TO MATCH PLAQUE END OF SECTION 10 14 19
BACKGROUND FINISH UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
2.6 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS
A. PROTECT MECHANICAL FINISHES ON EXPOSED SURFACES FROM DAMAGE BY
APPLYING A STRIPPABLE, TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COVERING BEFORE SHIPPING.
B. APPEARANCE OF FINISHED WORK; NOTICEABLE VARIATIONS IN SAME PIECE ARE NOT
ACCEPTABLE. VARIATIONS IN APPEARANCE OF ADJOINING COMPONENTS ARE
ACCEPTABLE IF THEY ARE WITHIN THE RANGE OF APPROVED SAMPLES AND ARE
ASSEMBLED OR INSTALLED TO MINIMIZE CONTRAST.
C. DIRECTIONAL FINISHES; RUN GRAIN WITH LONG DIMENSION OF EACH PIECE AND
PERPENDICULAR TO LONG DIMENSION OF FINISHED TRIM OR BORDER SURFACE
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
D. ORGANIC, ANODIC, AND CHEMICALLY PRODUCED FINISHES; APPLY TO FORMED
METAL AFTER FABRICATION BUT BEFORE APPLYING CONTRASTING POLISHED
FINISHES ON RAISED FEATURES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
2.7 STAINLESS-STEEL FINISHES
A. SURFACE PREPARATION; REMOVE TOOL AND DIE MARKS AND STRETCH LINES, OR
Seal/Signature
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
SPECIFICATIONS
Scaie
NO SCALE
Sheet Number
A10.10
PANEL SIGNAGE WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION TOILET ACCESSORIES METAL LOCKERS SHEET NOTES
SECTION 10 14 23 - PANEL SIGNAGE IN SIGN AS TEMPLATE. COUNTERSINK HOLES IN SIGN IF REQUIRED. PLACE SIGN SECTION 10 26 00 - WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION SECTION 10 28 00 - TOILET ACCESSORIES SECTION 10 51 13 - METAL LOCKERS
PART 1 - GENERAL IN POSITION AND FLUSH TO SURFACE. INSTALL THROUGH FASTENERS AND PARTI- GENERAL PARTI- GENERAL PARTI- GENERAL NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
1.1 DEFINITIONS TIGHTEN. 1.1 SUBMITTALS 1.1 COORDINATION 1.1 SUBMITTALS TEL: 646 428 5500
A. ACCESSIBLE: IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARD. 3. ADHESIVE: CLEAN BOND-BREAKING MATERIALS FROM SUBSTRATE SURFACE A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH PRODUCT INDICATED. A. COORDINATE ACCESSORY LOCATIONS WITH OTHER WORK TO PREVENT A. PRODUCT DATA; FOR EACH TYPE OF METAL LOCKER.
B. ILLUMINATED: ILLUMINATED BY LIGHTING SOURCE INTEGRALLY CONSTRUCTED AS AND REMOVE LOOSE DEBRIS. APPLY LINEAR BEADS OR SPOTS OF ADHESIVE B. SHOP DRAWINGS: INCLUDE LOCATIONS AND EXTENT OF IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL INTERFERENCE WITH CLEARANCES REQUIRED FOR ACCESS BY PEOPLE WITH 1. INCLUDE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS, MATERIAL DESCRIPTIONS, DIMENSIONS OF
PART OF THE SIGN UNIT. SYMMETRICALLY TO BACK OF SIGN AND OF SUITABLE QUANTITY TO SUPPORT PROTECTION AND DETAILS OF INSTALLATION. DISABILITIES, AND FOR PROPER INSTALLATION, ADJUSTMENT, OPERATION, INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS AND PROFILES, AND FINISHES FOR EACH TYPE OF
1.2 COORDINATION WEIGHT OF SIGN AFTER CURE WITHOUT SLIPPAGE. KEEP ADHESIVE AWAY FROM C. SAMPLES: FOR EACH UNIT AND FOR EACH COLOR AND TEXTURE REQUIRED. CLEANING, AND SERVICING OF ACCESSORIES. METAL LOCKER.
A. FURNISH TEMPLATES FOR PLACEMENT OF SIGN-ANCHORAGE DEVICES EMBEDDED IN EDGES TO PREVENT ADHESIVE EXTRUSION AS SIGN IS APPLIED AND TO D. MAINTENANCE DATA. B. DELIVER INSERTS AND ANCHORING DEVICES SET INTO CONCRETE OR MASONRY AS B. SHOP DRAWINGS; FOR METAL LOCKERS.
PERMANENT CONSTRUCTION BY OTHER INSTALLERS. PREVENT VISIBILITY OF CURED ADHESIVE AT SIGN EDGES. PLACE SIGN IN 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIRED TO PREVENT DELAYING THE WORK. 1. INCLUDE PLANS, ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS, DETAILS, AND ATTACHMENTS TO
B. FURNISH TEMPLATES FOR PLACEMENT OF ELECTRICAL SERVICE EMBEDDED IN POSITION, AND PUSH TO ENGAGE ADHESIVE. TEMPORARILY SUPPORT SIGN IN A. FIRE-TEST-RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS: PROVIDE COMPONENTS WITH 1.2 SUBMITTALS OTHER WORK. DESIGN ARCHITECT
PERMANENT CONSTRUCTION BY OTHER INSTALLERS. POSITION UNTIL ADHESIVE FULLY SETS. FLAME-SPREAD AND SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDICES OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND 450, A. PRODUCT DATA; FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT. 2. SHOW LOCKER TRIM AND ACCESSORIES.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. REMOVE AND REPLACE DAMAGED OR DEFORMED SIGNS AND SIGNS THAT DO NOT
RESPECTIVELY, WHEN TESTED PER ASTM E 84 BY A TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE
TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
1. INCLUDE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS, MATERIAL DESCRIPTIONS, DIMENSIONS OF
INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS AND PROFILES, AND FINISHES.
3. INCLUDE LOCKER IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM AND NUMBERING SEQUENCE.
C. SAMPLES; FOR EACH COLOR SPECIFIED, IN MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SIZE.
B. SHOP DRAWINGS: FOR PANEL SIGNS. COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. REPLACE SIGNS WITH DAMAGED OR PART 2- PRODUCTS 2. INCLUDE ANCHORING AND MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING D. SAMPLES FOR VERIFICATION; FOR THE FOLLOWING PRODUCTS, IN MANUFACTURER'S 121 West27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212)481-2065 Fax: (212)481-3673
1. INCLUDE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION DETAILS AND ATTACHMENTS TO DETERIORATED FINISHES OR COMPONENTS THAT CANNOT BE SUCCESSFULLY 2.1 MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS FOR CUTOUTS IN OTHER WORK AND SUBSTRATE PREPARATION. STANDARD SIZE;
OTHER WORK. REPAIRED BY FINISH TOUCHUP OR SIMILAR MINOR REPAIR PROCEDURES. A. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE B. SAMPLES; FULL SIZE, FOR EACH EXPOSED PRODUCT AND FOR EACH FINISH 1. LOCKERS AND EQUIPMENT.
2. SHOW SIGN MOUNTING HEIGHTS, LOCATIONS OF SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPORTS B. REMOVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COVERINGS AND STRIPPABLE FILMS AS SIGNS PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: SPECIFIED. E. PRODUCT SCHEDULE; FOR LOCKERS. USE SAME DESIGNATIONS INDICATED ON ARCHITECT OF RECORD
TO BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS, AND ACCESSORIES.

3. SHOW MESSAGE LIST, TYPESTYLES, GRAPHIC ELEMENTS, AND LAYOUT FOR
ARE INSTALLED.
C. ON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION, CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES OF SIGNS
B. BASIS-OF-DESIGN PRODUCT: THE DESIGN FOR EACH IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL
PROTECTION UNIT IS BASED ON THE PRODUCT NAMED. SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE
1. APPROVED FULL-SIZE SAMPLES WILL BE RETURNED AND MAY BE USED IN THE
WORK.
DRAWINGS.
F. QUALIFICATION DATA; FOR INSTALLER.
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
EACH SIGN AT LEAST HALF SIZE. ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AND TOUCH UP MINOR WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE THE NAMED PRODUCT OR A COMPARABLE PRODUCT C. PRODUCT SCHEDULE; INDICATING TYPES, QUANTITIES, SIZES, AND INSTALLATION G. SAMPLE WARRANTY; FOR SPECIAL WARRANTY. Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
4. SHOW LOCATIONS OF ELECTRICAL SERVICE CONNECTIONS. NICKS AND ABRASIONS IN FINISH. MAINTAIN SIGNS IN A CLEAN CONDITION DURING BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: LOCATIONS BY ROOM OF EACH ACCESSORY REQUIRED. H. MAINTENANCE DATA; FOR ADJUSTING, REPAIRING, AND REPLACING LOCKER DOORS
5. INCLUDE DIAGRAMS FOR POWER, SIGNAL, AND CONTROL WIRING. CONSTRUCTION AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE UNTIL ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER. 1. CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES, INC. 1. IDENTIFY LOCATIONS USING ROOM DESIGNATIONS INDICATED. AND LATCHING MECHANISMS TO INCLUDE IN MAINTENANCE MANUALS. MEP ENGINEER
C. SAMPLES FOR VERIFICATION: FOR EACH TYPE OF SIGN ASSEMBLY SHOWING ALL
COMPONENTS AND WITH THE REQUIRED FINISH(ES), IN MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD
END OF SECTION 10 14 23 2. IPC DOOR AND WALL PROTECTION SYSTEMS, INC.
3. KOROSEAL WALL PROTECTION SYSTEMS, INC.
2. IDENTIFY ACCESSORIES USING DESIGNATIONS INDICATED.
D. MAINTENANCE DATA; FOR ACCESSORIES TO INCLUDE IN MAINTENANCE MANUALS.
1.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. DO NOT DELIVER METAL LOCKERS UNTIL SPACES TO RECEIVE THEM ARE CLEAN,
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED AND AS FOLLOWS: 4. PAWLING CORPORATION. PART 2- PRODUCTS DRY, AND READY FOR THEIR INSTALLATION. T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDUAND.OOM.AU
1. PANEL SIGNS: FULL-SIZE SAMPLE. 2.2 MATERIALS 2.1 PUBLIC-USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES 1.3 FIELD CONDITIONS
D. SIGN SCHEDULE: USE SAME DESIGNATIONS SPECIFIED OR INDICATED ON DRAWINGS A. EXTRUDED PLASTIC: TEXTURED, CHEMICAL-AND STAIN-RESISTANT, A. PROVIDE ITEMS INDICATED IN SCHEDULE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. A. FIELD MEASUREMENTS; VERIFY ACTUAL DIMENSIONS OF RECESSED OPENINGS BY LIGHTING DESIGNER
ORINASIGN SCHEDULE. HIGH-IMPACT-RESISTANT, PVC OR ACRYLIC-MODIFIED VINYL PLASTIC; THICKNESS AS B. SOURCE LIMITATIONS; OBTAIN PUBLIC-USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES FROM SINGLE FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE FABRICATION.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS INDICATED; WITH A MINIMUM IMPACT RESISTANCE OF 25.4 FT-LBF/IN. (1356 J/M) OF SOURCE FROM SINGLE MANUFACTURER. 1.4 COORDINATION
SCHVViNGHAMMEn
A. QUALIFICATION DATA: FOR INSTALLER AND MANUFACTURER. WIDTH WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM D 256, TEST METHOD A. 2.2 MATERIALS A. COORDINATE SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF BASES FOR METAL LOCKERS. WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHT1NG.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
B. SAMPLE WARRANTY: FOR SPECIAL WARRANTY. B. ALUMINUM EXTRUSIONS; ALLOY AND TEMPER RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER A. STAINLESS STEEL; ASTM A 666, TYPE 304, 0.031-INCH (0.8-MM) MINIMUM NOMINAL B. COORDINATE SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF FRAMING, BLOCKING, FURRING,
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS FOR TYPE OF USE AND FINISH INDICATED, BUT WITH NOT LESS THAN THE STRENGTH THICKNESS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. REINFORCEMENTS, AND OTHER RELATED UNITS OF WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER
A. MAINTENANCE DATA: FOR SIGNS TO INCLUDE IN MAINTENANCE MANUALS. AND DURABILITY PROPERTIES OF ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), ALLOY 6063-T5. B. STEEL SHEET; ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, DESIGNATION CS (COLD ROLLED, COMMERCIAL SECTIONS TO ENSURE THAT METAL LOCKERS CAN BE SUPPORTED AND INSTALLED
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE C. FASTENERS; ALUMINUM, NONMAGNETIC STAINLESS-STEEL, OR OTHER STEEL), 0.036-INCH (0.9-MM) MINIMUM NOMINAL THICKNESS. AS INDICATED.
A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: AN ENTITY THAT EMPLOYS INSTALLERS AND NONCORRODING METAL SCREWS, BOLTS, AND OTHER FASTENERS COMPATIBLE C. GALVANIZED-STEEL SHEET; ASTM A 653/A 653M, WITH G60 (Z180) HOT-DIP ZINC 1.5 WARRANTY
SUPERVISORS WHO ARE TRAINED AND APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER. WITH ALUMINUM COMPONENTS, HARDWARE, ANCHORS, AND OTHER ITEMS BEING COATING. A. SPECIAL WARRANTY; MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS FASTENED. USE VANDAL-RESISTANT FASTENERS WHERE EXPOSED TO VIEW. D. GALVANIZED-STEEL MOUNTING DEVICES; ASTM A 153/A 153M, HOT-DIP GALVANIZED COMPONENTS OF METAL LOCKERS THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP,
A. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ANCHORAGE DEVICES AND D. ADHESIVE; TYPE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR USE WITH MATERIAL AFTER FABRICATION. EXCLUDING FINISH, WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD.
ELECTRICAL SERVICE EMBEDDED IN PERMANENT CONSTRUCTION BY OTHER BEING ADHERED TO SUBSTRATE INDICATED. E. FASTENERS; SCREWS, BOLTS, AND OTHER DEVICES OF SAME MATERIAL AS 1. FAILURESINCLUDE,BUTARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING;
INSTALLERS BY FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE FABRICATION, AND INDICATE 2.3 WALL PROTECTION ACCESSORY UNIT AND TAMPER-AND-THEFT RESISTANT WHERE EXPOSED, AND OF a. STRUCTURAL FAILURES.
MEASUREMENTS ON SHOP DRAWINGS. A. PROVIDE PRODUCTS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. GALVANIZED STEEL WHERE CONCEALED. b. FAULTY OPERATION OF LATCHES AND OTHER DOOR HARDWARE.
1.8 WARRANTY 2.4 FINISHES 2.3 FABRICATION 2. DAMAGE FROM DELIBERATE DESTRUCTION AND VANDALISM IS EXCLUDED.
A. SPECIAL WARRANTY: MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE A. PLASTIC COLOR; AS INDICATED BY NAMED MANUFACTURER'S DESIGNATION. A. GENERAL; FABRICATE UNITS WITH TIGHT SEAMS AND JOINTS, AND EXPOSED EDGES 3. WARRANTY PERIOD FOR KNOCKED-DOWN METAL LOCKERS; TWO YEARS FROM
COMPONENTS OF SIGNS THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN PART 3- EXECUTION ROLLED. HANG DOORS AND ACCESS PANELS WITH FULL-LENGTH, CONTINUOUS DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. 3.1 INSTALLATION HINGES. EQUIP UNITS FOR CONCEALED ANCHORAGE AND WITH PART 2- PRODUCTS
1. FAILURES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: A. PREPARATION; COMPLETE FINISHING OPERATIONS, INCLUDING PAINTING, BEFORE CORROSION-RESISTANT BACKING PLATES. 2.1 MANUFACTURERS
a. DETERIORATION OF FINISHES BEYOND NORMAL WEATHERING. INSTALLING IMPACT-RESISTANTWALL PROTECTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS. BEFORE B. KEYS; PROVIDE UNIVERSAL KEYS FOR INTERNAL ACCESS TO ACCESSORIES FOR A. SOURCE LIMITATIONS; OBTAIN METAL LOCKERS AND ACCESSORIES FROM SINGLE
b. DETERIORATION OF EMBEDDED GRAPHIC IMAGE. INSTALLATION, CLEAN SUBSTRATE TO REMOVE DUST, DEBRIS, AND LOOSE SERVICING AND RESUPPLYING. PROVIDE MINIMUM OF SIX KEYS TO OWNER'S SOURCE FROM SINGLE LOCKER MANUFACTURER.
c. SEPARATION OR DELAMINATION OF SHEET MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS. PARTICLES. REPRESENTATIVE. 1. OBTAIN LOCKS FROM SINGLE LOCK MANUFACTURER.
2. WARRANTY PERIOD: FIVE YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. B. INSTALL IMPACT-RESISTANTWALL PROTECTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS LEVEL, PART 3- EXECUTION 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
PART 2- PRODUCTS PLUMB, AND TRUE TO LINE WITHOUT DISTORTIONS. 3.1 INSTALLATION A. ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS; FOR LOCKERS INDICATED TO BE ACCESSIBLE,
2.1 PANEL SIGNS, GENERAL 1. DO NOT USE MATERIALS WITH CHIPS, CRACKS, VOIDS, STAINS, OR OTHER A. INSTALL ACCESSORIES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURERS'WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PROVISIONS IN THE U.S. ARCHITECTURAL &
A. REFER TO DRAWING A6.60. OBTAIN SIGNAGE FROM OWNER'S DESIGNATED DEFECTS THAT MIGHT BE VISIBLE IN THE FINISHED WORK. USING FASTENERS APPROPRIATE TO SUBSTRATE INDICATED AND RECOMMENDED TRANSPORTATION BARRIERS COMPLIANCE BOARD'S ADA-ABA ACCESSIBILITY
SUPPLIERS. C. WHERE SPLICES OCCUR IN HORIZONTAL RUNS OF MORE THAN 20 FEET (6.1 M), BY UNIT MANUFACTURER. INSTALL UNITS LEVEL, PLUMB, AND FIRMLY ANCHORED IN GUIDELINES AND ICC A117.1.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS SPLICE ALUMINUM RETAINERS AND PLASTIC COVERS AT DIFFERENT LOCATIONS LOCATIONS AND AT HEIGHTS INDICATED. 2.3 WELDED CORRIDOR LOCKERS
A. ACCESSIBILITY STANDARD: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PROVISIONS IN THE U.S. ALONG THE RUN. B. GRAB BARS; INSTALL TO WITHSTAND A DOWNWARD LOAD OF AT LEAST 250 LBF A. REFER TO FURNITURE AND FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS
ARCHITECTURAL & TRANSPORTATION BARRIERS COMPLIANCE BOARD'S ADA-ABA D. IMMEDIATELY ON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION, CLEAN PLASTIC COVERS AND (1112 N), WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM F 446. 2.4 FABRICATION
ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES FOR BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES AND ICC A117.1 FOR ACCESSORIES USING STANDARD AMMONIA-BASED HOUSEHOLD CLEANING AGENT. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. FABRICATE METAL LOCKERS SQUARE, RIGID, WITHOUT WARP, AND WITH METAL A Issue Date & Description By Check
SIGNS. CLEAN METAL COMPONENTS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN A. ADJUST ACCESSORIES FOR UNENCUMBERED, SMOOTH OPERATION. REPLACE FACES FLAT AND FREE OF DENTS OR DISTORTION. MAKE EXPOSED METAL EDGES 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
B. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: LISTED AND LABELED AS INSTRUCTIONS. DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE ITEMS. SAFE TO TOUCH AND FREE OF SHARP EDGES AND BURRS. FINAL SD
DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED 1. REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE USING METHODS AND MATERIALS RECOMMENDED B. REMOVE TEMPORARY LABELS AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS. 1. FORM BODY PANELS, DOORS, SHELVES, AND ACCESSORIES FROM ONE-PIECE 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
LOCATION AND APPLICATION. BY MANUFACTURER. C. CLEAN AND POLISH EXPOSED SURFACES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S STEEL SHEET UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
PRELIM SD
2.3 ACCESSORIES END OF SECTION 10 26 00 WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 2. PROVIDE FASTENERS, FILLER PLATES, SUPPORTS, CLIPS, AND CLOSURES AS
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
A. FASTENERS AND ANCHORS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD AS REQUIRED FOR END OF SECTION 10 28 00 REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION.
SECURE ANCHORAGE OF SIGNAGE, NONCORROSIVE AND COMPATIBLE WITH EACH B. FABRICATE EACH METAL LOCKER WITH AN INDIVIDUAL DOOR AND FRAME; INDIVIDUAL 100% SD
MATERIAL JOINED, AND COMPLYING WITH THE FOLLOWING: TOP, BOTTOM, AND BACK; AND COMMON INTERMEDIATE UPRIGHTS SEPARATING 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
1. USE CONCEALED FASTENERS AND ANCHORS UNLESS INDICATED TO BE COMPARTMENTS. FACTORY WELD FRAME MEMBERS OF EACH METAL LOCKER 50% CD
EXPOSED. TOGETHER TO FORM A RIGID, ONE-PIECE ASSEMBLY. 04/05/2019
2. SIGN MOUNTING FASTENERS:
a. CONCEALED STUDS: CONCEALED (BLIND), THREADED STUDS WELDED OR
FIRE EXTINGUISHER SPECIALTIES C. WELDED CONSTRUCTION; FACTORY PREASSEMBLE METAL LOCKERS BY WELDING
ALL JOINTS, SEAMS, AND CONNECTIONS; WITH NO BOLTS, NUTS, SCREWS, OR RIVETS 90% CD
DSF DSF
05/03/2019
BRAZED TO BACK OF SIGN MATERIAL OR SCREWED INTO BACK OF SIGN USED IN ASSEMBLY OF MAIN LOCKER GROUPS. FACTORY WELD MAIN LOCKER DSF DSF
ASSEMBLY, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. SECTION 10 44 00 - FIRE EXTINGUISHER SPECIALTIES GROUPS INTO ONE-PIECE STRUCTURES. GRIND EXPOSED WELDS FLUSH. 100% CD
3. INSERTS: FURNISH INSERTS TO BE SET BY OTHER TRADES INTO CONCRETE OR FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS SPECIFICATION; 2.5 ACCESSORIES
MASONRY WORK. 1. PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET(S) WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. A. FASTENERS; ZINC- OR NICKEL-PLATED STEEL, SLOTLESS-TYPE, EXPOSED BOLT
B. ADHESIVE: AS RECOMMENDED BY SIGN MANUFACTURER. 2. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET SPECIFICATION; POTTER ROEMER DANA SERIES HEADS; WITH SELF-LOCKING NUTS OR LOCK WASHERS FOR NUTS ON MOVING PARTS.
C. BITUMINOUS PAINT: COLD-APPLIED ASPHALT EMULSION COMPLYING WITH #7250, RECESSED, STAINLESS STEEL FINISH, SOLID FLUSH DOOR WITH VERTICAL B. ANCHORS; MATERIAL, TYPE, AND SIZE REQUIRED FOR SECURE ANCHORAGE TO EACH
ASTMD1187. BLACK LETTERS SUBSTRATE.
PART 3- EXECUTION 3. SIZE; 11 -3/4”W X 20-3/4” H ( RO; 10”W X19”H X 6” D 1. PROVIDE NONFERROUS-METAL OR HOT-DIP GALVANIZED ANCHORS AND
3.1 EXAMINATION 4. PROVIDEWITH POTTER ROEMER 3005 5 LB FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSERTS ON INSIDE FACE OF EXTERIOR WALLS FOR CORROSION RESISTANCE.
A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES, AREAS, AND CONDITIONS, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR 2. PROVIDE TOOTHED-STEEL OR LEAD EXPANSION SLEEVES FOR
COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND OTHER DRILLED-IN-PLACE ANCHORS.
CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF SIGNAGE WORK. PART 3- EXECUTION
B. VERIFY THAT SIGN-SUPPORT SURFACES ARE WITHIN TOLERANCES TO 3.1 EXAMINATION
ACCOMMODATE SIGNS WITHOUT GAPS OR IRREGULARITIES BETWEEN BACKS OF A. EXAMINE WALLS, FLOORS, AND SUPPORT BASES, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR
SIGNS AND SUPPORT SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND OTHER
C. VERIFY THAT ANCHOR INSERTS ARE CORRECTLY SIZED AND LOCATED TO CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK.
ACCOMMODATE SIGNS. B. PREPARE WRITTEN REPORT, ENDORSED BY INSTALLER, LISTING CONDITIONS
D. VERIFY THAT ELECTRICAL SERVICE IS CORRECTLY SIZED AND LOCATED TO DETRIMENTAL TO PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK.
ACCOMMODATE SIGNS. C. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE
E. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED.
BEEN CORRECTED. 3.2 INSTALLATION
3.2 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL; INSTALL LOCKERS LEVEL, PLUMB, AND TRUE; SHIM AS REQUIRED, USING
A. GENERAL: INSTALL SIGNS USING MOUNTING METHODS INDICATED AND ACCORDING CONCEALED SHIMS.
TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 1. ANCHOR LOCKER RUNS AT ENDS AND AT INTERVALS RECOMMENDED BY
1. INSTALL SIGNS LEVEL, PLUMB, TRUE TO LINE, AND AT LOCATIONS AND HEIGHTS MANUFACTURER, BUT NOT MORE THAN 36 INCHES (910 MM) O.C. USING
INDICATED, WITH SIGN SURFACES FREE OF DISTORTION AND OTHER DEFECTS IN CONCEALED FASTENERS, INSTALL ANCHORS THROUGH BACKUP REINFORCING
APPEARANCE. PLATES, CHANNELS, OR BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT METAL
2. INSTALL SIGNS SO THEY DO NOT PROTRUDE OR OBSTRUCT ACCORDING TO THE DISTORTION.
ACCESSIBILITY STANDARD. 2. ANCHOR BACK-TO-BACK METAL LOCKERS TO FLOOR.
3. BEFORE INSTALLATION, VERIFY THAT SIGN SURFACES ARE CLEAN AND FREE OF B. WELDED LOCKERS; CONNECT GROUPS TOGETHER WITH STANDARD FASTENERS,
MATERIALS OR DEBRIS THAT WOULD IMPAIR INSTALLATION. WITH NO EXPOSED FASTENERS ON FACE FRAMES.
4. CORROSION PROTECTION: COAT CONCEALED SURFACES OF EXTERIOR C. EQUIPMENT;
ALUMINUM IN CONTACT WITH GROUT, CONCRETE, MASONRY, WOOD, OR 1. ATTACH HOOKS WITH AT LEAST TWO FASTENERS.
DISSIMILAR METALS, WITH A HEAVY COAT OF BITUMINOUS PAINT. 2. ATTACH DOOR LOCKS ON DOORS USING SECURITY-TYPE FASTENERS.
B. MOUNTING METHODS: 3. IDENTIFICATION PLATES; IDENTIFY METAL LOCKERS WITH IDENTIFICATION
1. CONCEALED STUDS: USING A TEMPLATE, DRILL HOLES IN SUBSTRATE ALIGNING INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
WITH STUDS ON BACK OF SIGN. REMOVE LOOSE DEBRIS FROM HOLE AND a. ATTACH PLATES TO EACH LOCKER DOOR, NEAR TOP, CENTERED, WITH AT
SUBSTRATE SURFACE. LEAST TWO ALUMINUM RIVETS.
a. MASONRY SUBSTRATES: FILL HOLES WITH ADHESIVE. LEAVE RECESS SPACE b. ATTACH PLATES TO UPPER SHELF OF EACH OPEN-FRONT METAL LOCKER,
IN HOLE FOR DISPLACED ADHESIVE. PLACE SIGN IN POSITION AND PUSH CENTERED, WITH A LEAST TWO ALUMINUM RIVETS.
UNTIL FLUSH TO SURFACE, EMBEDDING STUDS IN HOLES. TEMPORARILY D. TRIM; FIT EXPOSED CONNECTIONS OF TRIM, FILLERS, AND CLOSURES ACCURATELY
SUPPORT SIGN IN POSITION UNTIL ADHESIVE FULLY SETS. TOGETHER TO FORM TIGHT, HAIRLINE JOINTS, WITH CONCEALED FASTENERS AND
b. THIN OR HOLLOW SURFACES: PLACE SIGN IN POSITION AND FLUSH TO SPLICE PLATES.
SURFACE, INSTALL WASHERS AND NUTS ON STUDS PROJECTING THROUGH 1. ATTACH RECESS TRIM TO RECESSED METAL LOCKERS WITH CONCEALED CLIPS.
OPPOSITE SIDE OF SURFACE, AND TIGHTEN. 2. ATTACH FILLER PANELS WITH CONCEALED FASTENERS. LOCATE FILLER PANELS
2. THROUGH FASTENERS: DRILL HOLES IN SUBSTRATE USING PREDRILLED HOLES WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. CLEAN, LUBRICATE, AND ADJUST HARDWARE. ADJUST DOORS AND LATCHES TO
OPERATE EASILY WITHOUT BINDING. VERIFY THAT INTEGRAL LOCKING DEVICES
OPERATE PROPERLY.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. PROTECT METAL LOCKERS FROM DAMAGE, ABUSE, DUST, DIRT, STAIN, OR PAINT. DO
NOT PERMIT USE DURING CONSTRUCTION.
B. TOUCH UP MARRED FINISHES, OR REPLACE METAL LOCKERS THAT CANNOT BE
RESTORED TO FACTORY-FINISHED APPEARANCE. USE ONLY MATERIALS AND
PROCEDURES RECOMMENDED OR FURNISHED BY LOCKER MANUFACTURER.
Seal/Signature
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
SPECIFICATIONS
Scaie
NO SCALE
Sheet Number
A10.11
EQUIPMENT CURTAINS AND DRAPES CURTAINS AND DRAPES (CONT.) MANUFACTURED CASEWORK MPD PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED CASEWORK SHEET NOTES
SECTION 11 00 00 EQUIPMENT SECTION 12 22 00 - CURTAINS AND DRAPES AFTER HANGING DRAPES, TEST AND ADJUST EACH DRAPERY TRACK TO PRODUCE SECTION 12 32 13 - MANUFACTURED CASEWORK SECTION 12 32 16 - MANUFACTURED PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED CASEWORK
PARTI- GENERAL PARTI- GENERAL UNENCUMBERED, SMOOTH OPERATION. PARTI- GENERAL PARTI- GENERAL NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH TYPE OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRED. 1.1 SUMMARY B. STEAM AND DRESS DOWN DRAPES AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE CREASE- AND 1.1 COORDINATION 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS TEL: 646 428 5500
INCLUDE COMPLETE OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS, DIMENSIONS, AND FINISHES A. SECTION INCLUDES: DRAPES AND TRACKS. WRINKLE-FREE INSTALLATION. A. COORDINATE SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF FRAMING, BLOCKING, FURRING, A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL
FOR EACH TYPE OF EQUIPMENT. 1.2 SUBMITTALS C. REMOVE AND REPLACE DRAPES THAT ARE STAINED OR SOILED. REINFORCEMENTS, AND OTHER RELATED UNITS OF WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS,
B. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF EQUIPMENT. A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR THE FOLLOWING: END OF SECTION 12 22 00 SECTIONS TO ENSURE THAT CASEWORK CAN BE SUPPORTED AND INSTALLED AS APPLY TO THIS SECTION.
C. UL AND NEMA COMPLIANCE: PROVIDE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT THAT ARE LISTED 1. DRAPERY TRACKS: INCLUDE MAXIMUM WEIGHTS OF DRAPES THAT CAN BE INDICATED. 1.2 SUMMARY
AND LABELED BY UL AND THAT COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE NEMA STANDARDS. SUPPORTED. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. SECTION INCLUDES PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED CABINETS OF STOCK DESIGN.
D. WARRANTIES: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WRITTEN WARRANTY, FOR 2. DRAPERY FABRIC: PROVIDE BY OWNER. A. SHOP DRAWINGS; INCLUDE PLANS, ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS, DETAILS, AND B. RELATED REQUIREMENTS;
EACH TYPE OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRED, IN WHICH MANUFACTURER AGREES TO B. SHOP DRAWINGS: ATTACHMENTS TO OTHER WORK. SHOW FABRICATION DETAILS, INCLUDING TYPES 1. SECTION 06 10 53 "MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY" FOR WOOD BLOCKING DESIGN ARCHITECT
REPAIR OR REPLACE EQUIPMENT OR COMPONENTS THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR 1. DRAPERY TRACKS: SHOW INSTALLATION AND ANCHORAGE DETAILS AND ROLLER WINDOW SHADES AND LOCATIONS OF HARDWARE. SHOW INSTALLATION DETAILS, INCLUDING FIELD FOR ANCHORING CASEWORK.
WORKMANSHIP WITHIN TWO YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
LOCATIONS OF CONTROLS.
2. DRAPES: SHOW SIZES, LOCATIONS, AND DETAILS OF INSTALLATION.
JOINTS AND FILLER PANELS. INDICATE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG NUMBERS FOR
CASEWORK.
2. SECTION 09 22 16 "NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING" FOR REINFORCEMENTS
IN METAL-FRAMED PARTITIONS FOR ANCHORING CASEWORK.
A. EQUIPMENT PRODUCTS: PROVIDE RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES, LISTED IN EQUIPMENT C. SAMPLES FOR VERIFICATION: AS FOLLOWS: SECTION 12 24 13 - ROLLER WINDOW SHADES B. KEYING SCHEDULE; INCLUDE SCHEMATIC KEYING DIAGRAM AND INDEX EACH KEY 3. SECTION 09 65 13 "RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES" FOR RESILIENT BASE 121 West27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212)481-2065 Fax: (212)481-3673
SCHEDULE ON THE DRAWINGS. 1. DRAPERY TRACKS: 18 INCHES (450 MM) LONG, WITH CARRIERS, CONTROLS, AND PART 1 - GENERAL SET TO UNIQUE DESIGNATIONS THAT ARE COORDINATED WITH THE CONTRACT APPLIED TO PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED CASEWORK.
PART 3- EXECUTION ACCESSORIES. A. MAINTENANCE DATA SUBMITTAL; FOR ROLLER SHADES TO INCLUDE IN DOCUMENTS. 4. SECTION 12 35 53.16 "PLASTIC-LAMINATE LABORATORY CASEWORK."
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
A. INSTALL EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 2. DRAPE FABRICATION: FOR EACH HEADING, FABRIC, COLOR, AND PATTERN MAINTENANCE MANUALS. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 5. SECTION 12 36 23.13 "PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD COUNTERTOPS."
B. SECURELY ANCHOR BUILT-IN EQUIPMENT TO SUPPORTING CABINETS OR INDICATED, A COMPLETE FULL-SIZE PANEL TO VERIFY DETAILS OF FABRICATION B. FIELD MEASUREMENTS; WHERE ROLLER SHADES ARE INDICATED TO FIT TO OTHER A. QUALIFICATION DATA; FOR INSTALLER. 1.3 DEFINITIONS PTID
COUNTERTOPS WITH CONCEALED FASTENERS. VERIFY THAT CLEARANCES ARE AND THREAD COLORS. CONSTRUCTION, VERIFY DIMENSIONS OF OTHER CONSTRUCTION BY FIELD 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. DEFINITIONS IN THE AWI'S, AWMAC'S, AND WI'S "ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK LEVEL 6, 61 MARKET STREET, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES,
AUSTRALIA, 2000
ADEQUATE FOR PROPER FUNCTIONING AND THAT ROUGH OPENINGS ARE 1.3 SUBMITTALS MEASUREMENTS BEFORE FABRICATION AND INDICATE MEASUREMENTS ON SHOP A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS; AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE WHO IS TRAINED STANDARDS" APPLY TO THE WORK OF THIS SECTION. Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
COMPLETELY CONCEALED. A. COORDINATION DRAWINGS: FOR DRAPERY TRACK INSTALLATION; REFLECTED DRAWINGS. ALLOW CLEARANCES FOR OPERATING HARDWARE OF OPERABLE AND APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER FOR INSTALLATION OF UNITS REQUIRED FOR B. MDF; MEDIUM-DENSITY FIBERBOARD.
MEP ENGINEER
C. PLACE FREESTANDING EQUIPMENT IN FINAL LOCATIONS AFTER FINISHES HAVE BEEN CEILING PLANS DRAWN TO SCALE AND COORDINATING TRACK INSTALLATION WITH GLAZED UNITS THROUGH ENTIRE OPERATING RANGE. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF THIS PROJECT. C. HARDWOOD PLYWOOD; A PANEL PRODUCT COMPOSED OF LAYERS OR PLIES OF
COMPLETED IN EACH AREA. VERIFY THAT CLEARANCES ARE ADEQUATE TO OPENINGS AND CEILING-MOUNTED ITEMS, ON WHICH THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE INSTALLATION CONDITIONS THAT VARY FROM DRAWINGS. COORDINATE 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING VENEER, OR OF VENEERS IN COMBINATION WITH LUMBER CORE, HARDBOARD CORE, MEDLAND ENGINEERING
PROPERLY OPERATE EQUIPMENT. SHOWN: FABRICATION SCHEDULE WITH CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS TO AVOID DELAYING THE A. DELIVER CASEWORK ONLY AFTER PAINTING, UTILITY ROUGHING-IN, AND SIMILAR MDF CORE, OR PARTICLEBOARD CORE, JOINED WITH ADHESIVE, AND FACED BOTH GROUND FLOOR, 47-49 MURRAY STREET PYRMONT NSW 2009
D. MOUNT AUDIOA/ISUAL EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS 1. SUSPENDED CEILING COMPONENTS. WORK. OPERATIONS THAT COULD DAMAGE, SOIL, OR DETERIORATE CASEWORK HAVE BEEN FRONT AND BACK WITH HARDWOOD VENEERS.
FOR VIBRATION ISOLATION OF EQUIPMENT. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE PART 2- PRODUCTS COMPLETED IN INSTALLATION AREAS. IF CASEWORK MUST BE STORED IN 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
1. INSTALL PROJECTION SCREENS WITH SCREEN CASES IN POSITION AND IN A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: FOR DRAPES AND DRAPERY TRACKS, FABRICATOR OF A. MANUFACTURERS; AS INDICATED IN FINISH SCHEDULE. OTHER-THAN-INSTALLATION AREAS, STORE ONLY IN AREAS WHERE ENVIRONMENTAL A. PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE; CONDUCT CONFERENCE AT PROJECT SITE. LIGHTING DESIGNER
RELATION TO ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION INDICATED. SECURELY ANCHOR TO DRAPES. CONDITIONS COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN "FIELD CONDITIONS" B. KEYING CONFERENCE; CONDUCT CONFERENCE AT PROJECT SITE. INCORPORATE
SUPPORTING SUBSTRATE IN A MANNER THAT PRODUCES A SMOOTHLY B. MOCKUPS: BUILD MOCKUPS TO VERIFY SELECTIONS MADE UNDER SAMPLE
B. SOURCE LIMITATIONS; OBTAIN ROLLER SHADES FROM SINGLE SOURCE FROM
ARTICLE. KEYING CONFERENCE DECISIONS INTO FINAL KEYING REQUIREMENTS.
SCHVViNGHAMMEn
SINGLE MANUFACTURER. ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING CONSULTANTS 335 WEST 38TH ST NEW YORK, NY 1Q01S
OPERATING SCREEN WITH VERTICAL EDGES PLUMB AND VIEWING SURFACE SUBMITTALS, TO DEMONSTRATE AESTHETIC EFFECTS, AND TO SET QUALITY C. SHADES WITH SINGLE ROLLERS; B. KEEP FINISHED SURFACES COVERED WITH POLYETHYLENE FILM OR OTHER 1.5 COORDINATION WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHT1NG.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
FLAT WHEN SCREEN IS LOWERED. STANDARDS FOR FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. 1. ROLLERS; CORROSION-RESISTANT STEEL OR EXTRUDED-ALUMINUM TUBES OF PROTECTIVE COVERING DURING HANDLING AND INSTALLATION. A. COORDINATE SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF FRAMING, BLOCKING, FURRING,
E. TEST EACH ITEM OF APPLIANCES TO VERIFY PROPER OPERATION. MAKE 1. BUILD MOCKUP AT LOCATION AND IN SIZE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. DIAMETERS AND WALL THICKNESSES REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE OPERATING 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS REINFORCEMENTS, AND OTHER RELATED UNITS OF WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER
NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS. 2. SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, APPROVED MOCKUPS MAY MECHANISMS AND WEIGHTS AND WIDTHS OF SHADEBANDS INDICATED WITHOUT A. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS; DO NOT DELIVER OR INSTALL CASEWORK UNTIL SECTIONS TO ENSURE THAT CASEWORK CAN BE SUPPORTED AND INSTALLED AS
F. VERIFY THAT ACCESSORIES REQUIRED HAVE BEEN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED. BECOME PART OF THE COMPLETED WORK IF UNDISTURBED AT TIME OF DEFLECTION. PROVIDE WITH PERMANENTLY LUBRICATED DRIVE-END BUILDING IS ENCLOSED, WET WORK IS COMPLETE, AND HVAC SYSTEM IS OPERATING INDICATED.
G. REMOVE PACKING MATERIAL FROM APPLIANCES AND LEAVE UNITS IN CLEAN SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. ASSEMBLIES AND IDLE-END ASSEMBLIES DESIGNED TO FACILITATE REMOVAL OF AND MAINTAINING TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY AT OCCUPANCY LEVELS 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
CONDITION, READY FOR OPERATION. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS SHADEBANDS FOR SERVICE. DURING THE REMAINDER OF THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE A. PRODUCT DATA; FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT.
A. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: VERIFY DIMENSIONS BY FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE a. DIRECTION OF SHADEBAND ROLL; REGULAR, FROM BACK OF ROLLER. AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY DURING THE REMAINDER OF THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD B. SHOP DRAWINGS; INCLUDE PLANS, ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS, DETAILS, AND
MUSIC SYSTEM SPECIFICATION: DRAPE FABRICATION, AND INDICATE MEASUREMENTS ON SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. MOUNTING HARDWARE; BRACKETS OR ENDCAPS, CORROSION RESISTANT AND IN RANGE RECOMMENDED FOR PROJECT LOCATION BY THE AWI'S, AWMAC'S, AND ATTACHMENTS TO OTHER WORK. SHOW FABRICATION DETAILS, INCLUDING TYPES
1. MUSIC SYSTEM IS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GC. B. SCHEDULING: DO NOT DELIVER OR INSTALL DRAPES UNTIL AFTER OTHER FINISH COMPATIBLE WITH ROLLER ASSEMBLY, OPERATING MECHANISM, INSTALLATION WI'S "ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK STANDARDS." AND LOCATIONS OF HARDWARE. SHOW INSTALLATION DETAILS, INCLUDING FIELD
2. MUSIC SYSTEM TO BE PURCHASED FROM THE FOLLOWING VENDOR: WORK, INCLUDING PAINTING, IS COMPLETE AND SPACES ARE OTHERWISE READY ACCESSORIES, AND MOUNTING LOCATION AND CONDITIONS INDICATED. B. ESTABLISHED DIMENSIONS; WHERE CASEWORK IS INDICATED TO FIT TO OTHER JOINTS AND FILLER PANELS. INDICATE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG NUMBERS FOR
BW SOLUTIONS FOR OCCUPANCY. 3. SHADEBANDS; LIGHT-FILTERING FABRIC WITH STEEL OR EXTRUDED ALUMINUM, CONSTRUCTION, ESTABLISH DIMENSIONS FOR AREAS WHERE WOODWORK IS TO FIT. CASEWORK.
TEL. (760)-431-2833 PART 2- PRODUCTS ENCLOSED IN SEALED POCKET OF SHADEBAND MATERIAL. PROVIDE ALLOWANCE FOR TRIMMING AT SITE, AND COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION TO C. KEYING SCHEDULE; INCLUDE SCHEMATIC KEYING DIAGRAM AND INDEX EACH KEY
ATT: WALLY WEST 2.1 DRAPERY TRACKS 4. RECESSED SHADE POCKET; RECTANGULAR, EXTRUDED-ALUMINUM ENCLOSURE ENSURE THAT ACTUAL DIMENSIONS CORRESPOND TO ESTABLISHED DIMENSIONS. SET TO UNIQUE DESIGNATIONS THAT ARE COORDINATED WITH THE CONTRACT
E MAIL: WMWEST@BWSOL.COM A. FIXED TRACK: DESIGNED FOR RECESSED CEILING INSTALLATION; WITH FRONT, TOP, AND BACK C. LOCATE CONCEALED FRAMING, BLOCKING, AND REINFORCEMENTS THAT SUPPORT DOCUMENTS.
3. MUSIC SYSTEM SHALL CONSIST OF: 1. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE FORMED AS ONE PIECE, END PLATES, AND REMOVABLE BOTTOM CLOSURE CASEWORK BY FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE BEING ENCLOSED, AND INDICATE D. SAMPLES; FOR CABINET FINISHES.
A. BOSE PM4250 AMPLIFIER PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: PANEL. PROVIDE POCKET WITH LIP AT LOWER EDGE TO SUPPORT ACOUSTICAL MEASUREMENTS ON SHOP DRAWINGS. E. SAMPLES FOR VERIFICATION; 8-BY-10-INCH (200-BY-250-MM) SAMPLES FOR EACH
B. PENTON UAPG2 PROCESSOR a. KIRSCH WINDOW FASHIONS: A NEWELL RUBBERMAID BRAND. CEILING PANEL. PART 2- PRODUCTS TYPE OF FINISH AND THE FOLLOWING;
C. SONANCE IS4-C CONCEALED SPEAKERS IN SALES SALON CEILINGS b. SILENT GLISS. D. MOTORIZED OPERATING SYSTEM; PROVIDE FACTORY-ASSEMBLED, 2.1 CASEWORK, GENERAL 1. ONE FULL-SIZE FINISHED BASE CABINET COMPLETE WITH HARDWARE, DOORS,
D. BOSE DS-16F SPEAKERS IN CUSTOMER SERVICE, CORRIDORS AND RESTROOMS c. SPRINGS WINDOW FASHIONS; SWFCONTRACT. SHADE-OPERATOR SYSTEM OF SIZE AND CAPACITY AND WITH FEATURES, A. THE PRIMARY PRODUCTS OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION MAY BE FURNISHED BY AND DRAWERS.
E. SHURE PGX2 HANDHELD MICROPHONE/PGX4 WIRELESS RECEIVER 2. CONSTRUCTION; EXTRUDED ALUMINUM, SLOTTED FOR MOUNTING AT INTERVAL CHARACTERISTICS, AND ACCESSORIES SUITABLE FOR CONDITIONS INDICATED, THE OWNER FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CONTRACTOR. REFER TO THE 2. ONE FULL-SIZE FINISHED WALL CABINET COMPLETE WITH HARDWARE, DOORS,
F. BOSE 4400 AUTO VOLUME MIC KIT OF NOT MORE THAN 24 INCHES (610 MM) O.C. COMPLETE WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR AND FACTORY-PREWIRED MOTOR CONTROLS, “RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX” AND THE “FINISH SCHEDULE” ON DRAWINGS FOR AND ADJUSTABLE SHELVES.
G. PENTON RAC5 REMOTE VOLUME CONTROLS a. LENGTHS AND CONFIGURATIONS; AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. POWER DISCONNECT SWITCH, ENCLOSURES PROTECTING CONTROLS AND ACCURATE REQUIREMENTS. 3. MAINTAIN FULL-SIZE SAMPLES AT PROJECT SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION IN AN
H. ALL SPEAKER WIRE REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION b. SUPPORT CAPABILITY; WEIGHT OF DRAPE INDICATED MOUNTED ON TRACK OPERATING PARTS, AND ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR RELIABLE OPERATION B. ACCESSORY MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL UNDISTURBED CONDITION AS A STANDARD FOR JUDGING THE COMPLETED
4. QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS OF DEVICES AS SHOWN ON POWER/DATA PLAN. LENGTH INDICATED. WITHOUT MALFUNCTION. INCLUDE WIRING FROM MOTOR CONTROLS TO MOTORS. INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR. WORK. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, APPROVED SAMPLE UNITS MAY BECOME
5. PURCHASE TO INCLUDE COMMISSIONING VISIT TO SITE BY BW SOLUTIONS. c. FINISH; CLEAR ANODIC COATING. COORDINATE OPERATOR WIRING REQUIREMENTS AND ELECTRICAL PART 3- EXECUTION PART OF THE COMPLETED WORK IF IN UNDISTURBED CONDITION AT TIME OF
3. MOUNTING BRACKETS; ALUMINUM, OF TYPE SUITABLE FOR FASTENING TRACK CHARACTERISTICS WITH BUILDING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. 3.1 EXAMINATION SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF THEIR EXACT LOCATIONS.
TO SURFACE INDICATED AND DESIGNED TO SUPPORT WEIGHT OF TRACK 1. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS; LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY A A. EXAMINE AREAS, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
END OF SECTION 11 00 00 ASSEMBLY AND DRAPE PLUS FORCE APPLIED TO OPERATE TRACK. QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES, LOCATION OF FRAMING AND A. QUALIFICATION DATA; FOR INSTALLER. A Issue Date & Description By Check
a. MOUNTING SURFACE; AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS DRAPERY POCKET. REINFORCEMENTS, AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF THE B. QUALITY STANDARD COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES; AWI QUALITY CERTIFICATION 11/02/2018 DSF DSF
APPLICATION.
4. INSTALLATION FASTENERS; SIZED TO SUPPORT TRACK ASSEMBLY AND DRAPE, 2. ELECTRIC MOTOR; MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD TUBULAR, ENCLOSED IN WORK. PROGRAM CERTIFICATES. FINAL SD
AND FABRICATED FROM METAL COMPATIBLE WITH TRACK, BRACKETS, AND ROLLER. B. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE C. SAMPLE WARRANTY; FOR SPECIAL WARRANTY. 12/21/2018 DSF DSF
SUPPORTING CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE TWO FASTENERS TO FASTEN EACH a. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS; SINGLE PHASE, 110 V, 60 HZ. BEEN CORRECTED. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
PRELIM SD
BRACKET TO SUPPORTING CONSTRUCTION. 3. REMOTE CONTROL; ELECTRIC CONTROLS WITH NEMA ICS 6, TYPE 1 ENCLOSURE 3.2 CASEWORK INSTALLATION A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS; AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE WHO IS TRAINED
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
5. OPERATION; FIXED. FOR RECESSED OR FLUSH MOUNTING. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING FOR A. GRADE; INSTALL CABINETS TO COMPLY WITH AWI CUSTOM GRADE. AND APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER FOR INSTALLATION OF UNITS REQUIRED FOR
6. CARRIERS; COORDINATE WITH DRAPERY HEADINGS INDICATED. REMOTE-CONTROL ACTIVATION OF SHADES; B. INSTALL CASEWORK LEVEL, PLUMB, AND TRUE; SHIM AS REQUIRED, USING THIS PROJECT. 100% SD
7. END STOPS; MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WITH TRACK END CAP. a. INDIVIDUAL/GROUP CONTROL STATION; MAINTAINED-CONTACT, CONCEALED SHIMS. WHERE CASEWORK ABUTS OTHER FINISHED WORK, APPLY 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 03/08/2019 DSF DSF
2.2 DRAPES THREE-POSITION, ROCKER-STYLE, WALL-SWITCH-OPERATED CONTROL FILLER STRIPS AND SCRIBE FOR ACCURATE FIT, WITH FASTENERS CONCEALED A. DELIVER CASEWORK ONLY AFTER PAINTING, UTILITY ROUGHING-IN, AND SIMILAR 50% CD
A. MANUFACTURERS; SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE STATION WITH OPEN, CLOSE, AND CENTER OFF FUNCTIONS FOR INDIVIDUAL WHERE PRACTICAL. OPERATIONS THAT COULD DAMAGE, SOIL, OR DETERIORATE CASEWORK HAVE BEEN 04/05/2019 DSF DSF
PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING; AND GROUP CONTROL. C. BASE CABINETS; SET CABINETS STRAIGHT, LEVEL, AND PLUMB. ADJUST SUBTOPS COMPLETED IN INSTALLATION AREAS. IF CASEWORK MUST BE STORED IN OTHER
90% CD
1. ROSE BRAND. E. SHADEBAND MATERIAL FLAME-RESISTANCE RATING; COMPLY WITH NFPA 701. WITHIN 1/16 INCH (1.5 MM) OF A SINGLE PLANE. ALIGN SIMILAR ADJOINING DOORS THAN INSTALLATION AREAS, STORE ONLY IN AREAS WHERE ENVIRONMENTAL
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
2. IWEISS. TESTING BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY. IDENTIFY PRODUCTS WITH AND DRAWERS TO A TOLERANCE OF 1/16 INCH (1.5 MM). BOLT ADJACENT CABINETS CONDITIONS MEET REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN "PROJECT CONDITIONS" ARTICLE.
3. BARJAN MANUFACTURING LTD. APPROPRIATE MARKINGS OF APPLICABLE TESTING AGENCY. TOGETHER WITH JOINTS FLUSH, TIGHT, AND UNIFORM. B. KEEP FINISHED SURFACES COVERED WITH POLYETHYLENE FILM OR OTHER 100% CD
4. DFB SALES INC. 1. LIGHT-FILTERING FABRIC; WOVEN FABRIC, STAIN AND FADE RESISTANT. COLOR D. WALL CABINETS; HANG CABINETS STRAIGHT, LEVEL, AND PLUMB. ADJUST FRONTS PROTECTIVE COVERING DURING HANDLING AND INSTALLATION.
B. DRAPE; AND OPENNESS FACTOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S AND BOTTOMS WITHIN 1/16 INCH (1.5 MM) OF A SINGLE PLANE. FASTEN CABINETS TO 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS
1. HEADING; FULL RANGE. HANGING STRIPS, MASONRY, FRAMING, WOOD BLOCKING, OR REINFORCEMENTS IN A. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS; DO NOT DELIVER OR INSTALL CASEWORK UNTIL
a. PINCH (FRENCH) PLEATS; 100 PERCENT FULLNESS; THREE-FOLD (FINGERS) F. PRODUCT SAFETY STANDARD; FABRICATE ROLLER SHADES TO COMPLY WITH WALLS AND PARTITIONS. ALIGN SIMILAR ADJOINING DOORS TO A TOLERANCE OF 1/16 BUILDING IS ENCLOSED, WET WORK IS COMPLETE, AND HVAC SYSTEM IS OPERATING
EACH PLEAT. WCMA A 100.1, INCLUDING REQUIREMENTS FOR FLEXIBLE, CHAIN-LOOP DEVICES; INCH (1.5 MM). AND MAINTAINING TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY AT OCCUPANCY LEVELS
b. PLEAT SPACING; 5-1/2-INCHES. LEAD CONTENT OF COMPONENTS; AND WARNING LABELS. E. FASTEN CABINETS TO ADJACENT CABINETS AND TO MASONRY, FRAMING, WOOD DURING THE REMAINDER OF THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE
c. HEADING ACCESSORIES; G. UNITSIZES; FABRICATE UNITS IN SIZES TO FILL WINDOW AND OTHER OPENINGS BLOCKING, OR REINFORCEMENTS IN WALLS AND PARTITIONS TO COMPLY WITH THE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY DURING THE REMAINDER OF THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD
1) HOOKS. WITH TERMINATIONS BETWEEN SHADES OF END-TO-END INSTALLATIONS AT AWI'S, AWMAC'S, AND WI'S "ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK STANDARDS." IN RANGE RECOMMENDED FOR PROJECT LOCATION BY THE AWI'S, AWMAC'S, AND
2. DRAPERY FABRIC; CUSTOMER'S OWN MATERIAL (COM). CENTERLINES OF MULLION OR OTHER DEFINED VERTICAL SEPARATIONS BETWEEN F. INSTALL HARDWARE UNIFORMLY AND PRECISELY. SET HINGES SNUG AND FLAT IN WI'S "ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK STANDARDS."
3. LINING FABRIC; OPENINGS, MEASURED AT 74 DEG F. MORTISES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ADJUST AND ALIGN HARDWARE SO B. ESTABLISHED DIMENSIONS; WHERE CASEWORK IS INDICATED TO FIT TO OTHER
a. LINING TYPE; BLACKOUT. PART 3- EXECUTION MOVING PARTS OPERATE FREELY AND CONTACT POINTS MEET ACCURATELY. ALLOW CONSTRUCTION, ESTABLISH DIMENSIONS FOR AREAS WHERE WOODWORK IS TO FIT.
b. PRODUCT; SELECTED BY FABRICATOR FOR USE WITH DRAPERY FABRIC A. INSTALL ROLLER SHADES LEVEL, PLUMB, AND ALIGNED WITH ADJACENT UNITS FOR FINAL ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION. PROVIDE ALLOWANCE FOR TRIMMING AT SITE, AND COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION TO
INDICATED. ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. G. ADJUST CASEWORK AND HARDWARE SO DOORS AND DRAWERS OPERATE ENSURE THAT ACTUAL DIMENSIONS CORRESPOND TO ESTABLISHED DIMENSIONS.
c. TEXTILE TREATMENTS; STAIN REPELLENT; AND FLAME RETARDANT, B. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS; CONNECT MOTOR-OPERATED ROLLER SHADES TO SMOOTHLY WITHOUT WARP OR BIND. LUBRICATE OPERATING HARDWARE AS C. LOCATE CONCEALED FRAMING, BLOCKING, AND REINFORCEMENTS THAT SUPPORT
POLYMER TYPE. BUILDING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. CASEWORK BY FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE BEING ENCLOSED, AND INDICATE
4. HEM WEIGHTS; TAPE TYPE (STRING WEIGHTS). C. ADJUST AND BALANCE ROLLER SHADES TO OPERATE SMOOTHLY, EASILY, SAFELY, 3.3 CLEANING MEASUREMENTS ON SHOP DRAWINGS.
2.3 DRAPE FABRICATION AND FREE FROM BINDING OR MALFUNCTION THROUGHOUT ENTIRE OPERATIONAL A. REPAIR OR REMOVE AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE WORK AS DIRECTED ON COMPLETION 1.11 WARRANTY
A. FABRICATE DRAPES IN HEADING STYLES AND FULLNESSES INDICATED. FABRICATE RANGE. OF INSTALLATION. A. SPECIAL WARRANTY; MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE
HEADINGS TO STAND ERECT. IF LESS THAN A FULL WIDTH OF FABRIC IS REQUIRED D. CLEAN ROLLER-SHADE SURFACES AFTER INSTALLATION, ACCORDING TO B. CLEAN FINISHED SURFACES, TOUCH UP AS REQUIRED, AND REMOVE OR REFINISH COMPONENTS OF CASEWORK THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN
TO PRODUCE PANEL OF SPECIFIED FULLNESS, USE EQUAL WIDTHS OF NOT LESS MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. DAMAGED OR SOILED AREAS TO MATCH ORIGINAL FACTORY FINISH, AS APPROVED SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD.
THAN ONE-HALF WIDTH OF FABRIC LOCATED AT ENDS OF PANEL. END OF SECTION 12 24 13 BY ARCHITECT. 1. FAILURESINCLUDE,BUTARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING;
B. SEAMS; SEW VERTICAL SEAMS WITH TWIN-NEEDLE SEWING MACHINE WITH SELVAGE END OF SECTION 12 32 13 a. DELAMINATION OF COMPONENTS OR OTHER FAILURES OF GLUE BOND.
TRIMMED AND OVERLOCKED. JOIN WIDTHS SO THAT PATTERNS MATCH AND b. WARPING OF COMPONENTS.
VERTICAL SEAMS LAY FLAT AND STRAIGHT WITHOUT PUCKERING. HORIZONTAL c. FAILURE OF OPERATING HARDWARE.
SEAMS ARE UNACCEPTABLE. 2. WARRANTY PERIOD; FIVE YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
C. SIDE HEMS; DOUBLE-TURNED, 1-1/2-INCH- (38-MM-) WIDE HEMS CONSISTING OF PART 2- PRODUCTS
THREE LAYERS OF FABRIC, AND BLINDSTITCHED SO THAT STITCHES ARE INVISIBLE 2.1 MANUFACTURERS
ON FACE OF DRAPE. A. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR MANUFACTUERS AND PRODUCT SELECTIONS,
D. BOTTOM HEMS; DOUBLE-TURNED, 4-INCH- (102-MM-) WIDE HEMS CONSISTING OF B. PRODUCT DESIGNATIONS; DRAWINGS INDICATE SIZES, CONFIGURATIONS, AND
THREE LAYERS OF FABRIC, AND WEIGHTED AND BLINDSTITCHED SO THAT WEIGHTS FINISH MATERIALS OF MANUFACTURED PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED CABINETS BY
AND STITCHES ARE INVISIBLE ON FACE OF DRAPE. REFERENCING DESIGNATED MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG NUMBERS. OTHER
1. SEW IN SQUARE LEAD WEIGHTS AT EACH SEAM AND AT PANEL CORNERS. MANUFACTURERS' CASEWORK OF SIMILAR SIZES AND DOOR AND DRAWER
E. LININGS; EQUAL TO WIDTHS OF DRAPERY FABRIC AND JOINED TO DRAPERY FABRIC CONFIGURATIONS, OF SAME FINISH MATERIALS, AND COMPLYING WITH THE
AT TOP BY INSIDE INVISIBLE SEAM, AND HAND STITCHED AT SIDE HEMS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY BE CONSIDERED. SEE SECTION 01 60 00 "PRODUCT
SHADOWED WITH 1-1/2-INCH (38-MM) RETURN OF FACE FABRIC. REQUIREMENTS."
1. BOTTOM HEM; BLIND STITCH TO DRAPERY FABRIC. 2.2 COLORS AND FINISHES
PART 3- EXECUTION A. WOOD COLORS AND FINISHES; AS INDICATED BY MANUFACTURER'S DESIGNATIONS.
3.1 DRAPERY TRACK INSTALLATION B. THERMOSET DECORATIVE PANEL COLORS, PATTERNS, AND FINISHES; AS SELECTED
A. INSTALL TRACK SYSTEMS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN BY ARCHITECT FROM CASEWORK MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE.
INSTRUCTIONS, LEVEL AND PLUMB, AND AT HEIGHT AND LOCATION IN RELATION TO C. PLASTIC-LAMINATE COLORS, PATTERNS, AND FINISHES; AS INDICATED BY
ADJOINING OPENINGS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. MANUFACTURER'S DESIGNATIONS.
B. ISOLATE METAL PARTS OF TRACKS AND BRACKETS FROM CONCRETE, MASONRY, D. PVC EDGEBANDING COLOR; AS SELECTED FROM CASEWORK MANUFACTURER'S
AND MORTAR TO PREVENT GALVANIC ACTION. USE TAPE OR ANOTHER METHOD FULL RANGE.
RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY TRACK MANUFACTURER. 2.3 FABRICATION
3.2 DRAPE INSTALLATION A. FILLER STRIPS; PROVIDE AS NEEDED TO CLOSE SPACES BETWEEN CABINETS AND
A. WHERE DRAPES ABUT OVERHEAD CONSTRUCTION, HANG DRAPES SO THAT WALLS, CEILINGS, AND INDICATED EQUIPMENT. FABRICATE FROM SAME MATERIAL
CLEARANCE BETWEEN HEADINGS AND OVERHEAD CONSTRUCTION IS 1/4 INCH (6.4 AND WITH SAME FINISH AS CABINETS.
MM).
B. WHERE DRAPES EXTEND TO FLOOR, INSTALL SO THAT BOTTOM HEMS CLEAR
FINISHED FLOOR BY NOT MORE THAN 1 INCH (25 MM) AND NOT LESS THAN 1/2 INCH
(13 MM).
3.3 ADJUSTING
Seal/Signature
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
SPECIFICATIONS
Scaie
NO SCALE
Sheet Number
A10.12
MPD PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED CASEWORK (CONT.) SHEET NOTES
2.4 CASEWORK HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES
A. HARDWARE, GENERAL: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
STANDARD SATIN-FINISH, COMMERCIAL-QUALITY, HEAVY-DUTY HARDWARE. TEL: 646 428 5500
1. USE THREADED METAL OR PLASTIC INSERTS WITH MACHINE SCREWS FOR
FASTENING TO PARTICLEBOARD EXCEPT WHERE HARDWARE IS
THROUGH-BOLTED FROM BACKSIDE.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. EXAMINE AREAS, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH
REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES, LOCATION OF FRAMING AND DESIGN ARCHITECT
REINFORCEMENTS, AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF THE
WORK.
PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN
CORRECTED. 121 West27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212)481-2065 Fax: (212)481-3673
3.2 CASEWORK INSTALLATION
A. GRADE: INSTALL CABINETS TO COMPLY WITH SAME GRADE AS ITEM TO BE
INSTALLED. ARCHITECT OF RECORD
B. INSTALL CASEWORK LEVEL, PLUMB, AND TRUE; SHIM AS REQUIRED, USING

CONCEALED SHIMS. WHERE CASEWORK ABUTS OTHER FINISHED WORK, APPLY
PTID
AUSTRALIA, 2000
FILLER STRIPS AND SCRIBE FOR ACCURATE FIT, WITH FASTENERS CONCEALED Tel: +61 2 8289 5700 Fax: +61 2 9289 3745
WHERE PRACTICAL.
C. BASE CABINETS: SET CABINETS STRAIGHT, LEVEL, AND PLUMB. ADJUST SUBTOPS MEP ENGINEER
WITHIN 1/16 INCH (1.5 MM) OF A SINGLE PLANE. ALIGN SIMILAR ADJOINING DOORS
AND DRAWERS TO A TOLERANCE OF 1/16 INCH (1.5 MM). BOLT ADJACENT CABINETS
MEDLAND ENGINEERING
TOGETHER WITH JOINTS FLUSH, TIGHT, AND UNIFORM. T: 02 9552 2022 EMAIL: SYDNEY@MEDUAND.OOM.AU
D. WALL CABINETS: HANG CABINETS STRAIGHT, LEVEL, AND PLUMB. ADJUST FRONTS
AND BOTTOMS WITHIN 1/16 INCH (1.5 MM) OF A SINGLE PLANE. FASTEN TO HANGING LIGHTING DESIGNER
STRIPS, MASONRY, FRAMING, WOOD BLOCKING, OR REINFORCEMENTS IN WALLS
AND PARTITIONS. ALIGN SIMILAR ADJOINING DOORS TO A TOLERANCE OF 1/16 INCH
SCHVViNGHAMMEn
(1.5 MM). WWW.SCHWINGHAMMERLIGHT1NG.COM T.212-967-5944 F.212-967-5945
E. FASTEN CABINETSTO ADJACENT CABINETS AND TO MASONRY, FRAMING, WOOD

BLOCKING, OR REINFORCEMENTS IN WALLS AND PARTITIONS TO COMPLY WITH THE
AWI'S, AWMAC'S, AND WI'S "ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK STANDARDS."
F. INSTALL HARDWARE UNIFORMLY AND PRECISELY. SET HINGES SNUG AND FLAT IN
MORTISES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ADJUST AND ALIGN HARDWARE SO
MOVING PARTS OPERATE FREELY AND CONTACT POINTS MEET ACCURATELY. ALLOW
FOR FINAL ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.
G. ADJUST CASEWORK AND HARDWARE SO DOORS AND DRAWERS OPERATE
SMOOTHLY WITHOUT WARP OR BIND. LUBRICATE OPERATING HARDWARE AS
RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER.
3.3 CLEANING
A. REPAIR OR REMOVE AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE WORK AS DIRECTED ON COMPLETION
OF INSTALLATION.
B. CLEAN FINISHED SURFACES, TOUCH UP AS REQUIRED, AND REMOVE OR REFINISH
DAMAGED OR SOILED AREAS TO MATCH ORIGINAL FACTORY FINISH, AS APPROVED
BY ARCHITECT.

11/02/2018 DSF DSF
FINAL SD
12/21/2018 DSF DSF
PRELIM SD
02/08/2019 DSF DSF
100% SD
03/08/2019 DSF DSF
50% CD
04/05/2019 DSF DSF
90% CD
05/03/2019 DSF DSF
100% CD
Seal/Signature
Project Name

MELBOURNE, AU
Project Number
2018014
Description
SPECIFICATIONS
Scaie
NO SCALE
Sheet Number
A10.13
LIGHTING PLAN GENERAL NOTES: LIGHTING PLAN NOTES:
1. REFER TO SHEET EO.OI FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTES. LI NORMAL AND EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING OUTSIDE OF THE TENANT LEASE SPACE IS THE Tiffany & Co.
2. CONTRACTOR MUST COORDINATE ALL CONDUIT AND CABLE ROUTING WITH OTHER TRADES. DO NOT
ROUTE ANY CONDUIT OVER ACCESS PANELS. HATCHED TILES. OR HVAC SUPPLY/RETURN DIFFUSERS. L2
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE LANDLORD.
LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY PANEL. REFER TO SHEET E2.01 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
COMPLETE TENANCY SERVICES 200 FIFTH AVENUE
3.
LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT CLEARANCES TAKE PRECEDENCE.
HOMERUN CIRCUIT INDICATION IS AS FOLLOWS: (L#-#) INDICATES CIRCUIT IN PANELBOARD 'L#' THAT IS
NOTIN USE. DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE TEL: 646 428 5500
ROUTED THROUGH RELAY (R#-#) IN RELAY PANEL 'R#.' (C#-#) INDICATES CIRCUIT IS ALSO ROUTED
THROUGH A CURRENT LIMITING DEVICE LOCATED IN CURRENT LIMITING PANEL ”0#." REFER TO LIGHTING
NOTIN USE. CONSULTANT REVIEW. NOT
CONTROL DETAILS ON SHEET E2.00 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
4. INCLUSION OF "{PART)'' IN HOMERUN CIRCUIT DESIGNATION INDICATES HOMERUN IS PARTIALLY SHOWN

REMOTE POWER SUPPLIES (RPS). PROVIDE CONCEALED LOW-VOLTAGE POWER CONNECTION FROM
LIGHT FIXTURES TO RPS AND LINE-VOLTAGE POWER CONNECTION TO RPS WITH LOCKABLE-OFF
TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCH LOCATED AT THE CIRCUIT HOME RUN. RPS SHALL BE CONCEALED.
FOR DRAWING CLARIFICATION. REMAINDER OF DEVICES OR FIXTURES ON THE CIRCUIT ARE SHOWN
ELSEWHERE ON THE PLANS.
ACCESSIBLE. AND IN RETURN AIR PLENUM PER ARCHITECT AND MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS.
PROVIDE NEMA 1 VENTILATED ENCLOSURE FOR RPS WHEN REQUIRED BY CODE. LANDLORD. OR AHJ.
MOUNT ON UNISTRUT SUPPORTS OR FIRE TREATED WOOD. FIELD VERIFY QUANTITY OF CONNECTIONS
APPROVAL DESIGN ARCHITECT
5.
6.
REFER TO SHEETS E2.04-E2.05 FOR LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE.
EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING WITHIN THE TENANT SPACE HAS BEEN CALCULATED BY THE DESIGN
REQUIRED TO FEED FIXTURES. SIZE WIRE BETWEEN FIXTURE AND POWER SUPPLIES PER
MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR VOLTAGE DROP.
COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
PROFESSIONAL TO MEET 1.0 FOOT-CANDLE AVERAGE. 0.1 FOOT-CANDLE MINIMUM AND A 40:1 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax; (212) 481-3673
MAXIMUM/MINIMUM RATIO ALONG THE ARCHITECT’S PATH OF EGRESS. L6 NOT IN USE.
7. ALL FOH LIGHT FITTINGS TO BE SUPPLIED BY CLIENT. ALLOW FOR WIRING AND INSTALLATION. L7 TYPE B1 FIXTURES MOUNTED IN TAPE-IN TROUGHS. REFER TO ENLARGED REFLECTED CEILING PLANS
8. ALL LIGHTS TO BE FULLY CONTROLLED VIA EXISTING CRESTRON CONTROL SYSTEM.

ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LAYOUT OF TROUGH SEGMENTS. o O n ()
MEDLANDhll ENGINEERING
IJ| PROVIDE MASTER LIGHTING CONTROL KEYPAD(S) IN RECESSED BOX ADJACENT TO ALARM KEYPAD.
9. ALL LIGHTS TO BE CONTROLLED VIA 24/7 TIMER. LIGHTS TO BE ON DURING TRADING HOURS. REFER TO SHEET E2.01 FOR SWITCH PROGRAMMING. Ground Floor
47 Murray Street
10. BOH MOTION SENSORS ARE FOR AFTER HOURS OPERATION ONLY. THOSE MOTION SENSORS TO SWITCH L9 NOT IN USE.
ON THE LIGHT FOR 30MIN IN THE ACTIVATED ZONE ONLY. Py r m o n t
Sydney NSW 2009
L10 COVE LIGHTING: CONFIRM EXACT NUMBER OF FIXTURES AND POWER SUPPLY QUANTITIES WITH
11. ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS TO BE CONNECTED TO EXISTING CRESTRON IN DELIVERY VESTIBULE. LIGHTING VENDOR. REMOTELY LOCATE POWER SUPPLIES ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING WHERE 02 9552 2022
INDICATED. REFER TO ENLARGED REFLECTED CEILING PLANS ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR
info@medlandengineering.com ABN 98 612 496 723
LAYOUT OF FIXTURES WITHIN COVES.
www.medlandengineering.com
COORDINATE LOCATIONS. MOUNTING HEIGHTS. AND FINISHES OF ALL
WIRING DEVICES WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. ELEVATIONS. AND DETAILS. L11 POWER CONNECTION FOR ILLUMINATED ART PIECE WITH REMOTE TRANSFORMER ABOVE CEILING IN
NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS BACK OF HOUSE. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH ARCHITECT AND VENDOR
OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
L12 NOTIN USE.
L13 EACH LIGHT BOX WITHIN CEILING ELEMENT REQUIRES MULTIPLE RPS FOR OPERATION. GROUP DRIVERS
FOR EACH LIGHT BOX TOGETHER AND CIRCUIT PER THE PLANS. COORDINATE FINAL REQUIREMENTS
CEILING AND NUMBER OF RPS WITH VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
L14 PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM EACH RPS TO RESPECTIVE LIGHT FIXTURES WITHIN LIGHT BOX. / / // /^/ ' I
COORDINATE FINAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONNECTION QUANTITY WITH VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS
PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. REFER TO WIRING SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET FOR WIRE SIZE BETWEEN LIGHT BOX
AND RPS. /
/ /
:RY/
X /1
LI 5 LIGHT BOX VENDOR TO PROVIDE ALL COMPONENTS AND CONTROLS REQUIRED FOR LIGHT BOXES TO
DIM. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CABLING BETWEEN COMPONENTS AS REQUIRED PER VENDOR SHOP
/
s //
X
DRAWINGS. LOCATE COMPONENTS NEAR ASSOCIATED RPS ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. AND LOCATE " 1 (^Medland Engineering 2018
MASTER WIRELESS DIMMER SWITCH NEAR MAIN SWITCH BANK. LABEL EACH SWITCH WITH LIGHT BOX IT / /l This drawing & its design content remains the property of
UPPER CABINET ^ 1
CONTROLS. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH ARCHITECT AND VENDOR PRIOR -------y\ Medland Engineering and may not be reproduced whole or
FLEX SHALL PENETRATE WALL EXACTLY TO ROUG. ]/ ' /
/
/ / /1 in part without the express permission of Medland
AT BOTTOM OF UPPER CABINET. ROUTE Engineering. Drawing not to be scaled. Relevant contractor to
TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF CABINET, LI 6 STOREFRONT GRAZERS. CIRCUIT TOP AND BOTTOM GRAZERS TOGETHER SUCH THAT FRONT ROW ARE confirm all dimensions, existing services & conditions on site.
CONCEALED FROM VIEW DIMMED TOGETHER AND REAR ROW ARE DIMMED TOGETHER. ROUTE CIRCUITS THROUGH MANUAL
DIMMERS LOCATED AT MAIN SWITCH BANK. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH I ayELm project engineer, sign off to
FIXTURES MOUNTED UNDER CABINET CONFIRM ALL QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURES ARE
ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
COMPLETE AND APPROVE THE ISSUE OF THESE
CONCEALED BEHIND FASCIA BY DOCUMENTS.
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR LI7 UNDER CABINET LIGHTING (HARD-WIRED): LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY
GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FLEXIBLE WHIP FROM WALL TIGHT
POWER ENTRY ON END OR SIDE OF TO UNDERSIDE OF CABINET AND CONNECTION TO FIXTURE. WHIP MUST BE CONCEALED FROM VIEW.
FIXTURE, WHICHEVER ALLOWS A BETTER REFER TO DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION AND
CONCEALED INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH ARCHITECT AND MILLWORK CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. LIGHTS ARE
CONTROLLED BY OCCUPANCY SENSOR WITHIN ROOM AND BY INTEGRAL TOGGLE SWITCH FOR MANUAL
CONTROL. REFER TO CEILING LIGHTING PLAN FOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR LOCATIONS AND TO
■BASE CABINET SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS ON SHEET E2.01 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
X A Issue Date & Description By Check

WALL-
LI8 STOREFRONT SIGN: ILLUMINATED SIGN TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SIGN VENDOR. PROVIDE
WEATHER-TIGHT (FIRE-RATED IF STOREFRONT IS INTERIOR) POWER CONNECTION FROM SIGN TO RPS. 20- 50% ISSUE 08.03.19 RA
FLOOR
COORDINATE CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS WITH SIGN VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
L19 PROVIDE LDCM-PL-120-277-010V-GR DRIVER AND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FOR VERTICAL LIGHT
FIXTURES ON EACH SIDE OF WINDOW PARTITION. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES
X/ / /
/.
90% ISSUE
100% ISSUE
100% ISSUE
05.04.19
29.04.19
03.05.19
RA
RA
RA
WITH LIGHTING VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
UNDERCABINET LIGHTING L20 TYPE R LIGHT FIXTURES WITH RPS LOCATED ON OUTSIDE OF SHOW WINDOW AND ARE POWERED
NOT TO SCALE INDEPENDENTLY FROM SHOW WINDOW. ROUTE LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONCEALED FROM SHOW
A
WINDOW TO RPS LOCATION. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH ARCHITECT AND
LIGHTING VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
/ X rocK
ROOM
TYPE X ROPE LIGHT. CONNECT EACH ROPE LIGHT SEGMENT WITH LOW VOLTAGE WIRE TO RPS.
CONNECT ALL RPS ON THE SAME CIRCUIT. AND ROUTE THROUGH MANUAL DIMMINO SWITCH LOCATED /
AT MAIN SWITCH BANK. /
y/
Y/
CCOVE_
CUSTQMEfT
/ /
/ /
ELI R2-C4
A Xl
.-^-xTr ^ \/
I) X
N6 N7 r
(( A 1)
EXT0
PH-1- =1=1=^
___ IV.
ELI R2-C8 (PART) -i-if
iUT R2-C7 (PART)

! r 1
yTALITY
r =eD=
C COVE M ELI R2-C3 (PART)
(^^TTii
'—'
L11 L11 L11
■
L11 L11
'Dm!: WALL
L1^^^*1?”^^
CONSULTATION
0-30r7
yî
it
ih
EB(15’'-^')'Rj\
ROOM
ELI R1-C8 ■ELI R2-C8 (PART) Y
EG1x2@TOP\V CCOVE
D,-” ■ - ---- - -n .
1x2 ©BOTTOM 'Xp^pLI Ri3 (PART)

-hoi-Gi g !
ELI R2-C8 (PART)
L13
L14
ELI
ELI
R1-C8
R1-C8
(PART) -
(PART) :
I J EX10 ELI R1 -07 (PART) ^
L15 - ELI R1-C8 (PART) I

- ELI R1-C8 (PART) 1=
/TypeK ELI R1-C2(PART)
A
/:2'-6'Xx 5’87)
Type J (6’-0")
7X /V
B1 xB1 xB1 B1
-CT2ROWSXOVE)
EA(3 ELI R2-C1 (PART)-
ELI R1-05 (PART) UO Type K
0 (1.2’-0" x-'5’0")
EX10
0 ELI R2-C1 (PART) n
Type J (3'-0") /
to:
Type K
H O (12;-6"x5'8")
n M
I I ELI R1-C4 (PART)-JiF-. f""*
m CX XG
B4
/
Br
ELI R3-C4 (PART)
ELI R3-C4 (PART) ELI R2-C3 (PART)
( Typ£j_(,3|-0"), o !I iti Jtl

EX1l>r)<l
B1 B1 tr &■
Hr
3Li|
EXICO Type K
(12’-0" xi5’0")
|rocK
ioOM H4
LI8
Tlx
I -o i>0< Seal/Signature
li 7^2 Tvoe J (3’-0")

I ÊLI R3-C4 (PART)
EM
IS .7
ELI R1-05 (PART)
B/ Br I
^ 9l / B1
Type K ELI R1-C7 (PART)-
EWELRY (12'-0" x-5’0")
O
r iliBI^RI BT|L/.|/
ONCEPT^ HO Ik
ACCE
O)
5
V) X' Type JT6’-qr)
EAd 0 B1 B1 B1 B1 Project Name

/(12’-6'7 5'8") LOVE&
'o =LC= ENGAGEMENT CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER
u 0
aS ELI R1-C3 (PART) melbourne.au
O ’( o KM
h-
I RI-CI ^-|-p----- , . ------ 7a2 EMI Project Number
EB(1 5’-9'')^/-^G1—Gj:p4 1±—ELI R1-05 (PART)
o ELI R2-C8 (PART)
riiTOP //
EG1x2@|TOP /in'/-,—
COLLECTIONS PRIVATE
1x2© BOTTOM ^ ^ ill HT
CO
o
CN
EB(15’-,Q:')|C^
1 V
hI
OA I CO
_EL1 R11-06 (PART)
-m— ELI R3-C1 (PART) '-
(3>- :EL1 R3-C1 (PART) ; i7 I n
-fi-ÊL1 R2-C8 (PART)
iii—! m Description
to (( A 1) ELECTRICAL SERVICES
I i|| I I G1A G1A G1A G4A I---------------- — PERSONALIZATION -ELI R1-C3 (PART) ^.mCH]E
^ o ]EL1 R2-C7 (PART) 4-^ ELI R2-C8 (PART) , CEILING LIGHTING PLAN
S'I __ ______ __________r mill --— ^ PERMANENT STORE
E MSA- 9gJA-G4A- G4A.
rr CD
w o
u
c
V
if
-Ti EG4x2 © TOP m m EG4x2 © TOP m m EG4x2 © TOP m m EG4x2 © TOP^
I I I
”HEG4x2-©TOPTn^ ÊG4X2"@TOP^ÊG4X2"@TOP^ÊG4X2"@TOP^
I I rm I ^ m______
EG4x2-©TOpH ”-------- =EG4x-2-©-TOP9vXEG4x2-©-TOP7pf^rEG4x2-©-TOP=jflHEG4x2-©-TOP =m -X"
.ELI R2-C7 (PART)
I I II II II I X\
=aÊL1 R3-C1 (PART)
Scaie
(D E
-3 EG4x2© SS EG4x2© SS EG4x2 © EG4x2 © EG4x2© SS EG4x2©
EG4x2 © EG4x2 © EG4x2 © EG4x2 © , EG4x2 © EG4x2 © EG4x2 © EG4x2 ©
tf 1:50(gB1
S di^ BOTTOM 7 r BOTTOM r r BOTTOM 7 7 BOTTOM r BOTTOM M M BOTTOM BOTTOM BOTTOM m m BOTTOM 7 ^ -|EL1 R2-C2 (PART) - ELI R2-C2 (PART)
BOTTOM BOTTOM BOTTOM r BOTTOM r r BOTTOM r r BOTTOM P r BOTTOM
o| LI R2-C2 (PART) II
EG1x2©TOP • •
-lTj-^|EL1 R2-C2 (PART) - EG1x2 © TOP bG1X2 © I UK-------

^ C
EG1x2© BOTTOM EG1x2©
CrM vO BOTTOM
Dr»TT Sheet Number
c
o
■«
■§ s
O to
=0 r^
E1.01
I- ELECTRICAL CEILING LIGHTING PLAN
<
ti o
S o
« -d
.. -2
<D .E
O SCALE: 1:50
100% ISSUE
ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTES: POWER PLAN GENERAL NOTES:
DESK HAS POWER STRIP PRE-INSTALLED BY MILLWORKER. CONTRACTOR SHALLROUTE POWER CORD 1. REFER TO SHEET E0.01 FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTES.
CONCEALED THROUGH PEDESTAL AND PLUG INTO FLOOR BOX OR WALL OUTLET AS APPLICABLE. 2. CONTRACTOR MUST COORDINATE ALL CONDUIT AND CABLE ROUTING WITH OTHER TRADES. DO NOT
ROUTE ANY CONDUIT OVER ACCESS PANELS, HATCHED TILES, OR HVAC SUPPLY/RETURN DIFFUSERS.
Tiffany & Co.
200 FIFTH AVENUE
PROVIDE FLUSH CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED WITHIN 457MM[18"] FROM TOP OF WINDOW. LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT CLEARANCES TAKE PRECEDENCE.
RECEPTACLE SHALL HAVE WHITE FINISH TO MATCH SURROUNDING CEILING MATERIAL. COORDINATE FINAL NEWYORK, NEW YORK 10010
LOCATION, HEIGHT, AND FINISH WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PURCHASE. 3. HOMERUN CIRCUIT INDICATION IS AS FOLLOWS: (L#-#) INDICATES CIRCUIT IN 120/208V PANELBOARD 'L#'
THAT IS ROUTED THROUGH RELAY (R#-#) IN RELAY PANEL 'R#.' REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL DETAILS TEL: 646 428 5500
ON SHEET E2.00 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
MECHOSHADE MOTOR: PROVIDE POWER CONNECTION FOR MECHOSHADE MOTOR IN CONCEALED,
ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE CEILING. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER, INSTALLER, 4. INCLUSION OF "(PART)'' IN HOMERUN CIRCUIT DESIGNATION INDICATES HOMERUN IS PARTIALLY SHOWN
AND ARCHITECT. FOR DRAWING CLARIFICATION. REMAINDER OF DEVICES OR FIXTURES ON THE CIRCUIT ARE SHOWN
ELSEWHERE ON THE PLANS.
MECHOSHADE SWITCH: ALL MECHOSHADES IN STORE SHALL BE CONTROLLED VIA ONE SWITCH.
COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL WIRING DEVICES INSTALLED IN MILLWORKWITH MILLWORK
COORDINATE LOCATION AND ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER AND ARCHITECT. CONTRACTOR.
DESIGN ARCHITECT
SECURITY GRILLE MOTOR: PROVIDE TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCH AND POWER CONNECTION FOR
ROLL-DOWN SECURITY GRILLE IN CONCEALED, ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE CEILING. COORDINATE
6.
7.
ALL POWER CIRCUITS TO BE CONNECTED TO EXISTING DISTRIBUTION BOARD IN DELIVERY VESTIBULE.
REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ELEVATIONS AND JOINERY SET-OUT.

REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER, INSTALLER, AND ARCHITECT. 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax; (212) 481-3673
DATA OUTLETS IN CEILING SPACE FOR WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS TO BE PROVIDED WITH LABEL ON THE
SECURITY GRILLE SWITCH: ALL ROLL-DOWN GRILLES IN STORE SHALL BE CONTROLLED VIA ONE KEYED CEILING TO SHOW WIFI LOCATION.
CONTROL SWITCH. INSTALL SWITCH INSIDE LOCKABLE VALVE BOX. COORDINATE LOCATION AND ROUGH-IN
REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER AND ARCHITECT. IN FIRE MODE, DOOR TO RELEASE AND OPEN.
SECURITY GRILLE EMERGENCY RELEASE: RELEASE SWITCH SHALL CONTROL THE ADJACENT SECURITY
COORDINATE LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, AND FINISHES OF ALL Ground Floor
GRILLE AT THE ENTRY. COORDINATE LOCATION AND ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS OF SWITCH WITH
WIRING DEVICES WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS, ELEVATIONS, AND DETAILS. 47 Murray Street
MANUFACTURER AND ARCHITECT. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS
OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
Py r m o n t
LOCATE POWER SUPPLY FOR ELECTRIC DOOR LOCK AND INTERCOM SYSTEM ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. Sydney NSW 2009
VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH DOOR HARDWARE PROVIDER. 02 9552 2022
E9 NOTIN USE. www.medlandengineering.com
Eiq NOT IN USE. CEILING
eTT RECEPTACLES DESIGNATED WITH "C" ARE CONTROLLED BY LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. REFER TO
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS ON SHEET E2.01 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PROVIDE 20A DECORA-STYLE
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, LEVITON 16352-2PW OR EQUIVALENT, WITH PERMANENT MARKINGS PER NEC.
E12 NOT IN USE.
PROVIDE POWER CONNECTION TO FIRE ALARM POWER SUPPLIES. COORDINATE LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT UPPER CABINET
WITH FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR.
FLEX SHALL PENETRATE WALL EXACTLY
AT BOTTOM OF UPPER CABINET. ROUTE
E14 LOCATION OF SOUND SYSTEM. REFER TO 'SOUND SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS' NOTES ON SHEET E0.01 FOR TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF CABINET,
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. COORDINATE DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND SOUND SYSTEM CONCEALED FROM VIEW
VENDOR DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. FIXTURES MOUNTED UNDER CABINET
(^Medland Engineering 2018
CONCEALED BEHIND FASCIA BY
NOT IN USE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
This drawing & its design content remains the property of
Medland Engineering and may not be reproduced whole or
POWER ENTRY ON END OR SIDE OF in part without the express permission of Medland
,_
E16
_, NOT IN USE. Engineering. Drawing not to be scaled. Relevant contractor to
FIXTURE, WHICHEVER ALLOWS A BETTER
confirm all dimensions, existing services & conditions on site.
CONCEALED INSTALLATION
^ NOT IN USE.
I ayELm project engineer, sign off to
------ BASE CABINET CONFIRM ALL QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURES ARE
E1^ NOT IN USE. COMPLETE AND APPROVE THE ISSUE OF THESE
DOCUMENTS.
E1^ INTERIOR WALL CASE OR VITRINE: WALL CASES AND VITRINES ARE SHIPPED TO THE JOB SITE IN MULTIPLE WALL PANT
SECTIONS PRE-WIRED TO INDIVIDUAL JUNCTION BOXES. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND
REQUIREMENTS WITH ARCHITECT AND MILLWORK MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. FLOOR
SHOWCASES ARE SENT TO SITE WITH DEVICES FURNISHED, INSTALLED, AND PRE-WIRED TO JUNCTION BOX
WITHIN THE SHOWCASE BY THE MILLWORK CONTRACTOR IN THE FACTORY. POWER FEED FROM FLOOR UNDERCABINET LIGHTING
MUST BE AT THE EXACT LOCATION OF THE MILLWORK LEG. ROUTE MC CABLE BELOW CONCRETE SLAB
TIGHT TO STRUCTURE. PROVIDE 21mm[3/4"] CONDUIT STUB THROUGH CONCRETE SLAB, CUT FLUSH WITH
NOT TO SCALE A Issue Date & Description By Check
FLOOR, AND STUB 1219mm[4'-0"] MC WHIP DIRECTLY INTO MILLWORK LEG. FEED MC CABLE UP SHOWCASE
LEG AND MAKE POWER CONNECTION TO EXISTING DEVICES WITHIN EACH SHOWCASE. COORDINATE EXACT
COMPLETE TENANCY SERVICES 50% ISSUE
90% ISSUE
08.03.19
05.04.19
RA
RA
SIZE AND LOCATION OF CONDUIT WITH ARCHITECT AND MILLWORK CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE 100% ISSUE
100% ISSUE
29.04.19
03.05.19
RA
RA
DATA FEED FROM FLOOR MUST BE AT THE EXACT LOCATION OF THE MILLWORK LEG. ROUTE CONDUIT FROM
MILLWORK TO ABOVE TENANT CEILING. WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE, EXTEND CONDUIT TO I.T. ROOM.
CONNECT DATA CABLES TO DATA OUTLET(S) WITHIN MILLWORK. ROUTE 21mm[3/4"] CONDUIT BELOW
CONSULTANT REVIEW. NOT
ir\r\r
(V n Ti/î
CAPTURED AS PART OF THIS DESIGN 5TOCK
RO0M
APPROVAL
CUSTOMER
SERVICE
ESTROOM
HOSPITALITY
BtOEsWALL CONSULTATION
^ EDB
WRAPPING
STOCK
WAP-07 F?OOM
I J
A 'c—i;
(Die \m
EM VAP-04
^ db'v
STOCK
/VAP-05
Seal/Signature
EWELRY
"I ESSENTIALS
ONCEPTS ! IHOME&
ACCESSORIES
O)
(tl) (D) V
5
Project Name
LOVE& CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER
'o ENjGAGEMENT
u MELBOURNE, AU
aS
h- Project Number
0 0
;j)|C 10A 10A
COLLECTONS PRIVATE
E2A_A E2A^
CO
Description
o
CN
to
P|RSONALI2^5^ POE ELECTRICAL SERVICES
^ o POWER PLAN
S'I PERMANENT STORE
c MW Scaie
w o
u
(D V
E
1:50@B1
S
o|
^ C
Sheet Number
c
o
■§ s
C CN
_0 CO
“S ”
E1.21
S 2::
ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN
(i>
<
ti o
S o SCALE: 1:50 100% ISSUE

« -d
.. -2
<D .E
A. FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MANUAL CONTROLLER
E. BALLASTS
Manual motor starters for fractional horsepower single-phase motors shall consist of a manually
operated toggle switch equipped with melting alloy type overload relay. Thermal unit shall be of one
piece construction and interchangeable. Starter shall be inoperative if thermal unit is removed. Provide
Fluorescent Ballasts (General Requirements): Comply with UL 935 and ANSI C82.11; designed for
type and quantity of lamps served; high-efficiency electronic type with NEMA premium label for linear
COMPLETE TENANCY SERVICES
flush mounted units in finished areas and surface mounted units in unfinished areas. Starters shall lamps; electronic programmed-start; sound levels not exceeding Class A ambient noise levels; line
have NEMA I general purpose enclosure, unless otherwise indicated, and be rated for the motor
horsepower required. Provide with handle guard with locking provisions and an integral pilot light.
transient withstand ratings as defined in ANSI/IEEE C62.41. Category A; lamp current crest factor of
1.7 or less; 95-percent power factor or greater; low heat type; thermally protected against overheating.
Ballasts in indoor locations shall have disconnecting means either internal or external to the luminaire.
DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE TEL: 646 428 5500
Manufacturers: Square D Class 2510 Type F. Eaton 9101 series. G.E. CR101 series. Siemens MSF
series, or Westinghouse MST series.
Fluorescent ballast manufacturers: Philips Advance/Bodine. Fulham. G.E.. Osram/Sylvania.
Robertson. Lutron. or Universal.
B. INTEGRAL HORSEPOWER MANUAL CONTROLLER Indoor Fluorescent Ballasts: 10 percent or less total harmonic distortion; operating frequency of 42
khlz or greater with no visible flicker.
Manual motor starters shall consist of a manually operated switch equipped with melting alloy type
thermal overload relays. Thermal unit shall be of one piece construction and interchangeable. Starter Exterior Fluorescent Ballasts: 20 percent or less total harmonic distortion; operating frequency of 20 APPROVAL DESIGN ARCHITECT
shall be inoperative if thermal unit is removed. Provide flush mounted units in finished areas and khlz or greater with no visible flicker; minimum starting temperature of -20 degrees F; Class P and
surface mounted units in unfinished areas. Starters shall have NEMA I general purpose enclosure,
unless otherwise indicated, and be rated for the motor horsepower required. Provide with handle
Type 1 outdoor.
guard with locking provisions and an integral pilot light. Compact Fluorescent Ballasts: 20 percent or less total harmonic distortion; operating frequency of 20 Architecture | Interiors | Space Planning
khlz or greater with no visible flicker. 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax; (212) 481-3673
Manufacturers: Square D Class 2510 Type M. Eaton 9115 or A302 series. G.E. CR1062 series.
Siemens MS series, or Westinghouse MST series. Fligh-Intensity Discharge (FIID) Ballasts, including Fligh Pressure Sodium (FIPS) and Metal Flalide
(MFI): Comply with UL 1029 and ANSI C82.4; designed for type of lamp served; sound levels not
C. MOTOR STARTING SWITCHES exceeding Class A ambient noise levels; total harmonic distortion less than 15 percent; line transient MEDLANDhll ENGINEERING
withstand ratings as defined in ANSI/IEEE C62.41. Category A; lamp current crest factor of 1.5 or less;
90-percent power factor or greater; minimum starting temperature of -20 degrees F; lamps from
Motor starting switches shall consist of a toggle operated two- or three-pole switch. Contacts shall be
150W-500W must be pulse-start and meet EISA requirements. FIID ballast manufacturers: Philips Ground Floor
double break silver alloy, visible from both sides of the switch, and shall have a direct linkage to the
Advance/Bodine. Aromat. Fulham. G.E.. Flatch. Osram/Sylvania. Universal. 47 Murray Street
operator for positive break. Provide flush mounted units in finished areas and surface mounted units in
unfinished areas. Starters shall have NEMA I general purpose enclosure, unless otherwise indicated, Py r m o n t
LED Drivers: Comply with NRTL requirements and ANSI C82.77; designed for type and quantity of Sydney NSW 2009
and be rated for the motor horsepower required. Provide handle guard with locking provisions.
lamps served; sound levels not exceeding Class A ambient noise levels; lamp current crest factor of
02 9552 2022
1.5 or less; 90-percent power factor or greater; line transient withstand ratings as defined in
Manufacturers: Square D Class 2510 Type K. Eaton 9115 series. G.E. TC2000 series. Siemens MS
ANSI/IEEE C62.41. Category A.; total harmonic distortion less than 20 percent; shall tolerate info@medlandengineering.com ABN 98 612 496 723
series, or Westinghouse MST series.
sustained open circuit and short circuit output conditions without damage; shall not over-drive LEDs at www.medlandengineering.com
a current or voltage above LED rated values; ROFIS compliant; meets EN610000 requirements for
17. LIGHT FIXTURES, LAMPS AND BALLASTS input harmonics.
A. LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS F. DIMMABLE LIGHT FIXTURES

Light fixtures shown on the drawings represent general arrangements only. Refer to architectural For dimmable light fixtures provide both control and power wiring between light fixture and control
drawings for more exact locations. Coordinate location with all other trades before installation to avoid device and between light fixtures. Quantity of low voltage and line voltage wiring and wire type shall be
conflicts. Coordinate light fixture locations in mechanical rooms with final installed piping and ductwork per manufacturer's recommendations. Coordinate light fixture and control device dimming types for
layouts. compatibility.
B. LIGHT FIXTURES 18. MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL

Provide light fixtures as scheduled on drawings, including all lamps, all necessary accessories,
A. WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
material and labor to securely hang, clean, and make light fixtures completely ready for use. Light
fixture model numbers scheduled on the drawings show only the manufacturer, grade, and style of
Provide all raceways and power wiring for all Division 15 equipment requiring electrical connections,
light fixtures required. Provide all hangers, supports, and miscellaneous hardware required to install
including but not limited to pumps, water heaters, and FIVAC equipment, and all line-voltage control
light fixtures, proper trim to fit each ceiling condition actually encountered, and additional tie wires (^Medland Engineering 2018
and interlock wiring not provided under Division 15. Connect per manufacturers' wiring diagrams.
connected to structure to conform to seismic requirements where required by the applicable building This drawing & its design content remains the property of
code. Coordinate with Division 15 for disconnects and variable frequency drives (VFD) furnished with
equipment, and provide all disconnect switches and final connections as required. If VFD is separate
in part without the express permission of Medland
or does not have an integral disconnect feature, provide disconnect switch with auxiliary contact such
Packaging of light fixtures will not be allowed. Only those luminaires listed in the Light Fixture Engineering. Drawing not to be scaled. Relevant contractor to
that motor will be turned off if switch is off. Provide VFD cable. Belden or approved equivalent, for confirm all dimensions, existing services & conditions on site.
Schedule or approved in accordance with substitutions of these specifications will be accepted. Where
connection of VFD to motor when required. After installing wiring, verify that each motor load has the
the Light Fixture Schedule indicates an allowance for a specific light fixture, the price is a Contractor
correct phase rotation. I ayELm project engineer, sign off to
price. Include all additional costs for freight, lamps, and installation of light fixture and lamps. CONFIRM ALL QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURES ARE
Verify the actual “Maximum Overcurrent Protection” (MOCP) device ratings and “Minimum Circuit COMPLETE AND APPROVE THE ISSUE OF THESE
Install fluorescent light fixtures hung in continuous rows on channel struts specifically designed for this DOCUMENTS.
Ampacity” (MCA) conductor sizing for mechanical equipment from the equipment nameplate. Base
purpose.
electrical installations on actual required amperages, which may vary somewhat from the conductor
and equipment sizes shown on the drawings; however, in no case, reduce the size of conductors
Surface-mount all fluorescent light fixtures located in areas with a ceiling but without suspended
indicated on the drawings without authorization from the Engineer. Provide properly sized electrical
ceilings unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Provide rigid metal spacers finished in white
wiring and equipment without extra cost to the Owner. Notify the Engineer of all changes required in
enamel between the top of each light fixture and the ceiling above to maintain a 1-1/2 inch space.
the electrical installation due to equipment variances so that the effects on feeders, branch circuits,
Spacers shall be approved before installation.
panelboards, fuses and circuit breakers can be checked prior to purchasing and installation. Be
responsible for coordinating with Division 15 to verify the actual ampacities and correct sizes of all
Install all fluorescent light fixtures located in areas without ceilings immediately below the roof-framing
members, or suspended from chain hangers suitable in length to provide the indicated mounting
conductors and overcurrent protective devices for all equipment, and correct overload heaters for all A Issue Date & Description By Check
motors, when starters are provided under Division 16.
height. Flangers: "Flydee" hanger type for outlet box mounting, complete with grounding receptacle, 90% ISSUE 05.04.19 RA
plug. 3-wire cord, and necessary chain. 100% ISSUE 29.04.19 RA
B. WIRING OF THERMOSTATS, TIME AND TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
Through-wiring of recessed light fixtures in suspended ceilings is not permitted. Connect each light 100% ISSUE 03.05.19 RA
fixture by a whip to a junction box. Provide cable whips of sufficient lengths to allow for relocating each Provide all raceways, power wiring, and line-voltage control and interlock wiring not provided under
light fixture within a 5-foot radius of its installed location, but not exceeding 6 feet in unsupported Division 15. for all thermostats, temperature control devices, and controls, including, but not limited to.
lengths. night-stats, water heater interlocks, time switches and override timers. See mechanical drawings for
locations and temperature control diagrams. Low-voltage conductors for thermostats and temperature
C. EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS AND EXIT SIGNS control system may be run exposed above finished accessible ceilings, if approved and listed for this
purpose, but shall be installed in conduit within walls and where exposed in the work areas.
Description: Self-contained units complying with UL 924.
C. TELEPHONE SYSTEM PROVISIONS
Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, lead-acid type. The batteries shall be of suitable rating and
capacity to supply and maintain at not less than 87-1/2 percent of the nominal battery voltage for the Provide incoming telephone service raceways as indicated on drawings or as required by the serving
total lamp load associated with the unit for a period of at least 1-1/2 hours, or the unit equipment shall telephone company. Provide 3/4-inch thick plywood board, fire-retardant-treated and stamped FRT.
supply and maintain not less than 60 percent of the initial emergency illumination for a period of at securely anchored to the wall, at the location and of the size as indicated on the drawings.
least 1-1/2 hours.
D. PHOTO CONTROL
Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay.
The photo control shall:
Operation: Relay automatically turns lamp on when power supply circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of
nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatically disconnects from battery when voltage approaches Provide automatic switching (or dimming, as specified) for lighting loads using a thermal design with
deep-discharge level. When normal voltage is restored, relay disconnects lamps from battery, and built_in delay to ensure that the controlled lighting does not switch off due to ambient light or lightning
battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger. striking the photocell.
Test Push Button: Push-to-test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power, and Flave a rating based on NRTL testing at 50 percent power factor for ballast loads, be NRTL listed, and
demonstrates unit operability. meet all applicable agency requirements.
LED Indicator Light: Indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge, and bright glow Be stem-mounting type with all necessary mounting hardware and instructions; have a housing
indicates charging at end of discharge cycle. constructed of high impact poly-carbonate; photo control components consisting of a metal film
resistor, dual temperature compensating bi_metal blades, snap action contact blades, chemically
Remote Test: Switch in hand-held remote device aimed in direction of tested unit initiates coded treated/polymer encapsulated cadmium sulfide photocell, and silver alloy contacts to ensure reliable 5
infrared signal. Signal reception by factory-installed infrared receiver in tested unit triggers simulation year manufacturer warranted operation. Photo control shall be 100 percent factory tested for function
of loss of its normal power supply, providing visual confirmation of either proper or failed emergency within manufacturer's specified light levels.
response.
Be from the same manufacturer of and totally compatible with the time switches specified above.
Integral Self-Test: Factory-installed electronic device automatically initiates code-required test of unit
emergency operation at required intervals. Test failure is annunciated by an integral audible alarm and E. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND CONNECTIONS
flashing red LED.
All wiring and connections to illuminated cases.
D. LAMPS
All raceways, wiring, and connections of devices to energy management system that are not the
Refer to lighting consultant specifications and light fixture schedule for all lamp requirements. responsibility of Division 15.
All wiring and connections of exit door alarms.
END OF SECTION 16B
Seal/Signature
a>
S
Project Name
"o CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER

u
aS melbourne.au
O
i- Project Number
CO
o Description
CN
UD
ELECTRICAL SERVICES
^ o SPECIFICATIONS
S'I PERMANENT STORE
c Scaie
w o
u
(D V
E
1:100(gB1
.S
o|
.s .c
Sheet Number
c
O
'5
■§ S
C CN
O UO
E4.03
Is 100% ISSUE
ll
05 .E
DIVISION 26: BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 5. CONDUCTORS AND CABLES INSTALLATION 10. OUTLET LOCATIONS 16. DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT Manufacturers: ACME. Eaton. G.E.. Siemens. Hammond. Sola/Hevi-Duty. or Square D. B. WIRING OF THERMOSTATS, TIME AND TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
Provide all raceways, power wiring, and line-voltage control and interlock wiring not provided
1. RACEWAYS MOTOR STARTING SWITCHES
A. METALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING

Install all wiring in approved raceway and enclosures, except where specified or indicated for
low-voltage wiring, where specified or indicated for direct-buried cables, or
where type MC cable is indicated or specified as acceptable.
Coordinate locations of outlet boxes. Outlets are only approximately located on the small scale
drawings. Use great care in the actual location by consulting the various large scale detailed drawings
used by other division trades, and by securing definite locations from the Architect.
A. SERVICE ENTRANCE SWITCH; FUSIBLE, 800A-4000A
Fusible Switch; Number of phases and ratings of switch and fuses as indicated on the
Motor starting switches shall consist of a toggle operated two- or three-pole switch. Contacts
shall be double break silver alloy, visible from both sides of the switch, and shall have a direct
under Division 23, for all thermostats, temperature control devices, and controls, including,
but not limited to, night-stats, water heater interlocks, time switches and override timers. See
mechanical drawings for locations and temperature control diagrams. Low-voltage conductors
drawings; permanently labeled as suitable for use as service entrance equipment; integral
for thermostats and temperature control system may be run exposed above finished
Electrical Metallic Tubing. Couplings, and Fittings (EMT): ANSI C80.3. UL 797. Only steel products Install all conductors and cables in raceways continuous without taps or splices. Splice or tap 11. MOUNTING HEIGHTS ground fault relay and operator where indicated or required by NFPA 70; provisions for bolt-in
linkage to the operator for positive break. Provide flush mounted units in finished areas and
accessible ceilings, if approved and listed for this purpose, but shall be installed in conduit
allowed. Reduced wall EMT is not allowed. only in approved boxes and enclosures with approved solderless connectors, or crimp surface mounted units in unfinished areas.
fuses as appropriate for the fuses specified; interlocked cover and an engraved nameplate for TEL: 646 428 5500
connectors and terminal blocks for control wiring, and keep to the minimum required. Insulate Starters shall have NEMA I general purpose enclosure, unless otherwise indicated, and be within walls and where exposed in the work areas.
Unless noted otherwise, install wiring devices as indicated below (Note: All dimensions are to the identification. Provide with integral and separate neutral and ground assemblies, suitable for
Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC): Zinc-coated steel or aluminum. UL 1. Reduced-wall FMC is not allowed. all splices, taps, and joints as required by codes. center of the outlet box unless noted otherwise): rated for the motor horsepower required. Provide handle guard with locking provisions.
the sizes of conductors indicated. Do not double-lug any terminations not specifically listed as
C. TELEPHONE SYSTEM PROVISIONS
suitable for more than one conductor. Enclosure; Free-standing switchboard section of
Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Hot-dip Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit. ANSI C80.6. UL 1242. All materials used to terminate, splice, or tap conductors: designed for, properly sized for, and A. RECEPTACLES Manufacturers: Square D Class 2510 Type K, Eaton 9115 series, G.E. TC2000 series,
NEMA design suitable for the environment in which installed or as indicated.
Siemens MS series, or Westinghouse MST series. Provide incoming telephone service raceways as indicated on drawings or as required by the
NRTL listed for the specific application and conductors involved, and installed in strict
Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC): Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket. UL 360; fittings: accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, using the manufacturer's Unless indicated otherwise, install vertically with the ground slot mounted at the top. serving telephone company. Provide 3/4-inch thick plywood board, fire-retardant-treated and
Manufacturers; Square D Type B/l Bolt-Loc or equivalent by Eaton, G.E., or Siemens.
NEMA FB 1. 2. LIGHT FIXTURES, LAMPS AND BALLASTS stamped FRT, securely anchored to the wall, at the location and of the size as indicated on
recommended tools.
Where installed horizontally, install with the neutral slot mounted at the top. the drawings. Provide flush mounted telephone outlet boxes with 1 inch conduit stub-up with DESIGN ARCHITECT
B. POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS; CIRCUIT BREAKER, 1200A BUS OR
Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC): A. LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS pull-string concealed to accessible ceiling space at locations as indicated on the drawings.
Where wiring is indicated as installed, but the connection is indicated "FUTURE" or "BY SMALLER
1.
2.
Hot-dip Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit (GRS): ANSI C80.1. UL 6.
Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC): ANSI C80.5. UL 6A. OTHER DIVISION, TRADES, OR CONTRACTS", leave a minimum 3-foot "Pigtail" at the box,
Above counter: mount vertically aligned.
Light fixtures shown on the drawings represent general arrangements only. Refer to D. DATA SYSTEM PROVISIONS
Plastic-Coated IMC. RMC. and Fittings: NEMA RN 1. NRTL listed. Coating thickness of 0.04 inches tape the ends of the conductors, and cover the box. Panelboards; Dead-front distribution panelboards with number and sizes of circuit breakers as Architecture | Interiors | Space Planning
Mechanical and electrical equipment rooms and janitors closets: mount vertically aligned. architectural drawings for more exact locations. Coordinate location with all other trades
minimum. indicated on the drawings; where installed as service entrance equipment, permanently label 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax; (212) 481-3673
In general, the direction of branch circuit "home run" routing is indicated on the drawings, before installation to avoid conflicts. Coordinate light fixture locations in mechanical rooms Provide flush mounted data outlet boxes with 1 inch conduit stub-up with pull-string concealed
Garages: mount vertically aligned. as suitable for use as service entrance equipment; fully-rated for the available fault current
complete with circuit numbers and panelboard designation. Continue all such "home run" with final installed piping and ductwork layouts. to accessible ceiling space at locations as indicated on the drawings.
IMC and RMC Fittings: NEMA FB 1; compatible with conduit type and material. NRTL listed. indicated on the drawings; hinged, lockable front door that covers the circuit breaker handles.
wiring to the designated panelboard, as though "circuit runs" were indicated in their entirety. Weatherproof exterior receptacles: horizontally aligned. Circuit breakers; Quick-make, quick-break, indicating type; engraved nameplates for circuit
Manufacturers: AFC Cable. Alflex. Anamet Electrical. Electri-Flex. Indalex. Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. identification of each circuit breaker. Provide a typewritten card directory indicating exactly B. LIGHT FIXTURES E. PHOTO CONTROL MEDLANDhll ENGINEERING
0-Z/Gedney. Republic Raceway. Tyco International. Western Tube and Conduit, or Wheatland Tube. The number of conductors in a specific raceway “home run” is indicated with cross lines (tick GFCI receptacles: Same as general receptacles. what each circuit breaker controls on the inside face of the door for circuit identification.
Provide light fixtures as scheduled on drawings, including all lamps, all necessary The photo control shall;
marks) on each “circuit run” on the drawings.
Ground Floor
B. NON-METALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING Isolated ground receptacles: Same as general receptacles. Manufacturers; Square D Type 1-Line, Eaton type Pow-R-Line 4, G.E. types CCB or AV-1, or accessories, material and labor to securely hang, clean, and make light fixtures completely
ready for use. Light fixture model numbers scheduled on the drawings show only the Provide automatic switching (or dimming, as specified) for lighting loads using a thermal 47 Murray Street
Common or shared neutrals are not allowed unless shown on the drawings to be used or Siemens types S4 or S5.
Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC): Schedule 40 PVC. 90 deg C rated. NEMA TC-2. UL 651 SPD receptacles: Same as general receptacles. manufacturer, grade, and style of light fixtures required. Provide all hangers, supports, and design with built-in delay to ensure that the controlled lighting does not switch off due to Py r m o n t
specifically noted to be allowed.
miscellaneous hardware required to install light fixtures, proper trim to fit each ceiling ambient light or lightning striking the photocell. Sydney NSW 2009
Fittings: NEMA TC 3. TC 6; UL 651. compatible with conduit/tubing type and material. NRTL listed. Clock Receptacles: 84 inches above finished floor. C. DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCHES condition actually encountered, and additional tie wires connected to structure to conform to 02 9552 2022
Where multi-wire branch circuits (i.e., shared neutral) are allowed, they shall be provided with
seismic requirements where required by the applicable building code. Have a rating based on NRTL testing at 50 percent power factor for ballast loads, be NRTL
a means that will simultaneously disconnect all ungrounded conductors at the point the info@medlandengineering.com ABN 98 612 496 723
Manufacturers: AFC Cable. American International. Anamet Electrical. Amco. Cantex. Certainteed. Concrete Block Walls: As long as ADA requirements are maintained, dimensions above may be listed, and meet all applicable agency requirements.
branch circuit originates. Multi-pole breakers or 3 single-pole breakers with a handle tie are Disconnect (Safety) Switches: Heavy-duty, fused or non-fused (as indicated on drawings or required) www.medlandengineering.com
Condux International. Elecsys. Electri-Flex. Lamson and Sessions. Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. Prime adjusted slightly as required to compensate for variable joint dimensions such that bottom or top of Packaging of light fixtures will not be allowed. Only those luminaires listed in the Light Fixture
two examples. NEMA KS1. externally operated, visible-blade safety switches; NEMA enclosure type indicated on the
Conduit. Raco. Spiralduct. Superflex Ltd. or Thomas and Betts. boxes, as applicable, are at block joints. Be stem-mounting type with all necessary mounting hardware and instructions; have a
drawings or suitable for the environment in which installed, based on fusible switch and fuse sizes Schedule or approved in accordance with substitutions of these specifications will be
indicated, include Class R. J. or L fuse provisions as applicable. accepted. Where the Light Fixture Schedule indicates an allowance for a specific light fixture, housing constructed of high impact poly-carbonate; photo control components consisting of a
When multiple home runs are combined into a single raceway such that the number of
2. RACEWAY INSTALLATION B. SWITCHES the price is a Contractor price. Include all additional costs for freight, lamps, and installation of metal film resistor, dual temperature compensating bi-metal blades, snap action contact
conductors exceeds four (conductor count is made up of any combination of phase and
Provide switches where not furnished with the starting equipment, at all other points required by NFPA light fixture and lamps. blades, chemically treated/polymer encapsulated cadmium sulfide photocell, and silver alloy
neutral conductors), the following restrictions apply, which are in addition to those in NFPA
A. GENERAL RACEWAY INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS General: All switches shall be mounted at the same height throughout the project unless noted 70. and where indicated on the drawings. contacts to ensure reliable 5 year manufacturer warranted operation. Photo control shall
70: otherwise.
Through-wiring of recessed light fixtures in suspended ceilings is not permitted. Connect each be 100 percent factory tested for function within manufacturer’s specified light levels.
Install raceways parallel and perpendicular to building lines. Where indicated, provide the disconnect switch with an integral auxiliary switch, open when the main light fixture by a whip to a junction box. Provide cable whips of sufficient lengths to allow for
Normal or Non-Essential circuits: Above Counters: Same as for receptacles. switch blades are open, and wire it into the variable frequency drive to disable the drive whenever the Be from the same manufacturer of and totally compatible with the time switches specified
relocating each light fixture within a 5-foot radius of its installed location, but not exceeding 6
Install raceways to requirements of structure, to requirements of all other work on the project, and to switch is OPEN. above.
1. Maximum of 16 conductors in a single raceway. For up to eight conductors in a Concrete Block Walls: As long as ADA requirements are maintained, dimensions above may be feet in unsupported lengths.
clear all openings, depressions, pipes, ducts, reinforcing steel, and other immovable obstacles.
raceway, minimum raceway size: 3/4-inch. For greater than eight conductors, minimum adjusted slightly as required to compensate for variable joint dimensions, such that bottom or top of Manufacturers: Eaton. G.E.. Siemens, or Square D.
raceway size: 1-inch. Do not install any other type of circuit in this raceway. boxes, as applicable, are at block joints. C. EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS AND EXIT SIGNS F. SIGNALING SYSTEM
Install raceways set in forms for concrete structure in such a manner that installation will not affect the
strength of the structure. D. SURGE-PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPD)
2. Minimum wire size for all conductors in this raceway: No. 10 AWG. Walls with Wainscoting: 6 inches minimum above wainscoting, but not exceeding 48 inches above Description: Self-contained units complying with UL 924. Provide a complete and functioning 24V signaling system for loading door signals, and others
finished floor. as indicated on the drawings. Low-voltage conductors for signaling system may be run
Except where approved in writing by the Engineer, install no raceway in a slab-on-grade. Locate Provide SPD labeled in accordance with the latest editions of UL 1283 and 1449. including the highest
3. Only 15A and 20A branch circuit homeruns may be combined into one raceway. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, lead-acid type. The batteries shall be of suitable rating exposed above finished ceilings, but shall be installed in conduit within walls and where
raceway below granular fill below slabs-on-grade. fault current of Section 37.3 (NRTL Recognized for SPD integral to panelboard) that meets or exceeds
C. MULTI-OUTLET ASSEMBLIES the following criteria: and capacity to supply and maintain at not less than 87-1/2 percent of the nominal battery exposed in the work areas. Signal bell units shall be 4-inch, single-stroke type, Edwards (^Medland Engineering 2018
Signaling and Security Systems (Edwards) No. 332-4G5 or equal, for 24Vac operation, This drawing & its design content remains the property of
Install raceways continuous between connections to outlets, boxes, and cabinets with a minimum GFCI circuits: voltage for the total lamp load associated with the unit for a period of at least 1-1/2 hours, or
possible number of bends and not more than the equivalent of four 90-degree bends between As indicated on the drawings. Maximum surge current capability (single pulse rated) per phase: the unit equipment shall supply and maintain not less than 60 percent of the initial emergency installed on a standard single-gang box. Transformers shall be Edwards 590 Series or equal,
connections. Use manufactured elbows for all 45- and 90-degree bends, unless approved by the 1. Do not use multi-conductor circuits, with a shared neutral, for any GFCI circuit breaker illumination for a period of at least 1-1/2 hours. having adequate capacity for the connected load plus 10-percent at 24Vac, and mounted in a Engineering. Drawing not to be scaled. Relevant contractor to
Engineer in advance. Make other bends smooth and even and without flattening raceway or flaking or receptacle circuit.
D. TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET BOXES 1. Service entrance switchboards, switchgear: 240kA. standard two-gang box. Exterior push button shall be Edwards No. 1786-C with solid brass confirm all dimensions, existing services & conditions on site.
galvanizing or enamel. Radii of bends shall be as long as possible and never shorter than the 2. Distribution panelboards, panelboards used for service entrance & MCC: 120kA. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay. cap.
corresponding trade elbow. General: Match mounting height of adjacent wiring device listed above. 3. Branch Panelboards: 80kA (non-modular is acceptable). I ayELm project engineer, sign off to
For branch circuits fed from GFCI circuit breakers, limit the one-way conductor length to 100 CONFIRM ALL QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURES ARE
feet between the panelboard and the most remote receptacle or load on the GFCI circuit. Operation: Relay automatically turns lamp on when power supply circuit voltage drops to 80 Customer signal units shall consist of an Edwards No. 620-B pushbutton in a 5/8-inch ID COMPLETE AND APPROVE THE ISSUE OF THESE
Use long radius elbows for all underground installations, where necessary, or where otherwise Wall-mounted Telephone (Public): One at 48 inches above finished floor and one at 36 inches above SPD shall have a minimum EMI/RFI filtering of-50dB at 100kHz. chrome plated pipe or conduit with an Edwards No. C-75 "Cadet" two-note chime and DOCUMENTS.
percent of nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatically disconnects from battery when
indicated. finished floor.
Properly identify all terminal blocks and wire terminals for control wiring with vinyl stick-on voltage approaches deep-discharge level. When normal voltage is restored, relay disconnects transformer contained in a weatherproof enclosure as required, as located on the drawings.
Indicators: The SPD shall use LED indicators that provide indication of suppression component failure
markers or equivalent. Provide Engineer with a list of proposed identifying numbers for review lamps from battery, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger.
Securely fasten raceways in place with approved straps, hangers, and steel supports as required. For other than wiring devices, refer to paragraphs, articles, sections, divisions, or drawings to obtain in all protection modes including N-G. as well as optically isolated N/C dry contacts for remote
prior to installing markers. G. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND CONNECTIONS
Attach raceway supports to the building structure. Hang single raceways for feeders with malleable mounting heights for specific equipment or systems. monitoring.
split ring hangers with rod and turnbuckle suspension from inserts spaced not over 10 feet apart in Test Push Button: Push-to-test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power, and
demonstrates unit operability. All wiring and connections to illuminated cases.
construction above. Clamp groups of horizontal feeder raceways to steel channels that are suspended Provide an equipment-grounding conductor or bonding jumper, as applicable, in all feeders 12. WIRING DEVICES Follow manufacturer's installation instructions for externally mounted SPD. with lead lengths as short
from inserts spaced not over 10 feet apart in construction above. Securely clamp vertical feeder and branch circuits, sized in accordance with NFPA 70 Tables 250.66 or 250.122, as (less than 18 inches) and straight as possible and gently twisted together.
raceways to structural steel members attached to structure. Install cable clamps for support of vertical applicable, unless indicated as larger on the drawings. LED Indicator Light: Indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge, and All wiring and connections of exit door alarms.
feeders where required. Add raceway supports within 12 inches of all bends, on both sides of the
The catalog numbers listed for wiring devices are generally for 20A rated devices. Where 15A rated
devices are indicated on the drawings or required for circuit rating limitations, provide wiring devices
Transient Counter: A transient voltage surge counter shall be included to totalize transient voltage bright glow indicates charging at end of discharge cycle. A Issue Date & Description By Check
bends. Do not support raceways from suspended ceiling components. surges which deviate from the sine wave envelope by more than 125V. The readout shall be at least a END OF SECTION 26
Wiring shall have insulation of the proper color to match color code system in the table below equivalent to those specified for 20A. but rated for 15A. 90% ISSUE 05.04.19 RA
unless there is a color system currently in use by the facility, in which case the colors are to six digit LCD located on the unit's hinged front cover. The counter shall be equipped with a battery Integral Self-Test: Factory-installed electronic device automatically initiates code-required test
Ream raceway ends, thoroughly clean raceways before installation, and keep clean after installation. back-up to retain memory when power is not present. A push-button switch on the display's face-plate
100% ISSUE 29.04.19 RA
match the existing system. In larger sizes where properly colored insulation is not available, All receptacles located outdoors or in damp or wet locations: Listed as 'weather Resistant', designated of unit emergency operation at required intervals. Test failure is annunciated by an integral
Plug or cover openings and boxes as required to keep raceways clean during construction and fish all use vinyl plastic electrical tape of the appropriate color around each conductor at all
shall be provided for manual counter reset. audible alarm and flashing red LED. 100% ISSUE 03.05.19 RA
by a 'WR' on the faceplate.
raceways clear of obstructions before pulling conductor wires. Provide raceways of ample size for
termination points, junctions, and pull boxes.
pulling of wire, not smaller than code requirements and not less than 1/2-inch in size, unless indicated Switchboard. Switchgear. Panelboard, and MCC internally mounted SPD: Factory installed and NRTL D. LAMPS
Minor changes relative to the location of electrical equipment may be made to comply with structural
otherwise on Drawings. Homeruns containing more than one branch circuit shall not be less than labeled by and at the facility of the electrical distribution equipment manufacturer.
System Voltage: and building requirements as determined in the course of construction. Provide all wiring devices of
3/4-inch in size.
the same manufacturer and not mixed on the project, to the maximum extent possible. Provide color Refer to lighting consultant specifications and light fixture schedule for all lamp requirements.
Externally mounted SPD (only allowed where noted on the construction documents): Install with
240V and under, including 208Y/120, 120/240, 120/208, and 240D/120 systems: of toggles and receptacles as requested by the Architect.
Protect all raceway installations against damage during construction. Repair all raceways damaged or conductors as short and straight as possible. Twist the SPD input conductors together to reduce input
moved out of line after roughing-in to meet Engineer's approval without additional cost to the Owner. 1. Phase A: Black. conductor inductance. Follow the SPD manufacturer's recommended installation practices and comply Provide lamps and color temperatures as indicated on the drawings for all light fixtures; or, if
Wiring Devices: Unless noted otherwise, devices shall be commercial grade, decorator style, and not indicated, per the Architect and/or lighting designer. Lamps shall be by the same
2. Phase B: Red. with all applicable codes.
rated for 20A. Wiring device manufacturers: Cooper. Hubbell. Legrand. or Leviton. manufacturer for color consistency. Lamps shall be compatible with the specified light fixture.
Align and install true and plumb all raceway terminations at panelboards, switchboards, motor control 3. Phase C: Blue.
equipment, and junction boxes. 4.
5.
Neutral: White.
Equipment Ground: Green.
Floor Boxes: UL 514A listed for scrub water exclusion. For slab on grade - Watertight, Class
1, and fully adjustable cast iron box. For slab above grade - Concrete-tight, fully adjustable,
Warranty: The manufacturer shall provide a minimum full five year parts, labor, and travel warranty
from date of substantial completion against any part failure, excluding breakers, when installed in
Fluorescent, metal halide, and incandescent lamp manufacturers; Eiko, G.E.,
Osram/Sylvania, Philips, Soraa, or Venture.
Install approved expansion/deflection fittings where raceways pass through (if embedded) or across (if
exposed) expansion joints, and when using RNC or RAC in exposed environments in accordance with
NFPA 70 and expansion/contraction properties of RNC or RAC.
6. Isolated Ground: Green with yellow stripe.
stamped galvanized steel box. Floor box shape, quantity of gangs, type and quantity of
devices, finish, and flange type per drawings. Floor box manufacturers: Hubbell, Legrand,
compliance with manufacturer's written instructions. NRTL listing requirements, and all applicable
national or local electrical codes. Manufacturer shall make available local, national field engineering
service support. Where direct factory employed service engineers are not locally available, travel time
Metal Halide Lamps; Pulse-start (ceramic when available); coated; minimum CRI of 80 unless
noted otherwise; minimum average rated life of 18,000 hours in the vertical position and
DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE
480V and 480Y/277V
Install a pull wire in each empty raceway that is left for installation of conductors or cables under other
1. Phase A: Brown
Thomas and Betts, or Walker. from the factory or nearest dispatch center shall be stated. 12,000 hours in the horizontal position; low-wattage lamps shall have a protective shroud or
other suitable containment material for use in open fixtures.
divisions or contracts. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb tensile Fire-Rated or Pedestal Poke-Thru Devices: NRTL listed and NRTL fire classified with one- to Thoroughly factory test the specified system before shipment. Testing of each system shall include,
strength. Leave at least 24 inches of slack at each end of pull wire.
2.
3.
Phase B: Orange
Phase C: Yellow
four-hour fire rating as required by floor rating and type. Cover must be UL 514A listed for scrub water
exclusion. Floor box shape, quantity of gangs, type, and quantity of devices, finish, and flange type
but shall not be limited to. quality control checks, dielectric voltage withstand tests at twice rated
voltage plus 1000V per NRTL requirements, and operational and calibration tests.
LED Lamps and Luminaires; Comply with ANSI C78.377 for white light LED color range; CAPTURED AS PART OF THIS DESIGN
4. Neutral: Gray minimum CRI of 80 unless noted otherwise; LED binning specification tolerance to be within 3
Make all joints and connections in a manner that will ensure mechanical strength and electrical
continuity. 5. Equipment ground: green.
per drawings. Poke-thru device manufacturers: Hubbell or Legrand.
Automatic Load Control Relay (ALCR) (also referred to as emergency shunt relay): UL 924 listed as
Manufacturers: ABB USA. AC Data Solutions. APT. Atlantic Scientific. Current Technology. Danaher
macadam ellipses of rated values; all LEDs used for same fixture type throughout the project
must originate from the same production bin; minimum average rated life of 20,000 hours for
APPROVAL
Power Solutions. Eaton. G.E.. Intermatic. Lea International. Leviton. Liebert. Northern Technologies.
LED lamps and 50,000 hours for LED luminaires; Rohs compliant. LED lamp manufacturers;
B. ABOVE GROUND RACEWAY USE: 6. MC CABLE emergency lighting and power equipment. Connect ALCR in parallel with a lighting control device.
Loss of normal power shall cause relay to automatically shunt emergency power to lighting circuit
Siemens. Square D. or Surge Suppression Incorporated.
Bridgelux, Cree, Nichia, Osram, orXicato.
regardless of lighting control device position. Emergency lighting circuit shall continue to operate at full E. FUSES
Install all circular raceways concealed above suspended ceilings or concealed in walls or floors A. CABLE SPECIFICATIONS power until normal power has been restored. Provide a two-gang junction box with separation barrier
wherever possible except where otherwise indicated. Provide GRS for all conduits exposed to E. BALLASTS
and plaster ring for the ALCR. and install it adjacent to its associated lighting control device or above
weather or other hazardous conditions. Metal-clad cable (MC Cable): 600V, unjacketed; UL Standard 83. 1569, and 1685; NFPA 70 Article Provide each circuit and set of fuse clips throughout the work with sizes and types as required or
accessible ceiling. Provide Acuity (Lighting Controls and Design) Model GR2001 ALCR. or equivalent LED Drivers; Comply with NRTL requirements and ANSI C82.77; designed for type and
330; aluminum or galvanized steel interlocked armor; THHN- or XHHW-insulated conductors; color indicated. All fuses larger than 600A: UL Class L. similar to type KRP-C Bussmann Low Peak or
Unless noted otherwise, all other raceway may be EMT where approved by local code. Use by Bodine. Cooper. Hubbell. Legrand. or Leviton. quantity of lamps served; sound levels not exceeding Class A ambient noise levels; lamp
code: ICEA Method 1. with green insulated grounding conductor; listed for use in UL 1.2. and 3 hour equal. Fuses used to protect motors: UL Class RK5. Bussmann Fusetron or equal. Fuses used to
compression type fittings for EMT. with all fittings NRTL listed for the environment in which they are through-penetration firestop systems. MC Cable manufacturers: AFC Cable Systems. Encore Wire protect all other electrical equipment: UL Class RK1. dual element. Bussmann LPS/LPN or equal. All current crest factor of 1.5 or less; 90-percent power factor or greater; line transient withstand
used. Unless noted otherwise, set-screw type fittings are not allowed. Corporation. Kaf-Tech. or Southwire. 13. SWITCH AND OUTLET COVER PLATES fused devices shall be labeled as to type and size of fuse required. ratings as defined in ANSI/IEEE C62.41, Category A.; total harmonic distortion less than 20
percent; shall tolerate sustained open circuit and short circuit output conditions without
C. UNDERGROUND RACEWAY USE: B. APPLICATIONS OF MC CABLE Switch and Outlet Plates: Colored, smooth; by the same manufacturer as the wiring devices, wherever Furnish three spare fuses of each size and type used on the project (except for main switch fuses, damage; shall not over-drive LEDs at a current or voltage above LED rated values; ROHS
possible. Verify desired materials and colors with Architect before installation. Switch plates in furnish one spare), neatly contained in a properly labeled cabinet. compliant; meets EN610000 requirements for input harmonics.
Provide GRS installed below grade with a corrosion-resistant bonded-plastic or approved mastic unfinished rooms and spaces: Stamped steel, cadmium plated. Install groups of switches under one
1. In lieu of flexible conduit and wiring from light fixtures located in accessible ceilings to junction
coating. This shall include the 90-degree elbow below grade and the entire vertical transition to above ganged-plate. usually horizontally; or. where required by details, vertically. Set all cover plates plumb, Manufacturers: Bussmann. Edison Fuse. Mersen/Ferraz Shawmut. or Littlefuse.
boxes attached to building structure directly above the ceiling. Provide cable whips of sufficient lengths F. DIMMABLE LIGHT FIXTURES
grade. parallel, and finished flush with the wall.
to allow for relocating each light fixture within a 5 foot radius of its installed location, but not exceeding
6 feet in unsupported lengths.
F. DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS Fordimmable light fixtures provide both control and power wiring between light fixture and
D. EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS 14. WEATHERPROOF COVER PLATES control device and between light fixtures. Quantity of low voltage and line voltage wiring and
2. For vertical drops in stud walls. Transformers: General purpose. NRTL listed/labeled. Comply with NEMA ST 20 and UL 1561.
wire type shall be per manufacturer's recommendations. Coordinate light fixture and control
Use FMC for final connection to each motor, transformer, and any device that would otherwise Provide GFCI receptacles for designated weatherproof receptacles, unless indicated otherwise on the device dimming types for compatibility.
transmit motion, vibration, or noise. Use LFMC where exposed to liquids, vapors, or sunlight. Provide 3. In lieu of EMT. only for 15A and 20A branch circuits (with up to four (4) conductors, not drawings. Insulation Class: For three-phase transformers less than 15 kVA and all single-phase. 185 degrees C.
all FMC and LFMC with an insulated bonding conductor. including ground conductor), and only in dry concealed locations above grade, except where NRTL-component-recognized insulation system with a maximum of 115 degree C rise above a 40
3. MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL
specifically not permitted by NFPA 70, owner, landlord, ahj. or noted in list below. degree C ambient temperature; for three-phase transformers 15 kVA and larger. 220 degrees C.
Unattended Exterior. Wet Locations or Other Locations as Indicated: In-use. NEMA 3R. recessed or
Use only metal raceways for all power wiring from the output of variable frequency drives to their flush mount. NRTL labeled plates molded from a clear high impact ultraviolet stabilized polycarbonate NRTL-component-recognized insulation system with a maximum of 150 degree C rise above a 40
respective motors. degree C ambient temperature. NRTL-component-recognized insulation system replaces the UL 1446 A. WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
C. PROHIBITED USE OF MC CABLE UNLESS NOTED ABOVE material for easy verification that cords are plugged in and that the GFCI is functioning. Back box must
be suitable for conduit connecting. Coordinate back box with wall depth. Intermatic WP1000RC/HRC insulation rating system that used letters.
or equal. Provide all raceways and power wiring for all Division 23 equipment requiring electrical
Examples of those uses include, but are not limited to the following:
Phases. Voltages, and Sizes: As indicated on the drawings.
3. BUSHINGS AND LOCKNUTS 1. Homeruns to panelboards (refer to Section 16A: Definitions).
connections, including but not limited to pumps, water heaters, and HVAC equipment, and all
2. Where exposed to view. Attended Wet Or Damp Locations: Weatherproof cover plates NRTL listed for wet locations with line-voltage control and interlock wiring not provided under Division 23. Connect per
Sound Level: Not exceeding 3 dBa less than NEMA ST 20 standards for the sizes indicated when manufacturers’ wiring diagrams. Coordinate with Division 23 for disconnects and variable
Rigidly terminate conduits entering sheet metal enclosures to the enclosure with a bushing and 3. Where exposed to damage. cover(s) closed; die-cast aluminum or Type 302 stainless steel; single-cover for switches and vertically
factory tested according to IEEE C57.12.91. frequency drives (VFD) furnished with equipment, and provide all disconnect switches and
locknut on the inside and a locknut or an approved hub on the outside. Conduit shall enter the 4. Hazardous locations. mounted receptacles; double-cover for horizontally mounted receptacles; self-closing covers.
enclosure squarely. 5. Wet locations. final connections as required. If VFD is separate or does not have an integral disconnect
Full-Capacity Primary Taps: For three-phase below 25 kVA and all single-phase, one 5 percent tap
6. When restricted otherwise. Cover Plates: By the same manufacturer as the wiring devices; complying with NFPA 70 ARTICLES feature, provide disconnect switch with auxiliary contact such that motor will be turned off if
above and one 5 percent tap below; 25 kVA to 500 kVA. six 2.5 percent taps (2 above. 4 below);
Provide bushings and locknuts made of galvanized malleable iron with sharp, clean-cut threads. 7. When specifically disallowed by the local AHJ. 406.9 (A) or (B) requirements for attended or unattended use as applicable. switch is off. provide VFD cable, Belden or approved equivalent, for connection of VFD to
above 500 kVA. four 2.5 percent (2 above. 2 below).
8. When specifically disallowed by the landlord. motor when required. After installing wiring, verify that each motor load has the correct phase
Where EMT enters a box. provide approved EMT compression connectors. 9. Circuits supplied by an emergency or standby power source. 15. ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND GROUNDING Transformer Core and Coil Assemblies: Mounted on integral vibration-absorbing pads.
rotation.
Use insulated, grounding, or combination bushings wherever connection is subject to vibration or 7. MC CABLE INSTALLATION A. ELECTRICAL SERVICE Transformers 75 kVA and larger shall be floor mounted unless indicated otherwise. Transformers 45 Verify the actual “Maximum Overcurrent Protection” (MOCP) device ratings and “Minimum
moisture, when required by NFPA 70. or both. Circuit Ampacity” conductor sizing for mechanical equipment from the equipment Seal/Signature
kVA and smaller may be wall mounted where wall construction is suitable for the load. Floor mounted
Secure and support cable per NFPA 70 Article 330. Secure cable within 12 inches of every box or See drawings for type. size, voltage, phase, and other requirements. transformers shall be securely bolted to a 4 inch house keeping pad with vibration isolation pads. Wall nameplate. Base electrical installations on actual required amperages, which may vary
4. CONDUCTORS AND CABLES fitting. Securing and supporting intervals shall not exceed six feet. Maintain consistent spacing to mounted or suspended transformers shall have a means of isolating vibration from the support. Wall somewhat from the conductor and equipment sizes shown on the drawings; however, in no
avoid derating due to bundling per NFPA 70 Section 310.15. Utilize steel cable hangers. Arlington Provide, or arrange with the serving utility for installation to provide, a recording voltmeter at the mounts must be by same manufacturer as and provided with transformer. case, reduce the size of conductors indicated on the drawings without authorization from the
Annealed (soft) copper complying with ICEA S-95-658/NEMA WC70 and UL standards 44 or 83 as SMC series or equivalent, to support wherever possible so cables can be routed in a neat and service point, on the first day the facility is open for business, for a 24-hour voltage test. If voltage and Engineer. Provide properly sized electrical wiring and equipment without extra cost to
applicable. workmanship like manner. regulation are not within acceptable limits, arrange with the utility for proper voltage. Submit to the Transformers up through 1000 kVA shall be mounted on elastomeric vibration isolation pads. Pad the Owner. Notify the Engineer of all changes required in the electrical installation due to
Owner a report of maximum and minimum voltage and a copy of the recording voltmeter chart. shall be constructed of neoprene, rubber, glass fiber, or a combination thereof. Pads shall equipment variances so that the effects on feeders, branch circuits, panelboards, fuses and
Conductor Insulation Types: 90-degree C-rated. Type THHN/THWN-2 orXHHW-2 complying with 8. JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES, CABINETS, AND be “ribbed” or “waffled” in texture. Pads shall be selected for smallest
circuit breakers can be checked prior to purchasing and installation. Be responsible for
ICEA S-95-658/NEMA WC70. B. CONNECTION TO SERVING UTILITIES durometer (hardness), preferably less than 50. Deflection of pad shall be 0.25 inches static minimum.
WIREWAYS Stack pads until the desired deflection is achieved.
coordinating with Division 23 to verify the actual ampacities and correct sizes of all conductors
and overcurrent protective devices for all equipment, and correct overload heaters for all
O) Sizes of conductors and cables indicated or specified are in American Wire Gage (AWG - Brown and Provide raceways, terminations, metering provisions, and miscellaneous equipment as required for
5 Sharpe). motors, when starters are provided under Division 26.
Provide junction boxes, pull boxes, cabinets, and wireways wherever necessary for proper installation electrical and telephone services for connection by the serving utility, in strict compliance with the Make final conduit connections to transformers with flexible conduit, with at least 6 inches of slack in
of various electrical systems according to NFPA 70 and where indicated on the drawings. Size as all directions. Minimum flexible conduit length shall be 2 feet. Project Name
requirements of all applicable codes and of the serving utility involved. Verify all service terminations
All feeder and branch circuit conductors No. 8 AWG and larger: Stranded. required for the specific function or as required by NFPA 70. whichever is larger. Construction shall be and connection points in the field and work in conjunction with the utility involved in the installation of CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER
'o of a NEMA design suitable for the environment installed. Transformer Enclosures: Removable front cover, core and coil encapsulated within resin compound,
u all services. Provide all materials and equipment required for complete utility connection but not MELBOURNE, AU
aS
All conductors. No. 10 AWG and smaller: Solid copper. furnished by the serving utility. Notify the utility companies involved within two weeks after notice to drip-proof, fabricated of heavy gauge sheet steel construction. Dry locations: Ventilated. NEMA 250
O Junction boxes installed behind wall cases and in or on other store fixtures, except where otherwise proceed of all required information necessary for the utility to supply the project without delay. Pay all Type 2. Damp or wet locations: Ventilated with weather shields. NEMA 250 Type 3R. Corrosive
h- All Branch Circuit Wiring: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG. If no conductor size is indicated on the specified, shall be 4 inches square or larger with galvanized covers. charges of the serving utility for the electrical service(s). locations: Totally enclosed, non-ventilated. NEMA 250 Type 4X. stainless steel. Project Number
Drawings for a branch circuit, provide conductors and conduit sized per NFPA 70 and based on the
o
indicated branch circuit overcurrent protective device (OCPD) rating and number of poles. Where no Horizontally mount junction boxes under center fixtures (and cases), handy boxes or 4-inch square Provide energy-efficient transformers complying with federal regulation 10 CFR 431.192 thru 431.196
C. GROUNDING requirements.
circuit size (i.e.. conductors and OCPD) is indicated on the drawings for a branch circuit, provide three boxes with tops of boxes not more than 3-1/2 inches above the floor. Size junction boxes to
No. 12 AWG conductors, in 3/4-inch raceway, and a 20A circuit breaker. adequately contain all required conductors and splices.
CO Permanently and effectively ground and bond the electrical installation in a thorough and efficient
K-rated transformers shall be provided as indicated on the drawings and be listed for 115 degree C Description
o manner, and in conformance, at a minimum, with NFPA 70. or these documents, where they exceed
CN rise.
CO Control Wiring: Stranded copper conductors. 600V insulation, of the proper type. size, and number as 9. OUTLET BOXES code requirements. Use bare or insulated conductors as specified herein, and other materials ELECTRICAL SERVICES
required to accomplish specified function. Minimum size: No. 14 AWG. unless noted otherwise.
^ o indicated on the Drawings. SPECIFICATIONS
S'I All outlets including light fixture, switch, receptacle, and similar outlets: galvanized steel knockout PERMANENT STORE
Flexible Cords and Cables: Stranded copper conductors for all. unless noted otherwise.
boxes, suitable in design to the purpose they serve and the space they occupy. Size as required for
c
the specific function or as required by NFPA 70. whichever is larger. Set all outlet boxes in walls, Scaie
w o Special Purpose Conductors And Cables. Such As Low Voltage Control And Shielded Instrument
u
(D V
E columns, floors, or ceilings so they are flush with the finished surface, accurately set. and rigidly
Wiring: As recommended by the system equipment manufacturer unless indicated otherwise. 1:100(gB1
secured in position. Provide plaster rings, extension rings and/or masonry rings as required for flush
S mounting. Provide approved cast outlet boxes with hubs and weatherproof covers in all areas subject
Copper Conductor Manufacturers: Advance Wire and Cable. AFC Cable. Alan Wire. Alflex. American
o| to damp. wet. or harsh conditions.
Insulated Wire. Encore Wire. Northern Cables. Okonite. or Southwire.
^ C
Sheet Number
c Manufacturers: Appleton. Cooper. Erikson Electrical. Hoffman. Killark Electric. 0-Z/Gedney. Raco.
o Connections: Apply a zinc based anti_oxidizing compound to connections. Do not use terminals on
Robroy Industries. Scott Fetzer. Spring City Electrical. Thomas and Betts. Walker Systems, or
E4.04
wiring devices to feed through to the next device.
■§ s Wood head.
C CN
O UO
=6 r^
I-
< o
100% ISSUE
ti
S o
« -d
.. -2
<D .E
FIRE ALARM GENERAL NOTES: FIRE ALARM DEMOLITION NOTES:
FIRE ALARM GENERAL NOTES

1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED
WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW THE GENERAL
1. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WITH WHAT IS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL
PLANS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES.
FIRE PROTECTION SYMBOLS Tiffany & Co.
NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL NDTP- ^ MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS, ETC. ARE 200 FIFTH AVENUE
FINISH TAG VENDOR STYLE/COLOUR/RAL CODE REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION 2. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS.
OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND/OR EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
PT-10 BENJAMIN MOORE CHANITY LACE OV-65/FLAT OWNER OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. FIRE ALARM TEL: 646 428 5500
3. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED
2. FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL/UNIT
PT-20 BENJAMIN MOORE WHITE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW GENERAL NOTES,
ACCORDANCE WITH AS1670.1. SYSTEM SHALL ALSO MEET ALL APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT RECESSED FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL/UNIT
FACP
BLUE BUILDING CODES, FIRE CODES AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AUTHORITY MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE
PT-21 BENJAMIN MOORE
HAVING JURISDICTION AND INSURANCE CARRIER. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS PRIOR CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER, AS FAAP FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL
rn
TO BID SUBMITTAL. REVIEW NFPA 70 AND NFPA 72 REQUIREMENTS AND ENSURE DEFINED IN BID DOCUMENTS, OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO RECESSED FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL
FAAP DESIGN ARCHITECT
NOTES: COMPLIANCE WHERE APPLICABLE AND NOT CONTRADICTORY TO LOCAL CODES. SUBMISSION OF BID. ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL NOT BE PAID FOR LACK r □
REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FINISH SCHEDULE TO DETERMINE PAINT COLOUR FOR CONCEALED 3. INFORMATION ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IS GENERAL INFORMATION AND FOR
OF SUCH DETERMINATION, FAMILIARIZATION, AND/OR ALLOWANCE. FACT FIRE ALARM TRANSPONDER
AMPLIFIER PANEL
BID PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE AMP Architecture | Interiors | Space Planning
SPRINKLER COVER PLATE TO MATCH SURROUNDING CEILING. 4. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
FINAL SYSTEM DESIGN AND LAYOUT OF ALL COMPONENTS, COORDINATION WITH AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT “ASBUILT” CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING RPS REMOTE POWER SUPPLY Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax; (212) 481-3673
BUILDER TO OBTAIN CLARIFICATION FROM TIFFANY TO SOURCE AN EQUIVALENT LOCAL PAINT ALL OTHER TRADES, AND SYSTEM CALCULATIONS REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL BY CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND REMOTE TEST STATION WITH INDICATING LIGHT
TYPE AND COLOUR. THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, ENGINEER, AND OWNER’S INSURER. DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO REMOTE INDICATING LIGHT MEDLANd|^ ENGINEERING
CONSTRUCTION.
4. PRESSURE SWITCH LOW/HIGH
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FOLLOW THE ENGINEER OF RECORD’S SYSTEM DESIGN
AND LAYOUT OF ALL COMPONENTS EXCEPT WHERE MODIFICATION TO THE 5. WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH
OWNER RETAINS RIGHTS OF SALVAGE FOR EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO BE Ground Floor
DESIGN IS NECESSARY. MODIFICATIONS SHALL BE REFLECTED IN THE REMOVED. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER THE EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO CONTROL VALVE TAMPER SWITCH
47 Murray Street
CONTRACTOR’S SHOP DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS. BE SALVAGED AND THE LOCATION FOR STORAGE. AVOID DAMAGE TO MAGNETIC DOOR HOLD OPEN DEVICE Py r m o n t
EQUIPMENT DURING DEMOLITION WORK AND DURING TRANSPORT TO OWNER'S CONTROL MODULE Sydney NSW 2009
5. DEVIATIONS FROM ENGINEER’S DESIGN WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED UNLESS A DESIGNATED STORAGE LOCATION. PROPERLY DISPOSE OF MATERIALS THAT ARE MM MONITOR MODULE 02 9552 2022
FORMALLY SUBMITTED RFI IS RECEIVED AND APPROVED. REMOVED AND ARE NOT REQUESTED TO BE SALVAGED BY THE OWNER.
DROPSTER REDUCING NIPPLE KNOX BOX info@medlandengineering.com ABN 98 612 496 723
PAINTED TO MATCH LIGHT TROUGH 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL EQUIPMENT AND LABOR REQUIRED FOR PULL STATION www.medlandengineering.com
6. REMOVE ITEMS SHOWN HEAVY LINED AND/OR CROSSHATCHED AND/OR NOTED
A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS AND TO BE REMOVED. FIREFIGHTER'S PHONE JACK
SPECIFICATIONS.
HEAT DETECTOR (E INDICATES ELEVATOR RECALL)
7. EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE KEPT FOR REINSTALLATION DURING THE
7. WHERE EXISTING SYSTEMS ARE PRESENT, CONTRACTOR SHALL MODIFY, CONSTRUCTION PHASE WHEN POSSIBLE AND/OR INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. SMOKE DETECTOR (E INDICATES ELEVATOR RECALL)
RELOCATE AND/OR PROVIDE ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED FOR SCOPE AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN FOR NEW SINGLE STATION SMOKE DETECTOR
OF WORK AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. INSTALLATION. REPAIR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO EXTRA COST
COORDINATE WITH WALLS, CEILINGS, LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, STRUCTURE, BEAM DETECTOR
TO THE OWNER.
OBSTRUCTIONS, ETC. IN AREAS AFFECTED BY SCOPE OF WORK. NEW DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR (SD=SUPPLY/RD=RETURN)
EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING SYSTEMS. CONTRACTOR 8. SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS AND ROOFS WHERE
SHALL REMOVE ALL ABANDONED EQUIPMENT, COORDINATE SYSTEM COMPONENTS ARE REMOVED AND WHERE THE EXISTING PENETRATION IS NOT AREA OF REFUGE 2-WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
MODIFICATIONS TO MINIMIZE SYSTEM IMPAIRMENT, AND PROVIDE FIRE WATCH USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH WALL MOUNTED AUDIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE
LIGHTING TRACK AND/OR INTERIM FIRE PROTECTION MEASURES WHERE REQUIRED BY THE ADJACENT AREAS OR AS INDICATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. WALL MOUNTED VISIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE
AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, INSURANCE CARRIER OR OWNER. ## INDICATES CANDELA
9. PERFORM ALL WORK ACCORDING TO THE PHASING SCHEDULE FOR THIS
8. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL MATERIALS AND LABOR REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF WALL MOUNTED AUDIBLE/VISIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE, ## (C^Medland Engineering 2018
PROJECT. PROVIDE ALL TEMPORARY DESIGN AND/OR CONFIGURATIONS THAT
INDICATES CANDELA This drawing & its design content remains the property of
COORDINATION OR TO MEET AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND INSURANCE MEET APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS AS NECESSARY TO CONFORM TO THE
CARRIER REQUIREMENTS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION PHASING OF THE PROJECT. CEILING MOUNTED AUDIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE in part without the express permission of Medland
CEILING QX) CEILING MOUNTED VISIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE, ## Engineering. Drawing not to be scaled. Relevant contractor to
9. FORWARD COMPLETED CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION AND CONTRACTOR 10. ONLY THE PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING AFFECTED BY THE SCOPE OF THE confirm all dimensions, existing services & conditions on site.
^ INDICATES CANDELA
MATERIAL TEST CERTIFICATES TO THE OWNER. PROJECT HAVE BEEN SHOWN. INFORMATION SHOWN AS EXISTING TO REMAIN IS I <DM^L ayELm project engineer, sign off to
NOT BEING MODIFIED AS A PART OF THIS PROJECT. (SXI CEILING MOUNTED AUDIBLEA/ISIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE, ## CONFIRM ALL QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURES ARE
10. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. COMPLETE AND APPROVE THE ISSUE OF THESE
## INDICATES CANDELA DOCUMENTS.
11. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED SO AS TO NOT INTERRUPT SERVICE. THE
ABORT SWITCH
HEAT COLLECTOR PLATE 11. PROVIDE AUDIBLE AND VISIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES AS INDICATED ON THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROPERLY NOTIFY THE BUILDING OWNER, LANDLORD, THE
DRAWINGS. LEASER AND ADJACENT TENANTS AS APPLICABLE A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS IN BELL
ADVANCE BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THIS WORK.
LOCATE SPRINKLER DEFLECTION
12. DO NOT INSTALL SMOKE DETECTORS IN A DIRECT AIR FLOW NOR CLOSER THAN 3 FIRE SPRINKLERS
FEET (1 METER) FROM AN AIR SUPPLY DIFFUSER OR RETURN AIR OPENING. 12. REMOVE ALL UNUSED AND DEMOLISHED EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED
AND FUSIBLE LINK/BULB BELOW
BOTTOM FACE OF TRACK MATERIALS FROM SITE. ABANDONING UNUSED PORTIONS WILL NOT BE -O- UPRIGHT SPRINKLER
13. PROVIDE DUCT DETECTION AND SHUTDOWN FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ACCEPTABLE. BELOW CEILING SPRINKLER IN LIGHT TRACK A Issue Date & Description By Check
PENDENT SPRINKLER EXCEEDING 2000 CFM. DUCT SMOKE DETECTION SHALL TRANSMIT A FULLY CONCEALED BELOW CEILING SPRINKLER 50% ISSUE 08.03.19 NF
SUPERVISORY SIGNAL TO THE FACP. 13. SYSTEM(S) NOT ASSOCIATED WITH THE DEMOLITION SHALL BE LEFT IN SERVICE WITH COVER PLATE 90% ISSUE 05.04.19 NF
AS APPLICABLE. EXISTING BELOW CEILING SPRINKLER 100% ISSUE 29.04.19 NF
14. PROVIDE FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT AND CONNECTIONS REQUIRED TO SHUTDOWN
EXISTING BELOW CEILING SPRINKLER TO BE REMOVED
FAN POWERED AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT THAT IS LESS 2000 CFM AND IS 14. INSPECT EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN TO VERIFY THAT EQUIPMENT IS
NOT PROVIDED WITH DUCT SMOKE DETECTION WHEN IT'S RESPECTIVE AIR OPERATING PROPERLY. NOTIFY OWNER OF DAMAGED AND/OR MALFUNCTIONING CEILING VOID SPACE SPRINKLER
HANDLING UNIT IS SHUTDOWN. COMPONENTS. EXISTING CEILING VOID SPACE SPRINKLER
ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. MODIFY TO SUIT CONDITIONS
AND MEET APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER
15. WHERE THE NOTES ON THIS PAGE CONTRADICT WITH THE NOTES ON PAGE FI .01, 15. ALL SYSTEMS TO BE LEFT IN SERVICE PRIOR TO THE END OF EACH WORKDAY. V DRY SIDEWALL SPRINKLER
THE MORE ONEROUS REQUIREMENTS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE.
PENDANT SPRINKLER LIGHTING TRACK 16. ONLY THE PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING AFFECTED BY THE SCOPE OF THE SIDEWALL SPRINKLER
0
16. ALLOW TO PROVIDE FIRE TRIP WIRING, RELAY AND INTERFACE TO SECURITY PROJECT HAVE BEEN SHOWN. INFORMATION SHOWN AS EXISTING TO REMAIN IS
NO SCALE PANEL FROM MAIN FIRE PANEL. FINAL CONNECTION TO SECURITY PANEL BY NOT BEING MODIFIED AS A PART OF THIS PROJECT.
STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS
SECURITY CONTRACTOR.
17. AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. REPAIR (AFF, AFG, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE)
17. ALLOW TO PROVIDE FIRE TRIP WIRING, RELAY AND INTERFACE TO ROLLER DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER.
SHUTTER DOORS FROM MAIN FIRE PANEL. FINAL CONNECTION TO ROLLER FIRE ALARM
SHUTTER PANEL BY ROLLER SHUTTER CONTRACTOR. AUDIBLE APPLIANCES (CENTERLINE) 2150MM [84“]
FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL (DISPLAY) 1550MM [60“]
18. ALLOW TO PROVIDE FIRE TRIP TO TENANT SOUND SYSTEM TO OVERRIDE FIRE SPRINKLER DEMOLITION NOTES: FIRE ALARM BELL (EXTERIOR) 3050MM [120"]
SYSTEM IN THE EVENT OF A FIRE ALARM IN THE TENANCY.
1. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WITH WHAT IS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL/UNIT (DISPLAY) 1525MM [60"j
1" NIPPLE
PLANS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. PULL STATIONS (HANDLE) 1200MM [48"j
CORRUGATED STAINLESS STEEL HOSE
WITH STAINLESS STEEL BRAID FIRE SPRINKLER GENERAL NOTES: VISIBLE APPLIANCES (CENTERLINE) 2150MM [84"j
2. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND
EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED ANNOTATION
WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES,
3. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED FIRE PROTECTION PLAN CALLOUT
SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH
MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW GENERAL NOTES,
\Q— SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT
DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER OF CONFLICTS OR 1 FIRE ALARM PLAN CALLOUT
DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE
FLEXHEAD SPRINKLER DROP CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER, AS CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING
2. SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN DEFINED IN BID DOCUMENTS, OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO
DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER
ACCORDANCE WITH AS2118.1. TO SATISFY OHS DESIGN REQUIREMENTS WITH SUBMISSION OF BID. ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL NOT BE PAID FOR LACK
LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER
5mm/MIN DESIGN DENSITY OF DISCHARGE OVER AN AREA OF OPERATION OF OF SUCH DETERMINATION, FAMILIARIZATION, AND/OR ALLOWANCE.
216m" SYSTEM SHALL ALSO MEET ALL APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES, FIRE CODES
AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND 4. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS SECTION CUT DESIGNATION
INSURANCE CARRIER. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID SUBMITTAL. AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT “ASBUILT” CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING
CEILING
REVIEW NFPA 13 AND NFPA 24 REQUIREMENTS AND ENSURE COMPLIANCE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND
DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO
ABBREVIATIONS
WHERE APPLICABLE AND NOT CONTRADICTORY TO LOCAL CODES.
CONSTRUCTION. AFF ABOVE FiNiSHED FLOOR N/A NOT APPLiCABLE
3. INFORMATION ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IS GENERAL INFORMATION AND FOR AFG ABOVE FiNiSHED GRADE NiC NOT iN CONTRACT
BID PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE 5. OWNER RETAINS RIGHTS OF SALVAGE FOR EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO BE CD CANDELA OC ON CENTER
DEFLECTOR IN DROPPED POSITION COVER PLATE FINAL SYSTEM DESIGN AND LAYOUT OF ALL COMPONENTS, COORDINATION WITH REMOVED. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER THE EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO D DEMOLiTiON PiV POST iNDiCATOR VALVE
ALL OTHER TRADES, AND SYSTEM CALCULATIONS REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL BY BE SALVAGED AND THE LOCATION FOR STORAGE. AVOID DAMAGE TO Di PROViDE FURNiSH AND iNSTALL
ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. MODIFY TO SUIT CONDITIONS DUCTiLE iRON
AND MEET APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, ENGINEER, AND OWNER’S INSURER. EQUIPMENT DURING DEMOLITION WORK AND DURING TRANSPORT TO OWNER'S E EXiSTiNG TO REMAiN PRV PRESSURE REDUCiNG VALVE
DESIGNATED STORAGE LOCATION. PROPERLY DISPOSE OF MATERIALS THAT ARE ESFR EARLY SUPPRESSiON FAST RD RETURN DUCT
4. REMOVED AND ARE NOT REQUESTED TO BE SALVAGED BY THE OWNER. RESPONSE REV REViSiON
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FOLLOW THE ENGINEER OF RECORD’S SYSTEM DESIGN
ETR SD
AND LAYOUT OF ALL COMPONENTS EXCEPT WHERE MODIFICATION TO THE EXiSTiNG TO REMAiN SUPPLY DUCT
CONCEALED SPRINKLER WITH FLEXIBLE PIPING 6. REMOVE ITEMS SHOWN HEAVY LINED AND/OR CROSSHATCHED AND/OR NOTED FHC SF
0
DESIGN IS NECESSARY. MODIFICATIONS SHALL BE REFLECTED IN THE FiRE HOSE CABiNET SQUARE FEET
TO BE REMOVED. FP TYP TYPiCAL
CONTRACTOR’S SHOP DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS. FiRE PROTECTiON
NO SCALE GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR UL UNDERWRiTERS LABORATORiES,
5. DEVIATIONS FROM ENGINEER’S DESIGN WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED UNLESS A 7. EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE KEPT FOR REINSTALLATION DURING THE GPM GALLONS PER MiNUTE iNC.
FORMALLY SUBMITTED RFI IS RECEIVED AND APPROVED. CONSTRUCTION PHASE WHEN POSSIBLE AND/OR INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. JB JUNCTiON BOX UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWiSE
AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN FOR NEW MAX MAXiMUM V VOLT(S)
6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL EQUIPMENT AND LABOR REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION. REPAIR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO EXTRA COST MiN MiNiMUM WP WEATHERPROOF
Seal/Signature
A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS AND TO THE OWNER.
SPECIFICATIONS.
8. SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS AND ROOFS WHERE FIRE EWIS GENERAL NOTES:
7. WHERE EXISTING SYSTEMS ARE PRESENT, CONTRACTOR SHALL MODIFY, COMPONENTS ARE REMOVED AND WHERE THE EXISTING PENETRATION IS NOT
RELOCATE AND/OR PROVIDE ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED FOR SCOPE USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH 1. ALLOW TO PROVIDE NEW EWIS SPEAKERS (IDENTICAL TO EXISTING), ALL
OF WORK AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. ADJACENT AREAS OR AS INDICATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. ASSOCIATED WIRING AND SUPPORTS TO SUIT THE NEW WORKS. EWIS SPEAKERS
COORDINATE WITH WALLS, CEILINGS, LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, STRUCTURE, SHALL BE PAINTED TO SUIT CEILING COLOUR FINISHES WHERE APPLICABLE.
OBSTRUCTIONS, ETC. IN AREAS AFFECTED BY SCOPE OF WORK. NEW 9. PERFORM ALL WORK ACCORDING TO THE PHASING SCHEDULE FOR THIS
2. ALLOW TO UPGRADE AMPLIFIERS WITHIN THE MECP TO ACCOMMODATE THE
EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING SYSTEMS. CONTRACTOR PROJECT. PROVIDE ALL TEMPORARY DESIGN AND/OR CONFIGURATIONS THAT
ADDITIONAL EWIS SPEAKERS IF REQUIRED.
SHALL REMOVE ALL ABANDONED EQUIPMENT, COORDINATE SYSTEM MEET APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS AS NECESSARY TO CONFORM TO THE
o
MODIFICATIONS TO MINIMIZE SYSTEM IMPAIRMENT, AND PROVIDE FIRE WATCH REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION PHASING OF THE PROJECT. 3. ALLOW TO RE-PROGRAMME EXISTING EWIS PANEL TO SUIT THE NEW WORKS. Project Name
o AND/OR INTERIM FIRE PROTECTION MEASURES WHERE REQUIRED BY THE CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER
'o
u
AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, INSURANCE CARRIER OR OWNER. 10. ONLY THE PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING AFFECTED BY THE SCOPE OF THE 4. ALLOW TO CONFIRM MINIMUM SOUND PRESSURE LEVELS AND SPEECH
MELBOURNE, AU
aS
PROJECT HAVE BEEN SHOWN. INFORMATION SHOWN AS EXISTING TO REMAIN IS INTELLIGIBILITY IN THE TENANCY VIA ON-SITE TESTING, UPON COMPLETION.
O 8. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL MATERIALS AND LABOR REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF NOT BEING MODIFIED AS A PART OF THIS PROJECT.
Project Number
h-
COORDINATION OR TO MEET AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND INSURANCE
o CARRIER REQUIREMENTS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 11. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED SO AS TO NOT INTERRUPT SERVICE. THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROPERLY NOTIFY THE BUILDING OWNER, LANDLORD, THE
CO
o
CN
9. FORWARD COMPLETED CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION AND CONTRACTOR
MATERIAL TEST CERTIFICATES TO THE OWNER.
LEASER AND ADJACENT TENANTS AS APPLICABLE A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS IN
ADVANCE BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THIS WORK. COMPLETE TENANCY SERVICES Description
DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE

CO
FIRE SERVICES
10. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 12. REMOVE ALL UNUSED AND DEMOLISHED EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED LEGEND AND NOTES
MATERIALS FROM SITE. ABANDONING UNUSED PORTIONS WILL NOT BE PERMANENT STORE
11. PROVIDE MINIMUM ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 3 DESIGN CRITERIA THROUGHOUT
BUILDING UNLESS REQUIRED OTHERWISE. OH3 DESIGN CRITERIA: Smm/MIN
ACCEPTABLE. CONSULTANT REVIEW. NOT Scaie

ti c
^ o DESIGN DENSITY OVER AN ASSUMED AREA OF OPERATION OF 216m". 13. SYSTEM(S) NOT ASSOCIATED WITH THE DEMOLITION SHALL BE LEFT IN SERVICE
NTS(gB1
AS APPLICABLE.
S
12. COORDINATE PIPE ROUTING NEAR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WITH NFPA
o|
^ C
14. INSPECT EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN TO VERIFY THAT EQUIPMENT IS APPROVAL Sheet Number
c 13. COORDINATE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURES NEAR HEAT-PRODUCING SOURCES OPERATING PROPERLY. NOTIFY OWNER OF DAMAGED AND/OR MALFUNCTIONING
o
WITH AS2118.1. COMPONENTS.
c
o o
=D ri:
14. DO NOT CONNECT MORE THAN ONE SPRINKLER TO AN EXISTING ONE-INCH
OUTLET.
15. ALL SYSTEMS TO BE LEFT IN SERVICE PRIOR TO THE END OF EACH WORKDAY. F0.01
I- 16. AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN FOR NEW
< o 15. REMOVE ALL ABANDONED PIPING, FITTINGS, HANGERS, ETC. INSTALLATION. REPAIR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO EXTRA
■G £:<
e R
16. WHERE THE NOTES ON THIS PAGE CONTRADICT WITH THE NOTES ON PAGE FI.01,
COST TO THE OWNER. 100% ISSUE
■s THE MORE ONEROUS REQUIREMENTS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE.
NOTES:
REPER NOTES POR COLOUR PINISHES OP SPRINKLER
HEAD COVER PLATES AND EWIS SPEAKERS, ALL FIXTURES
DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE SHALL BE POWDER COATED IN PACTORY. NEWYORK, NEW YORK 10010
TEL: 646 428 5500
CONSULTANT REVIEW. NOT 2. VISUAL STROBE DEVICES SHALL HAVE MINIMUM 0,4 LUX
LLUMINATION OPP SURFACE TO ATTRACT ATTENTION WITH
CANDELA RATINGS OP 15 TO SUIT MANUFACTURERS DATA
CAPTURED AS PART OF THIS DESIGN SHEETS,
APPROVAL EXISTING TO REMAIN

3, EXISTINC SPRINKLER MAIN SERVING TIFFANY SPACE,
VERIFYING EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD,
DESIGN ARCHITECT
4, PROVIDE PENDENT SPRINKLERS IN LIGHTINC TRACK, SEE

DETAIL 1 ON SHEET P0,01,
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax; (212) 481-3673
ERATIC
Ground Floor
47 Murray Street
Py r m o n t
Sydney NSW 2009
02 9552 2022
ÊVESTIÛ|!:g^ E wv^v/.medlandengineering.com
E E
ANTR-
SPRINKLER HEAD COVER PLATES, EmsEC

SMOKE DETECTOR AND EWIS SPEAKER A^lOSET
rTOR'S
TO MATCH WHITE CEILING IN THIS AREA
STOCK
ROOM
SPRINKLER HEAD COVER PLATES TO
EXISTING TO REMAIN MATCH STAINLESS STEEL CEILINC IN (^Medland Engineering 2018
THIS AREA This drawing & its design content remains the property of
ALL BELOW CEILINC SPRINKLERS- in part without the express permission of Medland
Engineering. Drawing not to be scaled. Relevant contractor to
HEADS, SMOKE DETECTORS AND E confirm all dimensions, existing services & conditions on site.
SPEAKERS IN THIS AREA ARE NEW E
NEW WORKS I ayELm project engineer, sign off to
PERMANENT STORE STAGE 1 WORKS r*'
TROOM CONFIRM ALL QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURES ARE
\9'f COMPLETE AND APPROVE THE ISSUE OF THESE

DOCUMENTS.
CONSULTATION
WRAPPING
SPRINKLER HEAD COVER PLATES,

@<1 SMOKE DETECTOR AND EWIS SPEAKER
TO MATCH BLUE CEILING IN THIS AREA
SPRINKLER HEAD DOVER PLATES TO
MATGH STAINLESS STEEL OEILING A Issue Date & Description By Check
THIS AREA SPRINKLER HEAD COVER PLATES, 50% ISSUE 08.03.19 NF
SMOKE DETECTOR AND EWIS SPEAKER
90% ISSUE 05.04.19 NF
TO MATCH WHITE CEILING IN THIS AREA
100% ISSUE 29.04.19 NF
EM EM rocK
SPRINKLER HEADS LOOATED IN TRAGK

(TYPIGAL) ALLOW TO MAKE GOOD THIS AREA AND
HAND BACK TO LANDLORD, ALLOW TO
EWELRY
pSSSENTIALS
DNCEPTS E& MODIFY EXISTING SPRINKLER HEADS,
ALLOW TO DEOOMMISSION AND REMOVE- ® ®
ACCESSORIES
SMOKE DETECTORS AND EWIS SPEAKERS
ALL EXISTING BELOW OEILING SPRINKLER
LOVE&
TO OPEN PLAN LAYOUT WITHOUT CEILING
HEADS. DROPPERS, SMOKE DETEOTORS ENGAGEMENT \ ®(§«
AND SPEAKERS NTO SUIT DEMOLITION
OP THIS AREA AND MAKE GOOD ®, ® ® ®
COLLECTIONS PRIVATE
SALES ; Aii\
i
SPRINKLER HEAD DOVER PLATES TO
MATCH STAINLESS STEEL CEILING
THIS AREA
ALL BELOW CEILINC SPRINKLERS
ALL EXISTING CONCEALED SPACE HEADS, SMOKE DETECTORS AND
SPRINKLER HEADS AND PIPEW'ORK SPEAKERS IN THIS AREA ARE NEW
SHALL REMAIN WITHIN CEILING PERMANENT STORE STAGE 2 WORKS
SPRINKLER HEAD COVER PLATES
SMOKE DETECTOR AND EWIS SPEAKER VOID SPACE IN THIS AREA, ALLOW
TO MATCH WHITE CEILING IN THIS AREA TO RELCOATE CONCEALED SPACE
SRPINKLER HEADS AS REOUIRED SPRINKLER HEAD COVER PLATES TO
MATCH STAINLESS STEEL CEILING IN
THIS AREA
SMOKE DETECTOR WITH PROBE STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE - BOA

TO TENANCY MECHANICAL PLANT ITEM: FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM Seal/Signature
EWIS SPEAKERS IN CEAUSES
TENANCY
ADDRESSABLE SMOKE DETECTORS 1 AUTOMATIC DOOR FAIL-SAFE DEVICES 02.21, 02.22, AS1670.1:2004
IN TENANCY
2 SMOKE & FIRE DOOR CONTROLS C3.6, AS1670.1:2004
3 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS & BLANKETS El.6, AS2444: 2001
VISUAL STROBE - 4 C2.12, C3.15, SPEC C2.5, D1.7, SPEC E1.8, E2.2, SPEC E2.2B, F4.12, SPEC
SECURITY PANELS BY OTHERS FIRE AND SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS
G3.8, AS1668.1;1998, AS1670.2004
ALARM DEVICE IN
■q TENANCY 5 AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS SPEC E2.2A, AS1670.1:2004
CN
Project Name
q
u_ SECURITY 6 EMERGENCY WARNING AND INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS E4.9, ASl670.4:2004 CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER
'o
U
aS
MELBOURNE, AU
7 FIRE HYDRANTS AND MAINS El.3, AS2419.1:2005
O
ROLLER SHUTTER PANEL BY OTHERS
h- OVERRIDE TO 8 AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS (SPRINKLERS) E1.5, SPEC E1.5, AS2118.1:1999 Project Number
o
TENANT SOUND INTERFACE TO TIFFANY SECURITY
SYSTEM EXISTING MECP - EXISTING MFIP PANEL 9 FIRE HOSE REEL SYSTEMS El.4, AS2441:2005
MFB Report No, 0800434 Doted 28/04/18 and ARUP PER 224639-00 Doted
CO
10 FIRE SAFETY ENGINEERING REPORTS 29/07/18.
o
CN
INTERFACE TO ROLLER SHUTTER Description
CO
DOOR FIRE SERVICES
GROUND LEVEL
FIRE SERVICES LAYOUT
PERMANENT STORE
Scaie
ti c
^ o
1:100@B1
S
o|
^ C
Sheet Number
c
o
-D 5
tt o
S
o o
=D rl-'
F1.02
I-
< o
■Gl£:<
■?
S o
5?
100% ISSUE
«-d
..
<i) -2
DIVISION 21: AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM 6. COORDINATION, INSTALLATION AND CHANGES IN THE WORK AS NECESSARY FOR BROCHURE OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED ON THIS PROJECT. INCLUDE MINIMUM 100 GPM HOSE ALLOWANCE ADDED AT THE BASE OF RISER OR TO AS2118.1
1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
ACCEPTED SUBSTITUTION WILL BE COMPLETE IN ALL RESPECTS.
NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED UNLESS THE SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM IS
COMPLETED AND ATTACHED WITH THE APPROPRIATE SUBSTITUTION DOCUMENTATION.
OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS, MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG SHEETS,
WIRING DIAGRAMS, PARTS LISTS, APPROVED SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS,
WARRANTIES, AND DESCRIPTIVE LITERATURE AS FURNISHED BY THE EQUIPMENT
CONTRACTOR TO MAKE ALLOWANCES FOR ALL NECESSARY UPGRADES TO BASE
BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURE IN ORDER TO SUCCESSFULLY CARRY OUT THE PROPOSED
SCOPE OF WORKS.
LIGHT HAZARD REQUIREMENTS WITH 6 MOST REMOTE SPRINKLERS OPERATING AT
48L/MIN/SPRINKLER - WHICHEVER IS THE MORE STRINGENT CODE TO BE USED. Tiffany & Co.
200 FIFTH AVENUE
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS,
REQUIREMENTS UNDER DIVISION 01 AND THE GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY NO SUBSTITUTION WILL BE CONSIDERED PRIOR TO RECEIPT OF BIDS UNLESS WRITTEN MANUFACTURER. INCLUDE AN INSIDE COVER SHEET THAT LISTS THE PROJECT NAME, THE FINAL SYSTEM DESIGN, AND THE LAYOUT OF ALL COMPONENTS OF THE SYSTEM AS NEWYORK, NEW YORK 10010
CONDITIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL APPLY TO THIS SECTION AND DIVISION. REQUEST FOR APPROVAL TO BID HAS BEEN RECEIVED BY THE ENGINEER AT LEAST TEN DATE, OWNER, ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, GENERAL CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, AND SYSTEM SHALL, AT A MINIMUM, BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF NFPA REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL BY THE OWNER'S INSURER AND THE AHJ.
(10) CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS. AN INDEX OF CONTENTS. 13, UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL), AND MUST BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER'S
TEL: 646 428 5500
WHERE THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION AND DIVISION EXCEED THOSE OF DIVISION
INSURER, THE AHJ, AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE AND NATIONAL CODES AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING SYSTEM LAYOUT
01, THIS SECTION AND DIVISION TAKE PRECEDENCE. BECOME THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR IF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION IS APPROVED PRIOR TO RECEIPT OF BIDS, SUCH SUBMIT THREE COPIES OF LITERATURE BOUND IN APPROVED BINDERS WITH INDEX AND
STANDARDS. WHERE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS. CHANGES TO SYSTEM DESIGN DUE TO LACK OF
WITH ALL ITS CONTENTS AS TO REQUIREMENTS THAT AFFECT THIS DIVISION, SECTION, OR APPROVAL WILL BE STATED IN AN ADDENDUM. TABS SEPARATING EQUIPMENT TYPES TO THE ARCHITECT, FOR ENGINEER'S REVIEW, AT
REFERENCED CODES, STANDARDS, ETC., THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL TAKE COORDINATION SHALL BE PAID FOR BY THE CONTRACTOR.
BOTH. WORK REQUIRED UNDER THIS DIVISION INCLUDES ALL MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK. PAPER CLIPS, STAPLES, RUBBER BANDS, LOOSELEAF
BIDDERS SHALL NOT RELY UPON APPROVALS MADE IN ANY OTHER WAY. VERBAL PRECEDENCE.
APPLIANCES, TRANSPORTATION, SERVICES, AND LABOR REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE BINDING, AND MAILING ENVELOPES ARE NOT CONSIDERED APPROVED BINDERS. FINAL DESIGNS REQUIRING CUTTING OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS FOR PASSAGE OF SPRINKLER
APPROVAL WILL NOT BE GIVEN. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED AFTER THE
ENTIRE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR REASONABLY APPROVAL OF SYSTEMS INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE WITHHELD UNTIL WORK SHALL INCLUDE, BUT SHALL NOT NECESSARILY BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: PIPES OR HANGERS SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. WHEN DESIGN APPEARANCE OR SIMILAR
CONTRACT IS AWARDED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THE CONTRACT
INFERRED TO BE NECESSARY TO FACILITATE THE FUNCTION OF EACH SYSTEM AS IMPLIED THIS EQUIPMENT BROCHURE IS RECEIVED AND DEEMED COMPLETE BY THE ARCHITECT ASPECTS REQUIRE CUTTING DUE TO ECONOMY, IT SHALL BE HELD TO AN ABSOLUTE DESIGN ARCHITECT
DOCUMENTS. DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF A COMPLETE MODIFICATION TO THE EXISTING WET-PIPE, MINIMUM AND DONE ONLY WITH THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER'S WRITTEN
BY THE DESIGN AND THE EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED.
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR THE PROJECT ARE COMPLEMENTARY, AND ANY
G. CODES AND STANDARDS
AND ENGINEER. INSTRUCT WORKMEN TO SAVE REQUIRED LITERATURE SHIPPED WITH
THE EQUIPMENT ITSELF FOR INCLUSION IN THIS BROCHURE.
AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE AREA OF WORK SHOWN ON THE
DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. PORTIONS OF SYSTEMS SUBJECT TO FREEZING OR
APPROVAL. ANY EXCESSIVE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS TYPE SHALL BE IDENTIFIED DURING 3 S & F Architect, PC
PROVIDE AN INTEGRATED FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, WHICH MEETS THE CURRENT THE BID PERIOD.
PORTION OF WORK DESCRIBED IN ONE SHALL BE PROVIDED AS IF DESCRIBED IN BOTH. IN LITERATURE SHALL CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: TEMPERATURES BELOW 40 DEGREES F SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST FREEZING AS 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax; (212) 481-3673
THE EVENT OF DISCREPANCIES, NOTIFY THE ENGINEER AND REQUEST CLARIFICATION VERSIONS OF NFPA 13 NATIONAL FIRE SPRINKLER CODE AND ALL LOCAL BUILDING AND REQUIRED BY NFPA 13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRS AND ALL SPRINKLER SPACING SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA 13.
FIRE CODES. ALL FIRE SPRINKLER EQUIPMENT SHALL BE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY 1. IDENTIFICATION CLEARLY VISIBLE ON OR THROUGH THE COVER, THE NAME OF THE
PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK INVOLVED. COSTS INCURRED FROM DAMAGE CAUSED BY FREEZING OF THE FIRE PROTECTION THE HYDRAULIC AREA OF OPERATION SHALL NOT BE REDUCED AS ALLOWED BY NFPA 13
PROJECT, AND DESCRIPTION "FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM MANUAL".
DRAWINGS ARE GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS OF THE WORK UPON WHICH THE CONTRACT
(UL) APPROVED FOR THE TYPE AND CLASS OF SERVICE PERFORMED. SYSTEM. FOR AREAS UTILIZING QUICK RESPONSE SPRINKLERS. MEDLANd|^ ENGINEERING
2. NEATLY TYPED INDEX AT FRONT WITH ALL EMERGENCY INFORMATION CLEARLY
IS BASED. THEY SHOW THE MATERIALS AND THEIR RELATIONSHIP TO ONE ANOTHER, NOTE, FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGN, INSTALLATION, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED. HYDRAULIC DEMAND SHALL BE CARRIED OUT BY THE FIRE SERVICES CONTRACTOR PRIOR 2. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION
INCLUDING SIZES, SHAPES, LOCATIONS, AND CONNECTIONS. THEY CONVEY THE SCOPE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AS2118.1 FIRE SPRINKLER CODE. THE SYSTEM SHALL 3. COMPLETE LIST OF ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S NAMES, TO THE ADDITION OF NEW FIRE SPRINKLERS/HYDRANTS TO THE EXISTING FIRE SYSTEM A. PRODUCTS Ground Floor
OF WORK, INDICATING THE INTENDED GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF THE SYSTEMS ALSO MEET THE CURRENT VERSIONS OF NFPA 13 NATIONAL FIRE SPRINKLER CODE AND CATALOG NUMBERS, AND ALL DATA FOR ORDERING PARTS. INFRASTRUCTURE. THE PRINCIPAL SHALL BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING PRIOR TO THE
ALL FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL BE UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES 47 Murray Street
WITHOUT SHOWING ALL OF THE EXACT DETAILS AS TO ELEVATIONS, OFFSETS, CONTROL ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL BUILDING CODE, FIRE CODES, AUTHORITY HAVING 4. ONE COPY OF THE RECORD DRAWINGS AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLATION WORKS IF ANY DOUBTS EXIST AS TO WHETHER THE Py r m o n t
LINES, AND OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. USE THE DRAWINGS AS A GUIDE WHEN JURISDICTION AND INSURANCE CARRIER. ALLOW TO REVIEW NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS EXISTING INFRASTRUCTURE WILL STRUGGLE TO FACILITATE THE ADDITIONAL DEVICES LISTED FOR THEIR INTENDED USE.
5. ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED TO SECURE EMERGENCY REPAIRS OR SERVICE. Sydney NSW 2009
LAYING OUT THE WORK AND TO VERIFY THAT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT WILL FIT INTO AND ENSURE COMPLIANCE WHERE APPLICABLE THAT WILL NOT BE CONTRADICTORY TO AND LOADS. VARIATIONS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED IF THESE CALCULATIONS ARE NOT \A. PIPING AND COMPONENTS 02 9552 2022
6. TEST REPORTS AND CERTIFICATES INCLUDING “CONTRACTOR'S MATERIAL AND TEST
THE DESIGNATED SPACES, AND WHICH WHEN INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURERS' LOCAL CODES. CARRIED OUT PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLATION WORKS.
CERTIFICATE(S) FOR ABOVE GROUND PIPING" AS DESCRIBED IN NFPA 13. SPRINKLER PIPING 2-1/2" AND LARGER SHALL BE SCHEDULE 10 OR SCHEDULE 40 BLACK info@medlandengineering.com ABN 98 612 496 723
REQUIREMENTS, WILL ENSURE A COMPLETE, COORDINATED, SATISFACTORY, AND H. SUBMITTALS REFER TO DIVISION 01 FOR ACCEPTANCE OF ELECTRONIC MANUALS FOR THIS PROJECT. wv^w.medlandengineering.com
STEEL. THREADED SPRINKLER PIPING 2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 BLACK
PROPERLY OPERATING SYSTEM. MAKES AND MODELS OF NEW FIRE DEVICES SHALL MATCH EXISTING DEVICES AND BE
FOR ELECTRONIC MANUALS, REFER TO PARAGRAPH “SUBMITTALS" FOR REQUIREMENTS. STEEL. ROLL-GROOVED SPRINKLER PIPING 2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE SCHEDULE 10 OR
ASSEMBLE AND SUBMIT FOR REVIEW SHOP DRAWINGS, MATERIAL LISTS, MANUFACTURER COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING SITE INFRASTRUCTURE. THE PRINCIPAL SHALL BE ADVISED
REFER TO DIVISION 22 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT APPLY TO THIS PRODUCT LITERATURE FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE FURNISHED, AND ITEMS REQUIRING L. WARRANTIES OF ANY INCOMPATIBILITY ISSUES IN WRITING PRIOR TO INSTALLATION WORKS. SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL. PIPES SHALL HAVE WELDED, THREADED, OR MECHANICALLY
INSTALLATION THAT ARE NOT WRITTEN HEREIN. COORDINATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS UNDER THIS CONTRACT. PROVIDE SUBMITTALS JOINED FITTINGS, BASED ON THE PIPE MATERIAL AND SIZE PER NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS.
WARRANT EACH SYSTEM AND EACH ELEMENT THEREOF AGAINST ALL DEFECTS DUE TO
B. DEFINITIONS IN SUFFICIENT DETAIL SO AS TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH THESE CONTRACT FAULTY WORKMANSHIP, DESIGN, OR MATERIAL FOR A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM DATE CONCEALED SPACE SPRINKLERS TO REMAIN FUNCTIONAL & UNIMPEDED FOR DURATION ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVES TO SCHEDULE 10 AND SCHEDULE 40 PIPE SHALL BE
DOCUMENTS AND THE DESIGN CONCEPT. OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, UNLESS SPECIFIC ITEMS ARE NOTED TO CARRY A LONGER OF THE CONSTRUCTION PROGRAM. MANUFACTURED TO STANDARDS RECOGNIZED BY NFPA 13. PIPE SHALL HAVE A
DIVISION: REFERENCES CONTAINED IN THIS SPECIFICATION FOLLOW THE NUMBERING
SYSTEM DEFINED IN THE CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS INSTITUTE (CSI) PRIOR TO TRANSMITTING SUBMITTAL, VERIFY THAT THE EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED IS WARRANTY IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS OR MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CORROSION RESISTANCE RATING OF 1.0 OR GREATER. CRIMP-TYPE COUPLINGS ARE NOT
MASTERFORMAT 2004 EDITION. SPECIFICATION DIVISIONS 01 THROUGH 13 PROVIDED MUTUALLY COMPATIBLE AND SUITABLE FOR THE INTENDED USE, WILL FIT THE AVAILABLE WARRANTY EXCEEDS 12 MONTHS. REMEDY ALL DEFECTS, OCCURRING WITHIN THE FAST RESPONSE SPRINKLERS SHALL BE USED FOR ALL AREAS. EXTENDED COVERAGE PERMITTED. THREADABLE THINWALL PIPE WITH CORROSION RESISTANCE RATING LESS
WITH THIS PROJECT MAY REFERENCE THE CSI MASTERFORMAT 1995 EDITION. THE SPACE, AND MAINTAIN MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED SERVICE CLEARANCES. IF THE WARRANTY PERIOD(S), AS STATED IN THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND SPRINKLERS ARE PROHIBITED. THAN 1.0 IS NOT PERMITTED.
CORRESPONDING DIVISION REFERENCES BETWEEN THE 2004 EDITION AND 1995 EDITION SIZE OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED MAKES NECESSARY ANY CHANGE IN LOCATION OR DIVISION 01. ALL PIPING ON THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING AND/OR EXPOSED TO THE ELEMENTS
ARE AS FOLLOWS: CONFIGURATION, SUBMIT A SHOP DRAWING SHOWING THE PROPOSED LAYOUT. THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SPARES CABINET SHALL BE REPLENISHED PRIOR TO THE SHALL BE EXTERNALLY GALVANIZED.
WARRANTIES SHALL INCLUDE LABOR AND MATERIAL, INCLUDING TRAVEL EXPENSES. COMMISSIONING OF THE PROJECT.
2004 EDITION 1995 EDITION TRANSMIT SUBMITTALS AS EARLY AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT THE PROJECT SCHEDULE. MAKE REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENTS WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE OWNER, B. SPRINKLERS
ALLOW FOR TWO WEEKS ENGINEER REVIEW TIME, PLUS TO/FROM MAILING TIME VIA THE AND TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, AND ENGINEER.
1. DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION DIVISION 15 PROVIDE 12 MONTHS WARRANTY, INSPECTION, TESTING AND MAINTENANCE DURING THE SPRINKLERS IN ALL AREAS SHALL BE FULLY CONCEALED TYPE WITH FACTORY PAINTED
ARCHITECT, PLUS A DUPLICATION OF THIS TIME FOR RESUBMITTAL IF REQUIRED. ONLY
2. DIVISION 22-PLUMBING DIVISION 15 PERFORM THE REMEDIAL WORK PROMPTLY, UPON WRITTEN NOTICE FROM THE ENGINEER DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD. COVERPLATES TO MATCH SURROUNDING SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON (C^Medland Engineering 2018
RESUBMIT THOSE SECTIONS REQUESTED FOR RESUBMITTAL. This drawing & its design content remains the property of
3. DIVISION 23-HVAC DIVISION 15 OR OWNER. PLANS. COORDINATE FINAL FINISHES WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
4. DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16 SUBMITTALS SHALL CONTAIN THE PROJECT NAME, APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION SECTION, ALL EXISTING FIRE BLOCK PLANS AND GRAPHICS MAPS SHALL BE UPDATED PRIOR TO THE SPRINKLERS IN AREAS WITH EXPOSED PIPING MAY BE PENDENT OR UPRIGHT TYPES WITH in part without the express permission of Medland
SUBMITTAL DATE, EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION ACRONYM AS USED ON THE DRAWINGS, AT THE TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, DELIVER TO THE OWNER ALL WARRANTIES,
5. DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION 16 COMMISSIONING OF THE SYSTEM. ROUGH BRASS FINISH. Engineering. Drawing not to be scaled. Relevant contractor to
AND THE CONTRACTOR'S STAMP. THE STAMP SHALL CERTIFY THAT THE SUBMITTAL HAS IN WRITING AND PROPERLY EXECUTED, INCLUDING TERM LIMITS FOR WARRANTIES confirm all dimensions, existing services & conditions on site.
6. DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY DIVISION 16 EXTENDING BEYOND THE ONE YEAR PERIOD, EACH WARRANTY INSTRUMENT BEING PROVIDE FAST RESPONSE SPRINKLERS IN ALL AREAS.
BEEN CHECKED BY THE CONTRACTOR, COMPLIES WITH THE DRAWINGS AND ALLOW FOR THE FOLLOWING SPARE EQUIPMENT (INCLUDING NECESSARY PIPE AND I <DM^L ayELm project engineer, sign off to
FURNISH: “TO SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, ADDRESSED TO THE OWNER AND STATING THE COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM.
SPECIFICATIONS, AND IS COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES. MANUFACTURER PRODUCT FIXINGS) TO BE INSTALLED: 3. EXECUTION CONFIRM ALL QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURES ARE
UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS.”INSTALL: “TO PERFORM COMPLETE AND APPROVE THE ISSUE OF THESE
LITERATURE SHALL INCLUDE SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, PERFORMANCE SHEETS, M. SCOPE 10 X C/S SPRINKLER HEADS A. PIPING AND FINISHES DOCUMENTS.
ALL OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE ACTUAL
SAMPLES AND OTHER SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY THIS DIVISION. HIGHLIGHT, MARK, LIST, 5 X HARD PIPE WATER MAINS RELOCATIONS (APPROXIMATE LENGTH 6500MM) CONCEAL PIPING IN AREAS HAVING CEILINGS, OTHER THAN THE UNDERSIDE OF THE ROOF
UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLING, ERECTING, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, MODIFY WET-PIPE, AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE AREA OF WORK AS
OR INDICATE THE MATERIALS, PERFORMANCE CRITERIA, AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE 20 X FLUSH SPRINKLER HEADS DECK. PIPING IN AREAS WITHOUT CEILINGS MAY BE EXPOSED BUT KEPT AT A MINIMUM
WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING, PROTECTING, CLEANING, TESTING, SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE APPROVED AND STATE LICENSED
BEING PROPOSED. GENERAL PRODUCT CATALOG DATA NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED TO BE DISTANCE FROM THE DECK. ALL PIPING SHALL BE CLEAN AND FREE OF RUST. INSTALL
COMMISSIONING, STARTING UP AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS, COMPLETE, AND READY FOR FOR DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. THE WORK DONE UNDER 10 X EXPOSED SPRINKLER HEADS
PART OF THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT WILL BE REJECTED AND RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW. SYSTEM SUCH THAT ALL PIPING IS RIGIDLY SECURED AND SUPPORTED. ALL DUCTWORK,
THE INTENDED USE."PROVIDE: “TO FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR THIS SECTION SHALL BE PERFORMED ONLY BY A CONTRACTOR WHOSE WORKMEN ARE 3 X 5KG C02 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS INCLUDING SIGNAGE
THE INTENDED USE."FURNISHED BY OWNER (OR OWNER-FURNISHED) OR FURNISHED BY SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 13 FOR WORKING LEVEL EXPERIENCED AND REGULARLY ENGAGED IN THE INSTALLATION OF FIRE PROTECTION 3 X 4.5KG ABE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS INCLUDING SIGNAGE LIGHTS, STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND MAIN RUNS OF PIPING SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE
OTHERS: “AN ITEM FURNISHED BY THE OWNER OR UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OR DRAWINGS AND SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: SYSTEMS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE CAPABLE OF PREPARING HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS OVER SPRINKLER PIPING. CUTTING OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS FOR PASSAGE OF
CONTRACTS, AND INSTALLED UNDER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION, COMPLETE • WORKING PLANS PER NFPA 13, INCLUDING LAYOUT DRAWINGS OF THE COMPLETE AND SYSTEM LAYOUTS. FIRE SYSTEMS COMPONENTS, CONTROLS, INDICATION DEVICES, HEADS, VALVES AND SPRINKLER PIPES OR HANGERS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. ALL HORIZONTAL PIPING IN A Issue Date & Description By Check
AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE, INCLUDING ALL ITEMS AND SERVICES INCIDENTAL ACTUATING DEVICES THAT DO NOT HAVE ACTIVFIRE/SSL LISTINGS SHALL NOT BE UTILISED CEILING SPACE SHALL BE AT AN ELEVATION ABOVE THE TOP OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR 100% ISSUE 29.04.19 NF
OVERHEAD SPRINKLER SYSTEM THAT INDICATES THE RELATIONSHIP OF SPRINKLER THIS SET OF DRAWINGS ARE SPECIFIC TO FIRE SERVICES ONLY. INFORMATION RELATING
TO THE WORK NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. INCLUDE THE FOR THIS PROJECT. OUTLETS TO ALLOW FOR ACCESS TO LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR OUTLETS WITHOUT
PIPING AND SPRINKLERS TO ALL OTHER OVERHEAD ITEMS, INCLUDING CEILING GRID TO THE STRUCTURE AND OTHER SERVICES (INCLUDING REFLECTED CEILING LAYOUTS) IF
INSTALLATION UNDER THE WARRANTY REQUIRED BY THIS DIVISION." DISPLAYED IN THE BACKGROUNDS ARE FOR THE FIRE PROTECTION CONSULTANT REMOVING HORIZONTAL PIPING. ROUTE ALL SPRINKLER PIPING AND PROVIDE ALL
AND TILES, LIGHT FIXTURES, DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, GRILLES, DUCTWORK,
CO-ORDINATION PURPOSES ONLY AND ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR COSTING PURPOSES THE FIRE SERVICES CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW TO PROVIDE REQUIRED SPRINKLER OFFSETS, BENDS, AND ELBOWS AROUND ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND
ENGINEER: WHERE REFERENCED IN THIS DIVISION, “ENGINEER" IS THE ENGINEER OF STRUCTURE, SOFFITS, OBSTRUCTIONS, ETC. LOCATION OF RISERS, PIPING, ETC.,
OR FOR THE DESIGN OF OTHER SERVICES. THE LAYOUTS SHOWN MAY NOT BE THE PROTECTION TO ALL AIR HANDLING UNITS, UNDERSIDE OF A/C DUCTS, LIFT PITS AND TOP STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AS REQUIRED.
RECORD AND THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL FOR THE WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, AND IS A SHALL BE AS INCONSPICUOUS AS POSSIBLE AND SHALL FULFILL ALL FUNCTIONAL
REQUIREMENTS. SYSTEM DESIGN CAPABILITIES AND DEMAND SHALL ALSO BE NOTED LATEST OR INCLUDE RELEVANT INFORMATION. REFER TO THE RESPECTIVE STRUCTURE OF LIFT SHAFTS, ETC IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE TAFS ON THIS PAGE. WHERE EXPOSED PIPING PASSES THROUGH FINISH WORK, INSTALL CHROME PLATED (OR
CONSULTANT TO, AND AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE ARCHITECT, AS
AND THE OTHER RESPECTIVE INDIVIDUAL SERVICES PACKAGES FOR THE LATEST OTHER FINISH ACCEPTABLE TO THE ARCHITECT) SPLIT WALL PLATES OR ESCUTCHEONS
DEFINED IN THE GENERAL AND/OR SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. WHEN USED IN THIS ON THE DRAWINGS.
DRAWINGS AND MORE DETAILED INFORMATION. WHERE DISCREPANCIES EXIST, THE FIRE DEVICES SHALL NOT BE PROCURED OR INSTALLED PRIOR TO SIGNOFF ON PHYSICAL
DIVISION, ENGINEER MEANS INCREASED INVOLVEMENT BY AND OBLIGATIONS TO THE TO FIT SNUGLY AROUND THE PIPING. PROVIDE AT EACH PENETRATION TO ASSURE
• COMPLETE DETAILS AND SECTIONS AS REQUIRED TO CLEARLY DEFINE AND CLARIFY MORE ONEROUS REQUIREMENTS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE.
ENGINEER, IN ADDITION TO INVOLVEMENT BY AND OBLIGATIONS TO THE ARCHITECT. SAMPLES AND DATA SHEETS BY THE RELEVANT CONSULTANTS AND ARCHITECTS. EFFECTIVENESS OF CONSTRUCTION AS A FIRE STOP WHERE PIPING IS CONCEALED OR
THE DESIGN, INCLUDING A MATERIALS LIST DESCRIBING ALL PROPOSED MATERIALS
INSTALLED IN UNFINISHED AREAS.
AHJ: THE LOCAL CODE AND/OR INSPECTION AGENCY (AUTHORITY) HAVING JURISDICTION BY MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND CATALOG NUMBER. THESE DRAWING SHALL BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE LATEST ARCHITECTURAL ALL FIRE SERVICES EQUIPMENT NOT LIMITED TO PIPEWORK, FITTINGS AND SUPPORTS
OVER THE WORK. DRAWINGS, ALL ASSOCIATED ROOM DETAIL DRAWINGS AND SERVICES ALL OPENINGS FOR PIPING SHALL BE ANTICIPATED AND INDICATED ON THE APPROVED
• HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS. HYDRAULIC DEMAND SHALL BE CARRIED OUT BY THE THAT ARE EXPOSED TO SALTY OR CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENTS SHALL BE GALVANISED
SPECIFICATIONS/BRIEFS. WHERE DISCREPANCIES EXIST, THE MORE ONEROUS SHOP DRAWINGS. ANY ADDITIONAL CUTTING OF OPENINGS MUST HAVE THE WRITTEN
NRTL:NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY, AS DEFINED AND LISTED BY FIRE SERVICES CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE ADDITION OF NEW FIRE AND PAINTED AND CONNECTIONS OR INTERFACING WITH DISSIMILAR METALS TO BE
REQUIREMENTS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. AVOIDED. ALL EXPOSED PIPE SHALL BE PAINTED WITH 2 COATS OF SIGNAL RED PAINT APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT.
OSHA IN 29 CFR 1910.7 (E.G., UL, ETL, CSA), AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS SPRINKLERS/HYDRANTS TO THE EXISTING FIRE SYSTEM INFRASTRUCTURE. THE
PROJECT. NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORIES AND STANDARDS LISTED PRINCIPAL SHALL BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF EXCEPT FOR GALVANISED PIPE. ROUTE PIPING PARALLEL TO MAJOR BUILDING LINES.
ARE USED ONLY TO REPRESENT THE CHARACTERISTICS REQUIRED AND ARE NOT INSTALLATION WORKS IF ANY DOUBTS EXIST AS TO WHETHER THE EXISTING WHERE DETAILS ON THIS PAGE CONTRADICT WITH THE DETAILS ON INDIVIDUAL PAGES,
THE MOST ONEROUS REQUIREMENTS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. COORDINATE PIPE ROUTING NEAR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA
INTENDED TO RESTRICT THE USE OF OTHER NRTLS THAT ARE ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ INFRASTRUCTURE WILL STRUGGLE TO FACILITATE THE ADDITIONAL DEVICES AND EXPOSED FIRE SERVICES INFRASTRUCTURE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A TRADESMAN LIKE 70.
AND STANDARDS THAT MEET THE SPECIFIED CRITERIA. LOADS. VARIATIONS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED IF THESE CALCULATIONS ARE NOT MANNER PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO THE MAJOR BUILDING AXIS. ALL EXPOSED
CARRIED OUT PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLATION WORKS. DO NOT SCALE OFF PDF DRAWINGS FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. ALL DIMENSIONS PIPE SHALL BE PAINTED WITH 2 COATS OF SIGNAL RED PAINT EXCEPT FOR GALVANISED DO NOT CONNECT MORE THAN ONE SPRINKLER TO A ONE INCH OUTLET UNLESS
SUBSTITUTION: CHANGES IN PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND METHODS OF SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE AND REQUIRED TO BE VERIFIED BY THE CONSTRUCTOR'S PIPE. HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS ARE INCLUDED TO VERIFY PERFORMANCE.
CONSTRUCTION FROM THOSE REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND • PRODUCT DATA FOR ALL FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM COMPONENTS. CLEARLY INDICATE DETAILED SITE MEASUREMENTS.
COMPONENTS TO BE USED WHERE MULTIPLE COMPONENTS APPEAR ON THE SAME INSTALLATION SHALL ALLOW FOR SUITABLE DRAINAGE OF SYSTEM TO MEET WITH THE
PROPOSED BY CONTRACTOR. SUBSTITUTIONS INCLUDE VALUE ENGINEERING ENSURE THAT SPRINKLER HEADS ARE NO CLOSER THAN 100MM (HORIZONTALLY) TO ANY
CUT SHEET. APPROVAL OF THE AHJ. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED. ALL DRAIN LOCATIONS
PROPOSALS. DESIGN LAYOUTS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS ARE INDICATIVE ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR WALL OR OBSTRUCTION. REQUIRING ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO
1. SUBSTITUTIONS FOR CAUSE: CHANGES PROPOSED BY CONTRACTOR THAT ARE WHERE REQUIRED BY THE AHJ, CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING A SHALL CO-ORDINATE WITH ALL EXISTING AND NEW SERVICES PRIOR TO PROCUREMENT
INSTALLATION. REFER TO FOOD FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. SPRINKLERS IN
REQUIRED DUE TO CHANGED PROJECT CONDITIONS, SUCH AS UNAVAILABILITY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OR NICET STAMP AND SIGNATURE ON THEIR SHOP DRAWING OF COMPONENTS, DEVICES, FABRICATION, MANUFACTURE AND INSTALLATION. NEW ISOLATION VALVES (TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT) INSTALLED AS PART OF THIS SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL BE CENTERED IN CEILING TILES. SPRINKLER LOCATIONS IN
PRODUCT, REGULATORY CHANGES, OR UNAVAILABILITY OF REQUIRED WARRANTY SUBMITTAL. THE ENGINEER IS NOT RESPONSIBLE AND WILL NOT PROVIDE THIS. CONTRACTOR IS TO ENSURE THAT THERE ARE NO CLASHES WITH OTHER SERVICES PROJECT SHALL BE MONITORED AT THE FDCIE.
ONSITE AND THAT THE FINAL INSTALLATION IS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE TABLE FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
TERMS.
SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL NOT CONTAIN THE FIRM NAME, LOGO, SEAL, OR OF APPLICABLE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM STANDARDS (TAPS) ON THIS PAGE. WHERE B. PENETRATIONS
2. SUBSTITUTIONS FOR CONVENIENCE: CHANGES PROPOSED BY CONTRACTOR OR FLEXIBLE DROPPERS FOR SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1500MM IN LENGTH.
SIGNATURE OF THE ENGINEER. THEY SHALL NOT BE COPIES OF THE WORK PRODUCT OF DISCREPANCIES EXIST, THE MORE ONEROUS REQUIREMENTS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE.
OWNER THAT ARE NOT REQUIRED IN ORDER TO MEET OTHER PROJECT SEAL ALL FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR, WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WATERTIGHT AND
THE ENGINEER. IF THE CONTRACTOR DESIRES TO USE ELEMENTS OF SUCH PRODUCT,
REQUIREMENTS BUT MAY OFFER ADVANTAGE TO CONTRACTOR OR OWNER. WEATHERTIGHT. CAULK AROUND FIRE PROTECTION PENETRATIONS WITH 3M CP-25, OR
REFER TO PARAGRAPH “ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES" FOR PROCEDURES TO BE USED. THE FIRE SERVICES CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW TO VISIT SITE (MANDATORY) TO SPRINKLER HEADS INSTALLED BELOW AFFL 2400 SHALL HAVE WIRE CAGE GUARD
THE TERMS "APPROVED EQUAL", “EQUIVALENT", OR "EQUAL" ARE USED SYNONYMOUSLY APPROVED EQUAL FIRE BARRIER CAULK (THICKNESS AS REQUIRED AND RECOMMENDED
INVESTIGATE, CONFIRM AND DETERMINE THE FULL EXTENT OF WORKS REQUIRED TO MECHANICAL PROTECTION INSTALLED.
AND SHALL MEAN “ACCEPTED BY OR ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENGINEER AS EQUIVALENT TO SEPARATE SUBMITTALS ACCORDING TO INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. ILLEGIBLE BY MANUFACTURER) TO MAINTAIN FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF FIRE-RATED ASSEMBLIES.
THE ITEM OR MANUFACTURER SPECIFIED". THE TERM "APPROVED" SHALL MEAN LABELED, SUBMITTALS WILL BE REJECTED AND RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW. SHOP DRAWINGS DELIVER THE PROJECT. ALL NECESSARY MINOR AND MAJOR WORKS TO BE ALLOWED FOR
SHALL BE PRODUCED USING COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN. HAND DRAWN DOCUMENTS WILL AND CARRIED OUT. ANY AND ALL RFI'S NEED TO BE SUBMITTED PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF NEW PIPE WORK SHALL MATCH EXISTING AND SHALL BE NOT BE OF A LESSER QUALITY C. TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
LISTED, OR BOTH, BY AN NRTL, AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS PROJECT.
TENDER. VARIATIONS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED FOR FAILURE TO ATTEND SITE PRIOR TO THAN AS1074 MEDIUM STEEL.
NOT BE REVIEWED OR APPROVED. CATALOG DATA SHALL BE PROPERLY BOUND, COMPLETE THE AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, AS SOON AS POSSIBLE, WHEN
C. PREBID SITE VISIT SUBMISSION OF RFI'S.
IDENTIFIED, INDEXED AND TABBED IN A 3-RING BINDER. EACH ITEM OR MODEL NUMBER BUILDING CONSTRUCTION ALLOWS. FOLLOWING SYSTEM INSTALLATION, PLACE THE
PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE SITE OF THE PROPOSED WORK AND BECOME FULLY SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED AND ACCESSORIES INDICATED. LABEL THE CATALOG DATA THE FIRE SERVICES CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW TO PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED FIRE
SYSTEM IN SERVICE. AFTER THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN PLACED IN SERVICE FOR
INFORMED AS TO THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE DONE. FAILURE TO ALL WORKS TO COMPLY WITH ALL RELEVANT BUILDING CODES, CONTRACTUAL SERVICES DEMOLITION AND MAKING FOOD WORKS TO THE WORKFACE.
WITH THE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION ACRONYM OR NUMBER AS USED ON THE CONTINUOUS USE, WATER CHARGES, IF ANY, WILL BE PAID BY OWNER.
COMPLY WITH THIS REQUIREMENT SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED SUFFICIENT DOCUMENTATION AND STATE/FEDERAL LEGISLATION AT THE DATE OF APPROVAL OF THE
DRAWINGS AND INCLUDE PERFORMANCE CURVES, CAPACITIES, SIZES, WEIGHTS,
ORIGINAL DEVELOPMENT APPROVAL DOCUMENTATION AND THE TAPS ON THIS PAGE. FIRE SERVICES CONTRACTOR IS TO ENSURE THAT ALL RELEVANT FIRE SERVICES PIPE UPON COMPLETION OF THE SYSTEMS INSTALLATION, AND PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY THE
JUSTIFICATION TO REQUEST OR OBTAIN EXTRA COMPENSATION OVER AND ABOVE THE MATERIALS, FINISHES, WIRING DIAGRAMS, ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS AND DEVIATIONS
WHERE DISCREPANCIES EXIST BETWEEN THIS DESIGN DOCUMENTATION AND THE TABLE WORK IN THE VICINITY OF NEW FULL HEIGHT WALLS ARE DIVERTED AROUND THESE ENGINEER AND OWNER, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE GENERAL OPERATING TESTS TO
CONTRACT PRICE. FROM SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS. FOR EQUIPMENT WITH MOTOR STARTERS OF APPLICABLE STANDARDS, THE MORE ONEROUS REQUIREMENTS SHALL TAKE (WALLS) IN COORDINATION WITH THE FITOUT CONTRACTORS AND RELEVANT DEMONSTRATE THAT ALL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE IN PROPER WORKING ORDER,
D. MANUFACTURERS OR VFDS, INCLUDE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATINGS. MARK OUT INAPPLICABLE ITEMS. PRECEDENCE. ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS. FULL HEIGHT WALLS WITH AN FRL SHALL NOT BE PENETRATED AND ARE FUNCTIONING IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND
SHOP DRAWINGS WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW IF THE ABOVE MENTIONED
IN OTHER ARTICLES WHERE LISTS OF MANUFACTURERS ARE INTRODUCED, SUBJECT TO BY FIRE SERVICES PIPEWORK OR CABLE TRAYS. SPECIFICATIONS.
REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT MET.
COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE SHOP DRAWINGS AND RELEVANT CALCULATIONS SHALL BE PREPARED BY COMPETENT SECURE ALL REQUIRED APPROVALS AND WRITTEN DOCUMENTATION OF THE FLUSHING
MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED. PROVIDE THE QUANTITY OF SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY DIVISION 01. IF NOT INDICATED FIRE SAFETY PRACTITIONERS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE TAPS ON THIS PAGE. FIRE SPRINKLER FLUSH HEAD COVER TO BE WHITE, STAINLESS STEEL, TIFFANY BLUE OR OPERATION. TEST ABOVE GROUND PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13.
AND HARD-COPY SETS ARE PROVIDED, SUBMIT A MINIMUM OF SIX (6) COPIES. REFER TO THESE SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE FIRE SERVICES CONSULTANT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR AS NOMINATED TO MATCH CEILING AND ARCHITECTS DETAILS.
WHERE A LIST IS PROVIDED, MANUFACTURERS ARE LISTED ALPHABETICALLY AND NOT IN TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE PROCUREMENT OF ITEMS AND PHYSICAL INSTALLATION HYDROSTATICALLY TEST ALL SPRINKLER PIPING AT A MINIMUM PRESSURE OF 200 PSI FOR
DIVISION 01 FOR ACCEPTANCE OF ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS FOR THIS PROJECT. FOR
ACCORDANCE WITH ANY RANKING OR PREFERENCE. WORKS ONSITE. A MINIMUM 2-HOUR PERIOD OF TIME. CORRECT ANY FAULTY OR LEAKING JOINTS AND
ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE DOCUMENTS IN WORKS BY OTHERS: PIPE. THE USE OF ANY SUBSTANCE OR MATERIAL ADDED TO THE WATER TO CORRECT
WHERE MANUFACTURERS ARE NOT LISTED, PROVIDE PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIRE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LOCATIONS, SIZES AND QUANTITIES OF LEAKS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. CAULKING OF DEFECTIVE JOINTS, CRACKS OR HOLES
COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FROM MANUFACTURERS THAT HAVE BEEN ACTIVELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER THAT THE SUBMITTALS HAVE BEEN POSTED. IF ALL CALCULATIONS, ITP'S, FDCIE CONFIGURATIONS, AS-BUILTS (INCLUDING BLOCK PLANS), PENETRATIONS TO BUILDER FOR EXECUTION. ELECTRICAL AND STRUCTURAL SCANS TO
COMMISSIONING REPORTS (INCLUDING FAN TESTING), SYSTEM DATA SHEETS, OEM SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. REPEAT TESTS AFTER DEFECTS HAVE BEEN ELIMINATED.
INVOLVED IN MANUFACTURING THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT FOR NO LESS THAN 5 YEARS. ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ARE NOT DEFINED IN DIVISION 01, CONTRACTOR BE CARRIED OUT BY BUILDER PRIOR TO PENETRATION WORKS.
RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE REGIMES/REQUIREMENTS AND SYSTEMS INTERFACE PERFORM ALL TESTS IN THE PRESENCE OF THE AHJ AND/OR THE OWNER'S AUTHORIZED
E. COORDINATION SHALL INCLUDE THE WEBSITE, USER NAME AND PASSWORD INFORMATION NEEDED TO ALL REDUNDANT CORE HOLES TO BE MADE GOOD BY BUILDER.
MATRICES SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE FINAL O&M MANUAL IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH REPRESENTATIVE.
ACCESS THE SUBMITTALS. FOR SUBMITTALS SENT BY E-MAIL, CONTRACTOR SHALL COPY PENETRATIONS THROUGH ANY FIRE RATED WALLS SHALL BE FIRE CHECKED BY THE
COORDINATE THE CONNECTION OF THE FIRE SPRINKLER ALARM DEVICES TO THE FIRE THE CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTATION AND THE TABLE OF APPLICABLE FIRE PROTECTION UPON COMPLETION OF EACH PHASE OF THE INSTALLATION, TEST EACH SYSTEM IN Seal/Signature
THE DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVES OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR BUILDER.
ALARM SYSTEM AS REQUIRED. STANDARDS. SOFT COPIES OF THE ENTIRE O&M MANUAL INCLUDING AS-BUILTS (DWG 2018 CONFORMANCE WITH LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. FURNISH ALL LABOR AND EQUIPMENT
SHALL ALLOW THE ENGINEER REVIEW TIME AS SPECIFIED ABOVE IN THE CONSTRUCTION & PDF FORMATS) INCLUDING FDCIE CONFIGURATIONS SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED VIA USB
COORDINATE WORK WITH THAT OF OTHER TRADES SO THAT THE VARIOUS COMPONENTS SCHEDULE. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY THE DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO REQUIRED TO PROPERLY TEST ALL SPRINKLER EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS
FLASH DRIVE OR CLOUD BASED STORAGE SERVICE. O. SYSTEM DESIGN
OF THE SYSTEMS ARE INSTALLED AT THE PROPER TIME, WILL FIT THE AVAILABLE SPACE, PURCHASE THE MATERIALS AND/OR EQUIPMENT IN THE ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL. CONTRACT. ASSUME ALL COSTS INVOLVED IN MAKING THE TESTS AND REPAIR AND/OR
CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY DESIGN CRITERIA AND RATING HAZARDS WITH THE OWNER'S REPLACE ALL DAMAGE RESULTING THEREFROM.
AND WILL ALLOW PROPER SERVICE ACCESS TO THOSE ITEMS REQUIRING MAINTENANCE. THE CHECKING AND SUBSEQUENT APPROVAL OF SUCH SHOP DRAWINGS BY THE THE FIRE SERVICES CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPRESSION INSURER PRIOR TO DESIGNING THE SYSTEM. WATERFLOW AND PRESSURE TEST DATA
COMPONENTS INSTALLED WITHOUT REGARD TO THE ABOVE SHALL BE RELOCATED AT NO ENGINEER SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS IN (WET/DRY/GAS) SYSTEM HEADS WHERE REQUIRED TO SUIT CO-ORDINATION AND MEET NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND THE AHJ THREE (3) WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO MAKING
SHALL BE ACQUIRED BEFORE SYSTEM IS CALCULATED AND BE DATED NOT MORE THAN 12
ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. DIMENSIONS, DETAILS, SIZE OF MEMBERS, QUANTITIES, OMISSIONS OF COMPONENTS OR COMPLIANCE ON SITE AND IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE TAPS ON THIS PAGE. SPRINKLER SYSTEM TESTS. CONCEALED WORK SHALL REMAIN UNCOVERED UNTIL THE
MONTHS PRIOR TO THE SUBMITTAL OF SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS. ARRANGEMENTS
F. SUBSTITUTIONS FITTINGS; COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS; OR FOR COORDINATING ITEMS REQUIRED TESTS ARE COMPLETE. PORTIONS OF THE WORK MAY BE CONCEALED IF
FOR AND COST OF FLOW TESTS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR.
WITH ACTUAL BUILDING CONDITIONS. PROCEED WITH THE PROCUREMENT AND ALLOW FOR THE DEFITTING OF CONSTRUCTION WORKFACES AND MAKING SAFE PRIOR TO APPROVED BY THE AHJ OR IF NECESSARY DUE TO CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURE.
MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS DESCRIBED IN THE BIDDING SUBMIT HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS AND PLAN, INCLUDING A SUPPLY AND DEMAND
INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT ONLY AFTER RECEIVING APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS REMOVAL OF CEILINGS AND GRIDS. D. INSTRUCTIONS
o
o
DOCUMENTS ESTABLISH A STANDARD OF REQUIRED FUNCTION, DIMENSION, GRAPH; ALL HYDRAULIC REFERENCE POINTS AND AREA OF APPLICATION SHALL APPEAR Project Name
RELATIVE TO EACH ITEM.
00
APPEARANCE AND QUALITY TO BE MET BY THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION. THE BASE BID ON THE PLAN. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH AHJ ANY MINIMUM SAFETY FACTOR AFTER COMPLETION OF ALL INSTALLATION, TESTS, ETC., AND PRIOR TO THE FINAL CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER
'o
SHALL INCLUDE ONLY THE PRODUCTS FROM MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICALLY NAMED IN I. ELECTRONIC DRAWINGS ALL FIRE DEVICES SHALL BE NEW AND PROTECTED FROM DUST AND MECHANICAL
u REQUIREMENTS. DEMAND SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 5 PSI BELOW THE SUPPLY AT THE ACCEPTANCE DATE, INSTRUCT THE BUILDING OWNER AND HIS SELECTED PERSONNEL IN MELBOURNE, AU
aS DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION.
THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. TO REQUEST A SUBSTITUTION, REQUEST THE IN PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS OR RECORD DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR MAY, AT HIS DEMAND POINT. THE OPERATION OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. INCLUDE IN THE TRAINING THE PROCEDURE
o
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM FROM THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER. COMPLETE AND OPTION, OBTAIN ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES IN AUTOCAD OR DXF FORMAT ON CD-ROM TO CONDUCT QUARTERLY MAIN DRAIN TESTS AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 25. SPECIAL CARE
h- THE FIRE SERVICES CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW FOR DECOMMISSIONING, REMOVAL AND PROTECT ENTIRE AREA OF WORK WITH A WET-TYPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGNED IN Project Number
SEND THE SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FROM FOR EACH MATERIAL, PRODUCT, EQUIPMENT, DISK, DVD DISK, FLASH DRIVE, OR DIRECT DOWNLOAD, AS DESIRED, FROM THE ENGINEER SHALL BE TAKEN TO MAKE SURE THE BUILDING PERSONNEL WILL IMMEDIATELY
o MAKE GOOD OF EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, ON FLOOR FIRE HYDRANT, FIRE HOSE ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. DESIGN SYSTEM FOR
OR SYSTEM THAT IS PROPOSED TO BE SUBSTITUTED. THE BURDEN OF PROOF OF THE FOR A FEE OF $200 FOR A DRAWING SET UP TO 12 SHEETS AND $15 PER SHEET FOR EACH RECOGNIZE WHETHER THE MAIN VALVE IS IN AN OPEN POSITION, KNOW HOW TO DRAIN
REELS AND FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TO SUIT THE DEMOLITION WORKS ASSOCIATED WITH ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 2, 0.20 GPM/SF OVER THE HYDRAULICALLY REMOTE 1500 SF
MERIT OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION IS UPON THE PROPOSER. ADDITIONAL SHEET. CONTACT THE ARCHITECT FOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION AND THE SYSTEM, AND KNOW HOW TO TEST THE SYSTEM. THE BUILDING PERSONNEL SHALL
THE PROPOSED WORKS. REMOVE ALL REDUNDANT MATERIALS AND WASTE FROM SITE. AREA. INCLUDE MINIMUM 250 GPM HOSE ALLOWANCE ADDED AT THE BASE OF RISER OR
CO
UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE IN WRITING TO THE ENGINEER BY THE CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER FOR THE NECESSARY RELEASE AGREEMENT FORM AND TO SPECIFY SHIPPING ALSO BE MADE FAMILIAR WITH THE EXISTENCE AND CONTENTS OF THE SYSTEM MANUAL
o
TO AS2118.1 ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 3 WITH A DESIGN DENSITY OF DISCHARGE OF Description
CN
CONTRACTOR WARRANTS TO THE ENGINEER, ARCHITECT, AND OWNER THE FOLLOWING: METHOD AND DRAWING FORMAT. IN ADDITION TO PAYMENT, WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION DESCRIBED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE SECTION OF THIS SPECIFICATION.
UO THE FIRE SERVICES CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW FOR ALL NECESSARY DRAIN DOWN AND 5MM/MIN OVER AN ASSUMED AREA OF OPERATION OF 216M2 - WHICHEVER IS THE MORE FIRE SERVICES
1. PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION HAS BEEN FULLY INVESTIGATED AND DETERMINED TO MEET FROM THE ARCHITECT AND RELEASE AGREEMENT FROM THE ENGINEER MUST BE RE-CHARGE OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM INCLUDING ISOLATION/DE-ISOLATION OF FDCIES AS STRINGENT CODE TO BE USED WHEREVER POSSIBLE. END OF SECTION 21 SPECIFICATIONS
OR EXCEED THE SPECIFIED WORK IN ALL RESPECTS UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE IN RECEIVED BEFORE ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES WILL BE SENT. AND WHERE NECESSARY TO SUIT BUILDERS WORKS AND PROGRAM. PRESSURE TEST ALL SHEET 1
PROTECT MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND STORAGE AREAS/ROOMS WITH A WET-TYPE
THE SUBSTITUTION REQUEST. PIPEWORK AND RECTIFY ANY LEAKS ON HANDOVER OF EACH FLOOR.
J. RECORD DRAWINGS (AS-BUILT DRAWINGS) SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. DESIGN SYSTEM FOR Scaie
ti c 2. PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION IS CONSISTENT WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 1,0.15 GPM/SF OVER THE HYDRAULICALLY REMOTE 1500 SF
^ o DURING PROGRESS OF THE WORK IN THIS DIVISION, CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN AN CONCEAL ALL SERVICES WHERE POSSIBLE.
'o WILL PRODUCE INDICATED RESULTS, INCLUDING FUNCTIONAL CLEARANCES,
MAINTENANCE SERVICE, AND SOURCING OF REPLACEMENT PARTS. ACCURATE RECORD OF ALL CHANGES MADE DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE SYSTEM.
UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, ACCURATELY TRANSFER ALL RECORD INFORMATION
AREA OR ENTIRE AREA, WHICHEVER IS SMALLER. INCLUDE MINIMUM 250 GPM HOSE
ALLOWANCE ADDED AT THE BASE OF RISER OR TO AS2118.1 ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 3
COMPLETE TENANCY SERVICES 1:100@B1
3. PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION HAS RECEIVED NECESSARY APPROVALS OF AUTHORITIES STAGE CONSTRUCTION WORKS TO ENSURE THAT EXISTING SERVICES ARE RELIABLY
HAVING JURISDICTION. TO THREE IDENTICAL SETS OF THE APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. INSERT ONE SET INTO
EACH COPY OF THE MANUAL DESCRIBED BELOW.
MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE A CONSTRUCTION STAGING
WITH A DESIGN DENSITY OF DISCHARGE OF 5MM/MIN OVER AN ASSUMED AREA OF
OPERATION OF 216M2- WHICHEVER IS THE MORE STRINGENT CODE TO BE USED
DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE Sheet Number
4. SAME WARRANTY WILL BE FURNISHED FOR PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION AS FOR PLAN FOR APPROVAL BY THE CLIENT'S REPRESENTATIVE.
WHEREVER POSSIBLE.
F3.00
SPECIFIED WORK. SEE DIVISION 01 AND GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
I 5. IF ACCEPTED SUBSTITUTION FAILS TO PERFORM AS REQUIRED, CONTRACTOR SHALL THE FIRE SERVICES CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW TO MODIFY AND RELOCATE EXISTING PROTECT OFFICES AND CORRIDORS WITH A WET-TYPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGNED IN
K. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
REPLACE SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL OR SYSTEM WITH THAT ORIGINALLY SPECIFIED AND
BEAR COSTS INCURRED THEREBY. DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION, COLLECT AND COMPILE A COMPLETE
SPRINKLER PIPES TO CO-ORDINATE WITH NEW MECHANICAL DUCTWORK AND NEW
ELECTRICAL WORKS, WHERE REQUIRED.
ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. DESIGN SYSTEM FOR LIGHT
HAZARD, 0.10 GPM/SF OVER THE HYDRAULICALLY REMOTE 1500 SF AREA. INCLUDE
Is APPROVAL
II
"I-E
DIVISION 28: FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHOP DRAWINGS AND RELEVANT CALCULATIONS SHALL BE PREPARED BY COMPETENT NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE AND ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL BUILDING CODE, NECESSARY ALARM MESSAGE/TONE GENERATION, MAIN AND REMOTE MICROPHONE CONTROL RELAY MODULE: PROVIDE INTELLIGENT CONTROL RELAY MODULES. THE
1.
A.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
FIRE SAFETY PRACTITIONERS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE TAPS ON THIS PAGE.
THESE SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE FIRE SERVICES CONSULTANT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR
TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE PROCUREMENT OF ITEMS AND PHYSICAL INSTALLATION
FIRE CODES, AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND INSURANCE CARRIER. ALLOW TO
REVIEW NFPA 70 AND NFPA 72 REQUIREMENTS AND ENSURE COMPLIANCE WHERE
APPLICABLE THAT WILL NOT BE CONTRADICTORY TO LOCAL CODES.
CONNECTIONS AND MIXERS/PRE-AMPLIFIER CIRCUITS. CONTINUOUS SUPERVISION SHALL
BE PROVIDED ALONG WITH SPECIFIC INFORMATION AS TO THE TYPE OF FAILURE (MAIN
MICROPHONE TROUBLE, TONE TROUBLE, ETC.)
CONTROL RELAY MODULE SHALL PROVIDE ONE FORM “C” DRY RELAY CONTACT RATED AT
2 AMPS AT 24 VDC TO CONTROL EXTERNAL APPLIANCES OR EQUIPMENT SHUTDOWN. Tiffany & Co.
200 FIFTH AVENUE
WORKS ONSITE. THE CONTROL RELAY SHALL BE RATED FOR PILOT DUTY AND RELEASING SYSTEMS. THE
ALL REQUIREMENTS UNDER DIVISION 01 (GENERAL REQUIREMENTS) AND THE GENERAL F. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1. AUDIBLE POWER AMPLIFIERS SHALL BE SELF FILTERED; CONTAIN 24 VOLT POWER POSITION OF THE RELAY CONTACT SHALL BE CONFIRMED BY THE SYSTEM FIRMWARE. NEWYORK, NEW YORK 10010
AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS APPLY TO THIS SECTION SUPPLY, TRANSFORMER AND AMPLIFIER MONITOR CIRCUITS; AMPLIFIER SHALL OPERATE
ALL CALCULATIONS, ITP'S, FDCIE CONFIGURATIONS, AS-BUILTS (INCLUDING BLOCK PLANS), THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS A NON-CODED MANUAL AND AUTOMATIC FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A. FIRE ALARM WIRE AND CABLE TEL: 646 428 5500
AND DIVISION. WHERE THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION AND DIVISION EXCEED ALL SYSTEM SPEAKERS PLUS TWENTY-FIVE (25) PERCENT SPARE CAPACITY.
THOSE OF DIVISION 01 (GENERAL REQUIREMENTS), THIS SECTION AND DIVISION TAKE COMMISSIONING REPORTS (INCLUDING FAN TESTING), SYSTEM DATA SHEETS, OEM WITH CONNECTIONS TO AN EXISTING SUPERVISING STATION. CONTROL PANEL IS FIRE ALARM POWER BRANCH CIRCUITS: BUILDING WIRE AS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 26.
RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE REGIMES/REQUIREMENTS AND SYSTEMS INTERFACE MICRO-PROCESSOR BASED, WITH FULLY ADDRESSABLE ALARM DEVICES. 2. DIGITIZED VOICE MESSAGES ARE REQUIRED TO NOTIFY BUILDING OCCUPANTS
PRECEDENCE. BECOME THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ALL ITS CONTENTS AS TO SIGNALING LINE, INITIATING DEVICE, AND NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS: POWER
MATRICES SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE FINAL O&M MANUAL IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH DURING ALARM CONDITIONS. MESSAGE PLAYER SHALL NOT RELY ON TAPE OR
REQUIREMENTS THAT AFFECT THIS DIVISION, SECTION, OR BOTH. WORK REQUIRED G. COORDINATION LIMITED FIRE-PROTECTIVE SIGNALING CABLE, SOLID COPPER CONDUCTOR, 300 VOLTS
THE CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTATION AND THE TABLE OF APPLICABLE FIRE PROTECTION MECHANICAL MEANS OF TRANSMITTING THE VOICE MESSAGE. A STANDARD EVACUATION
UNDER THIS DIVISION INCLUDES ALL MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, STANDARDS. SOFT COPIES OF THE ENTIRE O&M MANUAL INCLUDING AS-BUILTS (DWG 2018 COORDINATE WORK WITH THAT OF OTHER TRADES SO THAT THE VARIOUS COMPONENTS INSULATION, SUITABLE FOR TEMPERATURE, CONDITIONS AND LOCATION INSTALLED.
TRANSPORTATION, SERVICES, AND LABOR REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE ENTIRE SYSTEM MESSAGE SHALL BE PROVIDED; HOWEVER, THE SYSTEM SHALL BE CAPABLE OF
& PDF FORMATS) INCLUDING FDCIE CONFIGURATIONS SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED VIA USB OF THE SYSTEMS ARE INSTALLED AT THE PROPER TIME, WILL FIT THE AVAILABLE SPACE, TRANSMITTING A CUSTOM MESSAGE OF UP TO FIVE (5) MINUTES LONG.
AS REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR REASONABLY INFERRED TO MINIMUM WIRE SIZE FOR INITIATING DEVICE CIRCUITS, CONTROL CIRCUITS AND DESIGN ARCHITECT
FLASH DRIVE OR CLOUD BASED STORAGE SERVICE. AND WILL ALLOW PROPER SERVICE ACCESS TO THOSE ITEMS REQUIRING MAINTENANCE.
BE NECESSARY TO FACILITATE THE FUNCTION OF EACH SYSTEM AS IMPLIED BY THE 3. ALARM SEQUENCE SHALL CONSIST OF A TEMPORAL (3) ALARM TONE FOR A NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY CALCULATIONS AND
DESIGN AND THE EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED. THE FIRE SERVICES CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL
COMPONENTS INSTALLED WITHOUT REGARD TO THE ABOVE SHALL BE RELOCATED AT NO
ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. MAXIMUM OF 15 SECONDS FOLLOWED BY AN AUTOMATIC PRE-SELECTED MESSAGE. AT MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS OR RECOMMENDATIONS. WIRE AND CABLE SHALL BE 3 S & F Architect, PC
THE END OF THE MESSAGE THE TONE SHALL RESUME. THIS SEQUENCE SHALL CONTINUE TWISTED AND SHIELDED IF RECOMMENDED BY THE SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. INITIATING, Architecture | Interiors | Space Planning
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR THE PROJECT ARE COMPLEMENTARY, AND ANY DETECTORS/SPEAKERS WHERE REQUIRED TO SUIT CO-ORDINATION AND MEET 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
H. SUBMITTALS UNTIL THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL HAS BEEN SILENCED. MANUAL VOICE PAGING NOTIFICATION, AND CONTROL CIRCUITS SHALL BE SIZED BASED ON 20 PERCENT
PORTION OF WORK DESCRIBED IN ONE SHALL BE PROVIDED AS IF DESCRIBED IN BOTH. IN COMPLIANCE ON SITE AND IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE TAPS ON THIS PAGE. Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax; (212) 481-3673
UPON BEING AWARDED A CONTRACT, SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL, SIX (6) SHALL BE AVAILABLE VIA PANEL SWITCHES TO PAGE INDIVIDUAL FLOORS OR GROUPS OF ADDITIONAL POWER CONSUMING DEVICES. THE CONDUCTORS SHALL MEET THE
THE EVENT OF DISCREPANCIES, NOTIFY THE ENGINEER AND REQUEST CLARIFICATION REQUIREMENTS OF NEC ARTICLE 760.
COPIES OF MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE FURNISHED FLOORS. EACH FLOOR SHALL BE AN INDIVIDUAL AUDIBLE ZONE AND HAVE A
PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK INVOLVED. ALLOW FOR THE DEFITTING OF CONSTRUCTION WORKFACES AND MAKING SAFE PRIOR TO
CORRESPONDING AUDIBLE SWITCH.
MEDLANd|^ ENGINEERING
REMOVAL OF CEILINGS AND GRIDS. UNDER THIS CONTRACT, ITEMS REQUIRING COORDINATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS, ALL WIRING PROVIDED ON THIS PROJECT SHALL BE UL LISTED FOR THE INTENDED USE.
DRAWINGS ARE GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS OF THE WORK UPON WHICH THE CONTRACT AND SHEET METAL DUCTWORK FABRICATION DRAWINGS. BEFORE SUBMITTING SHOP ALL WIRING INCLUDING WIRING TO EXISTING MODIFIED DEVICES AND APPLIANCES SHALL
IS BASED. THEY SHOW THE MATERIALS AND THEIR RELATIONSHIP TO ONE ANOTHER, 4. HAND HELD PUSH TO TALK, NOISE CANCELING MICROPHONE IN RECESSED
ALL FIRE DEVICES SHALL BE NEW AND PROTECTED FROM DUST AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND MATERIAL LISTS, VERIFY THAT EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED IS MUTUALLY PROTECTIVE PANEL MOUNTED ENCLOSURE; 5 FEET COILED CABLE; AND LED TO INDICATE BE NEW. Ground Floor
INCLUDING SIZES, SHAPES, LOCATIONS, AND CONNECTIONS. THEY CONVEY THE SCOPE COMPATIBLE AND SUITABLE FOR THE INTENDED USE, AND WILL FIT THE AVAILABLE SPACE
DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE MICROPHONE PUSH TO TALK HAS BEEN PRESSED. 9. EXECUTION 47 Murray Street
OF WORK, INDICATING THE INTENDED GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF THE SYSTEMS AND ALLOW AMPLE ROOM FOR MAINTENANCE. HIGHLIGHT, MARK, LIST OR INDICATE THE Py r m o n t
WITHOUT SHOWING ALL OF THE EXACT DETAILS AS TO ELEVATIONS, OFFSETS, CONTROL MATERIALS, PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE BEING PROPOSED. POWER SUPPLY: PROVIDE TWO SEPARATE AND RELIABLE POWER SUPPLIES. THE A. GENERAL Sydney NSW 2009
THE FIRE SERVICES CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW FOR DECOMMISSIONING, REMOVAL AND
LINES, AND OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. USE THE DRAWINGS AS A GUIDE WHEN SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AS EARLY AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT THE PROJECT SCHEDULE. CONTROL PANEL SHALL RECEIVE 120 VAC POWER VIA A DEDICATED BRANCH CIRCUIT OF 02 9552 2022
MAKE GOOD OF EXISTING FIRE DETECTION SYSTEMS AND EWCIE TO SUIT THE INSTALL, PROGRAM, AND TEST ALL NEW EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED IN THIS CONTRACT AND
LAYING OUT THE WORK AND TO VERIFY THAT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT WILL FIT INTO ALLOW FOR TWO WEEKS ENGINEER REVIEW TIME PLUS MAILING TIME PLUS A THE BUILDING'S ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. EACH SHALL HAVE ADEQUATE CAPACITY FOR THE
DEMOLITION WORKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PROPOSED WORKS. REMOVE ALL REVISE EXISTING EQUIPMENT AS NOTED. info@medlandengineering.com ABN 98 612 496 723
THE DESIGNATED SPACES, AND WHICH WHEN INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURERS' REDUNDANT MATERIALS AND WASTE FROM SITE. DUPLICATION OF THIS TIME FOR RESUBMITTAL IF REQUIRED. SYSTEM. THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT BATTERY CALCULATIONS FOR www.medlandengineering.com
REQUIREMENTS, WILL ENSURE A COMPLETE, COORDINATED, SATISFACTORY, AND REVIEW AND APPROVAL. THE CALCULATIONS SHALL INDICATE EACH DEVICE AND THE THE INSTALLATION SUPERVISOR SHALL BE ON THE JOB SITE DURING THE ENTIRE
PROPERLY OPERATING SYSTEM. SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL NOT CONTAIN THE FIRM NAME, LOGO, SEAL, OR LOAD REQUIRED IN STAND-BY AND ALARM MODE. THE SECONDARY POWER SYSTEM INSTALLATION. THE INSTALLATION SUPERVISOR SHALL MAINTAIN MARKED UP COPIES OF
THE FIRE SERVICES CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW FOR ALL NECESSARY SIGNATURE OF THE ENGINEER. THEY SHALL NOT BE COPIES OF THE WORK PRODUCT OF THE DRAWINGS AT THE JOB SITE SHOWING AS-BUILT CONDITIONS. THESE DRAWINGS
INSTALLATION OF DEVICES SHALL BE PERFORMED OR SUPERVISED BY A NATIONAL SHALL BE A BATTERY-OPERATED EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY AND CHARGER WITH
ISOLATION/DE-ISOLATION OF FDCIES AS AND WHERE NECESSARY TO SUIT BUILDERS THE ENGINEER. IF THE CONTRACTOR DESIRES TO USE ELEMENTS OF SUCH PRODUCT, CAPACITY FOR OPERATING SYSTEM IN STANDBY MODE FOR 24 HOURS FOLLOWED BY SHALL BE UPDATED DAILY AND AVAILABLE FOR OWNER REVIEW.
INSTITUTE FOR CERTIFICATION OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGIES (NICET) LEVEL 2 OR WORKS AND PROGRAM.
REFER TO PARAGRAPH “ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES” FOR PROCEDURES TO BE USED. ALARM MODE FOR 15 MINUTES.
HIGHER FIRE ALARM TECHNICIAN. SUBMIT COPIES OF THE CERTIFICATION FOR PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED CONDUIT AND ALL ASSOCIATED HARDWARE AND INSTALL (PULL),
EMPLOYEES THROUGH SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS. CONCEAL ALL SERVICES WHERE POSSIBLE. THE CHECKING AND SUBSEQUENT APPROVAL OF SUCH SHOP DRAWINGS BY THE INITIATING DEVICE CIRCUITS: PROVIDE CIRCUITRY, WHICH MEETS THE PERFORMANCE CONNECT, AND TEST ALL CABLE FOR A COMPLETE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. INSTALL ALL
ENGINEER SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS IN REQUIREMENTS DURING ABNORMAL CONDITIONS, BASED UPON THE STYLE AND CLASS OF WIRING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GUIDELINES OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND
B. DEFINITIONS DIMENSIONS, DETAILS, SIZE OF MEMBERS, QUANTITIES, OMISSIONS OF COMPONENTS OR
STAGE CONSTRUCTION WORKS TO ENSURE THAT EXISTING SERVICES ARE RELIABLY THE CIRCUITRY SELECTED. INITIATING DEVICE CIRCUITS SHALL MATCH EXISTING. DOCUMENTS AS WELL AS THE NFPA CODES AND STANDARDS LISTED IN THESE
DIVISION: REFERENCES CONTAINED IN THIS SPECIFICATION FOLLOW THE NUMBERING FITTINGS; COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS; OR FOR COORDINATING ITEMS SPECIFICATIONS.
MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE A CONSTRUCTION STAGING NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS: PROVIDE CIRCUITRY, WHICH MEETS THE
SYSTEM DEFINED IN THE CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS INSTITUTE (CSI) PLAN FOR APPROVAL BY THE CLIENT'S REPRESENTATIVE. WITH ACTUAL BUILDING CONDITIONS. PROCEED WITH THE PROCUREMENT AND
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS DURING ABNORMAL CONDITIONS, BASED UPON THE B. INSTALLATION
MASTERFORMAT 2004 EDITION. SPECIFICATION DIVISIONS 01 THROUGH 13 PROVIDED INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT ONLY AFTER RECEIVING APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS
WITH THIS PROJECT MAY REFERENCE THE CSI MASTERFORMAT 1995 EDITION. THE RELATIVE TO EACH ITEM. SUBMIT A DETAILED SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. PRE-PRINTED, STYLE AND CLASS OF THE CIRCUITRY SELECTED. NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS PATHWAYS ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS AND IN NONACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS MAY BE
THE FIRE SERVICES CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW TO MODIFY AND RELOCATE EXISTING SHALL MATCH EXISTING.
CORRESPONDING DIVISION REFERENCES BETWEEN THE 2004 EDITION AND 1995 EDITION GENERIC MATERIAL WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED AND WILL BE REJECTED. HIGHLIGHT, MARK, ROUTED EXPOSED WHERE PERMITTED BY NFPA 70 & 72. EXPOSED PATHWAYS LOCATED
FIRE DEVICES TO CO-ORDINATE WITH NEW MECHANICAL DUCTWORK AND NEW
ARE AS FOLLOWS: LIST OR INDICATE THE MATERIALS, PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND ACCESSORIES THAT SIGNALING LINE CIRCUITS: PROVIDE CIRCUITRY, WHICH MEETS THE PERFORMANCE LESS THAN 96 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT.
ELECTRICAL WORKS, WHERE REQUIRED.
ARE BEING PROPOSED. REQUIREMENTS DURING ABNORMAL CONDITIONS, BASED UPON THE STYLE AND CLASS OF (C^Medland Engineering 2018
2004 EDITION 1995 EDITION MINIMUM ALLOWABLE CONDUIT SIZE SHALL BE 3/4 INCH. SIZE THE CONDUIT SO THAT
CONTRACTOR TO MAKE ALLOWANCES FOR ALL NECESSARY UPGRADES TO BASE SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING FIRE ALARM FLOOR PLANS AND A FULL TENANT RISER THE CIRCUITRY SELECTED. SIGNALING LINE CIRCUITRY SHALL MATCH EXISTING. CONDUIT FILL DOES NOT EXCEED 75 PERCENT OF NFPA 70 MAXIMUM FILL REQUIREMENTS. Medland Engineering and may not be reproduced whole or
1. DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION DIVISION 15
BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURE IN ORDER TO SUCCESSFULLY CARRY OUT THE PROPOSED DIAGRAM. FIRE ALARM FLOOR PLANS AND RISER DIAGRAM SHALL SHOW FIRE ALARM C. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS CABLES IN VERTICAL RISERS SHALL NOT EXCEED 50 PERCENT OF NFPA 70 MAXIMUM FILL in part without the express permission of Medland
2. DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING DIVISION 15 Engineering. Drawing not to be scaled. Relevant contractor to
SCOPE OF WORKS. CONTROL PANEL, ANNUNCIATOR, ALL FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES AND NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. CONDUIT INSTALLATION SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR'S
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS IS EXISTING. THE FOLLOWING IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. confirm all dimensions, existing services & conditions on site.
3. DIVISION 23 - HVAC DIVISION 15 APPLIANCES. SHOW TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS OF CONTROL PANEL/S, ANNUNCIATOR LAYOUT AND AS DESCRIBED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. ALL CONDUIT FIELD ROUTING
TROUBLE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: SYSTEM OR CIRCUIT TROUBLE PLACES SYSTEM IN SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER. ROUTING NOT ACCEPTABLE SHALL BE REROUTED I <DM^L ayELm project engineer, sign off to
WORK SHALL INCLUDE, BUT SHALL NOT NECESSARILY BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: AND EACH DEVICE AND WIRING CONNECTIONS REQUIRED. SHOW ALL INTERFACES TO
4. DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16 TROUBLE MODE, WHICH CAUSES THE FOLLOWING SYSTEM OPERATIONS: AND REPLACED WITHOUT EXPENSE TO THE OWNER.
CONFIRM ALL QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURES ARE
DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF A COMPLETE MODIFICATION TO THE EXISTING AUTOMATIC OTHER SYSTEMS, SUCH AS TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS, AND SECURITY SYSTEMS. COMPLETE AND APPROVE THE ISSUE OF THESE
5. DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION 16 DOCUMENTS.
FIRE DETECTION & ALARM SYSTEM AND EWIS SYSTEM FOR THE AREA OF WORK SHOWN WHERE REQUIRED BY THE AHJ, CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING A 1. VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE TROUBLE ALARM INDICATED AT FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL CONCEAL ALL WIRE, CABLE, CONDUIT, AND RACEWAYS IN WALLS, CEILING SPACES,
6. DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY DIVISION 16 ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OR NICET STAMP AND SIGNATURE ON THEIR SHOP DRAWING AND REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL (IF PROVIDED). ELECTRICAL SHAFTS, OR CLOSETS IN FINISHED AREAS EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED
FURNISH: “TO SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, SUBMITTAL. THE ENGINEER IS NOT RESPONSIBLE AND WILL NOT PROVIDE THIS. 2. TROUBLE SIGNAL TRANSMITTED TO TIFFANY SECURITY COMPANY. OTHERWISE. CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS MAY BE EXPOSED IN UNFINISHED AREAS OR
FDCIE/EWCIE LOAD CALCULATIONS SHALL BE CARRIED OUT BY THE FIRE SERVICES WHERE SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE OWNER.
UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS.” SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE PRODUCED USING COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN. HAND DRAWN 3. TROUBLE SIGNAL TRANSMITTED TO EXISTING LANDLORD FIRE ALARM CONTROL
CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE ADDITION OF NEW DETECTORS/SPEAKERS TO THE EXISTING EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED OR INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, INSTALL ALL
INSTALL: “TO PERFORM ALL OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE INCLUDING, BUT NOT DOCUMENTS WILL NOT BE REVIEWED OR APPROVED. PANEL.
FIRE SYSTEM INFRASTRUCTURE. THE PRINCIPAL SHALL BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING PRIOR
LIMITED TO, THE ACTUAL UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLING, ERECTING, PLACING, CONDUIT PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO DOMINANT SURFACES WITH RIGHT ANGLE
TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLATION WORKS IF ANY DOUBTS EXIST AS TO SHOP DRAWING SCALE SHALL MATCH THE ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS WHERE POSSIBLE. 4. MANUAL ACKNOWLEDGE FUNCTION AT FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SILENCES
ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING, PROTECTING, WHETHER THE EXISTING INFRASTRUCTURE WILL STRUGGLE TO FACILITATE THE SCALE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3/32" = I'-O". AUDIBLE TROUBLE ALARM; VISIBLE ALARM IS DISPLAYED UNTIL INITIATING FAILURE OR
TURNS MADE OF SYMMETRICAL BENDS OR FITTINGS. EXCEPT WHERE PREVENTED BY THE A Issue Date & Description By Check
LOCATION OF OTHER WORK, A SINGLE CONDUIT OR A CONDUIT GROUP SHALL BE 100% ISSUE 29.04.19 NF
CLEANING, TESTING, COMMISSIONING, STARTING UP AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS, ADDITIONAL DEVICES AND LOADS. VARIATIONS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED IF THESE CIRCUIT TROUBLE IS CLEARED.
SUBMIT A BILL OF MATERIAL AND MANUFACTURERS PRODUCT DATA FOR ALL DEVICES CENTERED ON STRUCTURAL MEMBERS.
COMPLETE, AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE.” CALCULATIONS ARE NOT CARRIED OUT PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLATION
WORKS. AND EQUIPMENT. SUPERVISORY SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: THE ACTIVATION OF ANY SPRINKLER VALVE
PROVIDE: “TO FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE.” LOCATE CONDUIT AT LEAST SIX INCHES FROM HOT WATER OR STEAM PIPES AND FROM
REFER TO DIVISION 01 FOR ACCEPTANCE OF ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS FOR THIS TAMPER SWITCH OR DUCT-MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR PLACES SYSTEM IN OTHER HOT SURFACES. CONDUIT SHALL NOT BLOCK ACCESS TO ANY EXISTING
FURNISHED BY OWNER (OR OWNER-FURNISHED) OR FURNISHED BY OTHERS: “AN ITEM MAKES AND MODELS OF NEW FIRE DEVICES SHALL MATCH EXISTING DEVICES AND BE PROJECT. FOR ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE DOCUMENTS SUPERVISORY MODE, WHICH CAUSES THE FOLLOWING SYSTEM OPERATIONS: EQUIPMENT OR FIXTURES.
FURNISHED BY THE OWNER OR UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OR CONTRACTS, AND INSTALLED COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING SITE INFRASTRUCTURE. THE PRINCIPAL SHALL BE ADVISED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01. CONTRACTOR SHALL 1. VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE SUPERVISORY ALARM INDICATED BY ADDRESS AT FIRE ALARM
UNDER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION, COMPLETE AND READY FOR THE INTENDED LABEL ALL CONDUITS AND JUNCTION BOXES AS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 26.
OF ANY INCOMPATIBILITY ISSUES IN WRITING PRIOR TO INSTALLATION WORKS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER THAT THE SHOP DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN POSTED. CONTROL PANEL AND REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL (IF PROVIDED).
USE, INCLUDING ALL ITEMS AND SERVICES INCIDENTAL TO THE WORK NECESSARY FOR IF ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ARE NOT DEFINED IN DIVISION 01, CONTRACTOR TERMINATE ALL WIRING AT DEVICES OR PANELS USING TERMINAL CONNECTORS FOR
2. SUPERVISORY SIGNAL TRANSMITTED TO TIFFANY SECURITY COMPANY. SCREW TYPE TERMINALS. ALL TERMINAL CONNECTORS FOR CONDUCTORS SHALL BE
PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION UNDER THE CONCEALED SPACE DETECTORS TO REMAIN FUNCTIONAL & UNIMPEDED FOR DURATION SHALL INCLUDE THE WEBSITE, USER NAME AND PASSWORD INFORMATION NEEDED TO
WARRANTY REQUIRED BY THIS DIVISION.” OF THE CONSTRUCTION PROGRAM. ACCESS THE SUBMITTALS. FOR SUBMITTALS SENT BY E-MAIL, CONTRACTOR SHALL COPY 3. SUPERVISORY SIGNAL TRANSMITTED TO EXISTING LANDLORD FIRE ALARM CONTROL PRE-INSULATED RING TYPE OR PRE-INSULATED SPADE TYPE. PRE-INSULATED TERMINAL
THE DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVES OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR PANEL. CONNECTORS SHALL INCLUDE A VINYL SLEEVE, COLOR CODED TO INDICATE CONDUCTOR
ENGINEER: WHERE REFERENCED IN THIS DIVISION, “ENGINEER” IS THE ENGINEER OF
RECORD AND THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL FOR THE WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, AND IS A PROVIDE 12 MONTHS WARRANTY, INSPECTION, TESTING AND MAINTENANCE DURING THE SHALL ALLOW THE ENGINEER REVIEW TIME AS SPECIFIED ABOVE IN THE CONSTRUCTION 4. DUCT-MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL SHUTDOWN THEIR RESPECTIVE UNIT SIZE. PRE-INSULATED TERMINAL CONNECTORS SHALL INCLUDE A METALLIC SUPPORT
DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD. SCHEDULE. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY THE DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO UPON DETECTION OF SMOKE AND REMAIN DOWN UNTIL MANUALLY RESET. SLEEVE BONDED TO THE VINYL-INSULATING SLEEVE AND DESIGNED TO GRIP THE
CONSULTANT TO, AND AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE ARCHITECT, AS
PURCHASE THE MATERIALS AND/OR EQUIPMENT IN THE ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL AND CONDUCTOR INSULATION.
DEFINED IN THE GENERAL AND/OR SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. WHEN USED IN THIS 5. FAN-POWERED TERMINAL UNITS THAT ARE LESS THAN 2,000 CFM AND ARE NOT
DIVISION, ENGINEER MEANS INCREASED INVOLVEMENT BY AND OBLIGATIONS TO THE FIRE FAN INTERFACE MATRICES SHALL BE UPDATED THROUGH CO-ORDINATION WITH THE SHALL CLEARLY INDICATE THE MATERIALS, PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND ACCESSORIES MOUNT END-OF-LINE DEVICE IN BOX WITH LAST DEVICE OR SEPARATE BOX ADJACENT TO
PROVIDED WITH DUCT DETECTION SHALL SHUTDOWN WHEN ITS RESPECTIVE AIR
ENGINEER, IN ADDITION TO INVOLVEMENT BY AND OBLIGATIONS TO THE ARCHITECT. MECHANICAL TRADE AND THE FFCP/FDCIE CONTROLS/INDICATIONS SHALL BE UPDATED BEING PROPOSED. GENERAL PRODUCT CATALOG DATA NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED TO BE LAST DEVICE IN CIRCUIT FOR CONVENTIONAL HARDWIRED CLASS B INITIATING AND
HANDLING UNIT IS SHUTDOWN.
PRIOR TO THE COMMISSIONING STAGE. PART OF THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT WILL BE REJECTED AND RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW. NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS.
AHJ: THE LOCAL CODE AND/OR INSPECTION AGENCY (AUTHORITY) HAVING JURISDICTION 6. MANUAL ACKNOWLEDGE FUNCTION AT FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL AND REMOTE
OVER THE WORK. I. ELECTRONIC DRAWINGS SECURELY FASTEN CONDUIT TO ALL BOXES AND CABINETS. THREADS ON METALLIC
ALL EXISTING FIRE BLOCK PLANS AND GRAPHICS MAPS SHALL BE UPDATED PRIOR TO THE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL SILENCES AUDIBLE SUPERVISORY ALARM; VISIBLE ALARM IS
NRTL:NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY, AS DEFINED AND LISTED BY IN PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS OR RECORD DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR MAY, AT HIS DISPLAYED UNTIL DEVICE IS RETURNED TO ITS NORMAL POSITION/SUPERVISORY CONDUIT SHALL PROJECT THROUGH THE WALL OF THE BOX TO ALLOW THE BUSHING TO
COMMISSIONING OF THE SYSTEM.
OSHA IN 29 CFR 1910.7 (E.G., UL, ETL, CSA), AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS OPTION, OBTAIN ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES IN AUTOCAD OR DXF FORMAT ON CD-ROM CONDITION IS CLEARED. BUTT AGAINST THE END OF THE CONDUIT. THE LOCKNUTS BOTH INSIDE AND OUTSIDE
DISK, DVD DISK, FLASH DRIVE, OR DIRECT DOWNLOAD, AS DESIRED, FROM THE ENGINEER SHALL THEN BE TIGHTENED SUFFICIENTLY TO BOND THE CONDUIT SECURELY TO THE
PROJECT. NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORIES AND STANDARDS LISTED ALLOW FOR THE FOLLOWING SPARE EQUIPMENT (INCLUDING NECESSARY PIPE, CABLE ALARM SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: ACTUATION OF AN ALARM INITIATING DEVICE PLACES
FOR A FEE OF $200 FOR A DRAWING SET UP TO 12 SHEETS AND $15 PER SHEET FOR EACH BOX. CONDUIT SHALL ENTER CABINETS FROM THE BOTTOM AND SIDES ONLY.
ARE USED ONLY TO REPRESENT THE CHARACTERISTICS REQUIRED AND ARE NOT AND FIXINGS) TO BE INSTALLED: SYSTEM IN ALARM MODE, WHICH CAUSES THE FOLLOWING SYSTEM OPERATIONS.
INTENDED TO RESTRICT THE USE OF OTHER NRTLS THAT ARE ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ 10 X SMOKE DETECTORS ADDITIONAL SHEET. CONTACT THE ARCHITECT FOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION AND INSTALL MANUAL STATIONS WITH OPERATING HANDLE 48 INCHES ABOVE FLOOR UNLESS
AND STANDARDS THAT MEET THE SPECIFIED CRITERIA. ENGINEER FOR THE NECESSARY RELEASE AGREEMENT FORM AND TO SPECIFY SHIPPING 1. AUDIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES SHALL SOUND UNTIL SILENCED BY THE ALARM NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS.
3 X IN-DUCT PROBE SMOKE DETECTORS
METHOD AND DRAWING FORMAT. IN ADDITION TO PAYMENT, WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION SILENCE SWITCH AT THE CONTROL PANEL.
THE TERMS "APPROVED EQUAL", “EQUIVALENT”, OR "EQUAL" ARE USED SYNONYMOUSLY 5 X FIRE TRIP RELAYS INSTALL CEILING MOUNTED INITIATING DEVICES IN AREAS WITH EXPOSED STRUCTURE
FROM THE ARCHITECT AND RELEASE AGREEMENT FROM THE ENGINEER MUST BE 2. ALL VISIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES SHALL DISPLAY A CONTINUOUS
AND SHALL MEAN “ACCEPTED BY OR ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENGINEER AS EQUIVALENT TO 3 X MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDERS INCLUDING DOOR RELEASE MCP'S TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR/ROOF DECK.
RECEIVED BEFORE ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES WILL BE SENT. SYNCHRONIZED PATTERN UNTIL RESET BY THE ALARM RESET SWITCH.
THE ITEM OR MANUFACTURER SPECIFIED”. THE TERM "APPROVED" SHALL MEAN LABELED, DO NOT INSTALL SMOKE DETECTORS IN A DIRECT AIR FLOW NOR CLOSER THAN 3 FEET (1
LISTED, OR BOTH, BY AN NRTL, AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS PROJECT. FIRE SYSTEMS COMPONENTS, CONTROLS, INDICATION DEVICES AND ACTUATING DEVICES J. RECORD DRAWINGS (AS-BUILT DRAWINGS) 3. ALARM SIGNAL TRANSMITTED TO TIFFANY SECURITY COMPANY. METER) FROM AN AIR SUPPLY DIFFUSER OR RETURN AIR OPENING.
C. PREBID SITE VISIT THAT DO NOT HAVE ACTIVFIRE/SSL LISTINGS SHALL NOT BE UTILISED FOR THIS PROJECT. DURING PROGRESS OF THE WORK IN THIS DIVISION, CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN AN 4. ALARM SIGNAL TRANSMITTED TO EXISTING LANDLORD FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. INSTALL CEILING MOUNTED VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE/VISIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES IN
ACCURATE RECORD OF ALL CHANGES MADE DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE SYSTEM.
PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE SITE OF THE PROPOSED WORK AND BECOME FULLY 5. ALL FAN-POWERED AIR-HANDLING EQUIPMENT SHALL SHUTDOWN AND REMAIN AREAS WITH EXPOSED STRUCTURE TO BOTTOM OF FLOOR/ROOF STRUCTURE OR AT 30 FT
FIRE DEVICES SHALL NOT BE PROCURED OR INSTALLED PRIOR TO SIGNOFF ON PHYSICAL UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, ACCURATELY TRANSFER ALL RECORD INFORMATION
INFORMED AS TO THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE DONE. FAILURE TO SAMPLES AND DATA SHEETS BY THE RELEVANT CONSULTANTS AND ARCHITECTS. DOWN UNTIL THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL IS RESET. AFF, WHICHEVER IS LOWER.
TO THREE IDENTICAL SETS OF THE APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. INSERT ONE SET INTO
COMPLY WITH THIS REQUIREMENT SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED SUFFICIENT INSTALL CEILING MOUNTED VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE/VISIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES IN
EACH COPY OF THE MANUAL DESCRIBED BELOW. 6. AUDIO SYSTEM IS SHUT DOWN.
JUSTIFICATION TO REQUEST OR OBTAIN EXTRA COMPENSATION OVER AND ABOVE THE AREAS WITH FINISHED CEILINGS FLUSH WITH BOTTOM OF CEILING OR AT 30 FT AFF,
INTER-TENANCY DOORS AND DOORS IN PATHS OF EGRESS SHALL HAVE THEIR 7. THE ALARM LED SHALL FLASH ON THE CONTROL PANEL AND REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR
CONTRACT PRICE. SEE DIVISION 01 AND GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
ELECTRONIC DOOR STRIKES RELEASING ON GENERAL FIRE ALARM CONDITION. WHICHEVER IS LOWER.
PANEL UNTIL THE ALARM HAS BEEN ACKNOWLEDGED AT THE CONTROL PANEL/REMOTE
D. SCOPE OF WORK A. QUALIFICATIONS
ANNUNCIATOR PANEL. ONCE ACKNOWLEDGED, THIS SAME LED SHALL LATCH ON AND THE ALL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE SPEAKERS SHALL BE TAPPED AT ^2 WATT UNLESS NOTED
THE SCOPE OF WORK IN THIS SECTION INCLUDES FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANELS, EXPOSED FIRE SERVICES INFRASTRUCTURE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A TRADESMAN LIKE THE MANUFACTURER SHALL BE A COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE CUSTOM LABEL FOR THE ADDRESS IN ALARM SHALL BE DISPLAYED ON THE OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. IN ROOMS LESS THAN 100 SO FT, SPEAKERS ARE PERMITTED
MANNER PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO THE MAJOR BUILDING AXIS. PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM THREE YEARS DOCUMENTED TO BE TAPPED AT % WATT. MAKE CONDUIT AND WIRING CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT
MANUAL FIRE ALARM PULL STATIONS, AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTORS, FIRE ALARM ALPHANUMERIC LCD READOUT. A SUBSEQUENT ALARM RECEIVED FROM ANOTHER
EXPERIENCE. THE INSTALLER SHALL BE A COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN INSTALLING THE ADDRESS AFTER ACKNOWLEDGED SHALL FLASH THE ALARM LED ON THE CONTROL PANEL PROVIDED BY OTHERS.
NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES, AUXILIARY FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT, AIR HANDLING UNIT
ADDRESSABLE FIRE DETECTORS SHALL HAVE THEIR DEVICE ADDRESSES LABELLED PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM THREE YEARS DOCUMENTED SHOWING THE NEW ALARM INFORMATION.
SHUTDOWN, AND BATTERY STAND-BY POWER. USING A LABEL MAKER AND AFFIXED ADJACENT TO THE LED LAMP OF THE DETECTOR. PROVIDE STROBE SYNCHRONIZATION AS REQUIRED PER NFPA 72.
EXPERIENCE, BE A BONDED AND LICENSED CONTRACTOR AND MERCHANT OF
THE SET OF DRAWINGS ARE SPECIFIC TO FIRE SERVICES ONLY. INFORMATION RELATING THE LED LAMP SHALL BE VIEWABLE FROM THE DIRECTION OF APPROACH FROM THE 8. A PULSING ALARM TONE SHALL OCCUR WITHIN THE CONTROL PANEL UNTIL C. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
ELECTRONIC AUTOMATED FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS, AND EMPLOY FULL-TIME
TO THE STRUCTURE AND OTHER SERVICES (INCLUDING REFLECTED CEILING LAYOUTS) IF NEAREST DESIGNATED EXIT DOOR. ACKNOWLEDGED.
FACTORYTRAINEDINSTALLERS AND TECHNICIANS. THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S SYSTEMS SHALL BE CHECKED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS
DISPLAYED IN THE BACKGROUNDS ARE FOR THE FIRE PROTECTION CONSULTANT SERVICE DEPARTMENT SHALL BE FULLY STOCKED IN STANDARD PARTS AND D. INITIATING DEVICES PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO ENSURE THAT THE SYSTEM FUNCTIONS AS
CO-ORDINATION PURPOSES ONLY AND ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR COSTING PURPOSES NEW ISOLATION VALVES (TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT) INSTALLED AS PART OF THIS COMPONENTS AND ENGAGED IN THE MAINTENANCE OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS. MANUAL PULL STATION: PROVIDE SEMI-FLUSH, NON-CODED TYPE, DOUBLE ACTION REQUIRED AND IS FREE OF GROUNDS, OPENS, AND SHORTS. EACH DEVICE SHALL BE
OR FOR THE DESIGN OF OTHER SERVICES. THE LAYOUTS SHOWN MAY NOT BE THE PROJECT SHALL BE MONITORED AT THE FDCIE. ON-THE-PREMISES SERVICE SHALL BE AVAILABLE WITHIN 4 HOURS OF NOTIFICATION, 7 MANUAL PULL STATION. TESTED. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE TESTED WITH PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION.
LATEST OR INCLUDE RELEVANT INFORMATION. REFER TO THE RESPECTIVE STRUCTURE DAYS A WEEK, 24 HOURS A DAY. FURNISH SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE OF FIRE ALARM
AND THE OTHER RESPECTIVE INDIVIDUAL SERVICES PACKAGES FOR THE LATEST ALLOW FOR ALL PROGRAMMING MODIFICATIONS AND EQUIPMENT TO SUIT NEW SMOKE DETECTOR (PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE): DEVICE SHALL HAVE VISIBLE INDICATION OF UPON COMPLETION OF THE SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND BEFORE THE DATE OF FINAL
SYSTEM FOR ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
DRAWINGS AND MORE DETAILED INFORMATION. WHERE DISCREPANCIES EXIST, THE SMOKE/FIRE DETECTORS. DETECTOR ACTUATION, SELF-RESTORING, PLUG-IN WITH AN INTEGRAL ADDRESSABLE ACCEPTANCE, A FACTORY-TRAINED TECHNICIAN SHALL PERFORM ALL NECESSARY TESTS
B. WARRANTIES MODULE INDICATING THE DETECTOR STATUS. PHOTOELECTRIC DETECTORS SHALL HAVE AND ADJUSTMENTS AND SHALL FILE A LETTER OF CERTIFICATION AND A CERTIFICATE OF
MORE ONEROUS REQUIREMENTS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE.
THE FIRE SERVICES CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW TO PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED FIRE WARRANT EACH SYSTEM AND EACH ELEMENT THEREOF AGAINST ALL DEFECTS DUE TO SENSITIVITY BETWEEN 0.5 AND 3.5 PERCENT/FOOT SMOKE OBSCURATION. COMPLETION (NFPA 72) WITH THE OWNER INDICATING THAT THE SYSTEM FUNCTIONS AND
SERVICES DEMOLITION AND MAKING FOOD WORKS TO THE WORKFACE. FAULTY WORKMANSHIP, DESIGN, OR MATERIAL FOR A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM DATE CONFORMS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS.
THESE DRAWING SHALL BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE LATEST ARCHITECTURAL DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR: PHOTOELECTRIC DETECTOR ALONG WITH A Seal/Signature
OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, UNLESS SPECIFIC ITEMS ARE NOTED TO CARRY A LONGER STANDARD, RELAY OR ISOLATOR DETECTOR MOUNTING BASE. PROVIDE FOR VARIATIONS TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 72 AND LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS.
DRAWINGS, ALL ASSOCIATED ROOM DETAIL DRAWINGS AND SERVICES
FULL HEIGHT WALLS WITH AN FRL SHALL NOT BE PENETRATED BY FIRE SERVICES WARRANTY IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS OR MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD IN DUCT AIR VELOCITY BETWEEN 100 AND 4000 FEET PER MINUTE. PROTECT THE
SPECIFICATIONS/BRIEFS. WHERE DISCREPANCIES EXIST, THE MORE ONEROUS D. MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
REQUIREMENTS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. PIPEWORK OR CABLE TRAYS. WARRANTY EXCEEDS 12 MONTHS. REMEDY ALL DEFECTS, OCCURRING WITHIN THE MEASURING CHAMBER FROM DAMAGE AND INSECTS. PROVIDE AN AIR EXHAUST TUBE AND
WARRANTY PERIOD(S), AS STATED IN THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 01. AN AIR SAMPLING INLET TUBE THAT EXTENDS INTO THE DUCT AIR STREAM UP TO TEN INCLUDE SERVICES OF FACTORY TRAINED AND CERTIFIED TECHNICIAN TO SUPERVISE
NEW CEILING MOUNTED AUDIBLE ALARM SPEAKERS TO BE WHITE, TIFFANY BLUE OR AS FEET. PROVIDE DRILLING TEMPLATES AND GASKETS TO FACILITATE LOCATING AND INSTALLATION, ADJUSTMENTS, FINAL CONNECTIONS, AND SYSTEM TESTING AS
WHERE DETAILS ON THIS PAGE CONTRADICT WITH THE DETAILS ON INDIVIDUAL PAGES, ALL CORRECTIVE SOFTWARE MODIFICATIONS MADE DURING WARRANTY PERIODS SHALL
NOMINATED TO MATCH CEILING AND ARCHITECTS DETAILS. NEW CEILING MOUNTED MOUNTING THE HOUSING. PROVIDE REMOTE ALARM LEDS AND REMOTE TEST STATIONS PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR'S FACTORY-TRAINED TECHNICIANS.
THE MOST ONEROUS REQUIREMENTS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. BE UPDATED ON ALL USER DOCUMENTATION AND ON USER AND MANUFACTURER
AUDIBLE ALARM SPEAKERS ARE TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH CEILING COLOUR. PAINTING TO ARCHIVED SOFTWARE DISKS. AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. PROVIDE DUCT DETECTION AND SHUTDOWN FOR AIR THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER'S FACTORY TRAINED TECHNICIAN SHALL TRAIN THE OWNER'S
BE DONE OFF SITE. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS EXCEEDING 2,000 CFM. PERSONNEL IN THE PROPER USE AND MAINTENANCE OF THE SYSTEM. TRAINING
DO NOT SCALE OFF PDF DRAWINGS FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. ALL DIMENSIONS WARRANTIES SHALL INCLUDE LABOR AND MATERIAL, INCLUDING TRAVEL EXPENSES.
SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE AND REQUIRED TO BE VERIFIED BY THE CONSTRUCTOR'S E. NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES SESSIONS SHALL BE CONDUCTED AS NEEDED, NOT TO EXCEED A TOTAL OF 2 SESSIONS,
WORKS BY OTHERS: MAKE REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENTS WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE OWNER,
DETAILED SITE MEASUREMENTS. WITH EACH SESSION LASTING A MAXIMUM OF 4 HOURS EACH. Project Name
AND TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, AND ENGINEER. ALARM SPEAKERS: UL 1480 LISTED; HIGH QUALITY TONE AND VOICE REPRODUCTION;
00 MECHANICAL TRADE SHALL ENSURE THAT FIRE DAMPERS AND MECHANICAL PLANT CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER
'o CAPACITOR CONNECTED FOR CONNECTION TO SUPERVISED NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE E. ACCEPTANCE TESTING
u DESIGN LAYOUTS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS ARE INDICATIVE ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR ARE SHUT DOWN ON GENERAL FIRE ALARM CONDITION. PERFORM THE REMEDIAL WORK PROMPTLY, UPON WRITTEN NOTICE FROM THE ENGINEER
MELBOURNE, AU
aS
SHALL CO-ORDINATE WITH ALL EXISTING AND NEW SERVICES PRIOR TO PROCUREMENT FIRE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LOCATIONS, SIZES AND QUANTITIES OF OR OWNER. CIRCUIT; SEMI-FLUSH MOUNTING; FOUR INCH CONE; HIGH IMPACT, FLAME RETARDANT UPON COMPLETION OF THE SYSTEM INSTALLATION, A FACTORY-TRAINED TECHNICIAN
O
OF COMPONENTS, DEVICES, FABRICATION, MANUFACTURE AND INSTALLATION. PENETRATIONS TO BUILDER FOR EXECUTION. ELECTRICAL AND STRUCTURAL SCANS TO PC/ABS THERMOPLASTIC; 25 OR 70 VRMS; MULTI-TAPPED OUTPUT POWER RATED 1/4 TO 2 SHALL PERFORM ALL NECESSARY TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS IN THE PRESENCE OF THE
AT THE TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, DELIVER TO THE OWNER ALL WARRANTIES, Project Number
h-
CONTRACTOR IS TO ENSURE THAT THERE ARE NO CLASHES WITH OTHER SERVICES BE CARRIED OUT BY BUILDER PRIOR TO PENETRATION WORKS. WATTS AND PRODUCE 79 TO 88 DB AT 10 FEET. OWNER'S DESIGNATED PERSONNEL.
o
IN WRITING AND PROPERLY EXECUTED, INCLUDING TERM LIMITS FOR WARRANTIES
ONSITE AND THAT THE FINAL INSTALLATION IS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE TABLE ALL REDUNDANT CORE HOLES TO BE MADE GOOD BY BUILDER. VISIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES (STROBES): STROBES SHALL BE XENON OR END OF SECTION 28
EXTENDING BEYOND THE ONE YEAR PERIOD AND ANY ACTIONS THE OWNER MUST TAKE IN
OF APPLICABLE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM STANDARDS (TAPS) ON THIS PAGE. WHERE PENETRATIONS THROUGH ANY FIRE RATED WALLS SHALL BE FIRE CHECKED BY THE EQUIVALENT, UNFILTERED OR CLEAR FILTERED WHITE LIGHT, INTENSITY AS INDICATED ON
ORDER TO MAINTAIN WARRANTY STATUS. EACH WARRANTY INSTRUMENT SHALL BE
DISCREPANCIES EXIST, THE MORE ONEROUS REQUIREMENTS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. BUILDER.
CO ADDRESSED TO THE OWNER AND STATE THE COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM. DRAWINGS, FLASH RATE RANGE FROM 1 TO 3 HZ, A MAXIMUM PULSE DURATION OF 0.2
o
CN
FIRE TRADE TO SUPPLY A GFA RELAY TO THE SECURITY TRADE FOR SECURITY SEC WITH A MAXIMUM DUTY CYCLE OF 40 PERCENT. STROBE SHALL MEET ALL
Description
UO
THE FIRE SERVICES CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW TO VISIT SITE (MANDATORY) TO TRADE TO INTERFACE TO ELECTRIC DOOR STRIKE RELEASING HARDWARE. 2. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION FIRE SERVICES
REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT.
INVESTIGATE, CONFIRM AND DETERMINE THE FULL EXTENT OF WORKS REQUIRED TO MECHANICAL SERVICES TO PROVIDE CAUSE AND EFFECT MATRICES FOR FIRE FANS A. MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS
AUDIBLE/VISIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES (SPEAKER/STROBES): COMBINATION SHEET 2
DELIVER THE PROJECT. ALL NECESSARY MINOR AND MAJOR WORKS TO BE ALLOWED FOR
AND CARRIED OUT. ANY AND ALL RFI'S NEED TO BE SUBMITTED PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF
TO THE FIRE TRADE PRIOR TO PROGRAMMING OF THE FDCIE.
SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED
BY: SIMPLEXGRINNELL AND COMPATIBLE WITH THE EXISTING LANDLORD FIRE ALARM
UNITS SHALL PROVIDE A COMMON ENCLOSURE FOR THE FIRE ALARM AUDIBLE AND COMPLETE TENANCY SERVICES Scaie
TENDER. VARIATIONS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED FOR FAILURE TO ATTEND SITE PRIOR TO VISIBLE ALARM APPLIANCES AND BE UL LISTED FOR ITS PURPOSE. MINIMUM AUDIBLE
ti c
^ o SUBMISSION OF RFI'S.
E. CODES AND STANDARDS
PROVIDE AN INTEGRATED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, WHICH MEETS THE CURRENT VERSIONS
SYSTEM. LEVEL AND STROBE INTENSITY SHALL MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS FOR SEPARATE DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE 1:100@B1
B. FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL APPLIANCES.
ALL WORKS TO COMPLY WITH ALL RELEVANT BUILDING CODES, CONTRACTUAL
DOCUMENTATION AND STATE/FEDERAL LEGISLATION AT THE DATE OF APPROVAL OF THE
OF NFPA 70, NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE; NFPA 72, NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE; AND
ALL LOCAL BUILDING AND FIRE CODES. ALL FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT SHALL BE THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE A MICROPROCESSOR-BASED SYSTEM DESIGNED PROVIDE FLUSH OR RECESSED DEVICES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CONSULTANT REVIEW. NOT
Sheet Number
SPECIFICALLY FOR FIRE APPLICATIONS. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE UL LISTED UNDER
ORIGINAL DEVELOPMENT APPROVAL DOCUMENTATION AND THE TAPS ON THIS PAGE. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY (UL) APPROVED FOR THE TYPE AND CLASS OF SERVICE
STANDARD 864 (CONTROL UNITS FOR FIRE-PROTECTIVE SIGNALING SYSTEMS). MODULAR
F. AUXILIARY DEVICES
If WHERE DISCREPANCIES EXIST BETWEEN THIS DESIGN DOCUMENTATION AND THE TABLE
OF APPLICABLE STANDARDS, THE MORE ONEROUS REQUIREMENTS SHALL TAKE
PRECEDENCE.
PERFORMED.
NOTE, FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DESIGN, INSTALLATION, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL
BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AS1670.1 FIRE DETECTION & ALARM CODE. SYSTEM SHALL ALSO
CONSTRUCTION WITH A FLUSH MOUNTED ENCLOSURE.
THE SYSTEM SHALL INCORPORATE ONE-WAY EMERGENCY VOICE COMMUNICATION VIA
MONITOR MODULE: ADDRESSABLE MICROELECTRONIC MODULE PROVIDING A SYSTEM
ADDRESS FOR ALARM INITIATING DEVICES FOR WIRED APPLICATIONS WITH NORMALLY
OPEN CONTACTS. INCLUDE ADDRESS SETTING MEANS ON THE MODULE.
APPROVAL F3.01
!S
Is
MEET THE CURRENT VERSIONS OF NFPA 70 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, NFPA 72 SPECIFIED SPEAKERS. A CENTRAL AUDIBLE MODULE SHALL PROVIDE FOR THE
100% ISSUE
II
"I
COMPLETE TENANCY SERVICES GENERAL NEW NOTES: GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES:
1. CQQRDINATE ALL DEMQLITIQN WITH WHAT IS SHQWN QN Tiffany & Co.
1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY
DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW THE
GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL
ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. NQTIFY ARCHITECT QF ANY
DISCREPANCIES. 200 FIFTH AVENUE
REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS NEWYORK, NEW YORK 10010
CONSULTANT REVIEW. NOT MECHANICAL SYMBOLS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT,
ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO
2. QWNER RETAINS RIGHTS QF SALVAGE FQR EQUIPMENT AND
FIXTURES TQ BE REMQVED. CQQRDINATE WITH QWNER THE
EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TQ BE SALVAGED AND THE LQCATIQN
TEL: 646 428 5500
THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS OR ABBREVIATIONS ARE USED. V2.01 SUBMISSION OF BID.
CAPTURED AS PART OF THIS DESIGN STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS HVAC DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES PIPING SYMBOLS PIPING LINETYPES 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE
VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT “AS-BUILT” CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY
FDR STDRAGE. AVQID DAMAGE TQ SALVAGED EQUIPMENT,
FIXTURES AND DEVICES DURING DEMQLITIQN WQRK AND DURING
TRANSPDRT TQ QWNER’S DESIGNATED STDRAGE LQCATIQN.
1220mm
APPROVAL THERMOSTATS (USER ADJUSTABLE) (TOP OF DEVICE)
CONTROLS (TOP OF DEVICE) 1220mm
NOTE: ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS.
SEE SECTION 15250 OF THE SPECIFICATION FOR DUCTWORK TO
RECEIVE INSULATION OR LINER.
DIRECTION OF FLOW
CONTROL VALVE
-CDH>
-CD-
CONDENSATE DRAIN - HIGH EFFICIENCY RTU (CDH)
CONDENSATE DRAIN (CD)

EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. COORDINATE NEW
WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS
PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
3. AVQID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TQ REMAIN
FQR NEW INSTALLATIQN. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WQRK
AT ND EXTRA CQST TQ THE QWNER.
USE THE DEFAULT MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHOWN ABOVE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE THREE-WAY CONTROL VALVE
■ACD'
AUXILIARY CONDENSATE DRAIN (ACD) 3. COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS WITH OTHER
SPECIFICATIONS OR ELSEWHERE. MOUNTING HEIGHTS LISTED ARE ABOVE FINISHED EXISTING DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN 4. SEAL PENETRATIQNS THRQUGH FLQDRS, WALLS, CEILINGS AND
TRADES TO ENSURE A NEAT AND ORDERLY INSTALLATION. INSTALL DESIGN ARCHITECT
FLOOR (AFF) OR ABOVE FINISHED GRADE (AFG) TO TOP OF DEVICE. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE ■NPW< RDDFS WHERE MECHANICAL CQMPQNENTS ARE REMQVED AND
SHUTOFF VALVE NON POTABLE WATER (NPW)
INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT ADA AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS.
ANNOTATION
EXISTING DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED
CHECK VALVE
■G-
NATURAL GAS (G)
DUCTWORK AND PIPING AS TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE. COORDINATE
WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICTS. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF
DUCTWORK AND PIPING TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH ELECTRICAL PANELS,
WHERE THE EXISTING PENETRATIQN IS NQT USED FQR THE NEW
INSTALLATIQN. REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TQ MATCH ADJACENT
AREAS DR AS INDICATED QN THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.
■G'
---- LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER BALANCING VALVE WITH PRESSURE PORTS NATURAL GAS ON ROOF (G) LIGHTING FIXTURES, ETC. ANY MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF
COORDINATION WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AT NO 5. REMQVE HANGERS AND SUPPQRTS WHERE DUCTWQRK, PIPING Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax; (212) 481-3673
MECHANICAL OR FIRE PROTECTION PLAN NOTE CALLOUT ’MPG‘
TRIPLE DUTY VALVE WITH PRESSURE PORTS MEDIUM PRESSURE NATURAL GAS (MPG) EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. AND/DR EQUIPMENT ARE REMQVED AND THE EXISTING HANGERS
INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT (MAX. 1500mmLONG)
STRAINER >MPG' AND SUPPQRTS ARE NQT USED FQR THE NEW INSTALLATIQN.
'V MEDIUM PRESSURE NATURAL GAS ON ROOF (MPG) 4. WHERE SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING SYSTEMS IS REQUIRED DURING NEW WQRK,
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
UNO) CQQRDINATE SHUTDQWN TIME AND DURATIQN WITH THE QWNER TQ MINIMIZE 6. INSTALL PERMANENT CAPS WHERE DUCTWQRK AND PIPING IS
BRANCH DUCT WITH 45° RECTANGLE-ROUND BRANCH FITTING AND
MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER V.
STRAINER WITH BLOWOFF = FOS< FUEL OIL SUPPLY (FOS)
DQWNTIME. NQTIFY QWNER SEVEN (7) DAYS PRIQR TQ INTERRUPTIQN QF
SERVICE.
REMQVED AND THE EXISTING TAPS ARE NQT USED FDR THE NEW MEDLANDhll ENGINEERING
■FOR- INSTALLATIQN. WHERE DUCTWQRK AND PIPING ARE REMQVED AND
/ r’ RELIEF/SAFETY VALVE FUEL OIL RETURN (FOR)
CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING o’ THE EXISTING TAPS WILL BE USED FQR THE NEW INSTALLATIQN,
ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES ■FOV- 5. DURING INSTALLATIQN QF NEW WQRK, AVQID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES INSTALL TEMPQRARY CAPS TQ PRQTECT THE INTERIQR SURFACES Ground Floor
SOLENOID VALVE FUELOIL VENT (FOV)
AND EQUIPMENT TQ REMAIN. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING UNTIL NEW DUCTWQRK AND PIPING ARE INSTALLED.
DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER Y ■LPG- CQNSTRUCTIQN AT NQ EXTRA CQST TQ THE QWNER. 47 Murray Street
LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER t BRANCH DUCT WITH BELL-MOUTH FITTING & MANUAL VOLUME
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE LIQUIFIED PETROLEUM GAS (LPG)
7. INSPECT EXISTING EQUIPMENT TQ REMAIN TQ VERIFY THAT Py r m o n t
' CONTROL DAMPER ■BFW< 6. PRQVIDE TEMPQRARY BARRIERS TQ CQNTAIN DUST AND DEBRIS RESULTING
GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR BOILER FEED WATER (BFW)
FRQM THE PERFQRMANCE QF THE WQRK TQ THE AREA WHERE WQRK IS
EQUIPMENT IS QPERATING PRQPERLY. NQTIFY QWNER QF Sydney NSW 2009
DAMAGED AND/QR MALFUNCTIDNING CQMPQNENTS.
SECTION CUT DESIGNATION
||\l RETURN. EXHAUST. OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT UP
- THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE > HPS - HIGH PRESSURE STEAM SUPPLY (HPS) BEING PERFQRMED. 02 9552 2022
PA 8. WHERE SHUTDQWN QF EXISTING SYSTEMS IS REQUIRED DURING
>HPC<
PIPE ANCHOR HIGH PRESSURE STEAM CONDENSATE (HPC) 7. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHQWN QN THE MECHANICAL PLANS SHALL BE DEMQLITIQN, CQQRDINATE SHUTDQWN TIME AND DURATIQN WITH infoC5)medlandengineering.com ABN 98 612 496 723
,EJ
ABBREVIATIONS |f\| RETURN. EXHAUST. OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT DOWN
EXPANSION JOINT
■MPS'
MEDIUM PRESSURE STEAM SUPPLY (MPS)
PRQVIDED BY DIVISIQN 23 UNLESS QTHERWISE NQTED. QWNER TQ MINIMIZE DQWNTIME. NQTIFY QWNER SEVEN (7) DAYS www.medlandengineering.com
8. NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWQRK AND PIPING ARE SHQWN AT PRIQR TQ INTERRUPTIQN QF SERVICE.
A/C ■MPC'
AIR CONDITIONING IN WC INCHES OF WATER COLUMN PIPE GUIDE MEDIUM PRESSURE STEAM CONDENSATE (MPC) APPRQXIMATE LQCATIQNS. FIELD MEASURE FINAL DUCTWQRK AND PIPING
M SUPPLY AIR DUCT UP 9. CEASE WQRK AND IMMEDIATELY NQTIFY THE QWNER SHQULD ANY
ACC AIR COOLED CHILLER kW KILOWATT LQCATIQNS PRIQR TQ FABRICATIQN AND MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED
^LPS- HAZARDQUS MATERIALS BE ENCDUNTERED DURING THE
ACCU AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT L LOUVER PIPING SUPPORT LOW PRESSURE STEAM SUPPLY (LPS)
AFC ABOVE FINISHED CEILING LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE TQ FIT THE DUCTWQRK AND PIPING WITHIN THE AVAILABLE SPACE. VERIFY PERFQRMANCE QF THE WQRK.
rT ■LPC'
AFF
AFG
ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
ABOVE FINISHED GRADE
LDB
LP
LEAVING DRY BULB
LOW PRESSURE t SUPPLY AIR DUCT DOWN I'Z F & T TRAP
■PD‘
LOW PRESSURE STEAM CONDENSATE (LPC) THAT FINAL EQUIPMENT LQCATIQNS MEET MANUFACTURER’S
RECQMMENDATIQNS REGARDING SERVICE CLEARANCE AND PRQPER 10. REMQVAL, RECDVERY, RECYCLING, AND DISPQSAL QF
AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING L/s LITRES PER SECOND BUCKET TRAP CONDENSATE PUMP DISCHARGE (PD) AIRFLQW CLEARANCE ARQUND EQUIPMENT. REFRIGERANT, CDNTAINED IN ANY EQUIPMENT TQ BE REMQVED,
JURISDICTION LWB LEAVING WET BULB EQUIPMENT WITH FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION
■HWS'
SHALL BE PERFQRMED IN STRICT ACCQRDANCE WITH CURRENT
AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE THERMOSTATIC TRAP HEATING HOT WATER SUPPLY (HWS) 9. REFER TQ ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FQR RELATED CQNSTRUCTIQN EPA GUIDELINES.
Al ANALOG INPUT MAU MAKE-UP AIR UNIT DETAILS AS APPLICABLE TQ THE HVAC SYSTEM. VERIFY CHASES AND
(TYPE) ■HWR<
AO ANALOG OUTPUT MAX MAXIMUM
©
BACKFLOW PREVENTER HEATING HOT WATER RETURN (HWR) PENETRATIQNS SHQWN QN ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS THAT ARE INTENDED
AP ACCESS PANEL MBH 1000 BTU PER HOUR (L/s)
FQR DUCTWQRK AND PIPING MEET REQUIREMENTS.
AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE MD MOTORIZED DAMPER PRESSURE GAUGE ■ CHWS - CHILLED WATER SUPPLY (CHWS)
B BOILER MFR MANUFACTURER 10. INSTALL DUCTWQRK AND PIPING PARALLEL TQ BUILDING CQLUMN LINES
THERMOMETER
BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM MIN MINIMUM T'e#\ (TYPE) ■ CHWR ' CHILLED WATER RETURN (CHWR)
UNLESS QTHERWISE SHQWN QR NQTED.
BB BACKBONE N/A NOT APPLICABLE W (L/s) ■HCS'
BD BACKDRAFT DAMPER N/C NORMALLY CLOSED PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE TEST PLUG HOT/CHILLED WATER SUPPLY (HCS)
11. QVERHEAD HANGERS AND SUPPQRTS FQR EQUIPMENT, DUCTWQRK AND
BD BLOWDOWN N/O NORMALLY OPEN
BFC BELOW FINISHED CEILING NC NOISE CRITERIA EQUIPMENT ACCESS TILE (IN ACT CEILINGS) UNION ■HCR‘
HOT/CHILLED WATER RETURN (HCR)
PIPING SHALL BE FASTENED TQ BUILDING JQISTS QR BEAMS. DQ NQT ATTACH
BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR NF NON-FUSED HANGERS AND SUPPQRTS TQ THE ABQVE FLQQR SLAB QR RQQF EXCEPT
■CWS'
BFG BELOW FINISHED GRADE NIC NOT IN CONTRACT FLANGE CONNECTION CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY (CWS) WHERE CQNCRETE INSERTS IN CQNCRETE SLABS ARE ALLQWED BY THE
ACCESS PANEL (IN GYPSUM) SPECIFICATIQNS. (^Medland Engineering 2018
BFP BOILER FEED PUMP OA OUTSIDE AIR
■CWR<
Bl BINARY INPUT PICV PRESSURE INDEPENDENT VACUUM RELIEF VALVE CONDENSER WATER RETURN (CWR) This drawing & its design content remains the property of
BO BINARY OUTPUT CONTROL VALVE 12. CQQRDINATE LQCATIQN QF EQUIPMENT SUPPQRTS WITH LQCATIQN QF Medland Engineering and may not be reproduced whole or
BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT PROVIDE FURNISH AND INSTALL SLOT DIFFUSER OR ARCHITECTURAL SLOT ; .>v AUTOMATIC AIR VENT ■ HPWS ■ HEAT PUMP WATER SUPPLY (HPWS) EQUIPMENT ACCESS PANELS/DQQRS TQ ENABLE SERVICE QF EQUIPMENT in part without the express permission of Medland
BOS BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE QTY QUANTITY AND/QR FILTER REPLACEMENT.
c pMV Engineering. Drawing not to be scaled. Relevant contractor to
BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT RA RETURN AIR MANUAL AIR VENT ■ HPWR ' HEAT PUMP WATER RETURN (HPWR)
CH CHILLER RC ROOM CRITERIA MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER confirm all dimensions, existing services & conditions on site.
■RL' 13. SEAL PENETRATIQNS THRQUGH THE BUILDING CQMPQNENTS IN
CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE RD RETURN DUCT PRESSURE / VACUUM SWITCH REFRIGERANT LIQUID (RL)
ACCQRDANCE WITH THE CQNTRACT SPECIFICATIQNS. FIREPRQQF
CP CONDENSATE PUMP REA RELIEF AIR I PROJECTENGINEER, SIGN OFFTO
RF RETURN FAN J SQUARE TO ROUND TRANSITION CLEANOUT ■RD- PENETRATIQNS THRQUGH FIRE RATED CQMPQNENTS IN ACCQRDANCE WITH
CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER REFRIGERANT DISCHARGE (HOT GAS) (RD) CONFIRM ALL QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURES ARE
CRAC COMPUTER ROOM AIR RH RELATIVE HUMIDITY U.L. REQUIREMENTS.
RD CAP •RS- COMPLETE AND APPROVE THE ISSUE OF THESE
CONDITIONING UNIT RH ROOF HOOD REFRIGERANT SUCTION (RS) DOCUMENTS.
CRU COMPUTER ROOM UNIT RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR (SD=SUPPLY/RD=RETURN) 14. CQQRDINATE THE EXACT MQUNTING SIZE AND FRAME TYPE QF DIFFUSERS,
-KD ■RDB- REGISTERS AND GRILLES WITH THE SUPPLIER TQ MEET THE CEILING, WALL
CT COOLING TOWER RTU ROOFTOP UNIT ELBOW UP REFRIGERANT DISCHARGE BYPASS (RDB)
CV CONTROL VALVE SA SUPPLY AIR ■ VCD AND DUCT INSTALLATIQN REQUIREMENTS.
\ I / -40 ■RV-
CWP CONDENSER WATER PUMP SCP STEAM CONDENSATE PUMP VOLUME CONTROL DAMPER ELBOW DOWN REFRIGERANT VENT (RV)
CU CONDENSING UNIT SD SMOKE DUCT DETECTOR 15. ADJUST LQCATIQN QF CEILING DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES AS
CHWP CHILLED WATER PUMP SD SUPPLY DUCT TEE UP — R — REFRIGERANT FLOW AND RETURN REQUIRED TQ ACCQMMQDATE FINAL CEILING GRID AND LIGHTING LQCATIQNS.
DB DECIBELS SF SUPPLY FAN
X MOTORISED DAMPER
DBA DECIBELS AVERAGE SOW SCOPE OF WORK TEE DOWN 16. DUCTWQRK CRQSSING FIRE RATED WALLS QR QTHER FIRE RATED
DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SP STATIC PRESSURE ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE MINIMUM 26 GAUGE SHEET METAL.
Dl DIGITAL INPUT ST STEAM TRAP MOTORISED AIR DAMPERS Tv ELBOW UP WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE (SOV)
DN
DS
DOWN
DUCT SILENCER
STM
TBD
STEAM
TO BE DETERMINED ^ - AIR FLOW DIRECTION Cl ELBOW DOWN WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE (SOV)
17. PRQVIDE FIRE QR FIRE/SMQKE DAMPERS, AS APPLICABLE, IN DUCTWQRK AT
CEILINGS AND WALLS AT LQCATIQNS SHQWN QN THE PLANS. FIRE AND A Issue Date & Description By Check
DX DIRECT EXPANSION TC/C TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
(E) EXISTING CONTRACTOR TEE UP WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE (SOV) LINETYPE LEGEND FIRE/SMQKE DAMPERS SHALL CQNFQRM TQ NFPA AS APPLICABLE. 90% ISSUE 14.11.18 DW
300x200 RECTANGULAR DUCT WIDTH X HEIGHT CQQRDINATE SLEEVE LENGTH WITH REQUIREMENTS QF INSTALLED LQCATIQN.
EA EXHAUST AIR TCP TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL
TEE DOWN WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE (SOV)
100% ISSUE 23.11.18 DW
EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE TF TRANSFER FAN Q THROUGHOUT THE DRAWINGS DIFFERENT LINE-TYPES ARE USED IN COMBINATION WITH THE
18. PRQVIDE WALL QR DUCT ACCESS PANELS QR DQQRS FDR ACCESS TQ FIRE
ED EXHAUST DUCT TFA TO FLOOR ABOVE
STEP UP / STEP DOWN REDUCER
SYMBOLS TO INDICATE THE STATUS OF ITEMS AS EXISTING, TO BE DEMOLISHED, TO BE
AND FIRE/SMQKE DAMPERS. ACCESS PANEL QR DDQR SHALL BE MINIMUM
90 % ISSUE 05.04.19 DW
EDB ENTERING DRY BULB TFB TO FLOOR BELOW INCLUDED AS PART OF NEW WORK AND/OR ITEMS WHICH ARE ANTICIPATED TO BE PROVIDED
EF EXHAUST FAN TT TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER A, IN THE FUTURE. THE STATUS OF ITEMS USING THESE LINETYPES ARE RELATIVE TO THE SIZE QF 10” BY 10” AND SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN 12” QF DAMPER. PRQVIDE 100% ISSUE 29.04.19 DW
EMS ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM TYP TYPICAL TUNDISH RECIRCULATION PUMP VIEW IN WHICH THEY APPEAR. PHASING SHOWN IN DRAWINGS IS NOT INTENDED TO FULLY A REMQVABLE DUCT SECTIDN WHERE DUCT SIZE IS TQQ SMALL FQR A 10” BY
ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN U/F UNDERFLOOR
\ y
DESCRIBE ALL NECESSARY CONSTRUCTION PHASING. WHICH IS DETERMINED BY THE 10” ACCESS DQQR.
100% ISSUE 03.05.19 DW
P-TRAP
EWB ENTERING WET BULB U/G UNDERGROUND CONTRACTOR AS PART OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES. ANY SUCH PHASES DESCRIBED IN THE
EWT ENTERING WATER U/S UNDERSLAB CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARE GENERAL AND ONLY INTENDED TO INDICATE A BROAD 19. LQCATE AND SET THERMDSTATS AND TEMPERATURE SENSQRS AT
TEMPERATURE UH UNIT HEATER GAS COCK ORDER FOR THE SAKE OF DESCRIBING THE PROJECT. THE FOLLOWING LINETYPES MAY BE LQCATIQNS SHQWN DN PLANS. VERIFY EXACT LQCATIQNS WITH ARCHITECT
FCU FAN COIL UNIT UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE WALL MOUNTED UNIT USED ON ANY DEVICE. EQUIPMENT, NOTE, LINE, SHAPE. ETC. PRIQR TQ INSTALLATIQN. INSTALL DEVICES WITH TQP QF DEVICE AT MAXIMUM
FFA FROM FLOOR ABOVE VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TOP BEAM CLAMP
48” AFF TQ MEET ADA REQUIREMENTS UNLESS NQTED QTHERWISE DN PLANS.
FFB FROM FLOOR BELOW VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE EXISTING NEW
FF FINISHED FLOOR VRF VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW © TRAPEZE HANGER PRQVIDE INSULATED BACKING FDR THERMDSTATS MDUNTED DN EXTERIQR
FPM FEET PER MINUTE VRV VARIABLE REFRIGERANT DEMOLISH FUTURE BUILDING WALLS. INSTALL WIRING IN CQNDUIT PRQVIDED BY DIVISIQN 26. AT
GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR VOLUME A MINIMUM, PRQVIDE CQNDUIT IN THE WALL FRQM THE JUNCTIQN BQX TQ 6”
GPM
HOA
HTG
HWP
GALLONS PER MINUTE
HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC
HEATING
HEATING WATER PUMP
W/
W/0
WB
WC
WITH
WITHOUT
WET BULB
WATER COLUMN
I
Ixwx^l
CEILING CONCEALED DUCTED FAN COIL UNIT
NEW/RELOCATED INSULATED DUCTWORK (INSULATION

ABQVE THE CEILING.
20. CQQRDINATE THE LQCATIQN AND ELEVATIDN QF WALL-MQUNTED DEVICES

WITH PRESENTATIQN BQARDS, DISPLAY CABINETS, SHELVES DR QTHER
WPD WATER PRESSURE DROP CQMPQNENTS SHQWN QN THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS THAT ARE TQ BE
XP EXPLOSION-PROOF REQUIREMENTS BASED ON NCC SPECIFICATION J5.2b)
INSTALLED UNDER QTHER DIVISIQNS. CQNTRACTQR WILL NQT BE
REIMBURSED FDR RELQCATIDN QF WALL-MQUNTED DEVICES CAUSED BY A
LACK QF CDDRDINATIDN.
RISER DESIGNATION
21. PRQVIDE A MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER IN EACH DUCT TAKEDFF FRQM
@ SUPPLY, RETURN, QUTDDQR AND EXHAUST AIR DUCTS.
FIRE DAMPER
22. PRQVIDE A PREFABRICATED 45 DEGREE, HIGH EFFICIENCY,
FIRE SMOKE DAMPER RECTANGULAR/RQUND BRANCH DUCT TAKEDFF FITTING FQR BRANCH DUCT
CQNNECTIQNS AND TAKE-QFFS TQ INDIVIDUAL DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND
(SD) GRILLES. PRQVIDE WITH INTEGRAL MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER AND
SMOKE DAMPER LDCKING QUADRANT WHERE INDICATED QN PLANS.
23. BRANCH DUCTWQRK TQ AIR QUTLETS SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS QUTLET NECK
VOLUME DAMPER SIZE UNLESS QTHERWISE NQTED.
24. REFER TQ SPECIFICATIQNS FDR DUCTWQRK AND PIPING INSULATIDN

MOTORIZED DAMPER REQUIREMENTS. DUCT SIZES QN MECHANICAL PLANS INDICATE CLEAR INSIDE
AIRFLQW DIMENSIQNS, INCREASE SHEET METAL SIZES ACCQRDINGLY TQ
BACKDRAFT DAMPER ACCDUNT FQR THICKNESS QF DUCT LINER.
25. FLEXIBLE DUCTWQRK SHALL NQT EXCEED 1500mm IN LENGTH AND SHALL BE
INSTALLED AND SUPPDRTED TQ AVQID SHARP BENDS AND SAGGING. REFER
DIFFUSERS & GRILLES TQ SPECIFICATIQNS FQR ADDITIDNAL REQUIREMENTS.
26. PRQVIDE A NEW SET QF AIR FILTERS IN UNITS PRIQR TQ TESTING, ADJUSTING
AND BALANCING AND BEFQRE TURNING SYSTEM(S) QVER TQ QWNER.
\2 EXHAUST AIR GRILLE
27. CQQRDINATE LQCATIQN QF RQQF MDUNTED HVAC EQUIPMENT AND RQQF
0 RETURN/RELIEF AIR GRILLE
4-WAY BLOW SQUARE TYPE SUPPLY AIR

PENETRATIQNS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS.
28. INDQQR AIR QUALITY MEASURES: PRQTECT INSIDE QF (INSTALLED AND

DIFFUSER C/W INSULATED CUSHION HEAD BOX
DELIVERED) DUCTWQRK AND HVAC UNITS FRQM EXPDSURE TQ DUST, DIRT,
PAINT AND MQISTURE. REPLACE INSULATIDN THAT HAS GQTTEN WET AT ANY
1-WAY BLOW SQUARE TYPE SUPPLY AIR
TIME DURING CQNSTRUCTIQN, DRYING THE INSULATIDN IS NQT ACCEPTABLE.
DIFFUSER C/W INSULATED CUSHION HEAD BOX
SEAL ANY TEARS QR JDINTS QF INTERNAL FIBERGLASS INSULATIDN. REMQVE
DEBRIS FRQM CEILING/RETURN AIR PLENUM INCLUDING DUST. AN
CONTINUOUS LINEAR SLOT RETURN AIR
INDEPENDENT, PRQFESSIQNAL DUCT CLEANING CDMPANY SHALL VACUUM
LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER C/W INSULATED CLEAN ANY DUCTWQRK CQNNECTED TQ HVAC UNITS THAT WERE DPERATED
PLENUM BOX OVER ACTIVE SECTION DURING THE CQNSTRUCTIQN PERIQD AFTER NEW FILTERS ARE INSTALLED
AND PRIQR TQ TURNING SYSTEM QVER TQ THE QWNER. THE INTERNAL
PLENUM BOX OVER ARCHITECTURAL SLOT FOR SURFACES AND ASSDCIATED CQILS QF ANY HVAC UNITS THAT WERE
SUPPLY OR RETURN AIR - REFER TO DETAILS DPERATED SHALL ALSD BE CLEANED.
25mm DOOR UNDERCUT 29. CQNTRACTQR SHALL DRAIN, FLUSH, AND REFILL ALL PIPING SYSTEMS
NECESSARY TQ PERFDRM THE WQRK. PRQVIDE CHEMICAL TREATMENT FQR
ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS. REFER TO ALL PIPING SYSTEMS AFTER REFILLING SYSTEM.
DUCTWORK SPECIFICATIONS FOR DUCTWORK INSULATION AND LINER INFORMATION.
30. REFER TQ ARCHITECTURAL PACKAGE FDR STAGING PLANS AS PART QF
TRANSITIDN WDRKS FRQM INITIAL DAY TQ FINAL DAY QF BUILD.
GENERAL CQNTRACTQR SHALL USE LANDLQRD'S APPRQVED RDQFING

CQNTRACTQR FDR ALL RQQF WQRK.
Seal/Signature
GENERAL CQNTRACTQR SHALL CDNFIRM ANY SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS AND

SPECIAL WQRKING HQURS WITH LANDLDRD PRIQR TQ BID. ND EXTRA CHARGE
WILL BE ALLQWED FDR SPECIAL LANDLQRD REQUIREMENTS DURING
CQNSTRUCTIQN.
GENERAL CQNTRACTQR IS RESPDNSIBLE FQR THE PRQDUCTIDN QF

CDDRDINATIDN DRAWINGS. CDDRDINATIDN DRAWINGS SHALL INDICATE
PRQPDSED LQCATIQNS QF PIPING, DUCTWQRK, SPRINKLER PIPING, AND
O) LIGHTING, AS WELL AS LQCATIQNS QF STRUCTURAL BEAMS AND QTHER
RELEVANT STRUCTURAL FEATURES. CDDRDINATIDN DRAWINGS SHALL
INDICATE HEIGHTS QF ALL DUCTWQRK, PIPING, STRUCTURAL BEAMS, AND Project Name
o CEILINGS TQ ENSURE INSTALLED EQUIPMENT WILL FIT ABQVE CEILING.
'o
GENERAL CQNTRACTQR SHALL SUBMIT CQDRDINATIQN DRAWINGS TQ CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER-TEMP STORE
ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER FQR REVIEW PRIQR TQ CQMMENCING
au
S MELBOURNE, AU
CQNSTRUCTIQN. ANY REVISIQNS TQ DUCTWQRK, EQUIPMENT, CQNDUIT QR
O PIPING REQUIRED BY CQNTRACTQR FAILURE TQ SUBMIT PRQPERLY PREPARED
h-
SHQP DRAWINGS FQR CQDRDINATIQN SHALL BE THE RESPQNSIBILITY QF THE Project Number
HVAC CQNTRACTQR AT ND ADDITIDNAL CQST TQ THE CLIENT AND DELAY TQ
o THE PRQJECT SCHEDULE.
CO
Drawing List GENERAL CQNTRACTQR IS RESPDNSIBLE FQR PRDVIDING TQ ARCHITECT AND
Description
o
CN
CO
Drawing No. Drawing Title ENGINEER A FINAL TEST AND BALANCE REPDRT PER MECHANICAL
HVAC CONTROL DEVICES MO.OO LEGENDS NOTES

SPECIFICATIQNS. TEST AND BALANCE REPQRT SHALL BE PRQVIDED TQ MECHANICAL SERVICES
ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER PRIQR TQ ENGINEER’S FINAL PUNCH. LEGEND AND NOTES
HUMIDISTAT HS M1.03 GROUND LEVEL - HVAC PLAN - TEMPORARY STORE
HUMIDITY SENSOR
M1.04 GROUND LEVEL - HVAC PLAN - PERMANENT STORE
THERMOSTAT PS PULL STATION (PULL STATION)
M1.05 INDQQR AIR QUALITY MEASURES: PRQTECT INSIDE QF (INSTALLED AND Scaie
GROUND LEVEL - DEMOLITION PLAN - PERMANENT STORE
ti c CC SP DELIVERED) DUCTWQRK AND HVAC UNITS FRQM EXPDSURE TQ DUST, DIRT,
^ o CENTRAL CONTROL PANEL STATIC PRESSURE M2.00 DETAILS PAINT AND MQISTURE. REPLACE INSULATIDN THAT HAS GQTTEN WET AT ANY NTS(gB1
CO CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR TS TEMPERATURE SENSOR M2.01 DETAILS TIME DURING CQNSTRUCTIQN, DRYING THE INSULATIDN IS NQT ACCEPTABLE.
S SEAL ANY TEARS QR JQINTS QF INTERNAL FIBERGLASS INSULATIDN. REMQVE
o| C02 CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR AFT AIRFLOW STATION TRANSMITTER M3.00 SCHEDULES
DEBRIS FRQM CEILING/RETURN AIR PLENUM INCLUDING DUST. THE
^ C M3.01 SCHEDULES LANDLQRD’S PREFERRED DUCT CLEANING CQNTRACTQR (IF APPLICABLE)
DP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR Sheet Number
- M4.00 SPECIFICATIONS
SHALL DQ A THQRQUGH DUCT CLEANING AFTER NEW FILTERS ARE INSTALLED
o FS FLOW SWITCH AND PRIQR TQ TURNING SYSTEM QVER TQ THE QWNER. RECDRDS QF THE
-c 5
■? cs-
o ■—
=D rl-'
M4.01
M4.02
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
CLEANING SHALL BE SUBMITTED TQ THE CQNSTRUCTIQN DEPARTMENT PRIQR
TQ STDRE DPENING FDR BUSINESS.
MO.OO
I-
< o
■G £:<
S o 100% ISSUE
«-d
..
<i) -2
COMPLETE TENANCY SERVICES NEW PLAN NOTES:
Tiffany & Co.
DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE (D PROVIDE CABLE OPERATED VOLUME DAMPER BY HOLYOAKE WITH EXTERNAL WORM GEAR OPERATOR
OR YOUNG'S REGULATOR EQUIVALENT BUTTERFLY DAMPER WITH 270-275 CONTROLLER IN INDICATED
200 FIFTH AVENUE
BRANCH DUCTWORK FOR BALANCING. DAMPER CABLE ACTUATOR SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE FOR
CONSULTANT REVIEW. NOT BALANCING VIA THE SLOT OPENING ADJACENT TO THE ASSOCIATED PLENUM SUPPLY BOX. NO CEILING
CUPS. SECURELY ATTACH ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING CLAMP TO CEILING FRAMING MEMBERS.
TEL: 646 428 5500
CAPTURED AS PART OF THIS DESIGN CONTRACTOR IS TO ALLOW FOR INTERNATIONAL IMPORT AND FREIGHT OF PROPRIETARY PRODUCT
FOR TENDERING PURPOSES.
APPROVAL ROUTE DUCTWORK AS TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE.
PLENUM SPACE ABOVE ARCHITECTURAL CEILING SHALL BE UTILIZED FOR RETURN AIR PATH BACK TO
HVAC EQUIPMENT AS PER LANDLORD DESIGN IN THE EXISTING STORE. NO COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL
DESIGN ARCHITECT
SHALL BE PERMITTED IN RETURN AIR PLENUM PER CODE.
COORDINATE ROUTING OF DUCTWORK WITH LIGHT HOUSINGS. ELECTRICAL CONDUIT. PIPING ETC.
DUCTWORK INSULATION SHALL BE AT LEAST 75MM (3") FROM LIGHT HOUSINGS.
PROVIDE THERMOSTAT IN PRIVATE SALES FOR LOCAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL. VERIFY FINAL Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax; (212) 481-3673
LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

<g> PROVIDE THERMOSTAT WIRED TO REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR IN THE SALES AREA FOR EACH
UNIT. VERIFY FINAL LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. MEDLANDhll ENGINEERING
(t) provide remote temperature sensor in space. TEMPERATURE SENSOR SHALL BE WIRED TO
THERMOSTAT IN THE MANAGER’S OFFICE. VERIFY FINAL LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO Ground Floor
INSTALLATION. SENSOR SHALL HAVE A STAINLESS STEEL FINISH AND TO BE OF "BUTTON" TYPE. NO
EXCEPTIONS UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE BY THE ARCHITECT.
47 Murray Street
Py r m o n t
<g> ACCESS TO HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FROM LAY-IN CEILING. HATCHED TILE INDICATES ACCESS
Sydney NSW 2009
POINT FOR UNIT. NO CEILING DEVICES SHALL BE PLACED IN THIS LOCATION. COORDINATE FINAL 02 9552 2022
INSTALLED LOCATION SUCH THAT THE HVAC EQUIPMENT REMAINS ACCESSIBLE. VERIFY THAT NO
OTHER PIPING. ELECTRICAL CONDUIT. STRUCTURE. AND/OR CEILING SUPPORTS IMPEDE ACCESS IN info@medlandengineering.com ABN 98 612 496 723
ANY WAY. INSTALL BOTTOM OF HVAC EQUIPMENT WITHIN 61OMM (24") ABOVE CEILING FOR www.medlandengineering.com
SERVICEABILITY.
REMOVAL OF DIFFUSER SHALL BE USED FOR ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT. FOR SUPPLY DIFFUSERS
PROVIDE 1500mm OF FLEX DUCT TO DIFFUSER TO ALLOW REMOVAL. VERIFY THAT NO OTHER PIPING.
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT. STRUCTURE. AND/OR CEILING SUPPORTS IMPEDE ACCESS IN ANY WAY.
<g> HEAVY LINE INDICATES AN ARCHITECTURAL OPENING FOR SUPPLY/RETURN. PLENUM SERVES
ARCHITECTURAL SLOT FOR SUPPLY AIR. AREAS NOT UTILIZED BY SUPPLY PLENUMS SHALL BE LEFT
OPEN TO THE PLENUM FOR RETURN IN THE EXISTING STORE. RETURN AIR OPENING SHALL. AT
MINIMUM. BE THE SAME HEIGHT AS THE SUPPLY PORTIONS OF THE SLOT. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL
AND MECHANICAL DETAILS FOR MORE INFORMATION. ALL VISIBLE INTERIOR SURFACES OF THE SLOT
SHALL BE FLAT BLACK AND SHALL BE COVERED WITH A FIELD-FABRICATED RETURN AIR LIGHT SHIELD
(REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET M2.00).
(U) HEAVY LINE INDICATES A CONTINUOUS LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER FOR SUPPLY/RETURN AIR. PLENUM
SERVES LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER FOR SUPPLY AIR. UNUSED PORTIONS OF THE SLOT SHALL BE LEFT
OPEN TO THE PLENUM FOR RETURN IN THE EXISTING STORE. ALL VISIBLE INTERIOR SURFACES OF THE
SLOT SHALL BE FLAT BLACK AND SHALL BE COVERED WITH A FIELD-FABRICATED RETURN AIR LIGHT
SHIELD (REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET M2.00).
^ ARCHITECTURAL SLOTS ARE TO BE BLANKED OFF IN THE REFITTED OUT TEMPORARY STORE. PLENUM Medland Engineering and may not be reproduced whole or
SPACE ABOVE CEILING IS ROOF SPACE IN THIS AREA. RETURN AIR TO HVAC EQUIPMENT TO BE FULLY
DUCTED RETURN AS PER CODE REQUIREMENTS.
PROVIDE CONDENSING UNIT WHERE DEMOLISHED TIFFANY CONDENSING UNITS WERE LOCATED. I <DM^L ayELm project engineer, sign off to
COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF CONDENSING UNIT WITH LANDLORD AND LOCAL CONFIRM ALL QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURES ARE
CODE REQUIREMENTS AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. INDICATED LOCATION IS COMPLETE AND APPROVE THE ISSUE OF THESE
REPRESENTATIVE ONLY AND SHOWN SUCH FOR CLARITY. INSTALL CONDENSING UNIT TO MAINTAIN DOCUMENTS.
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES. CONDENSING UNIT SHALL BE LABELLED WITH
TENANT NAME AND SPACE NUMBER. PROVIDE UNIT ON EXISTING CONDENSING UNIT SUPPORTS WITH
WAFFLE PADS FOR VIBRATION ISOLATION.
REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED FROM THE NEW INDOOR UNITS TO THE NEW CONDENSING
UNIT LOCATED ON THE ROOF. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT ROUTING OF REFRIGERANT
PIPING PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL DEVELOP AND SUBMIT REFRIGERANT PIPING
AND ISOMETRIC DRAWINGS INCLUDING MANUFACTURER SIZED PIPE SIZES AND LENGTHS TO
EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. COPY OF APPROVED DRAWINGS SHALL A Issue Date & Description By Check
BE SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL 50% ISSUE 08.03.19 DW
NECESSARY NEW WORK AND OTHER TASKS AND APPURTENANCES REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF
90 % ISSUE 05.04.19 DW
REFRIGERANT PIPING BEYOND THE TENANT DEMISING WALL. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED
IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 100% ISSUE 29.04.19 DW
INSTALLATION IS TO BE COMPLIANT TO AS5149. 100% ISSUE 03.05.19 DW
© REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED FROM THE NEW INDOOR UNIT TO THE EXISTING BRANCH BOX
LOCATED IN THE BACK OF HOUSE AREA. CONTRACTOR IS TO USE THE EXISTING REFRIGERANT
PIPEWORK ALREADY INSTALLED TO MINIMISE DISTRUPTION TO THE TEMPORARY STORE. CONTRACTOR
SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT ROUTING OF REFRIGERANT PIPING PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR
SHALL DEVELOP AND SUBMIT REFRIGERANT PIPING AND ISOMETRIC DRAWINGS INCLUDING
ALLOW TO RAISE DUCTWERK" AND PIPEWDRK MANUFACTURER SIZED PIPE SIZES AND LENGTHS TO EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS FOR REVIEW AND
IN THIS AREA TD CD-DRDINATE WITH APPROVAL. COPY OF APPROVED DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR
INSTALLATION DR PROPOSED COVE, TO INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL NECESARY NEW WORK AND OTHER TASKS AND
APPURTENANCES REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF RFRIGERANT PIPING BEYOND THE TENANT
DEMISING WALL. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH THE
RELOCATED ECU-TF-002
MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. INSTALLATIONS IS TO BE COMPLIANT TO
TEMPERATURE SENSOR, AS5149.
^ CONTRACTOR TO RELOCATE AND TRANSITION REFRIGERANT PIPEWORK AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK IN

LjiiATION THE AREA AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE CLEARANCE FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE PROPOSED CEILING
‘PING COVE.
NEW EQUIPMENT TO BE SERVED BY THE RECENTLY INSTALLED MSSB-TF-001 IN THE OFFICE AREA.
ftO300'>l200LÎ^
<g) ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF AIRFLOW. ADJUST DIFFUSER PATTERN DEFLECTOR TO DIRECT
AIRFLOW AS SHOWN.
INACTIVE SECTIONS OF SLOTS ^ PROVIDE BURGLAR BARS PER DETAIL 09 ON SHEET M2.01 IN AIR DUCTS OR OPENINGS THROUGH THE
IN THE TEMP STORE TO BE DEMISING WALLS. ROOF AND SLAB. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD FOR INSTALLATION OF BURGLAR
BLANKED OFF (TYP) BARS IN LANDLORD DUCTWORK.
£50x250 ARPET’3'
1^ INSET C
REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR CONDENSATE CONNECTIONS AND DETAILS.
175x150
<g> CONNECT AND REPROGRAMMED CENTRAL CONTROLLER FOR THE MONITORING AND CONTROL OF THE
ADDITIONAL AIR CONDITIONING UNITS. INCLUDE AS PART OF REPROGRAMMING THE REMOVAL OF
REDUNDANT SYSTEMS. EXISTING TEMPORARY STORE FIT-OUT SHOULD ALREADY HAVE 4 SPARE
CONTROLS CABLE LEFT AS TAIL END FOR FUTURE USE TO MINIMISE DISTURBANCE TO TEMPORARY
K>3:OOxg'00(XX>^ STORE.
<g> HEAVY LINE INDICATES A CONTINUOUS LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER FOR SUPPLY/EXHAUST AIR. PLENUM
SERVES LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER FOR SUPPLY AND EXHAUST AIR.
ENGAGEM^
LOVE 8\
<g> VRF HEAT RECOVERY BRANCH CONTROLLER (BOX).
|>6W55l5l5l^#0y2g5(Xl
<g> SUPPLY AIR FROM ROOF PLANT ABOVE (AHU-R-1)
<g> RETURN AIR TO ROOF PLANT ABOVE (AHU-R-1)
<g> SUPPLY AIR FROM ROOF PLANT ABOVE (AHU-R-4)

RELOCATED FCU-TF-001
TEMPERATURE SENSOR,
<TYP) <E<Z> <g> RETURN AIR FROM ROOF PLANT ABOVE (AHU-R-4)
EXISTING EXHAUST SYSTEMS TO BE RETAINED.
<g> ROUTE DUCT ABOVE AND OUT OF THE SERVICE CLEARANCE FOR EQUIPMENT.
MECHANICAL HVAC PLAN
SCALE: 1:100 DO NOT ROUTE DUCTWORK OR PIPING ABOVE ELECTRICAL PANELS. VERIFY NO EXISTING DUCTWORK
OR PIPING ARE INSTALLED ABOVE PANELS. RELOCATE AS NECESSARY.
FIELD VERIFY SERVICE ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPER IS AVAILABLE FROM ADJACENT TENANT SPACE. IF
ACCESS IS FROM TIFFANY SPACE REVISE INSTALLATION TO BE ACCESSED FROM ADJACENT TENANT
SPACE. WHICH IS OCCUPIED BY TIFFANY FOR TEMP STORE.
@> CONFIRM EXISTING DUCTWORK PENETRATION THROUGH THE DEMISING WALL HAS EXISTING BURGLAR Seal/Signature
BARS. IF BURGLAR BARS ARE NOT CONFIRMED IN THE DUCTWORK. PROVIDE BURGLAR BARS PER
DETAIL C9/M2.01. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD FOR INSTALLATION OF BURGLAR BARS IN LANDLORD
DUCTWORK.
(Vt) BOLD LINE INDICATES TRANSFORMER INSTALLED IN THE PLENUM. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE
OF 150mm FROM THE SIDE OF THE TRANSFORMER AND 915mm FROM THE FRONT OF THE
TRANSFORMER.
<g> LANDLORD DUCTWORK IS EXISTING AND SHALL REMAIN. REPAIR/REPLACE DAMAGED INSULATION AS
CONDENSER LAYOUT
NECESSARY. ALL SUPPLY DUCTWORK ABOVE TENANT SPACE SHALL BE INSULATED.
O)
T3
<@> FIELD VERIFY FIRE DAMPER IS EXISTING IN DUCTWORK CROSSING DEMISING WALL. IF NO FIRE DAMPER Project Name
i IS EXISTING. PROVIDE NEW IF REQUIRED BY WALL RATING. CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER

'o
u @> PROVIDE TRANSFER OPENING IN FULL HEIGHT WALL WITH A MINIMUM FREE ARE OPENING OF 0.75m^ melbourne.au
aS
(OR EQUAL TO OPENING SIZE OF TRANSFER AIR OPENING IN DEMISING WALL). PROVIDE OPENING WITH
O
BURGLAR BARS PER KEYNOTE 32.
Project Number
<g> ARCHITECTURAL SLOTS AND DIFFUSERS TO BE LEFT OPEN IN THE ORIGINAL STORE TO SUIT EXISTING
o
BASE BUILDING A/C DESIGN.
CO
o Description
CN
CO
MECHANICAL SERVICES
GROUND LEVEL
HVACLAYOUT
PERMANENT STORE
Scaie
ti c
^ o
1:100(gB1
S
o|
^ C
Sheet Number
c
o
-c 5
it ^
■? ^
o o
t-'
1.04
I-
< o
■Gl£:<
■? 5?
S o 100% ISSUE
«-d
.. -2
<i) .t
DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE TEL: 646 428 5500

APPROVAL DESIGN ARCHITECT
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax; (212) 481-3673
NOTES: MEDLANDhll ENGINEERING

1. DEMOLISH AND REMOVE ALL ORIGINAL FIT-OUT ITEMS IN THE EXISTING STORE, INCLUDING BUT
Ground Floor
NOT LIMITED TO FAN COIL UNITS, PIPEWORK, DRAINAGE, DUCTWORK AND THE LIKE. DEMOLISH
AND REMOVE ASSOCIATED CONDENSER UNITS (5 OFF) FOUND ON THE ROOF. CONTRACTOR TO 47 Murray Street
RETAIN ALL LANDLORD SERVICES AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING. CONTRACTOR TO ALSO RETAIN Py r m o n t
THE NEWLY INSTALLED AIR CONDITIONING AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS AS PART OF THE Sydney NSW 2009
TEMPORARY WORKS STAGE. 02 9552 2022
www.medlandengineering.com

I ayELm project engineer, sign off to

DOCUMENTS.
NOTIN
SCOPE OF
WORKS

90 % ISSUE 05.04.19 DW
100% ISSUE 29.04.19 DW
-CU-TF-003
FCU-TF-001 TEMPERATURE
SENSOR TO BE RELOCATED,
ERVICE
BASE BUILDING TEMPERATURE

iOllVW
WRAPPING :ONi iULTATION
SENSOR TO BE RELOCATED,
STOCK
ÔOM
-----
ECU-TE-002 TO BE
DEMOLISHED,
_ -H , •
/ INSET CARPET 7
I .
ESSENTIALS HOME&
ACCESSORIES
LOVE&
ENGAGEMENT
l\ /I \
TIONS PRIVATE
SALES
INALIZA
MECHANICAL DEMOLITION
SCALE: 1:100
Seal/Signature
5
-O
Project Name
'o
u MELBOURNE, AU
od
o
f- Project Number
CO
o Description
CN
to
MECHANICAL SERVICES
GROUND LEVEL
DEMOLITION LAYOUT
PERMANENT STORE
Scale
ti c
^ o
1:100@B1
S
o|
^ C
Sheet Number
c
o
-c 5
■? 2
o o
1.05
I-
< o
■Gl£:<
■?
S o
5?
100% ISSUE
«-d
.. -2
<i)
TAPE THE OPEN END OF THE FLEXIBLE
DUCTWORK TO THE SUPPLY PLENUM
METALLIC OR NON-METALLIC
BAND (TYP)
TAPE THE OPEN END OF THE FLEXIBLE
DUCTWORK TO THE SUPPLY PLENUM
WITH 80mm FOIL TAPE.
STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP (TYP) SHEET METAL SUPPLY PLENUM WITH
12mm CLOSED CELL INTERNAL
-W-
-NOMINAL LENGTH
-------------------PLENUM LENGTH-------------------►
Tiffany & Co.
200 FIFTH AVENUE
WITH 3" FOIL TAPE
INSULATION.
METALLIC OR NON-METALLIC METAL BAND OVER NEWYORK, NEW YORK 10010
SHEET METAL SUPPLY PLENUM
BAND OVER INSULATION (TYP) WITH 12mm CLOSED CELL INSULATION (TYP) ----------- A---------- -- TEL: 646 428 5500
INTERNAL INSULATION.
INSULATED DUCT INSULATED DUCT E3
WORM GEAR OPERATOR WORM GEAR OPERATOR
V y
1-1/4" \
SQUARE SHAFT FOR 1/4"
SQUARE SHAFT FOR 1/4" DRIVE
SOCKET/ NUT DRIVER \
SOCKET/ NUTDRIVER \ DESIGN ARCHITECT
CEILING FRAMING (TYP) CEILING FRAMING (TYP)

-SUPPLY DUCT CONNECTION TO
SUPPLY PLENUM SHALL BE MADE IN 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
ROUND BUTTERFLY DAMPER Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax; (212) 481-3673
END VIEW SIDE VIEW THE CENTER OF THE PLENUM.
WITH REMOTE CABLE ADJUST PATTERN DEFLECTOR
OPERATOR TO DIRECT AIRFLOW OUT OF
PRE-INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT AS
PATTERN DEFLECTOR ROUND BUTTERFLY DAMPER
CEILING COVE. MEDLANDfflil ENGINEERING
REQUIRED, INSTALL PERMANENTLY SLOT WIDTH MIN. WIDTH (W) NOMINAL LENGTH PLENUM LENGTH
SEALED AND SUPPORTED TO PREVENT WITH REMOTE CABLE HOLDING BRACKET
OPERATOR Ground Floor
KINKING AND SHARP TURNS 25mm 70mm 600, 900, 1200, 1500 (mm) 550, 850, 1150, 1450 (mm) 47 Murray Street
SIDE VIEW PRE-INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT AS Py r m o n t
CEILING (TYP)
REQUIRED, INSTALL PERMANENTLY Sydney NSW 2009
HOLDING BRACKET SEALED AND SUPPORTED TO PREVENT
LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER SLOT WIDTH INLET SIZE A B 02 9552 2022
KINKING AND SHARP TURNS
PATTERN 25mm 150mm OVAL 158mm 127mm info@medlandengineering.com ABN 98 612 496 723
DEFLECTORS) GYP CEILING (TYP) www.medlandengineering.com
VHOLDING LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER NOTES:

BRACKET HARD CEILING HARD CEILING
1. PLENUM MAY BE MOUNTED ON LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER OR ARCHITECTURAL SLOT.
H GH THROW SIDE VIEW TAPE AND FLOAT FLANGE TO 2. PROVIDE 12mm THICK, INTERNAL, CLOSED CELL INSULATION ON ALL PLENUMS.
GYPBOARD CEILING
REFER TO SCHEDULE 3. MINIMUM WIDTH INCLUDES 12mm CLOSED CELL INTERNAL INSULATION.
FOR BORDER TYPE SUPPLY DUCT CONNECTION TO
HARD CE L NG
SUPPLY PLENUM SHALL BE MADE IN
THE CENTER OF THE PLENUM.
REFER TO SCHEDULE
FOR BORDER TYPE
JET THROW SUPPLY PLENUM CONSTRUCTION
SUPPLY DUCT CONNECTION TO NO SCALE
SUPPLY PLENUM SHALL BE MADE IN
THE CENTER OF THE PLENUM.
-PLENUM LENGTH-
(C^Medland Engineering 2018
CABLE FROM REMOTE OPERATOR NOMINAL LENGTH This drawing & its design content remains the property of
TO DAMPER REFER TO SIDE VIEW Medland Engineering and may not be reproduced whole or
REMOTE OPERATOR MOUNTED ON confirm all dimensions, existing services & conditions on site.
CABLE FROM REMOTE
EXTERIOR OF PLENUM
OPERATOR TO DAMPER I IAmMCKÊ<m PROJECTENGINEER, SIGN OFFTO
REFER TO SIDE VIEW
LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER SHALL 1-1/4" COMPLETE AND APPROVE THE ISSUE OF THESE
DOCUMENTS.
REMOTE OPERATOR EXTEND THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE
MOUNTED ON EXTERIOR SLOT
OF PLENUM
LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER SHALL EXTEND
THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE SLOT DRILL ONE (3/4) INCH DIAMETER HOLE
IN PATTERN DEFLECTOR TO ALLOW
M SUPPLY DUCT CONNECTION TO SUPPLY
ACCESS TO REMOTE DAMPER PLENUM SHALL BE MADE IN THE CENTER OE
OPERATOR
END VIEW SIDE VIEW
THE PLENUM. A Issue Date & Description
N By Check
DRILL ONE (3/4) INCH DIAMETER HOLE 1 100% ISSUE 23.11.18 DW
IN PATTERN DEFLECTOR TO ALLOW 2 90 % ISSUE 05.04.19 DW
ACCESS TO REMOTE DAMPER ISOMETRIC VIEW
3 100% ISSUE 29.04.19 DW
OPERATOR
4 100% ISSUE 03.05.19 DW
NOTES: SLOT WIDTH MIN. WIDTH (W) NOMINAL LENGTH PLENUM LENGTH
ISOMETRIC VIEW 1. EXTEND HARD METAL DUCT SO THAT MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH DOES NOT EXCEED 1500mm.
PROVIDE RIGID 90° ELBOW WHERE REQUIRED TO KEEP FLEXIBLE DUCT WITHIN 1500mm LENGTH LIMITATION.
25mm 70mm 600, 900, 1200, 1500 (mm) 610, 914, 1150, 1524 (mm)
NOTES:
1. EXTEND HARD METAL DUCT SO THAT MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH DOES NOT EXCEED 1500mm. 2. COORDINATE EXACT LENGTH AND LOCATION OF SLOT DIFFUSER WITH ARCHITECT'S REFLECTED CEILING
PROVIDE RIGID 90° ELBOW WHERE REQUIRED TO KEEP FLEXIBLE DUCT WITHIN 1500mm LENGTH LIMITATION. PLAN.
NOTES:
1. PLENUM CONSTRUCTION DIMENSIONS TO BE USED FOR PLENUMS SUPPLYING OUT OF LIGHT COVES ONLY.
COMPLETE TENANCY
2. COORDINATE EXACT LENGTH AND LOCATION OF SLOT DIFFUSER WITH ARCHITECT'S REFLECTED CEILING
PLAN.
3. PORTIONS OF THE SLOT DIFFUSER NOT USED FOR SUPPLY SHALL REMAIN OPEN TO THE PLENUM FOR
RETURN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. PLENUMS PROVIDE 12mm THICK, INTERNAL, CLOSED CELL INSULATION LINER ON ALL PLENUMS.
SERVICES DESIGN
3. PORTIONS OF THE SLOT DIFFUSER NOT USED FOR SUPPLY SHALL REMAIN OPEN TO THE PLENUM FOR
RETURN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
4. DAMPER OPERATOR ASSEMBLY SHALL BE MODEL #RT-250 MANUFACTURED BY METROPOLITAN AIR 3. MINIMUM WIDTH INCLUDES 12mm CLOSED CELL INTERNAL INSULATION. SUBJECT TO
TECHNOLOGY (1-800-585-7686) OR APPROVED EQUAL.
4. ALL FLEXIBLE DUCT OFFSETS SHALL MAINTAIN A RADIUS OF 1.5 TIMES THE DIAMETER. 5. ALL FLEXIBLE DUCT OFFSETS SHALL MAINTAIN A RADIUS OF 1.5 TIMES THE DIAMETER AND SHALL BE A
4. PLENUMS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO FIT BETWEEN SLOT FRAMING AT 610, 914, 1219 OR 1524mm ON CENTER. SEPARATE
5. AT THE CONTRACTORS OPTION SUPPLY PLENUM MAY BE FIELD FABRICATED AS SHOWN IN DETAIL J13/M2.00
MINIMUM OF 900mm AND MAXIMUM OF 1500mm IN LENGTH.
CONSULTANT REVIEW.
OR PURCHASED FROM DIFFUSER SUPPLIER. SUPPLY PLENUM CONSTRUCTION (COVE ONLY)
6. REFER TO DIFFUSER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH SCHEDULED BORDER TYPE.
6. AT THE CONTRACTORS OPTION SUPPLY PLENUM SHALL BE FIELD FABRICATED AS SHOWN IN DETAIL
J13/M2.00 OR PURCHASED FROM DIFFUSER SUPPLIER. NO SCALE NOT CAPTURED AS
PART OF THIS DESIGN
LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER DETAIL LIGHT COVE LINEAR DIFFUSER DETAIL
APPROVAL
o NO SCALE
SHEET METAL SUPPLY PLENUM WITH

12mm CLOSED CELL INTERNAL
STAINLESS STEEL
CLAMP (TYP)
STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP
(TYP)
NO SCALE
REQUIRED, INSTALL PERMANENTLY
SEALED AND SUPPORTED TO PREVENT
STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP (TYP)
ROUND BUTTERFLY DAMPER

WITH REMOTE CABLE
OPERATOR
ROUND BUTTERFLY DAMPER

INSULATION. WITH REMOTE CABLE
METAL BAND OVER
INSULATION (TYP) OPERATOR
INSULATED DUCT
INSTALL PLENUM DIRECTLY ADJACENT TO
SLOT DIFFUSER. PROVIDE FRAMED
OPENING TO INSTALL PLENUM FLUSH
WITH ARCHITECTURAL SLOT.
S
METAL BAND OVER
INSULATION (TYP)
METAL BAND OVER CEILING FRAMING
INSULATION (TYP)
INSTALL PLENUM DIRECTLY ADJACENT TO
\ \ SLOT DIFFUSER. PROVIDE FRAMED OPENING
\ \ TO INSTALL PLENUM FLUSH WITH
< SHEET METAL SUPPLY PLENUM
WITH 12mm CLOSED CELL SHEET METAL SUPPLY PLENUM ARCHITECTURAL SLOT.
INTERNAL INSULATION. WITH 12mm CLOSED CELL ARCHITECTURAL SLOT OPENING
ROUND BUTTERFLY DAMPER WITH
INTERNAL INSULATION.
REMOTE CABLE OPERATOR
ARCHITECTURAL
PRE-INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT AS SLOT OPENING
Seal/Signature
y \ \\
CEILING FRAMING y' \
ARCHITECTURAL SLOT OPENING GYP CEILING (TYP)

SHEET METAL DEFLECTION
WORM GEAR OPERATOR PLATE FULL LENGTH OF
SUPPLY PLENUM
WORM GEAR -GYP CEILING (TYP) WORM GEAR OPERATOR
OPERATOR
O)
-WALL Project Name

CN
NOTES: NOTES: CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER-TEMP STORE
'o
u NOTES: MELBOURNE, AU
aS 1. EXTEND HARD METAL DUCT SO THAT MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH DOES NOT EXCEED 1500mm. 1. EXTEND HARD METAL DUCT SO THAT MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH DOES NOT EXCEED 1500mm.
O 1. EXTEND HARD METAL DUCT SO THAT MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH DOES NOT EXCEED 1500mm. PROVIDE RIGID 90° ELBOW WHERE REQUIRED TO KEEP FLEXIBLE DUCT WITHIN 1500mm LENGTH LIMITATION. PROVIDE RIGID 90° ELBOW WHERE REQUIRED TO KEEP FLEXIBLE DUCT WITHIN 1500mm LENGTH LIMITATION.
h- PROVIDE RIGID 90° ELBOW WHERE REQUIRED TO KEEP FLEXIBLE DUCT WITHIN 1500mm LENGTH LIMITATION. Project Number
o 2. COORDINATE EXACT LENGTH AND LOCATION OF SLOT DIFFUSER WITH ARCHITECT'S REFLECTED CEILING 2. COORDINATE EXACT LENGTH AND LOCATION OF SLOT DIFFUSER WITH ARCHITECT'S REFLECTED CEILING
2. COORDINATE EXACT LENGTH AND LOCATION OF SLOT DIFFUSER WITH ARCHITECT'S REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. PLAN.
PLAN.
CO 3. PORTIONS OF THE SLOT DIFFUSER NOT USED FOR SUPPLY SHALL REMAIN OPEN TO THE PLENUM FOR 3. PORTIONS OF THE SLOT DIFFUSER NOT USED FOR SUPPLY SHALL REMAIN OPEN TO THE PLENUM FOR
o Description
CN 3. PORTIONS OF THE SLOT DIFFUSER NOT USED FOR SUPPLY SHALL REMAIN OPEN TO THE PLENUM FOR RETURN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. RETURN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
CO
RETURN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. MECHANICAL SERVICES
4. DAMPER OPERATOR ASSEMBLY SHALL BE MODEL #RT-250 MANUFACTURED BY METROPOLITAN AIR 4. DAMPER OPERATOR ASSEMBLY SHALL BE MODEL #RT-250 MANUFACTURED BY METROPOLITAN AIR DETAILS
4. DAMPER OPERATOR ASSEMBLY SHALL BE MODEL #RT-250 MANUFACTURED BY METROPOLITAN AIR TECHNOLOGY (1-800-585-7686) OR APPROVED EQUAL. TECHNOLOGY (1-800-585-7686) OR APPROVED EQUAL.
TECHNOLOGY (1-800-585-7686) OR APPROVED EQUAL. Scaie
ti c 5. ALL FLEXIBLE DUCT OFFSETS SHALL MAINTAIN A RADIUS OF 1.5 TIMES THE DIAMETER AND SHALL BE A 5. ALL FLEXIBLE DUCT OFFSETS SHALL MAINTAIN A RADIUS OF 1.5 TIMES THE DIAMETER AND SHALL BE A
^ o
5. ALL FLEXIBLE DUCT OFFSETS SHALL MAINTAIN A RADIUS OF 1.5 TIMES THE DIAMETER AND SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 900mm AND MAXIMUM OF 1500mm IN LENGTH. MINIMUM OF 900mm AND MAXIMUM OF 1500mm IN LENGTH. 1:100@B1
S MINIMUM OF 900mm AND MAXIMUM OF 1500mm IN LENGTH.
o| 6. AT THE CONTRACTORS OPTION SUPPLY PLENUM SHALL BE FIELD FABRICATED AS SHOWN IN DETAIL 6. AT THE CONTRACTORS OPTION SUPPLY PLENUM SHALL BE FIELD FABRICATED AS SHOWN IN DETAIL
^ C 6. AT THE CONTRACTORS OPTION SUPPLY PLENUM SHALL BE FIELD FABRICATED AS SHOWN IN DETAIL G13/M2.00 OR PURCHASED FROM DIFFUSER SUPPLIER. G13/M2.00 OR PURCHASED FROM DIFFUSER SUPPLIER. Sheet Number
c
o G3/M2.00 OR PURCHASED FROM DIFFUSER SUPPLIER.
-D 5
CEILING REVEAL SUPPLY SLOT DETAIL (§> LIGHT COVE ARCHITECTURAL SLOT DETAIL LIGHT COVE ARCHITECTURAL SLOT DETAIL
M2.00
(g>
NO SCALE NO SCALE
o o
=D rl-'
NO SCALE
I-
< o
■Gl£:<
■?
S o
5?
100% ISSUE
■S
DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE Tiffany & Co.
200 FIFTH AVENUE
CONSULTANT REVIEW. NOT STAINLESS STEEL
TEL: 646 428 5500
CAPTURED AS PART OF THIS DESIGN CLAMP (TYP)
METAL BAND OVER
APPROVAL SHEET METAL SUPPLY PLENUM —
WITH 1/4" CLOSED CELL INTERNAL
INSULATION (TYP)
INSULATED DUCT
INSULATION.
ARCHITECTURAL SLOT DESIGN ARCHITECT

RETURN AIR OPENING
CEILING FRAMING
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax; (212) 481-3673
ARCHITECTURAL SLOT
RETURN AIR OPENING
ARCHITECTURAL SLOT
OPENING Ground Floor
47 Murray Street
ROUND BUTTERFLY DAMPER WITH Py r m o n t
REMOTE CABLE OPERATOR Sydney NSW 2009
02 9552 2022
REQUIRED, INSTALL PERMANENTLY info@medlandengineering.com ABN 98 612 496 723
SEALED AND SUPPORTED TO www.medlandengineering.com
GYP CEILING (TYP) WALL GYP CEILING (TYP) WORM GEAR OPERATOR PREVENT KINKING AND SHARP TURNS
WALL CEILING FRAMING
ARCHITECTURAL SLOT
NOTES: NOTES: NOTES:
OPENING
1. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 1. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 1. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR MORE INFORMATION.
WALL
2. PROVIDE DUCTED RETURN AIR PLENUM WHERE NECESSARY 2. PROVIDE DUCTED RETURN AIR PLENUM WHERE NECESSARY 2. PROVIDE DUCTED RETURN AIR PLENUM WHERE NECESSARY
AS PER DOCUMENTATION. AS PER DOCUMENTATION. AS PER DOCUMENTATION.
NOTES:
LIGHT COVE ARCHITECTURAL SLOT DETAIL
NO SCALE
(§> PRIVATE SALES RETURN AIR OPENING
NO SCALE
(§> CEILING REVEAL RETURN SLOT DETAIL
NO SCALE
1.
2.
EXTEND HARD METAL DUCT SO THAT MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH DOES NOT EXCEED 5'-0".
PROVIDE RIGID 90° ELBOW WHERE REQUIRED TO KEEP FLEXIBLE DUCT WITHIN 5'-0" LENGTH LIMITATION.
COORDINATE EXACT LENGTH AND LOCATION OF SLOT DIFFUSER WITH ARCHITECT'S REFLECTED
CEILING PLAN.
3. PORTIONS OF THE SLOT DIFFUSER NOT USED FOR SUPPLY SHALL REMAIN OPEN TO THE PLENUM FOR in part without the express permission of Medland
RETURN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. Engineering. Drawing not to be scaled. Relevant contractor to
PAINT INTERIOR- confirm all dimensions, existing services & conditions on site.
SURFACES FLAT BLACK 4. DAMPER OPERATOR ASSEMBLY SHALL BE MODEL #RT-250 MANUFACTURED BY METROPOLITAN AIR I PROJECTENGINEER, SIGN OFFTO
TECHNOLOGY (1-800-585-7686). CONFIRM ALL QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURES ARE
SOLID SHEET METAL LIGHT SHIELD SHALL COMPLETE AND APPROVE THE ISSUE OF THESE
RETURN AIR LIGHT EXTEND PAST THE LINE DOCUMENTS.
5. ALL FLEXIBLE DUCT OFFSETS SHALL MAINTAIN A RADIUS OF 1.5 TIMES THE DIAMETER AND SHALL BE A
SHIELD. OF SIGHT. MINIMUM OF 3'-0" AND MAXIMUM OF 5'-0" IN LENGTH.
SLOT DIFFUSER AS
SCHEDULED. 6. AT THE CONTRACTORS OPTION SUPPLY PLENUM SHALL BE FIELD FABRICATED AS SHOWN IN DETAIL
RETURN AIR OPENING. G13/M2.00 OR PURCHASED FROM DIFFUSER SUPPLIER.
SECURELY ATTACH SEE NOTE 4.
LIGHT SHIELD TO
CEILING REVEAL SUPPLY SLOT DETAIL
0
CEILING FRAMING. CEILING FRAMING
CEILING CLIP
NO SCALE A Issue Date & Description By Check
HAT CHANNEL- 100% ISSUE 23.11.18 DW
FRAMING. ARCHITECTURAL SLOT RETURN
AIR OPENING 100% ISSUE 29.04.19 DW
100% ISSUE 03.05.19 DW
CEILING FRAMING
ARCHITECTURAL SLOT RETURN AIR
LINE OF SIGHT COORDINATE MOUNTING FRAME DETAILS. OPENING
RE: ARCHITECTURAL PLANS WITH
CEILING TYPE AND MOUNTING DETAIL.
NOTES: METAL BAND OVER —
INSULATION (TYPICAL)
1. DETAIL REFERS TO LIGHT SHIELD OVER FLOWBAR DIFFUSERS OR ARCHITECTURAL SLOT IN WALL
THE CEILING OR REVEAL. HIGH EFFICIENCY TAKEOFF EXTERNALLY
INSULATED, WITH VOLUME DAMPER AND INSULATED DUCT
2. COORDINATE INSTALLATION POINT OF RETURN AIR LIGHT SHIELD WITH ACTUAL INSTALLED DAMPER LOCK WITH EXTENSION
CEILING FRAMING. SECURELY ATTACH LIGHT SHIELD TO THE SAME CEILING FRAMING
DIFFUSER IS ATTACHED TO. FOIL TAPE AT INSULATION JOINT
GYP CEILING (TYP)
3. POSITION PATTERN DEFLECTOR SUCH THAT IT DISALLOWS DIRECT LINE OF SIGHT INTO THE
PLENUM. NOTES: NOTES: SEE NOTE 1.
1. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 1. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR MORE INFORMATION.
4. LIGHT SHIELD RETURN AIR OPENING SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 75mm FOR SLOT WIDTHS UP TO 2. PROVIDE DUCTED RETURN AIR PLENUM WHERE NECESSARY AS PER DOCUMENTATION. 2. PROVIDE DUCTED RETURN AIR PLENUM WHERE NECESSARY AS PER DOCUMENTATION.
50mm AND 150mm FOR SLOT WIDTHS LARGER THAN 50mm.
PRE-INSULATED FLEXIBLE —
5. PROVIDE DUCTED RETURN AIR PLENUM WHERE NECESSARY AS PER DOCUMENTATION. DUCT AS REQUIRED, INSTALL
PERMANENTLY SEALED AND
SUPPORTED TO PREVENT
@> KINKING AND SHARP TURNS
GRD-RETURN AIR LIGHT SHIELD DETAIL
NO SCALE
(§> CEILING REVEAL RETURN SLOT DETAIL
NO SCALE
LIGHT COVE ARCHITECTURAL SLOT DETAIL
NO SCALE
METAL BAND (TYPICAL)
CEILING DIFFUSER WITH —

VOLUME DAMPER, FIRE
DAMPER OR COMBINATION
75x7mm PLATE VOLUME/FIRE DAMPER AS
WELD TO STRUCTURAL SCHEDULED
(AS REQ'D)
CEILING
NOTES:
7mm THICK MIN. 1. EXTEND RIGID METAL DUCT SO THAT MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH DOES NOT EXCEED 1500mm.
ROOF ROOF PROVIDE RIGID 90° ELBOW WHERE REQUIRED TO KEEP FLEXIBLE DUCT WITHIN 1500mm LENGTH
PARALLEL TO STRUCTURE PARALLEL TO STRUCTURE (SIZE AS REQ'D)
LIMITATION.
JOIST
ANGLE OR UNISTRUT
JOIST
150mm
HANGER STRAP
150mm LAY-IN CEILING DIFFUSER DETAIL
SEE NOTE 1. -SEE NOTE#1 CEILING DIFFUSER DETAIL
SPOT WELD NUTS TO 012.5mm NO SCALE
FASTENER BOLTS @ 300mm ON CENTER
MIN. ONE PER SIDE
BOLT AND NUT
OPTIONAL ROUTING SECTION AT FRAME
(MAX. 900mm) SHEET METAL SCREWS
IN CONCEALED SEE NOTE 2. (TYP)
25mm MIN
AREAS
NOTES: Seal/Signature
ANGLE OR 1. 012.5mm BARS WELD TO 75x7mm PLATE FRAME & AT EACH

UNISTRUT INTERSECTION. SUPPORT FROM STRUCTURE —
1525mm (MAX)
SHEET METAL SCREW ABOVE WITH ALL-THREAD RODS
(MAX. 600mm) 2. SIZE OF BURGLAR BAR FRAME WILL VARY. PROVIDE AND VIBRATION ISO- LATION.
ROUND SUPPLY AIR
PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE ROOF SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE FOR INSTALLATION BARS SHALL
DUCT
BE SPACED A MAXIMUM OF 150mm CNTR. TO CNTR. EACH FLEX-----------
WAY. CONNECTOR
FASTENER TYPES
TRANSITION FROM TRANSITION FROM FAN INLET
PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE 3. PROVIDE BURGLAR BARS FOR ALL AIR DUCT OR AIR VENT TO DUCT SIZE INDICATED
O)
FAN DISCHARGE
ROOF OPENINGS ON THE ROOF & THRU THE EXTERIOR WALLS TO DUCT SIZE
o
CN
THAT EXCEED 0.062mT (RE: ARCHITECTURAL FOR INDICATED
Project Name
RECTANGULAR DUCT ADDITIONAL OPENINGS.) CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER-TEMP STORE

'o
u BOTTOM OF LOADS MUST BE HUNG WITHIN
MELBOURNE, AU
aS
STRUCTURE 6" OF PANEL POINTS BOTTOM OF
O
STRUCTURE ^THREADED ROD (TYP) -SEE NOTE 1,2
h- FASTENER Project Number
o
TWIST STRAP LOADS MUST BE HUNG
WITHIN 150mm OF
16 GA. GALV. STEEL PANEL POINTS
CO
BAND (50mm WIDE) ANGLE OR UNISTRUT- 3" X 1/4" PLATE ----- Description
o
CN FRAME PLAN VIEW EXHAUST FAN
CO
CEILING MECHANICAL SERVICES
DETAILS
ROUND DUCT NOTES:
NOTES: 1. USE THREADED ROD FOR ALL DUCTS LARGER THAN 900mm WIDE. 2. SHEET METAL
SCREWS MAY BE OMITTED IF HANGER STRAP IS CONTINUOUS AND LOOPS UNDER Scaie
ti c 1. FOR DUCTS LARGER THAN 900mm, USE TWO HANGER RODS, WIRES OR ENTIRE DUCT.
^ o
STRAPS 1. TO SUPPORT DUCT FROM EACH SIDE. 1:100@B1
S
o|
^ C
IN-LINE CABINET EXHAUST FAN DETAIL
(g>
ROUND DUCT SUPPORT DETAIL RECTANGULAR DUCT SUPPORT DETAIL
(§> BURGLAR BAR DETAIL
0
Sheet Number
c
o
NO SCALE NO SCALE NO SCALE NO SCALE
-D 5
I?
c o
o o
=D rl-'
I-
<
■G o
(§> M2.01
S o 100% ISSUE
«-d
.. -2
<i)
COMPLETE TENANCY SERVICES Tiffany & Co.
200 FIFTH AVENUE
DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE NEWYORK, NEW YORK 10010
TEL: 646 428 5500
CONSULTANT REVIEW. NOT ■SUPPLY DUCT
CAPTURED AS PART OF THIS DESIGN ■SEE NOTE 4. FOR CLEARANCE

REQUIREMENT
PIPING, DUCTWORK, CEILING'
APPROVAL SUPPORTS ETC. NOT ALLOWED IN X
3
v,.\
':T
THIS 2' SPACE TO ALLOW FOR DESIGN ARCHITECT
MAINTENANCE. ■ELECTRIC HEATING
COIL AND CONTROL
ENCLOSURE
SEE NOTE 5. FOR CLEARANCE
REQUIREMENT
Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax; (212) 481-3673
EXTERNAL INSULATION' ■PIPING DUCTWORK, CEILING

IF NOT INTERNALLY SUPPORTS ETC. NOT ALLOWED IN
LINED THIS SPACE TO ALLOW FOR
MEDLANDfflil ENGINEERING
MAINTENANCE.
DAMPER' Ground Floor
SEE NOTE 5. FOR CLEARANCE
FASTEN TO STRUCTURE ■CONTROL BOX 47 Murray Street
REQUIREMENT
Py r m o n t
45° HIGH EFFICIENCY--------- FLEXIBLE DUCT Sydney NSW 2009
TAKE-OFF WITH SQUARE TO (MAXIMUM OF 1500mm 02 9552 2022
ROUND FITTING WITH ONE 90° ELBOW) CONCENTRIC SHEETMETAL ' info@medlandengineering.com ABN 98 612 496 723
SHEETMETAL DUCT 25mm BAND CLAMP REDUCER, WHEN REQUIRED BY BOX FLOW METERING www.medlandengineering.com
DUCT SIZE STATION
CONNECT TO AIR DEVICE NECK.
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED FLEX MAXIMUM S" FLEXIBLE CONNECTION SEE MINIMUM 3xDUCT
DUCT IS SAME SIZE AS AIR DEVICE NOTES. PROVIDE DUCT WRAP DIAMETER
SECURE PIPE HANGER NECK INSULATION AND SEAL
TO STRUCTURE
SQUARE TO ROUND ■INSULATION AS

TAKE-OFF FITTING ' 'll REQUIRED (EXTERNAL
THREADED STEEL ROD SHOWN)
WITH NUT AND WASHER
BOTH SIDES BALANCING DAMPER — PULL INNER LINER OVER TAKE-OFF COLLAR & TAPE SECURELY
WITH QUADRANT LOCK IN PLACE. PULL EXTERNAL INSULATION SKIN OVER COLLAR :> SUPPLY DUCT
(SEE NOTE 3 AND 4) AND LINER & TAPE SECURELY IN PLACE. SLICE EDGE OF TAPE
AT 45° ANGLE TO PREVENT GAPPING AND LEAKAGE. APPLY
MINIMUM 13mm WIDTH STAINLESS STEEL BAND OVER (C^Medland Engineering 2018
DOUBLE-SIDED TAPE TO COMPRESS AND SEAL FLEX TO _NOTES:_ This drawing & its design content remains the property of
NOTES: COLLAR. Medland Engineering and may not be reproduced whole or
CLEVIS HANGER 1. SUPPORT AIR TERMINAL UNIT, BOTH ENDS WITH MINIMUM 2" WIDE GALVANIZED 22 GA. HANGER STRAPS. in part without the express permission of Medland
1. CUT OPENING IN SHEETMETAL DUCT ACCURATELY. INSTALL 45° LATERAL TO AVOID Engineering. Drawing not to be scaled. Relevant contractor to
VISIBLE OPENINGS AND SECURE FITTING SUITABLY FOR PRESSURE CLASS. 2. INSTALL BOX NOT MORE THAN 2 FEET ABOVE THE CEILING TO ENABLE ACCESS FOR MAINTENANCE. confirm all dimensions, existing services & conditions on site.
I IAmMCKÊ<m PROJECTENGINEER, SIGN OFFTO

2. INSTALL FLEXIBLE DUCT IN AS STRAIGHT A RUN AS POSSIBLE. USE LONG RADIUS 3. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION SHALL BE ATCO MODEL UPC# 017 OR DURO-DYNE INSULFLEX. CONFIRM ALL QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURES ARE
BENDS WHERE POSSIBLE. PULL DUCT TIGHT AT BOTH ENDS AND SECURE BOTH INNER COMPLETE AND APPROVE THE ISSUE OF THESE
DOCUMENTS.
REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR REQUIREMENTS LINER & OUTER INSULATION SKIN WITH TAPE & METAL CLAMPS. 4. REFER TO NEC 110.26 TO DETERMINE EXACT CLEARANCE DEPTH REQUIRED BASED ON FIELD
AND APPLICATION OF PIPE INSULATION, VAPOR CONDITIONS. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCE SHALL THE CLEARANCE BE LESS THAN 36".
BARRIER, PIPE SADDLE, HIGH DENSITY 3. EXTEND DAMPER ROD TO ACCOMMODATE INSULATION IF APPLICABLE. PULL ROD END
INSULATION INSERT AND INSULATION SHIELD. TO EDGE OF DUCTWORK AS REQUIRED AND SEAL TO MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER. 5. THE GREATER OF A 30" MINIMUM CLEARANCE WIDTH OR THE TOTAL WIDTH OF THE HEATING COIL
CONTROLS ENCLOSURE AND BOX CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR IS REQUIRED.
4. INSTALL LOCKING QUADRANT TO HANDLE ON BOTTOM OF DUCT FOR EASE OF
SERVICE. 6. ALL ACCESS DOORS MUST BE ABLE TO OPEN A MINIMUM OF 90 DEGREES.
N By Check
100% ISSUE 23.11.18 DW
100% ISSUE 29.04.19 DW
CLEVIS PIPE HANGER DETAIL
NO SCALE
45° LATERAL FLEXIBLE DUCT TAKE OFF DETAIL
NO SCALE
(§> VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOX WITH ELECTRIC REHEAT COIL DETAIL
NO SCALE
100% ISSUE 03.05.19 DW
STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP 1O"0 20 GA. GALVANIZED DUCT TO

(TYP) f; EXHAUST FAN. REFER TO HVAC
PLANS FOR CONTINUATION.
ROUND BUTTERFLY-----
DAMPER WITH REMOTE PRE-INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT AS
CABLE OPERATOR REQUIRED, INSTALL PERMANENTLY
■REFER TO M100 FOR CONTINUATION.
r.. X,
r-3"
/\
T\ V ■ 1O"0 20 GA. DUCT THRU CABINET
\ AND CEILING TO FAN BY HVAC.
INSTALL PLENUM DIRECTLY ADJACENT TO SLOT ■250mm GALVANIZED DUCT THRU CABINET AND SEAL ALL JOINTS.
DIFFUSER. PROVIDE FRAMED OPENING TO INSTALL CEILING SEAL ALL JOINTS BY HVAC
PLENUM FLUSH WITH ARCHITECTURAL SLOT.
METAL BAND OVER
INSULATION (TYP) ':k- ■OVERHEAD CABINET
:i—!t
■ 6" X 8"0 TRANSITION DUCT BY HVAC

ARCHITECTURAL
SLOT OPENING
■ 1/2" PL-2 COVER
SHEET METAL SUPPLY PLENUM ■ EXHAUST VENT: 24"W X 12"H AS MANUFACTURED

WITH 1/4" CLOSED CELL BY BEL-ART #1-1500150000 (1-800-423-5278)
INTERNAL INSULATION. MOUNT TIGHT TO BACKSPLASH AND CORNER
■150mmx200mm T.RANSITION DUCT COVER EXPOSED
PORTION OF DUCT WITH PL-2 COVER
GYP CEILING
(TYP) SHEET METAL DEFLECTION PLATE
FULL LENGTH OF SUPPLY PLENUM
■ CORIAN COUNTERTOP
WORM GEAR
OPERATOR ■EXHAUST VENT BY HVAC
NOTES: Seal/Signature
1. EXTEND HARD METAL DUCT SO THAT MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH DOES NOT EXCEED 5'-0". PROVIDE
RIGID 90° ELBOW WHERE REQUIRED TO KEEP FLEXIBLE DUCT WITHIN 5'-0" LENGTH LIMITATION.
■^ V WET STATION NOTES:^
Y.
2. COORDINATE EXACT LENGTH AND LOCATION OF SLOT DIFFUSER WITH ARCHITECT'S REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. SINK
Y. y;
V 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE POWER AND
3. PORTIONS OF THE SLOT DIFFUSER NOT USED FOR SUPPLY SHALL REMAIN OPEN TO THE PLENUM FOR RETURN
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
"x„ Y'
CONTROL WIRING FOR EXHAUST FAN. COORDINATE
INSTALLATION.
O) 2. FAN TO BE CONTROLLED VIA WALL MOUNTED SWITCH

4. DAMPER OPERATOR ASSEMBLY SHALL BE MODEL #RT-250 MANUFACTURED BY METROPOLITAN AIR Y'
T3 \ Y WITH PILOT LIGHT. SWITCH TO HAVE WHITE PLASTIC
TECHNOLOGY (1-800-585-7686). /Y
s
CN
\/
ENGRAVED FACE PLATE SAYING "EXHAUST FAN". Project Name
5. ALL FLEXIBLE DUCT OFFSETS SHALL MAINTAIN A RADIUS OF 1.5 TIMES THE DIAMETER AND SHALL BE A MINIMUM CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER-TEMP STORE
'o
u
aS OF 3'-0" AND MAXIMUM OF 5'-0" IN LENGTH. MELBOURNE, AU
O
6. AT THE CONTRACTORS OPTION SUPPLY PLENUM SHALL BE FIELD FABRICATED AS SHOWN IN DETAIL G13/M2.00 Project Number
o
OR PURCHASED FROM DIFFUSER SUPPLIER.
CO
Description
(§>
o
RESTROOM ARCHITECTURAL SLOT DETAIL AFTER SALES SERVICE ELEVATION AT WET STATION SECTION AT WET STATION
(5> 0
CN
CO
MECHANICAL SERVICES
NO SCALE NO SCALE NO SCALE DETAILS
Scaie
ti c
^ o
1:100@B2
S
o|
^ C
Sheet Number
c
o
-D 5
c o
o o
=D rl-'
M2.02
I-
< o
■G
S o 100% ISSUE
■S
Tiffany & Co.
200 FIFTH AVENUE
GRILLE, REGISTER AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE COMPLETE TENANCY SERVICES TEL: 646 428 5500
MARK MANUFACTURER SERVICE MODEL CONSTRUCTION TYPE FACE TYPE

MOUNTING
LOCATION
BORDER TYPE FACE SIZE (mm) MAX NC
MAX PRESS
DROP(IN W.C.) NOTES DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE
R1
R3
HOLYOAKE
HOLYOAKE
RETURN
RETURN
CSDP-25 1 SLOT
CMPP
ALUMINIUM
STEEL
LINEAR SLOT
PLAQUE
CEILING
CEILING
CSDP
-
1200
600x600
25
25
0.10
0.10
F,G,H,l,J,0,P
B,C,D,H,P
SI HOLYOAKE SUPPLY CSDP-25 1 SLOT ALUMINUM LINEAR SLOT CEILING CSDP 1200 25 0.10 F,G,H,l,J,0,P CAPTURED AS PART OF THIS DESIGN DESIGN ARCHITECT
S2
S3
N/A
HOLYOAKE
SUPPLY
SUPPLY CMPP
N/A STEEL
STEEL
25mm SLOT PLENUM
PLAQUE
ARCH SLOT
CEILING
-
-
1200
600x600
25
25
0.10
0.10
B,I,J,K,N,P
A,B,C,H APPROVAL D S & F Architect, PC
R3* TITUS RETURN OMNI STEEL PLAQUE CEILING - 24"x24" 25 0.10 B,C,D,H,Q Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax; (212) 481-3673
S3* TITUS SUPPLY OMNI STEEL PLAQUE CEILING - 24"x24" 25 0.10 A,B,C,D,H,Q
SI* TITUS SUPPLY/RETURN FLOWBARFL-10-HT ALUMINUM LINEAR SLOT CEILING 22 1" LINEAR SLOT 25 0.10 F,G,H,l,J,0,Q
SI* TITUS SUPPLY/RETURN ALUMINUM CEILING 22
FLOWBAR FL-10-JT LINEAR SLOT 1" LINEAR SLOT 25 0.10 F,G,H,l,J,0,Q
S2* TITUS SUPPLY N/A STEEL 1" SLOT PLENUM ARCH SLOT - 2'0" (NOMINAL) 25 0.10 B,J,K,N,Q Ground Floor
R1* TITUS SUPPLY/RETURN FLOWBAR FL-10-JT ALUMINUM LINEAR SLOT CEILING 22 1" LINEAR SLOT 25 0.10 F,G,H,1,0,0 47 Murray Street
Py r m o n t
Sydney NSW 2009
MODEL NUMBERS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE AND MATERIAL SHALL NOT BE ORDERED BY MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBERS ONLY. REVIEW THE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION, NOTES AND
02 9552 2022
SPECIFICATIONS TO DETERMINE THE EXACT MATERIAL AND ACCESSORIES TO BE ORDERED. THE MANUFACTURERS LISTED ARE THE BASIS FOR THE DESIGN.
NOTES: www.medlandengineering.com
A. 4-WAY THROW PATTERN UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED BY FLOW ARROWS ON DRAWINGS. PROVIDE ONE SPARE LOOSE BLANK-OFF DEFLECTOR PER DIFFUSER FOR USE DURING BALANCING AS REQUIRED.
B. NECK SIZE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. PROVIDE BRANCH DUCT TO MATCH NECK SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.
C. BAKED ENAMEL FINISH, WHITE TO MATCH CEILING COLOR.
D. FRONT BLADES PARALLEL TO LONG DIMENSION.
E. DOUBLE DEFLECTION BARS SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE.
F. FRAME TYPE TO MATCH CEILING/WALL CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING/WALL PLAN.
G. PROVIDE BORDER TYPE TO MATCH CEILING CONSTRUCTION WITH CONCEALED BORDER MOUNTING, AND INSULATED PLENUM BOX WITH NECK.
H. PROVIDE DIFFUSERS, LINEAR SLOTS, AND GRILLES WITH NO EXPOSED MOUNTING SCREWS.
I. PLENUM SPIGOT TO BE 0150 IN SIZE.
J. PAINT ALL INTERIOR SURFACES SLOTS, GRILLES AND PLENUMS FLAT BLACK.
K. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE REMOTE CABLE-OPERATED VOLUME DAMPER BY BY METROPOLITAN AIR TECHNOLOGIES MODEL RT-250 WITH EXTERNAL WORM GEAR OPERATOR OR EQUIVALENT YOUNG REGULATOR BUTTERFLY DAMPER WITH 270-275 CONTROLLER. OPERATOR SHALL
HAVE A SQUARE DRIVE FOR 1/4" NUT DRIVER. DAMPER ASSEMBLY SHALL INCLUDE GALVANIZED STEEL DUCT WITH ROLLED BEAD STIFFENERS, REINFORCED BLADE, SELF LUBRICATING BEARING AND WORM GEAR MOUNTING PLATE. DAMPER SHALL BE INSTALLED IN BRANCH DUCT NOT
INLET OF PLENUM DIFFUSER.
L. ASD INDICATES AN ARCHITECTURAL SLOT PROVIDED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ARCHITECTURAL SLOT DOES NOT REQUIRE A LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER. COORDINATE SLOT WIDTH PLENUM WIDTH SUCH THAT
PLENUM OPEN AREA MATCHES SLOT WIDTH.
M. SUPPLY PLENUM MAY BE FIELD FABRICATED BASED ON PROVIDED DETAILS (RE:M2.00) OR PURCHASED FROM THE SLOT DIFFUSER MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE 1/4" CLOSED CELL INSULATION ON THE INTERIOR OF THE SUPPLY PLENUM.
N. SUPPLY PLENUMS SHALL BE FIELD FABRICATED BASED ON DETAILS (RE:M2.00). PROVIDE 50mm CLOSED CELL INSULATION ON THE INTERIOR OF THE SUPPLY PLENUM.
O. PROVIDE CUSTOM LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER WITH WHITE FINISH TO MATCH CEILING FLOOR.
P. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PRICING BASED ON GRILLE SELECTIONS FROM LOCAL SUPPLIERS. FINAL GRILLE SELECTIONS TO BE FINALISED. in part without the express permission of Medland
Q. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALTERNATIVE PRICING BASED ON ORIGINAL GRILLE SELECTIONS FROM SUPPLIER IN THE USA. CONTRACTOR TO INCLUDE IN PRICING AIR FREIGHT AND/OR CUSTOMS & IMPORT TAXES OF GRILLES, AS WELL AS ALLOWANCE FOR STAFF TRAINING WHERE Engineering. Drawing not to be scaled. Relevant contractor to
REQUIRED TO CORRECT FIT-OUT THE GRILLES. ALLOW ALSO FOR PRICE FLUCTUATIONS AND EXCHANGE RATE VARIATIONS. FINAL GRILLE SELECTIONS TO BE FINALISED. confirm all dimensions, existing services & conditions on site.
I PROJECTENGINEER, SIGN OFFTO

DOCUMENTS.
PROJECT DESIGN CONDITIONS DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM SCHEDULE

CLIMATE CONDITIONS BUILDING OPERATING HOURS: MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL SUPPLY FAN COOLING COIL EER NOTES
ESP TSP V/PH REFR. TH SH
WEATHER STATION: MELBOURNE, VIC, AUSTRALIA MONDAY-FRIDAY TBD BY OWNER (PA) (PA) TYPE (kW) (kW)
HEATING (DB): 3.5 °C SATURDAY TBD BY OWNER FAQ100CVEA/RZQS100AV1 383 N/A N/A 240/1 R-410A 8.8 5.8 3.13 A-H
CU-TF-002/CU-TF-IT (EXISTING) DAI KIN
DESIGN HEATING CONDITIONS (DB): 3.5 °C SUNDAY TBD BY OWNER 100% ISSUE 23.11.18 DW
NOTES:
HUMIDIFICATION (DB/HR/MCDB): °c gr/lb X HOLIDAY TBD BY OWNER REVISED 100% ISSUE 22.01.19 DW
- - - A. CONDENSER CAPACITIES BASED ON 38°C [100°F] EAT.
COOLING (DB/HR/MCWB): 34.3 °c 20.5 °C 100% ISSUE 29.04.19 DW
B. PROVIDE WASHABLE AIR FILTER WITHIN THE INDOOR UNIT.
C. DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR INDOOR AND OUTDOOR UNIT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR. 100% ISSUE 03.05.19 DW
DESIGN COOLING CONDITIONS (DP/MCWB): 34.3 °c 20.5 X
D. PROVIDE UNIT WITH CONDENSATE PUMP.
DEHUMIDIFICATION (DP/HR/MCDB): °c gr/lb X
- - - E. COMPRESSOR TYPE SHALL BE DC INVERTER-DRIVEN TWIN ROTARY COMPRESSOR.
F. PROVIDE UNIT WITH WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTAT.
SPACE/UNIT SET POINTS SPACE OPERATING HOURS NOTES G. STARTERS FOR ALL MOTORS SHALL BE FURNISHED INTEGRAL WITH UNIT.
DESCRIPTION OCCUPIED/UNOCCUPIED H. CONTRACTOR TO ALLOW FOR CLEANING OF FILTERS AS WELL AS REBALANCING AND RE-GASING OF SYSTEM. FINAL INSTALLATION TO BE AS GOOD AS NEW.
COOLING / DE-HUMIDIFICATION HEATING HUMIDIFICATION ZONE VENTILATION RESET
OCC UNOCC MAX MIN OCC UNOCC MIN MAX CONTROL BASE MAXIMUM
X X RH% RH% X X RH% RH% METHOD PPM PPM M-F SAT SUN
SALES 22 - 50% NA 21 - NA NA NA NA NA TBD TBD TBD A-B
BACK OF HOUSE 22 - 50% NA 21 - NA NA NA NA NA TBD TBD TBD A-B
IT/AV ROOM 24 - 50% NA NA - NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA A-B
NOTES:
A. ZONE LEVEL SET POINT CONDITIONS SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED UNLESS OTHERWISE SCHEDULED OR NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR ROOM SPECIFIC SPACE CONDITIONS.
B. ZONE LEVEL OCCUPANCY HOUR SCHEDULE SHALL BE PER BUILDING OPERATING HOURS UNLESS OTHERWISE SCHEDULED.
VRF HEAT RECOVERY FAN COIL UNIT SCHEDULE

MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL SUPPLY FAN COOLING TOTAL HEAT PUMP HEATING CAPACITY AUX HEAT MIN.
HEATING WEIGHT
AIRFLOW MIN FSP TH SH EAT LAT HTPUMP AMBIENT FAT EAT CAP MIN. MIN. No. O/A MCA MOCP V/PH NOTES
CAPACITY kG
(L/S)
L/S kW (PA) (kW) (kW) DB °C WB °C DB °C WB °C (kW) [MBH] (kW) DB °C DB °C DB °C (kW) kW STAGES
FCU-TF-001 (EXISTING) DAI KIN FXSQ140PVE 616 150 14.1 12.8 15.5 N/A 3.5 N/A N/A N/A 3.3 230/1 A-P
FCU-TF-002 (NEW) DAI KIN FXSQ140PVE 616 150 14.1 12.8 15.5 N/A 3.5 N/A N/A N/A 3.3 230/1 A-Q
FCU-TF-003 (EXISTING) DAI KIN FXSQ50PVE 280 120 4.7 4.3 15.5 N/A 2.5 3.5 N/A N/A N/A 1.3 230/1 A-P
FCU-TF-004 (NEW) DAI KIN FXSQ100PVE 385 150 8.4 15.5 N/A 3.5 N/A N/A N/A 1.8 230/1 A-Q
FCU-TF-005 (NEW) DAI KIN FXSQ100PVE 385 150 8.4 15.5 N/A 3.5 N/A N/A N/A 1.8 230/1 A-Q
MODEL NUMBERS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE AND MATERIAL SHALL NOT BE ORDERED BY MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBERS ONLY. REVIEW THE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION, NOTES AND
NOTES:
A. EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS SHALL BE BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER.
B. FOR COOLING, EQUIPMENT SIZED FOR 38°C [100°F] AMBIENT TEMPERATURE.
C. HEAT PUMP HEATING CAPACITY BASED ON AMBIENT TEMPERATURE LISTED.
D. TOTAL HEATING OUTPUT INCLUDES THE INTEGRATED UNIT HEAT PUMP CAPACITY AT THE AMBIENT DRY BULB TEMPERATURE LISTED PLUS THE AUXILIARY ELECTRIC HEAT OUTPUT LISTED.
E. PROVIDE 50mm [2"] PLEATED THROWAWAY AIR FILTERS.
F. DISCONNECT SWITCH FURNISHED BY DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR.
G. STARTER FURNISHED BY DIVISION 15 CONTRACTOR.
H. PROVIDE WITH 7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT WITH STAGED HEATING AND COOLING CAPABILITY AS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION OF AUXILIARY
HEATING, COOLING CONTROLS.
I. DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTORS IN RETURN AIR DUCT.
J. SUSPEND UNIT FROM STRUCTURE IN HORIZONTAL POSITION WITH ALL - THREAD ROD AND SPRING VIBRATION ISOLATIONN (50mm [2"] MINIMUM DEFLECTION).
K. ROUTE CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING FROM UNIT TO NEAREST FLOOR DRAIN AND TERMINATE WITH CODE-APPROVED TUNDISH. ALLOW FOR CONDENSATE PUMP WHERE REQUIRED.
L. PROVIDE AUXILIARY DRAIN PAN WITH FLOAT SWITCH TO SHUT OFF UNIT WHEN WATER IS PRESENT IN DRAIN PAN.
M. OUTSIDE AIR SHALL BE CALCULATED NBASED ON LOCAL CODE OR THE MOST CURRENT ASHRAE 62.1.
N. COOLING AND HEATING CAPACITIES WERE CALCULATED BASED ON AHRI STANDARD VALUES OF 26/19°C [80/67°F] FOR COOLING AND 8°C [47°F] FOR HEATING. THESE VALUES WILL CHANGE BASED ON
THE REQUIRED OUTSIDE AIR FOR EACH PROJECT. CALCULATE THE EXACT COOLING AND HEATING CAPACITIES BASED ON THE CALCULATED MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE. Seal/Signature
O. UNIT WAS SELECTED USING 60 HERTZ, RESELECT FOR THE FREQUENCY USED AT THE STORE'S LOCATION.
P. FAN STATIC PRESSURE NOMINATED FOR TENDERING PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR TO CARRY OUT CALCULATIONS TO DETERMINE ACTUAL FAN STATIC PRESSURE.
Q. CONTRACTOR TO ALLOW FOR REPLACEMENT OF FILTERS, REBALANCING OF AIRFLOW AS WELL AS RE-GAS OF SYSTEM. FINAL INSTALLATION TO BE AS GOOD AS NEW.
HEAT PUMP CONDENSING UNIT SCHEDULE FAN SCHEDULE

O) MARK SERVICE MANUFACTURER MODEL REFR. COOLING CAPACITY HEATING CAPACITY MCA V/PH NOTES MARK SERVICE MANUFACTURER MOUNTING MODEL L/S ESP DRIVE MIN. FAN VFD ELECTRICAL WEIGHT NOTES
TYPE HEAT PUMP AMBIENT (EA, RA, SA) [OEM] (PA) (BELT/DIRECT) WATT RPM (Y/N) V/PH (kG)
TOTAL (kW) (kW) DB °C Project Name
CO GEF-TF-01 (EXISTING) EA FANTECH ROOF MOUNTED CE314V 175 200 DIRECT 140 1240 N 240/1 8 A-E,G,K
CU-TF-001 (EXISTING) CU-TF-001 TO CU-TF-003 DAI KIN REYQ14TY1(E) R410A 40 3.5 415/3 A-M CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER-TEMP STORE
'o
TEF-TF-01 (EXISTING) EA FANTECH ROOF MOUNTED CEEC25V 50 100 DIRECT 170 1336 N 240/1 5 A-D,F-I,K
u CU-TF-002 (NEW) CU-TF-004 TO CU-TF-005 DAI KIN RXYMQ8AY1 R410A 22.4 3.5 18.5 415/3 A-M MELBOURNE, AU
aS
GEF-TF-02 (EXISTING) EA FANTECH INLINE MIXED FLOW WJ-200RILKIT (LO SPEED) 125 100 DIRECT 120 1900 N 240/1 10.3 A-D,G,J
O
MODEL NUMBERS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE AND MATERIAL SHALL NOT BE ORDERED BY MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBERS ONLY. REVIEW THE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION, NOTES AND Project Number
h-
SPECIFICATIONS TO DETERMINE THE EXACT MATERIAL AND ACCESSORIES TO BE ORDERED. THE MANUFACTURERS LISTED ARE THE BASIS FOR THE DESIGN. MODEL NUMBERS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE AND MATERIAL SHALL NOT BE ORDERED BY MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBERS ONLY. REVIEW THE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION, NOTES AND
o
NOTES.
CO
NOTES:
Description
o
CN A. EQUIPMENT SIZED FOR 38°C [100°F] AMBIENT TEMPERATURE.
to
B. HEAT PUMP (KW) IS EQUIPMENT CAPACITY AT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE INDICATED. A. PROVIDE WITH BIRDSCREEN AND INTEGRAL MOTORIZED DAMPER. MECHANICAL SERVICES
B. PROVIDE RUBBER IN SHEAR ISOLATION AND ALL-THREAD HANGING RODS. SCHEDULES
C. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER EXACT QUANTITY AND SIZE OF REFRIGERANT PIPING.
D. PROVIDE PREFABRICATED EQUIPMENT SUPPORT RAILS. C. DIVISION 15 CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH STARTER.
E. DISCONNECT SWITCH FURNISHED BY DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR. D. DIVISION 15 CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH DISCONNECT.
Scaie
ti c F. STARTERS FOR ALL MOTORS SHALL BE FURNISHED INTEGRAL WITH UNIT. E. INTERLOCK FAN OPERATION WITH SWITCH. REFER TO SEQUENCE OF OPERATION ON SHEET M4.01.
^ o
G. COORDINATE SIZE OF CONDUCTOR TERMINATION LUGS WITH CONDUCTOR SIZES SHOWN ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. F. INTERLOCK FAN WITH TIMECLOCK. FAN SHALL RUN DURING OCCUPIED HOURS PER THE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION ON SHEET M4.02. 1:100(gB1
S H. PROVIDE CONDENSER COIL HAIL GUARDS. G. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S FAN SPEED CONTROLLER.
o| H. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE OPERATING OF TENANT FANS TO CORRESPOND WITH LANDLORD'S BASE-BUILDING SCHEDULE. CONTACT ENGINEER IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY.
I. COOLING AND HEATING CAPACITIES WERE CALCULATED BASED ON AIRAH STANDARD VALUES OF 34.3/20.5°C FOR COOLING AND 3.5°C FOR HEATING. THESE VALUES WILL CHANGE
^ C I. INTERLOCK FAN WITH RELAY FOR SHUT DOWN DURING UNOCCUPIED HOURS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION.
BASED ON THE REQUIRED OUTSIDE AIR FOR EACH PROJECT. CALCULATE THE EXACT COOLING AND HEATING CAPACITIES BASED ON THE CALCULATED MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE. Sheet Number
c J. INTERLOCK FAN OPERATION WITH TEMPERATURE SENSOR IN THE AV CUPBOARD. REFER TO SEQUENCE OF OPERATION ON SHEET M4.01
o J. UNIT WAS SELECTED USING 50 HERTZ, RESELECT FOR THE FREQUENCY USED AT THE STORE'S LOCATION.
K. CONTRACTOR TO ALLOW FOR AIR REBALANCING OF SYSTEM. FINAL INSTALLATION TO BE AS GOOD AS NEW.
-D 5
|s
c r\
o o
=D rl-'
M3.00
I-
< o
■Gl£:<
■?
S o
5?
100% ISSUE
«-d
.. -2
<i)
Division 23: HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING H. PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 2. GENERAL MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION N. REFRIGERANT AND OIL
store and protect from damage equipment and materials delivered to job site. For materials and equipment susceptible to Provide full refrigerant and oil charge in new air conditioning refrigeration systems, and maintain it for full term of the
1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS changing weather conditions, dampness, or temperature variations, store inside in conditioned spaces. For materials and
A. BUILDING OPERATION
guarantee. Refrigerant shall be ozone depletion potential free.
A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
All requirements under Division 01 and the general and supplementary conditions of these specifications apply to this
equipment not susceptible to these conditions, cover with waterproof, tear-resistant, heavy tarp or polyethylene plastic as
required to protect from plaster, dirt, paint, water, or physical damage. Equipment and material damaged by construction
activities shall be rejected and Contractor shall furnish new equipment and material of a like kind at his own expense.
Comply with the schedule of operations as outlined in the architectural portions of this specification. Building shall be in
operation during normal workday hours. Accomplish work requiring interruption of building operation at a time when the
building is not in operation and only with written approval of building Owner and/or tenant. Coordinate interruption of building
O. IDENTIFICATION Tiffany & Co.
200 FIFTH AVENUE
section and division. Where the requirements of this section and division exceed those of Division 01, this section and operation with the Owner and/or tenant a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of work. Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, semi-rigid snap-on or permanent adhesive, pressure-sensitive vinyl pipe
Keep premises broom clean of foreign material created during work performed under this contract. Piping, equipment, etc. NEWYORK, NEW YORK 10010
division take precedence. Become thoroughly familiar with all its contents as to requirements that affect this division, markers. Color code pipe markers to comply with ANSI A13.1.
shall have a neat and clean appearance at the termination of the work.
section, or both. Work required under this division includes all material, equipment, appliances, transportation, services, B. EXISTING EQUIPMENT REUSE AND REMOVAL TEL: 646 428 5500
and labor required to complete the entire system as required by the drawings and specifications, or reasonably inferred to Install pipe markers on each HVAC piping system and include arrows to show normal direction of flow.
Plug or cap open ends of ductwork and piping systems while stored and installed during construction when not in use to
be necessary to facilitate the function of each system as implied by the design and the equipment specified. prevent the entrance of debris into the systems. Remove all unused equipment, ductwork, piping, and associated supports. Cap ductwork and piping at mains and seal air
and water tight. Locate pipe markers and color bands wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible
The specifications and drawings for the project are complementary, and any portion of work described in one shall be maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums) and exterior non-concealed locations.
I. SUBSTITUTIONS
provided as if described in both. In the event of discrepancies, notify the Engineer and request clarification prior to C. COINCIDENTAL DAMAGE
proceeding with the work involved. Provide manufacturer's standard laminated plastic, color coded equipment markers. Conform to the following color code:
Materials, products, equipment, and systems described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, Green for Cooling; Yellow for Heating; Yellow/Green for combination Cooling and Heating; Brown for Energy Reclamation;
dimension, appearance and quality to be met by the proposed substitution. The base bid shall include only the products Repair streets, sidewalks, drives, paving, walls, finishes, and other facilities damaged in the course of the work. Repair
Drawings are graphic representations of the work upon which the contract is based. They show the materials and their Blue for other equipment types. Conform to ANSI A13.1 for Hazardous Equipment. DESIGN ARCHITECT
from manufacturers specifically named in the drawings and specifications. To request a substitution, request the materials shall match existing construction. Repair work shall meet all requirements of the Owner, local authorities having
relationship to one another, including sizes, shapes, locations, and connections. They convey the scope of work, indicating
the intended general arrangement of the systems without showing all of the exact details as to elevations, offsets, control
Substitution Request Form from the Architect or Engineer. Complete and send the Substitution Request Form for each
material, product, equipment, or system that is proposed to be substituted. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed
jurisdiction, and meet the satisfaction of the Architect. Conform to requirements of Division 02 of this specification.
Provide stenciled signs for equipment identification at Contractor's option or where distance of required identification
requires lettering larger than 1 inch height. Stencil paint shall be exterior type, oil-based, alkyd enamel, minimum 1-1/4 inch
lines, and other installation requirements. Use the drawings as a guide when laying out the work and to verify that materials Architecture | Interiors | Space Planning
substitution is upon the proposer. D. CUTTING AND PATCHING height or greater as required for long distance identification, white or black color for best contrast. 121 West 27th Street, Suite #501, New York, New York 10001
and equipment will fit into the designated spaces, and which when installed per manufacturers' requirements, will ensure a Tel: (212) 481-2065 Fax; (212) 481-3673
complete, coordinated, satisfactory, and properly operating system.
Unless stated otherwise in writing to the Engineer by the Contractor, Contractor warrants to the Engineer, Architect, and Conform to the requirements in Division 01. Cut walls, floors, ceilings, and other portions of the facility as required to install Provide duct markers or provide stenciled signs and arrows indicating ductwork service and flow direction in black or white
Owner the following: work under this division. Obtain permission from the Architect prior to cutting. Do not cut or disturb structural members lettering for best contrast with duct or insulation color. Locate markers maximum 50 feet along each duct side and within 5
B. DEFINITIONS 1. Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to meet or exceed the specified Work in all without prior approval from the Architect. Cut holes as small as possible. Patch walls, floors, and other portions of the facility feet of all control and balancing dampers or branch ducts more than 25 feet length and within 5 feet on each side of wall,
MEDLANd|^ ENGINEERING
respects unless stated otherwise in the substitution request. as required by work under this division. Patching shall match the original material and construction including fire ratings, if floor, and ceiling penetrations. Provide additional markers in congested areas or at multiple duct runs as required for clarity.
Division: References contained in this specification follow the numbering system defined in the Construction Specifications 2. Proposed substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results, including applicable. Repair and refinish areas disturbed by work to the condition of adjoining surfaces in a manner satisfactory to the
Institute (CSI) MasterFormat 2004 Edition. Specification Divisions 01 through 13 provided with this project may reference functional clearances, maintenance service, and sourcing of replacement parts. Architect. Ground Floor
the CSI MasterFormat 1995 Edition. The corresponding division references between the 2004 Edition and 1995 Edition
P. MISCELLANEOUS REMODELING WORK
3. Proposed substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. 47 Murray Street
are as follows: 4. Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified Work. E. ROUGH-IN Py r m o n t
2004 Edition 1995 Edition 5. If accepted substitution fails to perform as required. Contractor shall replace substitute material or system with that Remove all unused equipment, ductwork, piping and associated supports. Cap ductwork and piping at mains and seal air
Sydney NSW 2009
1. Division 21 - Fire Suppression Division 15 originally specified and bear costs incurred thereby. and water tight.
Coordinate without delay all roughing-in with other divisions. Conceal piping, conduit, and rough-in except in unfinished 02 9552 2022
2. Division 22 - Plumbing Division 15 6. Coordination, installation and changes in the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all areas and where otherwise shown.
3. Division 23 - HVAC Division 15 respects. Provide items of HVAC systems modification required because of building remodeling, as noted on how the drawings or infoC§)medlandengineering.com ABN 98 612 496 723
4. Division 26 - Electrical Division 16 necessary for proper operation. Match existing materials and construction techniques when modifying existing systems www.medlandengineering.com
5. Division 27 - Communications Division 16
F. SUPPORT SYSTEMS unless specified otherwise. Coordinate additional requirements with general contractor and architect.
No substitutions will be considered unless the Substitution Request Form is completed and attached with the appropriate
6. Division 28 - Electronic Safety and Security Division 16 substitution documentation. No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of bids unless written request for approval to structural steel used for support of equipment, ductwork and piping shall be new, clean, and conform to ASTM Designation Seal airtight existing ductwork required to be abandoned in place or not in use at the termination of the work.
bid has been received by the Engineer at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the date for receipt of bids. A-36.
Furnish: “to supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation and similar
operations.’’ If the proposed substitution is approved prior to receipt of bids, such approval will be stated in an addendum. Bidders shall Cap and seal weathertight existing roof curbs and roof openings to be abandoned in place as a result of equipment removal.
Support mechanical components from the building structure. Do not support mechanical components from ceilings, other
not rely upon approvals made in any other way. Verbal approval will not be given. No substitutions will be considered after mechanical or electrical components, and other non-structural elements.
Install: “to perform all operations at the project site including, but not limited to, the actual unloading, unpacking, the contract is awarded unless specifically provided in the contract documents. Clean and rebalance existing ductwork, diffusers, registers and grilles intended for reuse as required or as indicated on
assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, testing, drawings.
commissioning, starting up and similar operations, complete, and ready for the intended use.” G. ACCESS DOORS
J. SUBMITTALS Clean and refurbish existing HVAC equipment intended for reuse as required for proper operation including replacements of
Provide: “to furnish and install.” Provide access doors for all concealed equipment and duct and piping accessories that require service where indicated or filters, belts, motors, remote controls and safety interlocks.
Assemble and submit for review shop drawings, material lists, manufacturer product literature for equipment to be as required, except where above lay-in ceilings. Access doors shall be adequately sized for the devices served with a
furnished, and items requiring coordination between contractors under this contract. Provide submittals in sufficient detail minimum size of 18 inches x 18 inches. Access doors must be of the proper construction for type of construction in which it
Furnished by Owner (or Owner-Furnished) or Furnished by Others: “an item furnished by the Owner or under other
so as to demonstrate compliance with these contract documents and the design concept. Prior to transmitting submittals,
Q. VIBRATION ISOLATION
divisions or contracts, and installed under the requirements of this division, complete and ready for intended use, including is installed. Obtain Architect's approval of type, size, location and color before ordering. Provide factory-fabricated and
verify that the equipment submitted is mutually compatible and suitable for the intended use, will fit the available space, assembled units, complete with attachment devices and fasteners ready for installation, concealed hinges, flush
all items and services incidental to the work necessary for proper installation and operation. Include the installation under Manufacturers: Provide vibration isolation equipment and materials by a single manufacturer. If type and deflection for
and maintain manufacturer recommended service clearances. If the size of equipment furnished makes necessary any screwdriver-operated cam lock, and anchor straps. Provide access doors manufactured by Milcor, Titus, Zurn, or equal.
the warranty required by this division.” specific equipment is not specified within the contract documents, reference ashrae handbook "HVAC Applications" or
change in location or configuration, submit a shop drawing showing the proposed layout.
provide per manufacturer's recommendations. Approved nanufacturers provided their systems are in compliance with the (C^Medland Engineering 2018
Engineer: Where referenced in this division, “Engineer” is the Engineer of Record and the Design Professional for the work
Transmit submittals as early as required to support the project schedule. Allow for two weeks Engineer review time, plus
H. PENETRATIONS specified design and performance requirements include amber booth, kinetics noise control, mason industries, inc., This drawing & its design content remains the property of
under this division, and is a consultant to, and an authorized representative of the Architect, as defined in the General vibration eliminator co., inc., and vibration mounting and controls. Medland Engineering and may not be reproduced whole or
to/from mailing time via the Architect, plus a duplication of this time for resubmittal, if required. Only resubmit those in part without the express permission of Medland
and/or Supplementary Conditions. When used in this division. Engineer means increased involvement by and obligations Provide sleeves for pipes passing through above grade concrete or masonry walls, concrete floor or roof slabs. Sleeves are
sections requested for resubmittal. Engineering. Drawing not to be scaled. Relevant contractor to
to the Engineer, in addition to involvement by and obligations to the Architect. not required for core drilled holes in existing masonry walls, concrete floors or roofs. Provide 10 gauge galvanized steel General requirements: Select vibration isolators by the weight distribution to produce uniform deflection. Vibration isolators confirm all dimensions, existing services & conditions on site.
sleeves for sleeves 6 inches and smaller. Provide galvanized sheet metal sleeves for larger than 6 inches. Schedule 40 PVC shall have either known un-deflected heights or calibration markings so that, after adjustment, the static deflection can be
Submittals shall contain the project name, applicable specification section, submittal date, equipment identification acronym
AHJ: The local code and/or inspection agency (Authority) Having Jurisdiction over the work. sleeves are acceptable for installation in areas without return air plenums. verified, thus determining that the load is within the proper range of the isolator. Isolators shall operate in the linear portion I IAmMCKÊ<m PROJECTENGINEER, SIGN OFFTO
as used on the drawings, and the Contractor's stamp. The stamp shall certify that the submittal has been checked by the CONFIRM ALL QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURES ARE
of their load versus deflection curves. Spring isolators shall ahve 50 percent excess capacity without becoming coil bound.
Contractor, complies with the drawings and specifications, and is coordinated with other trades. Manufacturer product COMPLETE AND APPROVE THE ISSUE OF THESE
NRTL: Nationally recognized testing laboratory, as defined and listed by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 (e.g., UL, ETL, CSA), Seal elevated floor, exterior wall and roof penetrations watertight and weathertight with non-shrink, non-hardening Coat vibration isolators with factory-applied paint. Coat vibration isolators exposed to weather and other corrosive DOCUMENTS.
literature shall include shop drawings, product data, performance sheets, samples and other submittals required by this
and acceptable to the AHJ over this project. Nationally recognized testing laboratories and standards listed are used only commercial sealant. Pack with mineral wool and seal both ends with minimum of 1/2 inch of sealant. environments with factory-applied corrosion resistance protection. Install and adjust vibration isolators in accordance with
division. Highlight, mark, list, or indicate the materials, performance criteria, and accessories that are being proposed.
to represent the characteristics required and are not intended to restrict the use of other NRTLs that are acceptable to the manufacturers written instructions.
General product catalog data not specifically noted to be part of the specified product will be rejected and returned without
AHJ and standards that meet the specified criteria. Seal around penetrations of fire rated assemblies. Coordinate fire ratings and locations with the architectural drawings.
review.
Refer to architectural specifications for fire stoppings. Provide a product schedule for UL listing, location, wall or floor rating Pipe connections: Provide flexible connectors for piping system connections on equipment side of shutoff valves for all
Substitution: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract
Documents and proposed by Contractor. Substitutions include Value Engineering proposals.
Submittals and shop drawings shall not contain the firm name, logo, seal, or signature of the Engineer. They shall not be
copies of the work product of the Engineer. If the Contractor desires to use elements of such product, refer to paragraph
and installation drawing for each penetration fire stop system. pumps, mechanical equipment supported or suspended by spring isolators, and where indicated on drawings. Fabricate
flexible piping connectors from stainless steel, bromze or rubber materials as suitable for system fluid. Flexible piping
lil).
1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such Extend pipe insulation for insulated pipe through floor, wall and roof penetrations, including fire rated walls and floors. The connectors shall be bellows, spherical or braided hose type as recommended by the manufacturer for the application.
2.
as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms.
Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet
“Electronic Drawing Files” for procedures to be used.
vapor barrier shall be maintained. Size sleeve for a minimum of 1 inch annular clear space between inside of sleeve and
outside of insulation. Isolator types A Issue Date & Description
N By Check
Separate submittals according to individual specification sections. Illegible submittals will be rejected and returned without 100% ISSUE 23.11.18 DW
other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. • Type WP (Waffle Pads): Provide 5/16 inch thick neoprene pads ribbed or waffled on both sides. Manufacture pads
review. Catalog data shall be properly bound, identified, indexed and tabbed in a 3-ring binder. Each item or model number
Provide box frames for rectangular openings welded 12 gauge galvanized steel attached to forms and of a maximum with bridge bearing quality neoprene, and select for a maximum durometer of 50 and designed for 15 percent strain. 100% ISSUE 29.04.19 DW
shall be clearly marked and accessories indicated. Label the catalog data with the equipment identification acronym or
The terms "approved equal", “equivalent”, or "equal" are used synonymously and shall mean “accepted by or acceptable to dimension established by the Architect. Notify the General Contractor or Architect before installing any box openings not Incorporate steel load-spreading plates where required between the equipment and the neoprene pad. If the isolator
number as used on the drawings and include performance curves, capacities, sizes, weights, materials, finishes, wiring 100% ISSUE 03.05.19 DW
the Engineer as equivalent to the item or manufacturer specified”. The term "approved" shall mean labeled, listed, or both, shown on the Architectural or Structural drawings. is bolted to the structure , install a neoprene vibration isolation washer and sleeve (Uniroyal type 620/660 or as
diagrams, electrical requirements and deviations from specified equipment or materials. For equipment with motor starters
by an NRTL, and acceptable to the AHJ over this project. approved) shall be installed under the bolt head between the steel washer and the base plate. Provide mason
or VFDs, include short circuit current ratings. Mark out inapplicable items. Shop drawings will be returned without review if
Seal elevated concrete slab with water proof membrane penetrations with “wall pipes” and water proof sealant. Secure industries type W or equal.
the above mentioned requirements are not met.
C. PREBID SITE VISIT waterproof membrane flashing between “wall pipe” clamping flange and clamping ring. Provide cast iron “wall pipes” with
integral waterstop ring manufactured by Jay R. Smith, Josam, Wade, Watts or Zurn. • Type SPNH (spring and neoprene hangers): Provide a steel spring in series with a neoprene isolating element. The
Provide the quantity of submittals required by Division 01. If not indicated and hard-copy sets are provided, submit a
Prior to submitting bid, visit the site of the proposed work and become fully informed as to the conditions under which the spring shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of the specified deflection, the neoprene
minimum of six (6) copies. Refer to Division 01 for acceptance of electronic submittals for this project. For electronic
work is to be done. Failure to comply with this requirement shall not be considered sufficient justification to request or submittals. Contractor shall submit the documents in accordance with the procedures specified in Division 01. Contractor I. FIRESTOPPING element shall have a static deflection of not less than 7.6mm (0.3 inches) with a strain not exceeding 15 percent,
obtain extra compensation over and above the contract price. unless otherwise specified, the static deflection of SPNH hangers shall be 50mm (2 inches). Spring diameter and
D. MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

shall notify the Architect and Engineer that the submittals have been posted. If electronic submittal procedures are not
defined in Division 01, Contractor shall include the website, user name, and password information needed to access the Sealants and accessories shall have fire-resistance ratings indicated, as established by testing identical assemblies in
accordance with UL 2079 or ASTM E 814, or other NRTL acceptable to AHJ.
hanger box hole size shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30 degree arc. provide
neoprene box, such that the hanger rod cannot contact the steel hanger, the diameter of the clear hole the hanger
COMPLETE TENANCY
submittals. For submittals sent by e-mail. Contractor shall copy the designated representatives of the Architect and
Provide new material, equipment, and apparatus under this contract unless otherwise stated herein, of best quality
Engineer. Contractor shall allow for the Engineer review time as specified above in the construction schedule. Contractor
shall submit only the documents required to purchase the materials and/or equipment in the electronic submittal. Manufacturers: Hilti, RectorSeal, Specified Technologies Inc., United States Gypsum Company, or3M corp.
box shall be at least 19mm (3/4 inch) larger than the diameter of the hanger rod. When installed, do not cock the
spring element and do not allow the hanger box to rotate through a full 360 degree arc without encountering SERVICES DESIGN SUBJECT
obstructions, provide mason industries type 30N or equal.
normally used for the purpose in good commercial practice, and free from defects. Install material and equipment in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Model numbers listed in the specifications or shown on the The checking and subsequent acceptance of submittals by the Engineer and/or Architect shall not relieve the Contractor Through and Membrane Penetration Firestopping Systems Product Schedule: Provide UL listing, location, wall or floor
rating, and installation drawing for each penetration fire stop system. • Type NR (Neoprene Mounts): Provide neoprene, rubber-in-shear mounts for light weight, suspended equipment
TO SEPARATE CONSULTANT
drawings are not necessarily intended to designate the required trim, written descriptions of the trim govern model from responsibility for deviations from the drawings and specifications, errors in dimensions, details, size of members, or
numbers. quantities, omissions of components or fittings; coordination of electrical requirements; and not coordinating items with
actual building conditions and adjacent work. Proceed with the procurement and installation of equipment only after Where project conditions require modification to qualified testing and inspecting agency's illustrations for a particular
supported from structure with all thread rod and angle iron or unistrut. Provide mason industries type hmib or equal.
REVIEW. NOT CAPTURED AS
Pipe, pipe fittings, pipe specialties and valves shall be manufactured in plants located in the United States or certified to
meet the specified ASTM and ANSI standards.
receiving approved shop drawings relative to each item. firestopping condition, submit illustration, with modifications marked, approved by penetration firestopping manufacturer's
fire-protection engineer as an engineering judgment or equivalent fire-resistance-rated assembly. Include qualifications data 3. DUCT INSULATION, DUCTWORK, ACCESSORIES, FLUES AND PART OF THIS DESIGN
K. ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES for testing agency. FANS
Work performed under this contract shall provide a neat and "workmanlike" appearance when completed, to the
satisfaction of the Architect and Engineer. Workmanship shall be the finest possible by experienced mechanics. In preparation of shop drawings or record drawings. Contractor may, at his option, obtain electronic drawing files in J. ELECTRICAL WIRING A. DUCT INSULATION

Iffany O: Issued FOR 100% CD 05/03/2019 Chadstone Melbourne, Australia

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Iffany O: Issued FOR 100% CD 05/03/2019 Chadstone Melbourne, Australia

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Tiffany&Co.

ISSUED FOR 100% CD 200 FIFTH AVENUE

RECEIVED 06.05.2019 D S & F Architect, PC

PROJECT INFORMATION DRAWING INDEX PTID

A3.00 FRONT OF HOUSE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

E2.02 ELECTRICAL SERVICES LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE

MERCHANDISE COUNT: 123 [PADS] A3.08

FRONT OF HOUSE AREA: 439 SM [4730 SF]

E4.05 ELECTRICAL SERVICES SPECIFICATIONS - 2 OF 2

• COMPLETE TENANCY STRUCTURAL DESIGN SUBJECT TO SEPARATE REVIEW. NOT

CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER

------- \ Sheet Number

Electrical Distribution Board

Store Room Door

Telephone and Data

Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the

DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DA 1

Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the

f >S<; the Retail Design Manager for additional approval.

DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DAI

' *»■ r.TT3 : t-. ^ ^ ^ **

<• ■- .•'' «-“■

m^w/ m «s- * ' ^

Tiffany & Co.

DATE: 8 May. 19 ISSUE: DA 1

'^c Try^ ir-,-gi;n)nnii>'w»><l»jC7 n i ,tttm\ I w L «r/

; Approval is subject to comments and conditions as noted on the

> p -:' P71.

/• 9 , ' ' ^ ' • , .'. ■*#''^,' ^ f * ■ •’,! • ' * ■• !•' ''*1

' ■ , H Jj ^ ri • m^^.. J. ■* -•h-

NOTED ABOVE FLOORING:

ANY STEP OF THIS PROCESS

MISC. FOH MILLWORK INCLUDES:

CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER

ARCH ARCHITECT(URAL) LVLG LEVELING AUSTRALIA PTY LTD

COV COVER ORNA ORNAMENTAL

DESIGN APPROVAL 1 CENTRES THRESHOLD PAINT DOOR AND FRAME TIFFANY

RETAIL DESIGN MANAGER: Isabelle Oliver!

(@ 1" X 4" APPLIED WOOD BASE. PAINT TIFFANY

T.O. BARRIC (|j) CENTER BARRICADE DOORS BETWEEN MALL

A Issue Date & Description By Check

A. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, BARRICADE

CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER

EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN

APPROVAL DESIGN APPROVAL 1 CENTRES BLUE (PT-09).

EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN

(|l) CENTER BARRICADE DOORS BETWEEN MALL

INTERIOR BARRICADE ELEVATION

A Issue Date & Description By Check

STOREFRONT BARRICADE - SECTION

CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER

EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN

LESSOR DESIGN APPROVAL @ EXISTING STOREFRONT TO BE DEMOLISHED

@ REMOVE EXISTING CEILING AND LIGHTS.

DECORATIVE METAL GRILLE, AND REPLACE

@ NEW CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE

AND THRESHOLD PAINT DOOR AND FRAME

VICINITY LINE TO BARRICADE WITH LANDLORD OF AHJ.

(g) EXISTING LIGHT BOX TO BE REMOVED 100% CD

@ EXISTING SINK TO BE DEMOLISHED

^czzzDnr^^^nr zznn nczzzzni—ii—ir

HATCH DENOTES EXPANSION

HATCH DENOTES PHASE 1 SPACE

CHADSTONE SHOPPING CENTER

CMU PARTITION Description

DEMOLITION PLAN - PHASE 2

/• 9 , ' ' ^ ' • , .'. ■#''^,' ^ f ■ •’,! • ' * ■• !•' ''*1